backpacking gear reviews – The Big Outside https://thebigoutside.com America’s Best Backpacking and Outdoor Adventures Wed, 04 Mar 2026 14:00:13 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.1 https://i0.wp.com/tbo-media.sfo2.digitaloceanspaces.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/06235325/cropped-Sier2-82-Granite-Park-Muir-Wldrnes.jpg?fit=32%2C32&ssl=1 backpacking gear reviews – The Big Outside https://thebigoutside.com 32 32 159605698 25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories of 2026 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-12-essential-backpacking-accessories/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-12-essential-backpacking-accessories/#comments Wed, 04 Mar 2026 10:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=21718 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

Sure, your backpack, boots, tent, sleeping bag, air mattress, and other backpacking gear matter a lot, and you should put serious thought into your choices when buying any of them. But little things matter, too. Various necessary accessories, convenience items, and small comforts accompany me on backcountry trips. Nearly three decades of field-testing gear—including the 10 years I spent as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine and even longer running this blog—has refined my sense of what I like on certain types of trips and what I will not do without anytime.

Here’s my freshly updated list of essential backpacking accessories, ranging from basics like the best stuff sacks, bladders and water bottles, camp kitchen gear, water filters, tent stakes, and bear canister, to my go-to trekking poles, great values in a headlamp, camp stove, sport sunglasses, and knife, and what I sit on and slip my feet into in camp and lay my head down on every night I sleep on the ground.

I’ve tested this gear extensively on numerous backpacking trips from the Teton Crest Trail and Wonderland Trail, Yosemite, and the Wind River Range to Idaho’s Sawtooths, the Grand Canyon, Glacier, and countless other places.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


A backpacker hiking the Dawson Pass Trail above Pitamakan Pass in Glacier National Park.
Pam Solon backpacking the Dawson Pass Trail above Pitamakan Pass in Glacier National Park. Click photo to learn how I can help you plan any backpacking trip you read about at this blog.

I don’t carry everything on this list on every trip, of course. Some, like a bear canister, solar panel and power bank, I bring only when needed; others, like a utensil, mug, and inflatable pillow, I always have with me. But what follows represent the best I’ve found of each type of accessory. You’ll find links below to good prices on many of them right now and you can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by making purchases through the affiliate links in this review. Thanks for doing that.

I think you may find some things in this list that you can’t go without. See also my picks for the best backpacking gear of the year.

I’d appreciate any of your observations about the gear reviewed here, or suggestions on favorite accessories of yours that I’ve overlooked; share them in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

Nemo Fillo Elite Pillow.
Nemo Fillo Elite Pillow.

Inflatable Pillow

Call me soft (or smart), but an inflatable pillow goes into my pack on all backcountry trips, because these lightweight and compact models help me sleep better at an inconsequential cost in weight and bulk. Why wouldn’t you take one? These are the best I’ve found.

Sea to Summit Aeros Ultralight Pillow.
Sea to Summit Aeros Ultralight Pillow.

After using it on multiple backpacking trips, including a nine-day hike of about 130 miles through the High Sierra, mostly on the John Muir Trail, trips in the Wind River Range (including the Wind River High Route), in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park, and on the Wonderland Trail around Mount Rainier, I have a new favorite. The Nemo Fillo Elite Pillow ($60, 2.8 oz./79.4g) weighs under three ounces but doesn’t compromise comfort: Inflated, it measures 15x11x3 inches. Made of 100 percent post-consumer recycled PrimaLoft synthetic insulation, it inflates with two strong puffs and the soft, jersey blend cover fabric is machine washable. An integrated stuff sack (read: you won’t lose it) packs the Fillo Elite to the size of a tennis ball (4×3 inches).

Another longtime go-to head rest on countless backpacking trips, including in Glacier National Park, Yosemite, the Grand Canyon, and many more, has been the Sea to Summit Aeros Ultralight Pillow ($50, 2.5 oz./70.9g, large 13x17x5.5 ins.) because of its ample size and cushion and soft fabric, and it stuffs down to the size of my fist.

Therm-a-Rest Air Head Lite Pillow
Therm-a-Rest Air Head Lite Pillow.

Yet another I like a lot is the Therm-a-Rest Air Head Lite Pillow ($55, 2-2.8 oz./56.7g-79.4g), which comes in two sizes that inflate to 18×12.5×4 inches or 15.5x11x4 inches, while packing down smaller than a tennis ball, and the stretch-knit polyester fabric feels soft against your cheek.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Nemo Fillo Elite Pillow at backcountry.com or rei.com, a Sea to Summit Aeros Ultralight Pillow at backcountry.com, seatosummit.com, or rei.com, or a Therm-a-Rest Air Head Lite Pillow at backcountry.com.

Two favorite products pull double duty as a pillow and stuff sack—and both weigh less than all but the very lightest inflatable backpacking pillows.

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Stuff Sack Pillow ($63, 1.7 oz./48.2g, 12×17 ins.) consists of highly durable, waterproof (although the zipper is not waterproof) DCF8 shell fabric—which will keep contents dry if heavy rain penetrates a backpack or the sack is exposed for a short time to rain—with a soft, Polartec 100 fleece lining. A perfect size for storing extra clothing and small camp items while on the trail, it can be turned inside-out to function as a pillow at night.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Stuff Sack Pillow at hyperlitemountaingear.com.

Looking for the best outdoor adventures, gear reviews, and expert tips?
Start at my blog’s home page!

Hyperlite Mountain Gear Pod.
Hyperlite Mountain Gear Pod.

Stuff Sacks and Packing Pods

Stuff sacks protect clothing and gear from any water that penetrates a backpack, and make organizing and loading a pack easier and faster by compartmentalizing clothing and smaller gear items, giving you fewer things to transfer in and out of a pack. They also provide a more effective way of keeping stuff dry inside your pack than a rain cover, which doesn’t fully cover a pack, can blow off, and will wet through in a sustained downpour. I always use stuff sacks, and these are the best I’ve found.

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Dyneema Composite Fabrics Roll-Top Stuff Sacks ($53-$83, 3.7L to 43L, 1-2 oz./28.4g-56.7g) are incredibly light, waterproof, and tough enough to withstand virtually any kind of abuse. Using the 43-liter Hyperlite Mountain Gear Roll-Top stuff sack ($79, 2 oz./56.7g) as a partial pack liner has kept my pack contents completely dry through steady, wind-driven rain on the Tour du Mont Blanc, Iceland’s Laugavegur Trail, and elsewhere. While they’re not intended to be used as dry bags (they’re not submersible), they keep clothing and gear dry through wet conditions short of full immersion in water. HMG’s Drawstring stuff sacks ($31-$58, multiple sizes) are made with the same waterproof fabric but have drawstring closures that are not watertight; still, they’re adequate for the needs of most backpackers and offer a lighter, more compact alternative to the roll-top sacks.

Hyperlite Mountain Gear DCF8 and DCF Roll-Top stuff sacks.
Hyperlite Mountain Gear Drawstring and Roll-Top stuff sacks.

But the coolest are the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Pods ($60-$70, 1.2-1.4 oz./34g-39.7g, 6.8L to 12.3L), which I’ve used many times, including on a five-day hike in the Wind River Range, a nine-day hike of over 120 miles through the High Sierra, mostly on the John Muir Trail, and a seven-day hike in Glacier National Park. Stackable, flexible, super light, zippered units also made of waterproof Dyneema Composite Fabric with a water-resistant zipper, pods are shaped and sized to slip inside a pack wall to wall, leaving no gaps. Convenient for organization with their clamshell design and spacious enough to fit a surprising amount of stuff, they come in small and large sizes for two capacities—2400/3400 for 40-55L packs and 4400 for 70L packs—and fit inside HMG’s packs perfectly but other pack models as well.

I’ve also become a fan of a few other HMG accessories. The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Versa ($85, 0.2 lbs./90.7g, 2.25x6x9 inches) will attach to your pack at the sternum, hipbelt, daisy chains, or on top of the pack secured by compression Y-straps, or you can wear around your waist in front using its low-profile belt. Incredibly light and compact, made from waterproof, very tough Dyneema Composite Fabrics DCH50, it’s hardly noticeable when I’m hiking but highly convenient when I want to quickly pull out my Nikon Z50, a map, or another small item from its water-resistant main compartment or second, zippered pocket.

The regular Hyperlite Mountain Gear Camera Pod ($125, 2.7 oz./76.5g, 7×5.5×3.75 inches), made with Dyneema Composite Fabrics and easy to attach to a pack’s shoulder straps, holds my Nikon Z50 body with a small zoom lens mounted on it (dimensions 5×3.7×3.7 ins.), but get the large ($145, 3.7 oz./104.9g, 9.5×6.5×4.25 ins.) for extra capacity.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to purchase Hyperlite Mountain Gear Roll-Top or Drawstring Stuff Sacks and Pods at hyperlitemountaingear.com, the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Versa at hyperlitemountaingear.com, or the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Camera Pod at hyperlitemountaingear.com..

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

Sea to Summit Ultra-Sil Dry Sack 4L
Sea to Summit Ultra-Sil Dry Sack 4L.

On a four-day August backpacking trip in the Wind River Range, Sea to Summit’s 3L Ultra-Sil Dry Bag ($23-$40, 3L/183 c.i. to 35L/2,136 c.i., 1.1-2.6 oz.) kept my puffy jacket dry, and the brand’s Evac Compression Dry Bag UL (see below) kept my sleeping bag dry through an afternoon thunderstorm and a torrential downpour that soaked through my backpack in the Winds—even leaving a small puddle of water in the bottom of the pack. Those two sacks saved me from a cold, wet, miserable night then and easily fended off a more-typical morning rain on a seven-day hike in Glacier National Park in September.

I also used both dry bag models while backpacking the three-day, 22-mile Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow Loop in southern Utah’s Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument, which includes a descent of several miles in water in Death Hollow, with pools that came to mid-thigh.

For their low weight, durability, water resistance, and price, it’s hard to beat the Sea to Summit Ultra-Sil Dry Bags. These bags also kept my down jacket dry inside my pack throughout four February days of backcountry skiing in the Sierra mountains around Lake Tahoe, much of the time in heavily falling snow; and most impressively, kept my clothing dry while paddling an inflatable kayak on Idaho’s class III Payette River, even though the boat filled with water numerous times. Ideal for backpackers, the 30-denier, high-tenacity Ultra Sil Cordura nylon, siliconized for durability and packability, has a hypalon roll-top closure that doesn’t wick moisture, plus fully taped seams and reinforced stitching.

The more affordable Six Moon Designs Pack Liner ($20, 50L, 3 oz./85g) has also kept my gear and clothes dry when rain pounded my pack; and I used it to ensure everything inside stayed dry in case I slipped and fell in any deep pool in the canyon Death Hollow while backpacking the three-day, 22-mile Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow Loop in southern Utah’s Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument. A roll-top, 50-liter sack that’s treated to repel water, it’s made of 40-denier ripstop nylon with taped seams.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to purchase Sea to Summit Ultra-Sil Dry Bags at rei.com or seatosummit.com, or the Six Moon Designs Pack Liner at sixmoondesigns.com.

Planning your next big adventure?
See “
America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips” and my Trips page.

Compression Sack

Sea to Summit Evac Compression Dry Bag UL.
The Sea to Summit Evac Compression Dry Bag UL.

As I mentioned above, on a recent backpacking trip in the Wind River Range, the Sea to Summit Evac Compression Dry Bag UL ($40-$60, 2-3.9 oz., 5L to 20L) kept my sleeping bag dry through an afternoon thunderstorm and a torrential downpour that soaked through my backpack. The dry bag sat in water pooled at the bottom of the pack for an hour before I unloaded the pack in camp—and my sleeping bag was perfectly dry.

The compression straps make it as compact as possible and this dry bag kept my sleeping bag dry on the wettest backpacking trips—including a nine-day, 130-mile hike through the High Sierra, mostly on the John Muir Trail, when an hour-long rainstorm one afternoon soaked through my pack (I didn’t use a pack cover—see tip no. 1 in this story); and trekking hut-to-hut for six days on Iceland’s 33-mile Laugavegur Trail and 15.5-mile Fimmvörðuháls Trail, when we hiked through precipitation on most days. The Ultra-Sil 30-denier Cordura nylon and waterproof-breathable eVent fabric will pass air, so you can squeeze the sack down smaller even after closing the roll-top opening (which you can’t do with traditional dry bags). But like the above stuff sacks, these are not designed for full immersion because water will eventually penetrate the roll-top closure.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to purchase Sea to Summit Evac Compression Dry Sacks at rei.com or seatosummitusa.com.

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ trekking and running poles.
Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ trekking and running poles.

Trekking Poles

The folding, 100 percent carbon fiber Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ ($240, 12.7 oz./360g, pair 95-140cm, three sizes) hit a sweet spot for versatility, falling on the cusp between the most ultralight and packable poles and models that are heavier and less packable.

Quickly deployed thanks to an internal Kevlar cord, and adjusted using BD’s reliable FlickLock levers, they have extended EVA foam grips and partly mesh nylon wrist straps. I’ve frequently grabbed them from a large quiver of poles I own for outings ranging from hikes and runs on local trails to backpacking trips of 77 miles on the Wonderland Trail around Mount Rainier and 47 miles in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park.

For lightweight and ultralight backpackers, hikers, and runners, and adventure athletes looking for the lightest and most packable adjustable poles, you need look no further.

Read my complete review of the Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ poles and my picks for “The Best Trekking Poles.”

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to buy the Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ poles at blackdiamondequipment.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com.

Gear up right for your trips with the best backpacking gear of the year.

Black Diamond Spot 400-R headlamp.
The Black Diamond Spot 400-R.

Headlamp

Hold the rechargeable Black Diamond Spot 400-R ($80, 2.6 oz./73.7g) up against any ultralight headlamp and try to convince yourself to buy something else. It has all the power most users need at 400 lumens with a range of 100 meters; that’s bright enough to hike off-trail, search for your route in the dark, or identify the large animal going for your cached food. And a full charge lasts four hours at max power.

Then consider the arguably unbeatable feature set, starting with three white and red modes with dimming capability, plus intuitive two-button operation, BD’s cool PowerTap technology, lockout mode, and it’s waterproof up to a little over a meter underwater for 30 minutes. But most of all, at just 15 bucks more than BD’s Spot 400, the rechargeable Spot 400-R soon pays for itself through the money saved not buying (and throwing away) batteries. Besides, why wouldn’t you buy a rechargeable headlamp today?

Read my complete review of the Black Diamond Spot 400-R and see my picks for “The Best Headlamps.”

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a rechargeable Black Diamond Spot 400-R at blackdiamondequipment.com or backcountry.com, a battery-operated Black Diamond Spot 400 at backcountry.com or blackdiamondequipment.com, or the Storm 500-R or any BD headlamp at backcountry.com or blackdiamondequipment.com.

Serious adventures demand serious gear. See “The 12 Best Down Jackets
and “The Best Rain Jackets For Hiking and Backpacking”.”

 

The BioLite SolarPanel 5+.
The BioLite SolarPanel 5+.

Solar Charger and Power Bank

Let’s face it, portable power has become an essential backpacking accessory for countless wilderness foot travelers. I carried the BioLite SolarPanel 5+ ($100, 13 oz./368.5g) on a nine-day, 130-mile hike through the High Sierra, mostly on the John Muir Trail, with some off-trail segments, to keep my smartphone charged so I could regularly check my mapping app. With direct exposure to peak sunlight, the five-watt SolarPanel 5+ fully charges its on-board 3200 mAh battery in three hours and can recharge a smartphone in as little as two hours, a BioLite Headlamp 200 in 2.5 hours, or the BioLite Charge 20 PD battery in 5.5 hours.

The BioLite SolarPanel 5+.
The BioLite SolarPanel 5+.

Hiking with it on my backpack and plugged into a device, with its sun exposure constantly changing and sometimes in forest, I found it would often recharge my depleted Android phone to around 50 percent and boost my iPad charge by about 20 percent during the day. The 360-degree kickstand enables positioning it at any angle, while the integrated sun dial allows you to aim the panel optimally for maximum sun exposure—useful when it’s stationary in camp or during breaks. It features a micro-USB input port and USB A output and comes with a USB A to USB C cable. At 13 ounces/368.5 grams and measuring 10.2×8.2×0.9 inches/25.9×20.8×2.3cm, this slim unit is packable and light enough for extended backpacking trips. The IPX4 weatherproof rating means it’s resistant to water splashes from any direction—fine in a light rain but put it away in significant precipitation (when it’s useless, anyway).

I use the BioLite Charge 40 PD power bank ($70, 9.4 oz./266.5g) to augment a solar panel in the backcountry—or instead of the panel when I don’t need more power in reserve than the Charge 40 PD holds. It was all I needed to keep a couple of my family’s phones powered up on a six-day, hut-to-hut trek on Iceland’s Laugavegur and Fimmvörðuháls trails, where we rarely saw the sun. And it’s ideal for long travel days.

Rated to recharge 2.5 smartphones—though that performance will vary between phone models—it would, when fully charged, bring my Samsung smartphone (2550mAh battery) from around 20 percent to 100 percent three to four times. The 10,000 mAh battery can be recharged plugging into a wall outlet for 2.5 hours using the USB A-to-USB C cable that comes with the unit. It has a USB-C PD port (up to 18W) and two USB-A quick charge out ports. BioLite advises using and recharging it at least once every four months.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase BioLite SolarPanel 5+ at rei.com or bioliteenergy.com, or a BioLite Charge 40 PD power bank at bioliteenergy.com.

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-books.

Sunglasses

Tifosi Crit sport sunglasses.

Everyone needs eye protection from bright sunshine and UV light. But high-performance, well-fitting, and stylish sunglasses for outdoor sports are not often well-priced. Tifosi has broken that rule. The Tifosi Crit wrap-around sport sunglasses ($50, 1 oz./28.4g), ideal for everything from hiking to running, cycling, and more, have photochromic Clarion red lenses that adjust to shifting ambient light from nearly clear to a red mirror with a smoke tint—wearable in conditions from cloudy to the brightest, shadeless, sunny days of mid-summer. The Crit features an aerodynamic, ventilating design, shatterproof lenses, a light and durable Grilamid TR-90 nylon frame, hydrophilic rubber to grip well even when sweaty, adjustable arm and nose pieces for customizing the fit, and UVA and UVB protection. I wore them every day on adventures as wide-ranging as trekking hut to hut on Iceland’s Laugavegur Trail in July, backpacking nine days through the High Sierra, mostly on a section of the John Muir Trail in August, and on a five-day hike in the Wind River Range the week before Labor Day.

Want to save even more? The Svago ($30), made with shatterproof and scratch-resistant, polycarbonate smoke-tinted lenses, also have hydrophilic rubber, a Grilamid TR-90 nylon frame, and UVA and UVB protection.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the Tifosi Crit, Svago, or any other sunglasses at tifosioptics.com.

Time for a better backpack?
See “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and the best ultralight backpacks.

 

Backpackers hiking over Clouds Rest in Yosemite National Park.
Todd Arndt and Jeff Wilhelm hiking over Clouds Rest in Yosemite, described in my expert e-book “The Best Backpacking Trip in Yosemite.” Click photo to see all of my e-books to classic backpacking trips.

All-Purpose Knife and Multi-Tools

The Swiss Army Climber Knife ($45, 2.9 oz./82.2g) provides a basic set of tools that will meet the needs of most backpackers in a light, compact unit just 3.6 inches/9.1 centimeters long, including large and small blades, scissors, bottle and can openers, screwdrivers, wire stripper, reamer and punch, toothpick and tweezers, corkscrew, and a multipurpose hook. You’ll be hard pressed to find a better value in a small, folding knife.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Swiss Army Climber Knife at backcountry.com.

If you need the ultimate multi-tool, I like the Leatherman Wave+ ($130, 8.5 oz./241g). Just four inches long when closed, this updated version of Leatherman’s long-popular Wave boasts a robust set of 18 tools that all lock quickly into position, many of which get frequent use in the backcountry: two knives (straight and serrated), a saw, spring-action scissors, can and bottle openers, a medium screwdriver, regular and needle-nose pliers, and wire cutters.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Leatherman Wave+ at backcountry.com.

Hydration Bladder

It may sound silly to get excited about a bladder, but while Gregory’s original 3D Hydro was exceptional, they’ve improved on it with the Gregory 3D Hydro Trek 3L hydration bladder ($63, 3L/100 oz./2.83kg, 10 oz./283.5g). Wider and shorter, it fits most backpacks and daypacks (some have a bladder sleeve that’s too narrow for it) and is easier to fill completely and screw the cap on without spilling, thanks to the molded handle-spine. A strap enables hanging from a branch as a base camp bladder to dispense water through the valve, which is capped by a dust cap when in a pack.

With a hose that disconnects, a soft, three-dimensional body, and removable mouthpiece, it dries out fully after use as readily as a hard-sided bottle—helping to prevent the buildup of mildew that degrades a bladder. The magnetic bite valve, which locks to prevent dripping, sticks to a magnet on the sternum strap of Gregory packs; and the bladder’s crescent-shaped plastic top handle clips securely onto the mating piece in the bladder sleeve in the brand’s packs. That’s a bladder worth getting excited about.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Gregory 3D Hydro Trek 3L hydration bladder at backcountry.com or any 2L or 3L Gregory 3D Hydro bladder at backcountry.com.

Keep your hands warm on your adventures.
See “The Best Gloves for Winter,” including lightweight gloves for three-season use.

 

Camelbak Fusion 3L Reservoir with Tru-Zip Waterproof Zipper.
Camelbak Fusion 3L Reservoir with Tru-Zip Waterproof Zipper.

The new Camelbak Fusion 3L Reservoir with Tru Zip Waterproof Zipper ($66, 5.5 oz./155.9g) represents a technological step up. Using the Fusion 3L on spring backpacking trips in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon and along a section of the Arizona Trail, I noticed right away that, besides the typically durable Camelbak construction, I was most impressed with how the integrated handle and pinch grip allows for much easier, one-handed filling compared to some bladders. Hydroguard inhibits bacterial growth in the reservoir and tube, which are also easy to dry and air out to prevent that, anyway. The valve delivers water quickly and has an on-off switch to prevent leaks. The waterproof zipper is predictably a little sticky but absolutely reliable.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these links to purchase a 2L or 3L CamelBak Fusion 3L Reservoir with Tru Zip Waterproof Zipper at backcountry.com.

Camelbak Crux 3L Reservoir
Camelbak Crux 3L Reservoir

Want a more affordable bladder? From a four-day, 25-mile backpacking trip on the Thunder River-Deer Creek Loop off the North Rim of the Grand Canyon, to a three-day, 40-mile hike in the Wind River Range and numerous other backpacking trips and dayhikes, I’ve found the CamelBak Crux 3L Reservoir ($42, 3L/100 oz., 8 oz./227g) as tough and utilitarian as they come.

The self-sealing mouthpiece valve delivers water quickly and never leaked or dripped when I left it unlocked, and the cap reliably screwed on tightly and leak-free every time. The valve locking mechanism shifts easily using one hand. It has a baffle to minimize sloshing, a push-button release of the hose for cleaning, and Hydroguard antimicrobial treatment in the reservoir and tube to inhibit bacterial growth. Plus, you’d have to make a concerted effort to puncture or damage this polyurethane bladder.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these links to purchase a 2L or 3L CamelBak Crux Reservoir at rei.com.

Packable and Collapsible Water Bottles

I prefer water bottles in various common situations, like sitting around in camp or hiking in freezing temps, but hard-sided, heavy bottles are soooo 2015. The HydraPak Flux Bottle (1.5L/50 oz., $60, 4.3 oz./122g, and 1L/32 oz., $29, 2.7 oz./76.5g) has taken the packability and low weight of a soft bottle and married it to the convenience of a hard bottle’s rigidity for standing up and refilling.

Developed with mutual goals of creating an alternative to single-use plastic and reducing the bulk and weight of hard bottles, the Flux is constructed with a dual-layer TPU film laminate that lends it the rigidity to stand on its flat base—full or empty. The spill-proof twist cap’s valve lets you squirt water into your mouth one-handed (like a bike bottle), doesn’t leak when closed, and the wide opening is compatible with all 42mm threaded filters (like the Katadyn BeFree). Embossed RF-welded soft walls are easy to grip.

Best of all, it’s half the weight of a hard-sided plastic bottle—and when empty, the Flux flattens, rolls and stows into its bail handle, compressing to one-quarter of its full size (smaller than a fist) to slip easily into any pack’s side, lid, or other external pocket.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a HydraPak Flux Bottle at rei.com.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Find out more here.

Water Filter and Water Filter Bottle

Katadyn BeFree 10L Gravity Filter.
Katadyn BeFree 10L Gravity Filter.

It’s hard to beat the speed, convenience, and packability of the collapsible Katadyn BeFree Microfilter soft bottles, available in a 0.6L bottle ($45, 2.5 oz./70.9g), 1L bottle ($50, 2.5 oz./70.9g), and 3L bottle ($65, 3.5 oz./99.2g).

The 0.6L bottle measures just 9x3x3 inches and weighs under three ounces and filters up to two liters per minute just by squeezing the collapsible, BPA-free flask, delivering a strong stream of water. It will even pour through the mouthpiece—albeit more slowly than squeezing, of course—by just tilting it upside-down, even when the bottle is nearly empty.

The Katadyn BeFree Gravity Filter (10L $145, 10 oz./283.5g, 6L, $120, 9.3 oz./263.7g, and 3L, $80, 6.8 oz./192.8g) spares you the work of squeezing the bottle, filtering two liters per minute into another bottle or a bladder.

The .01-micron BeFree microfilter protects against harmful organisms like bacteria and cysts and has a projected life of 1,000 liters. Replacing the filter is easy—it pops out and a new one pops in. No backflushing or tools needed. Clean it occasionally by swishing the EZ-Clean Membrane around in water. For long-term storage, clean the filter by squeezing a flask full of clean (tap) water containing either one Micropur tablet or four drops of bleach through the filter.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase any of the Katadyn BeFree bottles or gravity filter at backcountry.com or rei.com.

The LifeStraw Go bottle in Great Smoky Mountains National Park.
The LifeStraw Go bottle in Great Smoky Mountains National Park.

The convenience factor of the LifeStraw Go bottle (22-oz./623.7g, $45, 7.8 oz./221.1g, or 1L, $50, 8.6 oz./243.8g) has lightened my pack weight by letting me carry less water—and it’s not because I drink any less. The ease and quickness of dipping, filling, and immediately drinking from the 22-ounce Go bottle—and not having to take time to treat water with a traditional filter—means that, wherever there are fairly frequent water sources along a hike, I can chug some water at the creek, top off the bottle or even leave it half-full if the next water isn’t far, and resume hiking. Consequently, I don’t treat more water than I’ll need and my pack’s lighter.

On my most-recent trip on the Teton Crest Trail, I rarely carried water in my pack’s bladder. The LifeStraw Go’s two-stage, hollow-fiber, 0.2-micron filter membrane with activated carbon removes virtually all bacteria, protozoa like giardia and cryptosporidium, and organic chemicals like pesticides and herbicides.

See my complete review of the LifeStraw Go bottle With 2-Stage Filtration.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a 22-oz. or 1L LifeStraw Go water bottle at rei.com or backcountry.com.

Got an all-time favorite campsite?
See “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

MSR Hyperflow Microfilter
MSR Hyperflow Microfilter

Of course, there are times when you need a pump water filter in the backcountry, such as when dealing with silted water, or when you have to treat a large amount of water (for a group of three or more people or when water sources are far apart). The MSR Hyperflow Microfilter ($160, 9 oz./255.1g) stands out for its speed and compact size. Measuring just 7×3.5 ins., and lighter than many competitors, this hollow-fiber filter pumps three liters per minute, removing protozoa, bacteria, and particulate matter (though not viruses or chemicals), and leaves no taste. It comes with a Quick-Connect Bottle Adapter for pumping directly into a variety of containers, including all MSR hydration bladders and Nalgene bottles.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to buy an MSR Hyperflow Microfilter at backcountry.com or cascadedesigns.com.

MSR TrailShot Microfilter.
MSR TrailShot Microfilter.

On a 40-mile, mid-September backpacking trip in Wyoming’s Wind River Range, I pulled out the pocket-size MSR TrailShot Microfilter ($70, 5 oz./141.7g) frequently to sate my thirst within seconds, enabling me to carry less water on my back. Small enough to stuff inside a side pocket on a daypack, it cranks out a liter in a minute. It’s ideal for one or two people on a fast-paced outing where time efficiency and minimizing weight are top priorities, like an ultra-dayhike, an ultralight backpacking trip where water sources are frequent, or a long trail run or adventure race. You have to get down low to the ground to place the input end of the hose in a stream or other water source and drink directly from the filter’s spout, or use the TrailShot to pump water into a bottle or bladder. It removes bacteria like E. coli and protozoa like Cryptosporidium. MSR projects its life at up to 2,000 liters.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to buy an MSR TrailShot Microfilter at backcountry.com or cascadedesigns.com.

The Jetboil Flash backpacking stove.
The Jetboil Flash backpacking stove.

Camp Stove

Simplicity often reigns supreme in the backcountry, and that’s typically how I feel about a cooking stove: keep it simple, efficient, and above all, light.

The Jetboil Flash ($145, 13.1 oz./371g) has become my go-to stove for trips with a small group when we just want to boil water fast, most recently including in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon, southern Utah’s Escalante region, the Wind River Range, and Glacier National Park. Cranking 9,000 BTUs, itboils a liter of water in under three-and-a-half minutes in a controlled environment, according to Jetboil. With the insulated FluxRing cooking pot’s fill line limiting each boil to just two cups/0.47 liter—basically just enough to cook for one person at a time—it was fast enough to satisfy for our group of five people on windy mornings in Aravaipa Canyon.

The high fuel efficiency translates to less fuel weight in your pack: Planning our fuel based on Jetboil’s estimate that the Flash will boil 10 liters per 100g JetPower fuel canister, we hiked out of Aravaipa with a little unused fuel. The coolest feature? Jetboil’s thermochromatic color-change heat indicator on one side of the pot shows you how close the water is to boiling. A reliable push-button igniter fires up the stove every time.

MSR PocketRocket 2
MSR PocketRocket 2

See my complete review of the Jetboil Flash.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Jetboil Flash backpacking stove at backcountry.com.

The MSR Pocketrocket 2 ($60, 4 oz./113.4g with plastic case, included) boils water fast, has precise flame control for simmering, holds pots of two liters or larger stably, always fires up, and packs small. That’s why it ends up in my pack on many trips. It’s only shortcoming is that the unprotected burner isn’t nearly as fuel-efficient as stoves with a protected burner.

See my complete review of the MSR Pocketrocket 2.

BUY IT NOW You can support this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to buy an MSR Pocketrocket 2 stove at rei.com or cascadedesigns.com.

Get the right tent for you. See “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents
and “5 Expert Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent.”

 

The MSR WindBurner Group Stove System in the White Goat Wilderness of the Canadian Rockies.
The MSR WindBurner Group Stove System in the White Goat Wilderness of the Canadian Rockies.

But when it’s time to cook for four or more people—especially in a windy campsite—nothing beats the MSR WindBurner Group Stove System ($260, 1 lb. 5 oz./595.3g). Pressure-regulated to produce consistent heat output, with an enclosed burner, the WindBurner Group System loses virtually no fuel efficiency—it basically performs in wind as if there was no wind. Cooking at elevations up to 11,000 feet, with wind at times and mornings down to around 40° F, I used less than two full, 16-oz. MSR IsoPro fuel canisters in six days cooking five breakfasts and dinners for four people—and barely more than one 16-oz. canister for basically the same number of meals for three people (all just boiling water). Plus, good flame control goes from boiling fast to a low simmer for backpackers who want to do more than just boil water. And the pot has a folding handle and strainer lid with a locking latch.

See my complete review of the MSR WindBurner Group Stove System.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the MSR WindBurner Group Stove System at backcountry.com or cascadedesigns.com, or other WindBurner stoves and products at backcountry.com or cascadedesigns.com.

Plan your next great backpacking adventure in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
and other flagship parks using my expert e-books.

Camp Kitchen

MSR Titan Double Wall Mug 375ml and Titan Kettle 1400ml.
MSR Titan Double Wall Mug 375ml and Titan Kettle 1400ml.

On backpacking trips where I want to carry the lightest stove and pot combo plus have the versatility of a pot that I can cook a meal in and eat out of, I’ll pair MSR’s Pocketrocket 2 stove (above) with the MSR Titan Kettle 1400ml ($75, 5.4 oz./153g). The incredibly light but durable, one-liter pot with silicone-coasted folding handles and a secure lid with a silicone gripper on top for lifting off without burning your fingers, it’s big enough to cook for two, light enough for solo trips—and doubles as a bowl and (giant) mug. Internal graduated markings in 0.2-liter and eight-ounce increments take the guesswork out of measuring water. I like the silicone hanger under the lid to keep it out of the dirt.

You can fit a tiny canister stove and an eight-ounce fuel canister or nest other MSR Titan collection products inside, including the Titan Kettle 900ml ($65, 4.4 oz./126g), a good alternative for serious ultralighters; and the nicely sized Titan Double Wall Mug 375ml ($55, 4.1 oz./116g), which has a very secure sipping lid, with a tab for easy removal, and keeps 12 ounces of liquid hot in cool campsites, as it did for me on cool mornings in Montana’s Beartooth Mountains.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase an MSR Titan Kettle 1400ml and/or Titan Kettle 900ml at rei.com, a Titan Double Wall Mug 375ml at backcountry.com, or those and other MSR Titan products at rei.com or cascadedesigns.com.

When cooking convenience and packability take priority over going absolutely minimalist—as it has on many family backpacking trips—I grab the Sea to Summit Frontier Ultralight Collapsible One-Pot Cook Set ($140, 19 oz./527g, for two to four people). The 2.2-liter/74-ounce pot (10.5 oz./297g by itself) is made with collapsible, food-grade silicone walls and a hardened alloy aluminum base, and the pot’s lid fits securely enough to avoid spills when pouring hot water. The stainless-steel Click Safe Handle attaches to the pot with an audible click and carries any food or liquid weight without loosening; reversing the handle secures the nested and packed set. 

The medium bowls and 400ml cups are small enough to remain packable but most hungry backpackers will refill them at mealtime. I’ve boiled water, cooked pasta, rice, mac ‘n’ cheese and other messy dinners and found the pieces all easy to wipe clean. The walls of every piece lock into place when in use—nothing collapses with hot food or liquid inside—and stack neatly together when collapsed, packing down to 7.8×2 ins./19.7×5.1cm. The set is also PFOA-, PTFE- and BPA-free and the various pieces are also sold individually.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to buy the Sea to Summit Frontier Ultralight Collapsible One-Pot Cook Set at seatosummit.com or rei.com, other Sea to Summit Frontier cook sets (including non-collapsible, which are less expensive), or a Frontier pot, bowl, mug, individually at backcountry.com, seatosummit.com, or rei.com.

A good two-way radio makes your adventures safer.
See my review of the Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio.

Utensil

MSR Titan Long Spoon
MSR Titan Long Spoon

You gotta eat, and I extend my preference for carrying the bare necessities in gear right down to my utensils. Here are. my top picks.

With hot breakfasts and dinners in the backcountry, I’m virtually always using just a spoon to eat from a bowl or dig into a dehydrated meal packet, so I prefer a long handle like you get with the ultralight, titanium MSR Titan Long Spoon ($18, 0.7 oz./19g), which measures 8.4 inches/21.2 centimeters long and clips onto a mini-biner.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase an MSR Titan Long Spoon at backcountry.com, rei.com, or cascadedesigns.com.

Jetboil Jetset Utensils
Jetboil Jetset Utensils

And the very packable Jetboil TrailWare Utensil Set ($17, 1.5 oz./46.7g for all three pieces), which includes a collapsible spoon, fork, and knife.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Jetboil TrailWare Utensil Set at rei.com.

The MSR Dromlite 4L Bag.
The MSR Dromlite 4L Bag.

Water Bag

No one likes carrying a large amount of water very far in the backcountry, but when I have to do it, I turn to a reliable standby—as I’ve done many times backpacking in the Grand Canyon, including on my most recent trip on the Utah Flats Route and Clear Creek Trail. The MSR Dromlite Bag ($45-$50, three sizes 2L-6L, 4.6-5.7 oz./130.4g-161.6g), the brand’s lighter (and cheaper) but still tough version of its Dromedary, collapses to its cap size. Made with abrasion-resistant Cordura, these tough bags have a temperature threshold from freezing to boiling, a secure cap that ensures effortless filling and pouring, and a sturdy, low-profile handle that enables easy refilling and hanging it in camp.

MSR Dromedary 10L
MSR Dromedary 10L

The classic MSR Dromedary ($52, three sizes 4L-10L, 7-10 oz./198.4g-283.5g), although heavier, offers one larger size (10 liters). These stout sacks have never sprung a leak inside my backpack, thanks to BPA-free, 1,000-denier fabric and a tight seal on the screw cap. Strong perimeter webbing makes it easy to carry or hang in camp, and when empty, they roll up fairly compactly for storage in your pack.

Every backpacker should own one or two of these bags—and two bags give you both a large capacity and the option of carrying less weight when large capacity isn’t needed. There will come a day that you’ll need it—whether you like it or not.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to buy an MSR DromLite at cascadedesigns.com, or an MSR Dromedary at backcountry.com or cascadedesigns.com.

The Bear Vault BV500 Journey bear canister.
The Bear Vault BV500 Journey bear canister.

Bear Canister

A bear canister is required in an increasing number of public lands, among them California’s High Sierra (including the John Muir Trail, Yosemite, and Sequoia-Kings Canyon national parks) and in some campsites in Olympic and Grand Teton national parks.

A canister also provides convenient, infallible food storage anywhere.

Made from an impregnable, transparent polycarbonate, the Bear Vault BV500 Journey ($100, 3 gallons/700 c.i./11.5 L, 2 lbs. 9 oz./1.16 kg) stores up to a week’s worth of food for one person (with judicious packing). It has clear walls for finding items, is built to make it hard for a bear to grasp and damage with its jaws or claws, and has two tabs in the screw-top lid to provide redundant protection against a bear getting into it.

It has also earned the approval of both the Sierra Interagency Black Bear Group and the Interagency Grizzly Bear Committee.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Bear Vault BV500 Journey bear canister at rei.com.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Ultralight Camera Carrier

As a photographer who likes to shoot people in motion outdoors and perfect light situations—circumstances that are often fleeting—I’ve long sought a way to carry my camera where I can instantly grab it and shoot. Well, I’ve found it. The Peak Design Capture ($80, 3 oz./84g) offers a method of carrying your camera where it’s secure, stable, and always within easy reach on a pack shoulder strap during activities like hiking. Unlike camera packs, with their zippers, when using the Capture, I simply depress a button to pull it off my pack’s shoulder strap, point, and shoot.

The Capture consists of a metal clip that attaches to any pack strap, belt, or bag via two screws you can turn with your fingers (no tool required), and an Arca tripod-compatible plate that screws into your camera’s base. At just three ounces/84 grams and measuring just 3.3×1.6×0.8 inches/8.3x4x2 centimeters, it’s virtually unnoticeable on a pack strap, yet can hold far more weight than you’ll ever attempt to attach to any pack (over 200 pounds/90 kilos, according to Peak Design).

I found it comfortable enough with my Nikon Z50 mirrorless DSLR and a 50-250mm zoom on it, but certainly less obtrusive with the smaller and lighter 16-50mm lens on the camera. Caveats: I found the Capture will twist slightly when not positioned well on a shoulder strap, causing one end of the metal back plate to dig into my shoulder. Also, the screws can loosen over multiple days of use; check it regularly to ensure those are tight (and your camera won’t suddenly drop to the ground—and mine did not).

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Peak Design Capture at backcountry.com, peakdesign.com, or rei.com.

Nemo Airpin Ultralight Stakes
Nemo Airpin Ultralight Stakes

Tent Stakes

Bent stakes suck. Stakes should be extremely light and strong and never fail. Adhering to those simple truths, the Nemo Airpin Ultralight Stakes ($20, 1.4 oz./39.7g, set of four, or $10, 0.7 oz./19.8g, set of two) demonstrated their mettle (or metal, if you will) on various trips, including a six-day traverse of over 90 miles in Glacier National Park. Made of aircraft-grade 7075 aluminum, they have three notches in the head, two facing downward and one facing upward. Run the tent’s stake cord under the first downward notch (labeled “O”), then over the second, upward notch (“OO”), and finally under the other downward notch (“OOO”), creating friction on the cord as you drive the stake into the ground—which is easier thanks to the stake’s tapered shape. No more bent tent pegs or stake cord popping off stakes.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to purchase a set of four or two Nemo Airpin Ultralight Stakes at backcountry.com or nemoequipment.com.

Lightweight First-Aid Kit

Adventure Medical Kits Ultralight Watertight .9 Medical Kit
Adventure Medical Kits Ultralight Watertight .9 Medical Kit

A first-aid kit can seem like something that just adds bulk and weight to a pack without getting used—but when you really need one, you don’t want to be without it. The compact but well-designed Adventure Medical Kits Ultralight Watertight .9 Medical Kit ($64, 12 oz./340.2g) resolves questions of utility versus weight. Contained in two layers of waterproof packaging in this kit are various wraps and bandages, a trauma pad and wide elastic wraps, blister treatment, an irrigation syringe and wound closure strips, medications for diarrhea, stomach issues, pain, and inflammation, and, of course, a mini roll of duct tape. I suggest adding a small tube of antibiotic ointment, but otherwise, this is a complete first-aid kit that doesn’t occupy excessive pack space.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this link to purchase an Adventure Medical Kits Ultralight Watertight .9 Medical Kit at rei.com.

The Kahtoola Renagaiter Low.
The Kahtoola Renagaiter Low.

Low Gaiters

For three-season backpacking—as well as dayhiking and trail running—low or mid-height gaiters (not high ones, like you’d use in winter) are indispensable for keeping stones, debris, rain, and splashed water from puddles and wet trailside vegetation out of your footwear.

The DWR-coated, very breathable, stretch-woven nylon and polyurethane Kahtoola Renagaiter Low ($54, 2.5 oz./70.9g) and Renagaiter Mid ($64, 3.3 oz./93.6g, both in two sizes), both available in two sizes, have become the low gaiters I grab for most outings. They easily zip over hiking shoes and boots, fitting snugly to protect against dirt, stones, debris, and water getting inside your shoes. Excellent breathability means they don’t make your feet sweat on hot days—as I’ve found on local trail runs and on a nine-day hike of about 130 miles through the High Sierra in August, mostly on the John Muir Trail and on mornings with wet vegetation overhanging trails on a weeklong September hike in Glacier National Park. The adjustable and tough DuraLink instep strap tucks into any shoe or boot lugs and its rounded shape prevents it snagging on rocks or roots; it also won’t get chewed up by rocks like some lighter nylon straps. While the Renagaiter Low is best for low-cut, lightweight shoes and the Mid for mid-cut boots, both adjust to fit a range of footwear, making them ideal for all backpacking, dayhiking, and trail-running uses.

I wore the Outdoor Research Ferrosi Hybrid Gaiters ($39, 2.5 oz./70.9g, two sizes) while trekking hut-to-hut for six days on Iceland’s Laugavegur and Fimmvörðuháls trails, when it rained for parts of almost every day and we hiked at times over muddy trail; while backpacking and dayhiking from a base camp for three days in the first week of April in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon, frequently walking in the shallow river and using the gaiters to keep stones and sand out of my boots; as well as hiking through wet trailside vegetation while backpacking in the Wind River Range and on local trail runs and hikes when wet snow covered the trails. Stretchy, breathable, wind- and water-resistant Ferrosi fabric kept my feet dry and is rated UPF 50+ for maximum UV protection. A tough, hypalon instep strap, hook-and-loop attachment for the shoe’s heel, and a drawcord cinch at the top hold the gaiters in place.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to purchase the Kahtoola Renagaiter Mid or Renagaiter Low at rei.com, or the Outdoor Research Ferrosi Hybrid Gaiters at backcountry.com or outdoorresearch.com.

Want my help planning any trip you read about at my blog?
Click here for expert advice you won’t get anywhere else.

Helinox Chair Zero
Helinox Chair Zero

Camp Chair

Light and small enough to carry into the backcountry, the Helinox Chair Zero ($140, 1 lb. 1 oz./481.9g, not including 1-oz. stuff sack) will force you to ask yourself why you’d ever tolerate squatting on a rock or log in camp again. The chair consists of a fabric seat that slips over a shock-corded pole structure that forms the chair’s back and legs; and it assembles quickly, like a hubbed tent pole system.

The result is a comfortable seat that’s 20 inches wide, 19 inches deep, 25 inches tall, and whose bottom rises 11 inches above terra firma—unlike chair kits that, while less bulky, are often no lighter, and place your butt at ground level. It also, impressively, has a carrying capacity of 265 pounds/120.2 kilograms, although 200-pounders might find the chair a little tippy, and packs down to 14x4x4 inches, roughly the dimensions of a lightweight backpacking air mattress. Unless you’re ultralight backpacking or thru-hiking, having a comfortable chair in camp may seem well worth the effort of carrying 17 ounces/481.9 grams.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Helinox Chair Zero at backcountry.com, or various Helinox chairs and other products at backcountry.com.

Want an even more comfortable camping chair? While too bulky and heavy for backpacking, the Helinox Sunset Chair ($170, 3 lbs. 8 oz.) will be the envy of your friends when car camping.

Is this review helpful to you? Get full access to ALL stories at The Big Outside. Join now!

Rhamani sandals.
Rhamani sandals.

Camp Shoes

I generally consider camp shoes superfluous weight: I often hike in low-cut shoe and just wear them like slippers in camp, with the laces quite loose and the tongue flipped up. But when I need or want footwear for backpacking campsites, water fords, and paddling trips, two different types of footwear have become my go-to picks, depending on the trip.

Allbirds Men's Wool Runners.
Allbirds Men’s Wool Runners.

For cooler backcountry trips, especially when hiking in midweight boots in wet climates, where I want warm, dry footwear in camp, I like the Allbirds Men’s Wool Runners ($110, 17 oz./481.9g, pair US men’s 10). For backpacking in the Wind River Range and elsewhere, on hut and yurt trips, and for river fords, these lightweight, packable, comfortable, warm shoes were perfect. The uppers and insoles are made from super fine Merino wool—keeping feet warm even if wet—and instead of the EVA foam traditionally used in footwear, Allbirds uses SweetFoam, made from sugarcane, and calls it “the world’s first carbon-negative green EVA.” Sizing runs small; buy up one full size in men’s and women’s models. Allbirds.com.

Rhamani sandals ($80, 14 oz./396.9g, pair US men’s 9) come in one style with multiple configurations, thanks to the removable heel and forefoot straps and retractable toe loop—and the strap system is secure enough that I took hikes from campsites, walking faint use trails and splashing through creeks, on a six-day backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon. The contoured footbed feels plush and the outsole grips well on a variety of ground surfaces—packed-dirt trails, pebbly riverbanks, scrambling on rocks. Best of all: They weigh about half of many sports sandals. Sizing is standard whole sizes. rhamani.com.

Sun Hat

On hot days from the Grand Canyon in spring and fall to the intense alpine sun in mountains like the High Sierra, I always wear a wide-brim hat to keep my squash from baking—which makes a big difference in how I feel over the course of hours hiking in such heat. But sun protection isn’t the only performance feature that matters.

The Patagonia Quandary Brimmer hat (left) in the Wind River Range.
Me (left) wearing the Patagonia Quandary Brimmer hat at Texas Pass in the Wind River Range with my friend Chip Roser.

In unusually strong winds that blew for three straight days in the Wind River Range, the Patagonia Quandary Brimmer wide-brim hat ($65, 4 oz./113g) stayed put on my head, keeping the alpine sun off it. The semi-rigid, wide brim completely shades your face and neck and resists getting flattened against the side of your head by strong gusts while also having enough flexibility to fold up for stuffing into a pack or exterior pocket. The toggle adjustment in the back enables a snug fit that, along with the adjustable chin strap, prevents the hat from taking flight in wind. The light, 96 percent recycled nylon fabric, breathable crown, and soft, wicking headband keep it comfortable in the heat.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Patagonia Quandary Brimmer hat at backcountry.com.

Windproof, Waterproof Emergency Matches

The UCO Titan Matches ($13, 3 oz./85g). will fire up in any downpour, no matter how wet. Each thick, four-inch-long match provides 25 seconds of wind and waterproof burning; they even relight after being submerged in water. The kit includes 12 matches, three replaceable strikers, a waterproof case that floats, and a cord that attaches to a lanyard.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this link to purchase UCO Titan Matches at rei.com.

See also my recommended backpacking gear checklist and menus of all of my reviews of backpacks, backpacking boots, hiking shoes, tents, and sleeping bags. And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-12-essential-backpacking-accessories/feed/ 40 21718
The 10 Best Backpacking Packs of 2026 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-the-10-best-packs-for-backpacking/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-the-10-best-packs-for-backpacking/#comments Fri, 27 Feb 2026 10:05:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=16772 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

Backpacks come in many sizes and designs for a reason: so do backpackers. Some of us need a pack for moderate loads, some for heavy loads, and others, increasingly, for lightweight or ultralight backpacking. Some prefer a minimalist pack, others a range of features and access. Everyone wants the best possible fit and comfort, and almost everyone has a budget. But no matter which type of backpacker you are, this review covers the best packs in each of those categories.

Each of my picks for the 10 best backpacking packs stands out for different reasons. I also point out two excellent packs for kids and small adults (at the bottom of the Gregory Paragon/Maven review). My judgments draw from many thousands of miles and more than three decades of backpacking and a quarter-century of testing and reviewing gear—including the 10 years I spent as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine and even longer running this blog. Few reviewers have lugged as many packs around the backcountry as me.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


A backpacker above Toxaway Lake, Sawtooth Mountains, Idaho.
Testing the Osprey Aura AG 65 in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains. Click photo to read about the best backpacking trip in the Sawtooths.

I’m confident at least one of these packs will be perfect for you—plus you’ll find the best prices for them through the affiliate links to online retailers below. Purchasing gear through my affiliate links supports my work on this blog. Thanks for doing that.

I’ve listed the pack reviews below in order by weight because that’s the metric that most defines and influences a pack’s design and functionality. The ratings admittedly tend to favor more-featured packs, which are heavier, and that may not meet your needs; use the ratings as a comparison with packs of similar weight. The pack you ultimately choose may depend partly on weight, but also on design and on your budget. Each pack review in this article links to that pack’s complete review at The Big Outside.

The Granite Gear Blaze 60 in the Grand Canyon.
Testing the Granite Gear Blaze 60 in the Grand Canyon. Click photo to read about “the best backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon.”

Not sure what type of pack you need? Start with my “5 Expert Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack.” See also my picks for “The Best Ultralight Backpacks.”

The comparison chart below offers a quick look at stats and features that distinguish these packs from one another.

If you have a question for me or a comment on this review, please make it in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

The 10 Best Backpacking Packs

BackpackScore (1-5)PriceVolumeWeightFeaturesSizesCarries Up To...
Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider4.3$39555L/3,400 c.i.1 lb. 15 oz./
878g
Waterproof, 5 pockets, highly durable4 unisex, not adjustable30-35 lbs./
13.6-15.9kg
Gregory Focal 58 and Facet 554$27058L/3,539 c.i.
55L/3,356 c.i.
2 lbs. 11 oz./
1.22kg (Focal 58)
7 pockets, poles attachment, ventilated suspension, removable lid3 men's and women's, not adjustable35 lbs./
15.9kg
Osprey Exos 58, Eja 584.2$28558L/3,539 c.i.2 lbs. 14 oz./
1.3kg (Exos 58)
6 pockets, poles attachment, ventilated suspension, removable lid2 men's and women's, adjustable35 lbs./
15.9kg
Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 and 45+5 SL4$28555L/3,356 c.i.
50L/3,051 c.i.
2 lbs. 15 oz./
1.33kg
6 pockets, ventilated suspension, removable lid, gear loops2 unisex, adjustable35 lbs./
15.9kg
Granite Gear Perimeter 504.3$25050L/3,050 c.i.3 lbs. 3 oz./
1.45kg
Unique adjustable harness, removable lid, 8 pockets2 unisex and women's, adjustable40 lbs./
18.1kg
Granite Gear Blaze 604.7$30060L/3,660 c.i.3 lbs. 4 oz./
1.47kg
Versatile load capacity, 6 pockets, adjustable torso length and hipbelt, zipper accessing main compartment3 unisex and 2 women's, adjustable45+ lbs./
20.4kg
Mystery Ranch Radix 574.2$29957L/3,635 c.i.3 lbs. 11 oz./
1.67 kg
Zipper accessing main compartment; 6 pockets; removable frame, hipbelt, and wrap-around compression; poles attachment; highly durable4 men's and women's, adjustable 30+ lbs./
13.6 kg
Gregory Paragon 60 and Maven 584.2$30060L/3,661 c.i.
58L/3,539 c.i.
3 lbs. 12 oz./
1.7 kg (Paragon 60)
6 pockets, poles attachment, ventilated suspension, removable lid, Garmin device pocket2 men's and women's, adjustable35-40 lbs./
15.9kg-18.1kg
Osprey Atmos AG 65 and Aura AG 654.8$37065L/3,967 c.i.4 lbs. 11 oz./
2.13kg (Atmos AG 65)
Unique harness, 9 pockets, poles attachment, durable3 men's and women's, adjustable45-50 lbs./
20.4kg-22.7kg
Gregory Baltoro 65 and Deva 604.8$35065L/3,966 c.i.
60L/3,661 c.i.
4 lbs. 14 oz./
2.21kg (Baltoro 65)
Dynamic shoulder straps and hipbelt, ventilated back, zipper accessing main compartment, 9 pockets, highly durable3 men's and women's, adjustable50 lbs./
22.7kg
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider ultralight backpack.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider ultralight backpack in the Beartooth Mountains.

Tough, Waterproof Ultralight

Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider
$395, 1 lb. 15 oz./879 g (55L)
hyperlitemountaingear.com

Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider front.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider.

When the Windrider was delivered to my house, the box looked much too small to contain a backpack. Like the best sub-three-pound, ultralight packs, the Windrider handles 30 to 35 pounds well, but weighs anywhere from a half-pound to nearly a pound less than those competitors. It has the capacity for going several days between resupplies. Its tough Dyneema Composite Fabrics is fully waterproof. The fixed suspension comes in four sizes—more than offered by most high-end pack makers—and the simple harness system works.

Three big, external mesh pockets add nearly 10 liters of capacity, and the roomy, zippered hipbelt pockets offer convenience. A top-loader with a roll-top closure, the Windrider is noticeably bereft of features found on many other packs. But its minimalist design, durability, capacity, comfort, and low weight will appeal to many backpackers who prefer hiking over simply hauling.

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Southwest ($395, 55L/3,400 c.i., 2 lbs., four sizes) is virtually identical to the Windrider except that it replaces the durable, tearproof mesh used in the external pockets with a more durable, Dyneema Hardline fabric—same as used in the zippered hipbelt pockets on both packs.

Read my complete review of the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider backpack at hyperlitemountaingear.com or a Hyperlite Mountain Gear Southwest backpack at hyperlitemountaingear.com.

Want an ultralight pack with more total capacity than the Windrider and seven external pockets, that weighs and costs less? See my review of the Gossamer Gear Mariposa 60.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
or other parks using my expert e-books.

The Gregory Focal 58 backpack in the Grand Canyon.
The Gregory Focal 58 backpack in the Grand Canyon.

Ultralight With Extras

Gregory Focal 58 and Facet 55
Gregory Focal 58 and Facet 55
$270, 2 lbs. 11 oz./1.22 kg (Focal 58)
gregorypacks.com

The Gregory Focal 58 front side.
The Gregory Focal 58.

Backpackers who are willing to accept a reasonable weight penalty for some organizational features of traditional backpacks and the support to carry up to 35 pounds will like the top-loading men’s Focal and women’s Facet. They sport six external pockets, including two on the hipbelt and a large, stretch-mesh front pocket, and useful features like good compression and attachments for trekking poles or an ice axe. And they’re made with recycled fabrics.

Gregory’s attention to comfort in its ultralight backpack is evident in the aluminum perimeter wire frame with a fiberglass cross-stay and an HDPE framesheet that lend the pack substantial rigidity, distributing most of the load across the hips. The tensioned, ventilated back panel allows air movement across your sweaty back. That support and comfort kept me smiling on strenuous days of hiking up to 12 miles with over 7,000 feet of cumulative elevation gain and loss—including seven very steep off-trail miles—backpacking for six days in the Grand Canyon. These are well-designed, comfortable packs for ultralighters who want some organizational features of traditional backpacks.

Read my complete review of the Gregory Focal 58 and Facet 55.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Gregory Focal 58 or Focal 48 at rei.combackcountry.com, or gregorypacks.com, or a women’s Gregory Facet 55 or Facet 45 at rei.combackcountry.com, or gregorypacks.com.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

The Osprey Exos 58 ultralight backpack.
The Osprey Exos 58 on the John Muir Trail.

Ultralight Classic

Osprey Exos 58 and Eja 58
$285, 2 lbs. 14 oz./1.3 kg (Exos 58)
Exos 58: backcountry.com
Eja 58: osprey.com

The Osprey Exos 58 ultralight backpack.
The Osprey Exos 58 on the John Muir Trail.

On a nine-day, nearly 130-mile hike through the High Sierra, mostly on the John Muir Trail, I found the updated-for-2022 Exos 58 keeps what has made it a classic since 2008 while getting even better. Now with improved comfort, thanks to an adjustable suspension with a four-inch fit range, and made with 100 percent recycled materials, the Exos and Eja come in two torso sizes and three capacity sizes. As before, the LightWire perimeter frame carries 30 to 35 pounds comfortably, while the perforated-foam hipbelt and shoulder straps distribute that weight nicely. And the trampoline-style back panel provides great ventilation across your back.

Made a bit more durable through little design improvements, the redesigned Exos 58 and Eja 58 have the capacity for weeklong trips and ultralight thru-hiking. At under three pounds, they have smart features like a removable, floating lid with two pockets, spacious pockets on the front, sides, and hipbelt, Z-style side compression, and a handy trekking poles attachment on the left shoulder strap. The Exos and Eja also come in 48-liter ($240) and 38-liter ($220) versions.

Read my complete review of the Osprey Exos 58 and Eja 58.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase any men’s Osprey Exos backpack at osprey.combackcountry.com, or rei.com, or any women’s Osprey Eja backpack at osprey.combackcountry.com, or rei.com.

See my review of another outstanding pack with the same price, weight, and basic design, though differences, the Gregory men’s Focal 58 and women’s Facet 55.

Be comfortable on your hikes. See “The Best Rain Jackets For Hiking and Backpacking.”

The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 ultralight backpack.
The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 ultralight backpack in the Grand Canyon.

Comfort and Low Weight

Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5
$285, 2 lbs. 15 oz./1.33 kg
backcountry.com

The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 harness.
The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 harness.

Among similar, mid-size, ultralight backpacking packs, Deuter’s Aircontact Ultra 50+5 distinguishes itself for the adjustable, comfortable fit and smart design details that make a difference in your experience carrying it. I found the Aircontact Ultra 50+5 comfortable with up to about 35 pounds inside on hikes of three days on southern Utah’s Owl and Fish canyons loop and six days on the Grand Canyon’s Gems Route—and I severely overloaded it on the first day of my Grand Canyon trip without it leaving me feeling destroyed, which says something.

Credit for its comfort and stability going up and down very steep, loose trails on both trips goes to a spring steel wire frame that balances slight flex with structural support, plus hipbelt fins and shoulder straps that rotate to absorb your body’s movement, steadying the pack while hiking. Spacer mesh in the back panel, lumbar pad, shoulder straps, and hipbelt deliver nice ventilation and cushioning. This top-loader fit my gear, food, and often extra water for six days in its spacious main compartment, augmented by six external pockets including a large stretch-mesh front pocket as well as side and hipbelt pockets. Light but reasonably tough, 175-denier polyamide fabric makes it as durable as many backpacking packs in this weight class.

Read my complete review of the Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 backpack at backcountry.com, or any model in the Aircontact Ultra series at backcountry.com.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

Granite Gear Perimeter 50.
The Granite Gear Perimeter 50 in Yosemite.

Uniquely Adjustable Fit

Granite Gear Perimeter 50
$250, 3 lbs. 3 oz./1.4 kg
backcountry.com

Granite Gear Perimeter 50.
Granite Gear Perimeter 50.

When I loaded the Perimeter 50 with about 12 pounds of water on the first day of a 45-mile backpacking trip in Yosemite—bumping the pack’s weight over the 40 pounds that Granite Gear rates it to handle—I was pleasantly surprised at its comfort. That seems like a bonus for a backpack with a customizable fit and high functionality that carries a modest weight and price.

Granite Gear’s Perimeter series packs feature adjustability for both torso length and shoulder width, easily accomplished by resetting the position of a clip behind each shoulder strap. A spring steel rod lends the pack an ergonomic shape plus rigidity along the vertical axis and some horizontal flex, while a PE board cone disperses weight. A top-loader, it has eight external pockets, including a removable, floating lid pocket and a bottom zippered flap that can also carry a sleeping pad, and tough, Robic high-tenacity nylon fabric.

Read my complete review of the Granite Gear Perimeter 50.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a unisex or women’s Perimeter 50 at backcountry.com, or a unisex or women’s Perimeter 35 at backcountry.com.

Let The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

The Granite Gear Blaze 60 backpack in the Grand Canyon.
The Granite Gear Blaze 60 backpack in the Grand Canyon.

Most Versatile

Granite Gear Blaze 60
$300, 3 lbs. 4 oz./1.47 kg
backcountry.com

The Granite Gear Blaze 60.
The Granite Gear Blaze 60.

How many pounds can a lightweight backpack carry comfortably? At just a half-pound heavier than some ultralight packs, the Blaze 60 hauled 40 pounds comfortably on a rugged, six-day, 74-mile backpacking trip through the Grand Canyon, and up to 35 pounds on a four-day, more than 40-mile backpacking trip that crossed four passes near and over 11,000 feet in the Wind River Range.

The Air Current framesheet flexes slightly, allowing the pack to move with your torso, especially in steep or difficult terrain. The ventilated back panel fits closely but has channels for air circulation and the Re-Fit hipbelt felt great even on long, arduous days. It has the capacity and support for long trips and the compression and low weight for short trips, plus super access with a wide top-loading mouth, a zipper into the main compartment, and six external pockets. It comes in three unisex and two women’s sizes, all adjustable, and the fabric is bombproof. The Blaze 60 ranks among the top all-purpose backpacks.

Read my complete review of the Granite Gear Blaze 60.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Granite Gear Blaze 60 backpack at backcountry.com, or a women’s-specific Granite Gear Blaze 60 backpack at backcountry.com.

Hike all of “The 10 Best Backpacking Trips in the Southwest.”

The Mystery Ranch Radix 57 on New Zealand's Routeburn Track.
The Mystery Ranch Radix 57 on New Zealand’s Routeburn Track.

Excellent Fit, Features, and Durability

Mystery Ranch Radix 57
$299, 3 lbs. 11 oz./1.67 kg
backcountry.com

The Mystery Ranch Radix 57 front.
The Mystery Ranch Radix 57 front.

With the Radix 57, Mystery Ranch asks backpackers: How light is just right? I pondered that question carrying the Radix 57 on backpacking trips in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains, southern Utah’s Buckskin Gulch and Paria Canyon, and two classic New Zealand hut treks, the Routeburn Track and the Milford Track, and found much to like and a couple of quibbles.

Mystery Ranch prioritized fit, features and functionality in a design that seems a hybrid of traditional bigger and ultralight packs, including six external pockets; zippered access to the main compartment; wrap-around compression that’s removable if needing repair; attachments for trekking poles or ice axe; a removable 7000 series aluminum frame and hipbelt; highly durable materials and construction; plus an unusually big range of four adjustable sizes each in men’s and women’s packs. On the downside, I found the hipbelt’s comfort limit was just a bit over 30 pounds—which seems low for a pack this heavy.

Read my complete review of the Mystery Ranch Radix 57.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Mystery Ranch Radix 57, Radix 47, or Radix 31 at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Score a popular permit using my
10 Tips For Getting a Hard-to-Get National Park Backcountry Permit.”

The Gregory Paragon 60 in the Grand Canyon.
The Gregory Paragon 60 in the Grand Canyon.

Quiver of One Backpack

Gregory Paragon 60 and Maven 58
$300, 3 lbs. 12 oz./1.7 kg (Paragon 60)
Paragon 60: backcountry.com
Maven 58: backcountry.com

The Gregory Paragon 60.
The Gregory Paragon 60 harness.

When Gregory rolled out the 2025 update of these popular packs, I took the Paragon 60 on a four-day, 40-mile walk in the Grand Canyon that included humping up the brutally steep Boucher Trail—which convinced me that the fully featured Paragon 60 and women’s Maven 58 still offer everything that many backpackers want for every kind of trip they take.

These packs have support for carrying at least 35 to 40 pounds comfortably, thanks to an alloy steel perimeter frame with a fiberglass cross-stay and Gregory’s cushy FreeFloat Suspension System. Adjustable for torso length in two sizes, both have Gregory’s Air-Cushion mesh back panel, consisting of 90 percent air, which helped cool my back on hot afternoons in the Grand Canyon. Their excellent organization includes a zipper providing access to the main compartment, six external pockets—and new for 2025, a stretch-mesh pocket on the left shoulder strap that’s sized to hold a Garmin inReach Mini or inReach Messenger device.

Read my complete review of the Gregory Paragon 60 and Maven 58.

BUY IT NOW  You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Paragon 60 at backcountry.com, gregory.com, or rei.com, or a women’s Maven 58 at backcountry.com, gregory.com, or rei.com. And see all Paragon models at backcountry.com, gregory.com, or rei.com, or all Maven models at backcountry.com, gregory.com, or rei.com.

Need a pack for a kid or small adult? See my reviews of the Gregory Wander 70 and the Osprey Ace 38, 50, and 75.

Get the right tent for you. See “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents
and my “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent.”

The 10 Best Backpacking Packs
The Osprey Atmos AG 65 at Maze Overlook in the Maze District of Canyonlands National Park.

Ultimate  Comfort

Osprey Atmos AG 65 harness.
Osprey Atmos AG 65 harness.

Osprey Atmos AG 65 and Aura AG 65
$370, 4 lbs. 11 oz./2.1 kg (Atmos AG 65)
Atmos AG 65: ospreypacks.com
Aura AG 65: ospreypacks.com

These packs feel very different, in a good way, the first time you put one on, and that positive first impression bore out as I carried the Atmos AG 65 on a five-day hike in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park, when I was often carrying 8.5 to 14.5 pounds (four to seven liters) of water; on a four-day family hike (bearing some of my family’s gear and food weight) on the Rockwall Trail in Canada’s Kootenay National Park; and on two treks in New Zealand’s Fiordland National Park as well as other backpacking trips. The Anti-Gravity suspension feels more like putting on a jacket than a backpack. Consisting of a panel of lightweight, tensioned mesh extending from the top of the back panel to the hipbelt, it fully wraps around your back and hips while delivering ample air movement.

Adjustable for fit, including the hipbelt, they carry 45 to 50 pounds with supreme comfort and come loaded with features like nine pockets, a convenient trekking poles attachment on the left shoulder strap, and an integrated cover panel to replace the removable lid. Weighing well under five pounds, they’re a great choice for backpackers who usually carry moderate to heavy loads.

Read my complete review of the Osprey men’s Atmos AG 65 and women’s Aura AG 65.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to buy any model of the men’s Osprey Atmos AG at ospreypacks.com or rei.com, or any model of the women’s Aura AG at ospreypacks.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com.

Get the right daypack for your hikes. See my review of “The 10 Best Hiking Daypacks.”

Gregory Baltoro 65 backpack.
Testing the Gregory Baltoro 65 backpack.

Excels for Big Loads

Gregory Baltoro 65 and Deva 60
$350, 4 lbs. 14 oz./2.2 kg (Baltoro 65)
Baltoro 65: rei.com
Deva 60: rei.com

Gregory Baltoro 65 backpack.
The Gregory Baltoro 65 backpack.

For carrying loads of 50 pounds or more, I want a pack that’s supportive, comfortable, and tricked out. In every respect, the men’s Baltoro and women’s Deva packs have long filled the big-pack role extremely well, and trips in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains and on the Teton Crest Trail demonstrated that the latest versions of these two packs are only better.

The Baltoro’s and Deva’s FreeFloat suspension system, updated in 2022, has 3D mesh and a foam-free design that improves air flow across your back; more adjustability in the torso length (in three sizes for men and women), shoulder harnesses, and hipbelt (and the latter two pivot independently, enhancing comfort); enlarged hipbelt pockets; an attachment for a bear spray holster; and a lighter carbon footprint with 31 percent less plastic. And the high-strength aluminum perimeter frame delivers serious support.

Features include a U-shaped zipper that opens up the entire main compartment; nine very functional external pockets; widely adjustable compression straps that cross over the pack bag; and attachments for sunglasses, trekking poles, and ice axes.

Read my complete review of the Gregory Baltoro 65 and Deva 60.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to buy a Gregory Baltoro 65 at gregory.com or rei.com; a Gregory Deva 60 at gregory.com or rei.com; or larger versions of the Baltoro at gregory.com or rei.com or the Deva at gregory.com or rei.com.

See my “5 Tips For Buying the Right Backpack,” “Video: How to Load a Backpack,” all of my reviews of backpacks at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year, and avoid leaving anything important behind by using “An Essentials-Only Backpacking Gear Checklist.”


Are you a fan of the beautiful photos you see at The Big Outside? Click here now
to get professional-quality prints of this blog’s most inspiring images!


Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-the-10-best-packs-for-backpacking/feed/ 24 16772
The Best Ultralight Hiking and Running Jackets of 2026 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-ultralight-hiking-and-backpacking-jackets-of-2018/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-ultralight-hiking-and-backpacking-jackets-of-2018/#comments Thu, 19 Feb 2026 10:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=27175 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

You’re out on an all-day hike or a long climb or trail run or ride in the mountains. The weather forecast looked pretty good before you set out—but no one shared that memo with the wind that just started hammering your summit ridge, or the spitting rain and hail now pelting you as you contemplate the sudden drop in temperature and the miles between you and shelter. The question now is: What’s in your pack?

If you’re smart, it’s an ultralight jacket that takes up little space, but is about to gift you with just the right amount of weather protection when you need it.

This article offers my expert tips on how to choose the best ultralight shell for your needs, followed by my freshly updated picks for the best models on the market today, based on real-world, backcountry field testing and my 30 years of experience reviewing outdoor gear and apparel, including more than 10 years running this blog and previously the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine for 10 years.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Outdoor Research Shadow Wind Hoodie.
The Outdoor Research Shadow Wind Hoodie.

Ultralight Jackets Explained

What is an ultralight shell jacket? There’s no consensus definition, and considerable variation among today’s models. But basically, the term “ultralight jacket” explains their primary advantage: They weigh under about 10 ounces—and some a fraction of that—and are very packable, often stuffing down to the size of a fist. In other words, they are usually less than half the weight and bulk of a standard waterproof-breathable jacket. While a few may be partly or even fully waterproof, many are water-resistant and windproof, providing a minimum level of protection from the elements.

While these jackets, also known as ultralight wind shells, are marketed primarily to runners, they are often a better choice than a heavier, bulkier rain jacket for dayhikers, climbers, and lightweight/ultralight backpackers who don’t expect to encounter heavy rain. I’ve used many of the models reviewed here for lightweight dayhikes and some of the more durable models for backpacking and climbing when the forecast threatened no more than light showers.

Although they certainly look very minimalist, they deliver all the protection you need from wind and light rain—the conditions many of us often encounter far more often than full-on storms. Some of them are partly or fully waterproof-breathable, and kept me dry in steady rain; but they lack the full hood coverage, features, and degree of waterproofing that a heavier rain jacket provides, and I don’t recommend ultralight jackets for hours or days of sustained rain.

The truth is, because standard, heavier, waterproof-breathable shells are, by definition, not as breathable as shells that are simply water-resistant, they are not the best choice for activities where you sweat a lot, like running or rigorous uphill hiking with a pack on, because they often cause you to get soaked from perspiration. Waterproof-breathable shells have their place, for sure. But they are heavier, bulkier, and more expensive than an ultralight jacket, in addition to being generally less useful in the situations we commonly encounter in the backcountry.

The Mountain Hardwear Kor Airshell Hoody.
The Mountain Hardwear Kor Airshell Hoody.

The notion seems counterintuitive, but it’s possible to have too much of a jacket. If you rarely pull on a rain jacket because it’s too much for most circumstances you encounter, then you need an ultralight jacket.

Whether you’re a dayhiker, backpacker, ultra-hiker, runner, or climber, when you choose the right ultralight shell for your activity and climate, it will probably become the jacket you grab and actually wear most often—and possibly the most versatile piece of outerwear you own, useful in a layering system tailored to any season and multiple outdoor sports.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

How to Choose an Ultralight Jacket

While many ultralight shells are similar in appearance and weight, they can vary significantly in functionality.

Simply put, the best ultralight jackets for trail running may be different from the best models for cool-weather hiking, climbing, or ultralight backpacking, and your choice will also depend on the typical weather you encounter.

The Rab Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket.
The Rab Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket.

Here’s what to look for:

Breathability vs. weather resistance. Ultralight jackets generally trade off fully waterproof protection for better breathability. However, models in this category can vary greatly in how each balances breathability and wind protection, and some have partially or completely waterproof fabrics while remaining ultralight and packable. But “waterproof” in an ultralight jacket doesn’t generally equal the protection of a two-layer or three-layer, heavier waterproof-breathable jacket (like Gore-Tex); sustained hard rain can cause it to wet through.

Hybrid vs. uniform shell. “Hybrid” in this context refers to the shell blending some fully waterproof-breathable fabric—usually in the shoulders, torso, and hood—with more breathable, non-waterproof fabric in the sides and underarms, allowing the jacket to release body heat and moisture in areas not likely to receive much direct precipitation. These jackets are versatile for a wide range of conditions and activity levels. By “uniform” shell, I mean either a water-resistant soft-shell fabric or a waterproof-breathable fabric—but one or the other, not a hybrid combination of both.

Insulated or not. While it’s not usually the case, ultralight jackets occasionally feature a light amount of strategically placed insulation—typically in the torso—making them more of a cool-weather, fall through spring garment, but also versatile for everything from climbing bigger mountains in summer to aerobic activities like running, Nordic skiing, or hiking and snowshoeing in winter.

Hood or no hood. For the most part, I find a simple, uninsulated shell hood almost essential in an ultralight jacket—it provides a noticeable boost in warmth and weather protection at very little cost in terms of weight, bulk, or dollars. Many ultralight shells, but not all, have a hood or a hooded version, and this comes down to personal preference as well as typical usage: If you need a shell simply for local runs of an hour or two in wind or cool temps, with a chance of a light shower, you may not need a hood. If you’re heading into the mountains for hours or days, you probably want a hood.

The Best Ultralight Jackets

I’ve listed the following jackets in order from lightest to heaviest.

My advice: Look at each of the reviews below to narrow your choices to the two or three that sound best for your needs, and then go to the complete reviews of those jackets to help you make your pick. You will support my work on this blog by purchasing any of these jackets through the affiliate links provided here or in the complete reviews, at no cost to you; in fact, you’ll usually find the best prices at those links. Thanks for doing that.

I encourage you to share your thoughts and experiences with any of these jackets, or another ultralight shell that you like, in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

Stay dry, happy, and safe. See my “5 Expert Tips For Buying a Rain Jacket for Hiking
and all reviews of rain jackets at The Big Outside.

 

JacketScorePriceWeightWeather ProtectionBreathabilityPackabilityDurabilityWeight-to-Performance
Black Diamond Distance Wind Shell4.4$1993.5 oz./
99.2g
3.5553.55
Mountain Hardwear Kor Airshell Hoody4.4$1655.1 oz./
145g
3.55544.5
Outdoor Research Shadow Wind Hoodie4.2$1405.8 oz./
164.4g
3.54.5445
Outdoor Research Helium Rain Jacket4.4$170-$1806 oz./
170.1g
4454.54.5
Rab Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket4.1$1657.7 oz./
219g
444.544
Arc’teryx Atom SL Hoody4$2809 oz./
255g
44444
The Black Diamond Distance Wind Shell in Spain's Picos de Europa Mountains.
The Black Diamond Distance Wind Shell.

Black Diamond Distance Wind Shell
Why it’s special: Lightest and most packable protection from wind and light rain.
$199, 3.5 oz./99.2g (men’s medium)
blackdiamondequipment.com

The more I wore the Black Diamond Distance Wind Shell—the lightest and most packable hooded shell in this review—the more I liked and used it. Those outings ranged widely, including running the Grand Canyon 42 miles rim to rim to rim in one day in early October, a five-day June trek through Spain’s Picos de Europa Mountains, a September weekend of rock climbing in cool temps and gusty wind at Idaho’s City of Rocks, and mountain biking through a sudden downpour. And not only does this shell perform well, but it may be the greenest ultralight wind shell on the market.

The Distance Wind Shell has a basic suite of features found in other ultralight shells: It stuffs easily into its one zippered chest pocket, packing down tosmaller than a baseball, and has elasticized cuffs, an adjustable hem, and an adjustable, helmet-compatible hood. But it replaces a traditional DWR (durable, water-resistant) fabric treatment with a PFC-free, water-repellent finish that gets permanently hyper-fused to the fabric fibers, making it more durable and greener than DWRs. Best of all, of course, its breathability and weather resistance compare with the best in this category.

See my complete review of the Black Diamond Distance Wind Shell.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Black Diamond Distance Wind Shell at backcountry.com or blackdiamondequipment.com.

Plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-books.
Click here now to learn more.

The Mountain Hardwear Kor Airshell Hoody.
The Mountain Hardwear Kor Airshell Hoody.

Mountain Hardwear Kor Airshell Hoody
Why it’s special: Great balance of high breathability, low weight, packability, weather resistance, and durability.
$165, 5.1 oz./145g (men’s medium)
backcountry.com

After sweating hard on a hot and humid June morning hiking up the brutally steep headwall of Huntington Ravine on Mount Washington, we hit the cool wind in the mountain’s alpine terrain—so I pulled on my Kor Airshell Hoody and it tamed that wind while breathing so well that the wet sun shirt against my skin dried out quickly. And that pattern of sweating and hitting wind continued throughout that two-day hut trek in New Hampshire’s Presidential Range.

A midweight ultralight wind shell at a hair over five ounces,the highly packable Kor Airshell Hoody balances its two superpowers of low weight and excellent breathability with respectable weather resistance and durability, as I also found wearing it running hilly trails and hiking from the Boise Foothills to early spring backpacking trips on a section of the Arizona Trail and in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon. Besides its breathability, the ultralight, recycled, 20-denier Pertex Quantum Air ripstop nylon fabric lends the Kor better durability than the lightest ultralight shells.

With a comfortable fit and soft fabric, an elasticized hood with a low-profile brim that provides decent coverage, elasticized hem and cuffs, and two zippered hand pockets—more than found on many competitors—it’s a great choice for dayhikers, trail runners, climbers, and others who mostly need good breathability but may encounter a range of weather conditions short of sustained, hard rain.

See my complete review of the Mountain Hardwear Kor Airshell Hoody.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Mountain Hardwear Kor Airshell Hoody at backcountry.com or rei.com.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Outdoor Research Shadow Wind Hoodie.
The Outdoor Research Shadow Wind Hoodie.

Outdoor Research Shadow Wind Hoodie
Why it’s special: Combo of high breathability and comfort, weather resistance, packability, and durability.
$140, 5.8 oz./164.4g (men’s medium)
backcountry.com

We expect a lot of our ultralight wind shells: We want them to breathe well when we’re hiking or running uphill while, of course, blocking the wind effectively—and feel good. On trail runs, dayhikes, and a backpacking trip from southern Utah’s canyon country in spring to the mountains of Southwest Idaho, in a wide range of weather that challenges any outer layer to keep you comfortable, the Shadow Wind Hoodie did just that quite well.

The Shadow’s distinguishing component is its lightweight but durable, 20-denier, stretch-woven fabric: Impressively breathable and resistant to light precipitation, it feels softer against skin than most ultralight shells—especially the lightest out there, which can feel a bit like a plastic petroleum product.

But it offers so much more, too. The trim fit provides space for a couple of base layers plus light insulation and very good stretch lets this jacket move with you—great for hiking, running, climbing, and other activities. The close-fitting, under-the-helmet hood is adjustable—uncommon in an ultralight shell—protects your face well and stows inside the collar. The Shadow also has three zippered pockets. Just an ounce or two heavier than the lightest hooded wind shells, it stuffs inside the chest pocket to about the size of a softball.

See my complete review of the Outdoor Research Shadow Wind Hoodie.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Outdoor Research Helium Wind Hoodie at backcountry.com, rei.com, or outdoorresearch.com.

Get the right pack for you. See “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs
and the “The 10 Best Hiking Daypacks.”

The Outdoor Research Helium II Jacket.
The Outdoor Research Helium II Jacket.

Outdoor Research Helium Rain Jacket
Why it’s special: Very light and packable waterproof-breathable shell.
$170, 6 oz./170.1g (men’s medium), $180, 6 oz. (women’s medium)
backcountry.com

In the world of waterproof-breathable outerwear, the Outdoor Research Helium Rain Jacket pushes the extreme low end in weight and packability—very appealing to hikers, ultralight backpackers, and trail runners. I’ve worn this six-ounce hooded shell on trail runs and hikes in my local foothills, in weather ranging from biting wind and temps in the 30s to heavily falling, wet snow for over two hours. I also wore it at times on an early September, five-day backpacking trip on the Wonderland Trail in Mount Rainier National Park, where it fended off heavy mist and cool winds, and through cold wind and some light rain showers on a five-day hike in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park in early March—and for trips with no serious rain in the forecast, it saved me from carrying twice the weight and bulk in a standard rain jacket.

Constructed from 30-denier ripstop nylon, waterproof-breathable Pertex Shield, it employs Diamond Fuse technology, which uses yarns with diamond-shaped filaments that lock together, lending it relatively good durability and snag-resistance for a fabric this light. It fought off dumping wet snow while I ran and hiked and didn’t build up too much moisture inside; but breathability is not exceptional. It has an adjustable hood, comfortable fit, and one zippered chest pocket that the shell stuffs inside. For anyone needing a just-in-case ultralight shell for wind and rain, the Outdoor Research Helium Rain Jacket delivers waterproof protection in a compact package at a good value for its performance and low weight.

See my complete review of the Outdoor Research Helium Rain Jacket.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Helium Jacket at backcountry.com or rei.com, or a women’s Helium Rain Jacket at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Which puffy should you buy? See “The 12 Best Down Jackets” and
How You Can Tell How Warm a Down Jacket Is.

The Rab Men’s Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket.
The Rab Men’s Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket.

Rab Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket
Why it’s special: Lightweight and packable waterproof-breathable shell.
$165, 7.7 oz./219g (men’s medium)
backcountry.com

This ultralight rain shell kept me dry while backpacking through wind-driven rain and hail in a thunderstorm on the Continental Divide Trail in Colorado’s San Juan Mountains. At just 7.7 ounces/219 grams and packing down to the size of a softball, it was also a perfect choice for wind protection and just in case of rain (which only fell early one morning, before we got up) while backpacking the Grand Canyon’s Gems Route.

Rab’s 20-denier, 2.5-layer Proflex stretch-woven waterproof nylon fabric also breathes well, and the adjustable hood offers decent face protection. If you generally avoid severe weather, the Downpour Light delivers all the protection you need in a lighter, more packable design that’s far less expensive than that high-end rain shell that’s overbuilt for your needs.

See my complete review of the Rab Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Rab Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “The 25 Best National Park Dayhikes.”

Arc’teryx Atom SL Hoody
Why it’s special: Warmest ultralight jacket with good weather resistance and breathability.
$280, 9 oz./255g (men’s medium)
rei.com

Arc’teryx Atom SL Hoody
Arc’teryx Atom SL Hoody.

The warmest and only insulated shell in this review, the Atom SL Hoody has been a go-to piece for me in situations as varied as backpacking in August in Canada’s Kootenay National Park and in October in Idaho’s White Cloud Mountains; scrambling a 10,000-foot peak in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains and hiking to the very windy summit of 10,243-foot Mount Washburn in Yellowstone National Park in September; and numerous times Nordic skate-skiing in temps in the 20s and 30s.

Essentially an ultralight wind shell with some strategically placed insulation, it delivers just enough warmth for being active in cool temps without causing you to overheat. Credit the fleece under the arms and 40 grams of insulation in the torso, but no insulation in the hood or on the outside of the sleeves, where there’s just windproof shell fabric that breathes reasonably well. Arc’teryx’s Coreloft synthetic insulation is very compressible, retains heat when wet, and dries quickly. The adjustable hood stays put on your head, with or without a helmet. Whether I was standing on a windblown 10,000-footer, carrying a backpack through the mountains in conditions that shifted frequently between warm sunshine and overcast with cold wind, or perspiring profusely while skate-skiing, the Atom SL keep me warm but didn’t make me too hot. It’s ideal for cool to cold temps or anyone who gets cold easily in moderate temperatures.

See my complete review of the Arc’teryx Atom SL Hoody.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Arc’teryx Atom SL Hoody at rei.com or arcteryx.com.

See all trail-running gear reviews and outdoor apparel reviews at The Big Outside.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-ultralight-hiking-and-backpacking-jackets-of-2018/feed/ 7 27175
Ultralight Backpacking Tents: How to Choose One https://thebigoutsideblog.com/how-to-choose-the-best-ultralight-backpacking-tent-for-you/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/how-to-choose-the-best-ultralight-backpacking-tent-for-you/#comments Sat, 14 Feb 2026 10:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=25581 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

Switching from a standard backpacking tent to an ultralight tent can shave pounds from your total pack weight—which for many backpackers will be the biggest step they can take toward a lighter pack. But it can be confusing to sort through the various ultralight tents out there, and the specs on them can look like a big pot of numeral soup, leaving you wondering: How are they different? And ultimately, which one is best for you?

I’ve tested and reviewed scores of tents of all types over a quarter-century of testing and reviewing gear—formerly as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine for about 10 years and even longer running this blog. I love the best ultralight tents, but I’ve also used some that had flaws or shortcomings not immediately obvious.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


This article will explain all you need to know to find the three-season, ultralight tent that’s best for you. See also my “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent.”

Please tell me what you think of my tips or share your questions, suggestions, or favorite ultralight tent model in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

Backpackers camped in the backcountry of Wyoming's Wind River Range.
The Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye in the backcountry of Wyoming’s Wind River Range. Click photo to read my review.

Size Matters

Consumers of backcountry gear have grown accustomed to focusing on the weight of a product—which is smart—but not always paying adequate attention to other performance metrics. Think of your tent’s weight like it’s a prospective spouse’s feelings about starting a family: It’s a critical and potentially make-or-break factor, but it’s not the only question to ask when evaluating compatibility.

An ultralight tent is a two-sided coin: Before getting one, be certain that low weight ranks as a higher priority to you than other metrics like living space, or you might be disappointed.

Fans of them typically include ultralight backpackers, thru-hikers, climbers, and others who focus on the experience outside rather than inside the tent, who often spend much of each day on the move, and who don’t mind dealing with the inconveniences or quirkiness of a non-traditional tent design. Big people looking to trim pack weight may be smart to get a tent that’s not the absolute lightest, but still reasonably light while providing a bit more space (more on square footage below).

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 ultralight solo backpacking tent.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 ultralight solo pyramid tent in the Wind River Range. Click photo to read my review.

That said, there are ultralight tents and shelters that do have adequate or even abundant living space, especially those employing non-traditional designs. Floorless tents and tarps that pitch using trekking poles weigh mere ounces while offering much more sheltered living area per ounce (or gram) than traditional tents. While not freestanding, when pitched and staked out properly they often stand up to strong wind as well as—and sometimes better than—any heavier, three-season, freestanding tent. Some have a single-wall or hybrid single- and double-wall design (see below) and optional mesh inserts for buggy conditions. Ventilation, of course, is almost never a problem under a tarp.

You may want a light ground cloth, and site selection and an adequately warm bag both become more important when you’re not in an enclosed tent. But if you really want to reduce shelter weight, when bugs aren’t an issue and you don’t anticipate relentlessly wet, windy conditions, a tarp or similar minimalist shelter is unquestionably the best choice. Plus, if you also want to move to a lighter, smaller-volume pack, you have to first reduce the bulk of your two largest pieces of gear: your tent and sleeping bag.

All of which leads to the conclusion: Yes, size matters. There are tradeoffs to reducing weight. For many backcountry travelers, though, the benefits of a lighter pack far outweigh any disadvantages of an ultralight shelter. Once someone switches to one, they don’t tend to go back to carrying heavier tents.

Plan your next great backpacking adventure in Yosemite
and other flagship parks using my expert e-books.

The Gossamer Gear The One solo ultralight tent in Glacier National Park.
The Gossamer Gear The One solo ultralight tent in Glacier National Park. Click photo to read my review.

How Light Should You Go?

What is an ultralight tent? There’s no hard definition, but I would include any kind of backcountry shelter that’s under about three pounds (1.4 kg). While somewhat arbitrary, that cutoff lumps in a wide range of products, from freestanding, double-wall tents that are significantly lighter than traditional models to shelters weighing a pound or less.

I’m not suggesting you ignore all tents over three pounds; there are two-person, three-season tents weighing mere ounces over three pounds that have their merits. What matters more are your personal needs and preferences in a shelter. That will dictate the design features you want, which (along with your budget) will largely dictate the weight of the shelter you choose.

See my picks for “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents.”

Glenns Lake on the Northern Loop in Glacier National Park.
Glenns Lake in Glacier National Park is along one of America’s top 10 best backpacking trips. Click photo to see them all.

The weight of any kind of shelter (or any gear) basically depends on the type and amount of materials that go into it—a seemingly obvious fact, but one which affects everything from interior space to price. The visible differences include:

• Interior and vestibule space.
• One or two doors.
• Freestanding or requires staking (which includes semi-freestanding).
• Double- or single-wall.
• Whether it has dedicated tent poles or pitches using trekking poles.
• Whether it has a floor and/or bug-proof mesh walls.

Read all of this story and ALL stories at The Big Outside,
plus get a FREE e-book! Join now!

 

Sea to Summit Alto TR2 ultralight backpacking tent.
The Sea to Summit Alto TR2 ultralight backpacking tent in the Pasayten Wilderness. Click photo to read my review.

Freestanding or Not?

Tarps and some tents employ your trekking poles, eliminating the substantial weight and bulk of tent poles from your pack. These models can require a little more time and possibly some practice to pitch correctly—you’ll be wise to pitch it for the first time in your yard rather than during a rainstorm in the backcountry. But you’ll quickly familiarize yourself with the idiosyncrasies of one. And tent poles represent one of the single biggest chunks of weight you can remove from your pack, which is why these non-traditional shelters are the choice for serious ultralighters as well as any backpackers who simply want to pack as light as possible.

Besides, “freestanding” is a somewhat misleading term: While such tents do stand independent of stakes, they virtually always must be staked out, anyway, including their rainfly, to ensure that they stay put in wind and ventilate well.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

Slingfin 2Lite ultralight backpacking tent.
Testing the Slingfin 2Lite ultralight backpacking tent in the High Sierra. Click photo to read my review.

See my stories “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,”
and “5 Tips For Spending Less on Hiking and Backpacking Gear.”

A campsite at Overland Lake on the Ruby Crest Trail.
This campsite at Overland Lake on the Ruby Crest Trail ranks among my 25 all-time favorite backcountry campsites. Click photo to see them all.

What’s Best for You?

As I’ve basically laid out above, choosing any kind of backcountry shelter, and particularly an ultralight one, requires asking yourself a few questions:

• How high a priority is low weight to you?
• How much space do you need?
• Do you usually backpack in buggy seasons and/or wet and windy conditions?
• Will this be your only tent or an alternative shelter to use in circumstances appropriate for it?

In the final analysis, if your goal is as light a backpack as possible, nothing gets you closer to that goal than your choice of a shelter. Find the lightest one that still serves your essential needs.

See all reviews of ultralight backpacking tents and ultralight backpacking gear, my “5 Expert Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent,” and my picks for the best ultralight backpacks at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/how-to-choose-the-best-ultralight-backpacking-tent-for-you/feed/ 11 25581
The 10 Best Backpacking Tents of 2026 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-the-5-best-backpacking-tents/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-the-5-best-backpacking-tents/#comments Wed, 11 Feb 2026 10:05:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=16257 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

A good backpacking tent not only makes your trips more comfortable by keeping you warm and dry in foul weather—it’s critical safety gear and one of the heaviest and most expensive items you’ll carry. Those facts alone are motivation enough to find the right tent for your style of backpacking. But how do you choose from the many models out there, which come in a huge range of designs, weights, and prices? Whether you’re shopping for your first backpacking shelter or looking to replace an old one, this review will help make that choice easy for you.

I’ve tested scores of backpacking tents over more than a quarter-century of testing and reviewing gear—including the 10 years I spent as Backpacker magazine’s lead gear reviewer and even longer running this blog. This article covers my picks for the 10 top-performing, three-season backpacking tents available today—eight two-person models and two ultralight solo tents—with links to my complete review of each one. I think you’ll find at least one tent here that’s perfect for you.

Each of these tents is different enough from the others to give you clear choices, and they range from midweight to ultralight—because I believe every ounce should be justified in the gear I carry. The tents are listed from lightest to heaviest. The comparison chart below offers a quick look at specs and features that distinguish these tents from one another and offers an overall rating based on specific criteria that are detailed in a ratings chart at the bottom of each tent’s complete review.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


A backpacker at a campsite in the Maze District, Canyonlands National Park, Utah.
Jeff Wilhelm at our second camp in the Maze District, Canyonlands National Park. Click photo to see my 25 all-time favorite backcountry campsites.

Spend your money smartly when picking out the right tent for your adventures: Start with my “5 Expert Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “Ultralight Backpacking Tents: How to Choose One.” (Like many stories at this blog, both of those are partially free for anyone to read but require a paid subscription to read in full.) And see all reviews of backpacking tents at The Big Outside.

Grab one of these tents and your days on the trail—with a lighter pack—will improve as much as your nights in camp.

Please share your thoughts and questions about these tents or others you like in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

The 10 Best Backpacking Tents

ModelScore (1-5)PriceWeightFloor AreaPeak HeightDoorsFeatures
Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-14.4$59916.8 oz./
476.3g
21 sq. ft./
2 sq. m
54 ins./
137cm
1* Hybrid single-wall with tough, waterproof Dyneema fabric and good ventilation.
* Pitches with one trekking pole.
* Excellent space-to-weight ratio.
Gossamer Gear The One4.3$2551 lb. 2 oz./
510g
19 sq. ft./
1.8 sq. m
46 ins./
117cm
1* Very good space-to-weight ratio, headroom.
* Pitches with two trekking poles.
* Good stability, ventilation.
Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 24.3$6991 lb. 2 oz./
510g
63 sq. ft./
5.9 sq. m
64 ins./
163cm
1* Superior space-to-weight ratio, headroom, durability, stability.
* Modular components
* Pitches with trekking poles.
* Good ventilation.
MSR Freelite 24.5$4652 lbs./
907g
29 sq. ft./
2.7 sq. m
39 ins./
99cm
2* A two-door, double-wall tent weighing just 2 lbs.
* Excellent space-to-weight ratio, headroom, ventilation, stability.
* Easy to pitch.
Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p4.4$4502 lbs. 1 oz./
948g
27.5 sq. ft./
2.6 sq. m
39 ins./
98cm
2* A two-door, double-wall tent barely over 2 lbs.
* Good space-to-weight ratio, headroom, ventilation, stability.
* Easy to pitch.
Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL24.4$5002 lbs. 3 oz./
992g
28 sq. ft./
2.6 sq. m
39 ins./
99cm
2* A two-door, double-wall tent barely over 2 lbs.
* Good space-to-weight ratio, headroom, ventilation, stability.
* Easy to pitch.
Sea to Summit Alto TR24.4$5492 lbs. 9 oz./
1162g
27 sq. ft./
2.5 sq. m
42.5 ins./
108cm
2* Good balance of low weight and livability.
* Good headroom.
* Functional design details.
* Good ventilation, stability.
Nemo Dragonfly Osmo 2p4.7$3502 lbs. 10 oz./
1191g
29 sq. ft./
2.7 sq. m
41 ins./
104cm
2* Very good space-to-weight ratio and headroom.
* Well-featured for sub-3 lbs.
* Easy to pitch.
* Spacious vestibules.
SlingFin 2Lite4.5$5052 lbs. 10 oz./
1191g
28.5 sq. ft./
2.6 sq. m
41 ins./
104cm
2* Good space-to-weight ratio.
* Very stable.
* Optional pitch with trekking poles.
* Spacious vestibules.
Big Agnes Copper Spur UL24.7$5502 lbs. 11 oz./
1219g
29 sq. ft./
2.7 sq. m
40 ins./
102cm
2* Very good space-to-weight ratio and headroom.
* Very well-featured for sub-3 lbs.
* Easy to pitch.
* Awning rainfly doors.

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 ultralight solo backpacking tent.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 ultralight solo pyramid tent in the Wind River Range.

Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1
$675, 16.8 oz./476.3g
hyperlitemountaingear.com

For three nights in the Wind River Range, this non-freestanding, ultralight, solo pyramid tent stood up to gusts exceeding 40 mph, plus hard, wind-driven rain for hours on our last night in the Winds and rain on a weeklong hike through Glacier National Park. Made with highly durable and waterproof Dyneema Composite fabrics and weighing under 17 ounces, it pitches using one trekking pole and six stakes. With 21 square feet of interior space and a 54-inch peak height, it feels palatial. And the hybrid single-wall design with one mesh wall, two peak vents, and perimeter mesh around the floor creates good high-low venting. The Mid-1 is arguably the best ultralight solo backpacking tent available today.

Read my complete review of the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 solo backpacking tent at hyperlitemountaingear.com, or the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid 1 Tarp at hyperlitemountaingear.com.

See also my review of a modular ultralight tent that can accommodate one or two people, the SlingFin SplitWing Shelter Bundle.

Plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-books.
Click here now to learn more.

The Gossamer Gear The One solo ultralight tent in Glacier National Park.
The Gossamer Gear The One solo ultralight tent in Glacier National Park.

Gossamer Gear The One
$255, 1 lb. 2 oz./510g
gossamergear.com

Strong nighttime gusts on a six-day, 94-mile traverse of Glacier National Park on the Continental Divide Trail never rattled The One—affirming my impression that it is quite possibly the best value in a solo ultralight tent on the market today. A single-wall, non-freestanding A-frame that pitches using two adjustable trekking poles, with an interior tent featuring mesh bug netting and a bathtub floor, The One’s stability compares with many of the best freestanding, three-season tents. With a tall profile, nearly 20 square feet of floor space, and a 46-inch peak, living space is quite comfortable for a solo shelter. Cross-ventilation minimizes condensation and the vestibule shelters a pack and boots.

Read my complete review of the Gossamer Gear The One.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Gossamer Gear The One at gossamergear.com.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 ultralight pyramid tent with Ultamid 2 Insert.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 ultralight pyramid tent with Ultamid 2 Insert in the Wind River Range.

Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2
$730, 1 lb. 2 oz./510g
hyperlitemountaingear.com

Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 Insert with DCF11 Floor
$420, 1 lb. 4.5 oz./581g
hyperlitemountaingear.com

Through nights of steady, cold rain and wind backpacking in the Wind River Range, my 20-year-old son and I enjoyed the cavernous interior of HMG’s Ultamid 2 pyramid-style tarp-tent and Ultamid 2 Insert. Pitching with two trekking poles and weighing two ounces over a pound, this two-person, single-door, well-ventilated, waterproof and highly durable, single-wall shelter sports 63 square feet of floor space and a peak height over five feet—that’s approximately twice the space and half or less the weight of every heavier tent in this review. The separate Ultamid 2 Insert adds a tough bathtub floor and mesh walls while keeping total weight under 2.5 pounds. Although not without shortcomings, it has virtually no competitors for space-to-weight ratio, stability in almost any weather, and durability.

Read my complete review of the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 and Ultamid 2 Insert with DCF11 Floor.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 at hyperlitemountaingear.com, the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 Insert at hyperlitemountaingear.com, any of the various insert or floor options for the Ultamid 2 at hyperlitemountaingear.com, the Ultamid 4 at hyperlitemountaingear.com, and the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid Voile Straps at hyperlitemountaingear.com.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The MSR FreeLite 2 backpacking tent.
The MSR FreeLite 2 ultralight tent in a camp on the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the White Goat Wilderness of the Canadian Rockies.

MSR Freelite 2
$500, 2 lbs./907g
cascadedesigns.com

Key fact about MSR’s updated Freelite 2: This double-wall, two-door, three-season, semi-freestanding tent weighs roughly three to nine ounces less than very similar tents in this category that have basically the same design… and has more interior space. Backpacking Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon in April and on two backpacking trips in the Canadian Rockies in August, the Freelite 2’s 29 square feet of floor space and 39-inch peak height proved adequately livable for two of us. It withstood winds of 20 to 30 mph with no trouble and the almost entirely micro-mesh interior walls and the natural cross-ventilation of opposing doors prevented any trace of condensation even on a calm night just above freezing. If you prioritize those qualities in a tent, it stands above the most comparable competitors.

Read my complete review of the MSR Freelite 2.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase an MSR Freelite 2 at cascadedesigns.combackcountry.com, or rei.com, or any Freelite tent model at cascadedesigns.combackcountry.com, or rei.com.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

The Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p ultralight backpacking tent.
The Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p ultralight backpacking tent in a camp on the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the Canadian Rockies.

Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p
$480, 2 lbs. 1 oz./948g
backcountry.com

From a section of the Arizona Trail in April to camping in Idaho’s City of Rocks in June and backpacking in the Canadian Rockies in August, the Hornet Osmo 2p illustrated how it carves a narrow niche within a limited weight class of semi-freestanding, two-person, two-door, double-wall tents weighing precisely or barely over two pounds. For starters, Nemo’s proprietary Osmo fabric uses 100 percent recycled nylon and polyester yarns that boost strength and resistance to water and stretching without using chemicals. Set-up is a snap and its space-to-weight ratio compares with the best ultralight, double-wall tents. Features like the Flybar bridge pole and guy-outs on the exterior walls that clip to the rainfly to pull the walls outward create more space inside. Lastly, with poles that dissemble to just 12 inches long, the Hornet Osmo is more packable than competitors.

Read my complete review of the Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p.

Want a solo version of this tent? See my reviews of the Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p and the even lighter Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 1p tents.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p at backcountry.com or nemoequipment.com, or any Hornet Osmo tent model at backcountry.com or nemoequipment.com, or any Hornet Elite Osmo tent model at backcountry.com or nemoequipment.com.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

The Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye ultralight backpacking tent in the Wind River Range.
The Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye with one vestibule rolled back in the Wind River Range.

Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2
$500, 2 lbs. 3 oz./992g
rei.com

At barely over two pounds, the semi-freestanding Tiger Wall UL2 stands out in a small class of two-door, ultralight tents for its relatively comfortable living space, as I discovered sharing it with my wife for four nights backpacking in the Wind River Range. I also found the tent pitches very quickly and intuitively using a hubbed and color-coded DAC Featherlite pole. While its biggest tradeoff is space, the 28 square feet and 39-inch peak height compare with two-door tents that weigh several ounces more. Excellent ventilation, design features like dual zippers on the doors and spacious interior pockets make it a leader in this tiny category. The latest version of the tent features the high waterproofness of the brand’s proprietary HyperBead fabric.

Read my complete review of the nearly identical previous version of the Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 at rei.com or backcountry.com.

You deserve a better backpack. See “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs
and the best ultralight backpacks.

Sea to Summit Alto TR2 ultralight backpacking tent.
The Sea to Summit Alto TR2 ultralight backpacking tent in the Pasayten Wilderness.

Sea to Summit Alto TR2
$449, 2 lbs. 9 oz./1162g
rei.com

The semi-freestanding, two-door, double-wall Alto TR2 weighs barely more than two-and-a-half pounds, but on a five-day hike in Washington’s Pasayten Wilderness it proved far more livable than its 27 square feet of floor space suggests. The recipe is vertical walls, a generous 42.5-inch peak height—and most uniquely, a bridge pole with arms that swing upward, boosting headroom. It kept two of us dry in rain, ventilates very well, stood up to moderate wind, and has smart design details like high-low ventilation and two-way zippers on both the interior and vestibule doors. Pitching it requires a little practice and time, but that’s a minor tradeoff for this nice balance of low weight with stability and comfort.

Read my complete review of the Sea to Summit Alto TR2.

BUY IT NOW  You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Sea to Summit Alto TR2 at rei.com, or another version of the Sea to Summit Alto tent at rei.com.

Looking for a three-person tent? Take a look at the Sea to Summit Telos TR3 ($524, 4 lbs. 4 oz., fly and footprint pitch 3 lbs. 6 oz., at rei.com), which has a floor area of 39.5 square feet and a cavernous peak height of over 52 inches.

Lighten up with my expert tips in “Ultralight Backpacking Tents: How to Choose One.”

The Nemo Dragonfly 2P interior.
The Nemo Dragonfly 2P on the Teton Crest Trail.

Nemo Dragonfly Osmo 2P
$550, 2 lbs. 10 oz./1191g
nemoequipment.com

There are exactly two fully freestanding, two-person tents on this list with two doors and vestibules that weigh under three pounds, so if that’s what you’re shopping for, you already have a short list. With 29 square feet of floor space, a 41-inch peak height and beaucoup headroom, and spacious vestibules, the Dragonfly’s space-to-weight ratio puts this shelter in an elite class with the Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 (below). But more importantly, it’s very appealing to backpackers who want to reduce their pack weight without reducing their living and sleeping space. Besides some nice details, the Dragonfly Osmo 2P is also an ounce lighter and 50 bucks cheaper than its main competitor.

Nemo has updated the Dragonfly for 2023 with the Dragonfly Osmo in one-, two-, and three-person models. It’s virtually identical to the model reviewed here but now made with 100 percent recycled Osmo fabric.

Read my complete review of the nearly identical previous version, the Nemo Dragonfly 2P.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog , at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Nemo Dragonfly Osmo 2P at backcountry.com or nemoequipment.com, or another version of the Dragonfly Osmo at backcountry.com or nemoequipment.com.

Score a backcountry permit in popular parks like Yosemite, Grand Canyon, and Grand Teton
using my “10 Tips For Getting a Hard-to-Get National Park Backcountry Permit.”

 

Slingfin 2Lite ultralight backpacking tent.
Testing the Slingfin 2Lite ultralight backpacking tent in the High Sierra.

Slingfin 2Lite
$505, 2 lbs. 10 oz./1191g
slingfin.com

Among the various small companies manufacturing ultralight tents with unique designs, few offer the appealing balance of livability, strength, and two doors found in the 2Lite from Slingfin. Pitching with standard DAC tent poles or trekking poles (trimming the weight to 2 lbs. 6 oz.)—with unique guylines that, when installed internally or externally, reinforce the tent’s strength—it stood up to winds of 30 to 40 mph on a hike of nearly 130 miles through the High Sierra, mostly on the John Muir Trail. With a 28.5-square-foot interior, a 41-inch peak height, 89-inch length, and dual 10.5-square-foot vestibules, the 2Lite Trek offers more space and features than found in other tents around 2.5 pounds.

Read my complete review of the Slingfin 2Lite.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking these affiliate links to buy a Slingfin 2Lite at slingfin.com and the 2Lite Trek Conversion Kit at slingfin.com.

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 ultralight backpacking tent.
The Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 in Hells Canyon.

Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2
$600, 2 lbs. 11 oz./1219g
backcountry.com

Sporting features—including two awning-style doors that can be rolled up for maximum ventilation and stargazing, better buckles, and abundant interior pockets—the Copper Spur HV UL2 remains one of the leading choices for backpackers seeking an ultralight tent that doesn’t compromise on sturdiness or livability. DAC Featherlite hubbed poles create steep walls that make the tent feel roomier than its 29 square feet, 40-inch peak height, and 88-inch length. It pitches easily, the vestibules are spacious, ventilation excellent, and the Copper Spur keeps the weather on the outside. If you’re looking for a freestanding, two-door, ultralight tent that doesn’t feel like a two-person coffin, you have very few options, and this tent remains one of the best.

Read my complete review of the Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Big Agnes Copper Spur UL2 at backcountry.com or rei.com or another version of the Big Agnes Copper Spur UL series at backcountry.com or rei.com.

See all reviews of backpacking tents, backpacking gear and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

Don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year. And make sure you’re packing everything that’s important with “An Essentials-Only Backpacking Gear Checklist.”

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my stories “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be,” “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free. If you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-the-5-best-backpacking-tents/feed/ 57 16257
5 Expert Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-tips-for-how-to-buy-a-backpacking-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-tips-for-how-to-buy-a-backpacking-tent/#comments Tue, 10 Feb 2026 10:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=6789 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

The choices in tents for backpacking seem to get better every year, with lightweight models continually getting lighter and other advances that make tents sturdier and more livable without adding weight. But with all the options out there, how do you choose? The answer is simpler than you might think: It comes down to understanding the key differences that distinguish tents from one another—which will help you understand what you need.

Like tents, backpackers come in different sizes and their needs in a tent vary depending on their style of backpacking and where they go. In testing scores of backpacking tents over a quarter-century of testing and reviewing gear—formerly as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine for about 10 years and even longer running this blog—I’ve acquired a sense of what to look for in a tent and how to help people pick out one they like.

The five simple tips in this article will help you find the tent that’s best for your needs. Please share any tips of your own or your questions in the comments section at the bottom of this story; I try to respond to all comments.

See also my story “How to Choose the Best Ultralight Backpacking Tent for You,” which explains specific details and design differences that apply to all tents.

See “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents
and all backpacking tent reviews at The Big Outside.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


A backpacker at Sahale Glacier Camp in North Cascades National Park.
A backpacker at Sahale Glacier Camp in North Cascades National Park. Click on the photo to see my 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.

#1 What Kind of Backpacker Are You?

Is tent weight your top priority, or weather resistance, or interior space and livability? You’ll spend countless hours and nights, as well as plenty of waking hours inside that shelter; make sure it’s going to be enjoyable, and it all comes down to your personal style of backpacking.

Consider these three backpacker profiles:

If you’re the kind of backpacker who’s not interested in rising early and rushing out of camp, and who prefers to hike for not much more than half the day and reach your next camp with time to relax in the warm afternoon sun and perhaps take a swim in a lake or creek, you may prefer a tent with good interior space. That becomes doubly true if your usual destinations present the prospect of rain keeping you inside that tent for hours. Weight may not be your top priority. Still, consider weight as you compare tents, because you do have to carry that shelter.

On the other hand, if you are the kind of backpacker who loves to hit the trail early and bang out big mileage every day—like many ultralighters and thru-hikers—then weight probably is your top priority, and you’re willing to tolerate some compromises in your tent to minimize pack weight because you have a higher ratio of hours spent hiking to hours spent in the tent..

Do you fall somewhere between those two descriptions—not an early-rising, big-mileage backpacker, but nonetheless keen to keep your pack weight comfortable? There are tent models that strike a balance between livability and moderate weight.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

A campsite at night by the Colorado River at Hance Rapids in the Grand Canyon.
A campsite at night by the Colorado River at Hance Rapids in the Grand Canyon. Click photo to see all of my e-books to classic national park backpacking trips, including in the Grand Canyon.

#2 Read the Reviews Closely

Yes, there are a lot of gear reviews in the ether and in print. Find sources you consider authoritative and experienced, whose perspective is shaped by having slept in many tents: With tents especially, the average backpacker doesn’t buy or use very many models, and people have a natural bias to want to affirm that a purchase they made was a good one, so they’ll tend to comment positively—but vaguely.

Read reviews for details you can’t glean by simply checking out a tent in a store, like how well it stands up to wind and rain, the ease of pitching it and breaking it down, and whether it has a problem with condensation buildup, especially on chilly, calm nights.

Use reviews in conjunction with your preferences in a tent to narrow your list to a few finalists—or perhaps easily winnow it to one obvious good choice for you. And lastly, look for brands known for making good tents or that you’ve read good reviews about. You may ultimately settle on a tent from a brand after hearing or reading about another model from that same brand.

Read all of this story and ALL stories at The Big Outside,
plus get a FREE e-book! Join now!

 

A backpacker at a campsite in Titcomb Basin, Wind River Range, Wyoming.
Mark Fenton at a campsite in Titcomb Basin, Wind River Range, Wyoming. Click on the photo to learn how I can help you plan this or any trip you read about at this blog.

#3 The Little Details Matter

But some little things matter more than others. Here are some key details to examine in a backpacking tent:

A tent will typically last for many years. Make sure you’re satisfied with it.

See “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents” and all reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now to get full access to ALL stories, plus a FREE e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-tips-for-how-to-buy-a-backpacking-tent/feed/ 9 6789
Review: Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-patagonia-r1-air-full-zip-hoody/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-patagonia-r1-air-full-zip-hoody/#respond Tue, 03 Feb 2026 13:59:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=60255 Read on

]]>
Fleece Hoody
Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody
$199, 12.5 oz./354g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-XXL, women’s XXS-XL, kids XS-XXL
backcountry.com

Here’s an axiom of outdoor layering systems that will never change: No piece of outdoor apparel offers more versatility than a highly breathable, midweight insulation layer. It’s very possible that the only “layer” you will wear more is your skin. Find a highly breathable midweight hoody or jacket that’s soft and fits like it was custom made for your torso and you have something that may spend more time on your body than in your closet—and few compare with Patagonia’s R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody’s versatility for almost any outdoor user, from hard-core backpackers, climbers, and backcountry skiers to the average dayhiker or fitness walker, as I have found time and again wearing it backpacking, dayhiking, various forms or skiing, and camping, as well as countless days around town.

At 12.5 ounces/354 grams (men’s medium), this midweight fleece is designed for wearing as an outer or middle layer in a huge range of cool to cold temperatures, including activities and seasons as diverse as hiking or climbing in virtually any mountains in any month of the year, southern climes from fall through spring, or for any winter activity—skiing, hiking, running, walking, you pick.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody.

To spotlight some examples of the many times and ways I’ve used this hoody, it kept me warm without overheating—rarely even breaking a sweat—wearing it:

  • Hiking in chilly, very strong wind on three-day hikes on both the Skyline Trail in Jasper National Park and the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the White Goat Wilderness of the Canadian Rockies in the first week of August;
  • Over one base layer while hiking with a full pack, uphill and downhill, on cool, generally calm mornings and windy afternoons during a weeklong, nearly 70-mile September backpacking trip in Glacier National Park;
  • On early January hikes in Idaho’s upper Wood River Valley on days with temperatures in the low to mid-20s Fahrenheit and strong gusts at times. It did not, of course, block the wind, so I pulled a light shell jacket over it when the wind blew hard.
  • On breezy, cool evenings in the 50s between waves of thunderstorms while camping in June at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve.
  • On winter days of backcountry and Nordic skiing.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

On those backpacking trips, I also wore it in camp both as an outer layer and, when temps dropped, under a down jacket—meaning the R1 Air Hoody doubled as an on-trail layer and a camp layer that allowed me to bring a lighter puffy and forego a midweight, long-sleeve shirt. To frame it another way: The R1 Air Hoody cut my layering system weight by replacing or reducing two other layers. Few pieces of apparel offer more versatility while reducing your pack weight.

In short, it has become a go-to outer and middle layer for a variety of situations year-round.

The secret sauce is the 100 percent recycled polyester jacquard fleece with hollow-core yarns and a unique zigzag pattern that wicks moisture, dries very quickly, and is about as breathable as any piece of outerwear you’ll find short of much lighter and less-warm base layers. Boosting warmth without compromising breathability means you wear it more.

Cold tolerance varies greatly between individuals, of course. But people who get cold easily will find more situations and reasons to pull on the R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody; and people who don’t get cold easily will simply wear it in a bit lower range of temperatures. Nonetheless, thanks to its breathability, virtually anyone will find a variety of uses for it.

The flip side of that superior breathability, of course, is that wind cuts right through it. That works in your favor whenever you need to dump excess heat because your body is producing it faster than the ambient temperature, wind, and precipitation conditions are sucking it away (and that can certainly include very cool, windy conditions when you’re working hard enough). When ambient conditions draw more heat from your body than you’re producing, there’s a simple solution to the R1 Air’s lack of wind protection: It’s called a shell jacket.

The Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody rolled into its hood.
The Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody rolled into its hood.

I felt its versatility is more limited in a sport like Nordic skiing, where you create wind against the front of your body when going fast downhill, but also exert at a high level going uphill. Example: On a calm December day in the high 20s Fahrenheit that was overcast when I started skate-skiing but the sun came out before I finished, I sweated the usual amount going uphill—the R1 Air’s warmth eclipsed the benefit of its breathability in that combination of ambient conditions and exertion level—and I felt at the edge of comfort skiing fast downhill (even with the hood up) due to no wind protection.

The feel of the jacket may hold more appeal than the performance properties for many people. The close fit almost emulates that of a moderately snug sweater while creating space for one or two base layers—and, from a performance perspective, enabling more efficient heat retention and moisture movement from inside to outside. Off-the-shoulder seams avoid lying directly under pack straps. The quick-drying woven binding at the rear hem and cuffs add stretch and enhance the fit. The sleeves don’t ride up when lifting your arms overhead and the hem extends below the waist.

Plus, the full-length front zipper not only permits easier on and off than a pullover and enables venting, it also smoothly integrates with the close-fitting, non-adjustable hood, which layers easily under helmets and shell jacket hoods. That means the R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody closes to your nose with the hood up—and the hood remains in place on your noggin in wind or when you turn your head even with the jacket completely unzipped and flapping open. That translates to significantly more comfort and better performance than so many insulated jackets that seem designed with little thought to how the hood interacts with everything below the neck.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

The Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody.
The Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody.

Another versatility detail not to underestimate: The fleece hood punches above its weight in terms of how much it boosts warmth while adding nominal ballast. I think the hood is one of the R1 Air’s best features.

The two zippered hand pockets have a solid fabric lining to provide a little extra warmth by cutting wind a bit and space for a pair of three-season gloves in one pocket or one warm, winter glove in each pocket. The zippered chest pocket will hold small items but is strangely just slightly too small for a smartphone. The jacket doesn’t stuff into any pocket but will roll easily into its hood, packing down to the size of an American football.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail,
Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-books.

Patagonia has long excelled at insulation and base layers and its R1 line has remained at the top of the field since it revolutioned insulation with its introduction way back in 1999—and I vividly remember wanting to get my hands on one of those early R1 tops. (Fun fact: Tommy Caldwell made the first ascent of the Dawn Wall on El Capitan in an R1.)

See R1 Air models at patagonia.com/shop/favorites/regulator-fleece. And for the cold-weather warriors, check out the Patagonia R1 Air Beanie and the Patagonia R1 Daily Beanie.

The Verdict

With midweight warmth, supreme breathability, and excellent comfort, the Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody delivers four-season versatility for many outdoor activities, including backpacking, dayhiking, all forms of climbing and skiing, running, and fitness walking.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody at backcountry.com, rei.com, or patagonia.com; a women’s Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody at backcountry.com, rei.com, or patagonia.com; or a kids’ Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody at backcountry.com, rei.com, or patagonia.com.

Or see all of the Patagonia R1 Air models at patagonia.com/shop/favorites/regulator-fleece.

See all reviews of outdoor apparel at The Big Outside, including “The 12 Best Down Jackets,” “The Best Gloves for Winter—and All Seasons,” “The Best Mittens for Winter,” plus “12 Pro Tips for Staying Warm Outdoors in Winter.”

NOTE: I reviewed gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-patagonia-r1-air-full-zip-hoody/feed/ 0 60255
5 Expert Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-tips-for-finding-the-right-backpack/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-tips-for-finding-the-right-backpack/#comments Tue, 13 Jan 2026 10:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=11824 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

If you’re super fit and strong, hike with a pack of any weight 50 or more days a year, and have never known any sort of injury or ache in your body, then don’t bother reading this article. But for everyone else, knowing how to find the right pack for backpacking and other outdoor activities—and for your body—will make a world of difference in your enjoyment when carrying that pack for hours a day on a trail or up and down a mountain. This article will lead you through five steps to accomplish exactly that—helping to ensure that you spend your gear money smartly.

These tips reflect what I’ve learned from field testing all kinds of packs for backpacking, dayhiking, climbing, trail running, and backcountry skiing over more than a quarter-century of testing and reviewing gear—formerly as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine for about 10 years and for even longer running this blog.

Follow these tips in chronological order and you will find the pack that’s right for you.

Please share any tips of your own or your questions in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


A backpacker hiking over Clouds Rest in Yosemite National Park.
Mark Fenton backpacking over Clouds Rest in Yosemite National Park. Click photo for my e-book “The Best First Backpacking Trip in Yosemite.”

#1 Decide What It’s For

It’s tempting, especially when you’re on a budget, to want to buy one pack that will serve every possible need for which you can imagine using a pack. While that approach is understandable, unfortunately, setting such broad expectations takes you in exactly the wrong direction in this important first step toward finding the right pack.

Don’t sweat the fact that your diversity of interests demands a larger quiver of packs than you can afford; in time, when you can, you will get another pack. (We all do.) Your goal here is to focus down and narrow choices.

Plan your next great backpacking adventure in Grand Teton, Yosemite,
and other flagship parks using my expert e-books.

A backpacker descending from Texas Pass into the Cirque of the Towers in the Wind River Range, Wyoming.
Chip Roser descending from Texas Pass into the Cirque of the Towers in the Wind River Range, Wyoming. Click photo to get my help planning your next trip.

The profusion of pack choices is largely the result of specificity in pack design—companies pursuing customers by making packs intended to be perfect for one purpose or another. Decide the one primary activity for which you’re buying this pack. Backpacking? Dayhiking? Climbing? Backcountry snow sports?

Sure, you can find packs that are more generalist and all-purpose—for example, tough enough for climbing, but with adequate organization and capacity for backpacking, or big enough for weekend backpacking and not too big or heavy for dayhiking, and that may serve you just fine. But if you want a pack that’s ideal for, say, backpacking, then look for a pack primarily designed for backpacking.

See “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and the best ultralight backpacks.

#2 Decide on Capacity and Weight

Backpackers hiking the Continental Divide Trail in Glacier National Park.
Backpackers hiking the Piegan Pass Trail in Glacier National Park. Click photo for my expert e-books to classic backpacking trips in Glacier and other parks.

Are you a lightweight or ultralight backpacker, or carrying most of the gear and food for your young kids, or somewhere into between? Are you a weekend backpacker, or planning to take weeklong trips as well, or planning a long thru-hike? Do you dayhike or backpack only in dry, mild climates in summer, or go out in colder and wetter climates, in shoulder seasons (spring and fall), or even in winter, too?

Capacity and maximum weight you’ll carry are two distinct but overlapping considerations. A mid-size pack, for instance, may still be lightweight and intended to carry only a maximum load of 30 or 35 pounds.

Tips:

•    Consider the total weight and the bulk of the gear and food you’ll typically carry, so that your pack has enough space for your needs, can comfortably handle the weight, and isn’t more pack than you really need.
•    Don’t buy the lightest pack if you intend to carry more weight than it’s designed for.
•    If you’re unsure between two backpack capacities—say, 50L or 60L—ask yourself whether you’re ready to size down some bulky gear (like a sleeping bag or tent), or go with the larger pack.

I usually roll my eyes when I see a reviewer suggest that a lightweight or even mid-size pack can carry 50 or 60 pounds. First of all, many people—probably most backpackers—simply cannot carry that much weight with any pack (and don’t want or need to). Don’t trust any suggestion that a minimal frame and suspension system can carry a large weight, or you’ll set yourself up for some painful disappointment.

Read all of this story’s expert tips and ALL stories at The Big Outside,
plus get a FREE e-book! Join now!

 

A backpacker on the Teton Crest Trail in Grand Teton National Park.
David Gordon backpacking the Teton Crest Trail. Click photo to read all stories about backpacking the Teton Crest Trail at The Big Outside.

How I use packs based on volume and approximate pack weight (there’s overlap between these categories):

•    Packs 65L/3,965 c.i. or larger, weighing four to five pounds or more (empty)—family or gear-intensive backpacking or climbing trips carrying loads of 40-50 pounds or more.
•    Packs 50-65L/3,356-3,967 c.i., weighing three to four pounds—longer trips carrying 30-45 pounds, including several days’ food, when I’m carrying some weight for a partner, or extra clothing and a larger sleeping bag for colder temperatures.
•    Packs approximately 50L/3,051 c.i. or smaller, weighing under three pounds—weekend to multi-day, lightweight/ultralight backpacking with 30-35 pounds or less and lightweight or ultralight, compact gear.
•    Packs 30-45L/1,831-2,441 c.i., weighing 2.5 to four pounds—ultralight weekend trips and gear-intensive activities like climbing and backcountry skiing day trips or hut/yurt trips carrying 30 or more pounds.
•    Packs 20-30L/1,220-1,831 c.i. weighing 1.5 to 2.5 pounds—dayhikes carrying 15 to 25 pounds.
•    Packs under 20L/1,220 c.i. weighing under 1.5 pounds—longer trail runs and dayhikes carrying under 15 pounds.

Want to hike the Teton Crest Trail, John Muir Trail, or another trip?
Click here for expert advice you won’t get elsewhere.

#3 Get the Fit Right

Backpackers in Paria Canyon, Utah-Arizona.
My daughter, Alex, and friend Sofi Serio, ackpacking in Paria Canyon, Utah-Arizona. Click photo to see “The 12 Best Backpacking Trips in the Southwest.”

For starters, measure your torso correctly in order to know your pack size. While many hydration packs and daypacks come in only one size, most mid-size and large backpacks come in two or three sizes, each fitting a specific range of torso lengths, or they’re adjustable. Some pack makers offer customization of fit such as different sizes in hipbelts.

How to measure torso length:

Stand straight and have someone use a soft tape measure (or a string which that person can hold against a stiff measuring tape afterward) to measure your spine. Find your iliac crest, which is the shelf-like top of your hipbones on your sides; place your hands there and your thumbs will point to the spot on your spine where your helper should place the end of the tape measure. Have that person run the tape measure along your spine to your C7 vertebrae, which is the knobby bone at the base of your neck when you tilt your head forward. That’s your torso length.

I’ve often found that if a pack model’s sizing is such that my torso length falls on the line between sizes, then either size could be a little small or a little big for me. If I really want that pack, the smaller size often fits me better. But you’ll probably find a more comfortable fit when your torso length falls closer to the middle of a pack’s fit range.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “The 25 Best National Park Dayhikes.”

A hiker near Skeleton Point, South Kaibab Trail, Grand Canyon.
David Ports on the Grand Canyon’s South Kaibab Trail during a rim-to-rim dayhike. Click photo to read about hiking or backpacking across the Grand Canyon.

See my reviews of “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs,” “The 10 Best Hiking Daypacks,” and the best ultralight backpacks, and my “Video: How to Load a Backpack” at The Big Outside.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of gear reviews and expert buying tips.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-tips-for-finding-the-right-backpack/feed/ 12 11824
The Best Gloves for Winter 2026—and All Seasons https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-best-gloves-for-winter/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-best-gloves-for-winter/#comments Wed, 07 Jan 2026 10:05:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=17646 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

Are you looking for gloves that keep your hands warm and dry in all seasons—yes, in winter, of course, but also models for spring through fall—and are made to last for years? As a professional gear reviewer who gets cold hands easily and spends many days outside year-round, from resort, backcountry, and Nordic skiing in the deep cold of winter to hiking and backpacking, trail running, biking around town, and working outside in cool temps at any time of year, I’ve used many types of gloves and learned a lot over the past three decades about how to select the right gloves for a variety of uses.

This review covers the best gloves for a wide range of purposes and temperatures in all seasons, from the 40s and 30s Fahrenheit to far below freezing. I’ve tested them in snowstorms, icy wind, every kind of frozen precipitation, and raw, rainy days; and through countless days of various modes of skiing and many types of multi-day backcountry trips, from chilly outings in the mountains to yurts in winter—as well as shoveling snow and doing yard work in the cold.

I bring to this job three decades of experience field-testing and reviewing outdoor gear and apparel, including the 10 years I spent as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine and even longer running this blog.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Michael Lanza of The Big Outside backcountry skiing the Galena Summit area in Idaho..
Me testing gloves and outerwear while backcountry skiing the Galena Summit area in Idaho..

I’ve learned to identify the large and small differences between excellent, mediocre, and poor gear—and even more importantly, to help readers understand what activities or uses a piece of apparel or gear is best for.

Besides coming in a range of prices and styles, the gloves reviewed below have different strengths and weaknesses, making each better for varying activities and circumstances, which I specify in each review. I’m confident you’ll find a pair (or more than one) here that meets your needs—and you’ll find the best prices at the affiliate links in each review below. You can support my work by making purchases through those links (at no cost to you). Thanks for that.

See also my picks for “The Best Mittens for Winter.”

If you have a question for me or a comment on this review or any gloves in it, or other gloves to recommend, please share it in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

Scroll past the tips on how to choose gloves if you want to jump directly into the glove reviews.

Looking for the best outdoor adventures, gear reviews, and expert tips?
Start at The Big Outside’s home page!

A backpacker at a campsite on the Uinta Highline Trail in Yellowstone Creek basin west of Porcupine Pass, High Uintas Wilderness, Utah.
My son, Nate, on a chilly October morning at our campsite on the Uinta Highline Trail west of Porcupine Pass, High Uintas Wilderness, Utah. Click photo to read about that trip.

Two Types of Gloves

For purposes of organizing this article simply, I divide the reviews below into two types of gloves—under-the-cuff and over-the-cuff—rather than seasonal categories (three-season versus winter gloves).

That’s because, while all over-the-cuff-style gloves are designed strictly for winter temperatures and weather—which can certainly occur in late autumn and early spring—some under-the-cuff gloves cross over between three-season and winter use. In fact, you could say that any under-the-cuff gloves could be worn at any time of year—it simply depends on ambient temperatures and conditions.

I believe these simple distinctions will help you identify what you need more easily and quickly.

The two types of gloves:

1.    Under-the-cuff gloves have shorter, closer-fitting gauntlets designed to be worn under a jacket cuff. They vary in degree of warmth and dexterity, but with very few exceptions, are usually less warm, less expensive, and more dexterous than over-the-cuff gloves. They are typically used for high-intensity activities like running and Nordic skiing on groomed trails, but depending on your needs and temperatures encountered, can be used for winter and three-season hiking, climbing, ski touring, and snowshoeing in moderate temperatures from the 20s to 40s Fahrenheit.

2.    Over-the-cuff gloves have longer, adjustable gauntlets designed to be worn over a jacket cuff. They have more insulation and often better water resistance than under-the-cuff gloves—or are fully waterproof-breathable—and usually cost more. “System” gloves, with removable liners, are more versatile for activities like backcountry skiing, snowshoeing, ski touring, climbing, or winter hiking and backpacking, where temperatures and your exertion level often vary greatly. Over-the-cuff gloves that lack removable liners are designed for activities involving moderate exertion levels, like resort skiing and working outside.

Skiers above the Baldy Knoll yurt in Wyoming's Teton Range.
Skiers above the Baldy Knoll yurt in Wyoming’s Teton Range.

How to Choose Gloves for Any Season

How do you find the gloves that are right for your needs? Consider these factors:

• Your activity’s intensity.

• Your usual range of weather conditions and temperatures.

• How easily your fingers get cold.

• Glove weight is a broadly good indicator of warmth, but less reliable when comparing models that are very close in weight but made from different materials.

• Under-the-cuff gloves that are thin and light and have a short gauntlet—the gloves extend basically to the wrist—are designed for temps no colder than slightly below to above freezing, most commonly encountered in spring and fall or cooler environments, like higher mountains late spring into fall. In short, they are primarily three-season gloves but also work well on relatively mild winter days.

• Any gloves that are thicker, heavier, and warmer and have a gauntlet that extends beyond the wrist are usually designed for below-freezing temperatures and wetter environments, more typical of winter, late fall, or early spring.

• Warmer gloves are also overkill for high-intensity activities like running and Nordic skate skiing, except in frigid temperatures.

• Waterproof-breathable and/or windproof gloves are obviously better for inclement weather but also tend to be designed for keeping hands and fingers warm and dry in colder temps and a broader range of weather conditions.

• Under-the-cuff gloves are usually best for outings of a few hours or less.

• Over-the-cuff gloves are usually best for multi-hour or all-day activities, especially when your hands are repeatedly in snow, such as resort or backcountry skiing or riding or snowshoeing.

I’ve listed the products below in ascending order by weight within the two types and pointed out the pros and cons of each and what they’re best for.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

Under-the-Cuff Gloves

Black Diamond Midweight ScreenTap Liners.
Black Diamond Midweight ScreenTap Liners.

Black Diamond Midweight ScreenTap Liners
$45, 2 oz./56.7g (unisex medium)
Sizes: unisex XS-XL
blackdiamondequipment.com

Pros: Very lightweight and breathable stretch fabric, excellent dexterity, touchscreen sensitivity in all fingers and palm.
Cons: Minimal warmth, no weather resistance, unisex sizing.
Best For: Running, hiking, backpacking, walking, and similar activities in mostly dry weather and temps in the 30s and 40s.

No matter how easily your hands get cold, you will encounter conditions at any time of year (not just winter) when you need a light glove. I found this featherweight model ideal for trail runs and hikes in winter sunshine, little wind, and temps in the 30s and 40s Fahrenheit. These liners kept my hands warm and breathed so well my hands rarely got sweaty, even on hard runs and fast-paced hiking uphill; and when they did get damp, the fabric dries super quickly, minimizing the conductive cooling that causes hands to rapidly get cold.

The MidWeight ScreenTap liners combine a lightweight stretch fleece on the back with UR Powered conductive material on the palm and fingers, which creates superior touchscreen sensitivity throughout all five fingers and the front of the hand. Suede goat leather palm patches improve grip. The unisex sizing is average for men and some women, with a comfortably close, stretchy fit that helps accommodate different hand types.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Black Diamond MidWeight ScreenTap Liners at blackdiamondequipment.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com.

Enjoy your cold-season activities more.
See “12 Pro Tips For Staying Warm Outdoors in Winter.”

Black Diamond Mont Blanc Gloves.
Black Diamond Mont Blanc Gloves.

Black Diamond Mont Blanc Gloves
$30, 2 oz./56.7g (unisex medium)
Sizes: unisex XS-XL
blackdiamondequipment.com

Pros: Lightweight, very breathable, excellent dexterity, touchscreen fingertips.
Cons: Minimal weather resistance and warmth, unisex sizing.
Best For: Being active in temps from the 30s into the 40s.

Whether for high-exertion activities like running or Nordic skiing in temps around freezing to well above, hiking in cool weather, or long ultra-runs and hikes—BD designed this model with the ultra-race of the Tour du Mont Blanc in mind—these very lightweight gloves are a good pick, although not quite as warm as BD’s Midweight Screen Tap Gloves. With my typically cold fingers, I found them perfect for hiking and trail running in temps in the 30s and 40s, but not warm enough for high-speed skate-skiing in temps in the 30s, because you create your own wind; but my wife, whose fingers don’t get cold easily, found them ideal for skate-skiing in those temps.

A weather-resistant shell fabric on the back of the hand and digits sheds light precipitation and blocks some wind, while the stretch palm and cuff release perspiration and dry quickly; and the cuff seals snugly around the wrist. A silicone grip pattern covers the entire palm and grabbing side of the digits, for easily holding onto poles and bottles. And the thumb and forefinger tips have excellent touchscreen sensitivity. Sizing is average, with a skin-tight fit that doesn’t feel too tight because of the stretch, which also helps accommodate different hand types.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Black Diamond Mont Blanc Gloves at rei.com, backcountry.com, or blackdiamondequipment.com.

Get the right synthetic or down puffy to keep you warm.
See “The 12 Best Down Jackets.”

Outdoor Research Vigor Heavyweight Sensor Gloves.
Outdoor Research Vigor Heavyweight Sensor Gloves.

Outdoor Research Vigor Heavyweight Sensor Gloves
$45, 2.5 oz./70.9g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XL, women’s S-L
backcountry.com

Pros: Lightweight, warm liner, excellent dexterity, breathable, touchscreen finger and thumb tips, men’s and women’s sizes.
Cons: Not weatherproof, too warm for milder temps.
Best For: Moderate- to high-exertion activities when dexterity is needed in temperatures from below to around freezing.

From cold-weather hiking and trail running to ski touring and Nordic skiing, I have worn these lightweight but remarkably warm gloves repeatedly. OR’s toastiest fleece liner glove, the Vigor sport ActiveTemp thermo-regulating technology, which OR says adjusts to your body’s release of heat to keep hands comfortable during high-exertion activities. Plus, the Vigor Gloves have a double-layer fleece construction, with 265g weight exterior fleece and 100g weight on the interior. They extend slightly beyond the wrist to insulate blood vessels in the wrist that help keep fingers warm.

My hands, which get cold very easily, remained comfortable in temps down into the 20s when ski touring, trail running, or hiking in little to no wind and did not overheat until temps rose into the upper 30s in warm sunshine—partly because these gloves are highly breathable, wick moisture, and dry quickly. Still, people whose hands do not get cold easily may find them too warm for temps around or above freezing, especially for high-exertion activities, and ideal for somewhat colder conditions than I used the gloves.

They have excellent dexterity, with a very close fit and abundant stretch—they’re a little difficult to pull the cuff over my somewhat thick hands, but comfortable when wearing them. With silicone dot grip on the two middle fingers and upper palm and thumb, touchscreen sensitivity in forefinger and thumb tips, and a clip to keep them together when stored, the Outdoor Research Vigor Heavyweight Sensor Gloves are the warmest gloves for their weight and ideal for moderate to high exertion in cold temperatures.

One caveat: These gloves don’t block wind, which can make hands much colder (absent a shell glove or mitten over them)—as happened to my chronically cold hands when skate-skiing, which creates its own wind, in temps in the upper 20s; and on a January hike with temps just above freezing but a steady wind on an exposed ridgeline that made it feel much colder.

OR’s lighter options are the men’s and women’s Vigor Midweight Sensor Gloves ($39) and Vigor Lightweight Sensor Gloves ($35).

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the men’s or women’s Outdoor Research Vigor Heavyweight Sensor Gloves, Vigor Midweight Sensor Gloves, or Vigor Lightweight Sensor Gloves at backcountry.com or outdoorresearch.com.

Need serious warmth? Check out “The Best Mittens for Winter.”

Outdoor Research Sureshot Softshell Gloves.
Outdoor Research Sureshot Softshell Gloves.

Outdoor Research Sureshot Softshell Gloves
$50, 3 oz./85.1g (unisex medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XL, women’s S-L
backcountry.com

Pros: Lightweight, excellent dexterity, very breathable, touchscreen finger and thumb tips, men’s and women’s sizes.
Cons: Not weatherproof, less warm than gloves of comparable weight.
Best For: Moderate- to high-exertion activities when dexterity is needed in temperatures from slightly below to above freezing.

Skate-skiing in temps from the mid-20s Fahrenheit to around freezing, moving between sunshine and pockets of shaded, chillier forest—conditions that can quickly make my fingers achingly cold in light, breathable gloves—I was pleasantly surprised at how comfortable my hands remained in OR’s Sureshot Softshell Gloves. They’ve also kept my fingers entirely warm on winter trail runs in temps in the 20s and 30s Fahrenheit. And when I wore them through three days of torrential rain on New Zealand’s Milford Track, while they soaked through—they’re not waterproof—they still kept my wet hands warm in strong wind and temperatures in the 40s Fahrenheit.

The Sureshot have all the dexterity of light, close-fitting gloves, as well as touchscreen sensitivity in the fingertip and thumb, goat leather overlays in the palm for added durability, and a stretch cuff that wraps snugly around the wrist and extends a good inch behind the wrist bones—longer than many gloves this light—insulating the blood vessels that help keep fingers warm. The fit is borderline tight for my slightly chubby hands and fingers.

The water resistant, two-way stretch-woven fabric breathes quite well—after high-exertion Nordic skiing, only the wrists of the gloves were slightly damp from sweat, and they had been underneath my jacket sleeve. That high breathability also means more cold wind passing through compared to some (usually heavier) models, resulting in my hands getting cold in the Sureshot in any combo of wind and cold temps that feels below the high 20s (though people whose fingers don’t get cold as easily may find these gloves good in the low 20s). These aren’t as warm as OR’s Vigor Heavyweight Sensor Gloves.

OR’s Sureshot Pro Gloves ($65, 5 oz.) add a waterproof Ventia insert. Winter lovers with chronically cold fingers may want to consider OR’s Sureshot Heated Softshell Gloves ($269, 7.4 oz.). With the AltiHeat technology, which offers three heat settings and rechargeable battery life ranging from 2.5 to eight hours (according to OR—I have not tested these gloves), the Sureshot Heated Gloves provide a rare combination of dexterity and assured warmth in breathable, water-resistant handwear. OR’s Prevail Heated Gore-Tex Gloves or Mittens ($339, 11.5 oz.) add waterproof-breathable, windproof protection.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Outdoor Research Sureshot Softshell Gloves, Sureshot Pro Gloves, or Sureshot Heated Softshell Gloves at rei.com, backcountry.com, or outdoorresearch.com, or OR’s Prevail Heated Gore-Tex Gloves or Mittens at rei.com, backcountry.com, or outdoorresearch.com.

Gorewear Men’s Windstopper Thermo Gloves.
Gorewear Men’s Windstopper Thermo Gloves.

Gorewear Men’s Windstopper Thermo Gloves
$90, 3.2 oz./90.7g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-3XL
backcountry.com

Pros: Lightweight and warm for their weight, excellent dexterity, very breathable, broad range of sizes that will accommodate many women, too.
Cons: No touchscreen sensitivity.
Best For: Moderate- to high-exertion activities when dexterity is needed in temperatures from below to well above freezing.

The temperature sat at 33° Fahrenheit and a relentless, frigid wind blew hard as a friend and I started an 8.5-mile, nearly 4,000-vertical-foot, late-November hike up and down a steep, open ridge in our local foothills. I assumed my fingers would turn white and painful because they typically do in conditions like that. (It takes a while for my hands to warm up because of my severe Raynaud’s.)

But that never happened, thanks to my Gorewear’s Men’s Windstopper Thermo Gloves: My fingers remained warm for the entire hike—including the downhill, when my body produced much less heat in that cold wind. And they didn’t overheat once the temp rose to around 40° F, with warm sunshine, and the wind largely died down. These gloves also kept my hands comfortable on chilly fall trail runs and biking around town in temps in the 20s and 30s Fahrenheit.

The Windstopper Thermo Gloves are clearly made for cold, windy days. Gore Windstopper makes them completely windproof—my fingers never felt that frigid wind on our November hike—while keeping them impressively breathable and somewhat water-resistant (although they wetted through pretty quickly in a light rain). A soft, brushed thermo lining and an elasticized cuff that extends slightly beyond the wrist make them warmer than other models of comparable weight.

They also provide the dexterity of light, close-fitting gloves, fabric reinforcements in the palm for a bit more protection and durability, and a nose wipe on the back of both thumbs. The fit is comfortable for my slightly chubby hands and fingers.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Gorewear Men’s Windstopper Thermo Gloves at backcountry.com or gorewear.com.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Seirus Soundtouch Xtreme All Weather Gloves.
Seirus Soundtouch Xtreme All Weather Gloves.

Seirus Soundtouch Xtreme All Weather Gloves
$70, 3.5 oz./99.2g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s and women’s S-XXL
rei.com

Pros: Lightweight, waterproof-breathable, warm, excellent dexterity, touchscreen fingertips, and great value.
Cons: Too warm for some users for high-intensity activities in temps above freezing.
Best For: High-intensity activities in temps below freezing or moderate activity in temperatures above freezing.

Through waves of heavy rain and thunderstorms in chilly temperatures on a mid-September backpacking trip in Wyoming’s Wind River Range, these lightweight gloves kept my hands warm and absolutely dry. They also proved plenty warm enough for a morning near freezing while backpacking in May in Utah’s Dark Canyon Wilderness, as well as chilly mornings of spring backcountry skiing and on frosty days cycling and hiking at home.

With a light fleece lining and a stretchy cuff that extends about two inches behind the wrist bones, these gloves felt quite warm in temps in the low 40s Fahrenheit; even with my cold fingers, I could wear them in temps down into the 20s, so they’re as warm as some bulkier fleece gloves. But unless you get cold fingers easily, they’re too warm for hiking in temps in the 40s or running in temps much above freezing. A waterproof-breathable Pro-Fit insert kept my hands dry through heavy rain during thunderstorms in the Winds, and even when I ran tap water over them; they’ll certainly repel snow. The soft-shell outer fabric’s four-way stretch affords a close fit with excellent dexterity. Soundtouch sensitivity in the thumb and forefinger allowed me to easily tap out text messages and select icons on a phone screen, and PVC in the palm adds durability.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the men’s or women’s Seirus Soundtouch Xtreme All Weather Gloves at rei.com, or the lighter Seirus Soundtouch All Weather Gloves at rei.com.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here.

Black Diamond Tour Gloves.
Black Diamond Tour Gloves.

Black Diamond Tour Gloves
$100, 4 oz./113.4g (men’s/unisex medium)
Sizes: men’s/unisex XS-XL
blackdiamondequipment.com

Pros: Lightweight, waterproof-breathable even when repeatedly immersed in snow, windproof, good fit and dexterity, durable materials.
Cons: Not warm enough for deep cold, no touchscreen sensor.
Best For: Temps from below to above freezing while skinning uphill in the backcountry, snowshoeing, bike commuting, or working outside.

Black Diamond’s Tour Gloves have kept my hands warm most of the time and absolutely dry on days of ski touring in Idaho’s Boise Mountains, in temps from the low 20s into the 30s Fahrenheit. Not unusually for me (my fingers are typically colder than anyone’s I ski with), my fingers started out cold on the skin track one morning, partly because we began in flat terrain in temps in the low 20s; but these gloves otherwise kept my digits warm for uphill travel. (I always switch to warmer gloves for the downhill.)

They also kept my hands dry even when getting them in snow a lot, thanks to the waterproof-breathable and windproof Pertex Shield shell fabric in the gauntlet and water-resistant goatskin leather throughout the hand. (I applied leather treatment for water repellency before wearing them.) A fleece lining and a gauntlet extending slightly beyond the wrist, with a hook-and-loop strap to provide a snug closure, makes them respectably warm for gloves this light and dexterous. The goatskin leather’s suppleness, a close but not tight fit, and quality construction lend these gloves good dexterity, enabling me to easily manipulate everything from pack buckles to climbing skins to ripping the wrapper off an energy bar. A clip keeps them together.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase the Black Diamond Tour Gloves at blackdiamondequipment.com or rei.com.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite
and other flagship parks using my expert e-books.

Outdoor Research Extravert Gloves.
Outdoor Research Extravert Gloves.

Outdoor Research Extravert Gloves
$85, 5 oz./141.7g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XL, women’s S-L
backcountry.com

Pros: Versatile balance of warmth, weather resistance, and dexterity and a good value.
Cons: Not warm enough for deep cold, no touchscreen sensitivity.
Best For: Moderate cold while hiking, backcountry skiing or snowboarding, snowshoeing, climbing, bike commuting, or working outside.

The Extravert has become a go-to glove for me on days of backcountry skiing both uphill and downhill in temps in the 20s, at times in heavily falling, wet snow, or just for the up track in deeper cold.

Snow slides off the tough, wind- and water-resistant, stretch nylon shell and the durable goat leather palms, which also lend good grip to the hands and textured fingers. The wool blend lining strikes a good balance of warmth for the snow pit avalanche-hazard assessment, skinning exposed ridges in cold wind, and skiing downhill in moderate temps while wicking moisture and keeping hands from overheating when cranking up the skin track.

The pre-curved fingers are comfortable without feeling at all stiff. The fit runs true to size and is just right: snug enough for good dexterity without choking off circulation to the fingers. A big loop makes pulling them on easy and the hook-and-loop closure and beyond-the-wrist gauntlet lock snow out and fit over the cuff of an insulated jacket or under the adjustable cuff of a shell. They have a carabiner loop on the middle fingers for hanging to dry and a buckle to clip them together.

The Outdoor Research Extravert Gloves hit a sweet spot for warmth, weather protection, and dexterity that makes them useful for everything from backcountry skiing, hiking, and climbing in moderate winter temps to bike commuting and clearing snow—at a good price for this level of performance.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Outdoor Research Extravert Gloves at backcountry.com, outdoorresearch.com, or rei.com.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

Smartwool Ridgeway Glove.
Smartwool Ridgeway Glove.

Smartwool Ridgeway Glove
$90, 5.5 oz./155.9g (unisex medium)
Sizes: Unisex XS-XL
backcountry.com

Pros: Very durable, water-resistant, lightweight, good dexterity.
Cons: No women’s sizes or touchscreen sensor.
Best For: Everything from high- and moderate-intensity activities in temps below and above freezing to all-around, everyday use, including working outside.

For high-speed Nordic skate-skiing in temps down to the mid-20s as well as biking around town, these gloves kept my chronically cold fingers happy, thanks to the warm and soft, Merino wool and nylon lining. And yet they’re low bulk, fitting easily in pole straps and offering good dexterity. With goat leather everywhere but on the back of the hand (to make that area more breathable and the glove more flexible), and a double layer of leather reinforcing the thumb and forefinger, the Ridgeway is an excellent all-around winter glove for everything from cross-country skiing and snowshoeing to bike commuting and working in the yard and elsewhere.

The cuff lacks a closure strap or elasticity, leaving it slightly open, but fits easily under any jacket cuff to keep snow and cold out. They’re not warm enough for downhill skiing, except on sunny, warm early-spring days. Sizing runs slightly small, probably to accommodate women’s hands (since these are unisex); men on the cusp between sizes will probably need to size up. But I almost always wear men’s medium, and the medium Ridgeway fit my hands well.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Smartwool Ridgeway Glove at backcountry.com.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Black Diamond Legend Gloves
Black Diamond Legend Gloves

Black Diamond Legend Gloves
$160, 8 oz./226.8g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XL, women’s XS-L
blackdiamondequipment.com

Pros: Waterproof, all leather, padded, very warm.
Cons: Too warm for moderate temps, minimal dexterity for under-the-cuff gloves.
Best For: Moderately cold days backcountry or resort skiing, snowshoeing, snowboarding, ice climbing, and mountaineering, or working outside.

BD’s Legend Glove achieves a successful marriage of the warmth of an over-the-cuff glove with the fit of an under-the-cuff glove. With 170g of PrimaLoft Gold insulation on the backs of the hands and 133g of PrimaLoft Gold Eco in the palms, these are among the warmest under-the-cuff gloves I’ve ever used—and they come loaded with high-end features.

Shoveling out our tent after a night of wet, heavy snowfall, and taking the tent down later—with my hands repeatedly in heavy, sloppy snow—I found the Gore-Tex-lined Legend Gloves lived up to their fully waterproof claim. Ditto when I shoveled about a half ton of wet snow off the deck of a backcountry yurt in Idaho’s Boise Mountains. They’re built for hard use, with goat leather construction, Kevlar stitching, and compression-molded EVA padding on the backs of the hands. The soft suede nose wipe on the thumbs and a neoprene cuff with hook-and-loop closure close out a rich feature set.

Not surprisingly, I also found these gloves too warm for highly aerobic skate skiing in temps around freezing. They’re best for moderate-exertion, cold-temperature activities like ice climbing, resort skiing, skiing downhill in the backcountry (or skinning uphill in very cold temperatures), or hiking, snowshoeing and ski touring in temperatures well below freezing.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase the men’s or women’s Black Diamond Legend Gloves at backcountry.com, blackdiamondequipment.com, or rei.com.

Over-the-Cuff Gloves

Rab Khroma Freeride GTX Gloves
Rab Khroma Freeride GTX Gloves.

Rab Khroma Freeride GTX Gloves
$180, 9 oz./255.1g (medium)
Sizes: unisex XS-XXL
backcountry.com

Pros: Very warm, waterproof-breathable, fully featured, decent dexterity, durable, superior construction.
Cons: Too warm for relatively mild temps or spring skiing, no removable inner glove.
Best For: Resort and backcountry skiing, snowshoeing, winter hiking and backpacking in deep cold.

On numerous days of backcountry skiing from Idaho’s Boise Mountains and Boulder Mountains to Utah’s Wasatch Range, I faced weather that translates to great powder skiing but frequently create discomfort in my chronically cold digits: temps ranging from the single digits to the teens Fahrenheit, with periods of cold wind and snow falling heavily much of the time. But through long days out, these gloves kept my hands warm and dry, even when digging into snow pits while evaluating avalanche hazard. They also kept my fingers warm on multiple days resort skiing in temps in the single digits—and have become one of my go-to gloves for the coldest days.

Credit goes to the hydrophobic PrimaLoft Gold insulation—which delivers warmth even when wet from precipitation or sweat—and the three-layer, waterproof-breathable Gore-Tex Plus Warm technology. That Gore-Texmembrane not only kept moisture out when skiing downhill, it breathed well enough that my hands never became sweaty, even when I wore the gloves skinning uphill in the coldest temps, keeping my hands toasty when they likely would have gotten too cold if I had switched to a lighter glove (as I would in relatively warmer but sub-freezing temps).

The high loft pile lining feels comfortable against the skin. I found the unisex medium Khroma fit my hands like men’s medium gloves from other brands: Roomy enough to not inhibit blood circulation in my thick fingers and just the right length. The fit helps create good dexterity for such a warm and beefy glove, enabling me to easily manipulate helmet and boot buckles and food packaging.

An adjustable gauntlet extends well past the wrist to fit over a jacket sleeve and cinches tight and loosens with a one-hand drawcord. Pittards Armortan goat leather provides excellent grip in the palm and abrasion resistance on the backs of the fingers and knuckles, pairing effectively with a stretch Matrix nylon shell fabric through the back of the hand and gauntlet. The Khroma Freeride also come with all the features you should expect from high-performance gloves, including a removable wrist leash with a wide band for security and durability, pre-curved fingers for comfort gripping poles, and nose-wipe pads on both thumbs.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the Rab Khroma Freeride GTX Gloves at backcountry.com.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

 

Mountain Hardwear Boundary Ridge Gore-Tex Glove
Mountain Hardwear Boundary Ridge Gore-Tex Glove.

Mountain Hardwear Boundary Ridge Gore-Tex Glove
$190, 10.5 oz./297.7g (unisex medium)
Sizes: unisex XS-XL
backcountry.com

Pros: Warm, waterproof-breathable, fully featured, very durable, superior construction.
Cons: Too warm for relatively mild temps or spring skiing, no removable inner glove.
Best For: Resort and backcountry skiing, snowshoeing, winter hiking and backpacking in deep cold.

As often happens to me, the best days of backcountry or resort skiing typically correspond with cold temperatures and conditions that make my hands cold. But these gloves kept my hands warm and dry in overcast, snowy weather in the backcountry when the temps plunged low enough that I sometimes had to wear these gloves even skinning uphill (when I’d often wear lighter gloves).

Thanks to PrimaLoft Gold insulation fused with a NASA-developed aerogel technology that blocks heat transfer—keeping your hand warmth on the inside—plus a fleece lining, the Boundary Ridge gloves warmed my hands quickly when I pulled them on after my digits had gotten chilled when the air temp dropped while I wore lighter gloves for skinning uphill. The waterproof-breathable Gore-Tex membrane means hands stay dry through the even wettest conditions, even with your hands in the snow a lot.

Pittards leather on the palm, fingers, and back of the hand—basically, the entire hand except for the soft nose wipe on each thumb—ensures great durability through many days of hard use. Foam padding protects the knuckles. I found the touchscreen compatibility didn’t really work for me in the forefinger but worked well in the thumb: I could actually tap out texts, although very slowly with gloves this big.

The adjustable gauntlet extends well past the wrist to fit over a jacket sleeve and cinches tight and loosens with a one-hand drawcord; it also features a leash with an elastic forearm band, a bit more comfortable and secure than a simple cord, and a big grab loop for using a gloved hand to pull on the other glove. A carabiner loop on the ring finger enables hanging them fingers-up from a pack, so falling snow doesn’t get inside. I normally fit many men’s medium gloves and the unisex sizing medium Boundary Ridge gloves fit me a bit tightly in the pre-curved fingers, which may inhibit circulation for people with bigger hands; but sizing up doesn’t work unless you also have long fingers.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the Mountain Hardwear Boundary Ridge Gore-Tex Glove at backcountry.com.


Are you a fan of the beautiful photos you see at The Big Outside? Click here now
to get professional-quality prints of this blog’s most inspiring images!


Black Diamond Guide Gloves.
Black Diamond Guide Gloves.

Black Diamond Guide Gloves
$190, 11 oz./311.8g (unisex medium)
Sizes: unisex XS-XXL
blackdiamondequipment.com

Pros: Very warm and durable, waterproof-breathable, removable liner glove, fully featured, nice fit and dexterity, superior construction.
Cons: Hard to find any complaints.
Best For: Resort and backcountry skiing, snowshoeing, winter hiking and backpacking in moderate to deep cold.

For several straight days of backcountry skiing around Idaho’s Galena Summit and upper Wood River Valley in late December and early January, the temperatures stayed stuck in the single digits and low double digits Fahrenheit, with wind chills around zero—and we stayed out for hours skiing blower powder. Wearing BD’s Guide Gloves, I suffered only occasional periods of my fingers feeling uncomfortably cold—when, say, I had cooled off during a short break and they wouldn’t warm up again until I had resumed moving for a while (a common scenario for me and many people in winter).

BD rates the gloves as warm to -15 to 0° F/-26 to -18° C; with chronically bad Raynaud’s, I found the upper end of that rating was my comfort limit. These gloves are among the warmest in this review and have quickly become my go-to for cold days in the backcountry and sometimes for resort skiing (although I’ll often choose mittens on really cold days riding lifts).

The warm, removable inner glove featuring Primaloft synthetic insulation, with a lining that combines soft, boiled wool and 200g fleece, gives the Guide Gloves much more versatility than models that lack this modularity: In warm sunshine and temps in the 20s, I wore only the shell or inner glove skinning uphill. The waterproof-breathable Gore-Tex membrane kept my hands completely dry while skiing in heavily falling snow.

Construction and durability get a superior grade, thanks to the abrasion-resistant, woven, four-way stretch nylon from the wrist through the extended gauntlet and at the middle knuckle on the fingers—which also provides a closer fit that improves dexterity for such a warm glove—and goat leather throughout most of the shell above the wrist. I’ve used few gloves with removable inner gloves that have such good fit and warmth. The adjustable gauntlet extends well past the wrist to slide easily over a jacket sleeve and has a one-hand drawcord; it lacks a leash. Foam padding on the knuckles and back of the hands protects against impact and there’s a soft, suede leather nose wipe on the thumbs.

BD’s Guide Finger Gloves ($190) differ largely in their split-finger design, with the forefinger free for dexterity while the other three fingers share a mitten-like space for better warmth.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Black Diamond Guide Gloves at blackdiamondequipment.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com, or the Black Diamond Guide Finger Gloves blackdiamondequipment.com or backcountry.com.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-best-gloves-for-winter/feed/ 95 17646
Pro Tips For Buying a Backpacking Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/pro-tips-how-to-choose-a-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/pro-tips-how-to-choose-a-sleeping-bag/#comments Wed, 07 Jan 2026 10:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=3677 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

Finding a sleeping bag that’s right for you may be the most confusing gear-buying task. Getting the right one is critical to sleeping comfortably in the backcountry—and in an emergency, your bag could save your life. But with the myriad choices out there, how do you tell them apart, beyond temperature rating and price? This article will explain how to evaluate the key differences between bags to make your choice much more simple.

I’ve slept in many, many bags of all types over three decades of testing gear—including the 10 years I spent as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine and even longer running this blog. I’ve zipped inside bags in all seasons, in temperatures from ridiculously warm to -30° F. (Ridiculously warm is more tolerable.)


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30 sleeping bag.
The ultralight and warm Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30 sleeping bag, with 950+-fill down. Click photo to read the review.

In this article, I’ll share what I’ve learned about picking out a sleeping bag—or more than one bag—that will be ideal for your body and your adventures.

I’d love to read what you think of my tips or any of your own. Please share them in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments. Click on any bag photo below to read its review.

Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise sleeping bag.
The Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise sleeping bag. Click photo to read my review.

General Tips For Buying a Sleeping Bag

•    Know your own body. Do you get cold easily or are you a furnace? Women tend to get cold more easily, and this is a simple function of physics: Women often have a higher ratio of body surface area to mass compared to men, so their bodies lose heat more readily. Those women are more comfortable in a bag made for women, which is shaped differently than a men’s bag and typically has extra insulation in areas like the feet. However, it also comes down to body metabolism.
•    If you get cold easily, get a bag rated 20 to 25 degrees colder than the coldest temperatures you plan to sleep outside in.
•    If you don’t get cold easily you may be more comfortable in a bag rated about five to 15 degrees below the coldest temperatures you plan to sleep outside in—and possibly even a bag rated right around the coldest temp you’ll encounter, provided you have extra clothing to put on, just in case. (I’ve spent many nights around freezing perfectly warm enough in a bag rated 30-32° F.) Being too hot is not really any more comfortable than being too cold and having a bag much warmer than needed means you’re carrying superfluous weight and bulk. (See “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.”)

See “10 Pro Tips for Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

The Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 sleeping bag.
The Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 sleeping bag. Click photo to read my review.

Down Vs. Synthetic Bags

Down has traditionally been lighter, more packable, and warmer than many synthetic insulations; but once wet, synthetics still kept you fairly warm, while down feathers become all but useless at retaining heat. Today, the lines between down and synthetic have been blurred somewhat with the development of high-quality, lightweight and compact synthetic insulations like PrimaLoft, and water-resistant down, which retains its ability to trap heat even when wet. 

Down is more packable and very durable, so it still holds an advantage as the insulation of choice if you don’t expect to get that bag wet; and water-resistant down enhances your bag’s performance in common circumstances where it may get damp, such as when condensation builds up inside a tent. Still, even water-resistant down, once saturated, loses much of its ability to keep you warm, and drying out any bag is extremely difficult, if not impossible, in prolonged, wet weather. Synthetic insulation remains the best choice for extended trips in wet environments.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

Therm-a-Rest Hyperion 32F/0C sleeping bag.
The one-pound Therm-a-Rest Hyperion 32F/0C sleeping bag. Click photo to read my review.

High-quality down (rated from 800- to 900-fill or higher) is the warmest, lightest, most packable insulation out there, but expensive, while lower-quality down (usually 600- to 700-fill) still has the advantages of down and makes a bag less expensive but also heavier and bulkier. Manufacturers use lower-grade synthetic insulation in bags priced cheaply, making them much heavier and bulkier than better synthetic and down bags—typically too heavy and bulky for backpacking (unless you’re on a very limited budget and don’t mind carrying a big pack).

So the down vs. synthetic choice still comes down to pocketbook issues and the likelihood of your bag actually getting wet.

Read all of this story and ALL stories at The Big Outside,
plus get a FREE e-book. Join now!

Jeff Wilhelm above Granite Creek on the Wonderland Trail, Mount Rainier National Park. Click photo to see “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips.”

Temperature Rating

In the past, bag manufacturers decided on temperature ratings for their own bags; the outdoor industry lacked a standardized method for measuring that. In recent years, though, the industry widely adopted the EN (European Norm) temperature rating system, internationally considered the most reliable and objective standard.

Found on most new bags, the EN rating typically includes three temperature ratings:

•    Comfort rating, or the lowest temperature at which the bag will keep the average woman warm (based on the premise that women usually get cold more easily than men).
•    Lower-limit rating, or the lowest temperature at which the bag will keep the average man warm.
•    Extreme rating, or the lowest temperature at which the bag will keep someone alive, albeit not comfortable, in unexpected, extreme conditions.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags and air mattresses and sleeping pads that I like at The Big Outside.

See also my related stories:

5 Expert Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack
10 Tips For Spending Less on Hiking and Backpacking Gear
5 Expert Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent
A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking
5 Smart Steps to Lighten Your Backpacking Gear

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/pro-tips-how-to-choose-a-sleeping-bag/feed/ 29 3677
The Best Mittens for Winter 2026 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-mittens-for-winter-2021/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-mittens-for-winter-2021/#comments Wed, 07 Jan 2026 10:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=43432 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

Let’s start with two truths about mittens: 1. We know they’re warmer than gloves. 2. We often choose gloves over mittens, anyway, for some reasons that make sense and some reasons that, well, don’t make much sense. Whether you need them for resort skiing or snowboarding, hiking, walking, snowshoeing, bike commuting, trail running, clearing snow, or something else, this review covers the best mittens for a wide range of temperatures and cold-weather activities.

As someone who gets cold hands very easily, spends many days outside in winter, and has been a professional gear reviewer for more than 25 years—formerly the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine for 10 years and for even longer running this blog—I’ve used innumerable models of mittens and gloves and learned a lot over the years about how to select the right type of both for specific uses. See also my review of “The Best Gloves for Winter—and All Seasons.”


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my expert e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The mittens reviewed below include models appropriate for a range of activities. I’ve tested them in temperatures from the 30s Fahrenheit to far below freezing, cold wind, snowstorms, and every kind of frozen precipitation, on numerous days of resort and backcountry skiing, cold-weather hiking and trail running on very chilly days, and shoveling snow and other yard work. I also offer tips below on how to choose the right mittens for your needs. Scroll past those tips if you want to jump directly into the reviews.

I’m confident you’ll find a pair of mittens in this article that meet your needs. You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by making purchases through the affiliate links in each review below. Thanks for doing that.

If you have a question for me or a comment on this review or any mittens in it, or other mittens to recommend, please make it in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

A Nordic skier in Idaho's Boise Mountains.
My wife, Penny, Nordic skiing in Idaho’s Boise Mountains.

The Pros and Cons of Mittens

Mittens are generally warmer than gloves of a comparable weight, making them a better choice in colder temperatures when dexterity is not a top priority, which can include resort skiing and snowboarding, snowshoeing, hiking, walking, bike commuting, and clearing snow—although those activities often include moments when the poor dexterity of mittens becomes disadvantageous, such as when lacing up boots or shoes or dealing with some type of bindings.

Similarly, mittens are not an ideal choice for ski touring in the backcountry wherever you may need better dexterity to quickly handle snow-safety gear like a shovel and probe in an emergency. However, mittens can be preferred when in terrain that’s free of avalanche hazard and deep cold—or as backup handwear in your pack in case someone is immobilized due to an injury and deep cold could threaten frostbite in digits.

Still, while the warmest gloves certainly have better dexterity, it’s somewhat limited, and mittens will rewarm your hands much faster than gloves after you pull off handwear for a moment when you need to use your fingers.

Mittens take a back seat to gloves when you’re not dealing with extreme cold and you need or prefer having the use of your fingers.

The benefits of mittens include:

• Keeping hands and fingers warmer by enclosing all your fingers in the same space.
• They’re generally softer and less stiff than the warmest gloves, negating the need to pre-curve the fingers (as on heavier gloves).
• With fewer seams than gloves, mittens typically feature more insulation and better waterproofing and durability.

The drawbacks of mittens include:

• Minimal to poor dexterity and use of fingers.
• No touchscreen sensitivity.

See “12 Pro Tips For Staying Warm Outdoors in Winter.”

A backcountry skier in Idaho's Sawtooth Mountains.
Scott White backcountry skiing in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains.

How to Choose Mittens

How do you choose between different models of mittens? While many styles can be worn for a variety of activities, consider these factors:

• Your activity.
• Your usual range of weather conditions and temperatures.
• How easily your fingers get cold.
• Sizing differentiated by gender matters somewhat less with mittens than with gloves, although it matters a bit more with larger and warmer mitten designs.
• Lighter mittens with less insulation and a shorter cuff or gauntlet are usually best for activities that don’t require good dexterity in temps ranging from around freezing to well below.
• Heavier, warmer mittens with more insulation and a long, usually adjustable gauntlet are typically best for activities that don’t require good dexterity and that last for several hours in cold to frigid temps, especially when your hands are repeatedly in snow, such as when resort skiing or riding or snowshoeing, but are overkill for moderate temps.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

What to Look For

• Leather thumb and palm for grip and durability.
• A pull loop big enough to grip while wearing a mitten on one hand, for pulling on mitts; or lacking a loop, cuffs or an extended gauntlet that’s easy to grab.
• An elasticized short cuff or some kind of one-hand closure on a gauntlet seals out snow and traps heat inside.
• Whether the mitten’s cuff or gauntlet layers under or over a jacket sleeve—or in some cases, can be worn either way—and its compatibility with the jacket(s) you’ll wear.
• A wrist leash prevents the mittens blowing away when you pull them off for short periods to use your fingers.
• A long gauntlet and more insulation for deep-cold or activities like skiing and snowboarding, where hands are often in snow.
• Durable materials and construction, particularly for activities where you’re using your hands more and mitts can get abused.
• Weight per pair often correlates with degree of warmth, features, and cuff or gauntlet length.

The mittens reviewed below are listed in ascending order by weight.

Active in the cold? See “The Best Clothing Layers for Winter in the Backcountry
and “How to Dress in Layers for Winter in the Backcountry.”

The Best Mittens

Flylow Unicorn Mitten.
Flylow Unicorn Mitten.

Best Value

Flylow Unicorn Mitten
$70, 6 oz. (men’s medium)
Sizes: unisex XS-XL
backcountry.com

Pros: Warm, windproof, water-resistant, and durable.
Cons: Not quite as warm as other mittens, no wrist leash, mediocre dexterity.
Best For: Resort and backcountry skiing and snowboarding, hiking, snowshoeing, walking, bike commuting, and clearing snow.

From resort skiing to local trails, the Unicorn proved itself suited for a variety of activities in all but the most bitter temps. They’re built for durability, with high-quality pigskin leather pre-treated for waterproofing, and tough, upcycled canvas (leftover from Flylow’s pants production) on the back of the hand. A waterproof inner lining helps keep hands dry even in wet snow, while the silky interior lining against the skin and the leather exterior both feel soft on hands and your nose.

The 220g Spaceloft synthetic insulation on the back of the hand and 100g on the palm kept hands warm while resort skiing in the low 20s Fahrenheit and on winter hikes with temps from the 20s to just above freezing in steady wind, and quickly warmed my hands after they’d gotten cold in gloves during a snowstorm and I switched to these mitts. They’re not as burly or nearly as warm as heavier models like Flylow’s Super Mitten (see below), and lack a long, adjustable, weather-resistant gauntlet. But the elasticized cuff extends beyond the wrist, enhancing warmth and making the mitts easy to pull on and off while keeping the design minimalist—no pull tab needed, but there’s also no wrist leash, and it easily layers under the cuff of any jacket.

The unisex sizing falls between sizes for men and women: I normally wear men’s medium in mittens and gloves, but the unisex medium felt snug and the large fit me better.

The Unicorn delivers enough warmth for many resort skiers and riders on all but the most frigid days while being light enough for everything from walking and snowshoeing to clearing snow—at a very good price.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the Flylow Unicorn Mitten at backcountry.com or rei.com.

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Outdoor Research Stormbound Mitts.
Outdoor Research Stormbound Mitts.

Best Lightweight Mitten

Outdoor Research Stormbound Sensor Mitts
$110, 6.5 oz. (unisex medium)
Sizes: unisex XS-XL
backcountry.com

Pros: Warm for their weight, water-resistant, good wicking, outstanding construction.
Cons: Too warm for exerting in temps around freezing, mediocre dexterity.
Best For: Resort and backcountry skiing and snowboarding, hiking, snowshoeing, walking, bike commuting, and clearing snow.

Arguably the most intricately design, technical, and versatile mittens covered in this review, OR’s Stormbound Mitts covered my hands while skiing resort groomers, on backcountry ski tours, and on local winter hikes, in cold wind and temps and falling snow. They’re remarkably warm for their low weight, and yet my hands didn’t overheat in them until temps rose above freezing, and they stayed absolutely dry whether dabbing them repeatedly in snow or sweating while hiking steeply uphill.

OR’s warmest mitten for skiing combines three types of insulation: responsibly sourced, 800+-fill goose down surrounded by water-resistant, 340g PrimaLoft Gold synthetic insulation on the back of the hand and 133g in the cuff, plus 133g PrimaLoft Silver insulation in the palm and back of the thumb—meaning the Stormbound Mitts keeps hands warm even when wet. The polyester tricot lining at the back of the hand and moonlight pile fleece polyester with ActiveTemp technology in the palm lining wick perspiration, and individual finger slots inside the mitts seem to enhance wicking.

The breathable Pertex Shield+ shell provides waterproof protection and the palm consists of durable, water-resistant and grippy goat leather. The comfortable and secure rib-knit cuff seals in warmth and the extended gauntlet has a hook-and-loop wrist closure, a large pull loop, plus an adjustable wrist leash, and can be worn over the close-fitting cuff of an insulated jacket or under the adjustable cuff of a shell jacket. The unisex medium fits like men’s medium.

With a thoughtful design and high warmth-to-weight ratio, the Outdoor Research Stormbound Sensor Mitts offer great versatility for a variety of activities.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Outdoor Research Stormbound Sensor Mitts at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Plan your next backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
and other parks using my expert e-books.

Flylow Super Mitten.
Flylow Super Mitten.

Flylow Super Mitten
$135, 7.5 oz. (unisex medium)
Sizes: unisex XS-XL
backcountry.com

Pros: Exceptional warmth and durability, waterproof and breathable.
Cons: No wrist leash, too warm for moderate cold, poor dexterity.
Best For: Resort and backcountry skiing and snowboarding and snowshoeing.

While making downhill ski runs in the backcountry through hours of wet snow puking from the sky and wind chills in the low teens (wearing the mittens only when skiing downhill), the Super Mittens were more than warm enough and kept my hands absolutely dry. Flylow’s warmest mitten marries pre-treated fully waterproof cowhide leather on the palm side and thumb to tough nylon on the back and gauntlet and a durable, water-resistant treatment (DWR) to shed snow and water.

Breathable PrimaLoft Black Eco synthetic insulation—240g on the back and 120g on the palm (not quite as much as the BD Recon Mitts)—ranks them among the warmest mittens you’ll find: Like the other burly models, the Super Mittens warm freezing hands moments after you pull them on and are overkill for temps just below freezing, although they release moisture building up inside better than some heavy mitts.

Most uniquely, the adjustable gauntlet, worn over sleeve of any jacket,reaches halfway down your forearm, the longest of this bunch—helping keep hands warmer and drier. The fit runs true to size, not excessively bulky, and the soft lining and leather flexes quite easily; for such a toasty mitten, dexterity is good for basic tasks like handling zippers and buckles. But the Super Mittens have no wrist leash.

The Flylow Super Mitten is best for skiing and snowboarding on frigid days at the resort or going downhill in the backcountry—and they come at a good price for this quality. Flylow now has an updated version, the Super D Mitten.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Flylow Super D Mitten or the Flylow Super D Glove at backcountry.com or rei.com.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

 

Gordini Polar Mitt.
Gordini Polar Mitt.

Gordini Polar Mitt
$143, 9 oz. (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s S-L
backcountry.com

Pros: Exceptional warmth and durability, waterproof-breathable.
Cons: Too warm for moderate cold, poor dexterity.
Best For: Resort and backcountry skiing and snowboarding and snowshoeing.

From days of below-zero wind chills resort skiing to backcountry skiing in heavily falling, wet snow, I pulled on the ultra-fat Gordini Polar Mitt and they kept my hands as warm and dry as if I were lying zipped up inside my fattest sleeping bag. In fact, I failed to find conditions too cold for these mitts, which are good for the frostiest outings that the rest of your body can tolerate.

The waterproof-breathable and windproof AquaBloc insert keeps moisture out, while the water-repellent, 700-fill Downtek feathers on the back of the hand combined with Megaloft synthetic insulation on the palm side retain heat even when damp. That’s likely to only come from perspiration, so the Polar Mitt also has possibly the plushest moisture-wicking lining you’ll find in any mitten. Not surprisingly, the Polar Mitt is much too warm for high exertion like skinning uphill—wear lighter gloves for that—and overkill for relatively mild winter days on snow.

Durability is assured by the deerskin and four-way-stretch nylon softshell. The mitts have a wrist adjustment strap and leash, soft nose wipe on the thumbs, textured palms for better grip, and an adjustable gauntlet that extends beyond the wrist and is worn over sleeve of any jacket. The fit runs true to size and feels spacious, with a soft flex that’s not at all fatiguing for hands the way the warmest and stiffest winter gloves are.

One of the burliest and warmest mittens reviewed here—and consequently, with poor dexterity, although that’s not the strength of any mittens—the over-the-cuff Gordini Polar Mitt is a great pick for those dead-of-winter frigid days resort skiing or riding.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the men’s or women’s Gordini Polar Mitt or the Gordini Polar Glove at backcountry.com.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “The 25 Best National Park Dayhikes.”

Outdoor Research Mt. Baker Modular Mitts.
Outdoor Research Mt. Baker Modular Mitts.

Outdoor Research Mt. Baker II Gore-Tex Mitts
$179, 9.5 oz. (medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XL
backcountry.com

Pros: Warm, waterproof-breathable, two-piece system, glove dexterity with mitten warmth.
Cons: Too warm except in temps well below freezing, no women’s sizes.
Best For: Resort and backcountry skiing and snowboarding and snowshoeing.

Skiing in a wind chill around zero Fahrenheit at times during a four-day, January trip to a backcountry yurt in Idaho’s Boise Mountains, my fingers—which get cold very easily—stayed toasty in this two-piece system of removable, insulated gloves inside a Gore-Tex shell mitten.

The warmth comes from 170g PrimaLoft synthetic insulation in the glove insert, which has a soft, fleece lining. The fully seam-taped Gore-Tex mitten shell kept moisture out and is made with the same 70-denier taslan ripstop polyester used in OR’s tough gaiters. Fit and dexterity in the gloves is good enough to fuss with pack straps, boot buckles, and obviously better than mittens.

The Mt. Baker have smart details, like the one-hand gauntlet cinch on the shell mitten; adjustable straps at the wrist on both the mittens and gloves; an adjustable leash on the mitten shells; and the carabiner loop on the mittens for clipping them to a harness or pack wrist-down, to prevent precipitation from getting inside. AlpenGrip pads on the glove thumb and fingertip enhance grip.

While the Mt. Baker Mitts do not match the warmth of the BD Recon, Flylow Super Mitts, or Gordini Polar Mitt—because the insulation is a glove, not a mitten—the unique, two-piece system gives them superior versatility: You can wear the glove alone (useful for climbing uphill); the glove and mitt together going downhill or in deep cold; and because the mittens have no insulation, they double as three-season rain shells.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase the Outdoor Research Mt. Baker II Gore-Tex Mitts at outdoorresearch.com or backcountry.com.

Buy gear smartly. See a menu of all my reviews and expert buying tips at my Gear Reviews page.

Black Diamond Mercury Mitts.
Black Diamond Mercury Mitts.

Warmest and Driest for Skiing or Riding

Black Diamond Mercury Mitts
$140, 10 oz. (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-XL, women’s XS-L
blackdiamondequipment.com

Pros: Superior warmth, weather protection, and durability, and year-round versatility with a removable insulated mitten and a waterproof-breathable shell.
Cons: No wrist leash, poor dexterity, too warm for moderate cold.
Best For: Resort skiing and snowboarding, snowshoeing, or hiking in deep cold.

On overcast, windy, January days resort skiing in falling snow and temps from around 20° F down to the single digits, with a wind chill that dipped below zero—conditions in which my fingers would quickly get cold even in the warmest gloves I own—the Mercury Mitts kept my hands abundantly warm on the lifts and the downhill runs in deep powder. Even as falling temperatures, wind, hunger, and exhaustion toward the end of those days made my body feel a bit colder, my hands and fingers never felt chilled.

That superior warmth results from the 90 percent recycled, 340g PrimaLoft Gold Cross Core insulation and a 100 percent recycled high-loft fleece lining, plus the added insulation provided by a gauntlet that extends halfway down my forearm. And my hands stayed dry for hours in a heavy, wet, nuking snowstorm while riding the lifts at California’s Palisades-Tahoe Resort, thanks to the 100 percent recycled waterproof-breathable BDdry insert. For most people, these mittens would only get too warm in temps above the low to mid-20s Fahrenheit, depending on weather conditions and exertion level.

BD calls the Mercury its “most versatile and popular year-round mitt” because its removable, insulated liner enables wearing the 100 percent recycled ripstop polyester shell as a simple overmitt in rain any time of year. The insulated liner mitt could be worn alone, although it lacks the elasticized wrist and gauntlet closure. Goatskin leather throughout the palm, thumb, and fingers boosts durability and grip. The PFC-free, molecular Empel DWR (durable, water-resistant treatment) uses no water while improving water repellency.

While the spacious fit doesn’t squeeze your thumb or fingers, the elasticized wrist prevents the mitt from slipping around on your hand—improving the fit while also helping to trap heat. The men’s and women’s models run true to size. The over-the-cuff, gauntlet drawcord helps trap heat and keeps snow out and is easily manipulated with one hand. But dexterity is predictably poor and the Mercury Mitts lack a wrist leash.

With superior warmth and durability and waterproof-breathable performance, the Black Diamond Mercury Mitts are a top choice for cold days of resort skiing and riding or activities like snowshoeing and hiking.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase the men’s or women’s Black Diamond Mercury Mitts at blackdiamondequipment.com or rei.com.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-mittens-for-winter-2021/feed/ 14 43432
Review: Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-rocky-talkie-mountain-radio/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-rocky-talkie-mountain-radio/#respond Mon, 15 Dec 2025 11:23:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=62088 Read on

]]>
Two-Way Radio
Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio
$110 each/$220 per pair
6.1 oz./172.9g (one radio only), 7.9 oz./224g (including carabiners and leash)
rockytalkie.com

Over more than 30 years of climbing and skiing in the backcountry, I’ve had a few close calls, some directly due to the inability of my partner and I to hear or see one another. One of my most trusted partners—a longtime friend who once saved me from a potentially long lead-climbing fall by leaping down a steep hill at the route’s base to reel in many feet of rope—also once took me off belay before I reached the top of a pitch and anchored myself; fortunately, I didn’t fall. After relying on the sketchy low tech of shouting and rope signals for much too long, I’ve found a vastly more reliable, light, and inexpensive solution: the Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio.

On days of ski touring in the backcountry—where you need to know the location of your partners after skiing separately down runs and confirm that all are safe, and you can often be too far apart to hear or see one another and wind can drown out or distort shouts—I’ve found the Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio reliably provides clear communication, eliminating the need for often fruitless and frustrating shouts to one another.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio.
The Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio.

I’ve also used the Mountain Radio resort skiing at Northern California’s Palisades-Tahoe and Sugar Bowl resorts with my young-adult son, enabling us to discuss which runs to ski whenever we were too far apart to hear one another, or to locate one another when we took different runs. That’s particularly helpful when skiing unfamiliar resorts. (Radios are less necessary with a group who are all familiar with the resort and can plan where to rendezvous after a run and a phone call can usually clear up any miscommunication.)

And I used two of these radios and a third from another brand in a group of six friends on a six-day backpacking trip on one of the most remote trails in the Grand Canyon, where radios were useful when the group was searching for scarce water sources or even simply moving at different paces that spread us out.

The Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio is simple enough for a young child to master—and skiing parents know how easily one can lose a fast, young kid on the slopes. Yes, many resorts have cell service. But a cell phone is usually buried in a pocket where its sound is muffled and you have to remove a glove or mitten to operate it, whereas you can clip a two-way radio to a shoulder strap of a small pack—near your ear—where you need only to reach over and press the talk button to speak to a partner and will hear them calling you.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Wonderland Trail, Teton Crest Trail,
in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-books.

The Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio.
The Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio.

This two-watt radio’s claimed range of one to five miles in mountains or a half-mile to three miles in forested hills exceeds the range needed in most situations when backcountry or resort skiing, rock or alpine climbing, and off-trail hiking and scrambling, and certainly exceeds the range needed for climbers tied into a rope together. In practice, they’re occasionally (and rarely) limited by line of sight and terrain obstacles at close range: At one point, my son and I were at two different lifts at Sugar Bowl and could not hear each other despite being within a half-mile and at virtually the same elevation. Within minutes, though, we were able to hear each other.

Rocky Talkie gives an estimated range of 25 or more miles in direct line-of-sight circumstances—but the terrain we frequent rarely permits communicating across such distances; indeed, ideal conditions for that much range would almost never occur. Besides, few backcountry users will encounter the need for such range. In most backcountry situations, the realistic range is probably a mile or two in high power mode and a half-mile in low power mode (explained below).

The Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio can connect with all other FRS or GMRS radios generally by using channels one through 22 and can sync with another radio’s privacy code. (While GMRS radio transmissions require a license because they are over two watts, FRS and GMRS radios both operate within the frequency range that overlaps on those channels, enabling them to communicate; but GMRS radios must operate at the lower, two-watt power level in that range of channels.)

The radio’s five buttons are each dedicated to specific functions, keeping operation simple and easy the first time you review the instructions or watch Rocky Talkie’s instructional video (at rockytalkie.com/products/mountain-radio). The recessed talk button audibly clicks when depressing it so that you know when it’s transmitting and it’s easy to use while wearing warm gloves.

Put more adventure in your life starting today. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio.
The Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio.

The small, recessed flipper button on top scrolls through the 128 channels. Holding it forward for two seconds locks and unlocks the radio, preventing, for instance, accidentally changing the channel; only the talk and volume buttons operate when the radio is locked. Holding the flipper backward for two seconds engages scan mode to search channels one through 22 for other users who are actively transmitting within range; press any button to stop scanning. The flipper is not easy to manipulate while wearing a warm glove, but you’d want to set the channel and privacy code at the outset of your day, anyway. Similarly, the plus and minus volume buttons on one side are too small for winter gloves, but those rarely need adjusting during an outing.

The Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio.
The Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio left side.

As with other two-way radios, privacy codes filter out transmissions from other nearby radio users who are not on the same channel and using the same privacy code as you and your partners; without using a privacy code, you will hear the transmissions of others on any channel within range. The LED screen displays “CT” or “DCS” to indicate a privacy code is on. Press the power button twice to check which privacy code is active. To select a privacy code to sync with a partner’s radio, hold the volume minus button for two seconds, then release that button and use the flipper to select a privacy code and press any button to set that code. The radio must be unlocked to change the channel or privacy code.

Holding the volume plus button for two seconds changes the radio between high power mode, which is two watts and recommended for normal use and maximum range, and low power mode, which drops the power by a factor of four to 0.5 watt, greatly reducing the radio’s range while saving power, mostly for multi-day outings. Hold the volume plus button to switch between high and low power.

The USB-C rechargeable, 1550 mAh lithium-ion battery runs for up to four days on a full charge, even in temperatures down to -20° F/-29° C. A shatterproof LED screen and thermoplastic housing protect it through very hard backcountry use. The IP56 waterproofing rating means it’s splash- and snow-proof but not immersible.

The Rocky Talkie consists of a single, compact unit that measures 6.4×2.3×1.1 inches/16.2×5.9×2.7 centimeters and weighs only 7.9 oz./224 grams (including carabiners and leash), easily fitting in the palm of your hand and almost unnoticeable attached to a pack.

Rather than a clip on the back of the radio, the Rocky Talkie employs a lightweight, climbing-strength carabiner clipped to a fixed, bomber D-ring on the back of the radio, for easily and securely attaching the radio to a pack shoulder strap or a climbing harness. The coiled leash can be clipped via its small carabiner elsewhere on your pack or harness to avoid dropping and losing it in deep snow, water, or off a cliff; and clipping the bottom end of the cord to your belt area with the radio at your shoulder places tension on the cord to keep the radio from flopping around.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio right side.
The Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio right side.

The Rocky Talkie has obvious limitations, first and foremost terrain: Trees, dense vegetation, mountain ridges, canyon walls, and other natural barriers reduce the radio’s range or completely impede communication. And the Rocky Talkie is strictly intended for communicating across short distances; it shouldn’t be compared to GPS-based transceivers like the Garmin inReach Mini 2 that can transmit your location and a short text message to family, friends, or emergency responders across any distance (and that are more expensive and require a service plan).

But the Rocky Talkie virtually always enables clear communication between partners who are out of sight and voice range, at the relatively short distances that typically separate climbers, backcountry skiers and riders, snowmobilers, off-trail hikers and scramblers, ultra-hikers and runners, and many outdoor users—potentially avoiding or quickly alerting you to any problems as well as making the routine actions of our sports easier and smoother. Whitewater kayakers and others in water sports would benefit just as much from radios, but would need the fully waterproof Rocky Talkie 5 Watt Radio ($165), which requires a license because it’s over two watts.

Having the ability to immediately and clearly speak with your partner(s) radically increases safety: You can confirm immediately, without doubt, that your partner is off belay, is safely at the bottom of a ski run—or is in a tree well or avalanche and needs help. My son shared with me hearing a ski guide opine that radios are as important as any backcountry safety gear—meaning your beacon, shovel, and probe.

Radios also deliver the perhaps surprising benefit of helping you move more efficiently and faster through the backcountry—which also increases your margin of safety.

The Verdict

You don’t have to wait years to greatly improve your safety margins and travel more efficiently in the backcountry. The Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio provides a lightweight, reliable, easy-to-operate, and inexpensive means for backcountry and resort skiers, climbers, and others to communicate with partners who are beyond sight and earshot.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the Rocky Talkie Mountain Radio at rockytalkie.com.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

See all reviews of outdoor apparel at The Big Outside, including “The 12 Best Down Jackets,” “The Best Gloves for Winter” and “The Best Mittens for Winter.”

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-rocky-talkie-mountain-radio/feed/ 0 62088
The 12 Best Down Jackets of 2026 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-10-best-down-jackets-of-2017/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-10-best-down-jackets-of-2017/#comments Tue, 25 Nov 2025 10:01:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=26062 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

Whatever you need an insulated jacket for, there’s a down or synthetic puffy for your needs, within your budget. And whether you want a puffy jacket for outdoor activities like backpacking, camping, skiing, climbing, and hut treks, or just to keep you warm around town or at outdoor sporting events, this review will help you figure out how to choose the right jacket for your purposes, and it spotlights the best down and synthetic insulated jackets available today.

I selected the jackets covered in this review after extensive testing on backpacking, camping, backcountry ski touring, climbing and other backcountry trips. I’ve field-tested dozens of insulated jackets over three decades of testing and reviewing gear, formerly as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine for 10 years and even longer running this blog.

Technology has blurred the traditional lines between down and synthetics, with water-resistant down that traps heat even when wet—all but eliminating the weakness that had long been the Achilles heel of down—and synthetic insulation materials that approach the warmth-to-weight ratio and compressibility of down.

If you’d prefer, scroll past my buying tips to dive immediately into the jacket reviews.

If you have a question for me or a comment on this review, please leave it in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Himali Accelerator Down Jacket.
The Himali Accelerator Down Jacket in the White Goat Wilderness, Canadian Rockies.

How to Choose a Synthetic or Down Jacket

Insulated jackets today differ not only in type and amount of insulation, but also in water resistance, breathability, and as always, design features like the hood and pockets. When choosing between down and synthetic models, consider the usual conditions and temperatures in which you’ll use it—in other words, how wet and cold you expect to get, and your body type (how easily you get cold)—as well as the seasonal and activity versatility you require. Some questions to consider:

• Do you want one jacket for four seasons?
• Do you want it primarily for one or two activities like backpacking, camping, climbing, or skiing?
• Does it need to be breathable because you’ll wear it while on the move at times, or will you only wear it while relatively inactive in camp, when breathability doesn’t really matter?

And perhaps the most-important question: How warm an insulated jacket do you need for how, where, and when you will use it?

Looking for the best outdoor adventures, gear reviews, and expert tips?
Start at this blog’s home page!

The Featured Friends Eos Down Jacket.
The Featured Friends Eos Down Jacket on the John Muir Trail.

Some performance aspects of puffy jackets you should understand include:

Standard down feathers lose their ability to trap heat once wet, rendering down less practical in wet environments.

• The primary advantage of synthetic-insulation jackets is the ability to still trap warmth when wet—although the wetter the jacket, the less warm it will feel, especially once that dampness reaches your skin.

• However, some jackets are now made with water-resistant, or hydrophobic down feathers that greatly improve their ability to repel water, continue to trap heat when damp, and dry faster. And even those jackets that contain standard down often have a water-resistant shell fabric that repels light precipitation but isn’t designed to withstand a steady rain. (Read more on this below, under Which is Better, Down or Synthetic?)

• The down fill-power rating is a measure of the volume, in cubic inches, that one ounce of that down fills; in other words, an ounce of 800-fill power down will occupy 800 cubic inches of volume. Down feathers are separated during processing according to this measure.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

The Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie.
The Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie in Fish Canyon, Utah.

Higher fill-power ratings translate to more warmth per ounce of down, so if two jackets contain identical amounts of down by weight, the jacket with the higher fill-power rating will probably be warmer and more compressible (and more expensive). That said, of course, an ultralight 800-fill power jacket may not be as warm as a 700-fill power jacket that contains more down. The price of down jackets usually correlates with the quality of the down.

• Similarly, while synthetic insulation traditionally was not as lightweight and compressible as down, the best modern synthetics—including those reviewed below—have a warmth-to-weight ratio and compressibility that compares with mid-grade (700-fill) or better down.

• Some modern synthetic insulations are also constructed in a way that makes them more durable, although, for the most part, down retains the edge there.

Insulated jackets are usually sewn in one of two ways:

• So-called “sewn through” construction stitches the outer, shell fabric to the inner, liner fabric, creating pockets of down, but also potential cold spots at seams where there’s effectively no insulation. This method reduces a jacket’s weight and often its cost, and is practical in ultralight jackets for moderate temperatures (think summer in the mountains).

• The more-expensive method of creating so-called box baffles eliminates cold spots and makes a jacket look puffier, but adds weight and usually cost.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
or other parks using my expert e-books.

The Patagonia Micro Puff Hoody.
The Patagonia Micro Puff Hoody in the Grand Canyon.

How Warm a Jacket Do You Need?

As I write in my blog post “How You Can Tell How Warm a Down Jacket Is,” an insulated jacket’s total weight offers a rough idea of how warm it is. But that’s certainly not precise. Warmth (and weight) will vary with factors like type, quality, and amount of insulation, the jacket’s construction, and whether it has a hood.

Still, with down and synthetic jackets, I look at the garment’s total weight as a general guideline to its warmth. Although I encounter exceptions to the following weight categories, they provide a starting point. These guidelines and temperature ranges also apply to my body’s metabolism (my tolerance for cold is probably a little higher than average), and they presume I’m wearing one or two base layers underneath the puffy that are appropriate to the season and temperatures.

Mountain Hardwear Ghost Whisperer 2 Down Hoody
Testing the Mountain Hardwear Ghost Whisperer 2 Down Hoody in Hells Canyon.

• When I’m going ultralight on summer backcountry trips, and I expect temps no lower than around 40° F, I bring a down or puffy jacket weighing seven to 11 ounces. If the temp drops lower, I supplement with my other layers or get in my sleeping bag when necessary.

• For trips when the temp could dip below freezing, I want a jacket that’s 12 to 16 ounces.

• For colder trips and in winter in the backcountry, my insulated jacket weighs roughly 16 to 22 ounces.

Having a hood certainly keeps you warmer and is worth the additional weight and cost. You should consider whether other layers in your clothing system already have a hood, and make sure that any two hoods you’re wearing together pair up well.

I usually consider a hood mandatory in temperatures near and below freezing, but less important on milder trips, when I’ll pack a hoodless, ultralight puffy jacket to reduce pack weight and because I’m bringing a hat, anyway. However, I also consider the activities for which I’ll use the jacket; for high-speed activities in cold temps, I usually wear a lighter, hoodless insulated jacket.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Rab Microlight Alpine Down Jacket.
The Rab Microlight Alpine Down Jacket in the Wind River Range.

Which is Better, Down or Synthetic?

In my experience, if you compare a down and synthetic insulated jacket of the same weight and basic design—for example, assuming both have a hood—I still find that down feathers have the edge in pure warmth. I think that assessment bears out in the products listed below.

To simplify your choice between down and synthetic insulation, think of it this way:

• If you want a puffy jacket primarily for warmth when you’re inactive (say, in camp), and expect mostly dry conditions or to wear a rain shell over the puffy when needed, get a down jacket.
• Get water-resistant or hydrophobic down if it may occasionally have to endure a light shower. But many accounts and lab testing, hydrophobic down provides some water repellency and protection until it gets soaked—and most users will not encounter conditions where they would notice any difference in performance between hydrophobic down (whether in a jacket or a sleeping bag) and standard down. (See much more detail on this topic in a comment I posted at the bottom of this story, dated Sept. 13, 2022, responding to a reader’s question about hydrophobic down.)
• If you expect to often wear it in wet conditions, get a synthetic puffy.
• If you will wear it while active in wet conditions, get a synthetic puffy with breathable insulation.

I’ve ranked the following down and synthetic puffy jackets roughly in order from lightest to warmest in each of these two categories. Please share what you think of my review or any of the jackets covered here in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

Make your backpacking trips better with the right gear.
See “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents.”

The Best Down Jackets

Mountain Hardwear Ghost Whisperer 2 Down Hoody.
Mountain Hardwear Ghost Whisperer 2 Down Hoody.

Mountain Hardwear Ghost Whisperer Down Hoody
$420, 8.8 oz./250g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
rei.com

When my goal is minimizing pack weight on summer trips with cool but not freezing nights, I bring this wispy jacket. The 800-fill goose down delivers beaucoup warmth for a puffy jacket that’s barely over a half-pound, and the hood boosts its versatility for nights dipping into the 30s Fahrenheit (for some people). It has been my go-to insulation for summer backpacking in Utah’s High Uintas Wilderness, Nevada’s Ruby Crest Trail, the 96-mile Wind River High Route, and other trips.

When stuffed into one of the two roomy, zippered hand pockets, the jacket packs down to slightly larger than a liter bottle—and lofts up almost instantly. Even better, the 10-denier shell fabric consists of 100 percent recycled nylon ripstop, and the feathers are RDS-certified down—so this newest iteration of the Ghost Whisperer series is as light on the Earth as it is in your pack.

Read my full review of the Mountain Hardwear Ghost Whisperer/2 Down Hoody.

Mountain Hardwear’s Ghost Whisperer UL Hoody ($450, 6.7 oz./190g), whacks about two ounces/57 grams off its older sibling’s weight while excelling for many of the same reasons—and still has the hood and two zippered hand pockets. Read my review.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Mountain Hardwear Ghost Whisperer/2 Down Hoody at rei.com; a men’s Mountain Hardwear Ghost Whisperer UL Hoody at backcountry.com; a women’s Mountain Hardwear Ghost Whisperer UL Hoody at backcountry.com; or other versions of the Ghost Whisperer down insulation at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Get warmth that stands up to winter temps, water-resistant insulation, and a fit aided by stretch materials in the Mountain Hardwear StretchDown Jacket ($290, 1 lb. 2 oz.). Hardwear’s 750-fill Q.Shield down repels moisture and retains loft when wet, and the unique, stretch-welded channel construction moves with you and traps heat more efficiently than jackets with standard stitching. You can support my blog, at no cost to you, but clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Mountain Hardwear StretchDown Jacket or Hooded Jacket at backcountry.com or rei.com.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here.

The Black Diamond Approach Down Hoody.
The Black Diamond Approach Down Hoody.

Black Diamond Approach Down Hoody
$429, 10 oz./284g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XL, women’s XS-XL
backcountry.com

Wearing BD’s Approach Down Hoody on cool, very windy evenings and mornings down to the 40s Fahrenheit backpacking in the Grand Canyon and similar temps backpacking in the Wind River Range, I stayed both perfectly warm and happy that I’d packed a very light puffy that didn’t compromise on warmth or features.

Barely more than an ounce heavier than Hardwear’s Ghost Whisperer/2, the Approach bests it with features found in heavier down jackets, like a chest pocket and a hood that adjusts with a one-hand drawcord and stays in place when turning your head side to side. Stuffed with 800-fill power, water-resistant goose down, it has high warmth for its weight and won’t lose loft when damp—expanding its usefulness from three-season backpacking to active insulation in cold temps. Plus, it boasts green cred with fluorocarbon-free, RDS-certified down and a PFC-free and water-free DWR on the 10-denier by 7-denier nylon woven shell fabric that’s more durable than traditional DWRs.

Read my full review of the Black Diamond Approach Down Hoody.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Black Diamond Approach Down Hoody at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “The 25 Best National Park Dayhikes.”

The Featured Friends Eos Down Jacket.
The Feathered Friends Eos Down Jacket.

Feathered Friends Eos Down Jacket
$409, 11 oz./312g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-XXL, women’s XS-XL
featheredfriends.com

If it ain’t broken, don’t fix it. In updating its Eos Down Jacket, Feathered Friends made just two minor improvements. Testing the Eos on a windy and chilly June trip in Idaho’s City of Rocks and on cool, windy evenings and mornings in August on the John Muir Trail, I found it just as warm and comfortable as I found the previous version in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains, Glacier National Park, and countless other wild places.

Stuffed with 900+-fill goose down and weighing just 11 ounces, the Eos has a warmth-to-weight ratio matched by few competitors. The 12-denier by 20-denier Pertex Quantum shell sheds light precipitation. The updated Eos placed the zippered chest pocket behind a flap and made the warm hood adjustable using drawstrings; it still features two zippered hand pockets, elasticized cuffs, and a drawcord hem. A great fit, superior warmth and packability make it an excellent choice for three-season trips.

Read my full review of the 2022 Feathered Friends Eos Down Jacket.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Feathered Friends Eos Down Jacket at featheredfriends.com, or a women’s Feathered Friends Eos Down Jacket at featheredfriends.com.

Looking for a more affordable down jacket?
Check out the REI 650 Down Jacket. Read my review.

The Rab Mythic Alpine Down Jacket.
The Rab Mythic Alpine Down Jacket.

Rab Mythic Alpine Down Jacket
$390, 11 oz./313g (men’s mediumSizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
backcountry.com

A weeklong backpacking trip in Glacier National Park in mid-September presented a quandary: Trimming all superfluous weight from my pack (which began the hike with 14 pounds of food weight) and staying warm in temperatures dropping to near freezing. Rab’s Mythic Alpine Down Jacket achieved both goals—while weighing less than most comparably warm puffy jackets.

Stuffed with hydrophobic, 900-fill goose down, it has one of the highest warmth-to-weight ratios you’ll find in any down jacket—especially for a water-resistant model—as well as being highly packable. With an adjustable hood that really boosts warmth, and stitch-through baffle construction, it’s one of the lightest down jackets that can handle most three-season trips. The 10-denier ripstop, 100 percent recycled Pertex Quantum shell is the lightest shell fabric used in insulated jackets, but it’ll last, as long as you exercise reasonable care with it.

Read my full review of the Rab Mythic Alpine Down Jacket.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Rab Mythic Alpine Down Jacket at backcountry.com or a men’s or women’s Rab Mythic Alpine Light Down Jacket at backcountry.com.

Stay dry, happy, and safe.
See my review of “The Best Rain Jackets for Hiking and Backpacking.”

The Arc’teryx Cerium Hoody.
The Arc’teryx Cerium Hoody.

Arc’teryx Cerium Hoody
$400, 12 oz. (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-XXXL, women’s XXS-XXL
rei.com

From unseasonably cold and windy mornings near freezing in southern Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon in mid-April to September campsites in Wyoming’s Wind River Range and mornings in the mid-20s in the first week of March in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park, the Cerium Hoody has immediately warmed me in circumstances that push three-season conditions. While slightly edged out only by the Feathered Friends Eos and Helios in warmth-to-weight ratio, the Cerium adds another dimension of performance: It marries the high warmth-per-ounce and packability of 850-fill power down in the hood, sleeves, and torso, with lightweight, breathable, and compressible Coreloft synthetic insulation in areas like the shoulders and armpits, to keep it trapping heat even when wet.

A close-fitting, under-the-helmet, adjustable hood amps up the warmth. It has two zippered hand pockets, stuffs into a zippered inside pocket, and the shell fabric fends off light precipitation. With a comfortable, athletic fit that allows layering a couple of warm base layers underneath, the Cerium Hoody is a good choice for any three-season adventures or as a middle layer on winter adventures.

Read my full review of the Arc’teryx Cerium Hoody.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Arc’teryx Cerium Hoody at rei.com or arcteryx.com.

Start out right. See “10 Perfect National Park Backpacking Trips for Beginners
and “The 5 Southwest Backpacking Trips You Should Do First.”

 

The Himali Accelerator Down Jacket.
The Himali Accelerator Down Jacket in the White Goat Wilderness, Canadian Rockies.

Himali Accelerator Down Jacket
$345, 12.5 oz./354g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
himali.com

On cool mornings and windy evenings in the low 40s Fahrenheit (4-6° C) in campsites while backpacking the Skyline Trail in Jasper National Park and the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the White Goat Wilderness in the Canadian Rockies in August, my Himali Accelerator Down Jacket kept me perfectly warm over just one or two base layers. By many measures, this midweight puffy hits the target for three-season mountain adventures in its balance of weight, packability, warmth, materials and features—all at a competitive price for a high-quality down jacket.

Stuffed with four ounces of RDS-certified, 850-fill, water-resistant HyperDry down, the Accelerator delivers a very high warmth-to-weight ratio that competes with the few very best down jackets at this or any weight. Mapped synthetic insulation in the armpits along with the water-resistant down and DWR-coated, 20-denier Pertex Quantum ripstop nylon shell fabric help the Accelerator continue trapping body heat in wet weather. An adjustable hood, three zippered pockets (one inside), and a great fit arguably make it the ideal puffy for many backpackers, climbers, and four-season adventurers.

Read my full review of the Himali Accelerator Down Jacket.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s hooded Himali Accelerator Down Jacket at himali.com, a women’s hooded Himali Accelerator Down Jacket at himali.com, a men’s non-hooded Himali Accelerator Down Jacket at himali.com, or a women’s non-hooded Himali Accelerator Down Jacket at himali.com.

Readers of The Big Outside get an exclusive 10 percent off any Himali purchase by using the discount code THEBIGOUTSIDE.

Need a super versatile fleece hoodie? See my reviews of the ultralight Himali Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie and the warmer, remarkably breathable Himali Men’s Endeavor Fleece Hoodie. Those jackets, like all Himali products, qualify for the exclusive 10 percent off any Himali purchase for readers of this blog, using the discount code THEBIGOUTSIDE.

Buy smartly. Read my “10 Tips For Spending Less on Hiking and Backpacking Gear” and
Why and When to Spend More on Hiking and Backpacking Gear.”

Rab Microlight Alpine Down Jacket.
Rab Microlight Alpine Down Jacket.

Rab Microlight Alpine Down Jacket
$295, 15 oz./425g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XXS-XXL, women’s XS-XXL
backcountry.com

When rain and chilly wind whipped through our campsites on evenings and mornings around 40° F in Wyoming’s Wind River Range, as well as on a late-September backpacking trip in Yosemite, the Microlight Alpine Down Jacket passed the test, thanks to features designed to fend off wet and raw conditions.

The hydrophobic, 700-fill goose down traps heat even when damp and dries faster than standard down, while the micro and nano stitch-through baffle construction helps reduce the jacket’s weight and cost. With a stiffened brim and close fit around your head, the adjustable hood boosts warmth substantially. The 30-denier Pertex Quantum ripstop nylon shell sheds light precipitation; paired with the hydrophobic down, it makes this a better (read: warmer) choice for wet weather than many down jackets. Green creds: The Microlight Alpine Jacket has a fully recycled shell, insulation, and lining. At this price, it’s a great value.

Read my full review of the Rab Microlight Alpine Down Jacket.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Rab Microlight Alpine Down Jacket at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Get my expert help planning your next trip and 33% off a one-year subscription.
Click here now to buy a premium subscription to The Big Outside!

 

The Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie.
The Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie.

Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie
$299, 15.4 oz./437g
Sizes: men’s S-3XL, women’s XS-XL, plus sizes 1X-4X
backcountry.com

On windy mornings and evenings in the deep shade of our camps in Owl and Fish canyons in southern Utah in early May, my Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie kept me quite warm in below-freezing wind chills—even when wearing only a lightweight wool T-shirt under it. This jacket’s 800+-fill down gives it a high warmth-to-weight ratio: At under a pound, it packs enough warmth to push the edges of peak seasons in the mountains and desert—or to keep people who get cold easily warm in typical morning and evening temperatures in the mountains in summer.

The wind-resistant Pertex Quantum nylon shell fabric gets a durability boost from Diamond Fuse technology. It also sets itself apart from many down jackets for the waterproof ripstop fabric at the hood, shoulders, and upper sleeves. The adjustable hood fits nicely and traps heat efficiently and three zippered external pockets plus two spacious internal stash pockets complete a rich feature set. All this at a price that’s hard to beat for this level of quality.

Read my full review of the Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie at backcountry.comoutdoorresearch.com, or rei.com.

Score a backcountry permit in popular parks like Yosemite, Grand Canyon, and Grand Teton
using my “10 Tips For Getting a Hard-to-Get National Park Backcountry Permit.”

 

The Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Down Jacket.
The Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Down Jacket.

Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Jacket
$489, 1 lb. 1 oz./482g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-XXL
featheredfriends.com

On winter nights in the single digits outside a yurt in Idaho’s Boise Mountains, and raw, wet spring mornings camped in Idaho’s City of Rocks, this fat down jacket felt crazy warm—especially for its weight and surprising packability, spotlighting its versatility as an outstanding down jacket that’s light and packable enough for sub-freezing temps or people who just get cold more easily on three-season trips.

The Helios is stuffed generously with nearly eight ounces (men’s medium) of 900+-fill down, the highest-quality down you can find, which explains its stratospheric warmth-to-weight ratio. The comfortable, adjustable hood seals nicely around the face to trap heat and fits over a climbing helmet. The water-resistant, 20-denier Pertex Endurance LT shell fabric repels light rain, and the jacket has two hand pockets with overlapping stretch flaps in lieu of a zipper, plus one small, zippered inside pocket.

Read my full review of the Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Down Jacket.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Down Jacket at featheredfriends.com or other Helios apparel at featheredfriends.com.


Are you a fan of the beautiful photos you see at The Big Outside? Click here now
to get professional-quality prints of this blog’s most inspiring images!


The Patagonia Fitz Roy Down Hoody.
The Patagonia Fitz Roy Down Hoody.

Patagonia Fitz Roy Down Hoody
$399, 1 lb. 1 oz./482g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-3XL, women’s 2XS-2XL
backcountry.com

From backpacking trips in the Canadian Rockies and Oregon, hut treks in New Zealand, and spring and summer camping and climbing trips to countless days of resort skiing at Oregon’s Mount Bachelor and in Utah’s Wasatch Mountains, plus days of backcountry ski touring, my college-student daughter has stayed warm in Patagonia’s Fitz Roy Down Hoody in temperatures down to around freezing—while demonstrating this hooded jacket’s versatility.

The 800-fill-power down delivers good packability and warmth for the jacket’s weight; it’s warm enough for everything from sitting around camp on chilly nights while backpacking in the mountains in summer to using it as a layering piece for winter hikes or ski tours. The adjustable, helmet-compatible hood has a one-hand drawcord. The fitleaves room for a couple of warm base layers and/or light insulation. The jacket stuffs into one of the two zippered hand pockets and also has two zippered chest pockets and an internal drop pocket.

Read my full review of the Patagonia Fitz Roy Down Hoody.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Patagonia Fitz Roy Down Hoody at patagonia.com or rei.com, or a women’s Patagonia Fitz Roy Down Hoody at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Got an all-time favorite campsite?
See “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

The Best Synthetic Jackets

The Patagonia Micro Puff Hoody.
The Patagonia Micro Puff Hoody.

Patagonia Micro Puff Hoody
$329, 10 oz./283.5g
Sizes: men’s XS-3XL, women’s XXS-XL
patagonia.com

In cool, strong wind from Idaho’s City of Rocks to multiple trips backpacking in the Wind River Range, the Grand Canyon, and elsewhere, the Micro Puff Hoody delivered more warmth than expected, given that it weighs slightly more than a half-pound. Patagonia’s water-resistant PlumaFill insulation matches the warmth-to-weight ratio of high-quality (800-fill power) down, while trapping heat when wet. That’s because it’s constructed as a continuous strand, which, combined with the jacket’s quilted construction, creates internal spaces that trap heat—imitating how down delivers so much warmth per ounce of insulation.

The water-resistant, windproof, 10-denier Pertex Quantum shell with a DWR shrugged off a couple of hours of very light rain in one camp. The comfortable, well-designed, non-adjustable, elasticized hood clings snugly around your face and fits under a helmet. Appealing to ultralighters and anyone seeking one of the lightest, most packable puffy jackets, the Micro Puff excels for three-season backpacking and camping in moderate temps.

Read my full review of the Patagonia Micro Puff Hoody.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Patagonia Micro Puff Hoody or other Micro Puff models at backcountry.com or patagonia.com.

Want a synthetic puffy that’s warmer than the Micro Puff Hoody? Made with 55 percent recycled polyester, the Patagonia Nano Puff Hoody ($289, 13 oz.) features water-resistant PrimaLoft Gold Insulation Eco, which has a warmth-per-ounce ratio similar to mid-grade down, and the jacket zips into its inside chest pocket.

And check out my go-to fleece, the Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Fleece Hoody ($189, 12.5 oz./354g).

What touches your skin matters, too. See my picks for the best base layers for any season.

The Black Diamond First Light Stretch Hoody.
The Black Diamond First Light Stretch Hoody.

Black Diamond First Light Stretch Hoody
$299, 14 oz./397g
Sizes: men’s S-XL, women’s XS-XL
blackdiamondequipment.com

Temperatures around 40° F in campsites in Montana’s Beartooth Mountains proved the warmth of BD’s First Light Stretch Hoody. But this jacket’s synthetic stretch insulation makes it potentially the only insulated jacket you need for a variety of activities year-round, from summer backpacking trips in the mountains to backcountry touring, climbing, snowshoeing, resort skiing, and hiking in winter.

The packable, migration-resistant Primaloft Gold Active insulation offers some breathability during activity and traps heat even when wet from precipitation or perspiration—which becomes particularly beneficial when moving in temps well below freezing. The adjustable hood fits over a helmet, the stretch liner and shell and gusseted underarms provide excellent range of motion, with space for a couple of base layers and a lighter insulated piece, and the jacket stuffs inside one zippered pocket. Consider this a quiver-of-one puffy jacket for bridging three-season backpacking and winter days in the mountains.

The Black Diamond First Light Hybrid Hoody ($299, 12.7 oz./361g) replaces the Primaloft insulation throughout the jacket’s body with Merino wool in the sides and back, for more breathability.

Read my full review of the Black Diamond First Light Stretch Hoody.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Black Diamond First Light Stretch Hoody or First Light Hybrid Hoody at blackdiamondequipment.combackcountry.com, or rei.com.

See all reviews of insulated jackets and outdoor apparel at The Big Outside. And don’t miss “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

Was this review helpful?
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-10-best-down-jackets-of-2017/feed/ 156 26062
The Best Trekking Poles of 2026 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-trekking-poles-of-2020/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-trekking-poles-of-2020/#comments Fri, 14 Nov 2025 10:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=38673 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

One of the most immutable truisms about hiking is this: Backpackers, dayhikers, climbers, mountain runners, and others who start using trekking poles almost never hit the trail without them again. No matter how much weight you’re carrying—from an ultralight daypack or running vest to a godawful heavy monster backpack—using poles will lessen your chances of an accidental fall and your leg muscles and joints, feet, back, and body will all feel better, thanks to the reduced strain, fatigue, and impact on them.

Consider this: I do not know a single experienced dayhiker or backpacker who does not use poles.

This review covers the best trekking poles available today. My picks are based on testing all of them (and many other poles) extensively on backpacking trips, dayhikes, mountain climbs and scrambles, backcountry skiing, and/or ultra-trail runs—including backpacking in Wyoming’s Wind River Range, Idaho’s Sawtooths, Utah’s High Uintas, Montana’s Beartooths, Colorado’s San Juans, southern Utah’s Owl and Fish canyons, and on the Grand Canyon’s Gems Route, plus dayhikes from Capitol Reef, Bryce Canyon, and Zion national parks to the Tetons and Idaho’s White Cloud Mountains, to name some places I’ve hiked just in recent months—as well as my experience ambulating thousands of trail miles over more than a quarter-century of testing and reviewing gear, formerly as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine for 10 years and even longer running this blog.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


A backpacker on the Teton Crest Trail in Grand Teton National Park.
David Gordon backpacking the Teton Crest Trail in Grand Teton National Park. Click photo for my e-book “The Complete Guide to Backpacking the Teton Crest Trail.”

In the reviews below:

Dawn light hitting No Name Lake in Glacier National Park, Montana.
Dawn light hitting No Name Lake in Glacier National Park, Montana. Click photo to see my 25 all-time favorite backcountry campsites.
  • The poles are listed in order from lightest to heaviest because weight best distinguishes them in terms of intended uses, making it effectively the key factor influencing your choice.
  • I’ve given every pole an overall score—but keep in mind that, with poles, you should first figure out whether you need ultralight, lightweight, or heavier and sturdier poles, and folding versus collapsible/telescoping poles, and then compare the scores and details of the models in your chosen category (which is why I list the poles in order of weight, not score). You will see that some pole models reviewed below have a similar or identical overall score but are very different from one another.
  • Traditional collapsible (or telescoping) poles, usually consisting of three sections, typically have a greater length-adjustability range than folding poles and are often (though not always) heavier and sturdier, but do not compress nearly as much as folding poles. Their effective adjustability range is essentially their collapsed length to their maximum length because they still function and can be used by small kids when fully collapsed. They are best for backpacking and dayhiking, and some models cross over to backcountry touring in winter.
  • Folding poles, which typically have three but may have up to five sections, typically have limited or no length-adjustability range and are often (though not always) lighter than collapsible poles. They often come in multiple sizes. Most of all, their folding design makes them far more packable—shorter when folded—than collapsible poles. They are good for backpacking, dayhiking, and ultra-running when the goal is traveling very light and being able to store the poles on a small pack without them being obtrusive. They are rarely long and sturdy enough to use to pitch ultralight tents, and few models cross over to backcountry touring in winter.
  • For reasons of comparison and intended uses, I categorize poles under 12 ounces (per pair) as ultralight, poles 12-15.9 ounces as lightweight, and poles one pound or more as the sturdiest, for hard use.
  • Key point for backpackers who use an ultralight or lightweight tent: If you use a tent that pitches with trekking poles, many require poles that are adjustable and extend to at least 125 centimeters and sometimes 130 to 135 centimeters. (Check the specs and instructions for your tent.) Not all poles meet those specs.
  • The capsule reviews below each include a link to my full reviews of the poles.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

Backpackers hiking over Clouds Rest in Yosemite National Park.
Backpackers hiking over Clouds Rest in Yosemite National Park. Click photo for my e-book “The Best First Backpacking Trip in Yosemite.”

I regularly update this review with new poles that belong on this list. I’m confident you will find at least one model of trekking poles ideal for your type of hiking on or off-trail—and you’ll usually find the best prices at the links to online gear retailers below. Those are affiliate links that support this blog at no cost to you when you make purchases through them, so thanks for doing that.

See also my stories “How to Choose Trekking Poles” and “10 Expert Tips for Hiking With Trekking Poles” and these reviews of other top gear picks:

The Best Backpacking Gear of the Year
The 10 Best Backpacking Packs
The Best Ultralight Packs
The 10 Best Backpacking Tents
The 12 Best Down Jackets
25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories
The 10 Best Hiking Daypacks

A backpacker standing at Ooh-Ah Point on the Grand Canyon's South Kaibab Trail.
Todd Arndt standing at Ooh-Ah Point on the Grand Canyon’s South Kaibab Trail. Click photo for my expert help planning your next great backpacking trip.

Please share your questions, opinions, and experiences with any of these poles or your own favorite model in the comments section at the bottom of the review. I try to respond to all comments.

The chart below compares key metrics and features of each pole covered below, including an overall score. But keep in mind that some models have similar or identical scores even though they are very different; look closely at the scoring categories and specific reviews—and use my expert tips for choosing trekking poles—to determine which poles are best for your purposes. That’s why I list them in order of weight, because that metric most clearly distinguishes the types and best uses of poles.

The Best Trekking Poles

Trekking PoleScorePriceWeight/PairSizes/AdjustabilityCollapsible/FoldingPacked Length
Black Diamond Distance Carbon Z4.3$20010 oz./
283.5g
Five sizes, non-adjustable: 110cm/43.3 ins., 115cm/45.3 ins., 120cm/47.2 ins., 125cm/49 ins., and 130cm/51 ins.Folding33cm/13 inches (110cm poles)
Gossamer Gear LT54.3$19510 oz./
283.5g
One size, adjustable: 105-130cm/41 to 53 ins.Collapsible60cm/23.5 inches
Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ4.4$22011-13 oz./
311.8g-368.5g
Five sizes, adjustable: men’s and women’s 95-110cm/37-43.3 ins. and 110-125cm/43.3-49 ins., men’s 125-140cm/49-55.1 ins.Folding34-40cm/13.4-15.7 inches
Montem Ultralight 100% Carbon Fiber Trekking Poles4.1$9014 oz./
396.9g
One size, adjustable: 105-135cm/41 to 53 ins.Collapsible61 cm/24 inches
MSR DynaLock Ascent4.5$1901 lb. 1 oz./
481.9g
Two sizes, adjustable: S 100-120cm/39-47.2 ins., L 120-140cm/47.2-55.1 ins.Folding36.2cm/14.3 inches (100-120cm poles)
Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork4.1$2301 lb. 1.5 oz./
496.1g
Two sizes, adjustable: men’s 100-130cm/39.4-51 ins., women’s 95-125cm/37-49 ins.Collapsible61cm/24 inches
Leki Makalu FX Carbon4.2$2301 lb. 1.9 oz./One size, adjustable: 110-130cm/43.3 to 51.2ins.Folding40cm/15.7 inches
Leki Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles4.1$160508gOne size, adjustable: 100-135 cm/39.4-53 ins.Collapsible67cm/26.4 inches
Montem Ultra Strong4.1$751 lb. 3 oz./
538.6g
One size, adjustable: 105-135 cm/41.3-53 ins.Collapsible61cm/24 inches

Ultralight Poles

Black Diamond Distance Carbon Z trekking and running poles.
Black Diamond Distance Carbon Z trekking and running poles.

Black Diamond Distance Carbon Z
Score: 4.3
Best for: ultra-runners and -hikers and lightweight and ultralight backpackers.
$200, 10 oz./264g (per pair 110cm, with trekking baskets)
Five sizes, non-adjustable: 110cm/43.3 ins., 115cm/45.3 ins., 120cm/47.2 ins., 125cm/49 ins., and 130cm/51 ins.
blackdiamondequipment.com

Lighter gear can entail tradeoffs, but these ultralight, non-adjustable folding poles are strong enough for many users in most situations. BD’s Distance Carbon Z endured a mostly off-trail, two-day backpacking trip in Idaho’s White Cloud Mountains, and a mostly off-trail, roughly 14-mile and 5,000-foot dayhike of 10,470-foot Horstman Peak in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains, among many other hikes and long trail runs.

Quickly deployed to their fixed length (in five sizes), thanks to an internal Kevlar cord, these 100 percent carbon fiber poles have extended EVA foam grips and partly mesh nylon wrist straps. They fold to a tiny 33 centimeters/13 inches (for the 110-centimeter size). Yes, they are non-adjustable, but the broad size range covers most users and adjustability is a modest compromise for weight this loss and packability is more important to this category of users. One caveat: Under rare stresses, carbon will sheer or snap.

See my full review of the Black Diamond Distance Carbon Z Poles.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to buy the Black Diamond Distance Carbon Z poles at blackdiamondequipment.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

Gossamer Gear LT5 trekking poles.
Gossamer Gear LT5 trekking poles.

Gossamer Gear LT5
Score: 4.3
Best for: lightweight and ultralight backpackers and hikers.
$195, 10 oz./283.5g (per pair, without baskets)
One size, adjustable 105-130cm/41 to 53 ins.
gossamergear.com

Weighing (per pair) about as much as a lightweight down jacket—and less than five ounces of water—the minimalist, collapsible LT5 poles stand up to more abuse than they’d receive on many well-maintained trails, as I discovered on a 74-mile backpacking trip through the Grand Canyon, including a 15-mile day traversing most of the rugged Escalante Route; on a seven-day, 96-mile traverse of the extremely rugged Wind River High Route, two-thirds of which is off-trail; on a four-day, 45-mile hike through Yosemite; and trekking hut-to-hut on New Zealand’s Routeburn and Milford tracks in late spring.

The carbon shafts extend from 105 to 130 centimeters/41.3 to 51 inches, long enough for all but the tallest hikers; and while their collapsed length of 60 centimeters/23.5 inches isn’t very packable compared to folding poles, it’s a little better than most collapsible poles. Although the twist-lock mechanism doesn’t lock as securely as a lever, they have rarely failed me. The LT5 poles offer the performance needed by many hikers, backpackers—especially lightweight and ultralight—climbers, and others.

See my full review of the Gossamer Gear LT5 trekking poles.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the Gossamer Gear LT5 trekking poles at gossamergear.com.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
and other parks using my expert e-books.

Lightweight Poles

Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ poles.
Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ poles.

Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ
Score: 4.4
Best for: ultra-runners and -hikers and lightweight and ultralight backpackers.
$220, 12.7 oz./pair (105-125cm, with trekking baskets)
Five adjustable sizes: men’s and women’s 95-110cm/37-43.3 ins. and 110-125cm/43.3-49 ins., men’s 125-140cm/49-55.1 ins.
blackdiamondequipment.com

BD’s folding, carbon fiber Distance Carbon FLZ hit a sweet spot between the most packable, ultralight poles and models only marginally heavier and less packable and offer greater versatility through their adjustability. On dayhikes and trail runs of up to 15 miles in Idaho’s Boulder and Pioneer Mountains and Boise Foothills and a 10-mile, 3,600-vertical-foot dayhike on a trail strewn with wet, slippery rocks and mud in New Hampshire’s White Mountains—as well as backpacking trips on the Wonderland Trail around Mount Rainier and in the Wind River Range and The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park—I found they perform very much like the Distance Carbon Z and are tough enough for backpacking.

Quickly deployed and adjusted using BD’s FlickLock levers, they have extended EVA foam grips and partly mesh nylon wrist straps. The five adjustable sizes will accommodate virtually any user. If you’re looking for the lightest and most packable adjustable poles, look no further.

See my full review of the Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ trekking and running poles.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to buy the Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ poles at blackdiamondequipment.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

 

Montem Ultra Light 100% Carbon Fiber Trekking Poles.
Montem Ultra Light 100% Carbon Fiber Trekking Poles.

Montem Ultra Light 100% Carbon Fiber Trekking Poles
Score: 4.1
Best for: many backpackers, hikers, and climbers.
$90, 14 oz./396.9g (per pair, with trekking baskets)
One size, adjustable 105-135 cm/41 to 53 ins.
montemlife.com

The biggest question with inexpensive gear is always: Will it work? And best way to answer that question is to field test it in places that are hard on gear. From six days on the Grand Canyon’s 60-mile Gems Route to backpacking Utah’s rugged Owl and Fish canyons loop, plus dayhiking in Capitol Reef and Bryce Canyon national parks and on two of the steepest, meanest trails in my local Foothills in Idaho, Montem’s Carbon Fiber Trekking Poles stood up to really hard hiking with only the loss of trekking baskets as a demerit.

Like Montem’s even less-expensive Ultra Strong Poles (below), the adjustability range—105 to 135 centimeters/41.3 to 53 inches—beats poles costing much more plus these have flick-lock levers, extended EVA foam grips, and adjustable straps; and the collapsed length of 61 centimeters/24 inches compares to the most packable telescoping poles. But these poles add the low weight and strength of carbon fiber.

See my full review of the Montem Ultra Light Trekking Poles.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the Montem Ultra Light 100% Carbon Fiber Trekking Poles at montemlife.com.

Get 15 percent off any purchase at montemlife.com using the exclusive discount code BIGOUT15MOG.

Get the right pack for you. See “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs
and the best ultralight backpacks.

Sturdiest Poles

MSR DynaLock Ascent trekking poles.

MSR DynaLock Ascent
Score: 4.5
Best for: many backpackers, hikers, and climbers.
$190, 1 lb. 1 oz./481.9g (per pair, 100-120cm, with trekking baskets)
Two sizes, adjustable: S 100-120cm/39-47.2 ins., L 120-140cm/47.2-55.1 ins.
backcountry.com

These three-section, folding poles find a unique balance of three qualities: durability, exceptional packability, and adjustability in folding poles. In the backcountry, they stand out for being tough and stable, proving their value on outings from backpacking in the Wind River Range and a 20-mile, mostly off-trail peaks traverse in Idaho’s Sawtooths to a rim-to-rim dayhike across the Grand Canyon, a six-day hut trek on Iceland’s Laugavegur and Fimmvörðuháls trails, and some of the hardest miles on the Appalachian Trail.

The toughness owes to their bombproof, Kevlar-reinforced, all-carbon construction; I’ve never seen a hint of durability shortcomings. The adjustability range of 20cm in each of two sizes serves virtually all users. The packed length of a mere 36.2 centimeters/14.3 inches (for the small size) ranks among the most packable trekking poles. The sections lock rigidly with a simple pin and the Dynalock levers never slipped. There’s much to like and nothing to complain about with MSR’s Dynalock Ascent poles.

See my full review of the MSR Dynalock Ascent trekking poles.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the MSR Dynalock Ascent Trekking Poles at backcountry.com.

Want a pair of sturdy, four-season poles for just $90? Check out the MSR Dynalock Trail Backcountry Poles (1 lb. 5 oz./590g) at backcountry.com.

Get the right synthetic or down puffy to keep you warm. See “The 12 Best Down Jackets.”

 

Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork trekking poles.
Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork trekking poles.

Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork
Score: 4.1
Best for: many backpackers, hikers, climbers, and snow sports users.
$230, 1 lb. 1.5 oz./496.1g (per pair, with trekking baskets)
Two sizes, adjustable: men’s 100-130cm/39-51 ins., women’s 95-125cm/37-49 ins.
blackdiamondequipment.com

From a 94-mile traverse of Glacier National Park and a rugged, 74-mile hike in the Grand Canyon, among other backpacking trips, to backcountry skiing and scrambling off-trail up mountains, BD’s collapsible Alpine Carbon Cork poles have proved tough enough for any activity year-round.

The 100 percent carbon shafts have extended grips and provide good durability while keeping the weight modest. Adjustable from 100 to 130 centimeters/39 to 51 inches, they can effectively be used at any length basically down to their packed length of 61 centimeters/24 inches—a range comparable to many poles, serving all but very tall hikers (though not competing with poles offering the widest adjustability ranges). The FlickLock Pro levers are basically flawless. Two complaints: They’re not very packable and adjusting the lever tension requires a tiny Allen wrench, rather than a screwdriver head that would be found on many multi-tools or knives.

See my full review of the Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork trekking poles.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork trekking poles at backcountry.com, blackdiamondequipment.com, or rei.com.

Get the right tent for you. See “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents
and “5 Expert Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent.”

Leki Makalu FX Carbon trekking poles.
Leki Makalu FX Carbon trekking poles.

Leki Makalu FX Carbon
Score: 4.2
Best for: many backpackers, hikers, climbers, and other users.
$230, 1 lb. 1.9 oz./508g (per pair, with trekking baskets)
One size, adjustable 110-130cm/43.3-51.2 ins.
backcountry.com

With their good adjustability, packability, durability, comfort, reliability, and especially versatility, I increasingly found myself reaching for the Leki Makalu FX Carbon folding poles for backpacking in places as rugged as the Wind River Range, High Sierra, Canadian Rockies, and High Uintas Wilderness.

These folding poles extend to a length range that will accommodate most users: 110 to 130 centimeters/43.3 to 51.2 inches, while also packing away to just 40 centimeters/15.7 inches, nearly as compact as the most packable folding poles. While the Makalu FX Carbon weigh 17.9 ounces/508 grams per pair, placing them in a category with the heaviest hiking poles, the comfortable, extended Aergon Air foam grips help the poles seem to feel lighter. Lastly, precious few folding poles—all sharing the advantage of being very packable—possess the adjustability to serve the needs of a wide range of user sizes and can be used with trekking-pole tents. That’s a rare degree of versatility.

See my full review of the Leki Makalu FX Carbon folding trekking poles.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Leki Makalu FX Carbon trekking poles at backcountry.com, lekiusa.com, or rei.com.

The Leki Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles.
The Leki Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles.

Leki Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles
Score: 4.1
Best for: many backpackers, hikers, climbers, and snow sports users.
$160, 1 lb. 1.9 oz./508g (per pair, with trekking baskets)
One size, adjustable 100-135cm/39.4-53 ins.
backcountry.com

The price of these hiking sticks might catch your eye first—but their versatility is also alluring. And they performed solidly on steep hikes like Idaho’s high point, 12,662-foot Borah Peak, with 5,262 feet of vertical in 4.1 miles, as well as on dayhikes in places like Capitol Reef National Park and a backpacking trip in Buckskin Gulch and Paria Canyon, where I started out with about 40 pounds, including eight liters (17 pounds) of water.

The adjustability range of 100 to 135 centimeters/39.4 to 53 inches in these telescoping poles is as versatile as you will find, accommodating virtually every user and making them suitable for tents that pitch with trekking poles. The adjustment levers are reliable and extended cork and foam grips and easily adjustable straps are nice features. Bummers: The collapsed length of 67 centimeters/26.4 inches makes them among the least packable hiking poles; and aluminum shafts make them heavier than most poles—but also sturdier.

See my full review of the Leki Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Leki Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles at backcountry.comlekiusa.com, or rei.com.

The Montem Ultra Strong Trekking Poles.
The Montem Ultra Strong Trekking Poles.

Montem Ultra Strong
Score: 4.1
Best for: many backpackers and hikers on a budget.
$75, 1 lb. 3 oz./538.6g (per pair, with trekking baskets)
One size, adjustable 105-135cm/41.3-53 ins.
montemlife.com

If cost is a barrier, these collapsible sticks are your answer. From the rugged, 25-mile Thunder River-Deer Creek Loop in the Grand Canyon to a four-day hike in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains and other backpacking trips, Montem’s 7075 aluminum shafts suffered no damage—although the piece attaching the upper lever mechanism to the shaft broke on one pole after a few years (there’s a lifetime warranty).

The very good adjustability range—105 to 135 centimeters/41.3 to 53 inches—beats poles costing much more. Like pricier models, these have flick-lock levers, extended EVA foam grips, and adjustable straps. While the collapsed length of 61 centimeters/24 inches compares to the most packable telescoping poles, they are not, of course, nearly as packable as folding poles. Tradeoffs: The levers occasionally slipped—in rugged terrain, not on moderate trails—and the poles are heavy. But ask yourself: Do you want to pay a lot more to avoid such minor tradeoffs?

See my full review of the Montem Ultra Strong trekking poles.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the Montem Ultra Strong trekking poles at montemlife.com.

Get 15 percent off any purchase at montemlife.com using the exclusive discount code BIGOUT15MOG.

See all reviews of trekking poles, “How to Choose Trekking Poles” and “10 Expert Tips for Hiking With Trekking Poles.” and all reviews of backpacking gear and hiking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-trekking-poles-of-2020/feed/ 21 38673
The Best Headlamps of 2026 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-the-5-best-headlamps/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-the-5-best-headlamps/#comments Tue, 11 Nov 2025 10:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=15691 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

A headlamp is unquestionably essential gear for hiking, backpacking, climbing, trail running, ultra-running and ultra-hiking, ski touring, and other backcountry activities that sometimes push into darkness (whether intentionally or not). But with so many to pick from, how do you choose which one to buy? Price? Brightness? Weight? Design and range of lighting modes? Go with a brand you know and trust? This review cuts through the information overload to help you pick the right headlamp for your adventures.

I selected the headlamps covered in this review based on extensive testing on backpacking, camping, long dayhikes, climbing, backcountry skiing, and other backcountry trips, and I’ve field-tested dozens of headlamps over more than a quarter-century of testing and reviewing gear, formerly as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine for 10 years and even longer running this blog.

The freshly updated picks below represent the best models for backcountry users.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


For dayhiking, backpacking, and similar pursuits, I favor models that meet five simple criteria:

•    Lightweight—no dayhiker, backpacker, runner, or climber needs a bulky light that weighs more than three to four ounces.
•    Versatile and bright enough for everything from reading in the tent and managing camp chores to hiking rugged trail in complete darkness—and if needed, for route-finding off-trail.
•    Intuitive and easy to use, so I don’t have to consult instructions more than once, take off my gloves to operate it, or use a tool to change batteries.
•    Projects a beam that’s focused and even, not blotchy and uneven.
•    Preferably rechargeable so I’m not repeatedly buying and throwing away batteries.

I apply those standards when choosing which headlamps I’ll review at The Big Outside, with the exception of being rechargeable, because some rechargeable headlamps cost more up front (although not over time), and this review covers a variety of headlamps at a range of price points.

The headlamps below are listed in order of weight. Please share your experiences with any of these models, or another you like, in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

The Best Headlamps

ModelPriceWeightMax PowerRechargeable
BioLite Headlamp 325$601.8 oz./51g325 lumensYes
Knog Bandicoot 250$502.1 oz./59.5g250 lumensYes
Black Diamond Spot 400$552.5 oz./70.9g400 lumensNo
Black Diamond Spot 400-R$702.6 oz./73.7g400 lumensYes
Petzl IKO Core$1052.8 oz./79.4g500 lumensYes
Petzl Actik Core$853 oz./85g350 lumensYes
BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro$1205.3 oz./150g800 lumensYes
Black Diamond Distance 1500$2207.5 oz./213g1,500 lumensYes
The Biolite Headlamp 325.
The Biolite Headlamp 325.

BioLite Headlamp 325
$50, 1.8 oz./51g
backcountry.com

Look for an ultralight headlamp under two ounces and $40 or less and you’ll find very few choices—with the BioLite Headlamp 325, which I’ve used backpacking in the Wind River Range and elsewhere, arguably the best. It sports four all-you-need lighting modes—white spot and red flood LEDs, both with dimming capability, plus white and red strobe—and cranks out enough brightness (325 lumens) and lasts long enough on a full charge (three hours on high, 40 hours on low) for backpackers, dayhikers, trail runners, and others.

With its nearly weightless front housing integrated into the slender, easily adjustable, no-bounce head strap, the 325 goes almost unnoticed on your head—making it certainly among the most comfortable ultralight headlamps. Intuitive, single-button operation, lockout mode, four-position housing tilt, and an IPX4 waterproof rating complete a high-value package at a very good price.

Read my complete review of the BioLite Headlamp 325.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a BioLite Headlamp 325 at backcountry.com.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
and other parks using my expert e-books.

 

Knog Bandicoot 250 ultralight headlamp.
Knog Bandicoot 250 ultralight headlamp.

Knog Bandicoot 250
$50, 2.1 oz./59.5g
knog.com

I thought this headlamp’s predecessor, the Bandicoot, had the potential to upend this entire category. After using the more powerful and comfortable Knog Bandicoot 250 on a nine-day hike of nearly 130 miles through the High Sierra, mostly on the John Muir Trail, I still think this technology is a game changer.

The Bandicoot 250 is powerful, rechargeable, lighter than most competitors, and cheaper than many. Its unique, very light and durable silicone housing seamlessly merges the strap, body, and LEDs and adjusts to fit a huge circumference range of 30-70cm; you may forget you’re wearing it. Four LEDs—high beam, elliptical beams for broad ambient light, a red light for preserving your night vision, and downward-angled lights for reading—cover the needs of many users, including trail running and biking streets at night. It also has a lockout mode.

Read my complete review of the Knog Bandicoot 250.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Knog Bandicoot 250 at knog.com.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

Black Diamond Spot 400
Black Diamond Spot 400

Black Diamond Spot 400
$55, 2.5 oz./70.9g
blackdiamondequipment.com

In any direct comparison, the Spot 400 offers an impressive feature set, power, and versatility at a competitive price. That includes the three modes a backcountry headlamp should have—white beam, white peripheral, and red—and the latest update of the Spot jacks the max brightness up to a powerful 400 lumens. It’ll project a beam 100 meters and has dimming capability in all modes.

It features BD’s neat PowerTap technology that allows you to tap the right side of the casing to cycle between max brightness and the dimmed level you’ve already set—which is not only convenient, but so easy that you’ll power down more often, thus prolonging battery life. The lockout mode prevents accidental turning on in a pack. Plus, it’s waterproof up to a little over a meter underwater for 30 minutes.

Read my complete review of the Black Diamond Spot 400.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Black Diamond Spot 400 at backcountry.com, rei.com, or blackdiamondequipment.com.

Want a reliable, basic, easy-to-operate headlamp at a good price? See my review of the Black Diamond Astro 300 and rechargeable Astro 300-R.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

Black Diamond Spot 400-R headlamp.
Black Diamond Spot 400-R.

Black Diamond Spot 400-R
$70, 2.6 oz./73.7g
blackdiamondequipment.com

Virtually identical to BD’s Spot 400, the Spot 400-R adds a feature that keeps on delivering value: it’s rechargeable. Powered by a 1500 mAh Li-ion battery with micro-USB charging port, the Spot 400-R throws a beam 100 meters at its maximum brightness of 400 lumens; that’s bright enough to hike off-trail, search for your route in the dark, or identify the large animal going for your cached food. And a full charge lasts for four hours at max power.

Plus, it sports all the versatility of the Spot 400: three white and red modes with dimming capability, intuitive two-button operation, PowerTap technology, lockout mode, and it’s waterproof up to a little over a meter underwater for 30 minutes. But most impressively, at just 15 bucks more than the Spot 400, the rechargeable Spot 400-R soon pays for itself through the money saved not buying (and throwing away) batteries.

Read my complete review of the Black Diamond Spot 400-R.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a rechargeable Black Diamond Spot 400-R at backcountry.com, rei.com or blackdiamondequipment.com.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

The Petzl IKO Core rechargeable headlamp.
The Petzl IKO Core rechargeable headlamp.

Petzl IKO Core
$105, 2.8 oz./79.4g
backcountry.com

When you compare max brightness, weight, and other features, few ultralight headlamps match the rechargeable IKO Core’s appeal to backpackers, dayhikers, climbers, trail runners, and backcountry skiers. From ski touring to a backcountry yurt on a dark, snowy winter night to backpacking in the Wind River Range and the Grand Canyon, its max brightness of 500 lumens—exceptional for a headlamp weighing under three ounces—illuminated objects 100 meters distant.

The IPX-4 rating means the headlamp is resistant to splashed water but not waterproof—not as good as the water resistance of other ultralight headlamps. But three brightness levels, a combined spot beam and proximity light in two of them, simple operation, the versatility to substitute AAA batteries in a pinch, a lockout mode, and the bendable, adjustable, hydrophobic headband’s comfortable and secure fit—all in a light weighing under three ounces—make the IKO Core one of today’s most unique headlamps.

Read my complete review of the Petzl IKO Core.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Petzl IKO Core at backcountry.com.

Let The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Petzl Actik Core headlamp.
The Petzl Actik Core

Petzl Actik Core
$88, 3 oz./85g
backcountry.com

If you’re willing to spend more up front for a rechargeable headlamp—which eventually pays for itself—the Actik Core ranks among the very best. Equipped with white and red modes and spot and proximity beams, it stands out among rechargeables for two attributes: putting out an impressive maximum brightness of 350 lumens even when using the rechargeable battery and maintaining constant brightness over the duration of a charge—both of which you’ll appreciate on a long slog after dark.

On a September night in the Wind River Range, at max brightness, the Actik Core illuminated trees 300 feet away across a meadow. It’s easy and intuitive to use with one power button to click between modes and the dimming function. It also runs on three standard alkaline, lithium, or Ni-MH AAA batteries and the battery compartment is accessed by lifting a tab—no tool needed. A charge lasts up to 160 hours, long enough for most multi-day hikes.

Read my complete review of the Petzl Actik Core.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Petzl Actik Core at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Get the right gear for your trips. See “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs
and “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents.”

The BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro.
The BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro.

BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro
$120, 5.3 oz./150g
backcountry.com

From an 18-mile, 13-hour, four-summit hike in Utah’s Wasatch Range to many evenings biking city streets after dark, I’ve found that BioLite’s rechargeable Headlamp 800 Pro stands out for a rare combination of ultra-bright power, a wide range of modes, and a modest weight for a backcountry headlamp that packs this much power and versatility.

For starters, its multiple lighting modes include dimmable white spot and white flood plus the two combined; white strobe; dimmable red flood, and on the battery pack, rear-facing red solid and red strobe visibility beams, for biking streets after dark (plus a lockout function). The max brightness of 800 lumens in 30-second burst mode exceeds that of virtually any ultralight headlamp—very useful for hikers, climbers, backcountry skiers, and others moving off-trail. For its complexity, operation is very intuitive.

Perhaps most uniquely, it offers a constant mode, an option for setting the headlamp to maintain its brightness level rather than dimming as the charge or batteries drain, which is called regulated power and common in most headlamps for the backcountry.

Read my complete review of the BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro at backcountry.com, rei.com or bioliteenergy.com.


Decorate your walls with beautiful photos from your favorite wild places. Click here now to get professional-quality prints of this blog’s most inspiring images!


The Black Diamond Distance 1500.
The Black Diamond Distance 1500.

Black Diamond Distance 1500
$220, 7.5 oz./213g
blackdiamondequipment.com

Comparing any hiking-oriented headlamps to the rechargeable Black Diamond Distance 1500 headlamp feels rather like comparing a Honda Civic to a Bradley armored fighting vehicle. At 7.5 ounces/213 grams and putting out a supernova-like 1,500 lumens at max power, the Distance 1500 is at least twice the price, weight, and brightness of most of today’s best backcountry headlamps. Testing this beast hiking, climbing, mountain and road biking, and backcountry skiing demonstrated that, while it’s certainly overkill for many activities, it’s invaluable for both route-finding and high-speed sports after dark.

The headlamp achieves 1,500 lumens only for bursts of 15 seconds using BD’s Power Tap Technology, activated by double-tapping the side of the headlamp. Its maximum sustained power is 800 lumens—still very bright and useful in certain backcountry scenarios (in other words, when you really need a bright light). The Comfort Cradle, with the light on the forehead and a battery pack in the rear, is quite comfortable and works great with any headlamp-compatible helmet. Caveat: Expect to invest some time into learning its many modes and functions.

Read my complete review of the Black Diamond Distance 1500.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Black Diamond Distance 1500 Headlamp at blackdiamondequipment.com or backcountry.com, or the Black Diamond Distance Headlamp Battery at blackdiamondequipment.com or backcountry.com.

See all reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside. And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can purchase the e-book versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-the-5-best-headlamps/feed/ 10 15691
Review: Mystery Ranch Radix 57 Backpack https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mystery-ranch-radix-57-backpack/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mystery-ranch-radix-57-backpack/#comments Thu, 16 Oct 2025 18:44:09 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=68443 Read on

]]>
Backpack
Mystery Ranch Radix 57
$299, 57L/3,635 c.i., 3 lbs. 11 oz./1.67kg (men’s small)
Sizes: men’s S-XL, women’s XS-L
backcountry.com

With the Radix 57 backpack, Mystery Ranch challenges backpackers with this thought experiment: How light is just right? I had plenty of time to ponder that question, carrying the Radix 57 on backpacking trips in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains and southern Utah’s Buckskin Gulch and Paria Canyon, plus two classic New Zealand hut treks, the Routeburn and Milford tracks. While I confess a bias toward ultralight backpacks (and I’ve used many), I found criticisms as well as much to recommend about the Radix 57.

I carried this pack with up to about 35 pounds inside on a four-day, roughly 38-mile, August backpacking trip in Idaho’s Sawtooths, including several miles of off-trail hiking over open ground and a pass over 9,000 feet that entailed a slow descent over steep and loose talus and scree. I also carried it for two days in April (a trip cut short by weather) in Buckskin Gulch and Paria Canyon, starting with about 40 pounds, including eight liters (17 pounds/7.7 kilos) of water; and with loads under 30 pounds on the three-day Routeburn Track and the four-day Milford Track in Mount Aspiring and Fiordland national parks in New Zealand in early December.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Mystery Ranch Radix 57 in Idaho's Sawtooth Mountains.
The Mystery Ranch Radix 57 in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains. Click photo to read about backpacking in the Sawtooths.

For starters, Mystery Ranch offers the Radix in an unusually big range of four adjustable sizes each in men’s and women’s packs—even the most highly regarded makers of backpacking packs very rarely offer that many sizes, never mind adding adjustability (and the adjustability of these packs contributes to their higher weight; you don’t usually see ultralight packs with adjustable fit).

The fit adjusts like other MR packs, by pulling up on the yoke and removing the adjuster, using it to break the hook-and-loop bond between the yoke and the pack bag, and then adjusting the yoke to your torso length by aligning the seam between the shoulder strap and yoke body with the top of your shoulder blades. You then replace the adjuster in its original position (because it doubles as part of the frame).

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail,
in Yosemite and other parks using my expert e-books.

The Mystery Ranch Radix 57 harness.
The Mystery Ranch Radix 57 harness.

I like the fit and comfort, especially the pre-curved hipbelt, and the shoulder straps and back padding are adequate for this type of pack. Plus, it delivered the stability I wanted on the steep, loose talus and scree while crossing that off-trail pass in the Sawtooths. But I found that the hipbelt’s comfort limit was, at most, a bit over 30 pounds (and I’m sure that limit would vary between different users, as with any pack). Starting our hike into Buckskin Gulch with about 40 pounds felt like clearly too much weight for the pack, especially the hipbelt; but it carried much more comfortably once the weight dropped closer to 30 pounds.

The 7000 series aluminum frame system and the hipbelt are both removable, should you have such a light load that you don’t need a frame’s structure and support. I didn’t face a situation where I’d carry the pack without the frame. But I have carried frameless packs, and without a frame, all packs basically carry the same: with the weight hanging off your shoulders, because that’s what a frame does, provide structure to avoid that.

I can see a small percentage of users removing the frame, but it wouldn’t take much weight inside to make that uncomfortable; and a 57-liter pack seems too large to want to use it much so underloaded that you don’t want the frame. That might make more sense in the smaller Radix models.

I also like this pack’s organization and access—and it’s worth noting that Mystery Ranch chose a more traditional top-loading design rather than the roll-top closure seen in many ultralight packs, although the Radix also has the pockets layout typical of many ultralight packs. The six external pockets include:

  • A spacious, removable, floating lid pocket with an internal, zippered mesh pocket;
  • Deep, compressible front and side drop-in pockets, the side pockets large enough for a liter bottle;
  • And two smallish zippered hipbelt pockets (too small for a standard smartphone).

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Mystery Ranch Radix 57 front.
The Mystery Ranch Radix 57 front.

Unlike ultralight packs, the Radix sports an off-center zipper that opens up the main compartment from the top nearly to its bottom, providing access to the interior. Its one drawback is that, when the pack is underfilled, the lid overlaps the zipper pull, making it difficult to grab. It might be more useful if the zipper focused on accessing the middle of the pack bag, without extending all the way to the top of the bag.

The pack also has side compression straps that wrap fully around the bag to compress it when not full and enable you to attach stuff, like a foam pad, to the outside; and adjustable cords on the front for attaching trekking poles or an ice axe. Also, the removable and repairable compression web and repairable trim could help extend the pack’s life.

TheRadix 31L, 47L, and 57L packs are made with lightweight and tough Ultra-PE fabric in the pack’s bottom, 330-denier in the harness, and recycled 100-denier Robic Ripstop fabric in the body—the kind of durable construction Mystery Ranch is known for.

We encountered hours of torrential rain daily on the Milford Track (the trail was flooded up to thigh-deep in places), and water penetrated the pack—which also happened to everyone out there because of the rain’s intensity and duration. But the Radix pack fabric did not appear to absorb moisture, which would have made the pack heavier.

Finally, there’s that niggling question about the weight of the Radix 57. At three pounds, 11 ounces/1.67 kilograms, it’s certainly not an ultralight backpack. And its comfortable carrying capacity of maybe just a bit over 30 pounds seems low for a pack this heavy—certainly when compared to top competitors. It’s interesting that, instead of knocking out an ultralight pack, Mystery Ranch went in the direction of designing a lightweight backpacking pack without compromising their standards on comfort and functionality—and the Radix 57 was born of that process, adding features the functionality that also adds ounces.

I don’t think strict ultralight backpackers will see the Radix 57 meeting their demands, especially with the abundant, much lighter alternatives on the market today. But Mystery Ranch appears to be following a hunch that a sizable portion of backpackers feel that, to some extent, a bit more is actually a good amount more—and they want to see weight reduced wherever possible, while retaining more features and comfort (which largely explains why the Radix packs are heavier than many ultralight models, despite some similarities). MR might be onto something.

Other packs in the line are the men’s and women’s Mystery Ranch Radix 31L and 47L.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

Mystery Ranch Radix 57

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Durability

The Verdict

With a huge range of men’s and women’s sizes and adjustability, good capacity and compression, comfort with moderate loads, and a feature set and design that seems a hybrid of traditional bigger and ultralight packs, the Mystery Ranch Radix 57 may hit a sweet spot for some backpackers in its balance of weight, fit, and features.

4.2

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Mystery Ranch Radix 57, Radix 47, or Radix 31 at backcountry.com or rei.com.

See my picks for “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The Best Ultralight Backpacks,” my “Top 5 Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” and all reviews of backpacks and backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my stories “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be,” “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mystery-ranch-radix-57-backpack/feed/ 2 68443
Review: Leki Makalu FX Carbon Folding Trekking Poles https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-leki-makalu-fx-carbon-folding-trekking-poles/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-leki-makalu-fx-carbon-folding-trekking-poles/#respond Tue, 16 Sep 2025 21:10:42 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=68209 Read on

]]>
Trekking Poles
Leki Makalu FX Carbon Poles
$230, 1 lb. 1.9 oz./508g (per pair)
One size, adjustable 110-130cm/43.3-51.2 ins.
backcountry.com

What qualities are you looking for in trekking poles? How about good adjustability, packability, durability, comfort, reliability, and especially versatility? Those adjectives all describe the Leki Makalu FX Carbon folding poles—which I increasingly found myself reaching for when choosing poles for backpacking trips in places as rugged as the Wind River Range, High Sierra, Canadian Rockies, High Uintas, and more. In fact, I can point to just one drawback to them—although in this case, I question whether it can even be called that.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Leki Makalu FX Carbon poles tension release buttons and levers
Leki Makalu FX Carbon poles tension release buttons and levers

I’ve used the Makalu FX Carbon poles on a six-day, 64-mile hike through the Wind River Range with an ultralight tent that pitches with trekking poles, and a previous five-day, 43-mile hike in the Winds; a four-day, 38-mile backpacking trip in Idaho’s Sawtooths, including several miles of off-trail hiking that involved a fair bit of large, loose talus and scree; a nine-day hike of nearly 130 miles through the High Sierra, mostly on the John Muir Trail with some off-trail detours off it, starting with 18 pounds of food and a pack tipping a bit over 40 pounds; a four-day, 60-mile hike in Utah’s High Uintas Wilderness; three-day hikes on both the Skyline Trail in Jasper National Park and the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the Canadian Rockies, plus dayhikes in those parks; and on three-day backpacking trips on a section of the Arizona Trail and in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon.

For starters, these adjustable, three-section, folding poles extend to a length range that will accommodate most users: 110 to 130 centimeters/43.3 to 51.2 inches. Length adjusts using a simple push-button mechanism to release tension on the pole and Speedlock 2 Plus lever locks that never failed, even in rugged terrain. The lever’s tension easily adjusts by turning a tiny dial with your fingers, no tool required.

Plus, their max length of 130 centimeters make them usable with many tents that pitch with trekking poles—and that is not the case with many trekking poles, which either are not long enough for those tents (which usually require a pole that reaches 130 to 135 centimeters), or they come in different adjustable sizes, with no size that accommodates both shorter or even average-height hikers and tents that pitch with trekking poles. I pitched my ultralight Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 using these poles for five nights in the Winds and it remained very stable in strong gusts some evenings.

The collapsed length of 40 centimeters/15.7 inches ranks them only slightly longer than the most packable folding poles (which are all far more packable than telescoping poles). That means you can attach them to the outside of any backpacking pack or daypack without them getting in the way and they readily fit even in carry-on luggage.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Wonderland Trail, Teton Crest Trail,
in Yosemite and other parks using my expert e-books.

Leki Makalu FX Carbon poles lower shafts.
Leki Makalu FX Carbon poles lower shafts.

The weight of the Makalu FX Carbon—17.9 ounces/508 grams per pair—places them in a category with the heaviest hiking poles. But they are more durable than lighter poles, a selling point in rocky terrain and to backpackers who use trekking-pole tents. Backpacking in Idaho’s Sawtooths, I leaned hard on these poles during an off-trail crossing of a steep slope consisting of large, loose talus and scree, and they didn’t fail me. Also, the carbon shafts strike a balance between good durability while maintaining a lower weight than would be the case with aluminum (which is generally more durable).

Plus, the Makalu FX Carbon have such comfortable, extended Aergon Air foam grips—thanks in part to the oversized head (or top) of the pole, very helpful on steep and/or long descents—that they swing easily and seem to feel lighter than they are. I don’t think ultralight backpackers and hikers would be disappointed with these sticks (though I wouldn’t recommend them to mountain runners—too heavy for that). They also have easily adjustable wrist straps.

Lastly, a key point: Precious few folding poles—all sharing the advantage of being very packable—possess the adjustability to serve the needs of a wide range of user sizes and can be used with trekking-pole tents. Lighter folding poles may be more susceptible to breaking.

These poles also have the usual carbide tips found on all high-quality trekking poles.

The aluminum Leki Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles weigh exactly the same as the Makalu FX Carbon Folding, but have a collapsible/telescoping design and cost $70 less.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

Leki Makalu FX Carbon poles grips and straps.
Leki Makalu FX Carbon poles grips and straps.

Leki Makalu FX Carbon Trekking Poles

Adjustability/Sizes
Packability
Versatility
Weight
Durability

The Verdict

While they’re among the heavier trekking poles out there, the Leki Makalu FX Carbon poles achieve a rare degree of versatility by combining the excellent packability of folding poles with an adjustability range that suits many users and the durability and length for using with trekking-pole tents. For that, these poles will appeal to a variety of backpackers, dayhikers, climbers, and others.

4.2

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Leki Makalu FX Carbon trekking poles at backcountry.com or lekiusa.com.

See my picks for “The Best Trekking Poles” and my stories “How to Choose Trekking Poles” and “10 Best Expert Tips for Hiking With Trekking Poles,” and all reviews of backpacking gear, ultralight backpacking gear, and hiking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my stories “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be,” “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-leki-makalu-fx-carbon-folding-trekking-poles/feed/ 0 68209
Review: Leki Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-leki-makalu-cork-lite-trekking-poles/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-leki-makalu-cork-lite-trekking-poles/#respond Sat, 16 Aug 2025 13:57:03 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=67983 Read on

]]>
Trekking Poles
Leki Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles
$160, 1 lb. 1.9 oz./508g (per pair)
One size, adjustable 100-135cm/39.4-53 ins.
backcountry.com

The first detail to catch your attention with the Leki Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles is likely going to be the price—it’s significantly lower than many leading models of hiking poles. But look deeper into the specs and these poles grow more appealing, including a broad range of adjustability and very good durability. From hiking Idaho’s highest peak and in my local foothills to dayhikes and backpacking in southern Utah’s Capitol Reef National Park and Buckskin Gulch and Paria Canyon, these poles performed and held up in ways that convinced me they may be the best value in trekking poles today.

Borah Peak, Idaho’s high point at 12,662 feet, put these poles to the test as much as my legs: The standard route ascends 5,262 feet in 4.1 miles from trailhead to summit (8.2 miles up and down), or almost 1,300 feet per mile, a relentlessly steep hike where I leaned hard on these poles going uphill and on the endless, quad-pounding descent. I used them on a very similar two-lap training hike of a favorite hike in my local Boise Foothills called Cervidae Peak, where the trail ascends about 2,000 vertical feet in just 2.2 miles; two laps made it about 8.5 miles and nearly 4,000 feet, and I had no slips on the steep descents of pebbly and sandy trail.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Leki Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles adjustment levers.
The Leki Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles adjustment levers.

I also used these poles on a 10-mile dayhike in Capitol Reef National Park (Grand Wash, Frying Pan Trail, Cohab Canyon) and an overnight backpacking trip in Buckskin Gulch and Paria Canyon, starting with about 40 pounds, including eight liters (17 pounds) of water.

For starters, these three-section, telescoping/collapsible poles extend to as broad a range of lengths for hiking as you will find in trekking poles: 100 to 135 centimeters/39.4 to 53 inches—accommodating virtually every user from adults well over six feet tall to young kids because the poles are useable even when adjusted shorter than 100 centimeters.

Plus, they are long enough to use with tents that pitch with trekking poles, which is not the case with many trekking poles, which either are not long enough for those tents (which usually require a pole that extends to 130 to 135 centimeters), or come in different adjustable sizes, with no size that accommodates both shorter or even average-height hikers and tents that pitch with trekking poles.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Wonderland Trail, Teton Crest Trail,
in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-books.

The Leki Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles grips.
The Leki Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles grips.

The SpeedLock+ adjustment levers have proved very reliable, never slipping on me, even on long, steep descents like Borah Peak, and the tension on them is easily adjusted using fingers—no tool required (as with some other poles, which has always struck me as an annoying and unnecessary design shortcoming).

The Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles have two weak points. First, the collapsed length of 67 centimeters/26.4 inches ranks them among the longest telescoping poles when packed (which are much less packable than folding poles). Still, you can attach them to the outside of a backpacking pack without them getting in the way; and you can certainly throw them onto a daypack, but they will simply stick out above the top of most daypacks.

Second, their weight of 17.9 ounces/508 grams per pair ranks them among the heaviest hiking poles—but that also translates to high durability, thanks to the all-aluminum shafts.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

While these poles aren’t the likely choice of ultralight backpackers or dayhikers, that weight isn’t really a deal-breaker for many typical backpackers, hikers, and others.

Lastly, the ergonomic, Aergon Air Thermo cork grips feel comfortable, including the large knob on top for resting palms on when going downhill, and foam grips extend down the upper shaft, ideal for ascending very steep trails, off-trail terrain, or backcountry touring. The easily adjustable nylon straps are comfortable on my wrists for hours and the poles have the usual carbide tips found on all high-quality trekking poles.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

Leki Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles

Adjustability/Sizes
Packability
Versatility
Weight
Durability

The Verdict

Although not very packable and a bit heavy, the Leki Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles have a broad and versatile range of adjustability, excellent durability—and a highly competitive price compared with many of the best models, making them an appealing choice for backpackers, dayhikers, climbers, and other users.

4.1

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Leki Makalu Cork Lite Trekking Poles at backcountry.com, lekiusa.com, or rei.com.

See my picks for “The Best Trekking Poles” and my stories “How to Choose Trekking Poles” and “10 Best Expert Tips for Hiking With Trekking Poles,” and all reviews of backpacking gear, ultralight backpacking gear, and hiking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my stories “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be,” “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-leki-makalu-cork-lite-trekking-poles/feed/ 0 67983
Gregory Paragon 60 and Maven 58 Backpacks https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-gregory-paragon-60-and-maven-58-backpacks/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-gregory-paragon-60-and-maven-58-backpacks/#comments Thu, 19 Jun 2025 09:33:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=41251 Read on

]]>
Backpack
Gregory Paragon 60 and Maven 58
$300, 60L/3,661 c.i., 3 lbs. 12 oz./1.7 kg (men’s SM/MD)
Sizes: men’s Paragon S/M and M/L, women’s Maven XS/S and S/M
Paragon 60: backcountry.com
Maven 58: backcountry.com

Since Gregory first introduced the men’s Paragon and women’s Maven packs, I’ve found myself choosing the Paragon repeatedly for a variety of backpacking trips, including pounding out 77 miles in five days (averaging over 15 miles and 8,000 vertical feet per day) on the Wonderland Trail around Mount Rainier and a more casual, four-day, 36-mile family hike on the Ruby Crest Trail. With the 2025 update of these packs, I took the Paragon 60 on a four-day, 40-mile walk in the Grand Canyon in late March that included humping up the brutally steep and rugged Boucher Trail—convincing myself that the fully featured Paragon 60 and women’s Maven 58 still offer everything that many backpackers look for in a pack for every kind of trip they take.

The Gregory Paragon 60.
The Gregory Paragon 60.

Updated with some changes for 2025, the Paragon 60 and nearly identical women’s Maven 58 (the only real difference being that the Maven packs are built to fit women) have support for carrying around 35 to 40 pounds quite comfortably and, for some backpackers, pushing loads over 40 pounds. (Gregory claims 50 pounds/22.7 kilos, but for routinely carrying that much weight, if you’re a fan of Gregory packs, I’d recommend the men’s Baltoro and women’s Deva.) After starting our Grand Canyon trip with about 35 pounds inside (including some of our group gear), I concluded that, for me, it would still be comfortable with another several pounds inside. (I also carried the Paragon 60 on a short overnight hike into Lower Muley Twist Canyon in Capitol Reef National Park in April.)

Credit the kind of frame primarily found in high-end backpacks: an alloy steel perimeter frame with a fiberglass cross-stay to improve stability and prevent barreling, plus Gregory’s FreeFloat Suspension System, with elasticized panels—located on the lower back panel, sewn into the hipbelt—that allow the hipbelt to move with your body, independent of the pack’s frame, resulting in a more stable carry and much less of the bouncing that causes fatigue and soreness in shoulders and hips.

Gregory’s newest generation of Air-Cushion mesh back panel consists of 90 percent air, which allowed abundant ventilation that kept my back cooler and drier even on unusually hot afternoons for late March in the Grand Canyon. Gregory has also updated the perforated dual-density shoulder straps with new materials to improve next-to-skin comfort. And the back panel, shoulder straps, and pre-curved hipbelt all have plenty of foam padding for the sort of moderate loads many backpackers usually carry.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Gregory Paragon 60.
The Gregory Paragon 60.

Both models come in two sizes and three volume capacities for backpacking, each with an adjustable suspension with about three inches of range for dialing in the fit. With an 18-inch torso that falls in the upper end of the fit range of the S/M Paragon 60 (15 to 18 inches), I achieved a good fit.

The most conspicuous new feature added for 2025 is a stretch-mesh pocket on the left shoulder strap that’s sized to hold a Garmin inReach Mini or inReach Messenger device or other small item. As someone who routinely carries an inReach, I find the pocket convenient for that; but I’ve also used that new shoulder strap pocket for stashing my sunglasses as needed. (Also, I have a good friend who’s active as a volunteer with a busy search-and-rescue team in Idaho, and she told me that the team updated its protocols in 2025 to advise keeping a device like an inReach on your person—like, in a secure pocket in clothes on your body—because they have seen victims who became separated from their pack, with their in-Reach inside it, and were too injured to even crawl a short distance to the pack, resulting in them waiting much longer for a rescue.)

Access is excellent in the top-loading Paragon 60 and Maven 58. The wide mouth and pack bag make it easy to insert one of the largest bear canisters—a Bear Vault BV500 bear canister—into the pack horizontally (on its side, the more space-efficient way to load a canister into a pack). Plus, top and side compression straps compress the packs when not full.

A half moon-shaped side zipper provides quick and convenient access to most of the main compartment—a must-have, in my opinion, in any fully featured backpacking pack in this weight class. Six external pockets include two spacious zippered hipbelt pockets that can each fit a large smartphone plus an energy bar or two; a roomy zippered pocket on the floating lid; a stretch-mesh front pocket that easily fits a rain jacket; and stretch-mesh side pockets large enough for a liter bottle. One of those side pockets opens to the top and forward, allowing me to stuff a liter bottle into it and grab it while wearing the pack.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
and other parks using my expert e-books.

 

As usual, Gregory employs durable fabrics: 100-denier and 210-denier high-density nylon in the pack body and 300-denier nylon ripstop in the bottom that utilizes a 40 percent recycled nylon ripstop nylon (producing an average carbon footprint reduction of 25 percent, according to Gregory), all made without PFAS.

The Paragon and Maven also sport these features:

• A molded attachment loop and upper shock lock for trekking poles or an ice axe on the front.
• A safety whistle on the sternum strap.
• Zippered access to the segmented sleeping bag compartment.
• An internal hydration sleeve with SpeedClip hydration hanger compatible with Gregory’s 3D Hydro reservoir (reservoir not included).

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

Although four ounces heavier (and with slightly more capacity) than the previous iteration, the Paragon 58, at under four pounds, the Paragon 60 and Maven 58 fall into a kind of super middleweight category among backpacking packs: They remain versatile enough for trips from overnighters up to a week without seeming either overbuilt for the short outings or inadequate for longer ones; but backpackers generally carrying no more than 30 to 35 pounds may want to compare these packs with lighter options and gauge whether those possess all the features they want.

Other packs in the line are the men’s Gregory Paragon 50 and Paragon 70 and the women’s Maven 48 and Maven 68.

I’ve helped hundreds of readers plan unforgettable backpacking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

Gregory Paragon 60 and Maven 58

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Durability

The Verdict

With good capacity, adjustability, a fully featured design, and the support to comfortably carry all that most backpackers need for trips of up to a week (or more), the Gregory men’s Paragon 60 and women’s Maven 58 may be all the backpack that many backpackers need.

4.2

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Paragon 60 at backcountry.com, gregory.com, or rei.com, or a women’s Maven 58 at backcountry.com, gregory.com, or rei.com. And see all Paragon models at backcountry.com, gregory.com, or rei.com, or all Maven models at backcountry.com, gregory.com, or rei.com.

See all reviews of Gregory packs, my picks for “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The Best Ultralight Backpacks,” my “Top 5 Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” and all reviews of backpacks and backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my stories “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be,” “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I reviewed gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-gregory-paragon-60-and-maven-58-backpacks/feed/ 5 41251
An Essentials-Only Backpacking Gear Checklist https://thebigoutsideblog.com/an-essentials-only-backpacking-gear-checklist/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/an-essentials-only-backpacking-gear-checklist/#comments Wed, 18 Jun 2025 09:10:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=24059 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

What do you need to pack for a three-season backpacking trip? While the specific items depend in part on factors like the time of year, your companions and backpacking style, the trip’s length and the weather forecast, this story provides a core checklist of essential gear to help you organize and efficiently pack—and avoid overpacking—for virtually any backpacking trip.

I use the checklist below for just about every three-season backpacking trip I take in the U.S. and around the world. I’ve developed it over more than three decades of multi-day backcountry trips and more than a quarter-century of writing about backpacking trips and testing and reviewing backpacking gear and apparel, including the 10 years I spent as a lead gear reviewer and Northwest Editor of Backpacker magazine and even longer running this blog.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Backpackers on the Tonto Trail in the Grand Canyon.
Mark Fenton and Todd Arndt backpacking the Tonto Trail in the Grand Canyon. Click photo to read about “the best backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon.”

The list below is preceded by some insights on how I make gear choices. The links in this story and checklist will take you to menus of product reviews; photos link to stories about those trips.

See my Custom Trip Planning page to learn how I can help you plan your next trip—including answering all of your questions. Please share your thoughts on my list and tips and offer your own suggestions in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
and other parks using my expert e-books.

A backpacker hiking over Clouds Rest in Yosemite National Park.
Jeff Wilhelm backpacking over Clouds Rest in Yosemite National Park. Click the photo for my e-book “The Best First Backpacking Trip in Yosemite.”

How to Decide What Gear to Pack

I pare my checklist for any specific trip down to just essentials, which vary from trip to trip. As examples, I will carry a warmer down jacket on some, a lighter one on others, or a synthetic puffy jacket if I expect wet weather. On most trips, it’s just one puffy jacket; I don’t need an extra fleece or a vest on most three-season trips because, if it’s cool in the morning, I’ll hike in my long-sleeve jersey over my T-shirt, with my shell jacket on to trap a little extra warmth if needed, and then typically for no more than an hour or two until it’s warm enough to shed one or two layers.

I bring a tent when I expect bugs or significant rainfall, but a tarp for late summer or early fall if I only need protection from possible rain—for instance, after Labor Day in Yosemite or Sequoia national parks and any of the numerous wilderness areas in the High Sierra, like the John Muir Wilderness, when you don’t have to worry about mosquitoes and rain is not common.

For base layers, I’ll bring one T-shirt and one midweight long-sleeve jersey, which I’ll usually only need hiking on cool mornings, so I can keep it dry for sleeping in when needed. I’ll bring two pairs of socks for trips of up to five days and at most three pairs of socks for trips of more than five days—and if I expect very dry conditions, two pairs may suffice even on long trips.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

Backpackers hiking to Island Lake in Wyoming's Wind River Range.
Backpackers hiking to Titcomb Basin in Wyoming’s Wind River Range. Click photo to see all stories about the Winds.

I allow myself a few luxuries on many backpacking trips, including a comfortable, lightweight or ultralight air mattress augmented by a short, folding foam sleeping pad that I use for lying around camp, as a stretching/yoga mat (which helps me feel better), and under my air mat when sleeping; plus an inflatable pillow and often an ultralight camp chair.

Incidental items like permit, passport, bug nets, gaiters, type of hat (it’s usually one wool hat and one ball cap or wide-brim sun hat), and pack cover also depend on the trip’s circumstances. I virtually always carry one DSLR body and two lenses. I’ll often have just one eating utensil and one mug/bowl that pulls double duty, and one pot, and I may just eat out of the pot. (See my reviews of cooking systems for backpacking.)

Use The Big Outside to plan your next adventure.
Join now and a get free e-book!

Backpackers above the Baron Lakes in Idaho's Sawtooth Mountains.
My son, Nate, and two buddies backpacking above the Baron Lakes in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains. Click photo for my e-book “The Best Backpacking Trip in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains.”

Backpacking Gear Checklist

See my review of backpacking gear accessories for my favorite picks for many items on this checklist and click on links in this list for menus of reviews at The Big Outside.

___ GPS or mapping app (like Gaia)
___ Trail map(s)
___ First-aid kit
___ Permit and passport if needed
___ Camera, batteries, camera pack
___ Book or e-reader
___ Backpack, pack cover optional
___ Daypack if needed
___ Sleeping bag, inflatable pillow
___ Air mattress/sleeping pad
___ Chair kit
___ Tent/tarp
___ Toiletries, toothbrush, toothpaste
___ Double-bagged toilet paper
___ Stove, fuel
___ Cooking kit
___ Utensil
___ Mug/bowl/plate
___ Water bottle, bladder
___ Water treatment
___ Trekking poles
___ Headlamp, batteries
___ Compass/GPS/altimeter
___ Matches/lighter
___ Multi-tool/knife
___ Stuff sacks
___ Lashing straps, mini-biners
___ Sunglasses, eyeglasses, case
___ Bug repellent/bug nets if needed
___ Sunscreen, lip balm
___ Boots/shoes, camp footwear if needed
___ Gaiters/low gaiters
___ Gloves/mittens
___ Warm hat, earband, sun hat, rain hat
___ Rain shell
___ T-shirt, long-sleeve shirt
___ Shorts, pants
___ Long underwear if needed
___ Underwear
___ Insulation/puffy jacket
___ Socks

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Find out more here.

See “5 Smart Steps to Lighten Your Backpacking Gear” and this menu of stories with expert tips on backpacking.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all my reviews and expert buying tips.

Was this story helpful? Get full access to ALL stories at The Big Outside.
Join now and a get free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/an-essentials-only-backpacking-gear-checklist/feed/ 6 24059
The Best Sun Shirts of 2026 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-sun-shirts/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-sun-shirts/#comments Sat, 14 Jun 2025 09:04:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=40207 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

Whether backpacking, dayhiking, climbing, trail running, fishing, paddling, or active outdoors in myriad other ways, sun protection becomes critical not only for preventing skin cancer, but also because the hot sun can wear you down and exacerbate the effects of heat, elevation, and dehydration—especially in the mountains and desert.

While there are a variety of styles of sun shirts, for active pursuits in warm to hot temperatures, nothing really beats a lightweight, breathable hoody for maximum protection and keeping you cool—while adding minimal weight and bulk to your kit. This review spotlights the best sun shirt hoodies.

I’ve tested these hoodies dayhiking, trail running, rock climbing, paddling rivers, backcountry skiing in spring, and on backpacking trips from trails around Idaho to Zion, the Teton Crest Trail and John Muir Trail, the Grand Canyon and Wind River Range, Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon and a section of the Arizona Trail, the High Uintas Wilderness and Ruby Crest Trail, Idaho’s Sawtooths, and many other places where the sun sometimes gets too hot. While they are designed to keep you cool under hot sun, the hoods can provide just the right amount of added warmth when moving in cool temps and wind, too.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Black Diamond Alpenglow Pro Hoody.
The Black Diamond Alpenglow Pro Hoody in the Boise Foothills.

My experience includes over three decades of hiking, backpacking, climbing, trail running, and backcountry skiing, and more than a quarter-century of testing and reviewing outdoors gear and apparel as a past lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine for 10 years and even longer running this blog.

Whatever your modes of play outdoors, I think you’ll find one of these sun hoodies ideal for you—plus you’ll find some at good prices now and links to online retailers below. The reviews are arranged from lightest to heaviest. Purchasing one of these hoodies through any affiliate link below supports my work on this blog (without costing you more). Thanks for that.

If you have a question for me or a comment on this review, please make it in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

Two Most Breathable

The Himali Eclipse Sun Hoodie.
The Himali Eclipse Sun Hoodie in the Boise Foothills.

Himali Eclipse Sun Hoodie
$90, 4 oz./113.4g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
himali.com

Nothing like honest-to-goodness New England humidity to test base layers. I sweated hard into the Eclipse Sun Hoodie hiking up steep, rocky trails on a two-day, 21-mile hut trek in New Hampshire’s Presidential Range, with about 6,000 cumulative feet of elevation gain and loss each day, and this shirt dried quickly and remained comfortable once we reached the breezy mountain tops.

I also wore it on trail runs up to 10 miles in my local foothills on sunny days in the high 70s F; on a nearly eight-mile dayhike to Lake Agnes and the Plain of the Six Glaciers in Canada’s Banff National Park on a hot, sunny afternoon; a six-day April backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon, with temps from the 40s to 80s F; and under a fleece layer for several hours of spring backcountry skiing in Idaho’s Boise Mountains, with temps from around freezing to the mid-30s and a hot sun reflecting off snow; after getting damp with sweat skinning uphill, the light, the wicking fabric dried quickly under a breathable shell jacket when skiing downhill.

The hood’s ideal depth provides good face shading without drooping over my eyes; it fits over a billed cap, never blew off my head, and kept me cooler in hot sun. The UPF 20 rating, while lower than that of heavier sun shirts, still means the fabric blocks 95 percent of UV light. The enveloping pocket, with an overlapping-flap closure, is good for a key or other small, light item, but a phone doesn’t fit and would be too heavy and bounce around.

Best For: The uber-light, fast-drying Himali Riverstone Eclipse Sun Hoodie is best for high-exertion activities like trail running and hiking in hot temps.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Himali Eclipse Sun Hoodie at himali.com or a women’s Himali Eclipse Sun Hoodie at himali.com. Readers of The Big Outside get an exclusive 10 percent off any Himali purchase by using the discount code THEBIGOUTSIDE.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

Outdoor Research Echo Hoody
The Outdoor Research Echo Hoody in the Grand Canyon.

Outdoor Research Echo Hoodie
$85, 4.5 oz./127.6g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-XXL, women’s XXS-XL
backcountry.com

While there’s no better sun protection than covering your skin, some sun shirts get too warm when you’re exerting in hot temps. Enter OR’s Echo Hoodie. I’ve worn it while backpacking in sweltering heat in the Grand Canyon, in warm sunshine dayhiking in Zion National Park, rock climbing under a hot sun in Idaho’s City of Rocks, on trails runs in intense sunshine—and on a 21-mile, 11,000-vertical-foot, one-day, rim-to-rim run-hike across the Grand Canyon.

It’s one of the coolest and fastest-drying sun shirts I’ve used, thanks to the super light, fast-wicking 100 percent recycled mesh polyester fabric with AirVent moisture management. The hood fits snugly around your head (and under a helmet). The flat-seam construction feels smooth under pack shoulder straps and thumb holes hold the cuffs over your hands for added sun protection. Plus, the fabric is treated to prevent odors. (The collar drawstrings shown in the above photo have been eliminated from the hoody’s latest version.)

While the UPF 15 rating isn’t nearly as protective as some thicker sun shirts, those other sun shirts are also too warm for high exertion in hot sun and temps.

Best For: The ultralight, fast-drying Outdoor Research Echo Hoodie is best for high-exertion activities like trail running and hiking in hot temps.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Outdoor Research Echo Hoody at backcountry.com, outdoorresearch.com, or rei.com.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
and other parks using my expert e-books.

Two Light and Versatile Hoodies

The Mountain Hardwear Crater Lake Long Sleeve Hoody.
The Mountain Hardwear Crater Lake Long Sleeve Hoody in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve.

Mountain Hardwear Crater Lake Long-Sleeve Hoody
$79, 5.5 oz./155.9g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
backcountry.com

Wearing it under a hot sun from rock climbing and hiking with heavy climbing packs in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains and City of Rocks National Reserve to backpacking Utah’s High Uintas Wilderness, Nevada’s Ruby Crest Trail, a five-day, late-summer hike in the Wind River Range, and on August hike on the 96-mile Wind River High Route, plus kayaking the whitewater of Idaho’s Payette River under a hot August sun, the Crater Lake Hoody kept me cool and comfortable even with the hood up much of the time.

Among the lightest hoodies on this list, its polyester and elastane fabric feels lighter than most and smooth and soft against skin. It also wicks moisture quickly: Hiking with a pack loaded with climbing gear under a hot sun, I sweated but the shirt never got very wet. With very stretchy fabric, this shirt fits closely and yet easily pulls over a short-sleeve base layer, and one of the deepest hoods on this list stays put even in strong wind—and helps this sun shirt protect me from annoying mosquitoes, as it did on a buggy, six-day backpacking trip in Utah’s High Uintas Wilderness in mid-July. A UPF 50+ rating translates to maximum sun protection—impressive for this light fabric.

Arm gussets and dropped shoulders allow for maximum range of motion when reaching high while climbing. The men’s version has thumbholes at the cuffs and the women’s has drawcord ties at the hem.

Best For: Light, quick to dry, with great fit and comfort, ultimate sun protection, and a deep hood, the Mountain Hardwear Crater Lake Long-Sleeve Hoody offers great versatility for almost any activity in warm to hot temps.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Mountain Hardwear Crater Lake Long-Sleeve Hoody at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “The 25 Best National Park Dayhikes.”

The Outdoor Research Astroman Air Sun Hoodie in Idaho's City of Rocks National Reserve.
The Outdoor Research Astroman Air Sun Hoodie in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve.

Outdoor Research Astroman Air Sun Hoodie
$115, 5.6 oz./159g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-3XL, women’s XS-2XL
backcountry.com

From hiking and rock climbing at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve in June, in the hot sun at times and temperatures ranging from the 50s with light wind to the 80s Fahrenheit, to trail runs of up to 15 miles, often with 2,000 feet of uphill and downhill under a hot sun at the City of Rocks and in my local foothills, I found OR’s Astroman Air Sun Hoodie comfortable in a wide range of conditions from warm to hot.

The lightweight and nicely breathable, 84 percent nylon and 16 percent Spandex stretch fabric hardly got damp even though I sweated a lot on long uphill climbs running trails and it dried quickly; it remained comfortable with the hood up running uphill under a warm sun, including on a 15-mile run on a day when the temp reached around 80. The Astroman is three ounces lighter than the one other sun shirt in this review that has a deep, venting front zipper (the Black Diamond Alpenglow Pro Hoody, below). The loose-fitting hood fits comfortably under a helmet and allows more cooling airflow when it’s up—preferable in a hoodie made for warm to hot temps—and it stays on my head when running into a slight breeze only with the front zipper closed nearly to the top.

The hoodie carries a UPF rating of 30 in the light colors and 50+ in the dark colors—which are, of course, warmer on sunny days, for better or worse. The zippered chest pocket is more than large enough for a smartphone.

Best For: Light, quick drying, with nice fit and comfort, a deep hood, and solid sun protection, the Outdoor Research Astroman Air Sun Hoodie offers excellent versatility for almost any activity, including dayhiking, backpacking, climbing, and fishing, in warm to hot temps.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Outdoor Research Astroman Air Sun Hoodie at backcountry.com, outdoorresearch.com, or rei.com.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

 

The Patagonia Capilene Cool Daily Hoody.
The Patagonia Capilene Cool Daily Hoody in the Grand Canyon.

Soft and Affordable

Patagonia Capilene Cool Daily Hoody
$69, 6 oz./170.1g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-3XL, women’s XS-2XL
patagonia.com

On back-to-back, 21-mile and 23.5-mile, rim-to-rim dayhikes across the Grand Canyon over two days in October, and on a six-day backpacking trip elsewhere in the Grand Canyon, the Patagonia Capilene Cool Daily Hoody protected me from the relentlessly oppressive sun and kept me cool in temps into the 70s Fahrenheit.

The 100 percent recycled, loose-fitting, stretchy polyester fabric moved with my body, got damp but never wet with sweat, and stayed cool with the hood up when I hiked under a hot sun in the Grand Canyon. The hood shades your face and has a loose fit that causes it to get pulled off your head in moderate wind. But it doesn’t, of course, get blown off when under a climbing helmet or any kind of hat. Patagonia originally rated the Cool Daily Hoody UPF 50+ but has since reported that testing confirmed a UPF range of 17 to 45, averaging 34 UPF, and announced a recall of specific products. The sun shirt still blocks UV rays: A garment rated UPF 17 blocks 92 percent of UV.

The minimal seams reduce rubbing and chafing and the Polygiene odor control keeps the stink at bay. While it got a bit too warm when I was hiking uphill in temps in the 70s, especially with the hood up, it’s good for hiking in mild temps, and certainly for climbing, fishing, and paddling.

Best For: A super all-around sun shirt, the Patagonia Capilene Cool Daily Hoody and Patagonia Long-Sleeved Capilene Cool Daily Shirt ($49) have the versatility and comfort for everything from dayhiking and backpacking to climbing and fishing.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Patagonia Capilene Cool Daily Hoody or Patagonia Capilene Cool Daily Shirt at backcountry.com, patagonia.com, or rei.com.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

A Versatile Sun Hoody

The Helly Hansen Lifa Active Solen Hoodie.
The Helly Hansen Lifa Active Solen Hoodie in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve.

Helly Hansen Lifa Active Solen Hoodie
$80, 7 oz./198.4g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
hellyhansen.com

Wearing the Solen Hoodie on local hikes and rock climbing at Idaho’s Castle Rocks State Park under a hot spring sun, I immediately loved the athletic yet free-moving fit—especially the hood, which may have the best, closest fit of them all, moving with my turning head and staying in place even in wind, although that also prevents moving air from cooling your head.

The Solen’s stretch Lifa fabric wicks moisture away, dries very quickly, and feels comfortable alone or over a short-sleeve T-shirt in a wide range of temps, from cool and windy to sunny in the 70s; I only found it too warm when the thermometer bumped into the upper 70s. Conversely, because it’s a little heavier than many other sun shirts, it blocks cool wind a little better than lighter models and has proved itself on days of spring skiing under a warm sun in Utah’s Wasatch Range.

With a UPF 50+ rating, it delivers maximum sun protection. The fabric also resists building up a stink after multiple uses and launderings.

Best For: Slightly heavier and more durable than most sun shirts, and yet cool and comfortable, the Helly Hansen Lifa Active Solen Hoodie offers superior comfort and a close-fitting hood for dayhiking, backpacking, climbing and other moderate-exertion activities in a wide range of temperatures.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Helly Hansen Lifa Active Solen Hoodie at hellyhansen.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com.

Don’t Forget Anything Important!
See “An Essentials-Only Backpacking Gear Checklist.”

The Outdoor Research ActiveIce Spectrum Sun Hoodie in the Grand Canyon.
Testing the Outdoor Research ActiveIce Spectrum Sun Hoodie in the Grand Canyon.

Best Overall

Outdoor Research ActiveIce Spectrum Sun Hoodie
$95, 7.2 oz./204.1g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
backcountry.com

Picking a best overall sun hoodie admittedly seems dubious, given how similar they are. But I lived in this sun hoodie day after day on two trips that would prove or disprove the value of hot-weather layers like few environments can: for six sunny and hot days backpacking in the Grand Canyon in early April, in temps ranging from the 50s to the 80s F and rare shade, and backpacking nine days and about 130 miles, mostly on the John Muir Trail, under the wilting afternoon sun of the High Sierra in August. I also wore it under hot desert sun backpacking the three-day, 22-mile Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow Loop in the Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument in early October and on several days of rock climbing and hiking around Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve and Castle Rocks State Park in June, as well as other hot outings.

Although heavier than most, it’s one of the coolest and most comfortable. Carrying a backpack uphill under a blazing sun and temps in the 80s, I found the ActiveIce Hoodie comfortable enough to keep the hood up. The natural performance of the breathable, wicking, fast-drying, and stretchy 94 percent polyester fabric is amplified by the ActiveIce treatment, a USDA-certified biobased, vegetable oil-derived polymer that absorbs heat energy, producing a cooling sensation that continues as long as your body generates perspiration. OR reports the fabric cools by up to 5.4° F/3° C.

It’s rated UPF 50+—but just as critically, the shirt provides great coverage, with its deep hood that shades your face and long sleeves that don’t ride up when reaching overhead, plus thumb holes. The fit is comfortably loose and flat seams feel good under pack straps. Lastly, the heavier weight will likely prove more durable—especially for abusive activities like climbing.

Best For: Cool, comfortable, fast-drying and durable, with a nice hood, the Outdoor Research ActiveIce Spectrum Sun Hoodie is ideal for dayhiking, backpacking, climbing, fishing, or paddling.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Outdoor Research ActiveIce Spectrum Sun Hoodie at backcountry.com, outdoorresearch.com, or rei.com, and other ActiveIce apparel pieces at outdoorresearch.com.

Get the right gear for your trips. See “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs
and “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents.”

The Black Diamond Long-Sleeve Alpenglow Hoody.
The Black Diamond Long-Sleeve Alpenglow Hoody on the Teton Crest Trail.

Warm-to-Cool Weather Option

Black Diamond Alpenglow Hoody
$109, 7.5 oz./212.6g (men’s medium)
Black Diamond Alpenglow Pro Hoody
$149, 8.5 oz./241g (men’s medium)
Sizes (both): men’s S-XL, women’s XS-XL
blackdiamondequipment.com

From three full days backpacking a 36-mile traverse of the Teton Crest Trail in late August to backcountry skiing in under a hot spring sun reflected off the snow, and a 21-mile, 11,000-vertical-foot, one-day, rim-to-rim run-hike across the Grand Canyon (in temps that never got oppressively hot), the Alpenglow Hoody surprised me with how cool it feels for its weight, in temps as warm as the 60s Fahrenheit backpacking and the 70s hiking in the canyon. BD says the 87 percent polyester fabric reflects 71 percent of near-infrared rays and actually cools your skin.

The Alpenglow Pro kept me comfortable on various outings, including a seven-day, nearly 70-mile, mostly sunny backpacking trip in Glacier National Park; three days of backpacking the Skyline Trail in Canada’s Jasper National Park; dayhiking in Banff National Park, even under a hot sun hiking a steep 3,400 feet uphill on the Cory Pass-Edith Pass loop in Banff; and a weekend of rock climbing in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve, with moderate early-fall temps and warm sunshine.

On trail runs up to two hours in my local foothills on days when the temp climbed from the mid-50s in early morning into the 70s by the time I finished, with a blazing sun and virtually no shade, I liked opening the front quarter-zip to vent, although the light bouncing and wind generated by running is enough to push the hood off my head when the zipper is down because it leaves the collar wide open (not usually a problem when hiking). The hood stays up with the shirt zipped up. The 92 percent nylon stretch fabric never felt too warm for those temps even as I sweated heavily and is soft enough that I didn’t get any nipple irritation.

Both hoodies have a UPF 50+ rating for sun protection, a fit and sleeves that allow full range of motion for climbing, and odor-minimizing treatments. The Alpenglow’s loose-fitting hood fits under a helmet comfortably, while the Alpenglow Pro has an elasticized hood that fits over a helmet. Besides the quarter-zip, the Pro also adds underarm mesh panels, a concealed chest pocket, thumb loops, and an Empel environmentally friendly PFC-free water-repellant finish.

Best For: The BD Alpenglow Hoody and Alpenglow Pro Hoody are best suited to moderate- to high-exertion activities like trail running, hiking, and climbing in a range of temps from cool to warm but not excessive heat.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Black Diamond Alpenglow Hoody or Alpenglow Pro Hoody at blackdiamondequipment.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com.

See my picks for “The Best Ultralight Hiking and Running Jackets,” “The 10 Best Hiking Daypacks” and all reviews of hiking gear and backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-sun-shirts/feed/ 39 40207
Review: Patagonia Micro Puff Hoody https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-patagonia-micro-puff-hoody/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-patagonia-micro-puff-hoody/#comments Fri, 13 Jun 2025 09:02:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=28344 Ultralight Insulated Hooded Jacket
Patagonia Micro Puff Hoody
$329, 10 oz./283.5g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-3XL, women’s XXS-XXL
backcountry.com

Since getting my first Micro Puff Hoody when Patagonia rolled it out eight years ago, I have zipped into this lightweight, synthetic jacket in countless circumstances that include: sitting at campsites on cool, windy evenings and mornings while backpacking in the Wind River Range and on the Grand Canyon’s North Rim; wind blowing over 40 mph while belaying a climbing partner and in camp at Idaho’s City of Rocks; on winter days (wearing it under a shell) when skiing downhill in the backcountry; and at kids’ soccer games on blustery autumn and spring days.

Most recently, I wore the latest update of the Micro Puff Hoody on three mornings in the 40s Fahrenheit on an August backpacking trip in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains; and three mornings and evenings in the 40s and 50s Fahrenheit, with strong wind at times, on a late March backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon—affirming again that it remains one of the lightest and most versatile insulated jackets on the market, and remarkably warm for its weight.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Patagonia Micro Puff Hoody in the Grand Canyon.
The Patagonia Micro Puff Hoody in the Grand Canyon.

The water-resistant, 65g PlumaFill synthetic insulation, made entirely from recycled polyester, doesn’t loft quite like high-quality down feathers, but it approaches the warmth-to-weight ratio and compressibility of 800-fill down. It accomplishes that by essentially mimicking the structure of down in a continuous synthetic material. That gives it the warmth and packability of down, while retaining synthetic insulation’s advantage of continuing to trap heat when wet (traditionally the Achilles heel of down feathers, although there are now highly water-resistant forms of down insulation). The quilted construction, resembling a down jacket, helps to maximize the insulation’s heat retention and prevent it from migrating, which could create cold spots.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail,
in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-books.

 

The Patagonia Micro Puff Hoody.
The Patagonia Micro Puff Hoody.

The Micro Puff’s hood delivers an almost surprising boost of warmth, given how light it looks. Although not adjustable—again, every element of the design aims to minimize weight—the hood’s elasticized, under-the-helmet design clings snugly around your face, moving with you as you turn your head even with the front zipper fully open. The elasticized cuffs and hem similarly seal tightly enough to keep drafts out.

The regular fit is true to size and, for me, at five feet, eight inches and 155 pounds, it allows one or two light to midweight base layers and a light insulation piece underneath. Thelength extends well below the waist, another warmth-boosting detail that’s nice to find in an insulated jacket this light.

The ultralight 10-denier Pertex Quantum shell—made from 100 percent post-consumer recycled nylon ripstop from recycled fishing nets (reducing ocean plastic pollution)—is water-resistant, windproof and treated with a DWR (durable, water-repellent coating) that contains no PFC or PFAS (per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances, often called “forever” chemicals).

When I’ve worn the hoody in light rain, letting the shell get damp to see what would happen, the fabric appeared to either keep the insulation dry or at least prevent it from getting damp enough to have any noticeable impact on warmth.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

The two zippered hand pockets warm up cold digits, and the jacket stuffs easily into the left pocket, packing down to a good size for a backpacking pillow. Two internal drop-in pockets are convenient for stashing items you want to keep warm or dry, like gloves. While lightweight, the front zipper appears durable—I’ve never seen one break, but again, a little extra care isn’t a bad idea.

We all want lighter gear—but only when it performs well. Beyond broad differences in amount and type of insulation, which dictates the temperatures and conditions they’re made for, many insulated jackets are similar. The models that break new ground do so in how much warmth they deliver relative to their weight and bulk. That’s what Patagonia has achieved with the Micro Puff Hoody.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Verdict

Whether you’re a backpacker or climber trying to trim ounces in pack weight without compromising on performance in your layering system, or you simply want one of the lightest, most packable, water-resistant puffy jackets for late spring through early fall, the Patagonia Micro Puff Hoody ranks among the very best.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Patagonia Micro Puff Hoody or other Micro Puff models at backcountry.com or patagonia.com.

See my picks for “The 12 Best Down Jackets,” which includes synthetic models like the Micro Puff, and all reviews of insulated jackets and outdoor apparel at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I reviewed gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-patagonia-micro-puff-hoody/feed/ 3 28344
Video: How to Pack a Backpack https://thebigoutsideblog.com/video-how-to-load-a-backpack/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/video-how-to-load-a-backpack/#comments Thu, 12 Jun 2025 09:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=14082 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

Wonder why I’m smiling in the above photo? Well, sure, two friends and I were hiking the incredibly scenic Besseggen Ridge in Norway’s Jotunheimen National Park; that had something to do with it. But the other big factor was that I was comfortable—and how well my pack carried had a lot to do with that. And how I loaded it greatly affected how well it carried on my back. In this four-minute video, I’ll show you how to properly load a backpack to make your backpacking trips much more enjoyable.

I have refined my method for loading my backpack over more than three decades of backpacking—including the 10 years I spent as Backpacker magazine’s lead gear reviewer and even longer running this blog. In the four-minute video below, I will demonstrate how to pack all of your stuff into your backpack in the most efficient way and to maximize your comfort on the trail.

If you have not been using good technique when loading your backpack, you may be surprised at what a difference it makes. But even if you have been following what you understand to be the recommended way to load a pack, you might learn some new tricks from this video.

There are two basic goals when loading a backpack:

1. Organize it so that the items you want to get to quickly while on the trail are readily accessible;

2. Balance and distribute the weight in the pack to maximize your comfort.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Watch the video below to see me demonstrate how to properly load a backpack.

Don’t miss the comments section below, where I have a good exchange of questions and answers with some readers, and please type in your own questions or suggestions.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

See “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs,” and all reviews of backpacks and backpacking gear at The Big Outside, plus “5 Tips For Buying the Right Backpack,” which includes instructions on how to measure your torso and properly fit a backpack, and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

And find all gear reviews organized by categories and expert tips on buying gear at the Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside.

Let The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/video-how-to-load-a-backpack/feed/ 15 14082
Why and When to Spend More on Hiking and Backpacking Gear https://thebigoutsideblog.com/why-and-when-to-spend-more-on-outdoor-gear/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/why-and-when-to-spend-more-on-outdoor-gear/#comments Tue, 03 Jun 2025 09:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=16677 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

You need a new backpack, backpacking tent, rain jacket, boots, or a sleeping bag. You’ve read reviews. You’ve winnowed your short list to a handful of possible choices—with a significant difference in prices. That’s when you struggle with the question that pushes the frugality button in all of us: Why should I spend more?

This story will explain why some gear is more expensive and give you specific advice on buying five big-ticket items: packs, tents, rain jackets, shoes and boots, and sleeping bags.

Over the past three decades of reviewing gear, including the 10 years I spent as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine and even longer running this blog, I’ve learned what separates the expensive from the moderately priced from the cheap.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


A backpacker below Virginia Falls in Glacier National Park.
Mark Fenton below Virginia Falls in Glacier National Park. Click photo to see my e-books to backpacking in Glacier and other trips.

Should you always spend more? Certainly not, and this story will explain why and when it’s worth spending more and when it’s not. The insights below will help you make smarter buying choices, stretch your gear budget farther, and feel better about it when you do spend more. And my “10 Tips for Spending Less on Hiking and Backpacking Gear” shares specific strategies for saving money—even sometimes without compromising on quality.

Before you spend another dollar, read on.

Like many stories at The Big Outside, this one is partially free for anyone to read, but reading all of the tips below is an exclusive benefit of a paid subscription to The Big Outside.

Please share your thoughts on my tips or your own, best gear-buying advice in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

Backpackers high above Twin Lakes in Idaho's Sawtooth Mountains.
Backpackers above Twin Lakes in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains. Click photo to read about the best backpacking trip in the Sawtooths.

What Makes Some Gear Expensive?

•    Lightweight: Lighter gear is often more expensive because of the materials used, like wafer-thin but strong fabrics in jackets, tents, and (sometimes) packs, and carbon fiber or high-grade aluminum tent poles.
•    Construction: Superior workmanship, materials, and technologies raise the price tag. Expect to pay more for, say, cutting-edge waterproof-breathable membranes in jackets and footwear, boots with one-piece or full-grain leather uppers, a super comfortable backpack suspension available in multiple sizes to achieve an optimal fit, or lamination used instead of stitching in jackets and footwear. But that also translates to high-level performance and, often, improved durability—which can save you money in the long run.

Read all of this story and ALL stories at The Big Outside,
plus get a FREE e-book! Join now!

•    Special Features: You want a rain jacket hood that stays in place in strong wind and when you turn your head? A pack with multiple backpacker- or climber-friendly features? Shoes with sticky outsoles? Or a sleeping bag or down jacket with the lightest and warmest insulation? Open your wallet.
•    Durability: Sometimes a higher price tag equates with materials and construction that translate to greater durability, but not always. Some lightweight materials are very strong and some are not. Especially with big-ticket items that receive heavy wear and tear—your pack, tent, shoes, and rain shell—low weight is sometimes achieved through, for example, the use of thinner fabrics that will tear more easily, or zippers that are less burly and will break sooner. Find out why one product is lighter than another and choose based on whether you’re willing to swap durability for lower weight.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
and other parks using my expert e-books.

Packs

A backpacker on the Teton Crest Trail in Grand Teton National Park.
David Gordon backpacking the Teton Crest Trail in the North Fork Cascade Canyon. Click photo for my e-book to backpacking the Teton Crest Trail.

Why They’re Pricey The top pack makers—whose backpacks and daypacks generally cost the most—compete with one another primarily to make the most comfortable packs to carry. Beyond that objective, they try to distinguish their products through specialization (packs for specific purposes like climbing, ultralight backpacking, distance trail running or ultra-hiking, etc.), and through features, weight, and certainly superior construction that results in greater durability.

When They’re Worth the Price How important is comfort on the trail to you? How important is weight? How about specific features? Yes, you can make do with a pack whose fit is imperfect or that lacks a supportive hipbelt, a zipper offering quick access to the main compartment, or convenient, external pockets on the hipbelt and elsewhere.

But if you hike a lot of miles, the hours spent wearing and using a pack add up.

As anyone who’s upgraded knows, once you have a backpack that’s comfortable and designed for the way you use it, you’ll never go back to an inferior pack.

Get the right pack for you. See “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The 10 Best Hiking Daypacks.”

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

A campsite by Royal Arch on the Grand Canyon's Royal Arch Loop.
Kris Wagner at our campsite by Royal Arch on the Grand Canyon’s Royal Arch Loop. Click photo to see how I can help you plan any trip you read about at this blog.

Gear up smartly for your trips.
See the best-in-category reviews and expert buying tips at The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page.

 

Backpackers hiking to Vogelsang Pass in Yosemite National Park.
Backpackers hiking to Vogelsang Pass in Yosemite National Park. Click photo for my e-book “The Best Backpacking Trip in Yosemite.”

Why Spend More?

If you can’t afford more-expensive gear, just get cheap stuff and get outside. You’ll be fine. If you can afford better gear later, you’ll appreciate it that much more.

But if you’re an avid outdoorsperson and you can afford good gear, why settle for less?

No, price does not always correlate directly with quality—but it often does. Whenever a friend who can afford good gear asks for my advice, I always say that he or she would be foolish to buy cheap, because they don’t need to put up with inferior comfort or performance.

And ultimately, if you’re out regularly and buy good gear, the cost per day of use over the life of that gear will be low, more than justifying the enjoyment you gained from it.

See all reviews of backpacks, daypacks, backpacking tents, outdoor apparel, rain jackets, hiking shoes, backpacking boots, sleeping bags, down jackets and insulated jackets, and backpacking gear and hiking gear at The Big Outside, plus “5 Smart Steps to Lighten Your Backpacking Gear.”

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/why-and-when-to-spend-more-on-outdoor-gear/feed/ 4 16677
The Best Backpacking Gear for the John Muir Trail https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-backpacking-gear-for-the-john-muir-trail/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-backpacking-gear-for-the-john-muir-trail/#comments Wed, 28 May 2025 09:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=14007 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

So you’re planning to thru-hike the John Muir Trail and making all of the necessary preparations, and now you’re wondering: What’s the best gear for a JMT hike? Having thru-hiked the JMT as well as taken numerous other backpacking trips all over the High Sierra—mostly between late August and late September, which I consider that the best time to walk the Sierra, to avoid snow and the voracious mosquitoes and blazing hot afternoons of mid-summer—I offer the following picks for the best ultralight and lightweight backpacking gear and apparel for a JMT thru-hike.

Indisputably one of the best backpacking trips in America—and among the very best I’ve taken over three decades of backpacking, including the 10 years I spent as Northwest Editor and lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine and even longer running this blog—the JMT meanders for 211 miles through the magnificent High Sierra, from Yosemite Valley to the summit of the highest peak in the Lower 48, 14,505-foot Mount Whitney (where backpackers must then descend another 11 miles to finish the trip at Whitney Portal trailhead). See my story about thru-hiking the JMT in seven days.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


A backpacker hiking the John Muir Trail above Helen Lake in Kings Canyon N.P., High Sierra.
Marco Garofalo backpacking the John Muir Trail above Helen Lake in Kings Canyon N.P. Click photo to learn how I can help you plan your JMT thru-hike.

With few opportunities to resupply along the trail—and given the generally dry weather in the Sierra in summer—you can easily and should hike the JMT with the lightest gear that works for you (or that you can afford). Maximum pack weight will depend on how many days you spend on the trail and your food weight, but it’s quite feasible to keep your base pack weight (everything but food and water) within 15 pounds or less—and certainly no more than 20 pounds—without compromising safety or comfort in camp.

See my stories “Thru-Hiking the John Muir Trail: What You Need to Know,” “Thru-Hiking the John Muir Trail: The Ultimate, 10-Day, Ultralight Plan,” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” my Custom Trip Planning page to learn how I can help you plan your JMT thru-hike and any trip you read about at The Big Outside, and my expert e-books to backpacking trips in Yosemite and other parks.

A backpacker on the John Muir Trail in the Ansel Adams Wilderness.
A backpacker on the John Muir Trail in the Ansel Adams Wilderness.

The following suggestions for major gear items would also be solid picks for almost any backpacker who wants to go lighter and hike more comfortably in many mid-latitude mountain ranges in summer—although items like your tent and footwear would depend on the typical weather and bugs (and time of year).

Most recommendations below have a link to my full review of each. Click on the name of any product to buy it; those are affiliate links, meaning you can support my work on this blog by purchasing through them, at no cost to you.

Please share your thoughts on these gear suggestions for the JMT, or your own suggested gear, in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

Planning to hike the John Muir Trail?
Click here for expert, detailed advice you won’t get elsewhere.

A backpacker on the John Muir Trail hiking toward Silver Pass in the John Muir Wilderness.
Mark Fenton backpacking the John Muir Trail toward Silver Pass in the John Muir Wilderness, High Sierra.

Backpack

For a backpack, I like a few models that weigh under three pounds: two top-loaders with traditional features like lots of external pockets, the Osprey men’s Exos 58 or 48 ($260, 2 lbs. 11 oz. for the Exos 58) and women’s Osprey Eja 58 or 48 (read my review) and the Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 and Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL ($250, 2 lbs. 11 oz. for the 50+5, read my review); and two mimimalist, utralight packs, the Hyperlite Mountain Gear 3400 Windrider ($349, 55L, 1 lb. 15 oz., read my review) and Gossamer Gear Mariposa 60 ($315, 60L/3,661 c.i., 1 lb. 14 oz., read my review).

See my picks for the best ultralight backpacks.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

Backpackers camped by Thousand Island Lake along the John Muir Trail in the Ansel Adams Wilderness, High Sierra.
Backpackers camping with a Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 ultralight tent by Thousand Island Lake along the John Muir Trail in the Ansel Adams Wilderness, High Sierra.

Tent

In late summer, outside the buggy season in the High Sierra, I prefer using a backpacking tarp shelter like the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 ($699, 1 lb. 2 oz., read my review), Sea to Summit Escapist Tarp ($229-$249, 10.5-15.5 oz., two sizes), and Slingfin SplitWing Shelter Bundle ($355, 1 lb. 5 oz., read my review). I often sleep under the stars on a clear night, but a tarp, besides protecting you from rain and some wind, can trap a surprising amount of warmth underneath it on a calm night.

If you want a two-person tent, get one that weighs under three pounds, like the MSR Freelite 2 ($465, 2 lbs., read my review), the Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p ($430, 2 lbs. 1 oz., read my review), the Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 ($480, 2 lbs. 3 oz., read my review), the Slingfin 2Lite, which can pitch with trekking poles ($505, 2 lbs. 10 oz. or 2 lbs. 6 oz, read my review), or if you’ll accept higher weight for more space, the Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 ($550, 2 lbs. 11 oz., read my review).

My top picks for a solo ultralight are two that pitch with trekking poles, the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 ($599, 16.8 oz., read my review) and the Gossamer Gear The One ($255, 1 lb. 2 oz., read my review). For a solo ultralight tent that’s semi-freestanding, check out the Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p ($400, 1 lb. 13 oz., read my review).

See “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents,” all backpacking tent reviews at The Big Outside, plus “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “How to Choose the Best Ultralight Backpacking Tent For You.”

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30 sleeping bag.
The ultralight and warm Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30 sleeping bag, with 950+-fill down.

Sleeping Bag

A backpacker hiking the John Muir Trail above Marie Lake in the John Muir Wilderness, High Sierra.
Marco Garofalo backpacking the John Muir Trail above Marie Lake in the John Muir Wilderness.

For backpacking the JMT in late summer, I carry a down sleeping bag rated around 30 degrees F, with a high down fill rating (800 or above), because it’s warmer, lighter, and more packable than a synthetic bag or down bag with lower fill quality (if also more expensive), and well suited to the dry Sierra summers, where there’s little risk of getting a bag wet.

People who get cold more easily may want a bag rated 20 to 25 degrees, although you can wear layers to supplement the bag’s warmth.

My favorites are the Feathered Friends men’s Hummingbird and women’s Egret UL (30-degree, $609, 1 lb. 6 oz., read my review), the Therm-a-Rest Hyperion (32-degree, $490, 1 lb. 1 oz., read my review), the Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 ($480, 1 lb. 6 oz. , read my review); and the Marmot Hydrogen 30 ($399, 1 lb. 9.4 oz., read my review).

Looking for an affordable down bag? I recommend the men’s or women’s Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30 ($245, 1 lb. 12 oz., read my review).

See “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags,” “10 Pro Tips For Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag” and all sleeping bag reviews at The Big Outside.

Want to tackle the JMT?
See “Thru-Hiking the John Muir Trail: What You Need to Know.”

Mountain Hardwear Ghost Whisperer 2 Down Hoody
The Mountain Hardwear Ghost Whisperer 2 Down Hoody.

Insulation

When nighttime lows will generally remain above freezing, as is usually the case on the JMT at least into mid-September, take an ultralight puffy jacket like the Mountain Hardwear Ghost Whisperer  2 Down Hoody ($360, 8.8 oz., read my review), the Black Diamond Approach Down Hoody ($360, 10 oz., read my review), the Patagonia Micro Puff Hoody ($329, 9 oz., read my review), or the warmer Feathered Friends Eos Down Jacket ($389, 11 oz. , read my review) or Himali Accelerator Down Jacket ($330, 12.5 oz., read my review).

See “The 12 Best Down Jackets,” “How You Can Tell How Warm a Down Jacket Is” and all puffy jacket reviews at The Big Outside.

Plan your next great backpacking adventure in Yosemite and other flagship parks
using my expert e-books.

The Black Diamond Fineline Stretch Shell and Fineline Stretch Full-Zip Pants on New Zealand's Milford Track.
The Black Diamond Fineline Stretch Shell and Fineline Stretch Full-Zip Pants on New Zealand’s Milford Track.

Rain Shell

On the John Muir Trail—or anywhere in the High Sierra—in summer, where rain occurs only rarely and most often as a passing (although possibly quite intense) thunderstorm, you don’t need the kind of super-technical (and heavier) rain shell you might use in, say, in Alaska, the Pacific Northwest or the Northeast. In fact, if you generally head out in warm, dry weather—common in many Western mountain ranges in summer—you may only need a less-expensive and ideally lightweight shell, like the Black Diamond Fineline Rain Shell ($189, 10 oz./283.5g, read my review), an impressive value in part because it has an adjustable, full-coverage hood, a feature sometimes lacking in moderately priced rain jackets, and solid rain protection even for wet environments.

Another option for backpackers who rarely see rain is an ultralight, waterproof-breathable rain jacket, like the Rab Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket ($165, 7.7 oz., read my review) or the Outdoor Research Helium Rain Jacket ($170-$180, 6 oz., read my review).

See all reviews of rain jackets and outdoor apparel at The Big Outside, “The Best Ultralight Hiking and Running Jackets,” and my “5 Expert Tips For Buying a Rain Jacket for Hiking.”

See “10 Great John Muir Trail Section Hikes.”

Danner Trail 2650 Mesh hiking shoes.
Danner Trail 2650 Mesh hiking shoes.

Shoes and Boots

If all of your gear is light, on a well-constructed trail like the JMT that’s often dry in summer, get lightweight, highly breathable, non-waterproof boots or low-cut shoes like the PCT-inspired Danner Trail 2650 ($170, 1 lb. 7.5 oz., read my review), the La Sportiva TX3 ($159, 1 lb. 9 oz., read my review), or trail runners like the Hoka One One Speedgoat 6 ($155, 1 lb. 3 oz.), also available in a very light mid-cut, the Hoka One One Speedgoat 6 Mid GTX ($180, 1 lb. 9 oz., read my review).

If you prefer more supportive footwear that’s still relatively light, I recommend two shoes that are a super value and come in waterproof-breathable and non-waterproof, mid-cut and low-cut models: the Hoka One One Anacapa series shoes ($155-$185, 1 lb. 10.5 oz.-2 lbs., read my review), and the Oboz Katabatic series ($145-$190, 1 lb. 9 oz. to 2 lbs., read my review).

See all reviews of hiking shoes at The Big Outside.

Get my expert help planning your backpacking trip and 33% off a one-year subscription.
Click here now to buy a premium subscription to The Big Outside!

Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ poles.
Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ poles.

Trekking Poles

Trekking poles should be essential gear on any backpacking trip, but for the JMT—if you’re going lightweight or ultralight, as you should be—get very light poles that are ideally adjustable and very packable. Among the best are the folding and adjustable Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ ($220, 12 oz./pair, 105-125cm, read my review), the collapsible and adjustable Gossamer Gear LT5 ($195, 10 oz./pair, read my review), and the folding, adjustable MSR Dynalock Ascent Poles ($190, 1 lb. 1  oz./pair, read my review).

If you want to use a tent that pitches with trekking poles—eliminating the significant weight of tent poles from your pack—make sure your poles are sufficiently sturdy and telescope out to the needed length for pitching your tent; those poles are also usually collapsible (rather than folding or fixed).

See “The Best Trekking Poles” and my stories “How to Choose Trekking Poles” and “10 Best Expert Tips for Hiking With Trekking Poles.”

Get the gear that’s right for you. See my specific tips on buying a pack, tent, boots, and sleeping bag and all reviews of backpacking gear, ultralight backpacking gear, and hiking gear and all stories about backpacking the John Muir Trail at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my stories “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be,” “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-backpacking-gear-for-the-john-muir-trail/feed/ 16 14007
5 Things to Know Before Buying Backpacking Gear https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-things-to-know-before-buying-backpacking-gear/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-things-to-know-before-buying-backpacking-gear/#comments Wed, 14 May 2025 09:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=23564 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

Are you in the market for a new backpack, boots, tent, sleeping bag or other backpacking gear or apparel? How do you find something that’s just right for you? What should you be looking for? How much should you spend? These are questions I’ve heard from many friends and readers over the years as they’ve waded through the myriad choices out there. This article lays out five simple but helpful tips to keep in mind when buying gear.

I’ve learned these steps over three decades of testing and reviewing gear—including the 10 years I spent as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine and even longer running this blog—and helping people find gear they love. No matter what you’re shopping for—boots, pack, tent, sleeping bag, other backpacking gear, or some major piece of apparel like a rain shell or insulated jacket—you face a daunting array of choices, and everyone’s needs are different.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


A backpacker hiking the John Muir Trail above Helen Lake in Kings Canyon N.P., High Sierra.
Marco Garofalo backpacking the John Muir Trail above Helen Lake in Kings Canyon N.P. Click photo to see all stories about the JMT at this blog.

But finding the gear that performs well and that you’ll be happy with really comes down to following a simple thought process described in the five easy steps below, which you can follow when buying almost any gear. Below them, you’ll find links to my stories offering specific tips on buying a new pack, boots, tent, sleeping bag, rain shell, and insulated jacket, plus reviews covering my top picks in several categories.

Please share your thoughts on my tips or your own, best gear-buying advice in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

Gear up smartly for your trips.
See the best-in-category reviews and expert buying tips at my Gear Reviews page.

A backpacker hiking the Dawson Pass Trail in Glacier National Park.
Pam Solon backpacking the Dawson Pass Trail in Glacier National Park. Click photo to read about backpacking in Glacier.

No. 1 Decide Exactly What It’s For

A friend once asked me to recommend boots he could buy for backpacking that would also work well for climbing glaciated peaks (in the Pacific Northwest); I told him that was a little like shopping for a dump truck that would also give him good mileage as a commuting vehicle. If you set out in search of a pack or boots for every hike you ever take, then you will probably wind up with just that—which may serve your needs in an overly general way, but not be quite right for anything.

Focus on how you intend to use that item most of the time and buy something that’s good for that purpose. When you actually need or can afford more specialized gear that you will only use occasionally, get it then.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

A backpacker hiking to Burro Pass above Matterhorn Canyon, Yosemite National Park.
Todd Arndt backpacking to Burro Pass above Matterhorn Canyon, Yosemite National Park. Click photo to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.

No. 2 Decide Exactly What You Need

Do you need solid ankle support, or do you prefer really lightweight, nimble footwear? Are you a big guy who needs a roomy tent, or a lightweight or ultralight backpacker or parent backpacking with a young child with a top priority of minimizing gear weight? Do you want the lightest bag you can afford, or do you get cold easily and need a bag that’s a little fatter and warmer than the average person uses?

The reason for the almost infinite number of choices in gear is the infinite variability in the wants and needs of consumers. That can seem confusing but it’s ultimately good for you. Your first step in buying may simply be writing down your customized answers to numbers one and two in this list of tips and using that as a guide as you begin winnowing your short list.

Trips go better with the right gear.
See “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents.”

A backpacker on the Teton Crest Trail.
Todd Arndt backpacking the Teton Crest Trail. Click photo to see all of my expert e-books to backpacking the Teton Crest Trail and in many other classic parks.

No. 3 Get the Fit Right

Especially with footwear, packs, and performance apparel, fit and personal satisfaction go together like chips and salsa. You can be happy with a sleeping bag or tent that are not quite what you wanted (but are what you could afford); but no matter how much you spend, you’ll never be happy with a pack or boots that don’t fit you well. A poorly fitting pack can make you miserable, and poorly fitting boots can end a trip.

With those gear items for which fit becomes critical—boots and a pack—narrow your list to perhaps three or more options, based on steps one and two (above). Then go try them on and you will find the model you like.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

Jan Roser backpacking to Alice Lake in Idaho's Sawtooth Mountains.
Jan Roser below El Capitan in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains.

No. 4 Don’t Wait Until the Last Minute

The best way to spend more than you want or need to spend—and be forced to settle for something that’s not quite what you wanted—is to wait until the last day or two before a trip and rush out to buy something.

You wouldn’t buy a car or a house that way, because you want to take the time to find something that feels just right for you.

Treat buying boots, a pack, tent, bag, or other major gear or apparel item the same way—those aren’t like batteries or stove fuel that you dash out to pick up at the last minute.

Plus, shopping around weeks or even months in advance gives you time to wait for sale prices—and that’s truly the best way to get the most value out of every dollar you spend.

Plan your next great backpacking adventure in Yosemite, Grand Teton, Glacier,
and other flagship parks using my expert e-books.

A backpacker on the Tonto Trail in the Grand Canyon.
Todd Arndt backpacking the Tonto Trail in the Grand Canyon. Click photo to see my e-books to classic hikes, including “The Best Backpacking Trip in the Grand Canyon.”

No. 5 Spend What You Can Afford

This last nugget of advice goes both ways: If you can only afford an entry-level pack or other piece of gear, look for the best-quality item that’s within your budget (and fits you) and just buy it. Some brands that sell directly to consumer offer high-quality gear at very competitive prices. (Tip: Pick a brand name known for high quality, because they usually bring similar attention to quality to their affordable gear as they do to their pricier gear.)

Maybe it won’t be as comfortable or last as long as the high-end gear you coveted, but it will enable you to get out there and have fun and may last until you can afford something better.

See my “5 Tips For Spending Less on Hiking and Backpacking Gear.”

By the same token, I always tell friends or readers seeking advice: If you can afford the best, why settle for something that will be less comfortable, or heavier, or not fit or perform as well as pricier pieces of gear or apparel that are within your budget? Measure the value in terms of your enjoyment and comfort as well as the cost per mile or day of use, because higher-quality gear, while pricier, often proves much more durable than cheaper stuff. That’s money well spent.

See my story “Why and When to Spend More on Hiking and Backpacking Gear.”

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Backpackers hiking the High Sierra Trail in Sequoia National Park.
Backpackers on the High Sierra Trail in Sequoia National Park. Click photo to read about this and other High Sierra backpacking trips.

See these articles at The Big Outside for my pro tips on buying gear (most of them require a subscription to my blog):

5 Expert Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack
5 Expert Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent
How to Choose the Best Ultralight Backpacking Tent for You
Expert Tips For Buying the Right Boots
Pro Tips for Buying a Backpacking Sleeping Bag
5 Expert Tips For Buying a Rain Jacket for Hiking
The 12 Best Down Jackets” (includes buying tips for down and synthetic jackets)

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

See also these reviews of top picks:

The 10 Best Backpacking Packs
The 10 Best Backpacking Tents
The Best Ultralight Backpacks
The Best Rain Jackets for Hiking and Backpacking

25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories
The Best Trekking Poles
The Best Headlamps
The 10 Best Hiking Daypacks

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-things-to-know-before-buying-backpacking-gear/feed/ 6 23564
5 Smart Steps to Lighten Your Backpacking Gear https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-smart-steps-to-lightening-up-your-backpacking-gear-kit/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-smart-steps-to-lightening-up-your-backpacking-gear-kit/#comments Tue, 06 May 2025 09:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=41378 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

The fact that you opened this story means you already recognize a simple backpacking truth: Reducing the weight in your backpack will make this activity feel like an entirely different and far more enjoyable experience. But how do you navigate the transition from heavier to lighter gear—what should you replace first, second, and so on? This story will guide you through the most logical progression of steps to a lighter backpacking gear kit—and more comfortable, happier days on the trail.

I’ve learned the tips shared below as someone who began backpacking when gear was much heavier—and who has spent more than three decades backpacking many thousands of miles all over the U.S. and around world, including a quarter-century testing and reviewing countless packs, tents, boots, bags, and other gear as a past Northwest Editor and lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine for 10 years and over a decade (and counting) for this blog.

If you have older gear, these steps can help you slash your base pack weight—which includes your gear and clothing but not food and water—potentially by 10 pounds or more. You will also significantly reduce your gear volume, allowing you to use a smaller, lighter pack. If you’re a new backpacker buying your first gear kit, use these steps to prioritize your gear purchases and focus on going as light as you can afford and that is practical for you.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Backpackers hiking over Clouds Rest in Yosemite National Park.
Todd Arndt and Jeff Wilhelm hiking over Clouds Rest in Yosemite. Click photo for my expert e-books to classic backpacking trips in Yosemite and other parks.

As I write in my story “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” which delves more specifically into my approach to managing gear weight, my evolution toward a lighter pack was driven by comfort, but also emerged from a gradual rethinking about why I’m out there: It’s not about having stuff. It’s about experiencing a place.

The steps below are ordered beginning with the heaviest gear items because they offer the most potential to reduce weight and bulk. And like many stories at The Big Outside, part of this story is free for anyone to read, but reading all of my tips in this story requires a paid subscription to this blog.

Please share what you think of my tips or your questions or suggestions in the comments section below this story. I try to respond to all comments.

Want to see my top gear picks? See my review of “The Best Backpacking Gear.”

Backpackers camped by Thousand Island Lake along the John Muir Trail in the Ansel Adams Wilderness, High Sierra.
Backpackers camping with an ultralight tent by Thousand Island Lake along the John Muir Trail in the Ansel Adams Wilderness, High Sierra. Click photo to learn how I can help you plan this or any trip you read about at this blog.

Step 1—Your Tent 

For most backpackers, their tent is the heaviest and bulkiest single piece of gear they carry—making it the item where you can make the biggest dent in gear weight and the logical first step in creating a lightweight or ultralight kit. For example, switching from a two-person tent weighing from three to five pounds to a more compact one tipping the scales at two to two-and-a-half pounds slashes your shelter weight by as much as half. And even dropping a pound or close to it makes a significant difference as a percentage of your total base weight.

For many years, I have used two-person, three-season tents around 2.5 pounds or less and rarely found any need to use a three-season backpacking tent that weighs more than about three pounds. If you can afford just one immediate, major gear purchase, start with a new tent.

See my picks for “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents” and my stories “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “Ultralight Backpacking Tents: How to Choose One” (both of which require a paid subscription to read in full, as do other stories offering gear-buying tips linked below) and all backpacking tent reviews and an ultralight backpacking tent reviews at The Big Outside.

Bonus tip—Using an ultralight tent that pitches with trekking poles sheds the weight of tent poles. And ditch the ground cloth.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

Backpackers on the Teton Crest Trail on Death Canyon Shelf in Grand Teton National Park.
Backpackers on the Teton Crest Trail in Grand Teton National Park. Click photo for my expert e-book to backpacking the Teton Crest Trail.

Step 2—Your Sleeping Bag

Backpackers hiking the Continental Divide Trail in Glacier National Park.
Backpackers hiking the Piegan Pass Trail in Glacier National Park. Click photo for my expert e-book to this backpacking trip in Glacier.

A bag usually represents not only one of the heaviest items in your pack, but also one of the bulkiest—which means that switching to a lighter bag or an ultralight quilt will drop ounces and greatly help you downsize your backpack.

But many backpackers, regardless of the vintage of bag they own, tend to choose one rated for the coldest temperatures they think they might encounter—and then proceed to use that bag in significantly warmer overnight temps on the vast majority of their backcountry nights.

Don’t get a bag rated for conditions you rarely encounter—get one for the temps you usually encounter, which for many backpackers most of the time are lows above 40° F on summer trips. For some people, that may be a 30-degree bag, for others a 20-degree, depending on how cold you sleep. On the rare frosty night, either wear more layers to bed or eventually buy a warmer bag for those occasional, chillier trips.

See all reviews of sleeping bags and ultralight sleeping bags at The Big Outside and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying a Backpacking Sleeping Bag” and “10 Pro Tips for Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Bonus tip—For maximum warmth per ounce and packability, get a bag stuffed with 800- or 900-fill-power down (or a higher fill rating).

Read all of this story and ALL stories at The Big Outside,
plus get a FREE e-book! Join now!

 

Backpackers hiking past a tarn overlooking Mount Oeneis and Sky Pilot Peak, on the Highline Trail in the Wind River Range.
Chip Roser and Penny Beach backpacking past a tarn below Mount Oeneis and Sky Pilot Peak, on the Highline Trail in the Wind River Range. Click photo to see all stories at this blog about backpacking in the Winds.

See more weight-slashing tips in my story “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.”

See also my “10 Tips for Spending Less on Backpacking and Hiking Gear” and “5 Things to Know Before Buying Backpacking Gear” and all reviews of backpacking gear and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my stories “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be,” “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and a get free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-smart-steps-to-lightening-up-your-backpacking-gear-kit/feed/ 8 41378
The Best Ultralight Backpacks of 2026 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/ask-me-whats-the-best-thru-hiking-backpack/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/ask-me-whats-the-best-thru-hiking-backpack/#comments Fri, 25 Apr 2025 09:05:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=10760 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

Do you need an ultralight backpack? Many backpackers might answer “no” when, for many reasons, their answer should logically be “yes.” These packs aren’t just for thru-hikers. Typically weighing roughly from under two pounds/0.9 kilos to under three pounds/1.36 kilos (empty), ultralight packs have support for carrying 25 to as much as 35 pounds—making them ideal for more than just ultralight backpacking. For many or even most backpackers, that represents the range of pack weight they either carry on most trips—or could carry on most trips, with smart packing and reasonably light gear.

In other words, an ultralight pack just may be perfect for you. And this article covers the best ones out there today. My picks are based on extensive field testing of many packs of all types over more than 25 years of reviewing gear while backpacking and hiking all across the U.S., including the 10 years I spent as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine and even longer running this blog.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


A backpacker on the Teton Crest Trail in Grand Teton National Park.
Jeff Wilhelm backpacking the Teton Crest Trail. Click photo to see my e-books to backpacking trips in the Tetons, Yosemite, and other classic trips.

As I wrote in my “5 Expert Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” when backpacking ultralight or lightweight—keeping my pack weight between 25 and 35 pounds/11.3 to 15.9 kilos, which describes the vast majority of my backpacking trips—I want a backpack with low weight and minimal features like pockets and zippers, because I just don’t need more than that. Still, I like the convenience of quick access for some items, like a lid pocket or, more often, side and hipbelt pockets for snacks, map, sunglasses, and sunblock, plus a large front pocket where I can stuff items like a jacket or wet rainfly.

The pack you choose will depend on personal preferences regarding design features, price, weight, and capacity.

Backpackers passing a small tarn just off the Highline Trail in the Wind River Range.
Backpackers passing a small tarn just off the Highline Trail in the Wind River Range. Click photo to see “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips.”

Ultralight Packs Defined

Some ultralight backpackers assert that only packs weighing under about two pounds/0.9 kilos empty are truly ultralight packs. (Some of the comments at the bottom of this story delve into that.) The semantic argument aside, packs that light have just a very basic frame or no frame. I have used packs with a minimal frame or none from various brands that all employ the same basic design, including on a seven-day thru-hike (averaging 31 miles per day) of the John Muir Trail, when we had our base pack weight (everything but food and water) under 15 pounds/6.8 kilos.

These packs are very minimalist, with a comfortable carrying capacity of about 20 to 25 pounds/9.1 to 11.3 kilos at best (for most people), and that assumes the user is diligent about loading the pack to achieve optimal distribution of weight. A frameless pack with a lightly padded hipbelt that also lacks structure does not support weight; the pack essentially hangs off your back, requiring your back and shoulders to bear the weight. Yes, a strong backpacker could carry 25 pounds/11.3 kilos or more in a pack like that; but for many people, that pack will grow increasingly uncomfortable as the miles pile up, day after day.

And if you start adding a pound here and there in gear, increasing your total pack weight to 25 pounds/11.3 kilos or higher, you should ask why you’re depriving yourself of the very noticeable improvement you will gain in comfort—with a weight penalty of only a half-pound to perhaps a full pound—by getting a pack with a frame. I’ve long believed that inadequate gear—whether it’s a pack loaded beyond its comfortable carrying capacity or a sleeping pad or air mattress that deprives you of adequate sleep—can easily create a net greater of energy from your theoretical “body battery” than you lose by carrying slightly heavier but more comfortable gear (pack, air mattress, etc.).

In other words, don’t get an ultralight backpack unless you plan to keep its full weight within your comfort zone (whatever that is). But bottom line: As I state above, many backpackers have light enough gear and combined food and water weight on most trips that they can comfortably use an ultralight pack. (I even sometimes slightly exceed an ultralight or lightweight backpack’s comfortable carrying weight on the first day of a longer trip, knowing I might be a little uncomfortable that first day, but by day two, it will feel fine and that helps keep my pack weight lower for the rest of the trip.)

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

A backpacker hiking the Dawson Pass Trail in Glacier National Park.
Pam Solon backpacking the Dawson Pass Trail in Glacier National Park. Click photo to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.

I prefer ultralight packs with some kind of frame structure, like those in this review, because they distribute the pack’s weight in a way that your body can carry more comfortably for hours on the trail, day after day. A frame helps shift most pack weight onto your hips, which is far more comfortable than having weight hang off your shoulders. I think many people would notice the difference, especially with more than 20 to 25 pounds/9.1 to 11.3 kilos in the pack.

Consider this: Even hiking daypacks designed for carrying more than 15 pounds/6.8 kilos have a frame.

Reviewed below are several backpacks that stand out in this category. Click on any affiliate links to purchase any pack below and support this blog at no cost to you; thank you for doing that. The capsule reviews below also link to full reviews of these packs at The Big Outside.

A backpacker at a waterfall on the Deer Creek Trail in the Grand Canyon.
Jeff Wilhelm at a waterfall on the Deer Creek Trail, along the Thunder River-Deer Creek loop in the Grand Canyon. Click photo to see “The 12 Best Backpacking Trips in the Southwest.”

Please share your comments or questions about them, or suggestions for your own favorite ultralight pack, in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

See also these reviews of other top gear picks:

The Best Backpacking Gear of the Year
The 10 Best Backpacking Packs
The 10 Best Backpacking Tents
The 12 Best Down Jackets
25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories
The 10 Best Hiking Daypacks

The Best Ultralight Backpacks

The Osprey Exos 58 ultralight backpack.
The Osprey Exos 58 on the John Muir Trail.

Osprey Exos 58 and Eja 58

The men’s Osprey Exos 58 ($280, 2 lbs. 14 oz.) or Exos 48 ($260, 2 lbs. 12 oz.), and the women’s Eja 58 and Eja 48, have long ranked among the best ultralight backpacks. I’ve used and liked the Exos 58 a lot since it first came out in 2008, including on a four-day, 86-mile backpacking trip in Yosemite National Park, a weeklong hut trek in Italy’s Dolomite Mountains, and on a six-day, 94-mile hike through Glacier National Park. Most recently, I took the 2022 update of the Exos 58—most significantly, the updated Exos and Eja now have adjustable fit in two sizes each—on a nine-day, nearly 130-mile hike through the High Sierra, mostly on the John Muir Trail with some on- and off-trail detours.

The top-loading Exos and Eja carry 30 to 35 pounds comfortably thanks to Osprey’s LightWire perimeter frame, which transfers much of the pack weight onto your hips, where you want it, and they have the capacity for weeklong trips and ultralight thru-hiking—I started our High Sierra trip with 18 pounds of food and carried it on days ranging up to 19.5 miles and over 8,600 vertical feet of elevation gain and loss and finished every day impressed with how good the pack felt.. The trampoline-style back panel permits cooling air circulation. At just under three pounds, they have smart features like good compression, a removable lid, six exterior pockets, and a handy trekking poles attachment on the left shoulder strap.

Read my complete review of the Osprey Exos 58 and Eja 58.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase any men’s Osprey Exos backpack at osprey.combackcountry.com, or rei.com, or any women’s Osprey Eja backpack at osprey.combackcountry.com, or rei.com.

Looking for the best outdoor adventures, gear reviews, and expert tips?
Start at my blog’s home page!

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider 3400 ultralight backpack.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider 3400 ultralight backpack in the Beartooth Mountains.

Hyperlite Mountain Gear 3400 Windrider

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider ($379, 1 lb. 15 oz.), which I’ve used on two different trips in Wyoming’s Wind River Range, including seven days on the Wind River High Route, and numerous other outings, weighs just two pounds, has removable aluminum stays and a harness system that I found comfortable carrying 30 to 35 pounds, and is made with waterproof (and practically bulletproof) Dyneema fabric.

Its minimalist design features three roomy, exterior mesh pockets and zippered hipbelt pockets, and a roll-top closure with top and side compression for stabilizing under-filled loads. For its weight, it offers unique carrying comfort—thanks in part to coming in four fixed sizes—and capacity for long trips.

Read my complete review of the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider backpack at hyperlitemountaingear.com or a Hyperlite Mountain Gear Southwest backpack at hyperlitemountaingear.com.

Gossamer Gear Mariposa 60 ultralight backpack.
The Gossamer Gear Mariposa 60 ultralight backpack in the Wind River Range.

Gossamer Gear Mariposa 60

After hauling the Gossamer Gear Mariposa 60 ($315, 1 lb. 14 oz. for medium pack with small belt) on late-summer, multi-day hikes in Wyoming’s Wind River Range and Washington’s Pasayten Wilderness, I’ve come to understand why I’ve seen this pack on the backs of so many ultralighters: It sports much of what you’d want in an ultralight backpack with hardly a flaw.

It has more capacity than many two-pound packs, including seven roomy external pockets, most of them made with more-durable fabric than mesh. A top-loader with a roll-top closure that clips with two straps to the pack’s front side, the Mariposa has abundant space for five to seven days—and conceivably more—of food and three-season, lightweight gear, including a full-size bear canister (inserted upright; it will not fit horizontally). It has a removable, U-shaped internal stay that gives the pack the support and comfort for carrying 25 to 30 pounds—and perhaps up to 35 pounds for some backpackers—and comes in three unisex pack and interchangeable hipbelt sizes.

Read my complete review of the Mariposa 60 (also shown in lead photo at top of story).

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Gossamer Gear Mariposa 60 at gossamergear.com.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
and other parks using my expert e-books.

The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 ultralight backpack.
The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 ultralight backpack in the Grand Canyon.

Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 and 45+5 SL

Updated for 2024, the Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 and 45+5 SL packs ($260, 55L/3,356 c.i., 2 lbs. 15 oz./1.33kg for the Ultra 50+5) distinguish themselves for their comfortable fit—they’re among the lightest packs with torso adjustability—and smart design details. I found the Aircontact Ultra 50+5 comfortable with up to about 35 pounds inside on hikes of three days in southern Utah’s Owl and Fish canyons and six days on the Grand Canyon’s Gems Route. And while it wasn’t “comfortable” when I severely overloaded it at the outset of my Grand Canyon trip, it also didn’t feel awful.

That comfort as well as stability going up and down very steep, loose trails on both trips owes to its spring steel wire frame and a framesheet that offers slight flex while providing some structural support. Plus, the hipbelt fins and shoulder straps rotate to absorb your body’s movement, helping to steady the pack while hiking. And the spacer mesh in the back panel, lumbar pad, shoulder straps, and hipbelt deliver nice ventilation and cushioning. This top-loader has a spacious main compartment that fit my gear, food, and water for six days, plus six external pockets including a large stretch-mesh front pocket as well as side and hipbelt pockets, and light but reasonably tough, 175-denier polyamide fabric.

Read my complete review of the 2024 Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 and 45+5 SL.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 backpack at backcountry.com, a Deuter Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL backpack at rei.com, or any model in the Aircontact Ultra series at backcountry.com or rei.com.

The Gregory Focal 58 backpack in the Grand Canyon.
The Gregory Focal 58 backpack in the Grand Canyon.

Gregory Focal 58 and Facet 55

The Gregory men’s Focal 58 and women’s Facet 55 ($270, 2 lbs. 11 oz.), and the smaller Focal 48 and Facet 45 ($250), are designed for backpackers who are willing to accept a reasonable weight penalty for some organizational features of traditional backpacks and the support to carry up to 35 pounds. I found the Focal 58 comfortable carrying 35 pounds on strenuous days up to 12 miles with over 7,000 feet of cumulative elevation gain and loss—including seven very steep off-trail miles—backpacking for six days in the Grand Canyon.

These packs sport six external pockets, including two on the hipbelt and a large, stretch-mesh front pocket, and useful features like good compression and attachments for trekking poles or an ice axe. Gregory’s attention to comfort in its ultralight backpack is evident in the aluminum perimeter wire frame with a fiberglass cross-stay and an HDPE framesheet that lend the pack substantial rigidity, distributing most of the load across the hips. The tensioned, ventilated back panel allows air movement across your sweaty back. And they’re made with recycled fabrics and come in three non-adjustable sizes for men and women.

Read my complete review of the Gregory Focal 58 and Facet 55.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Gregory Focal 58 or Focal 48 at rei.combackcountry.com, or gregorypacks.com, or a women’s Gregory Facet 55 or Facet 45 at rei.combackcountry.com, or gregorypacks.com.

Want my help planning any trip you read about at my blog?
Click here for expert advice you won’t get anywhere else.

The Mountainsmith Zerk 40 ultralight backpack.
The Mountainsmith Zerk 40 ultralight backpack.

Mountainsmith Zerk 40

The Mountainsmith Zerk 40 ($225, 1 lb. 13 oz.) suited my needs quite well trekking hut to hut for six days on Iceland’s Laugavegur and Fimmvörðuháls trails—and I think much about the Zerk will also appeal to many ultralighters and thru-hikers. It takes a common template of ultralight packs—roll-top, frameless, spacious external pockets—and juices it with smart details and add-ons, tougher materials, and a touch of modularity, starting with nine external pockets, all but one within easy reach wearing the pack.

The Zerk’s wide foam shoulder straps take a page from trail running-hydration vests, improving comfort; and each has four pockets with adequate space for a phone, flexible bottles, and energy snacks. It carries about 30 pounds, with a removable foam back pad, has tough, recycled fabric, and comes with a bungee and an accessory strap for attaching a tent or bear canister atop the full pack. Two drawbacks: At 40 liters (fully extended), it has less capacity than some sub-two-pound packs; you must be a committed ultralighter. And it comes in one unisex size.

Read my complete review of the Mountainsmith Zerk 40.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Mountainsmith Zerk 40 backpack at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Is this story helpful to you?
Join now for full access to ALL stories at The Big Outside and get a free e-book!

REI Flash 45
The REI Flash 45 in Utah’s Dark Canyon Wilderness.

REI Flash 55

The men’s and women’s REI Flash 55 ($219,  2 lbs. 10 oz.) is not only a steal, but it sports nice design features for ultralight backpacking, including a rolltop closure, six external pockets, customizable compression straps, and removable features to trim several ounces.

A steel, internal perimeter frame plus a contoured hipbelt made it comfortable carrying up to 30 pounds on a 40-mile hike in Utah’s Dark Canyon Wilderness.

Read my complete review of the smaller version of the pack, the Flash 45 (which is no longer available).

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a men’s or women’s REI Flash 55 at rei.com.

ULA Circuit

The ULA Circuit ($300) weighs in at 2 lbs. 4.6 oz., but it’s spacious at 68 liters, and its roll-top closure extends farther than many competitors, giving you more capacity when needed. With a carbon fiber and Delrin suspension, a dense foam frame and an aluminum stay, it will carry up to 35 pounds, and the hipbelt and shoulder straps come in multiple sizes for customizing the fit for men or women and customizable features like embroidering your trail name on it. ULA’s 400 Robic fabric is highly durable, and the pack has a huge external front pocket.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a ULA Circuit at ula-equipment.com.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

Granite Gear Perimeter 50 backpack
The Granite Gear Perimeter 50 backpack in Yosemite.

Two Almost Ultralight Packs

Depending on how much weight you intend to carry, there are two other, more-versatile backpacks that weigh just a few ounces more than some of these, yet carry more weight comfortably and have more features: the Granite Gear Perimeter 50 (read my review) and the Granite Gear Blaze 60 (read my review).

See all backpack reviews and my picks for the 10 best packs for backpacking, including models that range from around three-and-a-half pounds to five pounds. See also my “5 Tips For Buying the Right Backpack,” “Video: How to Load a Backpack,” all reviews of backpacking gear and ultralight backpacking gear, and my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for numerous stories with my picks for best gear and tips on buying gear.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/ask-me-whats-the-best-thru-hiking-backpack/feed/ 49 10760
The Best Base Layers, Shorts and Socks for Hiking and Running https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-best-base-layers-and-shorts-for-hiking-trail-running-and-training/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-best-base-layers-and-shorts-for-hiking-trail-running-and-training/#comments Sat, 12 Apr 2025 09:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=18449 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

Let’s admit it: We don’t always take our base layers as seriously and we do our outerwear and insulation—or packs, tents, boots and other gear, for that matter. But this under-appreciated first stage in a layering system for the outdoors really sets the table for how comfortable you’ll be. Base layers that don’t perform well probably won’t kill you, but misery isn’t a good companion. This is what we wear against our skin. It matters.

After much testing from the trails to the mountains to the gym year-round, the long-sleeve tops, T-shirts, shorts, underwear, and socks reviewed here are the best I’ve found for dayhiking, backpacking, trail running, climbing, and training. And over the course of a quarter-century of testing and reviewing gear, including the 10 years I spent as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine and even longer running this blog, I’ve learned how to distinguish the mediocre from the excellent.

Light- and medium-weight T-shirts and long-sleeve tops are the most versatile because you can layer them in a wider range of temperatures to keep you drier and cooler, but fabrics and design features of tops and shorts also affect their temperature range and the activities for which they’re comfortable.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


A backpacker above Oldman Lake along the Dawson Pass Trail in Glacier National Park.
Jeff Wilhelm high above Oldman Lake along the Dawson Pass Trail in Glacier National Park. Click photo to see all e-books describing classic backpacking trips in Glacier and other national parks.

Please leave any comments or questions about my picks for best base layers in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments. And you can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by making purchases through the affiliate links below—where you’ll also often find the best prices. Thank you for doing that.

What You Need to Know About Synthetic Versus Wool

We all know that synthetic fabrics wick moisture and dry quickly, while wool keeps you warm even once it’s wet. My experience with dozens of base layers is that both types keep getting better. Modern synthetics are getting lighter and more efficient at moving moisture. I wear lightweight synthetic base layers for high-intensity activities in warm temperatures, and midweight synthetics for moderate-intensity activities in cool temps. But synthetics can get sweat-soaked (leaving you cold on cool days) and stinky after many days of wearing and multiple washings.

Wool—which today usually means Merino wool—keeps getting softer and more comfortable, and I find myself wearing it more often, for virtually any activity, in a wider range of conditions than I ever did before. It breathes as well as any fabric; doesn’t dry as quickly as synthetics, but keeps you warm, anyway; and the lightest wool base layers today dry out impressively quickly.

The biggest takeaway I’ve had with the newest Merino wool T-shirts and long-sleeve shirts is how effectively they resist developing odors: I’ve worn wool tops for three, four, even five days straight of sweaty hiking and workouts without them getting stinky—and most surprisingly, they remain comfortable to pull on day after day. But the lightest Merino wool tops aren’t always as durable as synthetics.

Today you can also find base layers that combine synthetic fabrics with wool—often Merino for its softness—to combine the strengths of both materials.

Most Versatile T-Shirts

The Ortovox 120 Tec Clean T-shirt.
Testing the Ortovox 120 Tec Clean T-shirt in Capitol Reef National Park.

Ortovox 120 Tec Clean T-shirt
$90, 3.7 oz./106g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL
backcountry.com

The Ortovox 120 Tec Clean T-shirt feels like it redefines how light and cool wool can feel when it’s hot—and how much use you can get from a super light base layer. I have worn it alone for five hours through an 11-mile, 4,200-foot dayhike in the White Mountains and both alone and under a warmer wool hoodie in cool, strong wind dayhiking in Capitol Reef and Bryce Canyon national parks and in cool to warm temps with wind at times on a three-day hike in southern Utah’s Owl and Fish canyons in early May—and in my sleeping bag every night. It was my base layer every evening in camp and in my bag on a six-day, mid-April backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon, and hiking about nine miles and over 3,000 feet up the Hermit Trail on that trip’s last day.

It kept me comfortable sweating hard going uphill and while it was damp when hiking downhill in temps in the 60s Fahrenheit in the Whites, and it prevented me from feeling chilled on sweaty local spring hikes and trail runs where a cool breeze mixed with warm sunshine, drying out remarkably quickly and remaining odor-free afterward, which is the reason I also like it against skin under a warm Merino hoodie for resort skiing. Made with 52 percent, very fine, 17.5-micron Merino wool, 33 percent Tencel cellulose fibers for their cooling effect in warm temps, and 15 percent polyamide, and corespun for durability, this T-shirt will serve you well for almost any activity year-round.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Ortovox 120 Tec Clean T-shirt at backcountry.com or rei.com.

The Patagonia Capilene Cool Merino Tech Tee.
Testing the Patagonia Capilene Cool Merino Tech Tee in Idaho’s Boise Foothills.

Patagonia Capilene Cool Trail Shirt
$45, 4.5 oz. (men’s medium)
backcountry.com
Patagonia Capilene Cool Merino Shirt
$79, 4 oz. (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s and women’s XS-XXL
patagonia.com

From local trail runs of up to 20 miles in temps from 60 to 80 degrees and cool, wet days of camping and rock climbing, to a five-day, 78-mile backpacking trip on the Wonderland Trail around Mount Rainier, four days of variable weather on Nevada’s Ruby Crest Trail and five cool, sometimes very windy and snowy days trekking in June through Spain’s Picos de Europa Mountains, Patagonia’s Capilene Cool Trail Shirt has proved its value on countless days for virtually any kind of activity.

Patagonia Capilene Cool Trail Shirt
Patagonia Capilene Cool Trail Shirt.

I lived in this T-shirt—waking and sleeping hours—under other layers and sometimes alone for three straight days in the Picos. It has the soft, comfortable feel and fit of your favorite cotton tee. Its polyester fabric wicks moisture and dries remarkably quickly: I’d sweat through it while hiking or running uphill, feel an icy wind blowing through wet fabric against my skin; and next thing I knew, within minutes after reducing my exertion level, the T-shirt was dry again. And the Polygiene permanent odor control treatment has prevented it from getting a perma-stink after many workouts, hikes, runs, and launderings.

The Capilene Cool Merino Shirt has become another staple base layer for me because it marries the benefits of the Capilene Cool daily Shirt with those of soft Merino wool—the ability to retain warmth once wet plus odor-resistance—as I’ve confirmed while trekking hut to hut on Iceland’s Laugavegur Trail in cool, often windy and wet days in July; on hilly dayhikes up to 12 miles in warm to hot August temps and little shade; on a 10-mile, 3,600-foot dayhike of 4,700-foot Mount Carrigain in New Hampshire’s White Mountains, on a dry October day with temps in the 50s and 60s with light wind; and on numerous local hikes and workouts.

Made from 65 percent Merino wool and 35 percent recycled polyester, it kept me cool—especially once damp with sweat—until the temp climbed into the 80s Fahrenheit, when it started getting too warm. I also like it for gym workouts.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Patagonia Capilene Cool Trail Shirt or other Capilene Cool Trail tops at backcountry.com or patagonia.com, or a men’s or women’s Patagonia Capilene Cool Merino Shirt or other Capilene Cool Merino tops at patagonia.com.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

Ibex Tencel Short Sleeve Crew.
Testing the Ibex Tencel Short Sleeve Crew in Idaho’s Boise Foothills.

Ibex Merino Tencel Short Sleeve Tee
$80, 4.5 oz. (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
ibex.com

Working up a sweat on dayhikes of up to 11 miles in my local foothills—including up and down one trail that rises 2,000 vertical feet in 2.2 miles—in August temps ranging from the 50s into the 80s Fahrenheit, the Ibex Merino Tencel Short Sleeve Tee got damp but never felt too hot and dried more quickly than an all-wool T-shirt of the same, low weight would. I also lived in it, day and night, for five straight days backpacking almost 50 miles through Washington’s Pasayten Wilderness, in September temps ranging from the 40s to around 60° F, alone as well as under one or two layers—and it remained comfortable. I’ve also worn it through sweaty gym workouts and mountain biking.

It blends two natural performance fibers—Tencel, derived from sustainably grown eucalyptus, and Merino wool—imbuing the lightweight, 19.5-micron fabric with exceptional moisture wicking, temperature regulating, and antimicrobial properties. That means you stay cool and dry and the shirt resists getting stinky after two or three days of use—although it did get a little funky after five days of backpacking. Ibex reports that its manufacturing partners produce the fiber in a closed-loop system, recycling over 99 percent of water and solvents that extract cellulosic fibers from wood pulp.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Ibex Merino Tencel Short Sleeve Tee at ibex.com, or a women’s Ibex Merino Tencel Short Sleeve Tee at ibex.com.

For high-speed workouts in damp weather, get a breathable, ultralight wind shell.
See my reviews of the best ones.

The Beyond Todra L1 SS Crew.
Wearing the Beyond Todra L1 SS Crew on a spring hike up Grandeur Peak in the Wasatch Range foothills above Salt Lake City.

Most Comfortable T-Shirt

Beyond Clothing Todra L1 SS Crew
$30, 4 oz. (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL
beyondclothing.com

What are the things we don’t like about some base layers? The fabric feels rough or itchy against skin or the fit’s too tight or too loose—or it just costs too much. Then there’s the Todra, which feels like your favorite cotton T-shirt that you’ll pull on day after day at home but performs like a technical tee, as I’ve discovered wearing it on dayhikes in New Hampshire’s White Mountains and elsewhere, trail runs, gym workouts, trekking hut to hut on Iceland’s Laugavegur Trail, and backpacking a section of the John Muir Trail, four days in the Wind River Range, a six-day hike in the Grand Canyon (lead photo at top of story), and a seven-day, nearly 70-mile trip in Glacier National Park.

The standard fit feels neither silly-tight nor bulky—it drapes over your torso as if made for you. The lightweight, stretchy, 88 percent polyester and 12 percent Tencel knit fabric wicks moisture off your skin and dries fast while antibacterial treatment keeps it from getting stinky—I’ve worn it on consecutive days of hiking, running, and gym workouts without it getting funky. On a dayhike of the 13-mile Burgess Pass Loop in the Canadian Rockies, it got soaked with sweat on the 3,500-foot ascent in 4.5 miles to Burgess Pass, but dried out within about 15 minutes under my rain shell once we got above treeline—on a cool, overcast day with intermittent rain showers.

The low-bulk, wrinkle-resistant fabric packs small for stuffing inside a pack. It also meets textile standards for ecological safety and not containing harmful levels of more than 100 substances. And you can buy two of them for the cost of some technical tees.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Beyond Clothing Todra L1 SS Crew at beyondclothing.com.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Patagonia Capilene Midweight Zip-Neck.
Testing the Patagonia Capilene Midweight Zip-Neck in the Grand Canyon.

Most Versatile Long-Sleeve

Patagonia Capilene Midweight Zip-Neck
$99, 7.5 oz. (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-XXL, women’s XXS-XL
backcountry.com

If the ultimate proof of any garment’s value is how often and in what range of conditions you wear it, the Patagonia Capilene Midweight Zip-Neck has more than covered its price. I’ve worn it on innumerable days in a wide variety of conditions, from trekking through strong, cold wind in rain and falling snow in northern Spain’s Picos de Europa Mountains, to cool evenings and mornings while backpacking a section of the John Muir Trail , in late summer in the Wind River Range, and in the Grand Canyon, as well as rock climbing and camping at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve. Whether hiking, climbing, on a winter trail run, or backcountry or resort skiing, I increasingly find myself grabbing it from a drawer full of tops for a variety of activities in all seasons.

Comfort is excellent thanks to flatlock seams and shoulder construction that allows full mobility without causing the top to hike up. The 100 percent recycled polyester fabric’s smooth face slips easily into fleece jacket sleeves. Thumb loops hold the sleeves over your hands. The Polygiene odor control has prevented it from getting stinky through many sweaty outings and launderings. All in all, you get a four-season, midweight top with Patagonia quality.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, when you click either of these affiliate links to purchase the men’s or women’s Patagonia Capilene Midweight Zip-Neck at backcountry.com or patagonia.com.

Plan your next great backpacking adventure in Yosemite
and other flagship parks using my expert e-books.

The Outdoor Research ActiveIce Spectrum Sun Hoodie in the Grand Canyon.
Testing the Outdoor Research ActiveIce Spectrum Sun Hoodie in the Grand Canyon.

Favorite Sun Shirt

Outdoor Research ActiveIce Spectrum Sun Hoodie
$90, 7.2 oz. (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
backcountry.com

Picking a best overall sun hoody admittedly seems dubious, given how similar many are. But living in this sun hoodie for most of nine straight August days on a section of the John Muir Trail, in mostly dry conditions with temps from the 40s to high 60s and one rainstorm; six sunny and hot days backpacking in the Grand Canyon in early April—including carrying a backpack uphill under a blazing sun, in temps in the 80s, with virtually no shade; and backpacking under a hot sun on the three-day, 22-mile Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow Loop in the Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument in early October, I found the ActiveIce Hoodie consistently comfortable with the hood up.

Although heavier than most, it’s one of the coolest and most comfortable. The natural performance of the breathable, wicking, fast-drying, and stretchy 94 percent polyester fabric is amplified by the ActiveIce treatment, a USDA-certified biobased, vegetable oil-derived polymer that absorbs heat energy, producing a noticeable cooling sensation. OR reports the fabric cools by up to 5.4° F/3° C.

It’s rated UPF 50+—but just as critically, the shirt provides great coverage, with its deep hood that shades your face and long sleeves that don’t ride up when reaching overhead, plus thumb holes. Plus, the heavier weight will likely prove more durable—especially for abusive activities like climbing.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Outdoor Research ActiveIce Spectrum Sun Hoodie at backcountry.com or outdoorresearch.com and other ActiveIce apparel pieces at outdoorresearch.com.

Protect yourself smartly and comfortably with one of “The Best Sun Shirts.”

Two Versatile, Soft, Three-Season Wool Tops

Ibex Woolies Tech Long Sleeve Crew
Ibex Woolies Tech Long Sleeve Crew

Ibex Woolies Tech Long Sleeve Crew
$115, 7 oz. (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
ibex.com

The “in between” weather days, with moderate temperatures and perhaps some wind, can be hard to dress for when active outside: You’re too warm one minute, too cool the next. Wearing the Ibex Woolies Tech Long Sleeve Crew over a lightweight, short- or long-sleeve base layer and sometimes under a wind shell on winter and spring trail runs up to 11 miles in a wide range of conditions—sun and clouds, windy and calm, and temps from the 30s to the 50s—I stayed warm even after both base layers became moderately wet with sweat.

A midweight top comprised of 81 percent Merino wool with a nylon core for durability, it feels soft against skin and functions well as a bottom layer or over a lighter T-shirt or long-sleeve. At only 180gsm, this relatively light wool provides pretty good warmth for its weight and moved moisture well compared to warmer wool and synthetic layers, even as I sweated while running. But it’s generally too light and close-fitting for freezing temps and it lacks neck coverage. Consider it best for moderately to highly aerobic activities in cool temps.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these links to purchase a men’s Ibex Woolies Tech Long Sleeve Crew at ibex.com or a women’s Ibex Woolies Tech Long Sleeve Crew at ibex.com.

Make your hikes better. See “The 5 Best Rain Jackets for Hiking and Backpacking
and “The 10 Best Hiking Daypacks.”

Smartwool Classic All-Season Merino Base Layer Long Sleeve.
Smartwool Classic All-Season Merino Base Layer Long Sleeve.

Smartwool Classic All-Season Merino Base Layer Long Sleeve
$90, 7 oz. (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
backcountry.com

Merino wool is soft, very breathable, warm even when wet, and doesn’t get smelly. But the lightest Merino shirts can wear thin and suffer small tears sooner than synthetic fabrics of comparable weight. With the Classic All-Season Merino Base Layer Long Sleeve, Smartwool wrapped Merino fibers around a nylon core to make the fabric more durable, without compromising the soft-against-skin feel of Merino. The result is a top you can wear as a base or second layer in moderate temperatures, or layer over it in cold temps, without worrying about pack straps shredding it prematurely.

The flatlock, offset shoulder and side seams mean no bothersome seams directly under pack straps. And the super-soft Classic not only feels soft against skin, it’s light enough to dry quickly: On one three-hour, mountain bike ride on a mostly sunny day in the 50s Fahrenheit with light winds, I wore this top while pedaling two hours up more than 2,000 vertical feet—getting quite wet with perspiration. I pulled on an ultralight, breathable wind shell over it for the long ride downhill, and this base layer was almost completely dry when I got home. It’s also too light and close-fitting and lacks neck coverage for freezing temps.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Smartwool Classic All-Season Merino Base Layer Long Sleeve at backcountry.com.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

Two Versatile, Cold-Weather Tops

Outdoor Research Vigor Quarter Zip
Outdoor Research Vigor Quarter Zip.

Outdoor Research Vigor Quarter Zip
$99, 11 oz. (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
backcountry.com

On many days skiing the backcountry, resorts, and very hilly Nordic trails from Idaho’s Boise Mountains to Utah’s Wasatch Range, in temperatures from single digits through the teens and 20s Fahrenheit, sometimes in dumping snow with a below-zero wind chill, OR’s Vigor Quarter Zip always struck a sweet balance between providing enough warmth for the chilly moments without causing me to get too wet on long ascents. When I sweated hard, the Vigor moved moisture so well that it never became more than damp and would dry within minutes of my exertion level dropping.

Similar to other tops, the Vigor consists of a light, soft, grid-back polyester fleece that moves moisture exceptionally well, its mechanical performance enhanced by ActiveTemp thermo-regulating treatment. You can wear it as a base layer—the flat-seam construction aids comfort—or as I frequently do, over a light, wool-poly T-shirt or long-sleeve base layer, with or without a jacket.

The 10-inch front zipper reaches to your sternum for good venting and zips up to your chin. The stretch fabric with thumbholes in the cuffs allow you to slip the sleeves up inside gloves or push sleeves up to the elbows. The zippered chest pocket fits a light hat or phone and breathes well enough to quickly dry something damp stuffed in there (like a light hat for skinning uphill when ski touring). The UPF 30 sun-protection rating protects skin year-round—just as useful in March as August in the mountains. Plus, the length extends to cover your entire butt, providing that much more warmth.

The Vigor Quarter Zip doesn’t have the mapped warmer and lighter fabrics of the Patagonia R1 and Beyond Celerus L2 or a hood—possibly appealing to users who already have an insulation and shell layers with a hood. Still, it offers fall-winter-spring versatility—at a good price.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Outdoor Research Vigor Quarter Zip at backcountry.com or outdoorresearch.com, or other models in OR’s Vigor series, including the full-zip hooded jacket, at backcountry.com or outdoorresearch.com.

Get serious about the cold with “The Best Clothing Layers for Winter in the Backcountry.”

Patagonia Men’s R1 Pullover Hoody
Patagonia Men’s R1 Pullover Hoody.

Patagonia Men’s R1 Pullover Hoody
$179, 10 oz. (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XXS-XXL
patagonia.com

Patagonia touts this pullover for climbing and skiing—for which it’s certainly ideal—but I find myself constantly wearing it year-round, in a range of temps. Besides days of backcountry skiing, I lived in this pullover—waking and sleeping hours—for three cool, wet days of camping and rock climbing at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve, and it was the only insulation piece I needed for a six-day backpacking trip in May in the Grand Canyon.

The versatility lies in the Polartec Power Grid fabrics, used exclusively by Patagonia. They have outstanding stretch and breathability and excellent warmth for their weight, making this top versatile as a layering or stand-alone piece in temps ranging from the 50s Fahrenheit to as far below freezing as you can bear. A midweight fabric is used on the front, back, and sleeves, while a slightly lighter, more breathable grid fabric comprises the hood, sides, armpits, and girding the waist. The pullover’s close fit has space for layering a lightweight T-shirt or long-sleeve underneath, or wearing alone and under other layers, and the extended length stays tucked inside a pack belt or climbing harness.

I frequently pulled the close-fitting hood over my head and felt an immediate and noticeable difference in warmth; but I also found it easy to tuck the hood under the collar, out of the way (with little bulk, it doesn’t interfere with another hood in a layering system); it also fits smoothly under any helmet. The front zipper plunges nearly to the belly button for superior venting and zips up to let the balaclava-style hood cover your nose when desired. The elasticized cuffs, with thumbholes for wearing the sleeves up to your fingers, have good stretch to both seal out cold air and slide the sleeves up to the elbows. The zippered chest pocket has enough space for a wool hat or light gloves, and is mesh-lined, so you can put a damp hat or gloves in there to quickly dry from body heat. Polygiene treatment controls odors.

The range of men’s sizes will fit many women. There’s also a women’s R1 Pullover ($179).

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Patagonia Men’s R1 Pullover Hoody at patagonia.com, or a women’s R1 Pullover at patagonia.com.

Check out a lightweight, super breathable hooded jacket that performs like a warm top that has a hood and full front zipper, the Himali Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie.

Which puffy should you buy? See “The 10 Best Down Jackets
and “How You Can Tell How Warm a Down Jacket Is.”

Patagonia Men’s Lightweight Capilene Crew
Patagonia Men’s Lightweight Capilene Crew

Lightest, Best Wicking Long-Sleeve

Patagonia Long-Sleeved Capilene Cool Lightweight Shirt
$59, 3.5 oz. (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-XXL, women’s XXS-XL
backcountry.com

On numerous, long trail runs in wide-ranging temperatures and weather in the Boise Foothills, this wafer-thin long-sleeve was stellar either alone in mild conditions or as a base layer under an ultralight shell or warmer long-sleeve top in wind or cooler temps. Even on runs where I perspired heavily, the Capilene’s wicking ability was never overwhelmed—it kept moving moisture as long as my body was producing heat, so it was never more than damp.

Thumb loops kept my hands partly covered when needed, or I could easily push the sleeves up over my elbows when temps rose. Treated for odor control, this top hasn’t gotten stinky after countless days on the trail. With UPF 35 sun protection and Fair Trade Certified, this crew top is better for training and aerobic activities like trail running than for wearing with a pack, which might wear out this light fabric quickly.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Patagonia Long-Sleeved Capilene Cool Lightweight Shirt at backcountry.com or patagonia.com, or a men’s or women’s Patagonia short-sleeve Cool Lightweight Shirt ($49) at backcountry.com or patagonia.com.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “The 25 Best National Park Dayhikes.”

Testing the Outdoor Research Ferrosi Shorts 10-inch Inseam and Beyond Todra L1 SS Crew in the Grand Canyon.
Testing the Outdoor Research Ferrosi Shorts 10-inch Inseam and Beyond Todra L1 SS Crew in the Grand Canyon.

Two Favorite Hiking Shorts

Outdoor Research Ferrosi Shorts 10-inch Inseam
$85, 7 oz. (men’s 30)
Sizes: men’s 28-42, women’s 0-18 (7-inch inseam)
outdoorresearch.com

On trips ranging widely from a sunny and hot six days backpacking in the Grand Canyon in early April (lead photo at top of story), plus September hikes of 50 miles through the Pasayten Wilderness and nearly 70 miles in Glacier National Park; dayhikes and backpacking the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the White Goat Wilderness of the Canadian Rockies in August; backpacking the three-day, 22-mile Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow Loop in the Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument in early October; and a 10-mile, 3,600-foot dayhike of Mount Carrigain in New Hampshire’s White Mountains on a breezy October day in the 50s and 60s, OR’s Ferrosi Shorts kept me comfortable and dry and never felt too warm.

The 86 percent nylon ripstop stretch-woven fabric, consisting of 46 percent recycled material, is very breathable, quick to dry, abrasion- and water-resistant, and rated UPF 50+ for maximum protection from UV sunlight—plus, the 10-inch inseam provides good coverage. The internal drawcord waist keeps them from slipping down and eliminates the need for wearing a belt under a pack hipbelt or climbing harness (although the shorts have belt loops). The two mesh-lined hand pockets have good depth to hold small items and the zippered right thigh pocket secures a smartphone and small map.

Other Ferrosi Shorts models include a men’s 7-inch inseam short, a women’s 5-inch inseam short and a skort, men’s and women’s 12-inch inseam Over Short, and women’s plus-size 9-inch inseam shorts.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Outdoor Research men’s Ferrosi Shorts 10-inch Inseam at outdoorresearch.com, the Outdoor Research women’s Ferrosi Shorts 7-inch Inseam at outdoorresearch.com, or other Ferrosi models at backcountry.com or outdoorresearch.com.

Need all-conditions, 3-season pants?
See my review of the Outdoor Research Ferrosi Convertible Pants.

Beyond Eryx Ultralight K4 Short.
Beyond Eryx Ultralight K4 Short.

Beyond Clothing Eryx Ultralight K4 Short
$30, 7 oz. (size 30)
Sizes: 30-44
beyondclothing.com

One solid test of the day-after-day wearability of any base layer is a hut trip where you’ll sweat into your clothes all day—and then wear them in the hut, sitting next to other people in the dining room. The Eryx passed that test on a two-day, 21-mile hut trek in New Hampshire’s Presidential Range with about 6,000 cumulative feet of elevation gain and loss each day in no-punches-pulled New England June humidity. I also wore them on dayhikes and backpacking the Skyline Trail in Jasper National Park in the Canadian Rockies in August.

The lightweight, four-way stretch, nylon and spandex fabric dried quickly on my body after I sweated heavily hiking uphill and remained perfectly comfortable to wear in the hut throughout the evening and next morning. They feel so good that I routinely wear them at home.

The 9.5-inch inseam makes them best suited for hiking and backpacking, with above-the-knee coverage for protection from sun and brush, while the low-bulk waist band, lined with brushed tricot, feels good under a pack belt. I think the durable front snap will last longer than I will. And there are five pockets: two hand pockets and three zippered, two spacious ones on the thighs and one rear.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this link to purchase the Beyond Clothing Eryx Ultralight K4 Short at beyondclothing.com.

Accessorize wisely. See “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories.”

Patagonia men’s Terrebonne Shorts.
Patagonia men’s Terrebonne Shorts.

Most Versatile Shorts

Patagonia men’s Terrebonne Shorts and women’s Multi-Trails Shorts
$79, 4.5 oz. (men’s small)
Sizes: men’s and women’s XS-XXL
Terrebonne: backcountry.com
Multi-Trails: backcountry.com

For everything from dayhiking or ultralight backpacking to trail running and gym climbing or bouldering, nothing beats a very light pair of shorts. But the Terrebonne stand out for marrying the light, cool feel of running shorts with the desirable style and features of hiking shorts. The 100 percent recycled polyester ripstop fabric has kept me cool on trail runs up to 10 miles in my local foothills on sunny days from the 60s to near 80° F and on a four-day backpacking trip in the Wind River Range in mid-August, in temps in the 50s and 60s F, and a six-day April backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon, with temps from the 40s to 80s F.

With barely more than half the weight and bulk of many hiking shorts, the Terrebonne’s 10-inch inseam provides the same coverage from sun while the loose fit provides a much cooler on-the-trail feel. And nothing beats the comfort of the very low-profile, drawcord waistband. Plus, unlike many running shorts, these have two mesh-lined hand pockets deep enough that items won’t pop out and a zippered rear pocket for essentials like a key. Tough enough for hiking, they even have a DWR (durable, water-repellent treatment) to shed light rain, like heavier hiking shorts, and no brief liner.

The comparable women’s Multi-Trails Shorts (3.8 oz.) have a 5.5-inch inseam, two zippered front pockets and one rear snap pocket, and a brief liner.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Patagonia men’s Terrebonne Shorts at backcountry.com, or the women’s Multi-Trails Shorts at backcountry.com or patagonia.com.

Got an all-time favorite campsite?
See “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

Favorite Socks

Darn Tough Hiker Boot Sock Full Cushion, Hiker Micro Crew Cushion, Light Hiker Micro Crew Light Cushion, and Hiker ¼ Sock Cushion
Darn Tough Hiker Boot Sock Full Cushion, Hiker Micro Crew Cushion, Light Hiker Micro Crew Light Cushion, and Hiker ¼ Sock Cushion socks.

Choosing the best hiking socks can, admittedly, sometimes feel like choosing between ping-pong balls—they all kind of look alike. But I’ve hiked and backpacked in numerous models from just about every brand out there, and I’ve found a few models from Darn Tough that stand out for the qualities I like in socks: comfort against my skin; fast-wicking and quick-drying, to help my feet stay dry in footwear, even after many hours; a bit of padding at the heel and toes; and fabric that holds its shape and doesn’t get stinky, so I can wear them on consecutive days without washing.

Plus, as the name implies, these are durable socks.

The Light Hiker Micro Crew Light Cushion ($25, 2 oz.) proved ideal for much of the dayhiking and backpacking I do, because they’re comfortable in the normal range of temps encountered in the mountains from late spring through mid-autumn or in milder climes like the Southwest in spring and fall, and are tall enough for any boots without being higher (and warmer) than I prefer.

The Hiker Micro Crew Midweight Sock ($25, 2.5 oz.) is similar but slightly taller and warmer, so it works nicely for me on backpacking trips when temps are getting cooler, like September in the mountains.

When I’m heading out backpacking in chillier temps and possibly wetter or even snowy weather, wearing sturdier boots, I’m all in with the Darn Tough Hiker Boot Sock Full Cushion ($30, 3.5 oz.)—which has held up well in hard use and keeps my feet warm without them getting too sweaty (although it’s too warm for relatively mild trips).

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase these socks:

The men’s Darn Tough Light Hiker Micro Crew Light Cushion Sock at darntough.com, or the women’s Light Hiker Micro Crew Light Cushion Sock at darntough.com, or the men’s, women’s, or junior at backcountry.com.

The men’s Darn Tough Hiker Micro Crew Midweight Sock at darntough.com, or the women’s Hiker Micro Crew Cushion Sock at darntough.com, or the men’s or women’s at backcountry.com.

The men’s Darn Tough Hiker ¼ Sock Cushion at backcountry.com or darntough.com, or the women’s Hiker ¼ Sock Cushion at backcountry.com or darntough.com.

The men’s Darn Tough Hiker Boot Sock Full Cushion at backcountry.com, or the women’s Hiker Boot Sock Full Cushion at backcountry.com, or the men’s or women’s at darntough.com.

Most Comfortable Underwear

Ibex Men’s Natural Boxer Brief.
Ibex Men’s Natural Boxer Brief.

Ibex Men’s Natural Boxer Brief
$55, 2 oz. (men’s small)
Ibex Women’s Natural Brief
$35, 1.5 oz. (women’s medium)
Ibex Men’s Woolies Tech Boxer Brief
$70, 4 oz. (men’s small)
Sizes: men’s XS-XXL, women’s XS-XL

Full disclosure: I sometimes don’t change my underwear. With these Ibex boxer briefs, I don’t need to. Example: I wore the Men’s Natural Boxer Brief under soft-shell pants for three straight days trekking hut to hut on Iceland’s Laugavegur Trail in July, with temps from the 40s to 50s and far more wind and rain than sunshine; for three straight days in August on a section of the John Muir Trail and two days backpacking in the Wind River Range in early September, both trips in mostly dry conditions with temps from the 40s to 60s; and for five straight days of hiking, rock climbing, and camping at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve, in warm sunshine, sometimes chilly wind and passing rain showers, and temps from the 50s to the 70s. And never even thought about my underwear.

Ibex Men's Woolies Tech Boxer Brief
Ibex Men’s Woolies Tech Boxer Brief

I’ve worn the warmer but equally soft Woolies Tech Boxer Brief on numerous days of Nordic, backcountry, and resort skiing and trail running in temps from the single digits to the 30s and 40s Fahrenheit, at a range of exertion levels—and they constantly felt comfortable and remained dry. I even did this: Purely for testing purposes, after wearing them for a rigorous workout skate-skiing, I took a shower… and these boxer briefs were so dry and non-smelly, I wore them for the rest of the day. Seriously, they felt great.

The breathable, moisture-wicking, anti-bacterial Merino wool in all three men’s and women’s skivvies destroys odors and is very soft against skin, with comfort enhanced by elastic waistbands that don’t slip and flatlock seams.

The 18.9-micron, 140gsm Pro-Tech Lite fabric used in the men’s and women’s Natural Briefs, Ibex’s lightest, stays cool in warm to hot temps—even day after day—without getting stretched-out or clammy or stinking up your sleeping bag. The Woolies Tech Boxer Brief uses ultra-fine 18.5-micron wool and holds its shape exceptionally well. At 180gsm (grams/square meter), this lightweight Pro Tech fabric is ideal on cool to cold days.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Ibex Men’s Natural Boxer Brief at ibex.com, the Ibex Men’s Woolies Tech Boxer Brief at ibex.com, or the Ibex Women’s Natural Brief at ibex.com.

More Breathable Briefs

Patagonia Essential Boxer Briefs
Patagonia Essential Boxer Briefs

Patagonia Essential Boxer Briefs
$35, 3 oz. (men’s small)
Sizes: S-XXL
patagonia.com

I’ve worn the Patagonia Essential Boxer Briefs on countless days on the trail—in all three-season conditions, hot to cool—including backpacking for three days on a section of the Arizona Trail along the Gila River in the first days of April, with virtually no respite from the intense sunshine and daytime temps from the 50s, which felt quite cool, to mid-70s Fahrenheit, which felt quite hot under the April Arizona sun—a range of temps that demands base layers that dry out fast and these underwear delivered.

Made with moisture-wicking, 95 percent Tencel fabric (and five percent Spandex for stretch), these briefs are very breathable, often drying on my body when my activity level dropped while wearing them—enabling two or three (or more) consecutive days of comfortable use. They have chafe-free seams, a contoured fly pouch, an anti-roll waistband and a leg design that’s pretty good at preventing them from hiking and bunching up. They’re available in both a three-inch and six-inch inseam.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the 3-inch Patagonia Essential Boxer Briefs at patagonia.com, or the 6-inch inseam version at patagonia.com.

Best for Dudes

Saxx Quest 2.0 Boxer
Saxx Quest 2.0 Boxer

Saxx Quest 2.0 Boxer
$45, 2.5 oz. (men’s small)
Sizes: S-XXL
rei.com

On numerous days of hiking and backpacking from Iceland’s Laugavegur Trail, the John Muir Trail, and the mountains of western North Carolina to an 80-mile, five-day backpacking trip in the North Cascades National Park Complex in Washington state—plus climbing, backcountry and Nordic skiing, and innumerable days at home—these boxer-briefs kept me wondering, “Why hasn’t anyone thought of this before?” Through long days hiking—and sweating—for 15 or more miles, the Saxx boxer-briefs remained so dry and comfortable that I could wear the same pair in my sleeping bag that night and get a second day of use out of them (or more, if desperate).

Their distinguishing feature is a three-dimensional pouch that cradles and supports a dude’s package, which is not only vastly more comfortable than standard briefs, but prevents chafing and sweaty contact against thighs, no matter how many miles you’re going. Both have lightweight, wicking fabric that breathes very well, dries fast, and is anti-microbial, so you really can wear them more than one day between washings; and both have comparably sturdy waistbands that don’t roll over, slip down, or bunch up.

I expect this will mark the beginning of the end of the phrase “going commando.”

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the Saxx Quest 2.0 Boxer at rei.com.

See all of my reviews of outdoor apparel and trail-running apparel and gear. And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See the Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all reviews and my expert buying tips.

Was this review helpful? Get full access to ALL stories at The Big Outside.

Join now and a get free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-best-base-layers-and-shorts-for-hiking-trail-running-and-training/feed/ 15 18449
How to Choose Trekking Poles https://thebigoutsideblog.com/how-to-choose-trekking-poles/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/how-to-choose-trekking-poles/#respond Wed, 02 Apr 2025 09:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=38716 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

You want trekking poles for backpacking, dayhiking, running mountain trails, ski touring, or other backcountry activities, but the abundance of models and designs out there can seem overwhelming. Collapsible or folding, ultralight or heavier and sturdier, adjustable or not—which style is best for you? Save yourself a lot of time and the expense of making the wrong choice. This article will explain the key differences between models of trekking poles and how to choose the right poles for your needs.

My tips come from thousands of trail and off-trail miles using every type of pole out there on backpacking trips, dayhikes, mountain climbs and scrambles, ultra-trail runs and dayhikes, and backcountry skiing over more than a quarter-century of testing and reviewing gear, including 10 years as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine and even longer for this blog.

See my review of “The Best Trekking Poles” and my “10 Best Expert Tips for Hiking With Trekking Poles.”

Like many stories at The Big Outside, part of this story is free for anyone to read, but reading all of it—including tips you may not find from other sources—is an exclusive benefit for readers with a paid subscription to The Big Outside.

Click on any photo below to read about that trip. Share your own tips or questions in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


A backpacker on the Redgap Pass Trail in Glacier National Park.
Todd Arndt backpacking the Redgap Pass Trail in Glacier National Park. Click photo to see all my e-books to backpacking in Glacier and other classic parks.

What to Look for in Trekking Poles

Look closely at trekking poles and you will see they are not nearly all the same. In fact, poles differ in many significant ways besides price and weight, including:

• Adjustable or fixed length (not adjustable)
• Adjustability range
• Collapsible or folding
• Collapsed or folded (packed) length
• Features like the length-adjusting mechanism, straps, and grips
• Materials used in the shafts, grips, and straps
• Durability
• Recommended uses

The poles you buy should match the type and style of activities for which you will use them.. Consider these factors when shopping:

Price

• From around $60 to well over $200, trekking poles come in a huge range of prices.
• Price is often driven by materials—you’ll pay extra for lightweight, strong carbon fiber shafts and soft cork grips.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

A hiker at Goat Lake below Thompson Peak, Sawtooth Mountains, Idaho.
My wife, Penny, hiking past Goat Lake, below Thompson Peak, Sawtooth Mountains, Idaho. Click photo to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.

Weight

• While the weight of poles may not seem to differ much at first glance, it becomes noticeable the more miles you hike with poles in your hands.
• Their weight—as well as packed length—also matter when the poles are attached to your pack at times while hiking.
• Among the models reviewed here, the heaviest are about twice the weight of the lightest.
• Benefits of lighter poles include decreased arm fatigue and often better packability.
• Tradeoffs sometimes, but not always, include a higher price and less durability or strength for hard use and for pitching an ultralight tent using trekking poles.

Read all of this story and ALL stories at The Big Outside,
plus get a FREE e-book! Join now!

Materials

• Hiking poles are generally built with either aluminum or carbon fiber or a combination of both.
• Aluminum is heavier, less expensive, and more prone to bending under heavy pressure but not breaking—so they typically last longer.
• Carbon fiber is lighter and easier to carry, especially on longer days in the backcountry; but also more expensive, and in some ways stronger, but can also snap, although that occurs only in unusual circumstances.
• Heavier poles are generally more durable, especially for hard use; but I’ve had some ultralight poles for years of trail hiking without breaking them.

A backpacker hiking the Tapeats Creek Trail on the Thunder River-Deer Creek Loop in the Grand Canyon.
Chip Roser backpacking the Tapeats Creek Trail on the Thunder River-Deer Creek Loop in the Grand Canyon. Click photo to read all stories about Grand Canyon backpacking trips at The Big Outside.

Collapsible

• Collapsible poles have two or three sections that telescope or collapse together for transport and storage and extend to a range of lengths for use.
• These typically employ a twist- or lever-locking mechanism or retractable, spring-loaded pin to lock the sections in place.
• Note the packed length of these poles: It can vary significantly, which matters when you’re attaching them to the outside of a pack—especially a small pack—or putting them in luggage.

Want my help planning any trip you read about at my blog?
Click here for expert advice you won’t get anywhere else.

A backpacker hiking the West Fork Trail above the West Fork Rock Creek toward Sundance Pass in the Beartooth Mountains, Montana.
David Gordon backpacking the West Fork Trail above the West Fork Rock Creek toward Sundance Pass in the Beartooth Mountains, Montana (also shown in lead photo at top of story).

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

 

A backpacker in The Narrows in Zion National Park.
David Gordon backpacking The Narrows in Zion National Park.

Matching Trekking Poles and Users

Type of Trekking PoleRecommended Use
Ultralight, folding polesBest for users who prioritize minimal weight and packability, including lightweight/ultralight backpackers, thru-hikers, dayhikers, and ultra-hikers and runners.
Ultralight, adjustable, collapsible polesBest for backpackers, dayhikers, climbers, and others seeking a balance between reasonable strength, durability, and low weight, and lightweight/ultralight backpackers using tents that pitch with trekking poles.
Lightweight, collapsible polesBest for many backpackers, dayhikers, and climbers who want one versatile pair of poles that balance strength and moderate weight.
Sturdier and heavier, collapsible or folding polesBest for users who prioritize durability and crossover to multiple activities over low weight, including backpackers carrying moderate to heavy loads, dayhikers, backcountry skiers and split-boarders, snowshoers, and anyone climbing mountains and hiking off-trail.

See “The 10 Best Trekking Poles” and “10 Best Expert Tips for Hiking With Trekking Poles,” plus all reviews of backpacking gear, ultralight backpacking gear, and hiking gear at The Big Outside.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips at The Big Outside.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/how-to-choose-trekking-poles/feed/ 0 38716
Expert Tips For Buying the Right Hiking Boots https://thebigoutsideblog.com/pro-tips-for-buying-the-right-boots/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/pro-tips-for-buying-the-right-boots/#comments Mon, 24 Mar 2025 09:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=11654 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

Boots are the most important piece of hiking or backpacking gear you will buy. You can live with a mediocre pack or a cheap tent (as many of us have), but poorly fitting boots are often a trip killer. Trouble is, boots are also the most difficult piece of gear to get right. (First tip: Don’t settle for a mediocre fit—if they don’t feel good, they aren’t good. That said, feeling good doesn’t necessarily mean they are good.) This article will go beyond the usual boots-buying tips you’ll find at countless sources to help you figure out how to find the right hiking footwear for you.

Thousands of miles of dayhiking, backpacking, trail running, and ultra-hiking, plus field-testing dozens of shoe and boot models of all kinds over a quarter-century of reviewing gear—formerly as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine for 10 years and even longer running this blog—have refined my sense of how hiking footwear differs subtly in critical characteristics like design, weight, materials, performance, and fit. (I can now usually tell the first time I put on new shoes or boots whether they fit me perfectly and are appropriate for my feet and the kind of hiking or backpacking I’m planning.)


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Hikers make every kind of bad choice on footwear, from buying too much boot (which can result in blisters and chronic foot or lower-leg injuries) to getting shoes that are not adequately supportive for them (which can also result in—you guessed it—blisters and chronic foot or lower-leg injuries).

Gaining a better understanding of those differences will help ensure you buy the right footwear for your needs—and spend your money smartly.

Please share your questions or thoughts on my advice—or your own boots-buying secrets—in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments. And like many stories at this blog, part of this one is free for anyone to read, but reading all of my tips in this story is an exclusive benefit for paid subscribers to The Big Outside.

Gear up right for your hikes.
See my reviews of the best hiking shoes and boots and the 10 best hiking daypacks.

A backpacker hiking over Clouds Rest in Yosemite National Park.
Jeff Wilhelm backpacking over Clouds Rest in Yosemite National Park. Click the photo for my e-book “The Best First Backpacking Trip in Yosemite.”

Types of Hiking Footwear

For the purposes of this article, I’ll divide hiking shoes and boots into three categories by approximate weight (per pair of men’s US size 9/Euro 42), noting that there’s overlap between these categories:

•    Lightweight—Low-cut (below the ankle) shoes or mid-cut (ankle-high) boots weighing roughly two pounds or less per pair;
•    Midweight—Mid-cut or higher boots weighing approximately two to 2.5 pounds per pair;
•    Heavy-duty—Mid-cut or higher boots weighing 2.5 to three pounds or more per pair.

(Purely for simplicity, my reviews divide footwear into two categories: hiking shoes and boots ideal for dayhiking and lightweight backpacking—overlapping the first and second categories above—and backpacking boots—overlapping the second and third categories above.)

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

A backpacker on the Teton Crest Trail in Grand Teton National Park.
David Gordon backpacking the Teton Crest Trail in Grand Teton National Park. Click the photo to read about this trip.

For many people, midweight boots are a good choice because they serve the needs of a broad cross-section of hikers and backpackers, offering a balance between being fairly light and yet moderately supportive; many are also relatively affordable.

There has also been an evolution in the category of hiking-approach shoes toward designs that make them more breathable and comfortable for hiking many miles—in other words, making them more of a hiking shoe with great traction and support, and thus more versatile for all kinds of hikers. They generally fall into the category of lightweight shoes and boots, and are often the type of low-cut shoe I prefer for dayhiking, especially models that are highly breathable.

Still, choosing the right boots for you comes down to understanding the type of hiker you are and considering the type of hiking you will do most often.

I’ve listed below criteria to help you figure out which type of footwear best suits your needs.

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-books.

Backpackers in upper Titcomb Basin, Wind River Range, Wyoming.
Todd Arndt and Mark Fenton in upper Titcomb Basin, Wind River Range, Wyoming. Click the photo to see the best ultralight backpacks.

Lightweight Shoes and Boots

Get lightweight shoes or boots if you fit any of these descriptions:
•    You are a dayhiker typically carrying a light pack (15 to 20 pounds or less);
•    You’re a fit, avid hiker, climber, ultralight or lightweight backpacker or trail runner and accustomed to hiking in light footwear, especially for hiking long distances daily at a strong pace;
•    You don’t tend to roll or sprain your ankles;
•    Or you’re hiking trails that are well maintained and not too rocky.

If you’re new to dayhiking or backpacking, I’d caution against getting very lightweight boots because your feet may not yet have the strength and resilience that slowly develops when you hike a lot, and inadequately supportive boots can be a fast way to a chronic overuse injury. Start out with a midweight, mid-cut boot with good support and protection for your feet. As you get more experience, you will know better how light a boot your feet can handle—right around the time you wear out your first pair and need new ones.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

A backpacker hiking the Tonto Trail on the Gems Route in the Grand Canyon.
Mark Solon backpacking the Tonto Trail on the Gems Route in the Grand Canyon. Click photo to read about the best backpacking trips in the Grand Canyon.

Midweight Boots

Get midweight boots if you fit any of these descriptions:

•    You’re new to hiking and want a functional, all-around model for dayhiking and/or light backpacking;
•    You’re carrying a light or moderately heavy pack (35 pounds max) on trail;
•    You hike high-mileage days, generally on trails, with a light or moderately heavy pack, and want footwear that’s fairly lightweight and won’t make your feet overheat too badly (which can lead to blisters), yet with more protection and support than lightweight shoes;
•    Or you’re an experienced and fit hiker and backpacker and want footwear that finds a balance between moderate support and weight.

Read all of this story and ALL stories at The Big Outside,
plus get a FREE e-book! Join now!

 

A backpacker in the rain on the Dusky Track in New Zealand's Fiordland National Park.
Jeff Wilhelm backpacking in the rain on the Dusky Track in New Zealand’s Fiordland National Park. Click photo to read about “New Zealand’s hardest hut trek.”

Heavy-duty Boots

Get heavy-duty boots if you fit any of these descriptions:

•    You’re carrying a heavy pack (generally 40 pounds or more) on trails, or a pack weighing 30 to 40 pounds on rugged trails or off-trail, and find that midweight boots don’t offer the support you need;
•    You typically go hiking or backpacking in an environment that’s rugged, very wet, and cool or cold, and may involve some challenging, off-trail hiking;
•    Or if your feet simply need more support and protection than is provided by midweight boots.

Keep your feet happy with my “8 Pro Tips For Avoiding Blisters.”

See all of my reviews of hiking shoes and backpacking boots and my “8 Pro Tips For Avoiding Blisters.”

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

See also my stories:

5 Expert Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack
5 Expert Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent
Pro Tips for Buying a Backpacking Sleeping Bag

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of gear reviews and expert buying tips.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/pro-tips-for-buying-the-right-boots/feed/ 26 11654
5 Expert Tips For Buying a Rain Jacket For Hiking https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-pro-tips-for-buying-the-right-rain-jacket-for-the-backcountry/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-pro-tips-for-buying-the-right-rain-jacket-for-the-backcountry/#comments Wed, 19 Mar 2025 09:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=22704 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

Choosing a waterproof-breathable rain shell for hiking, backpacking, climbing, or other outdoor activities can seem daunting. Prices range from under $100 to over $500, and weights from less than half a pound to over a pound. Some are loaded with features, others so minimalist they may seem like just a step above a trash bag with arm holes. You’ll also find the full gamut of opinions on them from reviewers and consumers.

Here’s what I’ve learned from testing dozens of rain shells while hiking and backpacking through soaking rains all over the world over a quarter-century of testing and reviewing gear, formerly as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine for 10 years and even longer running this blog: The right backcountry rain shell for you depends more on you than on any jacket—and our needs as backcountry users vary as much as our budgets.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Many hikers, backpackers, climbers, and others buy a rain jacket based on price, brand, the recommendation of a trusted reviewer, experienced advisor, or friend, or the consensus of several consumer reviews. That’s not a bad strategy, and it’s sometimes successful. But it’s really an incomplete strategy. As with almost any consumer product, buying a rain shell you will be satisfied with comes down to considering how and where you will use it and understanding the subtle differences between them.

Follow these tips and I think you will find the perfect rain jacket for your adventures. Please share your own tips or questions in the comments section at the bottom of this story. I try to respond to all comments.

Ready to buy? See “The Best Rain Jackets For Hiking and Backpacking
and “The Best Ultralight Hiking and Running Jackets.”

Jeff WIlhelm (behind) and me in the Bailey Range, Olympic National Park.

No. 1 Decide What It’s For

This is the logical first step when buying any consumer product, but one nonetheless often overlooked with backcountry apparel. Ask yourself: How much of a rain jacket do I really need?

If you generally head out in warm, dry weather—common in many Western mountain ranges in summer—you may only need a less-expensive shell, or you might be better off with an ultralight rain jacket (which vary in price). On the other hand, if you routinely find yourself in sustained rain and widely ranging temperatures, especially on multi-day trips, you’ll be happier—not to mention more comfortable and safer—with a shell that delivers reliable protection from rain and wind as well as good or exceptional breathability (more on that below).

In short: Choosing the right jacket is, first and foremost, a question of how much time you expect to spend wearing it versus carrying it in your pack just in case of rain, as well as consideration of how extreme the weather could get.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

A hiker trekking New Zealand's Routeburn Track.
My wife, Penny, trekking New Zealand’s Routeburn Track on a rainy day. The lead photo at the top of this story is from New Zealand’s Dusky Track.

No. 2 What Does the Rain Jacket Weigh?

Weight matters, especially if you’re into ultra-hiking or ultralight backpacking, but for everyone else, too. Today, there’s no reason a three-season shell should weigh more than a pound, period. Jackets heavier than that are usually too bulky, taking up excessive space in your pack, and too warm when wearing them while on the move, causing you to overheat—resulting in you either getting soaked inside the jacket (negating its purpose) or shedding it completely. In fact, even most fully technical rain shells designed for use in any season now weigh under a pound. Jackets heavier than that are designed for winter or casual wear.

Still, don’t assume that the lightest shell is the best choice for your needs. Weight is just one important factor.

Read all of this story and ALL stories at The Big Outside,
plus get a FREE e-book! Join now!

 

A backpacker hiking below a rainbow in Wyoming's Wind River Range.
Mark Fenton backpacking through a rainstorm in Wyoming’s Wind River Range.

No. 3 Speak the Language

To make an informed choice in rainwear, it helps to know some common terminology:

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of gear reviews and expert buying tips.

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/5-pro-tips-for-buying-the-right-rain-jacket-for-the-backcountry/feed/ 1 22704
Review: Patagonia Fitz Roy Down Hoody https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-patagonia-fitz-roy-down-hoody/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-patagonia-fitz-roy-down-hoody/#respond Tue, 18 Feb 2025 18:28:41 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=66443 Read on

]]>
Down Jacket
Patagonia Fitz Roy Down Hoody
$399, 15 oz./425.2g (women’s small; men’s medium is 17 oz./482g)
Sizes: men’s XS-3XL, women’s 2XS-2XL
backcountry.com

From backpacking trips in the Canadian Rockies and Oregon, hut treks in New Zealand, and spring and summer camping and climbing trips in Idaho’s Sawtooth Valley and Oregon’s Smith Rock State Park, to countless days of resort skiing at Oregon’s Mount Bachelor and in Utah’s Wasatch Mountains, plus days of backcountry ski touring, my college-student daughter has stayed warm in Patagonia’s Fitz Roy Down Hoody in temperatures down to around freezing—while demonstrating this hooded jacket’s versatility.

Stuffed with RDS-certified (Responsible Down Standard), 800-fill down, it has the good warmth for its weight and packability needed for backcountry use. And weighing around a pound (varying with jacket size), it delivers more warmth than lighter down jackets, enhancing its versatility for a wide range of activities like hiking, backpacking, climbing, camping, and backcountry ski touring in temperatures from below freezing to the 40s Fahrenheit.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter and receive great ideas for your next adventures. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my expert e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Patagonia Fitz Roy Down Hoody.
The Patagonia Fitz Roy Down Hoody.

That’s ideal for someone who wants one high-quality insulated jacket they can use for basically everything, from sitting around camp on chilly nights while backpacking in the mountains in summer or the Southwest in spring and fall, to using it as a layering piece for winter hikes or ski tours or wearing it around town or at outdoor sports events.

People who get cold easily and find that they usually dress more warmly than other people they know will likely prefer this jacket over lighter models.

However, this is standard down, not water-resistant, so the Fitz Roy remains susceptible to the bane of down jackets: losing its loft and ability to trap heat if it gets wet.

The Pertex Quantum 10-denier nylon ripstop shell fabric, treated with a PFAS-free DWR (durable, water-repellent treatment), blocks wind and sheds light precipitation, but it’s also not very breathable; this isn’t an insulation layer intended for more than moderate exertion in temperatures from just above to well below freezing. This lightweight shell fabric is reasonably durable, but like many insulated jackets, try to avoid accidentally brushing against sharp edges, thorns, etc.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
and other parks using my expert e-books.

 

The Patagonia Fitz Roy Down Hoody.
The Patagonia Fitz Roy Down Hoody.

The regular fit enables wearing a couple of warm base layers underneath and a summer or winter shell over it, and the hip-length hem helps minimize weight and bulk, although it will not feel as warm as a jacket of comparable weight and down fill quality that extends below the hips (the style of jacket that’s too heavy and bulky for backcountry use). The Fitz Roy also comes in a broader range of men’s and women’s sizes than many other insulated jackets.

The easily adjustable, helmet-compatible hood with a one-hand drawcord, and a collar that zips up over your chin, help the jacket trap body heat efficiently and enable the hood to turn with your head and stay put in strong winds. Elasticized cuffs and hem seal in warmth.

Put more adventure in your life starting today. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The two zippered chest pockets are accessible while wearing a pack or climbing harness and there are two zippered hand pockets, plus a large, internal drop pocket with an elasticized opening that’s a good place to keep (or dry out) spare gloves or mittens or climbing skins. Pull the jacket out of the hand pocket that it stuffs into and it lofts up quickly.

Lastly, it’s very much worth noting that few companies or corporations of any size have demonstrated a commitment to protecting the environment that matches Patagonia, whose founder, Yvon Chouinard, voluntarily placed the company in a trust committed to supporting environmental causes. Every Patagonia purchase supports our planet.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Verdict

If you’re looking for a high-quality down jacket that’s light and packable for backcountry use, warm enough for temperatures below freezing (as part of a layering system), and versatile enough to be your one puffy for all seasons and a wide range of activities, the Patagonia Fitz Roy Down Hoody checks all those boxes—and your purchase will do a small part to help save the planet.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Patagonia Fitz Roy Down Hoody at patagonia.com or rei.com, or a women’s Patagonia Fitz Roy Down Hoody at backcountry.com or rei.com.

See all reviews of outdoor apparel at The Big Outside, including “The 12 Best Down Jackets,” “The Best Rain Jackets for Hiking and Backpacking,” “The Best Ultralight Jackets for Hiking and Running,” “The Best Sun Shirts,” and “The Best Base Layers for Hiking and Running.”

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-patagonia-fitz-roy-down-hoody/feed/ 0 66443
Review: Himali Men’s Endeavor Fleece Hoodie https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-himali-mens-endeavor-fleece-hoodie/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-himali-mens-endeavor-fleece-hoodie/#respond Thu, 23 Jan 2025 00:57:14 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=66233 Read on

]]>
Hooded Fleece Jacket
Himali Men’s Endeavor Fleece Hoodie
$180, 15.5 oz./439.4g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XL
himali.com

On January days of backcountry skiing in Idaho’s Boise Mountains and Galena Summit area, moving constantly between cold shade and warm sunshine, with temps ranging from single digits to the high 20s Fahrenheit and a cool breeze at times, I wore this hooded, full-zip fleece jacket all day: both as my outer layer while climbing uphill and under a shell while skiing downhill. I never took this hoodie off—very unusual for me when skiing in the backcountry—and remained comfortable the entire time. That illustrates why the Himali Endeavor Fleece Hoodie ranks among the most versatile fleece hoodies and other breathable insulated jackets I’ve reviewed.

Its versatility crosses over to shoulder-season activities, too—in spring and fall as well as early and late summer in the mountains—as demonstrated by several days I wore the Endeavor on three different adventures in late spring in New Zealand.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter and receive great ideas for your next adventures. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my expert e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Himali Men’s Endeavor Fleece Hoodie.
The Himali Men’s Endeavor Fleece Hoodie.

Dayhiking the 12.6-mile/20.2-kilometer Tongariro Alpine Crossing on the North Island of New Zealand in late November, on a day of heavy fog, moderate to very strong winds, and wind-driven sideways rain for our first few hours, I stayed mostly dry and comfortably warm wearing the Endeavor under a rain jacket, without overheating or even getting very sweaty (partly due to the cooling effect of the wind).

On a three-day hut trek of the Routeburn Track in New Zealand’s Mount Aspiring and Fiordland national parks in early December, where we had light to moderate rain and wind, the combination of this hoodie and my rain shell kept me dry and warm in wind and temperatures in the 40s and 50s Fahrenheit.

I also wore this hoodie under a rain shell for most of a four-day hut trek of the Milford Track in Fiordland in early December, where we encountered strong winds and some of the absolute heaviest and most relentless rain I’ve ever hiked through in four decades of hiking and backpacking all over the U.S. and around the world. This jacket helped keep me warm even once the rain penetrated my rain jacket and pants in spots (which happened to my companions, who all wore high-quality shells—the rain was that heavy and sustained; see my review of the rain jacket and pants I wore, which actually performed quite well overall).

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
and other parks using my expert e-books.

 

Michael Lanza of The Big Outside backcountry skiing the Galena Summit area in Idaho..
Me testing the Himali Men’s Endeavor Fleece Hoodie while backcountry skiing the Galena Summit area in Idaho..

To provide one final example, it struck the right balance of warmth and breathability as my outer layer over two lightweight base layers (one T-shirt, one long-sleeve) for a local trail run on a January morning in the teens (Fahrenheit), with no wind and very little solar warmth. Some fleece hoodies would be too light for that, others either too warm or too loose-fitting for running.

There’s nothing complicated about its design. Its versatility lies largely in the simple explanation that the weight of the four-way stretch, 157 gsm (grams per square meter) fleece fabric used throughout this hooded jacket gives it a balance of warmth and breathability that enables you to keep it on during periods of higher exertion—such as when I skied or hiked uphill in wind, only dropping the hood and opening the front zipper as needed, but never taking it off—and often not have to stop to pull another layer out of your pack once your exertion level drops.

That’s exactly what I was able to do on those three treks in New Zealand, all of which featured a significant amount of high-exertion uphill and cooling downhill. Still, the Endeavor remained on my body—and often with a rain jacket over it, meaning my outer layer had limited breathability (true of all waterproof-breathable layers), placing greater demand on the breathability of my fleece middle layer.

Put more adventure in your life starting today. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The Himali Men’s Endeavor Fleece Hoodie.
The Himali Men’s Endeavor Fleece Hoodie.

Another fact to not overlook: When my base layers became damp with sweat on the uphill stretches (hiking and skiing), the Endeavor’s warmth and breathability helped quickly dry out those base layers on the downhill—which was critical to me remaining warm and comfortable.

I’m a big fan of fleece mid-layers for this reason, but they can differ quite a lot in warmth—some too light and some too warm for all the circumstances I’ve described wearing the Endeavor in. To compare it with three other favorite fleece hoodies I’ve reviewed, it’s warmer than Himali’s Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie, perhaps most comparable to the Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody, and a bit more breathable than the Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket (mostly because of the wind-blocking shell fabric in the Alpha Aura’s hood and shoulders, which some users might like).

At 15.5 ounces/439.4 grams (men’s medium) and stuffing inside either of its interior drop-in pockets to a packed size of slightly larger than a liter bottle (basically identical to the packed size of the Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody), the Endeavor Hoodie compares in weight and packability with many hooded fleece jackets designed for cool to cold temperatures.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

The Himali Men’s Endeavor Fleece Hoodie stuffed.
The Himali Men’s Endeavor Fleece Hoodie stuffed.

That excellent breathability also means, of course, that wind cuts right through this hoodie. That’s good whenever you need to dump excess heat and bad when it’s causing you to cool off too much. And there’s a simple solution to that down side: a shell jacket. But my point is: Don’t mistake this hoodie for a shell jacket.

The Endeavor’s athletic fit allows space for one or two base layers and you can easily layer a shell or even a warmer puffy jacket over it. The front zipper closes over your chin. The non-adjustable, very stretchy hood provides a comfortably close fit, not shifting at all when you turn your head and not getting pushed off by wind, even with the front zipper open; and it delivers a noticeable boost in warmth and layers under shell jacket hoods and helmets. That fit is another characteristic I like in this category of middle layer that adds to its versatility—and not all fleece hoodies have such a nice fit.

The zippered chest pocket is exactly the right size for a smartphone and the two zippered hand pockets are sized for a hat or medium-warmth gloves (not big ski gloves). Two deep drop-in pockets inside the jacket are ideal for warming/drying ski gloves. Lastly, thumb loops add a welcome touch, especially for someone (like me) whose fingers get cold quite easily; having the sleeves remain covering most of your hands boosts warmth significantly.

It’s not available in women’s sizes and I don’t see a comparable hoodie in Himali’s women’s line.

The Verdict

With a highly versatile balance of warmth and breathability, the Himali Men’s Endeavor Fleece Hoodie could become a go-to middle or outer layer for you for a wide range of activities like dayhiking, backpacking, running, climbing, Nordic and backcountry skiing, and walking.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Himali Men’s Endeavor Fleece Hoodie at himali.com.

Readers of The Big Outside get an exclusive 10 percent off any Himali purchase by using the discount code THEBIGOUTSIDE.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

 

See all reviews of Himali apparel and all reviews of outdoor apparel at The Big Outside, including “The 12 Best Down Jackets,” “The Best Base Layers, Shorts, and Socks for Hiking and Trail Running,” “The Best Rain Jackets for Hiking and Backpacking,” and “The Best Ultralight Hiking and Running Jackets.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-himali-mens-endeavor-fleece-hoodie/feed/ 0 66233
The Best Clothing Layers for Winter in the Backcountry https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-clothing-layers-for-winter-in-the-backcountry/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-clothing-layers-for-winter-in-the-backcountry/#comments Sun, 01 Dec 2024 10:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=25995 Read on

]]>
By Michael Lanza

There’s one thing we can confidently say about the clothing layers we use in winter: We get our money’s worth out of them. While a rain shell or puffy jacket may rarely come out of our pack on a summer hike or climb, we almost invariably wear every article of clothing we carry when Nordic, downhill, or backcountry skiing, snowshoeing, snowboarding, trail running, or climbing in winter. That’s money spent wisely to make us more comfortable and safer.

Every winter, I test out new clothing layers doing many of those activities frequently—something I’ve been doing for three decades, previously as the lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine for 10 years and even longer running this blog. This review spotlights the best shell and insulated jackets, base layers, and pants I’ve found for high-exertion and moderate-exertion activities in winter.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


A backcountry skier in the Galena Summit area, Idaho.
My son, Nate, backcountry skiing in the Galena Summit area, Idaho.

In my story “How to Dress in Layers for Winter in the Backcountry,” I offer advice—based on four decades of backcountry experience—on how to choose a specific, personalized layering system for different exertion levels and body types in temperatures near or below freezing. Use the tips in that story, along with this review, to make the best choices in winter outdoor apparel for your activities, your climate, and your body.

Please share your experiences with any of these products in the comments section at the bottom of this review. I try to respond to all comments. And if you make a purchase through any of the affiliate links to online retailers in this story or other reviews at The Big Outside, you support my work on this blog at no cost to you. Thanks for doing that.

Don’t go out in the cold without my “12 Pro Tips For Staying Warm Outdoors in Winter.”

Backcountry avalanche instructor Chago Rodriguez skiing in the shadow of Mount Heyburn in Idaho's Sawtooth Mountains.
Expert backcountry avalanche instructor Chago Rodriguez skiing in the shadow of Mount Heyburn in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains. Click photo to learn about his courses.

The Best Base Layers for Winter

Whatever your exertion level, you want next-to-skin tops and bottoms that perform two functions that become especially important in winter:

1. Wick moisture off your skin quickly.
2. Provide at least the minimum amount of warmth you need for the conditions and your body.

Here are the best base-layer tops I’ve found for various activities in winter as well as cooler three-season conditions.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

Patagonia Capilene Midweight Zip-Neck.
Patagonia Capilene Midweight Zip-Neck.

Patagonia Capilene Midweight Zip-Neck

$99, 7.5 oz./213g
backcountry.com

I routinely wear the Patagonia Capilene Midweight Zip-Neck while backcountry, resort, and Nordic skiing and on cool- to cold-weather trail runs. The 100 percent recycled polyester fabric delivers a lot of warmth for its low weight, breathes very well, and wicks moisture efficiently. A deep front zipper opens down to the pecs for good venting, while the collar reaches high enough to keep my neck covered when zipped up.

Comfort is excellent thanks to flatlock seams and shoulder construction that allows full mobility without causing the top to hike up. The fabric’s smooth face slips easily into fleece jacket sleeves. Thumb loops hold the sleeves over your hands. The Polygiene odor control has prevented it from getting stinky through many sweaty outings and launderings. All in all, you get a four-season, midweight top with Patagonia quality.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, when you click either of these affiliate links to purchase the men’s, women’s, or kid’s Patagonia Capilene Midweight Zip-Neck at backcountry.com, patagonia.com, or rei.com.

Check out “The Best Gloves for Winter” and “The Best Mittens for Winter.”

Outdoor Research Vigor Quarter Zip
Outdoor Research Vigor Quarter Zip.

Outdoor Research Vigor Quarter Zip

$99, 11 oz./312g
backcountry.com

On many days skiing the backcountry, resorts, and hilly Nordic trails from Idaho’s Boise Mountains to Utah’s Wasatch Range and elsewhere, in temperatures from single digits through the 20s Fahrenheit, sometimes in dumping snow with a below-zero wind chill, OR’s Vigor Quarter Zip (usually with a wool-poly T-shirt underneath) had my back, striking a critical balance between providing enough warmth for the chilly moments without causing me to get too wet on long ascents. When I sweated hard, the Vigor moved moisture so well that it never became more than damp and would dry within minutes of my exertion level dropping.

Similar to other warm tops, the Vigor is made with a light, grid-back polyester fleece that feels soft against skin and moves moisture exceptionally well, its mechanical performance enhanced by ActiveTemp thermo-regulating treatment. You can wear it as a base layer—the flat-seam construction aids comfort—or (as I frequently do) over a lighter, short-sleeve or long-sleeve base layer, with or without a jacket.

The 10-inch front zipper reaches to your sternum for good venting and zips up to your chin. The stretch fabric and thumbholes in the cuffs allow you to slip the sleeves up inside gloves or push sleeves up to the elbows. The zippered chest pocket fits a phone and breathes well enough to quickly dry something damp stuffed in there (like a light hat for skinning uphill when ski touring). The UPF 30 sun-protection rating protects skin year-round—just as useful in March as August in the mountains. Plus, the length extends to cover your entire butt, providing more warmth when tucked into ski pants.

The Vigor Quarter Zip doesn’t have the hood or mapped warmer and lighter fabrics of the Patagonia R1—possibly appealing to users who prefer not having a hood on a pullover or already have an insulation layer with a hood in addition to a hooded winter shell. It offers four-season versatility for any snow sport, hiking, climbing, and running—at a good price.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Outdoor Research Vigor Quarter Zip at rei.com, backcountry.com, or outdoorresearch.com, or other models in OR’s Vigor series, including the full-zip hoodie, at rei.com, backcountry.com, or outdoorresearch.com.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

Patagonia Men’s R1 Pullover Hoody
Patagonia Men’s R1 Pullover Hoody.

Patagonia R1 Pullover Hoody

$169, 10 oz./284g
backcountry.com

For a huge range of activities and exertion levels in temps from just above to well below freezing, few base or insulation layers offer the versatility of the men’s Patagonia R1 Pullover Hoody (in a range of sizes that will fit many women) and women’s R1 Fleece Pullover ($139). Patagonia touts these pullovers for climbing and skiing—for which they certainly excel—but I have worn the R1 Pullover Hoody year-round while backcountry skiing, climbing, hiking, backpacking, and in my sleeping bag on cool to very cold nights; and as my only insulation piece for six days of backpacking in the Grand Canyon in May.

The versatility lies in the stretchy, recycled polyester and spandex Polartec Power Grid fabric, exclusive to Patagonia, which has outstanding breathability and warmth for its weight, making this top versatile as a layering or stand-alone piece in temps ranging from the 50s Fahrenheit to as far below freezing as you can bear. A midweight fabric is used on the front, back, and sleeves, while a slightly lighter, more breathable grid fabric comprises the hood, sides, armpits, and girding the waist. The close fit has space for layering a lightweight T-shirt or long-sleeve underneath—which gives the best performance—and the extended length stays tucked inside a pack belt or climbing harness.

The low-bulk, close-fitting balaclava-style hood gives a noticeable boost in warmth, fits under any helmet, doesn’t interfere with other hoods in a layering system—and it’s easy to tuck the hood under the collar, out of the way. The front zipper plunges nearly to the belly button for superior venting and zips up to let the collar front cover your nose. The elasticized cuffs with thumbholes have good stretch to both seal out cold air and slide the sleeves up to the elbows. The zippered chest pocket fits a wool hat or light gloves and is mesh-lined, so you can put something damp in there to quickly dry from body heat. Polygiene treatment controls odors.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Patagonia men’s R1 Pullover Hoody at backcountry.com, patagonia.com, or rei.com, or a women’s or men’s R1 Long-Sleeved Crew, R1 Fleece Pullover, or other R1 apparel at backcountry.com, patagonia.com, or rei.com.

See more of the best base layers for being active outdoors.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Beyond Clothing Dasche L3 Jacket with hood up.
The Beyond Clothing Dasche L3 Jacket.

The Best Insulated Jackets for Being Active

As I write in my story “How to Dress in Layers for Winter in the Backcountry,” for backcountry skiing or ski touring, snowshoeing, or hiking, you need a layering system with great versatility—and the critical piece is the middle, or insulating layer. It provides most of your layering system’s warmth, and it must breathe well, because your outer/shell layer provides the full weather protection. In moderate-exertion activities, the more breathable your insulating layer, the less frequently you have to make layering changes—a challenge that modern synthetic insulation has risen to meet effectively.

If your winter sport of choice involves sweating and breathing hard, like running and Nordic skiing or even power hiking, you may need only a lightweight jacket with some warmth, superior breathability to dump the copious moisture your body is producing, and enough water resistance to not soak through in light rain or snow—or in dry weather, perhaps just a very breathable insulated layer to function as your outerwear.

Here are the best middle/insulation layers I’ve found for moderate- and high-exertion activities in winter.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
and other parks using my expert e-books.

Ibex Wool Aire Vest
Ibex Wool Aire Vest

Ibex Wool Aire Vest

$235, 7.5 oz./213g
ibex.com

The widely varying conditions I’ve worn the Ibex Wool Aire Vest in speak to its versatility. It was my only outer layer over the same two base layers on days of vigorous Nordic skiing ranging from sunny, calm, and mid-30s Fahrenheit to cloudy and below freezing with strong winds. And I’ve worn it as my sole middle layer under a winter shell in temps from around freezing to the mid-teens with a frigid wind on days of snowshoeing and backcountry skiing downhill and as my outer layer when skinning uphill.

The formula is warm Merino wool insulation, a shell with good wind resistance, and a comfortably athletic fit that helps trap heat in your core while enabling you to vent heat from your arms.

Read my full review of the Ibex Wool Aire Vest.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the men’s or women’s Ibex Wool Aire Vest or Ibex Wool Aire Hoodie at ibex.com.

Avoid getting too cold—or too hot—on your winter adventures.
Learn “How to Dress in Layers for Winter in the Backcountry.”

The Himali Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie.
The Himali Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie.

Himali Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie

$160, 9.2 oz./261g
himali.com

The evolution of fleece has traced an arc toward versatility that’s reaching its apex in lightweight fleece hoodies like Himali’s Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie. The breadth of activities, conditions, and environments where I’ve worn it (so far) speak to my point, from a 13-hour, four-summit, chilly October dayhike in Utah’s Wasatch Range to a short hike in southern New Hampshire, backpacking in southern Utah’s Escalante region, camping and climbing in Idaho, and a local trail run in the chilly, fading daylight of a November afternoon.

Warm for its low weight and fast-drying thanks to the 100 percent recycled Polartec PowerGrid fabric, with an athletic fit that has space for a base layer underneath, ample stretch in the fabric, a close-fitting, elasticized hood, one zippered chest pocket, and thumbholes in the cuffs, the Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie is basically a warm, midweight jersey with a full front zipper and a hood. It falls into a small category of the lightest, most breathable and packable hooded jackets you will find.

Consider this: It can serve as a warmer but not heavier replacement for a long-sleeve, midweight crew neck or zip-neck base layer, allowing you to bring a lighter down or synthetic insulated jacket—thus reducing your pack weight. A great outer or middle layer for dayhiking and backpacking, climbing, running, Nordic and backcountry skiing, walking—you name it. A caveat: Consider it best for cool but not very cold temps and keep in mind that it offers no wind protection.

Read my full review of the Himali Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Himali Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie at himali.com or a women’s Mindset ¼ Zip Fleece Pullover at himali.com.

Readers of The Big Outside get an exclusive 10 percent off any Himali purchase by using the discount code THEBIGOUTSIDE.

Patagonia Nano-Air Vest
Patagonia Nano-Air Vest.

Patagonia Nano-Air Light Vest

$199, 8 oz./227g
backcountry.com

The Patagonia Nano-Air Light Vest’s breathable synthetic insulation makes this lightweight garment functional on outings year-round. I’ve regularly grabbed it instead of other vests in my closet for Nordic skate-skiing in “milder” temps above freezing and warm sunshine.

On an early-October backpacking trip in Idaho’s White Cloud Mountains, it stayed on me not only through cool evenings and mornings in camp, but also while hiking with a full backpack uphill, off-trail, in temps in the 40s and 50s Fahrenheit, with intermittent wind. 

Both the nylon ripstop shell and the insulation have four-way stretch.

Read my full review of the Patagonia Nano-Air Vest.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Nano-Air Vest at backcountry.com or the vest or other products in the Nano-Air line at patagonia.com.

The Patagonia Nano-Air Jacket.
The Patagonia Nano-Air Jacket.
Patagonia Nano-Air Jacket.
Patagonia Nano-Air Jacket.

Patagonia Nano-Air Light Hybrid Jacket

$249, 10 oz./284g
backcountry.com

I’ve worn the Patagonia Nano-Air Light Hybrid Jacket for activities ranging from four straight days of backcountry skiing in the Sierra in winds gusting to 40 to 50 mph and heavily falling snow (with a shell over it when needed) to Nordic skate-skiing and snowshoeing in Idaho’s Boise Mountains on days both overcast and windy and in warm sunshine.

Its highly versatile hybrid design puts FullRange synthetic insulation, which stretches and breathes, in the front of the jacket, upper shoulders, and top sides of the sleeves, and a much more breathable, wicking, stretch, R1 Air waffle knit on the back of the sleeves, in the sides, and covering the entire back. The result is a jacket that offloads body heat about as fast as you produce it—while keeping you warm at varying levels of exertion.

There’s also a hooded version, the Nano-Air Light Hybrid Hoody ($299, 11.8 oz./338g).

Read my full review of the Patagonia Nano-Air Jacket.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or a women’s Patagonia Nano-Air Jacket or Nano-Air Hoody at backcountry.com or rei.com or other products in the Nano-Air line at patagonia.com.

Which puffy should you buy? See “The 12 Best Down Jackets” and
How You Can Tell How Warm a Down Jacket Is.

The Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket.
The Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket.

Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket

$180, 12 oz./340g
beyondclothing.com

On days of resort and backcountry skiing ranging from just below freezing to 10° F, Beyond Clothing’s hooded Alpha Aura Jacket demonstrated its versatility as a middle and outer layer for cool- to cold-weather activities year-round, with unique design features that improve its weather protection and durability.

The Alpha Aura distinguishes itself from similar jackets by using soft Polartec Alpha Direct loft-knit fleece, a very open, high-loft fabricthat lends the jacket good warmth for its weight while breathing supremely well—making it a good piece for hiking, walking, climbing, skiing, and similar activities year-round. It also features somewhat unique 20-denier micro ripstop nylon panels on the entire hood exterior (it’s lined with soft fleece) and the shoulders, front and back.

Without reducing the jacket’s breathability, those panels provide a significant warmth boost—especially in the hood—and durability in the shoulders for wearing a heavy pack. The full-length front zipper enables venting and zips up over your chin, while the close-fitting, non-adjustable hood stays put, turning with your head even with the jacket open. The two zippered hand pockets have a mesh lining to maintain breathability there, and they create two large, internal drop pockets—each of them spacious enough for a pair of three-season gloves or one warm, winter glove.

Read my full review of the Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a men’s or women’s Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket at beyondclothing.com.

The Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody.
The Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody.

Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody

$179, 12.5 oz./354g
backcountry.com

Virtually no piece of outdoor apparel offers more versatility than a highly breathable, midweight insulation layer. Besides filling that bucket, Patagonia’s R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody feels soft and fits like it was custom made for your torso, as I found wearing it on summer backpacking trips of a week in Glacier National Park and two three-day hikes in the Canadian Rockies. On all three trips, it kept me warm without overheating, rarely even breaking a sweat, while hiking with a full pack, uphill and downhill, on cool mornings and in chilly, very strong wind—which speaks to how well it translates to winter activities.

The 100 percent recycled polyester jacquard fleece with hollow-core yarns and a unique zigzag pattern wicks moisture, dries lightning-fast, and is about as breathable as any middle or outer layer you’ll find. The two zippered hand pockets provide a little extra warmth and each has space for a pair of three-season gloves or one warm winter glove. The zippered chest pocket holds small items.

At 12.5 ounces/354 grams, this midweight fleece is designed for wearing as an outer or middle layer in a huge range of cool to cold temperatures, including all forms of skiing as well as snowshoeing, hiking, running, climbing, walking, and other activities.

Read my full review of the Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s, women’s, or kids’ Patagonia R1 Air Full-Zip Hoody at backcountry.com, patagonia.com, or rei.com, or any other piece in the Patagonia R1 Air line at backcountry.com, patagonia.com, or rei.com.

The Beyond Clothing Dasche L3 Jacket.
The Beyond Clothing Dasche L3 Jacket.

Beyond Clothing Dasche L3 Jacket

$190, 14 oz./397g
beyondclothing.com

Over several cold days of ski touring from Utah’s Wasatch Range to Idaho’s Boise Mountains, with temps in the single digits and teens Fahrenheit, snow falling, and a cold wind chill at times, the Beyond Clothing Dasche L3 Jacket rarely left my body, whether serving as a middle layer skiing downhill or an outer layer skiing uphill—a testament to its breathability and versatility.

The Dasche’s hybrid vest-jacket design combines water-resistant, 80g PrimaLoft Gold Luxe synthetic insulation in the core (front and back) and shoulders and very breathable, stretchy soft-shell fabric in the sides, underarms, and lower arms—creating a jacket that traps heat effectively where your body needs that but also releases heat and moisture, where many jackets with a similar hybrid design do either one thing or the other better. My base layer always dried within minutes after my exertion level dropped. The uninsulated, stretchy, close-fitting, adjustable and stowable hood moves with your head, fits under any helmet, provides excellent coverage, and cuts some wind while breathing quite well—an ideal middle-layer hood.

For backcountry skiing or riding, climbing, snowshoeing, or hiking, I find it best for temps well below freezing—for me, it only became too warm in sunshine, calm air, and temps around freezing. Maybe best of all, it comes in under a pound and under 200 bucks.

Read my full review of the Beyond Clothing Dasche L3 Jacket.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Beyond Clothing Dasche L3 Jacket at beyondclothing.com.

The Himali Men’s Endeavor Fleece Hoodie.
The Himali Men’s Endeavor Fleece Hoodie.

Himali Men’s Endeavor Fleece Hoodie

$160, 9.2 oz./261g
himali.com

From trekking hut-to-hut in late spring through cool days of sometimes very strong wind and heavy rain on New Zealand’s Milford and Routeburn tracks and Tongariro Alpine Crossing, to January days of backcountry skiing in Idaho, both skinning uphill and skiing downhill while moving between cold shade and warm sunshine in temps ranging from single digits to the high 20s Fahrenheit, I wore this hooded, full-zip fleece jacket for hours a day, sometimes as an outer layer and much more often under a shell. I never took it off—despite sharp shifts in exertion level—and remained comfortable the entire time.

It’s one of the most versatile fleece hoodies I’ve ever used, mainly because the weight of the four-way stretch fabric gives it a balance of warmth and breathability that enables you to keep it on during periods of higher exertion without overheating, and not need to pull on another layer once your exertion level drops.

Plus, the Endeavor’s warmth and breathability helped quickly dry out my sweaty base layers—critical to staying warm and comfortable—and the athletic fit makes it a good choice for a wide range of activities like dayhiking, backpacking, running, climbing, Nordic and backcountry skiing, and walking.

Read my full review of the Himali Men’s Endeavor Fleece Hoodie.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Himali Men’s Endeavor Fleece Hoodie at himali.com.

Readers of The Big Outside get an exclusive 10 percent off any Himali purchase by using the discount code THEBIGOUTSIDE.

A Great Insulated Jacket for Extra Warmth

The Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Down Jacket.
The Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Down Jacket.

Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Down Jacket

$489, 1 lb. 1 oz./482g
featheredfriends.com

For really cold days of backcountry skiing, ski touring, snowshoeing, hiking and backpacking, and resort skiing, many of us need an insulation layer with extra warmth—to wear constantly in severe cold at low exertion levels; to pull on during brief rest breaks, at a belay, or while in camp or outside a yurt; or to have as an emergency piece in your pack. While it’s not made for breathability while being active, for incomparable warmth in a lightweight, packable puffy, I haven’t found anything that beats the Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Down Jacket.

On winter nights in the single digits outside a yurt in Idaho’s Boise Mountains, and raw, wet spring mornings camped in Idaho’s City of Rocks, this fat down jacket felt crazy warm—especially for its weight and packability, spotlighting its versatility as an outstanding down jacket for winter and a puffy that’s light and packable enough for chilly, three-season trips.

The Helios is generously stuffed with 900+-fill down, just about the highest-quality down produced, including in the comfortable, adjustable hood. The water-resistant, 20-denier Pertex Endurance LT shell fabric repels light precipitation, and the jacket has two hand pockets with overlapping stretch flaps in lieu of a zipper, plus one small, zippered inside pocket.

Read my full review of the Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Down Jacket.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a men’s Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Down Jacket at featheredfriends.com.

The Best Winter Backcountry Shell Jackets and Pants

For activities like hard-charging resort skiing in falling snow, backcountry ski touring and riding, snowshoeing, climbing, and hiking, when I’m working hard for hours in wide-ranging winter temps and weather, I want a shell jacket and pants with superior breathability—so that I don’t get soaked with sweat while exerting—that also repel hours of falling snow and block most wind. The jacket must have an adjustable, helmet-compatible, brimmed hood that keeps wind and precipitation off my face and must fit comfortably over base and middle layers, allowing full range of motion. The pants should have adequate pockets and ventilate well for moving uphill. Neither should be too heavy.

The Outdoor Research Skytour AscentShell Jacket.
The Outdoor Research Skytour AscentShell Jacket.

Outdoor Research Skytour AscentShell Jacket and Bibs

Jacket: $429, 1 lb. 5.5 oz./610g
Bibs: $429, 1 lb. 9 oz./709g
backcountry.com

The Outdoor Research Skytour AscentShell Bibs.
The Outdoor Research Skytour AscentShell Bibs.

The waves of December snowstorms rolled through for days, dumping cold, dry, light powder in the mountains. In the backcountry, the skiing was epic—as were the weather conditions. That’s when high-quality shells demonstrate their value. On numerous days of ski touring through hours of heavily falling snow, temps ranging from the single digits to the teens and 20s Fahrenheit, and frequent wind, OR’s Skytour AscentShell Jacket and Bibs passed every qualifying exam to rank among the very best outerwear for winter.

The newest iteration of OR’s proprietary, three-layer, stretch AscentShell waterproof-breathable membrane performs like a hard shell but feels and moves like a soft shell. AscentShell’s impressive breathability enabled base layers to dry out completely after getting sweaty on long climbs—keeping testers comfortable in all conditions. I rarely even feel the need to open the deep pit zips, although those are a nice feature on warmer days of touring.

The jacket has four waterproof, zippered external pockets and two inside pockets, a helmet-compatible hood, and a fit that accommodates warm layers. The bibs have deep, ventilating front and side zippers, plus five zippered pockets, including two cargo and hand pockets and a smartly designed beacon pocket on the chest, as well as reinforced cuffs with a stretch-mesh internal gaiter.

Read my full review of the Outdoor Research Skytour AscentShell Jacket and Bibs.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the men’s or women’s Outdoor Research Skytour AscentShell Jacket and/or Skytour AscentShell Bibs at backcountry.com, rei.com, or outdoorresearch.com.

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Black Diamond Dawn Patrol Hybrid Shell and Pants

Jacket: $365, 1 lb. 2 oz./510g
blackdiamondequipment.com
Pants: $325, 1 lb. 3.5 oz./553g
blackdiamondequipment.com

BD’s Dawn Patrol Hybrid Shell and Pants have kept me dry and comfortable on countless days of backcountry skiing, in temperatures ranging from single digits with a below-zero wind chill through the high 30s, in falling snow, light rain mixed with wet snow, wind, and just plain calm, sub-freezing air. The hybrid design of both blends the brand’s proprietary BD.dry waterproof-breathable fabric with a PFC- and water-free DWR (durable, water-resistant treatment) in areas most exposed to weather—chest, hood, and shoulders in the jacket and the lower legs and seat in the pants—with highly breathable soft-shell fabric in places where our bodies dump heat and moisture, like the underarms and sides of the jacket and thighs and front of the pants.

Abundant stretch in both pieces let you move unencumbered both uphill and downhill. The jacket’s center front dual zipper features a built-in mesh panel for venting on the climb and a perforated panel on the collar for breathing through while still protecting your face. Features include two harness-compatible chest pockets that fit skins, an internal media pocket, pit zips, an adjustable, helmet-compatible hood, and hook-and-loop cuffs with a lightweight wrist gaiter.

The pants feature side zips for venting; two zippered thigh pockets, one with an internal sleeve for a beacon, and a smaller, zippered hip pocket; instep patches to guard against ski edges and crampon points; a stretch gaiter and cuffs with dual snap closures for different types of ski boots; an integrated belt for waist adjustment with internal loops for suspender compatibility; and an integrated RECCO reflector.

Read my full reviews of the Black Diamond Dawn Patrol Hybrid Shell and the Black Diamond Dawn Patrol Hybrid Pants.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the men’s or women’s Black Diamond Dawn Patrol Hybrid Shell at blackdiamondequipment.com or backcountry.com, and the Black Diamond Dawn Patrol Hybrid Pants at blackdiamondequipment.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com.

Check out my stories “How to Dress in Layers for Winter in the Backcountry” and “12 Pro Tips For Staying Warm Outdoors in Winter,” and see all reviews of outdoor apparel at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/the-best-clothing-layers-for-winter-in-the-backcountry/feed/ 11 25995
Review: Hoka One One Speedgoat 6 Trail Running Shoes https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hoka-one-one-speedgoat-6-trail-running-shoes/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hoka-one-one-speedgoat-6-trail-running-shoes/#comments Thu, 31 Oct 2024 17:07:24 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=65380 Read on

]]>
Trail Running/Hiking Shoes
Hoka One One Speedgoat 6
$155, 1 lb. 3 oz./539g (US men’s 9)
Sizes: US men’s 7-15, women’s 5-12
roadrunnersports.com

Hoka’s popular trail-running shoe, the Speedgoat, has passed through several updates since it first emerged on the scene in 2015, named for the American phenom ultrarunner Karl “Speedgoat” Meltzer. The latest, the Speedgoat 6, builds upon that legacy again, with a more durable, breathable woven upper, a more responsive midsole, and even better traction—maintaining the Speedgoat’s standing amid an expanding field of copycats and its stature as a solid performer for trail ultra-runs and ultra-hikes, lightweight dayhiking, and ultralight backpacking.

I’ve worn the Speedgoat 6 on trail runs of up to about 10 miles in my local foothills—and previous generations of the Speedgoat trail running and hiking on many different adventures, including lightweight backpacking trips and one-day outings as long as running and hiking the Grand Canyon rim to rim to rim (42 miles and over 21,000 feet). While other trail-running shoes have beat up my feet and left them sore on runs of 15 miles or more, my feet emerge from the Speedgoat after huge days feeling and looking surprisingly good.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my expert e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Hoka One One Speedgoat 6 trail-running shoes.
The Hoka One One Speedgoat 6 trail-running shoes.

As ever, the strongest suit of the Speedgoat 6 remains that it delivers excellent stability on the trail, thanks to solid torsional rigidity,giving runners confidence to push themselves on dirt and even more-rugged footpaths. And for hikers and ultralight backpackers who prefer very light, nimble, and breathable footwear, that stability and support, along with Hoka’s trademark enhanced cushioning underfoot, delivers the kind of performance desired for carrying a pack for many hard miles through mountains or desert canyon country.

The neutral-stability Speedgoat combines an aggressive late-stage rocker profile—moving the outsole’s curve closer to the toes and turbo-charging the shoe’s push-off—with a stack height (the combined thickness of the insole, midsole, and outsole, or the distance between your foot and the ground) of 40 to 35 mm (heel to forefoot) in the men’s shoe and 38 to 33 mm in the women’s. That’s a one-millimeter reduction in the stack height compared to the Speedgoat 5, the most significant impact of which is a somewhat lighter feel.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Hoka One One Speedgoat 6 trail-running shoes.
The Hoka One One Speedgoat 6 trail-running shoes.

With the Speedgoat 6, Hoka made its signature thick, compression-molded EVA foam midsole more durable, potentially extending the life of these shoes (which will vary depending on how and where you use them), as well as more responsive, probably most noticeable for runners and fast hikers. This while keeping the Speedgoat 6 the same weight as the Speedgoat 5, at one pound three ounces/539 grams per pair (US men’s 9, which was about an ounce/28 grams lighter per pair than the Speedgoat 4). That’s very light in the trail-running category of footwear and ultralight in the hiking and backpacking category.

The gusseted tongue and dynamic vamp contribute to a secure, slipper-like fit and good comfort; although, if I have one complaint in that department, it’s that the toe box may feel snug to some users, who may want to look at the wide sizes (particularly hikers who use relatively thicker socks). Still, the shoe provides incrementally more volume than other trail-running and even hiking shoes I’ve worn: As someone who uses custom insoles, which are thicker than stock insoles, in my trail-running and hiking footwear, I like that my Speedgoat 6 shoes fit well with my insoles inside. Hoka also resurrected a heel loop for more easily pulling the shoe on, very useful particularly when they’re sloppy with mud.

The comfortable, matrix-like, woven mesh upper constitutes one of the most visible improvements in the Speedgoat 6, improving its durability (although they are still very light trail-running shoes and not as beefy as heavier hiking shoes) and seeming to have remedied the tendency of the uppers on the Speedgoat 5 to stretch after 100 miles or less, thus compromising the fit—all while still providing the excellent breathability that’s always been characteristic of this shoe. The minimalist toe bumper and overlays around the forefoot help protect your feet and the shoes on the trail.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The Hoka One One Speedgoat 6 trail-running shoes.
The Hoka One One Speedgoat 6 trail-running shoes.

Superior traction has long been a Speedgoat hallmark and generation 6 improves upon the Vibram Megagrip outsole with a more aggressive pattern (compared to the Speedgoat 5) in the multi-directional and multi-shaped, 5 mm lugs, designed to grip quite well in a variety of conditions and terrain. On trails I run regularly, which mostly consist of packed dirt, sand, and occasional small, loose stones, exposed bedrock, and very steep descents, I find the Speedgoat 6 gives me the confidence to run almost as if on smooth, packed dirt.

If you use them for hiking or ultralight backpacking, recognize that they lack the durability of beefier—and heavier—hiking shoes. The biggest weak point—as with many shoes in this category—is the exposed soft foam of the midsole outside the little toe; that’s where I’ve always seen the Speedgoat wear first and get chewed up more easily on rocky trails.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
and other parks using my expert e-books.

 

The Hoka One One Speedgoat 6 trail-running shoes.
The Hoka One One Speedgoat 6 trail-running shoes.

Still, depending on how you use them—how much weight you’re carrying, the condition of trails (how rocky and wet), and other factors—they will last as long as similar shoes in this category. I expect to log 400 or more miles in my Speedgoat 6 before wear and tear in the outsoles and midsoles demand retiring them.

The Speedgoat 6 shoes are not waterproof, making them far more breathable than any shoe with a membrane and enabling them to dry out far more quickly when they get wet. For dayhiking and ultralight backpacking, stick to generally dry trails that are well-constructed and not littered with big rocks.

Hoka also offers these shoes in men’s and women’s waterproof-breathable low and mid-cut models, the Speedgoat 6 GTX ($170) and Speedgoat 6 Mid GTX ($180). Notably, Hoka has kept the Speedgoat 6 pricing the same as the Speedgoat 5.

Reach new heights as a hiker. See “The 25 Best National Park Dayhikes
and “Extreme Hiking: America’s Best Hard Dayhikes.”

The Verdict

With improved traction, performance and durability in the midsole and uppers, and its trademark excellent stability and cushion, comfort, and breathability, the Hoka One One Speedgoat 6 remains a top shoe for trail running any distances, dayhiking, and ultralight and lightweight backpacking, especially for users who prefer very light, airy, and stable footwear.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the men’s Hoka One One Speedgoat 6 shoes at backcountry.com or rei.com, or the women’s Hoka One One Speedgoat 6 shoes at roadrunnersports.com, backcountry.com or rei.com, or other men’s or women’s Speedgoat 6 models at backcountry.com or rei.com.

See all reviews of lightweight hiking shoes and backpacking boots, my “Expert Tips for Buying the Right Hiking Boots,” and “8 Pro Tips for Preventing Blisters When Hiking” at The Big Outside.

You may also be interested in my picks for The Best Trekking Poles” and “The 10 Best Hiking Daypacks,” which includes my expert buying tips, and all reviews of hiking gear at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hoka-one-one-speedgoat-6-trail-running-shoes/feed/ 2 65380
Review: Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-spark-pro-9c-15f-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-spark-pro-9c-15f-sleeping-bag/#respond Thu, 26 Sep 2024 12:07:58 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=64890 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Sleeping Bag
Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F Bag
$689, 1 lb. 11 oz./765.4g (regular)
Sizes: unisex regular and long ($689)
seatosummit.com

We woke up from our first night in Colorado’s San Juan Mountains in mid-September, at well over 10,000 feet beside a creek that sang soft lullabys to us all night, to find ice crystals in our water bottles and one full water bladder that had been left outside the tent partly frozen. But the overnight temperature dropping to below freezing had hardly registered with me as I slumbered soundly zipped up inside my Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F sleeping bag—one of the warmest for its weight, most packable, and well constructed ultralight sleeping bags you’ll find.

I slept in the Spark Pro -9C/15Fbag for three nights backpacking in the San Juans in mid-September, with the other two nights at over 11,000 feet along the Continental Divide Trail, where the low temperature remained only slightly above freezing (no ice in our water).

I also stayed comfortably warm inside it, wearing a couple of light and midweight tops, long underwear, a wool hat, and socks, for three nights backpacking mostly on the Uinta Highline Trail in Utah’s High Uintas Wilderness in the first week of October, when we slept under the stars each night and awoke to frost and moisture on our bags, that substantial dampness not penetrating noticeably through the shell or appearing to compromise the bag’s loft or warmth much.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F ultralight sleeping bag with the top flap folded down.
The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F ultralight sleeping bag with the top flap folded down.

Stuffed with one pound, 0.9 ounces/480 grams of water- repellent, 950-fill Ultra-Dry Down (in the 15-degree regular; the 30-degree regular has 10.9 ounces/310 grams of down and the long versions of both bags, of course, have a bit more), the Spark Pro ranks among an elite group of the few very best down sleeping bags for warmth per ounce of bag weight, packability, and in the down’s resistance to water: Compared to standard down bags, it keeps you warmer when invaded by any moisture, whether condensation inside a tent, rain penetrating a backpack and the bag’s stuff sack, or condensation inside the bag from moisture released by your body.

The Ultra-Dry Down’s non-PFAS treatment also enables those goose feathers to dry much more quickly than standard down if the bag gets wet. Vertical baffles in the chest, horizontal baffles in lower bag’s top side and throughout the bottom side, plus box-wall baffle construction distribute the down evenly, avoiding cold spots. And this bag provides a visual demonstration of its high-quality down every time you pull it out of its stuff sack, quickly lofting up to about four inches thick.

And at just one pound, 11 ounces/765.4 grams (for the regular, on my scale), the total weight of the Spark Pro -9C/15F compares with many good-quality, 30-degree mummy bags.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F ultralight sleeping bag's hood.
The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F ultralight sleeping bag’s hood.

Sea to Summit uses an international standard called ISO 23537 to test and assign two temperature ratings to its sleeping bags: a lower limit and a comfort rating. The -9° C/15° F rating represents this bag’s lower limit; its comfort limit is -3° C/27° F.

On the night the temperature dropped below freezing, with the bag zipped up completely, I slept comfortably for most of the night in just a light wool T-shirt, underwear, and socks, only pulling on a long-sleeve top and a wool hat in early morning (the coldest time of the night and the time when your body often feels coldest because it needs more food). To me, that demonstrates this bag is true to its comfort rating. In temperatures at its lower limit, I would personally expect to need a base layer or two, top and bottom, plus a wool hat to feel warm enough.

I’ve pushed plenty of bags to their limits without getting miserably cold, but I sleep warm; people who don’t would definitely not enjoy pushing this or any bag to its lower limit, but would probably find the Spark Pro -9C/15Fidealfor nights no colder than several degrees above freezing Fahrenheit/three to four degrees above freezing Celsius. (See my “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags.”)

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F ultralight sleeping bag's footbox.
The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F ultralight sleeping bag’s footbox.

Sea to Summit’s Free-Flow three-zipper design expands the versatility of the Spark Pro bags. A quarter-length zipper on the upper right side of the bag enables you to fold down the top of the bag like a quilt on mild nights. A footbox zipper ventilates that end of the bag—a feature I virtually never use in bags because my feet are rarely too hot, but which makes more sense in combination with the ability to fold the top of the bag down like a blanket. The two-way, full-length main zipper (left side) slides remarkably smoothly—never snagging, which isn’t true of most “no-snag” zippers in bags I’ve used.

Some ultralight sleeping bags achieve their low weights by using less insulation (read: less warm) or by reducing fabric and insulation weight through tighter dimensions (read: feels claustrophobic to some people). But the Spark and Spark Pro series bags have comfortable dimensions of 61x53x40 inches/155x135x102 centimeters (at the shoulders, hips, and feet, size regular), which compares with some of the better ultralight bags I’ve reviewed.

I found it has adequate space while maintaining thermal efficiency and without making the bag overly bulky: I could fit a long-sleeve top and pants in the foot of the bag (to add a little insulation and keep those clothes warm for when I put them on in the morning) and easily lift both knees to my chest while lying on my back in the bag, as well as dress in the bag with it zipped up. The 72-inch/185-centimeter length is standard for regular bags.

While the Spark Pro is not available in women’s sizes, and the unisex sizing likely favors the builds of more men than women, some women will find the unisex bag works for them because body shapes and sizes vary greatly within genders as much as between genders, rendering the fit of sleeping bags less gender-dependent. Sea to Summit recommends women use the comfort temp rating as their guide.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton,
and other parks using my expert e-books.

The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F ultralight sleeping bag stuffed.
The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F ultralight sleeping bag stuffed.

In the smart features department, waterproof-breathable fabric in the hood and footbox repels moisture from condensation on tent walls in the areas of the bag most likely to brush against walls. The hood and collar cinch closely around your head using separate drawcords on opposite sides, which I find simplifies a task that’s often done in the dark when half-asleep; but if you’re a side sleeper (like me), either of those cords might brush against your cheek (as with many bags).

Stuffed inside the durable, 40-denier compression sack that comes with the bag, the Spark Pro 15F/-9C regular packs down to seven liters in volume, according to Sea to Summit—although I think I compressed it significantly smaller than that, to about the size of a soccer ball. Either way, that’s a very compact package for a bag with this much warmth. Sea to Summit gives the compressed volume of the 30F/-1C as 5.3 liters; based on my experience with the 15F/-9C, I suspect it can go smaller than that.

That’s due, in part, to the ultralight, 10-denier nylon lining and shell with a non-PFAS DWR (durable, water-resistant treatment), which is lighter and more packable than shell fabrics used in heavier sleeping bags, but also slightly less durable—although most users are very unlikely to tear a sleeping bag.

The Sea to Summit Spark Pro -1C/30F ($549, 1 lb. 5.8 oz./619g, regular) is a good choice for someone who doesn’t get cold easily and typically sleeps outside on nights around or well above freezing.

Another option, Sea to Summit’s Spark series of bags rated 45, 30, 15, and 0 degrees ($349 to $649), differfrom the Spark Pro primarily in that they use 850+-fill Ultra-Dry Down, lack the footbox zipper and short right-side zipper, and come in women’s sizes. In other words, at $100 cheaper for the same temp rating than the Pro series, you get an ultralight bag that’s still quite warm for its weight and packable—and actually a few ounces lighter than its Pro counterpart, due to having fewer features.

The Verdict

Featuring virtually the highest quality down available, giving it superior packability and warmest for its weight, as well as comfortable dimensions, excellent construction, and versatility in a wide range of temperatures, the Sea to Summit Spark Pro -9C/15F sleeping bag ranks among the few very best ultralight sleeping bags out there today.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Sea to Summit Spark Pro bag at backcountry.com, seatosummit.com, or rei.com, or a Sea to Summit Spark bag at backcountry.com, seatosummit.com, or rei.com.

See all reviews of sleeping bags, air mattresses, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside, plus my “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-spark-pro-9c-15f-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 64890
Review: Black Diamond First Light Stretch Hoody https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-first-light-stretch-hoody/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-first-light-stretch-hoody/#respond Fri, 20 Sep 2024 19:21:23 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=64789 Read on

]]>
Hooded, Breathable Insulated Jacket
Black Diamond First Light Stretch Hoody
$349, 14 oz./397g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XL, women’s XS-XL
blackdiamondequipment.com

Campsite temperatures below freezing in Utah’s High Uintas Wilderness in October and around 40° F in Montana’s Beartooth Mountains in August proved the warmth of BD’s First Light Stretch Hoody. But this jacket’s versatility goes well beyond warmth, owing to synthetic stretch insulation that’s breathable, packable, and warm for its weight, and traps heat even when wet—making it potentially the only insulated jacket you need for a variety of activities year-round.

Wearing the First Light over a lightweight fleece hoodie plus a light, long-sleeve synthetic top was all I needed on top for adequate warmth on three early mornings below freezing in the High Uintas in early October. And hiking for five days in late August in the Beartooths, the First Light Stretch Hoody kept me warm wearing it over only two light base layers (plus a warm wool cap) in camp on evenings and mornings in the low 40s Fahrenheit.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Black Diamond First Light Stretch Hoody.
The Black Diamond First Light Stretch Hoody.

At 14 ounces/397 grams (men’s medium), this hooded, insulated jacket functions as an outer or middle layer in a range of cool to cold temperatures. More specifically, it’s light, packable, and warm enough to wear as campsite insulation for three-season backpacking and it has a good balance of performance qualities for moving in winter, from hiking and snowshoeing to backcountry touring and climbing in temps well below freezing and as a middle layer for resort skiing.

For most people, though, it’s too warm and not breathable enough for high-output activities in temps only slightly below freezing, like skinning or climbing uphill, Nordic skiing, or running—although wind could alter that dynamic, requiring a jacket this warm.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Black Diamond First Light Stretch Hoody.
The Black Diamond First Light Stretch Hoody.

The jacket stuffs inside its zippered chest pocket, reducing it to about 1.5 liters in volume, and has a small loop for clipping it to a climbing harness. That compares with the packability of jackets insulated with down rated around 700-fill. But typical of synthetic-insulation jackets, the First Light is still noticeably bulkier, and offers less warmth per ounce or gram, than down jackets of the same weight that are rated at 800-fill or higher (and usually more expensive).

Where Primaloft excels over high-quality down is in breathability and warmth when wet.

The migration-resistant Primaloft Gold Active synthetic insulation offers some breathability during activity—although the 20-denier nylon ripstop shell fabric, of course, inhibits that breathability to some extent: It’s not as breathable as, say, a basic fleece jacket with no shell fabric. But this shell also blocks some wind, while that basic fleece offers no wind protection; and this hoody has the durability for hard use like backcountry touring and climbing.

Primaloft, like any synthetic insulation, also traps heat even when wet from precipitation or perspiration, which becomes particularly beneficial when wearing it while active in cold temperatures. The shell’s DWR (durable, water-repellant treatment), which contains no PFC/PFAS “forever” chemicals, helps repel light precipitation.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

The Black Diamond First Light Stretch Hoody.
The Black Diamond First Light Stretch Hoody.

Another advantage of this hoody is that you can forego a heavier puffy jacket in cold temps by simply augmenting the First Light with breathable base layers and a lighter insulation piece—potentially trimming your layering system weight and certainly making it more versatile than using a heavier and warmer puffy jacket.

The Black Diamond First Light Stretch Hoody stuffed.
The Black Diamond First Light Stretch Hoody stuffed.

The stretch liner and shell and gusseted underarms provide a nice fit and excellent range of motion, with space for wearing a couple of base layers and a lighter insulated piece underneath and an all-weather shell jacket over this hoody. The sleeves have good length, not riding up my forearms when reaching overhead.

The adjustable, climbing helmet-compatible hood fits over a helmet and, when you’re not wearing a helmet, adjusts to wrap closely enough to move with your head when looking to either side. The two zippered hand pockets and single zippered chest pocket have good space, although not enough for climbing skins for backcountry touring.

The Black Diamond First Light Hybrid Hoody ($275, 12.7 oz./361g) replaces the Primaloft insulation throughout the jacket’s body with Merino wool in the sides and back, for more breathability in those areas when moving in cold temps, which also means the hybrid version is less warm.

The Verdict

With respectable warmth, packability, and breathability, and the warm-when-wet benefit of synthetic insulation, the Black Diamond First Light Stretch Hoody is the kind of hooded, insulated jacket you can use year-round, from campsites in the mountains on summer backpacking trips to backcountry touring, resort skiing, climbing, and hiking in winter.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Black Diamond First Light Stretch Hoody or First Light Hybrid Hoody at blackdiamondequipment.combackcountry.com, or rei.com.

See all reviews of outdoor apparel at The Big Outside, including “The 12 Best Down Jackets,” “The Best Base Layers, Shorts, and Socks for Hiking and Trail Running,” “The Best Rain Jackets for Hiking and Backpacking,” and “The Best Ultralight Hiking and Running Jackets.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-first-light-stretch-hoody/feed/ 0 64789
Review: Rab Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-rab-downpour-light-waterproof-jacket/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-rab-downpour-light-waterproof-jacket/#comments Tue, 17 Sep 2024 19:09:11 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=64712 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Rain Jacket
Rab Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket
$165, 7.7 oz./219g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL (8-16)
backcountry.com

Two startingly loud, sharp, and sustained crackles of thunder and a flash of lightning gave us about a two-minute warning before the skies opened up while we hiked at well over 11,000 feet on the Continental Divide Trail in Colorado’s San Juan Mountains in mid-September. I got Rab’s Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket on and zipped up moments before the thunderhead began bombarding us with wind-driven rain and hail. And this ultralight rain shell kept me dry hiking through that storm and setting up our tent in steady rain and wind once we found a campsite.

I also wore this shell hiking in strong wind on days without rain on the CDT in southwestern Colorado, and during windy times, mostly on warm mornings and evenings in camp, while backpacking the Grand Canyon’s Gems Route in mid-April, where the only rain was early one morning before we got up.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Rab Men’s Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket.
The Rab Men’s Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket.

First of all, worth noting is the jacket’s appeal when not wearing it—and for most hikers, backpackers, and others, a rain jacket spends more time in a pack than on your back: At just 7.7 ounces/219 grams (for a men’s medium), and packing down to the size of a softball (although it doesn’t pack into one of its pockets), the Downpour Light represents one of the lightest and most packable waterproof-breathable rain jackets on the market.

The weather protection owes to Rab’s 20-denier, 2.5-layer Proflex stretch-woven waterproof nylon fabric plus a waterproof front zipper. That fabric provides a bit more durability than the very lightest rain shells or ultralight wind shells but does not compete with heavier (and more featured) waterproof-breathable jackets, some of which are legitimate four-season shells. While it’s not a choice for climbers or backcountry skiers and riders, it’s tough enough for the kind of use it receives in the hands of dayhikers, mountain scramblers, lightweight backpackers, and other three-season users.

Breathability is moderately good: It moved moisture out while I carried a full backpack uphill at elevations between 11,000 and over 12,000 feet, on partly sunny, quite windy days on the CDT in Colorado. While those conditions don’t challenge breathability as much they do as a jacket’s ability to block wind, I had other reasons to believe it has good breathability (enunciated below). Not surprisingly in a shell this light, it has no pit zips for ventilation.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

In the San Juans, my wife hiked in a heavier, Gore-Tex jacket without overheating, too, and that jacket likely blocked the wind better than the Downpour Light—meaning this jacket is more breathable and slightly less windproof than a Gore-Tex jacket: I could often feel some wind coming through the fabric. But in that rapidly shifting mix of sun, clouds, temperature, and wind—a common meteorological stew in the mountains from spring through fall—this jacket was precisely what I needed to maintain a balance of feeling neither too warm nor cold.

The fit is comfortable, with space for layering light insulation underneath and articulated sleeves that allow full freedom of movement without the jacket riding up. The fabric’s backer feels nice against bare arms, too.

Lastly, in a category of jackets that often sport very minimalist hoods, the Downpour Light’s one-hand adjustable hood has a brim that helped keep rain off my face during the thunderstorm, aided by a front zipper that comes up to just below the nose; plus adjustable, hook-and-loop cuffs, and a hem that extends about six inches below the waist. The two spacious, zippered chest pockets sit above a pack’s hipbelt, making them accessible while wearing a pack.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

The Rab Men’s Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket.
The Rab Men’s Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket.

To be sure, the Downpour Light will not steal the crown of supreme weather protection from heavier, more featured, 3-layer rain jackets—but it’s not designed for severe weather. Rab markets the Downpour Light as a just-in-case shell that’s best for dayhikes or one-day peak scrambles where you face the possibility of some precipitation. I would say it delivers enough protection for multi-day trips where thunderstorms or rain showers are possible, but hours or days of sustained rain is unlikely.

Look at it this way: If you’re generally avoiding severely wet weather, the Downpour Light gives you all the protection you need, in a lighter and more packable design that will be less likely to cause you to overheat than a heavier, more fully featured (and weatherproof) rain jacket—at far less expense than that rain shell that’s overbuilt for your needs.

Rab Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket

Weather Protection
Breathability
Packability
Durability
Weight-to-Performance

The Verdict

Weighing less than half a pound—or half the weight of one low-cut, lightweight hiking shoe—the Rab Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket offers all the weather protection needed by many dayhikers, peak scramblers, and fair-weather backpackers. And at a price that’s less than half that of many high-end, fully featured rain jackets.

4.1

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Rab Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket at backcountry.com or rei.com.

See “The Best Rain Jackets for Hiking and Backpacking,” “The Best Ultralight Hiking and Running Jackets,” and all reviews of outdoor apparel at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-rab-downpour-light-waterproof-jacket/feed/ 2 64712
Review: Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 1p Ultralight Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-hornet-elite-osmo-1p-ultralight-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-hornet-elite-osmo-1p-ultralight-tent/#respond Fri, 30 Aug 2024 17:02:46 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=64482 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Solo Backpacking Tent
Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 1p
$580, 1 lb. 7 oz./657g
nemoeequipment.com

From the Grand Canyon’s Gems Route to Montana’s Beartooth Mountains, Nemo’s top-of-the-line Hornet Elite Osmo 1p solo ultralight tent withstood winds gusting to around 30 mph/48 kph and shrugged off light rain, while providing comfortable living space, excellent ventilation, and a tiny footprint that enables pitching it on the most improbably small patches of flat ground—all in a surprisingly compact package that weighs less than the low-cut hiking shoes I wore in the Beartooths.

Two partners and I took turns sleeping in this solo tent (we also had a two-person tent on the trip) over five nights backpacking in Montana’s Beartooths in August, where we had strong winds and light rain at times, which the tent handled very well—although the strongest gusts caused the rainfly to flap loudly if we weren’t careful about getting a taut pitch. I also slept in it on two of five nights backpacking the Grand Canyon’s Gems Route in mid-April, where we saw winds gusting to around 30 mph/48 kph at times and about 90 minutes of rain early one morning.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 1p ultralight tent in the Grand Canyon.
The Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 1p ultralight tent in the Grand Canyon.

It’s worth noting that Nemo’s very similar, but somewhat heavier (and less expensive) Hornet Osmo 1p—with the same poles as the Elite model—withstood gusts around 40 mph/64 kph and driving rain for several hours in the Wind River Range, although I occasionally had to brace the walls with my hands to avoid damage during the strongest gusts, which caused the windward wall of the tent to bow deeply inward. (As I wrote in my review of the Hornet Osmo 1p, in fairness, most of today’s best three-season backpacking tents are not designed for wind that strong, and our camp in a lake basin at well over 10,000 feet was completely exposed.)

For starters, Nemo sets the Osmo tent series apart with its proprietary Osmo ripstop fabric, used in the rainfly and floor of the Hornet Osmo tents. That fabric combines 100 percent recycled nylon and polyester yarns to provide greater strength and four times better water repellency and reduce fabric stretch when wet by a factor of three, according to Nemo. Plus, Osmo fabric achieves that water repellency with a finish that’s free of PFC/PFAS chemicals and meets flammability requirements without chemical additives. I’ve seen no durability issues so far after using three of the Hornet Osmo tents.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail,
in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-books.

The Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 1p ultralight tent in the Beartooth Mountains.
The Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 1p ultralight tent in the Beartooth Mountains.

With the Hornet Elite tents, Nemo has pared down the design to create shelters even lighter than the standard Hornet Osmo models. While still a reasonably lightweight tent, the Hornet Osmo 1p ($400) weighs six ounces/165 grams more than the Hornet Elite Osmo 1p. That’s more than your ultralight headlamp and stove combined. The difference in weights between the Elite and standard Hornet Osmo 1p is entirely in tent fabric: The Elite uses a lighter version of Osmo and less of it because the floor measures three inches narrower at the head end.

As far as I’ve seen, the Hornet Elite Osmo 1p exists in its own category of three-season, semi-freestanding, double-wall, solo tents weighing under 1.5 pounds/680 grams (including only the inner tent, rainfly, and poles). While it’s not as light as non-freestanding solo shelters that pitch using trekking poles, it’s pretty darn close and significantly faster and more intuitive to pitch than that type of tent.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 1p ultralight tent interior and vestibule.
The Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 1p ultralight tent interior and open vestibule.

At a minimum weight of 1 lb. 7 ounces/657 grams (again, just the tent, poles, and rainfly), the Hornet Elite Osmo 1p compares favorably against two top solo tents that share this semi-freestanding design and similar materials, both of which have slightly less interior space but a slightly larger vestibule: the Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL1 Solution Dye weighs seven ounces more (see my review of the Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye), and the MSR Freelite 1 comes in three ounces heavier while having the same floor length and peak ceiling height but less width at the head end (see my review of the Freelite 2).

The Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 1p pole.
The Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 1p pole.

With 21.8 square feet/two square meters of interior space, a 39-inch/98cm peak height, and a floor measuring 87×40 inches//221×102 centimeters at the head(it tapers to 32 inches/31 centimeters wide at the foot), the Hornet Elite Osmo 1p offers a relatively spacious interior and good headroom for an ultralight solo tent. It’s twice the width of a standard 20-inch-wide air mattress at the head and 12 inches wider at the foot, creating extra space for your stuff, and long enough for tall people: A friend who’s nearly six feet and broad-shouldered found it comfortably roomy.

The interior door is reasonably large for a tent in this weight class, for easy entry and egress—made even easier by having the door on the side rather than at the head end, which also improves ventilation. The vestibule has 6.9 square feet/0.6 square meter of storage, enough to keep shoes and a midsize backpack under one side of it.

While the Hornet Elite Osmo 1p has a good space-to-weight ratio for any double-wall tent, any tent in this weight class is targeted more to minimalists who prioritize low weight over living space—who will likely occupy the tent primarily during sleeping hours and often spend most of each day on the trail. And its small footprint comes in handy when the best spot you have for your tent is a tiny patch of flat ground.

The smart and easy-to-use door tiebacks are a nice detail. Inside, there’s just one storage pocket—typical of minimalist, ultralight shelters—located just inside the door, convenient for grabbing your headlamp or other small item from outside.

As with all tents using this basic semi-freestanding design, set-up is simple and fast. Y-shaped, color-coded DAC Featherlite NSL poles that join at a single hubbed intersection feature a center ridgeline that forks to two corners—a common pole structure that trims weight but requires staking (thus, it’s “semi-freestanding”).

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The short Flybar snaps into place across the main ridge pole’s high center point to pull the side walls outward, creating nice headroom. While that’s a common feature in backpacking tents, the Flybar’s flexible design makes it easier during setup than some others and distributes tension evenly. Triangulated corner guy-outs pull the lower tent walls outward to minimize contact between any condensation on the walls and your sleeping bag. Just four clips and three grommets attach the interior tent to the poles and the Hornet requires just six stakes. Cords on the interior tent’s two sides clip to the rainfly, pulling the walls outward, a smart feature in a tent where the walls are unavoidably close.

The 15-denier nylon ripstop with no-see-um mesh interior walls and the double-wall design of the Hornet Osmo series enable excellent ventilation—despite lacking the cross-ventilation of two opposing doors in the one-person models—aided by the bottom edge of therainfly being elevated off the ground to promote low-high air flow. In the Beartooths and Grand Canyon, we saw overnight lows in the 40s and 50s F/about 4 to 13 C, with never a trace of condensation under the rainfly, which tends to plague many ultralight, single-wall tents. Those are not conditions that normally cause condensation, of course; but my experience with the Hornet Osmo tents has demonstrated their ventilation: Sleeping in the Hornet Osmo 1p on the kind of calm, cool nights that do cause condensation buildup, I saw only minimal dampness on the underside of the rainfly—not nearly enough to drip or even rub off on a sleeping bag brushing against a wall.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

 

The Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 1p ultralight tent in the Grand Canyon.
The Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 1p ultralight tent in the Grand Canyon.

The Hornet Elite Osmo 1p does not have Nemo’s signature, unique large cutout in the rainfly at the head end of the tent, overlapping a solid panel on the lower part of that interior tent wall, to aid ventilation. Counterintuitively, the purpose is to reduce fabric weight because more of mesh—which is lighter—is used in the tent.

With all Hornet tents, the rainfly door zips open beyond the high point of the interior door, giving them a drip line that permits rain to fall inside. With a little care, though, you can enter and leave the tent letting virtually no rain inside, possibly by not unzipping the rainfly door entirely.

The packed size of 19x4x2 ins./48x10x5 cm makes it more packable than comparable tents. All new Nemo tents come with a 100% recycled fabric pole bag (instead of wasteful, single-use poly bags).

See my review of Nemo’s Hornet Osmo 1p and Hornet Osmo 2p and all models in Nemo’s Hornet Osmo series and the brand’s other ultralight tents at nemoequipment.com/collections/ultralight-tents.

Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 1p

Space-to-Weight Ratio
Sturdiness
Ease of Use
Ventilation
Features
Livability

The Verdict

For lightweight and ultralight backpackers and thru-hikers looking for one of, if not the lightest double-wall, semi-freestanding, solo tent, one that’s easy and quick to pitch and take down, holds up in strong wind, and feels very livable, the Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 1p belongs on a short list that’s very short.

4.5

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 1p at nemoequipment.com or rei.com, or any Hornet Osmo tent model at backcountry.com, nemoequipment.com, or rei.com.

See “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents” and all reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside. See also “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “Ultralight Backpacking Tents: How to Choose One.” (Both of those stories require a paid subscription to The Big Outside to read in full, which costs as little as $7, or under $5 per month for an entire year.)

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-hornet-elite-osmo-1p-ultralight-tent/feed/ 0 64482
Review: Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 and 45+5 SL Backpacks https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-deuter-aircontact-ultra-505-and-455-sl-backpacks-2/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-deuter-aircontact-ultra-505-and-455-sl-backpacks-2/#respond Mon, 15 Jul 2024 23:02:48 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=63982 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpacks
Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5
$285, 55L/3,356 c.i., 2 lbs. 15 oz./1.33kg
Deuter Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL
$250, 50L/3,051 c.i., 2 lbs. 11 oz./1.21kg
One adjustable size in both models
Aircontact Ultra 50+5: backcountry.com
Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL: rei.com

To put Deuter’s updated-for-2024 Aircontact Ultra 50+5 ultralight backpack through the paces, I took it on a pair of quite rugged but also quite different backpacking trips this spring: a three-day hike through southern Utah’s Owl and Fish canyons with a max weight of about 30 pounds in the pack, and six days and about 60 miles backpacking the Grand Canyon’s Gems Route, repeatedly carrying extra water—and starting out with more than 40 pounds inside, including over 10 pounds of water and 11 pounds of food. As I expected, those trips revealed much about the Aircontact Ultra backpacks and why they might appeal to lightweight and ultralight backpackers.

First, I must acknowledge that 40 pounds significantly exceeds Deuter’s recommended max weight for these packs: I knew that but wanted to gauge the Aircontact Ultra’s comfort by exceeding its weight capacity and then seeing when it starts feeling comfortable as my pack weight decreased each day—as I sometimes do with packs in this weight class because, almost inevitably, many backpackers overload ultralight packs at the outset of a trip, or at various points during a long-distance hike, accepting a day or more of compromised comfort for the benefit of having a pack that’s lighter and will be adequately comfortable for most of the trip. I’ve done that countless times.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 harness.
The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 harness.

In the Grand Canyon, having more than 40 pounds/18.1 kilos in the Aircontact Ultra 50+5 was certainly not “comfortable.” But nor was it all that bad. On that first day, we backpacked about six miles of rough dirt road just to reach the South Bass Trailhead, and then descended the often steep, loose, and rugged South Bass Trail for some 3,400 feet before turning onto the Tonto Trail—logging nearly 15 hard miles that day. Rather than feeling destroyed from severely overloading this pack, I simply felt some discomfort, predictably in my hips and shoulders, but no lingering soreness.

While I certainly wouldn’t recommend overloading this pack that severely, I think some long-distance and other avid backpackers could do the same for a day or two without major consequences. (Strong caveat: I sure don’t promise that result for everyone or even most people.)

Truer to the intended use of these packs, on the Owl and Fish canyons loop, the Aircontact Ultra 50+5 felt immediately comfortable starting out with that trip’s max weight of about 30 pounds/13.6 kilos inside—in line with Deuter’s recommended maximum load of 26 to 33 pounds/11.8 to 15 kilos—and it remained comfortable throughout that three-day hike. As Deuter’s max load recommendation implies, any pack’s max load comfort will vary between individual users, of course.

In Owl and Fish as well as the Grand Canyon, the pack delivered a stable carry going up and down very steep, loose trails, thanks to a spring steel wire frame and a framesheet that offers slight flex, meaning it moves a bit with your torso while providing some structural support. The hipbelt fins and shoulder straps rotate to absorb your body’s movement, helping to steady the pack while hiking.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail,
in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-books.

The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 hipbelt.
The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 hipbelt.

Unlike the simple, wide, entirely flexible fabric hipbelts found in some (usually lighter) packs in this category—which rely on the belt’s width to distribute pack weight over the hips—the Aircontact Ultra’sflexible hipbelt features a bit of structure to help support some of the weight that the pack frame distributes to the belt. For 2024, Deuter altered the hipbelt foam to meet bluesign environmentally responsible standards and improve the ergonomic fit at the lumbar. I suspect those design elements helped prevent my hips from really hurting when I overloaded the pack in the Grand Canyon.

The three-dimensional, perforated spacer mesh in the back panel, lumbar pad, shoulder straps, and hipbelt rebounds when not weighted, pulling air into the mesh as you move—creating nice ventilation and cushioning. Another smart change made with the 2024 models is that Deuter carved out the center of the back pad to improve air flow, achieving that objective without compromising comfort at all. That was noticeable on hot days of hard hiking in the Grand Canyon.

I had used and reviewed the previous iteration of Deuter’s Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL on a five-day backpacking trip in the Wind River Range and on a three-day hike on the 22-mile Death Hollow Loop in southern Utah’s Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument. That enabled me to compare the fit of these two packs and changes made in the 2024 versions.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 with main compartment open.
The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 with main compartment open.

TheAircontact Ultra 50+5is made for torsos ranging from 17 to 24 inches/43 to 61 centimeters, according to Deuter. (Learn how to measure your torso in my “5 Expert Tips for Buying the Right Backpacking Pack.”) The Ultra 45+5 SL is for women and anyone with a torso measuring 14 to 22 inches/35 to 56 centimeters.

Deuter’s three-position torso-length adjustment system, located behind the back pad, is one of the easiest adjustment systems to access and change that I’ve seen. With these packs, it provides about 1.5 inches/3.8 centimeters of fit range—that’s not much compared with, say, the Osprey men’s Exos 58 and women’s Eja 58, packs nearly identical to the Aircontact Ultra 50+5 in capacity, weight, and price, which have four inches of adjustable fit range.

I got the previous version of the Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL on Deuter’s recommendation for my 18-inch torso length and it fits me well enough: The hipbelt has plenty of adjustment range, but I found the shoulder straps near their fit limit for me; anyone with a torso over 18 inches or a bigger chest and torso than me (see next paragraph) should go for the Aircontact Ultra 50+5. With the new Aircontact Ultra 50+5, my torso seems to fall near the bottom end of its fit range: As mentioned above, it carried comfortably for me with the recommended max load and, impressively, wasn’t terrible when I overloaded it.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 lid pocket.
The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 lid pocket.

The long and short is that my torso is on the cusp between those two packs, leading me to two conclusions: first, that anyone near the limits of either pack’s stated fit range may not find it comfortable; and second, that the Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL fits my 18-inch torso a little better than the Aircontact Ultra 50+5—with the caveat that the Ultra 45+5’s shoulder straps are almost fully extended (very near their limit) with my 38-inch chest and five-foot, eight-inch, 152-pound build.

The top-loading Aircontact Ultra 50+5’s main compartment had enough space for my six days of food and five liters of water starting out in the Grand Canyon, with compact, ultralight gear (including my sleeping bag and solo tent), but also an ultralight camp chair. I had nearly filled the smaller Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL with gear and food for three-day trips but managed to squeeze five days of food into it in the Winds.

The modular, side Z-compression straps can be repositioned to girth hitch and buckle across the front of the pack, a cool feature that lets you attach a larger piece of gear, like a tent or foam pad, or simply compress the pack (if under-filled) across its front.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

 

The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 ultralight backpack.
The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 ultralight backpack in the Grand Canyon.

If you’re really counting grams, the removable, floating lid and its straps can be left behind to shave about three ounces/85 grams, and the drawcord top closure for the main compartment has a flap that snaps down to cover it—one of the 2024 additions. But I think that lid pocket, with very good volume for a midsized, ultralight pack, justifies its minimal weight with the space and quick access it provides.

The six external pockets include a large stretch-mesh front pocket that can swallow a wet rainfly and jacket and stretch-mesh side pockets that hold a liter bottle. Deuter increased the angle of those side pockets to make them a bit easier to reach inside while wearing the pack, compared with the previous generation of Aircontact Ultra’s (like the 45+5 SL I’ve reviewed), but it’s still a bit of a contortionist act. The two half-liter, zippered hipbelt pockets each hold four or more bars or a smartphone with room to spare.

The 175-denier polyamide ripstop Ultra HD fabric helps minimize the pack’s weight while making it as durable as many backpacking packs in its weight class. Deuter uses durable water-repellent finishes (DWRs) that are harmless to human and animal health and free of toxic PFAS “forever” chemicals.

Other packs in the series include the Aircontact Ultra 40+5 and Aircontact Ultra 35+5 SL (both $240).

Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 and Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Durability

The Verdict

Although still ranking among the heaviest ultralight backpacking packs, the updated-for-2024 versions of the Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 and Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL carry 30 to 35 pounds comfortably and sport smart features in a package that will especially appeal to backpackers who often straddle the gray zone between lightweight and ultralight.

4

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 backpack at backcountry.com, or a Deuter Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL backpack at backcountry.com, or any model in the Aircontact Ultra series at backcountry.com, including some of last year’s models at sale prices while stock lasts.

See my picks for “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The Best Ultralight Backpacks,” my “5 Expert Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” and all of my reviews of backpacks, backpacking gear, ultralight backpacks, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-deuter-aircontact-ultra-505-and-455-sl-backpacks-2/feed/ 0 63982
Review: Outdoor Research Shadow Wind Hoodie https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-shadow-wind-hoodie/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-shadow-wind-hoodie/#respond Tue, 02 Jul 2024 17:25:16 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=63814 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Wind Shell
Outdoor Research Shadow Wind Hoodie
$140, 5.8 oz./164.4g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XXL
backcountry.com

We ask a lot of ultralight wind shells, these wispy jackets that often weigh no more (and sometimes less) than your hiking shorts. We want them to breathe well when we’re hiking or running uphill while, of course, blocking the wind effectively—and not feel like a kitchen trash bag with sleeves and a hood. On trail runs, dayhikes, and a backpacking trip from the desert Southwest in spring to the mountains of Southwest Idaho, in a wide range of fall and spring weather that challenges any outer layer to keep you comfortable, I found that OR’s Shadow Wind Hoodie did just that, quite well.

It kept me warm and dry in cool, strong wind in early May dayhiking for hours in Capitol Reef National Park and Bryce Canyon National Park, where I encountered brief snow flurries, and in Zion National Park, where a thunderstorm produced a brief, light rain. It blocked wind quite effectively while breathing well enough to prevent sweat from accumulating inside on very windy mornings with the ambient air temperature around 40° F on a three-day hike on southern Utah’s Owl and Fish canyons loop in early May.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


I pulled it on for the downhill end of a hike in my local foothills on a very windy April afternoon, after sweating hard on a steep trail that rises 2,000 feet in just over two miles, and it kept the wind from making me cold while breathing well enough that my wet base layers dried in minutes. It performed similarly on an hour-long trail run in mid-November, in late-afternoon shade with a chilly breeze and temps in the mid-40s; and on a hilly mountain bike ride on an unusually warm January day, with temps in the low 60s but a strong wind cooling things down and virtually no warmth from the sun.

The Shadow’s distinguishing component is its lightweight, bluesign-approved, 20-denier, 90 percent nylon stretch-woven fabric: Impressively breathable while repelling light rain, it feels softer against bare arms than most ultralight shells—especially the lightest out there, which can feel a bit like a plastic petroleum product. This fabric offers better durability than the very lightest ultralight shells, good enough for most rock climbing, short of dragging yourself up a tight chimney. OR applies a DWR (durable, water-repellent) treatment that’s free of fluorinated chemicals.

The trim fit provides space for a couple of base layers plus a light vest or insulated jacket underneath and very good stretch lets this jacket move however you’re moving—great for hiking, running, climbing, and other active uses. The elasticized cuffs seal out drafts.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Outdoor Research Shadow Wind Hoodie.
The Outdoor Research Shadow Wind Hoodie.

The close-fitting, under-the-helmet hood is adjustable—uncommon in an ultralight shell—and it stayed in place on my head in strong gusts numerous times, while the low-profile brim provides decent face protection for a UL shell. The hood also stows inside the collar using a snap, keeping it from flapping around annoyingly in wind—a smart feature that might seem superfluous until the first time you use it—and it easily stuffs inside the zippered chest pocket, which is more than spacious enough for a smartphone. Each of the two zippered hand pockets is large enough to fit a pair of warm gloves.

At just 5.8 ounces/164.4 grams for the men’s medium, it comes in just above the median weight of hooded ultralight shells, and packs down to about the size of a softball—not quite as light and compact as the lightest hooded shells, but only a couple ounces/55 grams heavier.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

Outdoor Research Shadow Wind Hoodie

Weather Protection
Breathability
Packability
Durability
Weight-to-Performance

The Verdict

Just an ounce or two heavier than the lightest hooded wind shells, the Outdoor Research Shadow Wind Hoodie stands out for its exceptional comfort, breathability, and wind protection, ideal for dayhikers, trail runners, climbers, backpackers who rarely encounter much rain, and other users.

4.2

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Outdoor Research Helium Wind Hoodie at backcountry.com, rei.com, or outdoorresearch.com.

For a rain jacket that’s barely heavier than the Shadow Wind Hoodie, although less breathable, see my review of the Outdoor Research Helium Rain Jacket.

See my picks for “The Best Ultralight Hiking and Running Jackets” and “The 7 Best Rain Jackets for Hiking and Backpacking,” and all reviews of ultralight wind shells, ultralight rain jackets, trail-running gear, hiking apparel, and outdoor apparel at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-shadow-wind-hoodie/feed/ 0 63814
Review: Montem Ultra Light 100% Carbon Fiber Trekking Poles https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-montem-ultra-light-100-carbon-fiber-trekking-poles/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-montem-ultra-light-100-carbon-fiber-trekking-poles/#respond Sat, 15 Jun 2024 12:25:37 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=63555 Read on

]]>
Trekking Poles
Montem Ultra Light 100% Carbon Fiber Trekking Poles
$90, 14 oz./396.9g (per pair)
$One size, adjustable 105-135cm
montemlife.com

The biggest question with inexpensive gear is always: Will it work? And best way to answer that question is to field test it in places that are hard on gear. Backpacking six days on the Grand Canyon’s Gems Route, five days in Montana’s Beartooth Mountains, and three days on southern Utah’s rugged Owl and Fish canyons loop, and dayhiking in a couple of southern Utah national parks and on two of the steepest, meanest trails in my local Foothills, I found that Montem’s remarkably affordable Ultra Light 100% Carbon Fiber Trekking Poles met virtually all the demands I placed on them through some very hard use and left me with only a couple of relatively minor critiques.

These poles helped me confidently carry a backpack up and down very steep and loose trails on a six-day, 60-mile hike on the Grand Canyon’s Gems Route in mid-April—starting with more than 40 pounds in my pack, including 11 pounds of food and over 10 pounds of water, on our first day descending the steep and frequently loose South Bass Trail. That was followed by going up and down more steep and loose sections of the Tonto Trail West where it dropped into and climbed out of tributary canyons; and finally, on our last day, ascending some 3,400 vertical feet up the Hermit Trail.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Montem Ultra Light 100% Carbon Fiber Trekking Poles lever locks.
Montem Ultra Light 100% Carbon Fiber Trekking Poles lever locks.

The poles did the same for me on the route through Owl and Fish canyons in early May, which involves hiking and third-class scrambling very steep canyon walls, crossing sloping slickrock, walking over bowling ball-size rocks, and slogging across soft sand. In the Beartooths, we used these poles to pitch an ultralight tent, which held up quite well in strong winds in a couple of camps.

I also used them dayhiking about nine miles and 2,000 feet up and down the Navajo Knobs Trail in Capitol Reef National Park and the eight-mile, nearly 2,000-foot Fairyland Loop in Bryce Canyon National Park in early May; as well as on two steep dayhikes in my local Foothills: Mount Heinen, 10 miles with 4,000 feet of up and down, and Cervidae Peak, 4.5 miles with 2,000 feet of vertical.

For starters, the price is unbeatable for quality trekking poles—especially a pair made entirely of lightweight and strong carbon fiber. (Although carbon fiber can, under unusual stresses, sheer and break, something I’ve only seen happen two or three times over many years and miles using carbon poles.)

But the merits of Montem’s Ultralight 100% Carbon Fiber Trekking Poles don’t stop at the 365-days-a-year clearance-sale price. These three-section, telescoping/collapsible poles extend to a wide range for hiking of 105 to 135 centimeters/41 to 53 inches—accommodating virtually every user from adults well over six feet tall to short adults and young kids because the poles are useable even when adjusted shorter than 105 centimeters.

They are longer than some telescoping poles—and long enough to use with tents that pitch with trekking poles. And they collapse to 61 centimeters/24 inches, comparable to the most packable telescoping poles (which are much less packable than folding poles).

Lightweight at 14 ounces/396.9 grams for the pair (15.2 ounces/430.9 grams with the rubber tips), they fall right in the middle of the weight range of trekking poles; their weight, relative strength, and the collapsible/telescoping design make them best suited to hiking and backpacking on or off-trail, fitness walking, and perhaps backcountry ski touring; they’re a bit on the heavy side and not compact enough when collapsed for mountain trail running or ultra-running.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Wonderland Trail, Teton Crest Trail,
in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-books.

The Flick-Lock locking levers for adjusting the poles’ length required playing with a few times to get the tension right and prevent the poles from collapsing when weighted—they initially slipped a few times for me, but locked properly and didn’t slip again once I figured out the correct amount of tension. That tension is also controlled by tiny knobs easily turned with your fingers—no tool required (as with some other poles, which has always struck me as an annoying and unnecessary design shortcoming).

The ergonomic EVA foam grip extends down the upper shaft, ideal for ascending steep trails, off-trail terrain, or backcountry touring. The easily adjustable nylon straps are comfortable on my wrists for hours and the poles have the usual carbide tips found on all trekking poles of any quality.

Biggest demerit: I lost both trekking baskets on my first backpacking trip with them, in the Grand Canyon, one within the first two hours of the first day, simply because they’re not well fitted to the tips of the poles’ lowest shafts. All in all, though, I haven’t much noticed not having them (and you’d only notice their absence when hiking through soft ground, like a lot of soft mud). The poles also come with rubber tips for slickrock and mostly rocky trails; you’d need snow baskets to use the poles for backcountry touring.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

Montem Ultralight 100% Carbon Fiber Trekking Poles

Adjustability/Sizes
Packability
Versatility
Weight
Durability

The Verdict

Despite a couple of relatively minor flaws, for hikers, backpackers, and others on a budget—or who are simply loath to spend more when there’s a more affordable option that works perfectly fine—it’s hard to beat the value and cost-to-performance of the Montem Ultralight 100% Carbon Fiber Trekking Poles.

4.1

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the Montem Ultra Light 100% Carbon Fiber Trekking Poles at montemlife.com.

Get 15 percent off any purchase at montemlife.com using the exclusive discount code BIGOUT15MOG.

See my picks for “The Best Trekking Poles” and my stories “How to Choose Trekking Poles” and “10 Best Expert Tips for Hiking With Trekking Poles,” and all reviews of backpacking gear, ultralight backpacking gear, and hiking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my stories “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be,” “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-montem-ultra-light-100-carbon-fiber-trekking-poles/feed/ 0 63555
Review: Marmot Hydrogen 30 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-marmot-hydrogen-30-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-marmot-hydrogen-30-sleeping-bag/#respond Fri, 07 Jun 2024 20:38:22 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=63498 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Sleeping Bag
Marmot Hydrogen 30
$419, 1 lb. 9.4 oz./720g (regular)
Sizes: unisex regular and long ($419)
backcountry.com

For backpackers prioritizing low gear weight who don’t tend to get cold very easily, a sleeping bag rated 30 degrees Fahrenheit can function as their go-to for most three-season trips. And Marmot’s Hydrogen 30 remains one of the perhaps three highest-quality and warmest ultralight mummy bags at this temperature rating, as I affirmed sleeping in it for two nights on southern Utah’s Owl and Fish canyons loop in early May, four nights in Montana’s Beartooth Mountains in August, and five nights on the Grand Canyon’s Gems Route in mid-April.

Just three of those backpacking nights that I slept in the Hydrogen 30 were inside a tent: one quite windy night in the high 30s F, with a below-freezing wind chill, in Owl Canyon, and two nights in the Grand Canyon. My four nights sleeping out under the stars included a calm night in the mid-40s in Fish Canyon and three nights with winds gusting up to 30 miles per hour at times and overnight lows in the 40s and 50s in the Grand Canyon. In every circumstance, I stayed perfectly warm, even partly opening the bag on the milder nights. I also slept quite well in this bag out under the stars for two nights in the 50s in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Marmot Hydrogen 30 hood.
The Marmot Hydrogen 30 hood.

The 800-fill down, treated with ExpeDry to make it dry faster if it gets wet, gives it a high warmth-to-weight ratio and an EN comfort rating of 36° F/2° C, limit rating of 27° F/-3° C, and extreme rating of -3° F/-19° C—while still weighing a modest one pound 9.4 ounces/720 grams (regular length).

Its weight trails close behind the very lightest and it’s warmer than all but a couple of them with which the Hydrogen 30 compares closely for warmth: As I wrote above, it packs enough warmth for nights that creep toward its temp rating (unless you sleep cold; see my “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” for tips on that). And it stuffs down to a compact 4.6 liters/280 cubic inches/12.2×5.9 inches. When pulled from its stuff sack the Hydrogen lofts up to about three to four inches.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

The Marmot Hydrogen 30 with both top zippers open and the flap folded down.
The Marmot Hydrogen 30 with both top zippers open and the flap folded down.

This bag kept me warm on nights that fell within the temperature range that backpackers will typically encounter in summer in mid-latitude mountains and in spring and fall in the desert Southwest.

Warmth if boosted, of course, by the adjustable hood, which closes evenly and comfortably around my face and head, while the draft collar and tube along the zipper protected me from chilly air outside and strong, cool gusts when I enjoyed long, deep slumber under the stars.

On mild nights when I kept the bag partly open to ventilate, the short second zipper on the upper right side of the bag’s top side (opposite the main zipper) enabled me to fold a flap of the bag down off my shoulders and upper torso, like a blanket—a nice feature because opening the main zipper just on one side to fold a triangle of the top of the bag off you often just results in the flap flipping back over you. The anti-snag slider on the full-length main zipper (on the left) works well. The wraparound construction of the footbox also boosts warmth.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox.
Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The circumference measures 61 inches at the shoulders, 56 inches at the hips, and 44.5 inches at the feet—roomier than other leading ultralight, 30-degree bags like the Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 and Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30 at a weight penalty of just a few ounces and a price lower than both. I found there’s plenty of space to move my feet around and stuff a little extra clothing down there to boost insulation and keep that clothing warm for morning. Its length is the standard 72 inches/183 centimeters (regular bag). An internal zippered pocket fits a smartphone to keep it out of the cold.

While the sizes are unisex, I think unisex sizing makes sense in sleeping bags because body shapes and sizes vary greatly within genders as much as between genders.

The Marmot Hydrogen 30 in southern Utah's Owl Canyon.
Testing the Marmot Hydrogen 30 in southern Utah’s Owl Canyon. Click photo to read about that trip.

The 75 percent recycled, Pertex Ultralight 20-denier ripstop shell fabric, with a PFC-free DWR (durable, water-repellent treatment), blocked those strong gusts quite well when I slept under the stars.

For backpackers on a budget, the Marmot Lost Coast 30 ($219, 2 lbs. 6 oz./1.07 kg, regular), with 600-fill down, while heavier and bulkier, is even slightly roomier and has the zippered internal pocket.

The Verdict

With a bit more space than some of the best and lightest ultralight down sleeping bags, while weighing just a few ounces more—and costing less—plus a high warmth-to-weight ratio and packability, the Marmot Hydrogen 30 certainly ranks among the few very best ultralight, 30-degree, mummy bags.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Marmot Hydrogen 30 at backcountry.com, or a Marmot Lost Coast 30 at backcountry.com.

See all reviews of sleeping bags, air mattresses, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside, plus my “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-marmot-hydrogen-30-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 63498
Review: Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-helium-down-hoodie/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-helium-down-hoodie/#respond Mon, 27 May 2024 12:06:32 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=63410 Read on

]]>
Water-Resistant Down Jacket
Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie
$299, 15.4 oz./437g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-3XL, women’s XS-XL, plus sizes 1X-4X
backcountry.com

The wind blew strong and steady and the temperature sat just several ticks above freezing on our mornings and evenings backpacking the three-day loop through Owl and Fish canyons in southern Utah in early May. I was happy to have not brought an ultralight insulated jacket on that trip—as I often do in spring in the Southwest—because my Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie had the heft to keep me warm in that below-freezing wind chill. And it delivers rare protection from wet weather—at a price lower than most high-quality down jackets.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie.
The Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie.

Impressively, I felt warm wearing it over just a lightweight, short-sleeve T-shirt at our camps in Owl and Fish canyons—where, of course, tall canyon walls gave us hours of shade every evening and morning.

It also kept me comfortable on chilly mornings and evenings in camp on a four-day backpacking trip, partly along the Continental Divide Trail, in southwestern Colorado’s San Juan Mountains in mid-September.

That’s because the Helium Down Hoodie is stuffed with 800+-fill down (responsibly sourced and sustainably processed), giving it a high warmth-to-weight ratio: At under a pound, it packs enough warmth for temps below freezing, enabling you to push the edges of peak seasons in the mountains and desert. People who get cold easily will like this jacket for typical morning and evening temperatures in the mountains in summer, too.

Pull the jacket out of the left hand pocket that it stuffs into—packing down to well under two liters—and it lofts up immediately, like an internal fan was inflating it.

The shell consists of wind-resistant, lightweight and packable, 41 percent recycled, 15-denier by 30-denier Pertex Quantum nylon fabric with Diamond Fuse technology for greater durability and snag resistance. And the jacket sets itself apart from many down jackets for the waterproof ripstop fabric at the hood, shoulders, and upper sleeves, giving it much more resistance to precipitation.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

The Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie.
The Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie.

The adjustable, under-the-helmet hood lets you find a comfortably snug fit to trap warmth efficiently and enable the hood to turn with your head and stay put in strong winds. The front zipper comes up to your chin and doesn’t tend to snag and the elasticized cuffs and adjustable hem seal in body heat.

The jacket’s trim fit provides enough space for a couple of base layers underneath, allowing full freedom of movement, and easily fits under a shell jacket. Good shoulder articulation paired with enough sleeve length prevents the cuffs from sliding up your forearms when reaching. And few brands offer as wide a range of men’s size and women’s sizes as OR.

The two zippered hand pockets feel quite warm and have space for three-season gloves and the zippered chest pocket easily fits a smartphone with room to spare. Plus, two wide and deep, internal stash pockets are spacious enough to warm up gloves inside them.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox.
Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie.
The Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie in southern Utah’s Fish Canyon.

Lastly, try to find a high-quality down jacket at this price point today. There are very few.

The Verdict

Warm for its weight and very packable, with waterproof fabric on the hood, shoulders, and upper sleeves, the Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie is a versatile choice for backpacking, climbing, and other outdoor activities even when temperatures slip below freezing and as a layering piece for winter in the backcountry.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Outdoor Research Helium Down Hoodie at backcountry.comoutdoorresearch.com, or rei.com.

See all reviews of outdoor apparel at The Big Outside, including “The 12 Best Down Jacketsand “The Best Clothing Layers for Winter in the Backcountry,” as well as “How to Dress in Layers for Winter in the Backcountry” and “12 Pro Tips for Staying Warm Outdoors in Winter.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See the Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-helium-down-hoodie/feed/ 0 63410
Review: Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-riff-30-endless-promise-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-riff-30-endless-promise-sleeping-bag/#respond Fri, 08 Mar 2024 18:56:12 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=62301 Read on

]]>
Sleeping Bag
Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise
$360, 1 lb. 15 oz./879g (men’s regular)
Sizes: men’s and women’s regular and long
backcountry.com

Nemo’s Riff down sleeping bags have long carved out a unique space among high-end backpacking bags with their spoon shape and comfortable dimensions, as well as the zippered “thermo gills” on the chest area for adjusting the bag’s degree of warmth to vent on mild nights or batten down the hatches on chilly nights. Spending eight nights in the 2024 update, the Riff 30 Endless Promise, in Glacier National Park in September and in southern Utah in early October, I found that Nemo maintained or improved on the Riff’s exclusive features—while making the bags fully recyclable.

I slept quite comfortably and stayed perfectly warm in the men’s Riff 30 Endless Promise for six nights in Glacier in September, with lows from around 50° to the upper 30s Fahrenheit, and for two clear nights in the high 40s on the Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow-Escalante River Loop in the Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument in early October.

Part of Nemo’s line of Endless Promise products, the Riff bags are 100 percent recyclable at the end of their life: Every Endless Promise product is designed to be repaired, resold, and ultimately recycled to keep them out of landfills. Each carries a QR code and customers receive a pre-paid shipping label and a $20 Nemo gift card for returning a product to be recycled into new fabrics or insulation.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise sleeping bag.
The Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise sleeping bag.

Stuffed with 10 ounces/295 grams of PFAS-free, RDS-certified, 800-fill duck down, the Riff 30 has good warmth for its weight, carrying a comfort rating of 40° F/4° C, a limit rating of 29° F/-2° C, and an extreme rating of -1° F/-18° C. Baffles are aligned vertically over the torso for comfort and horizontally below the waist to prevent down migration.

The hydrophobic down repels moisture, meaning it still traps heat efficiently when wet—the traditional weakness of standard down—and dries faster. It will not, of course, keep you as warm when damp or wet as when dry; think of it as allowing you to get through a night that may feel somewhere between uncomfortable and miserable. Better to keep your bag dry.

Assisting in that goal, the Riff bags have a somewhat rare feature I’ve long thought should be an automatic addition to all high-end bags, especially down models: Reinforced hood and footbox fabric treated with PFAS-free waterproofing to prevent tent condensation from penetrating the shell and getting the down wet—and it’s the head and footbox, of course, that are most likely to get damp with condensation from brushing against tent walls.

Available in men’s and women’s regular and long models rated to 30 and 15 degrees, the Riff still has the key features that set it apart from other sleeping bags. The spoon-shaped cut balances thermal and weight efficiency with extra space at the elbows and knees—particularly nice for side sleepers like me.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail,
in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-books.

 

The Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise with the thermo gills unzipped.
The Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise with the thermo gills unzipped.

And the brand’s signature thermo gills, parallel zippers over your torso that open to a narrow panel of solid, uninsulated fabric, allow venting without exposing you directly to cold air. In the 2024 Riff update, Nemo added interior zippers to both gills (which previously just had the exterior zippers), creating another level of venting that’s actually useful: I sleep warmly, so on nights around 50° F, I could open all four zippers on the two gills and effectively create a bag equal to one rated perhaps 10 degrees higher than the Riff 30.

With its warmth and my comfort range (and perhaps wearing an extra layer top and bottom), I can also use this bag in temperatures slightly below its rating, meaning the gills give me a bag I could use on about 80 percent of my backcountry nights.

In both the men’s and women’s Riff 30 regular, the girth measures a comfortable 60 inches/152 centimeters at the shoulders, tapers to 53 inches/135 centimeters at the hips, and 57 inches/145 centimeters at the feet, creating a roomier bed than you’ll get in some significantly lighter bags with the same temp rating. (Those measurements increase by one to two inches in the long bags.)

Nemo reduced those girth measures by one to two inches in the men’s models compared with the previous generation of the Riff (which I reviewed), presumably for the achieved benefit of shaving a few ounces from it. At five feet, eight inches and 153 pounds, I find the men’s regular (fits people up to six feet/183 centimeters) spacious without being so voluminous that it compromises thermal efficiency: I have space to pull on my pants inside the bag on chilly mornings, which I like.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise sleeping bag footbox.
The Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise sleeping bag footbox.

I also like the redesigned, fat draft collar—what Nemo calls its Blanket Fold—both for when I zip the bag up completely, because of how that flap thoroughly seals out cold air and seals in body heat, and when I leave the bag partly open at the top because I can use it sort of like a blanket to cover my shoulders or throw it off as desired. That’s particularly nice for a side sleeper like me, as is the tiny cord for cinching the hood tighter, with a small barrel knot as a grip rather than an obnoxious plastic tab tapping my cheek while sleeping.

The warm, adjustable hood closes neatly to a small blowhole and readily loosens, but the cord doesn’t slip when you want it to remain closed up. An integrated pillow pocket can be stuffed with clothing or a Nemo Fillo pillow. All zippers run smoothly with no annoying tendency to snag.

And count me as a fan of the Riff’s compression stuff sack and the very cool (these things excite me), rectangular, zippered storage sack, which makes storing it among other gear noticeably easier.

I can help you plan any trip you read about at my blog.
Click here to learn how.

At 31 ounces/879 grams (on my scale for the men’s Riff 30 regular; Nemo gives a weight of 1 lb. 14 oz./845g), with a packed size of 10.5×7.5 inches/26×19 centimeters/four liters in volume, the Riff is certainly competitively light and packable—but still not among the most ultralight or compact down sleeping bags (when comparing identical temperature ratings). Yes, those bags achieve lower weights and better packability through higher rated down and/or a tighter fit (and often carry a higher price). Weight, packability, and price versus a roomier fit are essentially the tradeoffs between the Riff and the best ultralight bags.

The lightweight, 100 percent recycled, polyester ripstop shell and lining fabric offers the amount of durability that will prevent tears or punctures with reasonable care when using it.

The Nemo Riff 15 ($400, 2 lbs. 7 oz./1.12 kg regular), in men’s and women’s models, provides added warmth for shoulder seasons or people who tend to sleep cold.

The Verdict

For backpacking, the updated-for-2024 Nemo Riff 30 Endless Promise and Riff 15 Endless Promise bags still deliver a level of comfort that rises above many competitors while remaining lightweight and packable—and they are now fully recyclable, an important step toward preserving the places we like to sleep outside that we should all embrace and encourage through our choices as consumers.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Nemo Riff 30 or Riff 15 Endless Promise sleeping bag at backcountry.com or nemoequipment.com, a women’s Nemo Riff 30 or Riff 15 Endless Promise sleeping bag at nemoequipment.com, or a men’s or women’s Riff 30 or Riff 15 Endless Promise sleeping bag at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

 

See all reviews of sleeping bags and backpacking gear at The Big Outside and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See the Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-riff-30-endless-promise-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 62301
Review: Black Diamond Distance 1500 Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-distance-1500-headlamp/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-distance-1500-headlamp/#respond Wed, 07 Feb 2024 20:41:50 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=61938 Read on

]]>
Rechargeable Ultra-Bright Headlamp
Black Diamond Distance 1500
$220, 7.5 oz./213g
blackdiamondequipment.com

Comparing any hiking-oriented headlamps I’ve used to the Black Diamond Distance 1500 headlamp feels rather like comparing a Honda Civic to a Bradley armored fighting vehicle. At 7.5 ounces/213 grams, and putting out a supernova-like 1500 lumens at max power, the Distance 1500 is at least twice the price of all of today’s best headlamps for the backcountry and more than doubles most of them in weight and power. Over six months of testing this beast hiking, climbing, mountain and road biking, and backcountry skiing, I’ve concluded that, while it’s certainly overkill for many activities, it’s invaluable for both route finding and high-speed sports after dark.

First, full disclosure about its max power: the Distance 1500 can’t actually sustain 1500 lumens of power. According to BD, the maximum sustained power is 800 lumens—still very bright. The 1500-lumen Power Tap Technology is activated by double-tapping the side of the headlamp and it turns off automatically in about 15 seconds to prevent overheating; the cooldown period depends on the outside temperature.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Black Diamond Distance 1500.
The Black Diamond Distance 1500.

The Distance 1500 headlamp operates exclusively on BD’s rechargeable lithium-ion Distance Headlamp Battery ($65), which recharges via USB-C. BD claims a full charge will last for one hour 42 minutes at 800 lumens and for six hours at 300 lumens—the latter still more than bright enough for most activities, including hiking a trail in complete darkness. The headlamp has three modes: area, spotlight (in which max brightness also activates the area-mode LEDs), and color mode with three colors.

Let’s get the obvious out of the way: The Distance 1500 is not for most users. It weighs too much, costs too much, and puts out an unnecessary amount of light for both camping and hiking on well-marked trails after dark. If you’re not doing any serious route-finding (ie losing a trail for more than 100 feet), a 300- to 400-lumen headlamp is plenty.

The Distance 1500 proved itself useful in faint or off-trail situations where I needed to see more than 100 feet/30 meters to determine where to go. The Power Tap mode seems designed for exactly this situation: when unsure of how to proceed, having a portable spotlight on my head allowed me to see distant trail indicators and even the general contours of the terrain around me, helping me figure out where I was. While climbing, even 800 lumens proved too bright for most use; it’s way brighter than a climber on the wall needs to see holds within reach. However, it can illuminate an entire 100-foot wall from the ground, which is useful in some situations.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Wonderland Trail, Teton Crest Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-books.

The Black Diamond Distance 1500 battery compartment.
The Black Diamond Distance 1500 battery compartment.

This headlamp isn’t a replacement for the sun: the range is severely limited in trees and foliage, of course, and it can’t illuminate the peaks and large-scale features that I use to orient myself in the mountains. I generally try to avoid off-trail navigation after dark, and I rarely find myself in situations where I need a headlamp this bright. But if I’m planning on being off-trail into the night, I’ll definitely throw the Distance 1500 in my pack.

While useful for navigation after dark, I obtained the Distance 1500 primarily for biking and skiing, activities where this headlamp really shines: 800 lumens of sustained output proved sufficient for both of these sports. While I’m not the fastest or steepest mountain biker, I found the Distance 1500 to be more than bright enough for all of the trails I ride, and the multifaceted optical lens seemed to do a pretty good job of preventing a confusing shadow: obstacles on the trail only had small dark outlines. I wouldn’t expect to be able to ride gnarly downhill trails at high speeds without more light, but the Distance 1500 provides more than enough illumination for cross-country mountain biking on blue- to black-difficulty trails. 

I’m way faster on skis than wheels and I found myself slowing down a bit when skiing at 800 lumens. Above roughly 20 mph, the beam would reveal smaller obstacles and fine snow details less than a second before I hit them, giving me little time to react. However, I think the average backcountry skier (who makes more turns than me) wouldn’t find themselves slowing down much, and the maximum comfortable speed at 800 lumens is more than enough for general backcountry skiing in the dark. I found the PowerTap mode very useful for scoping out small terrain features. While choosing the direction to skin uphill, it let me put in a safe up track with the accuracy that I do during the day. But the 15-second Power Tap boost doesn’t last long enough to ski anything at 1500 lumens.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Black Diamond Distance 1500.
The Black Diamond Distance 1500.

As long as I turned down the brightness for slower uphill segments, I only consumed 50 to 70 percent of a battery charge for one to two hours of after-dark skiing and biking. I purchased a spare battery for days where I planned on being out for longer, to avoid having to carry a spare headlamp. I’ve found it very fast and easy to switch batteries and have had no usability or durability issues with the battery attachment mechanism.

The Distance 1500 uses a Comfort Cradle and diagonal position on the head (with the light on the forehead, like normal, while the rear battery pack sits at the top of the nape of the neck. I found the Distance 1500 very comfortable and it works great with any headlamp-compatible helmet. I was even able to get it to work with my mountain bike helmet—which has no headlamp-compatible features and almost seems designed to not work with a headlamp—by placing the battery pack on the flat back of the helmet and the LED under the brim on my forehead in front. The band is both stretchy and adjustable and accommodates any size headlamp or helmet. 

One minor note: The Distance 1500 comes with a lot of modes and a lot of controls, including flashing options for lights on the back. I’ve found all the modes quite useful, except the blue and green colors in the color modes; however, the controls took a while to learn and I had to do some fiddling and experimenting on my first few times taking it out (despite reading the instructions, which occupy about four square feet of paper).

The Verdict

While overkill for most users, the ultra-bright Distance 1500 proves invaluable for off-trail navigation as well as high-speed activities like skiing and biking after dark—in other words, the circumstances when you really need a bright light.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Black Diamond Distance 1500 Headlamp at blackdiamondequipment.com or backcountry.com, or the Black Diamond Distance Headlamp Battery at blackdiamondequipment.com or backcountry.com.

See “The Best Headlamps” and all reviews of hiking gear, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside. And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year and all stories with expert backpacking tips at The Big Outside.

—Nate Lanza

Note from Michael Lanza: An avid climber, backpacker, dayhiker, and backcountry and resort skier, Nate Lanza has been doing all of these since he was a preschooler; and as my son, he has nearly 20 years of experience on wilderness adventures. I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-distance-1500-headlamp/feed/ 0 61938
Review: Salewa Alp Trainer 2 Mid GTX Boots https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-salewa-alp-trainer-2-mid-gtx-boots/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-salewa-alp-trainer-2-mid-gtx-boots/#respond Tue, 30 Jan 2024 19:29:07 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=61894 Read on

]]>
Backpacking and Trekking Boots
Salewa Alp Trainer 2 Mid GTX
$250, 2 lbs. 5 oz./1.05 kg (men’s US 9/Euro 42)
Sizes: US men’s 7-14, women’s 6-10.5
backcountry.com

Eight days of hiking in Iceland, including two dayhikes totaling nearly 10 miles of the peaks Blahnukur and Brennisteinsalda in the Fjallabak Nature Preserve and six days trekking nearly 49 miles on the world-class Laugavegur and Fimmvörðuháls trails, presented the full range of conditions that will test any boots: rain falling at times on most days, temperatures from the 30s to 50s Fahrenheit, and hiking on often-wet dirt, pebbles, rocks, mud, and slick, wet snow. I chose Salewa’s Alp Trainer 2 Mid GTX precisely for dealing with those conditions and they truly passed every test with flying colors.

I also wore the Alp Trainer 2 Mid GTX through two days of solid, cool rain on an August backpacking trip in the Wind River Range that we cut short because of the weather; and backpacking five days through Washington’s Pasayten Wilderness in September, with dry weather and moderate temperatures.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Salewa Alp Trainer 2 Mid GTX boots.
Salewa Alp Trainer 2 Mid GTX boots.

The primary reason for choosing boots this burly and expensive is to protect feet against the elements in very wet and cool climates. But at this price point, we justifiably expect excellence in all other performance attributes of hiking footwear. (But truly, for boots of this quality, the price is very competitive, although pricier than even better lightweight hiking shoes and boots.) Again, the Alp Trainer 2 Mid GTX excels all-around.

Starting from the top, the waterproof-breathable Gore-Tex Extended Comfort membrane and suede and stretch fabric uppers kept my feet absolutely dry even walking through shallow streams and standing in flowing water to test the waterproofness of the boots. They also passed the harshest tests a boot’s waterproofing: long stretches of kicking steps in mushy snow and slapping through wet, low-growing trailside and off-trail vegetation (the latter relatively rare in Iceland’s Central Highlands, but I did encounter some). That sort of constant brushing against wet surfaces will cause many lighter boots and hiking shoes with an ostensibly waterproof-breathable membrane and fabric uppers to eventually wet through. Not these boots.

Not surprisingly, breathability was fine in the cool temps I used them—partly thanks to perforated mesh in the padded tongue, collar, and the uppers on either side of the tongue—with my feet only getting a bit sweaty on rare instances when Iceland’s July sun shone warmly and the temp hit 59° F (the warmest we saw); but these boots would be too hot on warmer days and that’s not really their purpose.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Laugavegur and Fimmvörðuháls trails, Teton Crest Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-books.

Salewa Alp Trainer 2 Mid GTX boots.
Salewa Alp Trainer 2 Mid GTX boots.

At just two pounds five ounces/1.05 kilograms (per pair, men’s US 9/Euro 42), the Alp Trainer 2 Mid GTX feels like a lighter hiking shoe and punches well above its weight in terms of protection. They gave my feet enough support and cushion for carrying well over 30 pounds/13.6 kilos on my back at the outset of six days on the Laugavegur and Fimmvörðuháls trails, and I’m confident they can handle significantly heavier loads.

Traction is another area where this type of boot should excel, and the deeply lugged Vibram alpine hiking outsole, exclusive to Salewa, gripped very well in wet or dry dirt, wet rocks, mud, and slippery, wet snow, as well as steep ascents and particularly descents on slick, loose volcanic soil that feels very insecure underfoot (and I heard many trekkers complaining about).

The medium-volume fit felt good the first time I slipped them on (and I hiked in them out of the box, no break-in time, based on how they felt when I first put them on at home). They wrapped my feet the way good boots should, comfortably snug in the heel and midfoot, with no slipping or rubbing, with breathing room for the toes. The durable, round laces extend to the toes in the style of climbing shoes, which I found helps me make slight adjustments to the fit for varying sock thicknesses or going from a steep ascent to a steep descent.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

Salewa Alp Trainer 2 Mid GTX boots.
Salewa Alp Trainer 2 Mid GTX boots.

With an eight-millimeter drop (common in hiking footwear), an EVA midsole, a soft, flexible collar, and a relatively flexible forefoot and good rocker for a boot this substantial, striding came easy, even on long, flat stretches of trail. Still, the boots carry enough heft to readily kick steps in snow and the sturdy toe rand and sidewalls protected my feet from rocks. The boots also come with two pairs of Salewa inserts that create different volume inside, to somewhat customize your fit.

One small complaint: The laces are longer than needed, requiring double knotting and taking care not to leave a long loop than can snag on anything while walking. And I encountered one durability issue: In the Pasayten, one lace hook blew out—entirely due to me wearing them unlaced in camp (for comfort and to cool my feet) and tripping over the lace; I was still able to lace and hike in them and Salewa sent a replacement pair.

The low-cut version is the Salewa Alp Trainer 2 GTX ($220, 2 lbs. 1 oz./940g per pair) and the kids version is the Salewa Jr Alp Trainer 2 GTX ($120, 1 lb. 4.5 oz./580g).

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Verdict

The Salewa Alp Trainer 2 Mid GTX is a high-performance, comfortable, durable, very waterproof and protective, and relatively lightweight boot at a reasonable price in this category, ideal for backpackers and trekkers venturing into the coolest, wettest climates.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the men’s, women’s, or kids’ Salewa Alp Trainer 2 Mid GTX boots at backcountry.com.

See all reviews of hiking shoes and backpacking boots, “Pro Tips For Buying the Right Boots,” and “8 Pro Tips for Preventing Blisters When Hiking,” and all reviews of hiking gear and backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year and all stories with expert backpacking tips at The Big Outside.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-salewa-alp-trainer-2-mid-gtx-boots/feed/ 0 61894
Review: Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-beyond-clothing-alpha-aura-jacket/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-beyond-clothing-alpha-aura-jacket/#respond Thu, 18 Jan 2024 23:46:30 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=61757 Read on

]]>
Hooded Fleece Jacket
Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket
$180, 12 oz./340g (men’s medium)
beyondclothing.com

On days of resort and backcountry skiing ranging from relatively mild winter temperatures just below freezing to a frigid day ski touring that dropped to 10° F by the time I finished, Beyond Clothing’s hooded Alpha Aura Jacket demonstrated its versatility as a supremely breathable middle and outer layer for cool- to cold-weather activities year-round, with unique design features that improve its weather protection and durability under a backpack.

At 12 ounces/340 grams (for the men’s medium, on my scale; Beyond’s stated weight is 13.4 oz./381g, presumably for a larger size), this hooded fleece outer/middle layer is intended for a range of cool to cold temperatures.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket.
The Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket.

The Alpha Aura distinguishes itself from similar jackets by using Polartec Alpha Direct loft-knit fleece, a very open, fast-drying, high-loft fabricthat traps heat efficiently while quickly releasing moisture building up inside—making it a good piece for hiking, walking, climbing, skiing, and similar activities year-round. And the soft fleece is about as luxurious as fleece gets; I wear it around town (I go mostly to pretty casual places).

It breathes so well that I have worn it as an outer layer over two base layers while skinning uphill in the backcountry in temps below freezing without overheating, and the sweat in my first layer dried quickly once I reach the top of a climb. Similarly, when I heated up while skiing downhill at resorts with this jacket under an insulated shell, the moisture moved rapidly through the Alpha Aura instead of remaining trapped in the layer against my skin.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

The Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket.
The Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket.

In short, the jacket strikes a versatile balance of warmth for its weight while being lighter and more packable than many traditional fleece jackets: Stuffing the jacket into its hood enables me to squish it down to slightly larger than a cantalope.

We logically tend to think of fleece jackets as fall/winter/spring insulation and store them in the back of the closet during summer. But while I’ve used it only in fall and winter so far (it was new this past fall), I can see a hooded fleece jacket this light and packable replacing a long-sleeve, midweight top on cooler, three-season backpacking trips. It then becomes another insulation layer in camp, meaning the Alpha Aura allows me to bring a lighter puffy and forego a midweight long-sleeve shirt—thus trimming my layering system weight by replacing or reducing two other layers. Few pieces of apparel increase your layering system’s versatility while reducing its weight.

This is the type of jacket that people who get cold easily will reach for often and people who don’t get cold easily will simply wear in a lower range of temperatures. With this kind of breathability, anyone would wear it in a variety of situations.

As with any garment this breathable, of course, the wind cuts right through the fleece fabricbut the Alpha Aura again distinguishes itself from the fleece jacket field with solid, 54 percent recycled, 20-denier micro ripstop nylon panels on the entire hood exterior (it’s lined with soft fleece) and the shoulders, front and back. Without reducing the jacket’s breathability, those panels provide a significant warmth boost—especially in the hood—and durability in the shoulders for wearing a heavy pack. The nylon is treated with a 100 percent PFC-free DWR (durable, water-repellent treatment)—although the panels cover so little area that you’d quickly get wet and cold wearing this a jacket even in a light shower.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket back of hood and shoulders.
The Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket back of hood and shoulders.

Curiously, the women’s version of the Alpha Aura does not have the nylon panels in the hood and shoulders—just Polartec Alpha Direct fabric. That may explain why it’s 20 bucks cheaper. Given the range of men’s and women’s sizes, depending on your body type and build, you might choose men’s or women’s based on your preferred hood style.

The comfortable, regular fit is roomy enough for wearing a second base layer or a vest underneath without feeling bulky. My only complaint is that the sleeves tend to ride up my forearms; I think they need a little more length or perhaps a little more articulation in the shoulders. Anyone in between sizes may want to size up.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket.
The Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket.

The full-length front zipper enables venting and zips up over your chin, while the close-fitting, non-adjustable hood stays put, turning with your head even with the jacket open. However, the hood fabric is a little too bulky to fit under a ski or climbing helmet.

The two zippered hand pockets have a mesh lining to maintain breathability there, and they create two large, internal drop pockets—each of them spacious enough for a pair of three-season gloves or one warm, winter glove.

My one concern with this light fleece fabric is durability: It seems more likely to tear, pull, or pill than heavier fleece fabrics or insulated jackets with a tighter weave. A little extra care with how you use it is advised.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

The Verdict

With good packability and warmth for its weight, superior breathability, and a soft, comfortable fit and feel, the Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket offers four-season versatility for many outdoor activities, including backpacking, dayhiking, resort or backcountry skiing, climbing, and fitness walking.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a men’s or women’s Beyond Clothing Alpha Aura Jacket at beyondclothing.com.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

See all reviews of outdoor apparel at The Big Outside, including “The 12 Best Down Jackets,” “The Best Clothing Layers for Winter in the Backcountry,” “The Best Base Layers, Shorts, and Socks for Hiking and Trail Running,” “The Best Rain Jackets for Hiking and Backpacking,” and “The Best Ultralight Hiking and Running Jackets.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-beyond-clothing-alpha-aura-jacket/feed/ 0 61757
Review: BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-biolite-headlamp-800-pro/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-biolite-headlamp-800-pro/#respond Wed, 03 Jan 2024 16:53:57 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=61609 Read on

]]>
Rechargeable Ultralight Headlamp
BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro
$120, 5.3 oz./150g
bioliteenergy.com

From an 18-mile, 13-hour, four-summit, partly off-trail hike in Utah’s Wasatch Range in early October to many evenings biking city streets after dark, I’ve found that BioLite’s rechargeable Headlamp 800 Pro stands out for a rare combination of ultra-bright power, wide range of modes, modest weight for a backcountry headlamp that packs this much power and versatility.

When you’re out well before dawn or after dark on a hiking, trail-running, climbing, ski touring, mountain biking, or other adventure where a very bright light is paramount to success and safety, your usual ultralight headlamp won’t do: they are not nearly bright enough and don’t hold a charge long enough. For those missions, you need an ultra-bright headlamp with a longer battery life.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro.
The BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro.

Powered by a micro-USB rechargeable, 3000 mAh lithium-ion battery, the 800 Pro’s multiple lighting modes include dimmable white spot and white flood plus the two combined; white strobe; dimmable red flood; and on the battery pack, rear-facing red solid and red strobe visibility beams, for biking streets after dark. It also has a lockout function, turned on and off by holding the power button down for eight seconds. It recharges to full in three hours.

Operation is simple and intuitive. The front power button scrolls through the light modes when clicking in rapid succession—it will turn off if you pause while clicking—and holding the button down in any mode engages the dimming function. The 800 Pro turns on in the mode and brightness level it was last turned off; and whenever the front headlamp or rear battery pack light is turned on or off, a four-bulb battery indicator on the battery pack displays the current charge level. The front housing’s four-position tilt provides an adequate range of beam angles and doesn’t slip positions, even when running.

Brightness levels range from a common low power of five lumens that’s adequate for basic campsite tasks to 250 lumens on medium, 500 lumens on high—brighter than virtually any ultralight headlamp—and a max of 800 lumens in 30-second burst mode, throwing an ultra-bright beam 135 meters/440 feet (that’s BioLite’s measure, which seemed accurate, in my experience). After 30 seconds, burst mode automatically reverts to the previous mode and brightness level.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

The BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro.
The BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro.

While 500 lumens will illuminate far enough ahead for virtually any off-trail navigation or high-speed descent, and even 250 lumens is more than bright enough for hiking a trail, the burst mode provides added assurance of finding whatever you are seeking.

The rear battery pack has two power buttons, the smaller one scrolling through the two red modes, solid and strobe, with dimming in either mode engaged by pressing and holding the button. The larger button has two functions: Click it to activate the front headlamp’s burst mode. Press and hold the large rear button for eight seconds to activate and deactivate constant mode, indicated by a blue LED bulb on the back of the battery pack (separate from the four-bulb battery indicator).

Constant mode is one of the 800 Pro’s uncommon features. Unlike most headlamps, which operate on so-called regulated power, meaning they gradually dim in brightness as their charge depletes, constant mode maintains the headlamp’s brightness level for 150 hours on low, four hours on medium, and two hours on high. As the charge diminishes, the headlamp shifts to regulated power, and the charge lasts for 150 hours on low, 8.5 hours on medium, seven hours on high, and 30 seconds on burst.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro battery pack.
The BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro battery pack.

Keeping it in constant mode is useful to avoid your light weakening unnoticeably, and perhaps dangerously, while engaged in the very type of activity for which you bought an ultra-bright headlamp, like mountain biking or skiing downhill, climbing or searching for a descent route, or maybe even running a rugged trail in full darkness (although 250 to 500 lumens will usually provide plenty of light for running in the dark). Constant mode will also, of course, deplete the charge faster.

When the 800 Pro’s charge is running low, it issues a pre-reserve warning, automatically dimming the brightness to 100 lumens and flashing four times every minute for 10 minutes; after that, it switches into reserve mode, providing a very dim but possibly critical five lumens of brightness for up to eight hours in flood, spot, or strobe mode (burst is disabled).

Another unique feature of the 800 Pro is pass-thru plus charging, which enables you to plug the 800 Pro into an external power source, like the BioLite Charge 40 PD power bank ($60, 9.4 oz./266.5g, scroll down in my review of backpacking accessories) using the included, three-foot-long charging cable, which circumvents the headlamp’s internal battery. By keeping the external power source in a jacket pocket, close to body heat, you can operate the headlamp in sub-freezing temps for hours longer than its max burn times, where other headlamps would drain quickly. It gives the 800 Pro an operating temperature range of -4° to 122° F/-20° to 50° C).

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro head strap and battery pack.
The BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro head strap and battery pack.

Comfort can be easily overlooked in headlamps—but makes a more pronounced difference with larger, ultra-bright headlamps, especially when you’re wearing one for hours on a long backcountry mission. Here, like other BioLite headlamps, the 800 Pro excels.

First of all, while it weighs at least three ounces/85 grams more than the lightest headlamps on the market, for its power, the 800 Pro remains impressively light and compact at 5.3 ounces/150 grams.

On top of that, having the electronics integrated into the slim, moisture-wicking head strap creates a smooth, comfortable fit that doesn’t feel like a bulky, heavy headlamp and does not slip or bounce even when moving quickly while running, mountain biking, or skiing. The head strap splits into a double strap across the rear battery pack—which is less than half the size of a smartphone—creating soft contact against the back of your head that’s so comfortable (again, for a headlamp of this size and power) that I hardly think about it while wearing it.

The IPX4 rating means it’s fine in rain or getting wet from perspiration but is not designed for immersion in water.

See an instructional video on using the many features of the BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro at help.bioliteenergy.com/hc/en-us/articles/9301942458651-HeadLamp-800-Pro-Product-Guide.

The Verdict

For a variety of after-dark activities on or off-trail, from bike commuting to hiking and backpacking, mountain biking, climbing, or ski touring, when you need an ultra-bright headlamp, the BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro delivers a rare combination of multiple lighting modes and brightness levels, a long-lasting charge, plus comfort and modest weight for its power and versatility—at a very competitive price for this degree of performance.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a BioLite Headlamp 800 Pro at backcountry.com, rei.com or bioliteenergy.com.

See my picks for “The Best Headlamps,” and all reviews of hiking gear, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-biolite-headlamp-800-pro/feed/ 0 61609
Review: Himali Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-himali-limitless-grid-fleece-hoodie/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-himali-limitless-grid-fleece-hoodie/#respond Wed, 06 Dec 2023 17:25:37 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=61123 Read on

]]>
Hooded Fleece Jacket
Himali Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie
$180, 9.2 oz./261g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL
himali.com

The evolution of fleece has traced an arc toward efficiency and versatility that now seems to be reaching its apex in lightweight fleece hoodies, perfectly exemplified by Himali’s Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie. The breadth of activities, conditions, and environments where I’ve worn it speak to my point, including a six-day September hike through the Wind River Range, where I wore it on cool mornings on the trail and in my bag every night, with lows from the high 30s Fahrenheit to freezing; and four October adventures: a four-day backpacking trip with temps often in the 30s and 40s and plenty of cold wind, mostly on the Uinta Highline Trail in Utah’s High Uintas Wilderness; a 13-hour, four-summit dayhike in Utah’s Wasatch Range; backpacking in southern Utah’s Escalante region; and a raw, rainy hike in southern New Hampshire; plus a local trail run in the chilly, fading daylight of a November afternoon.

Here’s the first conclusion I drew about this fleece hoodie: It’s basically a warm, midweight jersey with a full front zipper and a hood. It replaced—and provided more versatility than—a midweight, long-sleeve top when I wore it over a synthetic T-shirt in the falling temperatures of an October evening hiking by headlamp in the dark for the last two hours of an 18-mile, 7,300-foot, partly off-trail dayhike in the Wasatch Range—when I needed warmth (and got a big boost from the hood) plus the ability to speedily dry my sweaty T-shirt.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Himali Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie.
The Himali Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie.

It served the same purpose in my layering system for three days in early October backpacking the 22-mile Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow-Escalante River Loop in the Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument, shining especially in camp and for the first couple of hours hiking in shallow water down the shaded and cool canyon of Death Hollow on our second morning. Ditto on the trail and in camp on chilly and very windy times during a four-day backpacking trip partly along the Continental Divide Trail in southwestern Colorado’s San Juan Mountains in mid-September; on cool mornings and evenings in camp over a late-September weekend of climbing at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve, pulling a down jacket over this hoodie in colder temps; and when I wore it as a middle layer under a rain shell on a 2.5-hour dayhike up a couple of wooded peaks along the Wapack Trail in southern New Hampshire on a rainy day with temps in the 40s Fahrenheit.

In the High Uintas Wilderness, where we struggled to layer properly as the sun flickered frequently in and out of clouds and a cold wind seemingly sprang up and subsided quite randomly, its balance of breathability and warmth enabled me to avoid overheating or getting cold.

Lastly, it proved ideal worn over a lightweight, long-sleeve base layer on an hour-long trail run on a sunny day in mid-November, but often in late-afternoon shade that made it feel colder, with a light but chilly breeze and temps in the mid-40s Fahrenheit. I had the hood down at times going uphill but up virtually the entire time returning downhill.

As these examples illustrate, this hoodie has much more versatility from spring through fall than heavier and warmer fleece hoodies. Although I expect to wear it plenty in winter, I could see myself pulling it on more often in spring and fall and on cooler summer days in the mountains.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

The Himali Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie.
The Himali Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie.

At just 9.2 ounces/261 grams (men’s medium), the Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie falls into a small category of the lightest, most breathable and packable hooded jackets you will find. That has, of course, one major tradeoff: For everyone, there will be a point where it’s not warm enough and if you like the breathability of fleece as a middle layer, you’ll want a warmer hoodie.

That said, I first thought a fleece hoodie this light would likely only be comfortable for Nordic and backcountry skiing only in moderate cold—not deep cold. But I changed my mind after wearing it over a very lightweight, synthetic jersey on an early-March day of backcountry ski touring with mixed clouds and warm sun and temps from around 12° F to the high teens, sweating while wearing those two layers alone when skinning uphill and under an insulation layer and a shell when skiing downhill; and the system worked great, keeping me dry most of the time and staying comfortable.

The range of activities and exertion levels for which the Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie will suit your needs, almost year-round, will exceed the versatility of a heavier and warmer fleece hoodie.

Plus, I can replace a long-sleeve, midweight crew neck or zip-neck base layer top with the Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie without any weight penalty. In fact, in cold temperatures, its warmth and hood augment whatever warmer insulation layer I need, allowing me to bring a lighter down or synthetic insulated jacket than I might otherwise. Few pieces of apparel offer more versatility while reducing your pack weight.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

Its performance qualities—warm for its low weight, fast-drying, and highly breathable and packable—are inherent to the 100 percent recycled, odorless, waffle-grid-style Polartec PowerGrid fabric. Its performance is enhanced by the close but not skin-tight, athletic fit and ample stretch in the fabric. That provides space for a short- or long-sleeve base layer underneath—logically, something lighter than this hoodie—and makes it feel like a jersey, but one with a full zipper and hood. It’s so comfortable I wear it over a T-shirt around the house (in cooler seasons) just like I’d wear a flannel shirt.

That superior breathability, of course, also means that wind cuts right through it. That works in your favor whenever you need to dump excess heat because your body is producing it faster than the ambient temperature, wind, and precipitation conditions are drawing heat away (and that can include chilly, windy conditions when you’re working hard). But there’s a simple solution to that problem: a shell jacket.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

The full-length front zipper not only permits easier on and off (than a pullover) and enables venting, it also smoothly integrates with the close-fitting, non-adjustable, elasticized hood, which delivers a noticeable boost in warmth and layers easily under helmets and shell jacket hoods. The Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie zips up to just below your nose and the hood remains in place on your noggin in wind or when you turn your head, even with the zipper open. That makes a big difference in comfort and performance.

The hoodie has one zippered chest pocket large enough for a smartphone. Reinforced thumbholes in the cuffs—and good length and stretch in the sleeves for using them—enable pulling the sleeves over under-the-cuff gloves or using the thumbholes alone over bare hands or underneath heavier, over-the-cuff gloves.

It’s not available in women’s sizes. The closest women’s product from Himali looks like the Women’s Momentum Hoodie ($115, 12.2 oz./346g).

The Verdict

With a hoodie as light, breathable, quick-drying, packable, warm for its weight, and comfortable as the Himali Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie, you will expand your mental menu of the activities and all-season conditions for which a fleece hoodie seems perfectly suited as an outer or middle layer, which certainly include dayhiking and backpacking, climbing, running, Nordic and backcountry skiing, and walking.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Men’s Himali Limitless Grid Fleece Hoodie at himali.com or a Women’s Momentum Hoodie at himali.com. Readers of The Big Outside get an exclusive 10 percent off any Himali purchase by using the discount code THEBIGOUTSIDE.

See all reviews of Himali apparel and all reviews of outdoor apparel at The Big Outside, including “The 12 Best Down Jackets,” “The Best Base Layers, Shorts, and Socks for Hiking and Trail Running,” “The Best Rain Jackets for Hiking and Backpacking,” and “The Best Ultralight Hiking and Running Jackets.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-himali-limitless-grid-fleece-hoodie/feed/ 0 61123
Review: Beyond Clothing Ascent Glide Pant https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-beyond-ascent-glide-pant/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-beyond-ascent-glide-pant/#respond Fri, 10 Nov 2023 13:24:42 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=60816 Read on

]]>
Soft-Shell Hiking Pants
Beyond Clothing Ascent Glide Pant
$135, 9 oz./326g (men’s 30 short)
Sizes: men’s 30-42, short, regular, and long
beyondclothing.com

On the second morning of a three-day hike in early October on the 22-mile Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow-Escalante River Loop in southern Utah’s Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument, we started hiking down Death Hollow in the deep shade of canyon walls, wading in the chilly creek through pools as deep as mid-thigh with air temperatures in the 40s Fahrenheit (around 5° C) and a steady wind blowing. We had to wear pants for the occasional, unavoidable bushwhacking through stands of head-high poison ivy along the creek banks. Inevitably, the legs of my Beyond Clothing Ascent Glide Pants got soaked (as did my boots; I relied on insulated top layers to stay warm).

Several hours later, we reached our campsite with my pant legs still soaked from walking most of the day in water. But in the short time I took unloading my pack and pitching my tent, they dried completely on my body. I never had to remove them and wore them throughout that evening in camp.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Beyond Clothing Ascent Glide Pant waistband.
The Beyond Clothing Ascent Glide Pant waistband.

These pants dried quickly after backpacking for more than an hour through wind-driven rain and hail in September in southwest Colorado’s San Juan Mountains. I also found these soft-shell pants comfortable while backpacking in strong, chilly wind on a few mornings, even uphill carrying a full backpack, and in rain one afternoon, on a four-day backpacking trip in the Wind River Range in August; and wearing them only in camp (days were warm enough for shorts) on a weeklong backpacking trip in Glacier National Park in September. These pants felt just right over two sunny September days of climbing and hiking with a climbing pack at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve and Castle Rocks State Park, in light wind at times and temps from the 50s to mid-60s Fahrenheit (10-18° C).

The recycled, very stretchy, four-way stretch nylon construction, with articulated knee seams and a crotch gusset, creates a very comfortable fit that moves naturally with my body whether hiking up and down steep trails in rugged terrain or making a high step or stemming while rock climbing. The nice, low-bulk waistband has a few inches of stretch and is comfortable under a pack hipbelt or a climbing harness; I never noticed it collecting perspiration, either. The pants have low-profile webbing belt loops and, most usefully of all, an inner drawstring to snug the waist tight, preventing the pants from slipping annoyingly out from under a pack hipbelt or climbing harness belt.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

The Beyond Clothing Ascent Glide Pant.
The Beyond Clothing Ascent Glide Pant.

Unfortunately, the pant doesn’t come in women’s sizes and Beyond does not have a women’s equivalent pant. But the seven sizes, all in short, regular, and long, do cover a wide range of body types.

Besides the stretch and fit, the fabric is so breathable and light—at nine ounces/326 grams (for the 30 short), you’ll be hard-pressed to find lighter soft-shell pants, especially anything made with such high-quality construction and materials—that they remain comfortable in a wide range of temperature and wind conditions, even while exerting hard, such as carrying a heavy backpack uphill. These are the lightest hiking pants I’ve ever worn. And they squish down to about the size of a softball, basically stuffing into any small, hard-to-fill space inside a pack.

The other side of that coin, of course, is that they’re not warm or weather-resistant enough for true winter conditions: Wind cuts through the light fabric too easily, which isn’t a problem when you’re exerting in temps in the 40s to mid-60s Fahrenheit (10-18° C) but would quickly make almost anyone hypothermic in temps below freezing; plus, the fabric simply lacks the density and moisture resistance to stay dry through constant contact with deep snow, and long underwear underneath the pants would only get wet, too.

The fabric dries very quickly once the air is dry, but even with a DWR (durable, water-resistant coating), it basically cannot dry out while still getting wet: In Death Hollow, I was rarely out of the creek long enough for the pant legs to dry; and while hiking six miles in light but steady rain in southern New Hampshire in late October, the pants got soaked and could not dry while it was raining, so I felt chilled.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Beyond Clothing Ascent Glide Pant Avert gaiter
The Beyond Clothing Ascent Glide Pant Avert gaiter.

I don’t see these as pants for backcountry skiing except for touring on sunny, warm spring days in spring snow conditions. However, I do see them as adequate for milder, late-winter days of Nordic skiing on groomed track.

The built-in Avert Gaiter inside the cuff uses a two-strand drawcord that wraps around and under your shoe, sealing the cuff over the shoe to keep small stones, dirt, snow, and other debris out. While it can be a little tricky to attach because the hook is tiny, I found it works well and the cord has great stretch to it for larger boots. Still, I wonder how long that tiny plastic hook and thin, light cord would survive a lot of rocky trail. Beyond says the gaiter fits under microspikes and cold-weather footwear, but I have not yet tried it with either, mostly because I’ll choose warmer pants for those conditions.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The two jean-style pockets have the normal space for small items and the right one has an inner pocket to more securely hold a key or a smartphone. My Samsung Galaxy S22 just fits into that inner pocket and does not feel like it’s in the way when I’m high-stepping up a trail. The rear double pocket has an inner zippered pocket and an outer stow pocket.

The pants lack even one zippered thigh pocket, and I find having at least one more useful in hiking pants than hand pockets. Adding a feature like that would obviously add a little weight to the pants. Beyond Clothing told me the Ascent Glide has no thigh pocket to save weight, streamline the pant, and remove the bulk of zippers and seams on the thigh. Beyond Clothing’s philosophy behind the design was to create a “stealth pant”—in other words, it packs the necessary technical features without looking overtly outdoorsy.

The Verdict

The Beyond Clothing Ascent Glide Pant is an exceptionally lightweight, stretchy, breathable, and versatile three-season pant for hiking, backpacking, climbing, fitness walking, travel, and similar activities.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the Beyond Clothing Ascent Glide Pant at beyondclothing.com.

See all reviews of outdoor apparel, my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year, and all stories with expert backpacking tips at The Big Outside.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-beyond-ascent-glide-pant/feed/ 0 60816
Review: Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 Ultralight Solo Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hyperlite-mountain-gear-mid-1-ultralight-solo-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hyperlite-mountain-gear-mid-1-ultralight-solo-tent/#comments Wed, 01 Nov 2023 17:28:32 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=60711 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Solo Backpacking Tent
Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1
$675, 16.8 oz./476.3g
hyperlitemountaingear.com

After crossing Texas Pass, at around 11,460 feet, a friend and I descended into the incomparable Cirque of the Towers in Wyoming’s Wind River Range, reaching the shore of Lonesome Lake—where the sky suddenly darkened, soon followed by thunder and lightning. We hustled to pitch the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 as a temporary shelter and both dove inside just as the full force of that thunderstorm walloped us with pounding wind and rain, even spawning a new, little stream that flowed under one end of the tent. But we stayed warm and dry inside it while waiting 30 minutes or more for the storm to pass. And that’s just one tale of the weather the Mid-1 endured, demonstrating its value as one of the very best ultralight solo backpacking tents available today.

I swapped this with another solo tent with two different friends for three nights in the Wind River Range in mid-August and six nights in Glacier National Park in September, with lows from the upper 30s to around 50° F (3-8° C) and strong wind every night in the Winds, with gusts exceeding 40 mph/64 kph and perhaps 50 mph/80 kph, plus hard, wind-driven rain for hours on our last night in the Winds and light rain one morning in Glacier. And the Mid-1 stood up solidly in all of those conditions.

I also slept in it for two nights while backpacking the 22-mile/35.4-kilometer Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow Loop in the Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument in early October, with clear nights in the high 40s. And on a subsequent September backpacking trip in the Winds, the Mid- stood up to wind gusts around 40 mph; and after that night grew dead calm and the temp dropped to around 40° F—conditions that often result in condensation inside a tent—I woke in the morning to find just slight condensation on the inside wall, only above my head.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 interior with the vestibule open.

First of all, at 16.8 ounces/476.3 grams (for the tent only, not including stakes, guylines, stuff sack, etc., and certainly not the trekking pole weight), the Mid-1 certainly ranks among the very lightest ultralight solo backpacking tents—as well as one of the roomiest. And when pitched properly, as evidenced by its performance in severe conditions in the Winds, it is about as sturdy a shelter as you’ll find, suitable for virtually any three-season backpacking trip.

Made with highly durable and waterproof Dyneema Composite fabrics (DCF5 in the rainfly and DCF10 in the floor), this non-freestanding, pyramid shelter pitches using one adjustable trekking pole that ideally extends to 135 centimeters, although it pitches tautly and to an adequate height with a pole extended to 130 centimeters. It barely even shook through hours of wind gusts to 40 and possibly 50 mph in the Winds—and that was without staking out any guylines using the 11 tie-outs around the tent’s exterior. (Use trekking poles that are relatively sturdy and extend long enough; many do not.)  

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail,
in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-books.

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 with the vestibule zipped shut.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 with the vestibule zipped shut.

Pitching is simple and relatively quick for a non-freestanding tent: First, stake out the four corners, leaving some slack in the stake lines to fine-tune the tension later. Insert the trekking pole, handle upward into the tent’s peak and inserting its tip through the exterior floor loop in the center of the door-side mesh wall. Then extend the pole to 130 to 135 centimeters; its height will determine the steepness of the walls and slightly alter how close the ceiling is to your face when lying down. Then stake out the vestibule and rear wall; the tent requires six stakes for optimum stability and ventilation.

I found it easiest to achieve balanced tension on all stake points and an elevated bathtub floor (to keep water out) and still maximize venting through the perimeter mesh by tightening tension on all the stake lines only after all six stakes are in the ground and the trekking pole is extended to full height. And small adjustment straps inside the tent enable you to raise and lower the sidewalls of the bathtub floor to create a higher splash guard in heavy rain, which does reduce venting through the perimeter mesh.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

While it requires more time to pitch than a typical ultralight, freestanding tent, I could pitch it within a few minutes by myself after just a few times (including, of course, a practice session in my back yard before its inaugural trip).

One drawback of any pyramid tent is that the walls slope downward from the single center pole. But with 21 square feet of interior space and a bathtub floor measuring 96×32 inches/244x81cm, plus a peak height at the center of 54 inches/137cm, the Mid-1 provides abundant living space for one person.

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 with a trekking pole in place.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 with a trekking pole in place.

At five feet, eight inches/1.73 meters tall, I had more than enough length and width to sleep without the sloping wall anywhere near my face or my head brushing it when I rose to sit up, with plenty of floor space remaining for my puffy and rain jackets, extra clothes, plus items like my camera gear, electronics, and various stuff sacks. I slept with my head at the door end of the tent—often with that side of the vestibule rolled up and tied back, for better ventilation and to see the night sky—and never felt like the sloping wall was too close to my head. The crescent-shaped door zips smoothly—most smoothly when the tent is pitched properly—and is reasonably large for easy in and out.

Mediocre to poor ventilation dogs many single-wall tents, especially smaller two-person and solo models, but the hybrid single-wall Mid-1 performs closer to a double-wall tent in this respect, thanks to No-See-Um Mesh comprising the lone interior wall (where the inside door is located), plus two peak vents and perimeter mesh around three sides of the bathtub floor, enabling good high-low venting, even with the vestibule door zipped up in heavy, wind-driven rain.

While there’s no doubt that windy nights helped ventilate the tent, it also developed very little condensation inside even on calm, cool nights in the upper 30s F (about 3° C). But on another trip in the Winds, a six-day, 64-mile traverse, much of it on the Continental Divide Trail, I had two nights near and below freezing when condensation and ice formed on the sloping wall over my head; fortunately, I could brush the ice off easily onto my air mattress and quickly dump it on the ground outside before it melted inside the tent, and use a shirt to wipe condensation off the walls when the temp was above freezing (drying the shirt quickly in the sun afterward).

Still, freezing and calm nights are still the bane of this tent, especially with the vestibule closed up. But the spacious interior also means your bag and clothes will rarely brush against the walls if they do develop condensation.

The vestibule, with a waterproof zipper and a cool little detail in the magnetized tieback for rolling up one side on dry nights, has enough space to store a midsize pack and boots under one side of the vestibule, leaving the other side (where the interior tent door is positioned) unimpeded for entering and exiting.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

Another common drawback of pyramid tents is a drip line that enables rain to fall directly into the interior because of the sloping walls. But the Mid-1’s design creates a drip line that keeps light rain out because the vertical mesh wall does not slope into the vestibule area (see photos). In heavier, windblown rain, though, I unavoidably had to close the vestibule nearly to the ground to keep rain out; but I did leave it open several inches above ground level for better ventilation without allowing any rain inside.

The tent’s packed dimensions of 8.5×5.5×5.5 inches/cm make it slightly bulkier than some of the most packable solo tents, which is the nature of Dyneema fabric and probably its only drawback. Still, at slightly larger than a football, it’s not a very big package to slip inside a backpack.

HMG also offers the Mid 1 Tarp ($450, 8.8 oz./250g), which, of course, lacks a floor or bug protection.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

 

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 ultralight solo backpacking tent in the Wind River Range.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 ultralight solo backpacking tent in the Wind River Range.

Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1

Space-to-Weight Ratio
Sturdiness
Ease of Use
Ventilation
Features
Livability

The Verdict

Extremely light at just over a pound, waterproof, highly durable, and impressively stable in strong wind, with good ventilation, the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 represents arguably the very best solo tent available today for backpackers, bikepackers, and other backcountry travelers who prioritize low weight and high performance.

4.4

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid-1 solo backpacking tent at hyperlitemountaingear.com, or the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Mid 1 Tarp at hyperlitemountaingear.com.

See “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents” and all reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside. See also “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “Ultralight Backpacking Tents: How to Choose One.” (Both of those stories require a paid subscription to The Big Outside to read in full, which costs as little as $7, or under $5 per month for an entire year.)

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hyperlite-mountain-gear-mid-1-ultralight-solo-tent/feed/ 2 60711
Review: Rab Mythic Alpine Down Jacket https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-rab-mythic-alpine-down-jacket/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-rab-mythic-alpine-down-jacket/#comments Thu, 26 Oct 2023 02:15:16 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=60664 Water-Resistant Down Jacket
Rab Mythic Alpine Down Jacket
$390, 11 oz./313g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
backcountry.com

Two separate, six- to seven-day, September backpacking trips in Glacier National Park and the Wind River Range presented a quandary: Starting out with the weight of a week’s food gave me added incentive to trim all superfluous weight from my pack; yet the possibility of temperatures dropping near or even below freezing made bringing adequately warm layers essential. The Rab Mythic Alpine Down Jacket achieved both goals, keeping me warm on mornings around freezing while weighing less than most comparably warm puffy jackets.

On both trips, I wore it over just two light base layers except when the temperature dropped below around 40° F/4° C, when I added a light fleece hoody. The Mythic Alpine also provided enough warmth over just one or two base layers on cool nights in early October backpacking the 22-mile Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow Loop in southern Utah’s Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument and nights in the upper 30s Fahrenheit (around 3° C) while camping at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve in June.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Rab Mythic Alpine Down Jacket.
The Rab Mythic Alpine Down Jacket in Glacier National Park.

The explanation is simple: This fat puffy is stuffed with 4.9 oz./140 grams of RDS-certified, hydrophobic, 900-fill goose down (for the men’s medium), giving it one of the highest warmth-to-weight ratios you’ll find in a down jacket, as well as making it very packable. The jacket comes with a stuff sack and packs down to the size of a small camping pillow—compact enough to keep near the top of my backpack and pull on during breaks in chilly wind.

The jacket’s hydrophobic down enables it to retain its loft and ability to trap heat even when damp and dry faster than standard down. That quality further sets the Mythic Alpine apart from competitors as a water-resistant down jacket with a very high warmth-to-weight ratio.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

The Rab Mythic Alpine Down Jacket.
The Rab Mythic Alpine Down Jacket.

The adjustable hood has a slight brim and, with a single drawcord in the back, it snugs smoothly around your head, delivering a noticeable boost in warmth. The front zipper extends up over your chin, sealing in warmth effectively, as do the elasticized cuffs and adjustable hem. Two zippered hand pockets provide warmth for hands and for stashing three-season gloves or items of similar size.

At 11 oz./313g (men’s medium), it’s a lightweight among insulated jackets. And its premium-quality down makes it warmer than other hooded jackets at the same weight but with a lower down-fill rating.

Perhaps most distinctively, it’s warm enough for temperatures down to just above freezing when paired with the right layers—making it one of the lightest down jackets that can handle most three-season trips. 

The slim fit allows wearing a couple of light layers and even a thin fleece underneath and it comes in five sizes each for men and women. It also layers easily under most backcountry rain shells.

To help keep weight at a minimum, this puffy uses an ultralight, windproof, 10-denier ripstop, 100 percent recycled Pertex Quantum shell fabric with a fluorocarbon-free DWR(durable, water-resistant finish)the lightest shell fabric used in insulated jackets. It will provide adequate durability for a down jacket as long as you exercise reasonable caution with it. I’ve seen just a few single feathers leak out in numerous days wearing it. Of all materials used in the jacket, 39 percent are recycled, according to Rab.

The stitch-through baffle construction, which stitches the outer, shell fabric to the inner, liner fabric—commonly used to reduce a jacket’s weight and often the cost—creates boxes of down with potential cold spots at seams separating them. But I noticed no negative impact on warmth even on chilly, windy evenings and mornings in camp.

Rab also offers an even lighter but otherwise identical version, the Mythic Alpine Light Down Jacket ($330, 8.8 oz./252g), best for milder temps, in the mid-40s F (about 7° C) or higher.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Verdict

With water-resistant, 900-fill down, and one of the highest warmth-to-weight ratios found in any down jacket, the Rab Mythic Alpine Down Jacket represents one of the lightest and most packable and versatile puffy jackets that’s warm enough for most three-season trips.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Rab Mythic Alpine Down Jacket at backcountry.com or a men’s or women’s Rab Mythic Alpine Light Down Jacket at backcountry.com.

For a warmer and less expensive, water-resistant down jacket, that’s also heavier and is stuffed with medium-quality 700-fill down, see my review of the Rab Microlight Alpine Down Jacket ($280, 15 oz.).

See “The 12 Best Down Jackets” and all reviews of insulated jackets and outdoor apparel at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-rab-mythic-alpine-down-jacket/feed/ 3 60664
Review: Oboz Katabatic Mid Waterproof Boots https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-oboz-katabatic-mid-waterproof-boots/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-oboz-katabatic-mid-waterproof-boots/#comments Fri, 13 Oct 2023 22:21:24 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=60494 Read on

]]>
Hiking and Backpacking Boots
Oboz Katabatic Mid Waterproof
$180, 1 lb. 13 oz./822g (US men’s size 9)
Sizes: US men’s 7-15, women’s 5-12
backcountry.com

Designers of backpacking boots—driven by consumer demand—have brought that category through an evolution of sorts to where many popular models look very similar: reasonably lightweight, waterproof-breathable, increasingly flexible and comfortable while maintaining good stability and support, and moderately priced. But as I found while wearing them on a pair of three-day backpacking trips and dayhikes in the Canadian Rockies and a four-day backpacking trip in the Wind River Range, the Oboz Katabatic Mid Waterproof achieve all of those qualities while weighing significantly less than many boots in this category.

I wore these boots on two three-day backpacking trips in the Canadian Rockies in early August: the 27.3-mile/44-kilometer Skyline Trail in Jasper National Park and about 23 miles/37 kilometers on the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the White Goat Wilderness, as well as dayhiking the 13-mile/20.9-kilometer, 3,500-foot/1067-meter Burgess Pass Loop in Yoho National Park and the Cory Pass-Edith Pass loop in Banff National Park, about nine miles/14.5 kilometers with a steep 3,400 feet/1036 meters of uphill and downhill. I also backpacked 41 miles/66 kilometers in four days in the Wind River Range in mid-August in these boots, crossing four passes on the Continental Divide.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Oboz Katabatic Mid Waterproof boots.
The Oboz Katabatic Mid Waterproof boots.

At under two pounds/907 grams per pair, they are quite light for a mid-cut, waterproof-breathable boot with this level of performance and have a generous forefoot flex that places them closer on the hiking footwear spectrum to trail runners than traditional, heavier boots. And yet, they gave my feet enough support and cushion for carrying well over 30 pounds/13.6 kilos on my back at the outset of a four-day hike in the Winds. I’d recommend them with 40-pound/18-kilo loads for backpackers accustomed to carrying that much weight.

Credit the midsole’s proprietary, high-rebound EVA and a midfoot-to-forefoot plate that provides additional protection as well as torsional rigidity for hiking on rugged, uneven terrain. The brand’s proprietary O Fit insole, featuring a fully recycled, moisture-wicking top layer, offers better stiffness and cushioning from midfoot to heel than standard, thin insoles that come with most hiking boots.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

The Oboz Katabatic Mid Waterproof boots.
The Oboz Katabatic Mid Waterproof boots.

The medium-volume fit is classic Oboz: comfortably snug from heel to midfoot, to prevent your heel from shifting and rubbing or your foot slipping forward when going downhill, with more space in the toe box than you’ll find in footwear from many other brands. That fit will serve many hikers and backpackers well, especially as feet expand slightly over the course of a day on the trail. The eight-millimeter drop in the shoe’s height off the ground from the heel to the toes—or the midsole and outsole thickness (essentially, your foot’s height off the ground)—is very typical of many hiking shoes.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Oboz Katabatic Mid Waterproof boots.
The Oboz Katabatic Mid Waterproof boots.

In the Canadian Rockies and the Winds, the Katabatic Mid Waterproof’s waterproof-breathable B-Dry lining kept my feet dry through torrential rain in thunderstorms, splashing across shallow creeks, slogging through muddy and boggy trails, constantly brushing against dripping-wet trailside vegetation, and standing in shallow streams while filtering drinking water. And their breathability prevented my feet from overheating, although they got a bit damp with sweat—a reasonable expectation with any waterproof footwear. But I probably didn’t hike in them in temperatures warmer than the 60s Fahrenheit/15-20° Celsius.

Abrasion-resistant mesh uppers enhance breathability while TPU overlays on the uppers, welded and stitched to reduce weight, along with a sturdy toe cap and heel counter protect the feet and improve durability.

The outsole’s rubber compound and four- to five-millimeter lugs delivered very good traction on varied surfaces, including trails of packed dirt and steep descents over scree and small stones littering trails in the Canadian Rockies and Winds, as well as off-trail. They also shed mud effectively.

The Oboz Katabatic series comes in four men’s and four women’s models, including, besides the Katabatic Mid Waterproof, a non-waterproof, mid-cut boot and waterproof-breathable and non-waterproof (more breathable) low-cut shoes.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Verdict

The Oboz Katabatic Mid Waterproof is a solidly constructed, protective, comfortable, and durable boot with good support, waterproofing, and breathability, at a competitive price—and is lighter than many boots in this category, making it ideal for lightweight and ultralight backpackers and dayhikers.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the men’s or women’s Oboz Katabatic Mid Waterproof boots at backcountry.com, or any other model in the Katabatic series at backcountry.com.

See all reviews of lightweight hiking shoes and backpacking boots, my “Expert Tips for Buying the Right Hiking Boots,” and “8 Pro Tips for Preventing Blisters When Hiking,” plus all reviews of hiking gear, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year and all stories with expert backpacking tips at The Big Outside.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-oboz-katabatic-mid-waterproof-boots/feed/ 4 60494
Review: Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p Ultralight Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-hornet-osmo-1p-ultralight-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-hornet-osmo-1p-ultralight-tent/#comments Tue, 03 Oct 2023 12:49:40 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=60364 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Solo Backpacking Tent
Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p
$460, 1 lb. 13 oz./822g
backcountry.com

The wind never cut us a break while backpacking in the Wind River Range in August. For hours a day on the trail, it literally knocked us off-balance at times. And then it pounded us every night. Finally, on our last evening, it blew in with a violent thunderstorm that generated gusts probably exceeding 40 mph/64 kph and perhaps reaching 50 mph/80 kph, accompanied by driving rain for several hours. Although a friend (in another tent) and I didn’t sleep a wink until that storm abated well after midnight, the Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p kept me dry and survived those tempests while demonstrating its strengths and nice design features.

I slept in this tent for two of our three nights in the Winds and three of six nights backpacking in Glacier National Park in mid-September; on both trips, a friend and I swapped out using the Hornet Osmo 1p and another solo tent I was testing out, so both tents received nine nights of hard testing (as of this writing, with more use to come). Across those nights, low temperatures ranged from around 50 Fahrenheit to the upper 30s (about 3 to 10 Celsius). In addition to nightly, strong gusts in the Wind River Range, plus hard rain one night, we saw rain one night in Glacier.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p ultralight backpacking tent.
The Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p in the Wind River Range.

And the Hornet Osmo 1p stood up solidly to most of those severe conditions. The strongest gusts caused the windward wall of the tent to bow deeply inward, bending the pole so much that I occasionally had to hold the walls up with both hands to avoid damage. But in fairness, few backpacking tents—not only in this weight class, but most of today’s best three-season backpacking tents—are designed for those conditions. We also could have camped at a more protected spot at a somewhat lower elevation instead of in a lake basin at well over 10,000 feet with no wind breaks of any kind. (An earlier thunderstorm had already passed and we had bluebird skies when we set up camp.) On another night in the Winds, in a camp partly protected by trees near Washakie Lake, the Hornet Osmo 1p tent held up fine in gusts well over 30 mph.

As I wrote in my review of Nemo’s Hornet Osmo 2p, I think what most distinguishes the Hornet Osmo tents from competitors in this category is less about weather—tents with this structural design in this weight class will deliver enough protection for most backpackers—and more about details that are easily overlooked but affect the user experience in almost every aspect from setup to interior and vestibule space and ventilation.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

The Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p tent interior.
The Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p tent interior.

Most distinctively, Nemo’s proprietary Osmo fabric, used in the rainfly and floor of the Hornet Osmo tents, combines 100 percent recycled nylon and polyester yarns to rise above traditional nylon in its performance in rain. Nemo says the nylon fibers provide 20 percent more strength than standard nylon (of similar weight) while the hydrophobic polyester fibers increase the fabric’s water resistance by a factor of four and reduce the amount it stretches when wet by a factor of three.

Plus, Osmo achieves water repellency with a finish that’s free of PFC/PFAS chemicals and meets flammability requirements without chemical additives. I’ve seen no concerns about durability so far.

The Hornet Osmo 1p exists in a small category of semi-freestanding, double-wall, solo tents weighing under two pounds/907 grams. These tents are not as crazy-light as non-freestanding solo shelters that pitch using trekking poles, but they are significantly faster and more intuitive to pitch and their double-wall design avoids the condensation that tends to plague many single-wall tents.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p vestibule.
The Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p vestibule.
The Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p poles.
The Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p poles.

At a minimum weight of 1 lb. 13 ounces/822 grams (just the tent, poles, and rainfly), the Hornet Osmo 1p offers ease of use and good living space at a minimal weight penalty versus competitors. To compare it with two solo tents that share this semi-freestanding design and similar materials and both have slightly less interior space but a slightly larger vestibule: the Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL1 Solution Dye weighs an ounce more (see my review of the Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye) and the MSR Freelite 1 comes in three ounces lighter (see my review of the Freelite 2).

With 22.3 square feet/2.1 square meters of interior space, a 39-inch/98cm peak height, and a floor measuring 87×43/31 inches/222×108/79 (it tapers from head to foot), the Hornet Osmo 1p offers a relatively spacious interior and good headroom for an ultralight solo tent. It’s a bit more than twice the width of a standard 20-inch-wide air mattress at the head end and 11 inches wider at the foot end, creating extra space for your stuff, and long enough for tall people.

The interior door is reasonably large for a tent in this weight class, for easy entry and egress—made even easier by having the door on the side rather than at the head end, which also improves ventilation. The vestibule has 7.3 square feet/0.7 square meter of storage, enough to squeeze shoes and a midsize backpack under one side of it; and you can roll up one or both sides of the vestibule for maximum venting and a view of the night sky (and we had some amazing Milky Way skies in both the Winds and Glacier).

While the Hornet Osmo 1p has a good space-to-weight ratio for any double-wall tent, any tent in this weight class is targeted more to minimalists who prioritize low weight over living space—who will likely occupy the tent primarily during sleeping hours and often spend most of each day on the trail.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p interior.
The Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p interior.

The smart and easy-to-use door tiebacks are a nice detail. Inside, there’s just one storage pocket on the wall at the head end, where you wouldn’t want to place much weight or bulk. But again, the point of this tent is to offer no more than what’s necessary, minimizing weight. Besides, many backpackers seeking an ultralight solo tent likely have their system and organization down and may not prioritize pockets.

The Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p ultralight backpacking tent.
The Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p in the Wind River Range.

As with all tents using this basic semi-freestanding design, set-up is simple and fast. Y-shaped, color-coded DAC Featherlite NSL poles that join at a single hubbed intersection feature a center ridgeline that forks to two corners—a common pole structure that trims weight but requires staking (thus, it’s “semi-freestanding”).

The short Flybar snaps into place across the main ridge pole’s high center point to pull the side walls outward, creating nice headroom. While that’s a common feature in backpacking tents, the Flybar’s flexible design makes it easier during setup than some others and distributes tension evenly. Triangulated corner guy-outs pull the lower tent walls outward to minimize contact between any condensation on the walls and sleeping bags. Just six clips and three grommets attach the interior tent canopy to the poles and the Hornet requires just six stakes.

A friend who backpacked with me and had never seen this tent before proclaimed it “very easy to pitch.”

The 15-denier nylon ripstop with no-see-um mesh interior walls enable excellent ventilation, aided by the bottom edge of the rainfly being elevated off the ground to promote low-high air flow. On calm, cool nights, I saw only minimal dampness on the underside of the rainfly—not nearly enough to drip or even rub off on a sleeping bag brushing against a wall. Ventilation improves greatly when the rainfly door is kept at least partly open.

Much credit for that ventilation goes to another unique Nemo tent feature: a large cutout in the rainfly at the head end of the tent, overlapping a solid panel on the lower part of that interior tent wall. During that violent thunderstorm in the Winds, the swirling wind occasionally caused spritzes of mist to blow under that cutout and spray me very lightly, but not enough to get anything even slightly damp. In a typical rainstorm, no rain blows inside even as that cutout creates exceptional air flow.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

 

With all Hornet tents, the rainfly door zips open beyond the high point of the interior door, giving them a drip line that permits rain to fall inside. With a little care, though, you can enter and leave the tent letting virtually no rain inside, possibly by not unzipping the rainfly door entirely.

The packed size of 12.5×7.5×3 inches/32x19x7 centimeters makes it more packable than comparable tents. But its packed length is most unique: While I normally load tent poles separately into my pack—standing them up in one corner to accommodate their length—the Hornet’s tent poles are so compact when folded that I could leave them inside the divvy cube stuff sack with all the tent components and easily lay it horizontally into my pack. All new Nemo tents come with a 100% recycled fabric pole bag (instead of wasteful, single-use poly bags).

Other models in this series are the Hornet Osmo 2p ($480, 2 lbs. 1 oz./948g) and Hornet Osmo 3p ($580, 2 lbs. 13 oz./1.28kg), plus two lighter models, the Hornet Elite Osmo 1p ($600, 1 lb. 7 oz./657g) and Hornet Elite Osmo 2p ($700, 1 lb. 11 oz./779g).

See my review of Nemo’s Hornet Osmo 2p.

Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p

Space-to-Weight Ratio
Sturdiness
Ease of Use
Ventilation
Features
Livability

The Verdict

For lightweight and ultralight backpackers and thru-hikers seeking a solo tent that doesn’t compromise on performance details like ease of use, strength, living space, and ventilation, the Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p and the entire Hornet Osmo series deserve a serious look.

4.5

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Nemo Hornet Osmo 1p at backcountry.com or nemoequipment.com, or any Hornet Elite Osmo tent at backcountry.com or nemoequipment.com.

See “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents” and all reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside. See also “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “Ultralight Backpacking Tents: How to Choose One.” (Both of those stories require a paid subscription to The Big Outside to read in full, which costs as little as $7, or under $5 per month for an entire year.)

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-hornet-osmo-1p-ultralight-tent/feed/ 6 60364
Review: Himali Accelerator Down Jacket https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-himali-accelerator-down-jacket/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-himali-accelerator-down-jacket/#respond Fri, 08 Sep 2023 11:52:53 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=60109 Down Jacket
Himali Accelerator Down Jacket
$345, 12.5 oz./354g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
himali.com

On cool mornings and windy evenings in the low 40s Fahrenheit (4-6° C) in campsites while backpacking the Skyline Trail in Jasper National Park and the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the White Goat Wilderness in the Canadian Rockies in August, my Himali Accelerator Down Jacket kept me perfectly warm over just one or two base layers. By many measures, this midweight puffy hits the target for three-season mountain adventures in its balance of weight, packability, warmth, materials, water resistance, and features—all at a competitive price for a high-quality down jacket.

In fact, it’s tempting to call the Accelerator the Goldilocks of down jackets, because it seems so ideal for camping in the mountains in the typically cool weather of summer and fall, or spring and fall in the desert Southwest: It’s not so thin and lightweight that it’s never quite warm enough for many people, but also not overly warm, which would make it unnecessarily heavier and bulkier.

For a lot of humans whose personal metabolism falls somewhere between the people who are warm enough in an ultralight down jacket and the people who need the fattest puffy jacket even in summer, the Accelerator may feel just right.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Himali Accelerator Down Jacket.
The Himali Accelerator Down Jacket in the White Goat Wilderness, Canadian Rockies.

At 12.5 oz./354g (men’s medium) and packing down to a bit larger than a liter bottle, the Accelerator is a middleweight among three-season insulated jackets—in between models weighing 10 ounces/283.5 grams or less and those weighing up to around one pound/453.6 grams. (Insulated jackets over a pound are generally designed for winter—or not for the backcountry.) That fact and its combination of materials and design features give it multiple advantages over many competitors.

Stuffed with four ounces of RDS-certified, 850-fill, water-resistant HyperDry down, the Accelerator delivers a very high warmth-to-weight ratio that competes with the few very best down jackets at this or any weight. High-quality down creates more space between feathers, increasing heat-trapping efficiency, which translates to more warmth per ounce of jacket. And very few down jackets have down with a higher rating than 850-fill—with most of those being lighter and/or significantly more expensive.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

The Himali Accelerator Down Jacket.
The Himali Accelerator Down Jacket.

To prevent moisture from your body compromising the loft of the down feathers, and consequently, the jacket’s warmth—especially if circumstances require you to wear this jacket when on the move—Himali placed Primaloft Gold synthetic insulation in high-moisture areas like the underarms and at the chin, for its ability to trap heat when damp. That’s a rare design feature in down jackets that you may reap the benefits of when you most need it.

The 20-denier Pertex Quantum ripstop nylon shell with a DWR (durable, water-resistant coating) and water-expanding thread also help keep moisture out. The lightweight fabric compares with many down jackets made for the backcountry: Sufficiently durable for normal use but exercise all due caution with it.

That combination of mapped synthetic insulation and the water-resistant HyperDry down and shell fabric give the Accelerator a large performance advantage over standard down jackets in persistently wet weather and situations where you need to wear this jacket before you’ve stopped moving for the day—and want it to remain warm once you’ve reached camp.

The one-hand adjustable, under-the-helmet hood closes snugly around my head, creating a seal around my entire face with the zipper pulled up to my chin—the kind of fit that keeps cold air off your neck, which insulated jackets with a looser fit and inferior hood do not achieve. That fit means the hood turns with your head (saving you from the annoying experience of the hood covering one eye).

Anyone seeking an insulated jacket for year-round backcountry use might find the Accelerator delivers the right amount of warmth for those short rest breaks when you need to throw on another layer and for moving in very cold conditions, especially downhill (although it is not warm enough to function as your primary insulation when camping or for an unexpected, emergency overnight bivy). The water-resistant down would help prevent moisture buildup from perspiration or precipitation—and you’d wear a shell over it in any significant precip—and its warmth-to-weight ratio would exceed that of almost any synthetic insulated jacket.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Himali Accelerator Down Jacket stuffed.
The Himali Accelerator Down Jacket stuffed.

The excellent fit allows layering it over a couple of base layers and possibly one light insulation layer for some people: With a 38-inch chest and 30-inch waist, I was able to wear a light fleece hoodie underneath the men’s medium Accelerator. Still, there isn’t an excessive amount of space when I wear it only over one or two base layers, so thermal efficiency is very good.

Plus, the front zipper closes comfortably snugly at my chin (with a soft, fleece chin guard), keeping cold air off my neck, and the adjustable hem and stretch cuffs seal in heat. Good articulation in the sleeves and shoulders prevents the jacket from bunching or riding up when moving around or raising your arms overhead. It also comes in five men’s and women’s sizes.

The two warm, zippered hand pockets are spacious enough to fit a pair of warm gloves in either of them and the jacket packs into a smartly integrated stuff sack in the left hand pocket. The one internal zippered pocket is larger than a smartphone.

Himali also offers a non-hooded version of the Accelerator Down Jacket ($320).

The Verdict

With a very high warmth-to-weight ratio, good water resistance and packability, a great fit, and what may be a perfect degree of warmth balanced with a modest weight, the Himali Accelerator Down Jacket just may be the ideal puffy for many backpackers, climbers, and other adventurers.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s hooded Himali Accelerator Down Jacket at himali.com, a women’s hooded Himali Accelerator Down Jacket at himali.com, a men’s non-hooded Himali Accelerator Down Jacket at himali.com, or a women’s non-hooded Himali Accelerator Down Jacket at himali.com.

Readers of The Big Outside get an exclusive 10 percent off any Himali purchase by using the discount code THEBIGOUTSIDE.

See all reviews of Himali apparel and all reviews of outdoor apparel at The Big Outside, including “The 12 Best Down Jackets,” “The Best Base Layers, Shorts, and Socks for Hiking and Trail Running,” “The Best Rain Jackets for Hiking and Backpacking,” and “The Best Ultralight Hiking and Running Jackets.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-himali-accelerator-down-jacket/feed/ 0 60109
Review: Black Diamond Astro 300 and Astro 300-R Headlamps https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-astro-300-and-astro-300-r-headlamps/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-astro-300-and-astro-300-r-headlamps/#respond Thu, 07 Sep 2023 18:11:51 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=60097 Read on

]]>
Rechargeable Ultralight Headlamps
Black Diamond Astro 300-R
$45, 2.6 oz./75g
blackdiamondequipment.com

Black Diamond Astro 300
$25, 2.6 oz./75g
blackdiamondequipment.com

How simple and inexpensive a headlamp do you want for the backcountry? Or to frame the question from a different angle: How complex a headlamp do you need? Using Black Diamond’s rechargeable Astro 300-R and the optionally rechargeable, battery-powered Astro 300 on a pair of backpacking trips in the Canadian Rockies—the Skyline Trail in Jasper National Park and the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the White Goat Wilderness—as well as a four-day hike in the Wind River Range and camping at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve, I became very acquainted with the strengths and shortcomings of two of today’s most affordable ultralight headlamps.

The two Astro models are identical except for the Astro 300-R being strictly rechargeable, powered by a 1500 mAh Li-ion battery with a micro-USB charging port—like all of BD’s “R” series headlamps. At 40 bucks, the Astro 300-R is certainly one of the most affordable rechargeable ultralight headlamps out there and arguably the cheapest that offers reliable performance in the backcountry.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Black Diamond Astro 300-R headlamp.
The Black Diamond Astro 300-R headlamp.

As with BD’s other traditional battery-powered headlamps, the Astro 300 runs on either AAAs or the rechargeable BD 1500 battery pack ($35, sold separately). The main benefit that “dual-fuel” design offers is the option of a backup power source if the BD 1500 drains its charge—and the Astro 300 and BD 1500 combo actually saves you five bucks versus the Astro 300-R. Plus, the BD 1500 can be used in other battery-powered BD headlamps.

Operation and features are otherwise the same in both Astro models. The single power button turns them on and off, always powering on in the same mode and brightness level last used. The button controls dimming function and clicks between the white light and white strobe modes. Holding the button down when it’s off engages lockout mode.

The Black Diamond Astro 300 headlamp.
The Black Diamond Astro 300 headlamp.

In their primary, white area mode, both headlamps throw a round beam that fills much of my peripheral vision with even lighting; the white strobe mode does the same. The max brightness of 300 lumens, with a range of 180 feet/55 meters, is certainly bright enough for hiking or even running a trail in complete darkness. You’ll probably be comfortable walking in the dark at medium power (150 lumens), at which the range is 115 feet/35 meters, and at lower brightness levels in camp—prolonging battery life. And the range of 26 feet/eight meters at low power (six lumens) provides dim light for small tasks or finding something in your tent.

The run time, or battery life of the Astro 300 using AAAs, is four hours at high power and 140 hours at low power, with 16 hours of reserve power, according to BD. For the Astro 300-R, a full charge lasts six hours at high power and 140 hours at low power, with 1.5 hours of reserve power.

The easily adjustable, low-profile headband, made from recycled materials, remains comfortable on your head for hours and does not bounce when you’re moving quickly. The IPX4 waterproof rating, comparable with some mid-priced headlamps, means it withstands splashing water from any direction—it’s likely safe in rain but don’t stop this headlamp into water.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Black Diamond Astro 300-R headlamp.
The Black Diamond Astro 300-R headlamp.

The Astro headlamps lack the multiple modes found in other BD headlamps, and PowerTap technology, which allows you to tap the side of the casing to cycle between max brightness and whatever dimmed level you previously set. Those are definitely nice features, worth their added cost, and more important for more technical users, but absolutely not a deal-breaker for many users seeking simplicity and affordability.

Do the Astro 300 and 300-R offer all you need in a headlamp? The biggest shortcoming of the Astro is that the area mode does not give you the stronger, focused beam of a spotlight mode, especially for seeing an object at a distance. These headlamps are not an ideal choice for hiking or route-finding off-trail or when climbing. Otherwise, though, they deliver all the functionality that many outdoor users need. And some people will definitely prefer the simplicity of the Astro lights over models with more modes and functions but also more complexity in operating them (and cost).

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Black Diamond Astro 300 headlamp.
The Black Diamond Astro 300 headlamp.

The Verdict

While not as versatile as the best headlamps available today, the Black Diamond Astro 300 and rechargeable Astro 300-R offer backpackers, dayhikers, trail runners, hut trekkers, and others affordable options for a simple but adequately bright and functional ultralight headlamp, including the ability to use either AAAs or a rechargeable battery in the Astro 300.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Black Diamond Astro 300-R at blackdiamondequipment.com or backcountry.com, a Black Diamond Astro 300 at blackdiamondequipment.com or backcountry.com, the BD 1500 rechargeable battery at blackdiamondequipment.com, or any BD headlamp at blackdiamondequipment.com or backcountry.com.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

See “The Best Headlamps,” all reviews of Black Diamond headlamps, and all reviews of hiking gear, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-astro-300-and-astro-300-r-headlamps/feed/ 0 60097
Review: Granite Gear Blaze 60 Backpack https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-granite-gear-blaze-60-backpack/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-granite-gear-blaze-60-backpack/#comments Fri, 25 Aug 2023 07:35:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=33670 Read on

]]>
Backpack
Granite Gear Blaze 60
$300, 60L/3,660 c.i., 3 lbs. 4 oz./1.5kg (unisex regular)
Sizes: Unisex short, regular, and long, women’s short and regular
backcountry.com

How many pounds can a lightweight backpack carry comfortably? Granite Gear’s new Blaze 60 is pushing boundaries in that department. On a six-day, 74-mile backpacking trip through the Grand Canyon—including a hard, 15-mile, nearly 12-hour day hoofing most of the rugged Escalante Route—I carried the Blaze 60 with up to about 40 pounds inside. And that load, even in that terrain, felt clearly within this pack’s comfort zone. In fact, its low weight, superior compression, and versatile design make the Blaze 60 a legitimate short- and long-distance mule, elevating it into the realm of the best all-purpose backpacks on the market.

I rarely had much less than 30 pounds inside it on that Grand Canyon trek, because of the need to often carry four liters or more of water. More recently, it carried up to about 35 pounds very comfortably on two separate trips in the Wind River Range: a strenuous four-day, more than 40-mile backpacking trip that crossed four passes near and over 11,000 feet; and a six-day, 64-mile traverse, much of it on the Continental Divide Trail. Granite Gear claims the Blaze 60 carries 50 pounds comfortably; I didn’t push it that far, and 50 pounds is certainly a load that won’t feel comfortable to all backpackers. But personally, I’d feel confident stuffing over 40 pounds into this sack.

Its new Air Current framesheet flexes slightly along the vertical axis, allowing the pack to move with your torso as you walk or bend, especially in steep or difficult terrain, without feeling like it’s the horse and you’re the cart. The dual-density shoulder harness felt good until around hour nine on our longest days—that’s pretty impressive performance—and it has a whistle on the buckle.

The mesh-covered, ventilated back panel fits closely but also has numerous channels for air circulation, which kept the pack relatively cool against my back on days that rose into the 90s Fahrenheit in the canyon.

The Re-Fit hipbelt’s dual-density padding felt so comfortable I didn’t notice the weight on my hips even on the longest, most arduous days in the canyon. The hipbelt also adjusts to fit waists from 26 to 42 inches on the unisex model and 24 to 40 inches on the women’s. Pulling the hipbelt out of its slot in the frame to adjust it required a bit of wrestling to release it from the hook-and-loop attachment—a good thing, ensuring it won’t loosen in use—but then making the adjustment and putting the belt back in place took less than a minute.

 


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Granite Gear Blaze 60 in the Grand Canyon.
The Granite Gear Blaze 60 in the Grand Canyon.

There’s hardly a human who wouldn’t find a Blaze 60 that fits well. The sizing encompasses a huge range of torso lengths and types, with three unisex sizes designed for men and some women with torsos from 15 to 24 inches, and two women’s-specific sizes for torsos 15 to 21 inches. Plus, four adjustment points on the framesheet, calibrated to torso size, let you reposition the shoulder straps by simply moving a small disc through a slot on each side, and I never had to readjust it.

The spacious main compartment has a wide top opening for visibility and easy loading and unloading. I fit six days’ of food, my clothing and share of team gear, personal stuff that included a camp chair, and often at least four liters of water inside the Blaze 60 without maxing out its capacity. The pack’s superior compression resizes it for smaller loads, with top, side, and front compression straps with buckles, the front straps holding a foam sleeping pad or similarly large piece of gear.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

 

The Granite Gear Blaze 60.
The Granite Gear Blaze 60.

The six external pockets include a spacious lid; side pockets large enough for a liter bottle and then some, with cord-lock closures to secure items; two hipbelt pockets with water-resistant zippers, each fitting a large smartphone with room to spare for bars; a deep, stretch-woven front pocket; and a removable floating lid with a water-resistant zipperthat converts to an chest pack clipped at two points over your shoulders. In that configuration, though, the lid pocket just hangs over your chest, a setup that’s convenient but really only practical with very little weight in the pocket. Also, clipping a foam pad or something similar under the front compression straps effectively eliminates access to the front pocket.

The fabric makes this one of the toughest packs on the market—especially for its weight—combining 100-denier Robic high-tenacity nylon with Granite Gear’s custom 210-denier Robic nylon UHMWPE triple ripstop (Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethylene) in load-bearing and high-impact areas like the bottom, lower sides, and parts of the front. The 210-denier Robic nylon has a strength-to-weight ratio 10 times that of steel. Plus, the main body of the pack is treated with a Barrier DWR (durable, water-resistant coating).

Want to hike the Teton Crest Trail, John Muir Trail, or another trip? Click here for expert advice you won’t get elsewhere.

 

One minor complaint: The front panel zipper accessing the main compartment isn’t as well-positioned or convenient as panel zips found on other backpacks (like the exemplary Gregory Baltoro and Deva series) because it sits behind anything that’s attached under the front compression straps (I attached a foam pad). It also zips up from the bottom, which seems intended to prioritize pulling out a tent or sleeping bag from the bottom, but it’s a straight rather than an arcing zipper, so it doesn’t open widely enough to easily remove a large item like a tent. Zipping downward from the top or having a two-way zipper would seem more sensible. Ultimately, I didn’t use that zipper as much as I frequently use panel zippers on other packs.

Comparing it with some of the best backpacks available today illustrates the unique positioning of the Blaze 60 in the hierarchy of packs: It’s just six to 13 ounces heavier than many ultralight backpacks, yet can handle up to about 10 pounds more than any of them. And it’s anywhere from a half-pound to 1.5 pounds lighter than packs designed to carry just several pounds more weight, like Osprey’s men’s Atmos AG 65 and women’s Aura AG 65 and Gregory’s men’s Baltoro 65 and Deva 60.

That’s a balancing act worthy of Cirque du Soleil.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Granite Gear Blaze 60

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Durability

The Verdict

At just a few ounces over three pounds, with the support and comfort to carry more than 40 pounds, and a smart design that allows it to carry any size load well, the Granite Gear Blaze 60 has emerged as a leading all-purpose, quiver-of-one pack for trips of any length.

4.7

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Granite Gear Blaze 60 backpack at backcountry.com, or a women’s-specific Granite Gear Blaze 60 backpack at backcountry.com.

See all of my reviews of backpacks, ultralight backpacks, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

See also my “Top 5 Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” and my stories “Gear Review: The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The Best Ultralight Backpacks.”

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-granite-gear-blaze-60-backpack/feed/ 33 33670
Review: Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-therm-a-rest-neoair-xlite-nxt-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-therm-a-rest-neoair-xlite-nxt-air-mattress/#respond Thu, 13 Jul 2023 15:35:10 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=59591 Read on

]]>
Insulated Air Mattress
Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT
$200, 11.5 oz./330g (size regular short, not including stuff sack or pump sack)
Sizes: four sizes from 20×66 inches/51x168cm to 25×77 inches/64x176cm
cascadedesigns.com

Choosing the absolute lightest air mattress you find doesn’t always go well: The hours of sleep lost to discomfort may exceed the weight savings in ounces. Put another way, the personal energy lost through a poor night of sleep may eclipse what you gain from shaving a few ounces of pack weight. The latest iteration of Therm-a-Rest’s ultralight NeoAir XLite air mats, the NXT, will flip that equation to the positive side of the energy ledger for many backpackers, as it did for me on several spring and summer backpacking trips.

I have (so far) slept on the NeoAir XLite NXT for a total of 32 nights, including: four nights on a pair of three-day hikes in April on a section of the Arizona Trail along the Gila River and in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon; another four nights on three-day hikes on both the Skyline Trail in Jasper National Park and the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the White Goat Wilderness of the Canadian Rockies in early August; three nights in the Wind River Range and four nights in Montana’s Beartooth Mountains in mid-August; three nights on an August backpacking trip in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains; five more nights in the Wind River Range and six nights in September in Glacier National Park; three freezing nights in Utah’s High Uintas and two more nights on the 22-mile Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow Loop in the Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument in early October. And my wife used it for two nights on southern Utah’s Owl and Fish canyons loop in early May.

On the Arizona Trail and in the Canadian Rockies and Winds, I slept on this air mat in the Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30, comfortable in just underwear and a light T-shirt or a midweight, long-sleeve top on nights in the 40s F/4-8° C; and inside the Nemo Riff 30 in similar temps in the Escalante and on nights down to the upper 30s in Glacier. But facing chillier nights in Aravaipa, I used the Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15F/-9C on this air mat and stayed perfectly warm wearing just a T-shirt, underwear, and socks on one night that dropped to just above freezing.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Using the Pump Sack to inflate the Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT air mattress.
Using the Pump Sack to inflate the Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT air mattress.

The XLite NXT looks good in direct comparisons with other top three-season air mats of key metrics like thickness, weight, and packability. At three inches/7.6cm thick (a half inch fatter than the previous XLite), it matches some competitors that are slightly heavier and exceeds the very short list of air mats that are lighter. As someone who’s been sleeping on the ground for more than three decades and is done with pads that aren’t comfortable—and I’m always looking to review air mats that hit a nice balance of comfort and low weight and bulk—I’m happy to say I slept quite soundly on the XLite NXT.

And yet, this ultralight pad weighs in at 13 ounces/370g (regular) and measures 9×4.1 inches/23x10cm stuffed (regular), roughly the dimensions of a one-liter water bottle. That’s a nice weight-to-comfort ratio. As a five-foot, eight-inch side sleeper who curls up a bit, I found the regular short length (20×66 inches/51x168cm) perfectly fine for me—and I’ll take that weight savings when it comes with no comfort penalty.

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-books.

The Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT air mattress's WingLock valve.
The Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT air mattress’s WingLock valve.

The XLite NXT uses ThermaCapture technology to radiate body heat back to you and a Triangular Core Matrix, consisting of two stacked layers of triangular baffles to create a stable surface and minimize heat loss; Therm-a-Rest says it’s six times quieter than the previous XLite generation. The result is an R-value of 4.5, meaning it’s warm enough for shoulder-season adventures and temps around or below freezing—it even approaches the level of insulation adequate for temps well below freezing and sleeping on snow or frozen ground, which is an R-value of 5 or higher.

That puts the XLite NXT at the leading edge for warmth-to-weight ratio.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

The Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT air mattress's WingLock valve.
The Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT air mattress.

Using the voluminous Therm-a-Rest Pump Sack (included) to inflate the air mat eases that process, although it doesn’t necessarily speed it up, unless you’re quite fast at repeatedly opening the sack to let air inside and then rolling it up tight to force that air into the air mattress. I often found it faster to the XLite NXT by simply blowing into the valve, which requires about 15 to 20 strong breaths, whereas using the air bag took me several minutes. Either way, inflating it is aided by the efficiency of the one-way WingLock valve, which Therm-a-Rest says cuts the inflation time by two-thirds; a simple turn of the valve’s “wings” deflates it almost instantly.

The 30-denier ripstop nylon fabric, with durable TPU laminate, offers greater protection from punctures than some lightweight air mats have.

The Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT MAX ($230-$250, 1 lb. 3 oz./540g) is a rectangular version available in two sizes, both 25 inches/64cm wide and from 72 to 77 inches/183-196cm long.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Verdict

Hitting a sweet spot for comfort and packability, at one of the lowest weights and highest warmth-to-weight ratios you’ll find in a three-season air mattress, the Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT sets a new standard for ultralight air mats.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT at cascadedesigns.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com, or the Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite NXT MAX at cascadedesigns.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com.

See all reviews of air mattresses, sleeping bags, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside, plus “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips For Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my stories “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be,” “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

See all stories with expert backpacking tips at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all my reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-therm-a-rest-neoair-xlite-nxt-air-mattress/feed/ 0 59591
Review: Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-phantom-30-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-phantom-30-sleeping-bag/#respond Wed, 28 Jun 2023 02:26:44 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=59377 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Sleeping Bag
Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30
$580, 1 lb. 6 oz./624g (unisex regular, 72-inch)
Sizes: unisex short ($440), regular, long ($480)
backcountry.com

Look at specs when shopping for a high-quality, ultralight, three-season sleeping bag and you might quickly trim your short list to about five models, all at basically similar weights and price points. But having slept in most of those top bags—and after sleeping in Mountain Hardwear’s Phantom 30 on cool nights on backpacking trips from a section of the Arizona Trail in the first days of April and camping at Idaho’s City of Rocks in June to the Canadian Rockies and Wind River Range in August—I place the Phantom 30 among the two or (maybe) three very best ultralight mummy bags for its strategic balance between low weight and excellent warmth. Here’s why.

I slept oblivious to the air temp wearing just underwear and a light T-shirt or a midweight, long-sleeve top on nights in the 40s F/4-8° C on several trips: for three nights in the Wind River Range in mid-August, where we had a lot of wind every night; for a total of four nights on the Skyline Trail in Jasper National Park and the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the White Goat Wilderness of the Canadian Rockies in early August; while backpacking a section of the Arizona Trail along the Gila River in the first days of April; and camping at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve in June. In the White Goat Wilderness, we had very heavy dew both nights that soaked our tents inside and out, with the condensation inside getting our bag shells wet but not appearing to affect this bag’s warmth or loft at all.

On another, five-night hike through the Winds in early September, I had two nights around freezing, when I had to wear a wool hat and fleece hoodie and stuff my down jacket into the foot end of my Phantom 30 to keep my feet warm; those measures made the bag warm enough for me to sleep, but I don’t get cold easily and I think many users would not want to push this (or virtually any 30-degree bag) to its limit.

Beyond its status as one of the perhaps five very lightest mummy bags you’ll find in this temperature rating category, the Phantom 30 compares in weight to the lightest and nicest ultralight backpacking quilts.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 sleeping bag.
The Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 sleeping bag.

But I’d argue it’s one of the two or three best ultralight mummy bags for its excellent balance of both low weight and warmth for a bag rated around freezing. That comes down to a key material in Hardwear’s Phantom series bags: the 850-fill down, very nearly the highest fill rating found in sleeping bags (and only six percent less warmth and loft per ounce/gram compared to 900-fill down). That lends the Phantom a top-of-the-charts warmth-to-weight ratio and packability among ultralight sleeping bags.

Also, the bag contains 10 ounces/284 grams of down fill (in the regular), giving the Phantom a fat four inches of loft. That translates to the Phantom 30 weighing a few ounces more than the very lightest bags with this temp rating—but also delivering noticeably more warmth. That means you can push this bag to its temp rating—or lower—without regret (unless you normally sleep cold; see my “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” for tips on that.)

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail,
in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 sleeping bag.
The Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 sleeping bag.

That helped keep me warm—even, at times, keeping the bag partly unzipped because I felt too warm—on nights that fell into the temperature range most backpackers will encounter in summer in mid-latitude mountains and in spring and fall in the desert Southwest. As someone who sleeps relatively warm, I’d confidently take this bag out on trips with expected overnight lows around freezing and slightly below (adding some clothing layers as needed).

The adjustable hood‘s face gasket closes evenly and comfortably around my face and head when I want to burrow deeply inside the bag, while the draft collar and tube along the zipper protected me from chilly air outside.The lightweight, anti-snag, two-way zipper has a nice pull tab for grabbing even with light gloves on and never caught on shell fabric.

The Phantom’s dimensions reflect a design priority for minimizing weight and packed volume, measuring 58 ins./147cm at the shoulders and 52 ins./132cm at the hips, and the standard 72 inches/182cm long (regular bag); and while Hardwear does not provide a girth measurement at the foot box, I found there’s plenty of space to move my feet around and stuff a little extra clothing down there to boost insulation and keep that clothing warm for morning.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 sleeping bag.
The Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 sleeping bag.

Overall, at five feet, eight inches and about 150 pounds, I found the regular Phantom 30 certainly efficient in its internal space but also more than roomy enough—for a mummy bag. I believe unisex sizing makes sense in sleeping bags because body shapes and sizes vary greatly within genders as much as between genders. That said, larger or wider people might prefer a bag with more generous dimensions.

The regular Phantom measures just 6×13 ins./15x33cm in its compression stuff sack (2.5 oz./71g), which outweighs standard stuff sacks by perhaps an ounce but delivers added value of $15 to $30 (the cost of buying a compression sack separately) and makes the bag more packable.

The 100 percent recycled, 10-denier ripstop nylon shell with a DWR (durable, water-repellent treatment), among the lightest fabrics used in bags, is adequately durable for normal use with some care.

Mountain Hardwear also offers the Phantom 15 ($580-$610, 2 lbs. 1 oz./941g) and Phantom 0 ($700-$740, 2 lbs. 11 oz./1162g). See my review of the Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0 sleeping bag.

Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

For its excellent balance between very low weight and warmth that bests many competitors with the same temp rating, the Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 has earned its status as one of the very best ultralight mummy bags for backpacking.

4.2

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a unisex Mountain Hardwear Phantom 30 at backcountry.com or rei.com, or any other Phantom bag model at backcountry.com or rei.com.

See all reviews of sleeping bags and all reviews of backpacking gear at The Big Outside, and my “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-phantom-30-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 59377
Review: Hoka One One Speedgoat 5 Shoes https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hoka-one-one-speedgoat-5-shoes/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hoka-one-one-speedgoat-5-shoes/#respond Wed, 21 Jun 2023 17:07:27 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=59274 Read on

]]>
Trail Running/Hiking Shoes
Hoka One One Speedgoat 5
$155, 1 lb. 3 oz./539g (US men’s 9)
Sizes: US men’s 7-15, women’s 5-12
backcountry.com

Improving on a great piece of gear is hard. But Hoka nailed it again with the Speedgoat 5, the newest update of the brand’s workhorse trail-running and light hiking shoes. Wearing them on trail runs up to 10 miles in my local foothills, I found my favorite trail runners retain the same cushion, comfort, and breathability I’m accustomed to, but now have a welcome traction upgrade, a sweeter fit, and have even dropped a little weight.

Hoka One One kept many features from previous Speedgoat models in the low-cut Speedgoat 5, including the shoe’s neutral stability and late-stage rocker profile. The stack height (the combined thickness of the midsole and outsole) still goes from 33mm at the heel to 29mm at the forefoot, a minimal, 4mm drop that has always been kind to my feet, even on days as big as running and hiking the Grand Canyon rim to rim to rim (42 miles and over 21,000 feet), while other trail-running shoes have beat up my feet and left them sore on runs of 15 miles or more.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Hoka One One Speedgoat 5 shoes.
The Hoka One One Speedgoat 5 shoes.

The wide platform and solid torsional rigidity give these shoes exceptional stability for footwear this light. And, of course,the Speedgoat 5 sportsHoka’s signature oversized, lightweight, compression-molded EVA foam midsole, which delivers balanced cushioning for trail runs or lightweight hiking—but now has a lighter midsole compound that still feels like the same cushioning to me while helping to make the shoes about an ounce (28 grams) lighter per pair than the Speedgoat 4.

Like previous Speedgoat iterations, I find these shoes perfectly fine for running some pavement en route to the trails. I even wore them running the Eugene, Oregon, half-marathon, mostly on streets, in late April, finishing it with my feet, knees, and body overall feeling fatigued but good.

The fit feels better, with a more stretchy, open-mesh (read: more breathable), gusseted tongue that makes slipping feet inside a breeze while keeping the shoe comfortably locked-in from the midfoot through the flexible but supportive heel, and giving it a little boost in the toe box space, which many runners will appreciate when feet swell a bit on the trail. The printed overlays on the uppers help stabilize and lock down the midfoot: My feet never slip inside these shoes. Plus, the newly extended heel tab makes pulling them on pleasantly easier. The Speedgoat 5, like previous versions of the shoe, has enough space for my custom insoles while fitting my feet very well with their stock insoles, too.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

The Hoka One One Speedgoat 5 shoes.
The Hoka One One Speedgoat 5 shoes.

The new Vibram Megagrip outsole, with multi-directional, 5mm lugs that feature tiny dots on their forward and rear edges, give the Speedgoat 5 noticeably better traction on trails I run regularly, which mostly consist of packed dirt, sand, and occasionally small, loose stones and exposed bedrock.

The new jacquard mesh uppers breathe supremely well—my feet never got sweaty, even on trail runs in temps pushing 80° F under a hot sun.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The Hoka One One Speedgoat 5 shoes.
The Hoka One One Speedgoat 5 shoes.

A small rubber toe bumper offers some protection, as do the overlays on the uppers, lending the Speedgoat 5 good durability for trail-running shoes in this weight class. If you use them for hiking or ultralight backpacking, recognize that they lack the durability of beefier—and heavier—hiking shoes. The biggest weak point—as with many shoes in this category—is the exposed soft foam of the midsole outside the little toe; that’s where I’ve always seen the Speedgoat wear first and get chewed up more easily on rocky trails.

Still, depending on how you use them—how much weight you’re carrying, the condition of trails (how rocky and wet), and other factors—they will last as long as similar shoes in this category. I expect to log 400 to 500 miles in my Speedgoat 5 before wear and tear in the outsoles and midsoles demand retiring them.

The Speedgoat 5 shoes are not waterproof, but the benefit of that is they dry out quickly because of the airy uppers, making them good footwear for dayhiking and ultralight backpacking on generally dry trails that are well-constructed and not littered with big rocks.

Hoka also offers these shoes in men’s and women’s waterproof-breathable low and mid-cut models, the Speedgoat 5 GTX ($170) and Speedgoat 5 Mid GTX ($180).

The Verdict

Better than ever with a nicer fit, improved traction, and lower weight, while retaining their exceptional cushion, comfort, and breathability, the Hoka One One Speedgoat 5 remain arguably the best shoes out there for trail runners, dayhikers, and ultralight and lightweight backpackers who prefer very light and airy footwear.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the men’s Hoka One One Speedgoat 5 shoes at backcountry.com, the women’s Hoka One One Speedgoat 5 shoes at backcountry.com, or other men’s or women’s Speedgoat models at backcountry.com.

See all my reviews of lightweight hiking shoes and backpacking boots, my “Expert Tips for Buying the Right Hiking Boots,” and “8 Pro Tips for Preventing Blisters When Hiking.”

You may also be interested in my picks for The Best Trekking Poles” and “The 10 Best Hiking Daypacks,” which includes my expert buying tips, and all reviews of hiking gear at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hoka-one-one-speedgoat-5-shoes/feed/ 0 59274
Review: Mountain Hardwear Kor Airshell Hoody https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-kor-airshell-hoody/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-kor-airshell-hoody/#comments Thu, 08 Jun 2023 13:32:31 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=58990 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Wind Shell
Mountain Hardwear Kor Airshell Hoody
$165, 5.1 oz./145g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
backcountry.com

After sweating hard on a sunny and humid June morning hiking up the headwall of Huntington Ravine—the steepest and hardest trail on Mount Washington—we hit the cool wind blowing across the mountain’s alpine terrain. I pulled on my Kor Airshell Hoody and it tamed that wind while breathing so well that the wet sun shirt against my skin dried out quickly. And that pattern of sweating and hitting wind kept repeating itself on that two-day, 21-mile hut trek in New Hampshire’s Presidential Range, providing plenty of opportunities for the Kor to show off its strengths.

This jacket also displayed excellent breathability when I wore it running hilly trails from the Boise Foothills to central Massachusetts, on spring days of cool wind and temps in the 50s and low 60s Fahrenheit—with me sweating hard on each occasion, but the jacket only getting slightly damp inside and drying in minutes when my exertion level dropped going downhill. I also tested this hoody hiking and rock climbing in June temps from 50 to the 60s at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve and Castle Rocks State Park; in cool wind at times on an 18-mile, 7,300-foot, 13-hour, four-summit, partly off-trail dayhike with my 23-year-old son in Utah’s Wasatch Range in early October; mountain biking in breezy, partly sunny, 50-degree conditions; and during cool, windy periods while backpacking in the first week of April on a section of the Arizona Trail along the Gila River and in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon and backpacking in early October on the 22-mile Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow Loop in Utah’s Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Mountain Hardwear Kor Airshell Hoody.
Testing the Mountain Hardwear Kor Airshell Hoody in New Hampshire’s Presidential Range.

A midweight ultralight wind shell at a hair over five ounces (145g), the highly packable Kor Airshell Hoody hits a sweet spot in balancing its two superpowers of low weight and breathability with respectable weather resistance and durability. The jacket stuffs into its inside drop pocket, packing down to the size of a baseball.

That will appeal to dayhikers, trail runners, and climbers who routinely get very wet with sweat going up and might encounter a wide range of conditions short of a severe rainstorm before the day ends.

Credit for the Kor’s excellent breathability goes to its ultralight, very breathable, 59 percent recycled, water-resistant Pertex Quantum Air ripstop nylon fabric. That 20-denier fabric shed light rain during brief showers at the City of Rocks—and it ranks the Kor’s durability better than the lightest ultralight shells and good enough for most uses, even rock climbing as long as you’re not dragging your back up some gnarly chimney. It also feels a little softer against skin than most ultralight shells.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

The non-adjustable, elasticized hood, with a flexible, low-profile brim that provides better face protection than some ultralight shells, fits snugly enough to feel comfortable and stay put on your head in wind and when turning your head side to side.

The Kor Airshell Hoody has a comfortable fit with space to wear two base layers or light insulation under it. The elasticized hem and cuffs adequately seal out drafts. Two zippered hand pockets—more pockets thanfound on many competitors—have space for light items like three-season gloves but anything heavy, like a phone, pulls that side of the jacket awkwardly downward.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

Mountain Hardwear Kor Airshell Hoody

Weather Protection
Breathability
Packability
Durability
Weight-to-Performance

The Verdict

With very good breathability, one of the better adjustable hoods for its low weight, and enough weather protection for anything short of a sustained downpour, the Mountain Hardwear Kor Airshell Hoody is a great choice for hikers, trail runners, climbers, lightweight backpackers on fair-weather trips, and other users.

4.4

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Mountain Hardwear Kor Airshell Hoody at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Rather have a waterproof-breathable rain shell that’s just grams heavier than the Hardwear Kor Airshell Hoody—although less breathable? See my reviews of the Outdoor Research Helium Rain Jacket and Rab Downpour Light Waterproof Jacket.

See “The Best Ultralight Hiking and Running Jackets” and “The Best Rain Jackets for Hiking and Backpacking,” and all reviews of ultralight wind shells, ultralight rain jackets, trail-running gear, hiking apparel, and outdoor apparel at The Big Outside.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

 

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-kor-airshell-hoody/feed/ 4 58990
Review: Jetboil Flash Backpacking Stove https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-jetboil-flash-backpacking-stove/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-jetboil-flash-backpacking-stove/#respond Mon, 29 May 2023 15:30:10 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=58862 Read on

]]>
Backpacking Stove
Jetboil Flash
$145, 13.1 oz./371g
backcountry.com

On chilly, windy, early-April mornings and evenings in camp in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon, at windy campsites in mid-April on two backpacking trips in the Grand Canyon and in September in southwest Colorado’s San Juan Mountains, and calmer but still cool mealtimes on a section of the Arizona Trail along the Gila River, plus backpacking three days on southern Utah’s Owl and Fish canyons loop in early May, four days in the Wind River Range in August, seven days in Glacier National Park in September, four days with freezing nights on the Uinta Highline Trail in Utah’s High Uintas and three days on the Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow Loop in the Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument in early October, among other trips, the Jetboil Flash did everything you want a backpacking stove to do: assembled quickly and easily, fired up immediately every time, and boiled water so fast that even our group of five hungry backpackers were content sharing just that one stove.

Jetboil’s fastest stove, the 9,000 BTU Flash boils a liter of water in under three-and-a-half minutes in a controlled environment, according to Jetboil. However, the pot’s fill line permits boiling just two cups/0.47 liter to avoid it boiling over the top. On windy mornings in the 30s and 40s Fahrenheit in Arizona in early April, at elevations under 4,000 feet/1200m, we found the Flash boiling water fast enough that the insulated FluxRing cooking pot’s capacity—enough to basically cook for one person at a time—worked fine even for our group of five people in Aravaipa Canyon, as it did for three of us sharing it on a seven-day, nearly 70-mile hike in Glacier National Park in September. (On both trips, everyone just boiled water for breakfast and freeze-dried dinners.)


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The stove’s burner flame control dials it down well enough for simmering, but this stove’s superpower isn’t gourmet cooking—it’s raw power generating fast boil times. For Ramen or other noodles, I often simply bring the water to a boil, dump the noodles in, turn off the stove and leave it with the lid on for maybe five minutes until the noodles are ready to eat. That works just as well pouring the boiling water and noodles into an eating cup or bowl that has a lid.

The protected burner delivers high fuel efficiency—it uses about half as much fuel as many stoves with an unprotected burner. That translates to less fuel weight in your pack: Planning our fuel needs based on Jetboil’s estimate that the Flash will boil 10 liters per 100g JetPower fuel canister, we hiked out of Aravaipa with a little unused fuel (a perfect outcome because who wants to pack in an unnecessary surplus of fuel?).

Coolest feature: Jetboil’s thermochromatic color-change heat indicator on one side of the pot shows you how close the water is to boiling—and always works. So does the push-button igniter to light the stove.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

A backpacker boiling water with the Jetboil Flash stove in Arizona's Aravaipa Canyon.
Mark Fenton boiling water with the Jetboil Flash stove in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon.

The stove parts assemble quite easily and all pack inside the FluxRing pot, including the stove burner and a 100g fuel canister. The Flash comes with a fuel canister stabilizer—folding leg supports that easily snap onto the bottom of a fuel canister, making it much less tippy on rocky or soft ground like the sand at our desert campsites in Arizona—and the bottom cup is a measuring cup (calibrated only in U.S./British units, not metric). The lid is designed for easy pouring with it on the pot—though take care to ensure the lid is securely attached before tipping it to pour boiling water.

One complaint: The piezo auto-igniter seemed to stop lighting the burner on my fourth trip with it, then resumed functioning just fine on a subsequent trip; turning the gas up higher appeared to remedy the problem. But I’ve seen the piezo auto-igniter fail on other backpacking stoves from other brands. I carry a butane lighter as a backup.

Compact at 7.1×4.1 inches/18×10.4cm and 14 ounces/397g for the entire unit (including lid, fuel canister stabilizer, and bottom cup), it fits easily either upright or on its side even in smaller backpacks. Those metrics and the fact that it can function as the only stove for a small group (like our five people in Aravaipa Canyon) makes a difference when similar cooking systems designed for groups can weigh upwards of a half-pound/227 grams more and take up significantly more space in a backpack.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

The Verdict

Fast to boil water even in windy conditions, simple to operate, and reasonably light and compact, the Jetboil Flash works very well for one, two, or even several backpackers who just want to boil water.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Jetboil Flash backpacking stove at backcountry.com.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-jetboil-flash-backpacking-stove/feed/ 0 58862
Review: Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p Ultralight Backpacking Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-hornet-osmo-2p-ultralight-backpacking-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-hornet-osmo-2p-ultralight-backpacking-tent/#respond Tue, 23 May 2023 18:28:52 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=58771 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpacking Tent
Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p
$480, 2 lbs. 1 oz./948g
backcountry.com

Sleeping in this ultralight tent while backpacking a section of the Arizona Trail along the Gila River in the first days of April and backpacking southern Utah’s Owl and Fish canyons loop in early May, camping in Idaho’s City of Rocks in June, and backpacking the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the Canadian Rockies in August, I had a chance to not only test its performance, but also to consider the unique little niche it fills. If you’re seeking the lightest and most packable shelter that possesses all the ease of use, protection, and convenience of traditional double-wall tents as well as a degree of livability that will suit many backpackers, the Hornet Osmo 2p offers much to like.

While camping two nights in the Hornet Osmo 2p at Idaho’s City of Rocks in June, thunderstorm cells unleashed lightning, thunder, and hard, wind-driven rain on both afternoons and evenings. Throughout that hard pounding, everything inside remained dry (including me). In Owl and Fish canyons, the tent held up well through a few hours of winds gusting over 40 mph one night. In the Canadian Rockies, we had calm nights with overnight lows in the low 40s Fahrenheit and a very heavy dew that soaked all three tents in our party both nights. On the Arizona Trail hike, we had moderate wind at times, lows in the 30s and 40s, and no precipitation. My daughter also shared this tent with a friend when we backpacked three days on the Skyline Trail in Canada’s Jasper National Park, where we had rain showers one night.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p ultralight backpacking tent interior.
The Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p ultralight backpacking tent interior.

I think what most distinguishes the Hornet Osmo from its closest competitors is less about weather—tents with this structural design in this weight class will deliver enough protection for most backpackers—and more about details that are easily overlooked but play a noticeable role in how much you’ll like a tent.

Nemo’s Hornet Osmo 2p belongs to a small club of semi-freestanding, two-person, two-door, double-wall tents weighing precisely or barely over two pounds/907 grams. These tents share similar designs on a macro scale but differ mostly at the micro level, in details that impact the user experience in almost every aspect from setup to interior and vestibule space.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-books.

The Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p vestibule.
The Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p vestibule.

One major difference arises in materials. The Hornet Osmo tents employ Nemo’s proprietary Osmo fabric, which uses a combination of 100 percent recycled nylon and polyester yarns. Nemo says the nylon fibers provide 20 percent more strength than standard nylon (presumably nylon of similar weight) while the polyester fibers resist stretching when wet by a factor of three and the fabric’s water resistance has increased by a factor of four. Plus, Osmo achieves water repellency with a finish that’s free of PFC/PFAS chemicals and meets flammability requirements without chemical additives. I’ve seen no concerns about durability so far.

As with all tents using this basic design, set-up is a snap. Color-coded DAC Featherlite NSL poles that join at a single hubbed intersection feature a center ridgeline that forks to two corners—a common pole structure that trims weight but requires staking, which makes it “semi-freestanding.” The short Flybar bridge pole crosses over the main ridge pole to pull the walls outward, creating nice headroom—a feature common in backpacking tents but the Flybar’s flexible design makes it easier during setup than some others and distributes tension evenly. The Flybar also enables pitching the tent with just three clips. Clips and grommets attach the interior tent body to the poles and the Hornet requires just six stakes.

In the City of Rocks, gusts up to 30 mph merely rippled the tent fabric, not bending the poles or affecting structural integrity a bit.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p poles.
The Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p poles.

Unique guy-outs on the canopy exterior walls clip to the rainfly to pull the walls outward, keeping them from sagging inward to brush your head or against your bag. Triangulated corner guy-outs pull the lower tent walls outward to minimize contact between any condensation on the walls and sleeping bags.

The Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p poles.
The Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p poles.

I found the excellent ventilation enabled by the mesh walls and ceiling panels and the two opposing doors prevented condensation even on calm nights just above freezing. Much credit for that ventilation goes to another unique Nemo tent feature: The head end of the tent has a large cutout in the rainfly overlapping a solid panel on the lower part of that interior tent wall, such that no rain blows inside even as it creates exceptional air flow. Also, the bottom edge of the rainfly is elevated five or six inches off the ground to promote low-high ventilation.

On our two calm nights in the low 40s in the White Goat Wilderness, that heavy dew thoroughly soaked all three tents outside and inside with condensation, including a more spacious, double-wall tent used in our group, which might presumably be less susceptible to condensation inside just for the fact of greater space. With a cold creek not far from our camp combined with dead air holding a lot of moisture plus cool temps, our little test pool of three different tents demonstrated that virtually any tent would have seen condensation inside.

The tent walls sagged inward on those nights of heavy dew—but I could minimize that problem with more careful staking and balancing the tension on the rainfly’s corner and vestibule stake points. Overall, the Hornet Osmo 2p ventilates as well as other tents of similar dimensions and design and better than most, thanks to that rainfly wall design.

Comparing the Hornet Osmo 2p’s dimensions with two similar competitors in its weight class that I’ve reviewed, the MSR Freelite 2 and the Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye: The Hornet’s 27.5 square feet/2.6 square meters of floor area offer slightly less space than those other two; the peak height of 39 inches/98cm is identical; and the floor dimensions of 85×51 inches/215x130cm, with the floor tapering to 43 inches/108cm wide at the foot end, compares with the Tiger Wall but the Freelite does not taper.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p.
The Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p.

From a user perspective, that’s a snug backcountry abode best suited to people who don’t mind occasionally bumping one another. This is a typical tradeoff for a double-wall tent with such a low weight and high space-to-weight ratio. With this or any tent of similar dimensions, some people might want to consider whether they will occupy it primarily just during sleeping hours or often spend considerable waking hours inside, due to temperatures and weather.

The only pockets are two overhead—not much for keeping track of small items like headlamps when inside—and those overhead pockets aren’t good for anything solid or weighing more than you’d want to bump your head against.

The two vestibules, each 7.1 sq. ft./0.7 sq. meters, are slightly smaller than the other two tents but provide adequate storage space for a mid-size backpack and boots. The rainfly doors zip open beyond the high point of the interior tent doors, meaning the Hornet Osmo has a drip line that permits rain to fall inside. With a little care, you can enter and leave the tent letting virtually no rain inside and possibly not having to unzip the rainfly entirely. But the shallow vestibule also occasionally meant an unzipped, wet rainfly door stuck to my back when crawling inside, splashing some water droplets (not much) onto gear inside—like my sleeping bag.

The packed size of 12.5×7.5×3.5 inches/32x19x8.5cm makes it more packable than comparable tents that have only slightly more living space. But its packed length is most unique: While I normally load tent poles separately into my pack—standing them up in one back corner to accommodate their length—the Hornet’s tent poles are so compact that I could leave them inside the divvy cube stuff sack with all the tent components and easily lay it horizontally into the bottom of my pack.

All new Nemo tents come with a 100% recycled fabric pole bag (instead of wasteful, single-use poly bags).

Other models in this series are the Hornet Osmo 1p ($460, 1 lb. 13 oz./822g) and Hornet Osmo 3p ($580, 2 lbs. 13 oz./1.28kg)—both also among the lightest in their categories—and the even-lighter Hornet Elite Osmo 2p ($700, 1 lb. 11 oz./779g) and Hornet Elite Osmo 1p ($600, 1 lb. 7 oz./657g).

See my review of the Nemo Hornet Elite Osmo 1p tent, in which I encountered very strong wind and heavy rain.

Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p

Space-to-Weight Ratio
Sturdiness
Ease of Use
Ventilation
Features
Livability

The Verdict

While it may not be the right tent for two bigger people, the Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p represents one of the lightest and most packable two-person, double-wall, semi-freestanding tents, with ease of use, protection, and livability that will appeal to many lightweight and ultralight backpackers.

4.4

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Nemo Hornet Osmo 2p at backcountry.com or nemoequipment.com, or any Hornet Osmo tent model at backcountry.com or nemoequipment.com, or any Hornet Elite Osmo tent model at backcountry.com or nemoequipment.com.

See “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents” and all reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside. See also “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “Ultralight Backpacking Tents: How to Choose One.” (Both of those stories require a paid subscription to The Big Outside to read in full, which costs as little as $7, or under $5 per month for an entire year.)

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-hornet-osmo-2p-ultralight-backpacking-tent/feed/ 0 58771
Review: Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15F/-9C Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sierra-designs-mobile-mummy-15f-9c-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sierra-designs-mobile-mummy-15f-9c-sleeping-bag/#respond Thu, 18 May 2023 16:24:03 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=58654 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Sleeping Bag
Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy
$319, 2 lbs. 8 oz. (men’s regular)
Sizes: men’s regular and long ($290) and women’s ($300)
sierradesigns.com

Stepping out of my tent on our first morning in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon in the first week of April, I was greeted by an air temperature barely above freezing and a steady wind sailing through our camp at about 20 to 30 miles per hour. So I reacted in the only way that made sense: I wore my sleeping bag in camp. And I could do that and walk around easily (while my friends assumed postures of cold discomfort wearing their down jackets outside—or simply stayed in their tent) because my bag was the Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C.

I stayed warm wearing the Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C around camp on evenings and mornings in those temps and slept in quite comfortably in it—not even having to always zip it up completely while wearing just a T-shirt, underwear, and socks—on nights ranging from just above freezing to the low 40s Fahrenheit. I also slept under the stars very warmly zipped up inside the Mobile Mummy on a late September night in the upper 30s in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve. My wife found it more than warm enough on four nights backpacking in late summer in the Wind River Range, where the lows dropped into the 40s F—the kind of temps for which she prefers a 15- or 20-degree bag because she gets cold easily—and in similar temps for a total of four nights on three-day hikes on both the Skyline Trail in Jasper National Park and the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the White Goat Wilderness of the Canadian Rockies in early August. In the White Goat Wilderness, we had very heavy dew both nights that soaked our tents inside and out, with the condensation inside getting our bag shells wet but not appearing to affect this bag’s warmth or loft at all.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C sleeping bag.
The Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C sleeping bag.

After removing it from their product line for nearly four years, Sierra Designs has brought back the Mobile Mummy (which I’ve reviewed in its previous version), updating it with 55 percent partially recycled, 20-denier nylon ripstop fabric with a PFC-free, durable, water repellent treatment (DWR). That 20-denier fabric is heavier and more durable than what you’ll see in many backpacking sleeping bags.

Remaining unchanged in the Mobile Mummy are its long, two-way center zipper extending to the footbox and the zipper-less armholes with overlapping flaps to seal out drafts while sleeping. The center zipper is not only great forside sleepers, it makes sense for most users and I’ve long wondered why that’s not standard in most backpacking sleeping bags. The armholes, of course, enable you to extend your arms outside the bag while wearing it.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life. Click here now to learn more.

The Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C sleeping bag.
The Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C sleeping bag.

But understand that you still need a layer with warm sleeves on cold mornings—which means that a Mobile Mummy may not necessarily replace an insulated jacket, but it may allow you to bring a lighter jacket that’s augmented by this wearable bag. (You also may need an insulated jacket during the daytime or while on the trail and you can’t wear the Mobile Mummy for that—it would be far too warm and it doesn’t give your legs enough freedom of movement for real hiking.)

Most distinctively, when unzipped from the bottom end, the Mobile Mummy’s footbox can be lifted up and toggled to the outer shell so you can wear is like a very long down parka, even walking around camp in it. That’s why it made sense for SD to make the Mobile Mummy for sub-freezing temps (or even above freezing for users who get cold easily): On mild backcountry nights, you don’t need a wearable sleeping bag.

Stuffed with 18.6 oz./525g (in the men’s regular) of 800-fill power, water-resistant DriDown, the bag carries an ISO comfort rating of 27° F/-3° C and a limit rating of 16° F/-9° C. That high-quality down makes the bag reasonably warm for its weight and more packable than down bags with a lower fill rating and virtually any synthetic sleeping bag. The wide, front zipper draft tube is reinforced with stiff fabric to preclude any possibility of snagging, as are the ample draft tubes at the hood and armholes.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

With a fit length of 72 ins./183cm and circumferences of 60 ins./147cm at the shoulders, 58 ins./147cm at the hips, and 40 ins./102cm at the feet (men’s regular), the bag feels adequately roomy even as its mummy shape remains heat-efficient and minimizes bulk when packed.

The non-adjustable hood (read: no cords in your face when sleeping on your side) features enough elasticity for a snug closure around your head and face and to move with your head even with the front zipper quite open—as it did for me flopping from side to side during nights. That conveniently eliminates the step of closing and opening the hood when entering and exiting the bag; and by just opening the front zipper a few inches, you can easily push the hood off your head when needed.

The bag packs into a stuff sack measuring 8×16 ins./20.3×40.6 cm, which is compact for a bag this warm. It’s also available in a men’s long and a women’s model. 

Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

The ability to wear the Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C makes it one of the most versatile sleeping bags for backpacking, but its warmth, moderate weight, high-quality down, center zipper, and comfortable dimensions and hood offer more good reasons to get one.

4.2

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15F/-9C at sierradesigns.com or rei.com.

See all reviews of sleeping bags and all reviews of backpacking gear at The Big Outside, and my “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip,” “10 Tricks for Making Hiking and Backpacking Easier,” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip,” the 10 tricks for making hiking and backpacking easier, and the lightweight backpacking guide without having a paid membership.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sierra-designs-mobile-mummy-15f-9c-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 58654
Review: BioLite Headlamp 425 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-biolite-headlamp-425/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-biolite-headlamp-425/#respond Fri, 12 May 2023 16:50:09 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=58464 Read on

]]>
Rechargeable Ultralight Headlamp
BioLite Headlamp 425
$80, 2.75 oz./78g
bioliteenergy.com

What does the ideal backcountry headlamp look like? Many of us who find ourselves in wild spaces well before dawn or after dark might describe that headlamp as light, bright enough to see what lies at least 200 feet ahead of you (especially when off-trail), with a versatile set of lighting modes and brightness levels, easy to use, and rechargeable with sufficient juice to last several days. BioLite’s Headlamp 425 checks all those boxes and impressed me with its performance on backpacking trips in the Wind River Range in late summer and on a section of the Arizona Trail along the Gila River and in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon in the first week of April.

Replacing BioLite’s older Headlamp 330, the Headlamp 425 not only ramps up the max brightness to 425 lumens—BioLite claims it projects a beam for 85 meters/280 feet at high power, which rings consistent with my experience using it—it also sports a smart design that translates to high comfort and ease of use.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Biolite Headlamp 425.
The Biolite Headlamp 425.

For starters, the large, front power button is easy to depress and to find with a finger when it’s on your head. Click that button in half-second increments to scroll through the four front lighting modes, which include red flood, white spot, white flood, and white spot and flood combined, all with dimming capability. Plus, the battery pack’s rear-facing light has white strobe and red flood and strobe modes that are bright—ideal for biking streets after dark, as I’ve done many times with this headlamp.

The 425 turns on in the mode and brightness level it was last turned off; and whenever the front headlamp or rear battery pack light is turned on or off, a four-bulb battery indicator on the battery pack displays power remaining. The front housing’s four-position tilt provides an adequate range of beam angles and stays put securely. The lockout mode is activated and deactivated by holding the 425’s power button down for eight seconds.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

The Biolite Headlamp 425.
The Biolite Headlamp 425 battery pack.

Perhaps most distinctively, the Headlamp 425 finds an appealing middle ground between heavier, bulkier, less comfortable torches that have greater power and charge duration and lighter models that are not as bright and don’t last as long in the backcountry.

Weighing just 2.75 ounces/78 grams, its ultrathin, low-profile, molded front housing integrates fully into the strap with a profile of just 0.4 inches/10mm, sitting flush against your forehead without bouncing or slipping even when hiking fast or running. The easily adjustable strap, with smooth, moisture-wicking fabric, feels so good I’d forget it was still on my head after dawn. And it shrinks down enough to fit kids.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Biolite Headlamp 425.
The Biolite Headlamp 425.

While a battery pack at the back of your head can feel annoying in certain circumstances, like lying on a pillow reading, this one is light and compact enough to reposition for comfort; it’s usually hardly noticeable. Plus, the rear pack provides the advantage of having a rear-facing light there for safety when biking streets.

Powered by a 1000 mAh Li-ion battery that recharges in about two hours using any USB-C cable, the headlamp has pass-through charging, meaning it can be used while plugged into a battery pack and charging. It has a run time of 60 hours at low power (five lumens, projecting a beam about 15 meters/50 feet) and four hours at high power (425 lumens); in practice, most backpackers have no need to worry about losing the 425’s charge on typical, three-season backpacking trips. I burned through only about half its full charge using it for six days straight with no recharge between back-to-back hikes on the Arizona Trail and in Aravaipa Canyon.

The IPX4 rating means it’s fine in rain or getting wet from perspiration but is not designed for immersion in water.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Verdict

Ultralight and compact yet bright, with a versatile set of lighting modes and brightness levels and a charge that lasts through a multi-day backcountry trip, the BioLite Headlamp 425 checks all the boxes for most backpackers, dayhikers, trail runners, climbers, bike commuters, and other users.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to purchase a BioLite Headlamp 425 at bioliteenergy.com.

See my picks for “The Best Headlamps” and all reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-biolite-headlamp-425/feed/ 0 58464
Review: Mystery Ranch Coulee 50 Backpack https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mystery-ranch-coulee-50-backpack/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mystery-ranch-coulee-50-backpack/#comments Fri, 05 May 2023 16:46:31 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=58337 Read on

]]>
Backpack
Mystery Ranch Coulee 50
$249, 50L/2,930 c.i., 3 lbs. 12 oz./1.7kg (men’s S/M with XS/S belt)
Sizes: men’s S-XL, women’s XS-L
backcountry.com

The race to lighten gear often results in compromises, and with backpacks those tradeoffs can impact access, durability, and comfort—the last usually in the form of strict load-weight limits. Carrying the Coulee 50 backpacking a section of the Arizona Trail along the Gila River and in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon in the first week of April and on the Skyline Trail in Jasper National Park and the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the White Goat Wilderness in the Canadian Rockies in early August, I developed a serious crush on this pack for its comfort and a smart design that makes every interaction with it easier and faster.

Three of the trips involved backpacking to a two-night base camp and dayhiking from it and the Skyline was a three-day, 27.3-mile/44k traverse. I carried the Coulee 50 with up to about 30 pounds/13.6 kilograms inside on three of the hikes and up to about 35 pounds/16 kilograms in the White Goat Wilderness, including a bear canister. (All of them gorgeous hikes, by the way.) I also carried the Coulee 50 backpacking four days and about 31 miles in southwest Colorado’s San Juan Mountains.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Mystery Ranch Coulee 50 backpack.
The Mystery Ranch Coulee 50 backpack.

Let’s get the big question out of the way first: weight. At 3 lbs. 12 oz./1701 grams (for the men’s S/M with an XS/S belt), the Coulee 50 is definitely not among the lightest 50-liter packs—but for good reasons. Those include the supportive wire frame and framesheet and the very comfortable, well-padded harness—the pre-curved, flexible waist belt, shoulder straps, and ample lumbar and back padding—that made 30 pounds/13.6 kilos almost unnoticeable on my back and remained comfortable with 35 pounds/16 kilograms.

There are 50-liter and larger packs under three pounds/1360 grams that clearly reach their comfort ceiling at around 30, maybe 35 pounds/15.9 kilograms for some users—which many backpackers try not to exceed but, let’s face it, do exceed. If you’re a backpacker who sometimes overloads a pack uncomfortably for the first day or two of a trip, the Coulee 50 literally has your back.

The harness adjusts to fit torsos within a five-inch/12.7 centimeter length range per size and comes in four men’s and women’s sizes—that’s huge and guarantees a custom fit for just about every human torso. Pull out the removable, plastic yoke adjuster inside the back panel and use it to break the hook-and-loop bond to slide the yoke panel up or down until the seam between the shoulder strap and the yoke body aligns with the top of your shoulder blades. Then return the yoke adjuster to its pocket because it functions as the pack’s upper frame—no superfluous grams in this design.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

The Mystery Ranch Coulee 50 backpack.
The Mystery Ranch Coulee 50 backpack.

The Redirect waist belt adjusts easily by pulling each strap forward to tighten. It’s also removable: Each arm readily slides out (no burly hook-and-loop patches to wrestle) if you want to shed 10 ounces/283 grams (the combined weight of both sides of the belt)—although that would greatly compromise carrying comfort and stability.

The pack seems spacious for 50 liters: I fit three days of food, my clothes and share of team gear, and a few extras like a camp chair and sandals or camp shoes, with room to spare, on all of these trips, plus a Bear Vault BV 500 bear canister inserted upright in the White Goat Wilderness. This 50-liter pack can handle a five-day or longer trip, assuming very light, compact gear and efficient packing. But in the San Juan Mountains, where I carried a bear canister and a bit more than my share of team gear, plus optional gear like a camp chair, I had the pack jammed full for a four-day trip.

I think that has much to do with the way the Y-shaped, three-zipper access opens up the main compartment from the top and front, completely revealing the pack’s interior, allowing you to not only access it very easily but also load it efficiently, using every cubic inch of space. Plus, the pack’s wide mouth and body swallow larger, oddly shaped, hard gear like a pot and certain stoves without rendering much space unfillable. Note: It’s still not large or wide enough to load a large bear canister sideways, but that’s true of any midsize pack.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The three-zipper design proved incredibly convenient every day on the trail, enabling me to quickly access virtually anything anywhere inside it, which can require pulling out other stuff in many backpacks—even an item “buried” inside. Example: Upon reaching camp, I could pull out the tent rainfly from the bottom of the pack without having to remove anything else. It also eliminates the extra steps inherent to a lid with two buckles and a main compartment cinch closure. While a zipper access to the main compartment and/or a sleeping bag compartment zipper are more common in larger backpacking packs, those are rare in a 50-liter pack. (I’m a fan of the three-zipper design since reviewing MR’s Coulee 25, which has been updated to different capacity sizes; see below.) The zippers are treated to repel water but not waterproof.

The Mystery Ranch Coulee 50 backpack.
The Mystery Ranch Coulee 50 backpack in the White Goat Wilderness, Canadian Rockies.

Besides the ready access to the main compartment, the eight external pockets exceed what you’d find in many midsize or even large packs. Those include:

  • Two deep front stuff pockets with some stretch, vertically aligned on either side of the center zipper, each with space for a jacket or a lightweight rainfly.
  • Two side stretch-woven pockets that each hold a liter bottle.
  • Two zippered lid pockets, one small and the other spacious.
  • And two zippered waist belt pockets large enough for a smartphone or at least four energy bars.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

Dual side compression straps with convenient, quick-release buckles integrate with the front pockets and have good length for attaching objects to the pack’s sides and the bottom compression straps with quick-release buckles easily secured a foam pad. Loops inside the main compartment can be used to attach Mystery Ranch Zoid Bags or other accessories. The sleeping bag compartment has a U-shaped zipper that runs smoothly.

The Coulee packs are also made to handle hard use, with 100 percent recycled, tough, 210-denier nylon Robic and a double-layer bottom.

The series includes the Coulee 20 ($179), Coulee 30 ($189), and Coulee 40 ($239).

Mystery Ranch Coulee 50

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Durability

The Verdict

The Mystery Ranch Coulee 50 illustrates an important rule about gear shopping: Sometimes it’s worth looking at the story behind the weight. With the Coulee 50 and its smaller models, you get uncompromised comfort and a unique design that puts convenience first—a pretty fair tradeoff for basically another pound/450 grams of ballast.

4.6

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Mystery Ranch Coulee 50 backpack at backcountry.com.

See my picks for “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The Best Ultralight Backpacks,” my “5 Expert Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” and all of my reviews of backpacks, backpacking gear, ultralight backpacks, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mystery-ranch-coulee-50-backpack/feed/ 2 58337
Review: MSR FreeLite 2 Ultralight Backpacking Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-msr-freelite-2-ultralight-backpacking-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-msr-freelite-2-ultralight-backpacking-tent/#comments Fri, 28 Apr 2023 12:46:15 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=58231 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpacking Tent
MSR FreeLite 2
$500, 2 lbs./907g
cascadedesigns.com

MSR’s newest version of the Freelite 2 immediately baffled me. I wondered: How can this double-wall, two-door, three-season, semi-freestanding tent weigh anywhere from three to nine ounces less than very similar tents in this category that have basically the same design… and still have more interior space? Searching for some explanation other than some implausible, sudden, radical shift in the laws of physics, I took the Freelite 2 for a spin in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon and on two backpacking trips in the Canadian Rockies—and found many ways in which MSR’s latest versions of its Freelite series distinguish themselves from a pack of doppelgangers.

To give a bit of back story, you might have noticed something about today’s three-season backpacking tents: A lot of them look very much alike. That’s no coincidence. Companies have found designs that resonate with backpackers—which says something about how far tents have evolved. But it also means you have to look more closely at the little details when choosing a tent because that’s where the competition happens.

I took the Freelite 2 on a pair of two-night backpacking trips in the Canadian Rockies in early August, sharing it with a my wife on the 27.3-mile/44k Skyline Trail in Jasper National Park, where we had rain showers one night; and my daughter and a friend slept in it on the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route, where a very heavy dew soaked all three tents in our party both nights. Both of those hikes saw overnight lows in the low 40s Fahrenheit. I also shared it with another friend for two nights while backpacking Aravaipa Canyon in the first week of April. While we had very dry weather in Aravaipa, strong winds buffeted our camp at times and overnight lows ranged from just over freezing to the low 40s Fahrenheit. And my wife and I shared it for three nights on an August backpacking trip in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains, with clear skies, mild temperatures, and relatively calm winds.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Perhaps the most significant changes to the updated Freelite tent series are that they’re lighter—by a whopping half-pound, or the equivalent of four days of trail food, a big deal in the world of backpacking tents—and have three more inches of peak height.

At a mere two pounds/1.1 kilogram, with 29 square feet/2.7 square meters of floor area and a peak height of 39 inches/one meter, MSR appears to be taking on a specific sub-category of ultralight, two-door, double-wall, three-season backpacking tents. Compare some of the bestselling tents that meet that description and not only does the Freelite 2 weigh anywhere from three to nine ounces less than very similar tents while offering more interior space—but some similar freestanding tents that have a little more space are upwards of 10 ounces or more heavier.

Those metrics may appeal to people who want a light tent but have a limit to how much they want to bump into each other or how much time they want to dedicate to practicing pitching it the first time. (From my viewpoint, that’s a lot of backpackers.) That’s even more appealing on mostly fair-weather trips like Aravaipa, where we’re in the tent only to sleep and maybe read a bit before sleeping.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

The MSR FreeLite 2 ultralight backpacking tent.
The MSR FreeLite 2 ultralight backpacking tent in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon.

My tallest tentmate, who’s about five feet 10 inches, and I—both of us well acquainted with larger and smaller tents—found the Freelite 2 predictably snug for two people but perfectly livable. In short: more comfortable than I’d expect from a two-pound, double-wall tent with all these features.

It goes up quickly and easily. The Y-shaped, hubbed, DAC NFL 8.7mm aluminum poles feature one center ridgeline that forks to two corners—an increasingly common pole shape in this tent class, which trims weight but also requires staking, spawning the term “semi-freestanding.” A second, short, eyebrow pole crosses the main ridge pole to elevate the ceiling above the doors, creating more headroom—another common design element in lightweight tents. Clips and grommets attach the interior tent body to the poles and the Freelite requires just six stakes.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The MSR FreeLite 2 in Arizona's Aravaipa Canyon.
The MSR FreeLite 2 in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon.

This structurally sturdy shelter withstood gusts of 20 to 30 mph without any suggestion that such winds even tested the tent, and the rainfly drip line keeps rain outside the interior when vestibule doors are open.

The almost entirely micro-mesh interior walls, aided by the natural cross-ventilation of opposing doors, facilitate excellent air flow that prevented any trace of condensation inside even on a calm night just above freezing in Aravaipa and on nights in the low 40s on the Skyline Trail.

On our two calm nights in the low 40s in the White Goat Wilderness, that heavy dew thoroughly soaked all three tents outside and inside with condensation, including a more spacious, double-wall tent used in our group, which might presumably be less susceptible to condensation inside just for the fact of greater space. With a cold creek not far from our camp and that combination of dead air holding a lot of moisture plus cool temps, I think any tent would have seen condensation inside. The Freelite 2 basically ventilates as well as other tents of similar dimensions and design.

The two doors are reasonably large for a tent in this weight class, for easy entry and egress. And the smart, no-curve door zippers, with two zippers closing to the same point at one corner, enables one-hand operation because they never get stuck around a corner and eliminates fumbling around for the zipper pull in the dark.

Eschewing the tapered floor of many lightweight tents, the Freelite floor’s rectangular shape, measuring 84×50 inches/213×127 centimeters, creates a bit more storage space at the foot end while also slightly increasing the tent’s footprint negligibly—most backpackers will appreciate the extra living space but won’t find the bigger footprint problematic. (This isn’t a mountaineering tent.) The Freelite features abundant interior pockets, including a ceiling mesh pocket convenient for using a headlamp as an overhead light.

The combined 15 square feet/1.4 square meters in two vestibules, slightly less than found in comparable tents, provides space for boots and a mid-sized backpack; and each door can be kept half-open or rolled completely back for maximum cooling, air flow, and stargazing.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The MSR FreeLite 2 stake guyline.
The MSR FreeLite 2 stake guyline.

The tradeoffs for such a low weight and high space-to-weight ratio are typical of tents in this weight class. The ultralight, 15-denier ripstop nylon fabric in the rainfly and tent floor, both treated to repel water, reduces weight but is not as durable as heavier fabric; and the 10-denier micro-mesh is obviously more vulnerable but no different than most three-season tent interior walls. The packed size of 18.×4.5 inches/45.7×11.4 centimeters is typical of tents around this weight.

The Freelite tents’ Fast and Light Body, sold separately ($130 for the Freelite 2)—used instead of the interior tent when bugs are not an issue—have a bathtub floor and low walls at each end, to provide more protection from the elements and help prevent your stuff from rolling or slipping outside overnight. The Freelite 2 Fast and Light setup trims the shelter’s weight by six ounces.

Other models in this series are the Freelite 1 ($440, 1 lb. 10 oz./0.74kg) and the Freelite 3 ($570, 2 lbs. 6 oz./1.1kg).

MSR Freelite 2

Space-to-Weight Ratio
Sturdiness
Ease of Use
Ventilation
Features
Livability

The Verdict

If you’re a fan of the high space-to-weight ratio, ease of use, and good ventilation of double-wall, two-door, three-season, semi-freestanding backpacking tents, imagine one that’s even lighter and more spacious. That’s the MSR Freelite 2.

4.5

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase an MSR Freelite 2 at cascadedesigns.combackcountry.com, or rei.com, or any Freelite tent model at cascadedesigns.combackcountry.com, or rei.com.

See “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents” and all reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside. See also “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “Ultralight Backpacking Tents: How to Choose One.” (Both of those stories require a paid subscription to The Big Outside to read in full, which costs as little as $7, or under $5 per month for an entire year.)

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-msr-freelite-2-ultralight-backpacking-tent/feed/ 4 58231
Review: Arc’teryx Cerium Hoody https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-arcteryx-cerium-hoody/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-arcteryx-cerium-hoody/#comments Tue, 18 Apr 2023 00:12:22 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=58149 Read on

]]>
Hybrid Insulated Jacket
Arc’teryx Cerium Hoody
$400, 12 oz./340g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-XXXL, women’s XXS-XXL
rei.com

Who expected the overnight temp would drop nearly to freezing and the wind would blow 30 mph through our campsite on our first morning in southern Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyonin April? Well, I didn’t when I reserved that permit months earlier—but we all did when we saw the forecast immediately before the trip. So I packed my new Cerium Hoody and it proved the perfect antidote to unseasonably cold mornings.

It kept me warm over just a lightweight, short-sleeve T-shirt and a midweight long-sleeve top on chilly mornings in Aravaipa—where we didn’t get direct sunlight until mid-morning. The new Cerium Hoody performs just as well as its identical predecessor, called the Cerium LT Hoody, did for me at many past backcountry camps, including on a mid-September morning in the low 40s Fahrenheit at a windblown and unprotected site at 10,500 feet in Titcomb Basin, in Wyoming’s Wind River Range; and on mornings in the mid-20s in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park in the first week of March. In both of those cases, I wore it over a short-sleeve T-shirt and a midweight long-sleeve top.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Arc’teryx Cerium Hoody.
The Arc’teryx Cerium Hoody.

Every time I’ve pulled this jacket on, it has felt like an instant injection of warmth through my torso and arms. I have to keep reminding myself it weighs just 12 ounces.

This 2022 update to an Arc’teryx classic remains identical to its previous version, called the Cerium LT Hoody (see my review of that model). For starters, the trim fit provides enough space for a couple of base layers underneath, allows full freedom of movement—important when wearing it as a middle layer on deep-cold adventures like ice climbing and mountaineering—and easily fits under a shell jacket. Outstanding shoulder articulation paired with enough sleeve length prevents the cuffs from sliding up your forearms when reaching. And Arc’teryx added one men’s size and two women’s sizes.

The Cerium’s high warmth-to-weight ratio—it’s one of the absolute warmest down jackets at this weight that I’ve worn—owes to the responsibly sourced, 850-fill down stuffing in the hood, sleeves, and torso. High-quality down creates more space between feathers, increasing the heat-trapping efficiency, which translates to more warmth per ounce of jacket.

But since water is the enemy of down, flattening feathers and drowning their ability to trap heat, Arc’teryx placed its Coreloft synthetic insulation—a lightweight, breathable, and thermally efficient siliconized polyester yarn that’s compresses well and retains its loft—in areas prone to getting wet: the shoulders, cuffs, chin guard (which gets wet with condensation from your breath), and the armpits.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The Arc’teryx Cerium Hoody.
The Arc’teryx Cerium Hoody in Aravaipa Canyon.

The combination of insulation types delivers the benefits of down (warm, light, and compact) and synthetics (retaining heat when damp).

The close-fitting, under-the-helmet hood helps elevate this jacket above many insulation pieces. Popping it up immediately pumps up the warmth. Adjustable using just one drawcord in the back, with an elasticized face opening, it wraps snugly around your head and face to trap heat very efficiently—ensuring the hood stays put even in strong winds. When zipped up, the soft chin guard comes up to the lips, which is nice in chilly temps. The elasticized cuffs and an adjustable hem seal in body heat.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The Arc’teryx Cerium Hoody.
The Arc’teryx Cerium Hoody.

The two zippered hand pockets warmed my chilled fingers quickly and have space for three-season gloves and small items like a map and headlamp. The jacket stuffs easily into a stuff sack attached to the zippered inside pocket—no losing this sack—and packs down to barely larger than a liter bottle.

The lightweight and wind-resistant, recycled, 15-denier nylon shell fabric, while durable for its weight, is more susceptible to tears than heavier fabrics. Similarly, the lightweight front zipper, while keeping jacket weight down, raises durability concerns; but a little care in using it can avoid problems. I’ve seen no damage to this jacket’s identical predecessor, the Cerium LT Hoody, in numerous trips over the past six years. And I have seen the Cerium fend off spitting rain showers, thanks in part to a durable, water-repellent (DWR) treatment on the shell fabric.

Some backpackers and others backcountry users will question the value proposition of an expensive, three-season down jacket price. But if a jacket like the Cerium lies within your budget, look at the fit, the construction quality, and most of all, the down-fill rating. You can pick up another 12-ounce insulated for half this price, but it won’t be nearly as warm.

The Verdict

From frosty wilderness campsites on three-season backpacking trips to pulling it on for added warmth while climbing or during your favorite winter activity, the Arc’teryx Cerium Hoody remains one of the top puffy jackets in its weight class for versatility, packability, comfort, and warmth for its weight.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Arc’teryx Cerium Hoody at rei.com or arcteryx.com.

See all reviews of outdoor apparel at The Big Outside, including “The 12 Best Down Jackets,” “The Best Gloves for Winter,” “The Best Mittens for Winter,” and “The Best Clothing Layers for Winter in the Backcountry,” as well as “How to Dress in Layers for Winter in the Backcountry” and “12 Pro Tips for Staying Warm Outdoors in Winter.”

NOTE: I’ve been testing gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews by clicking on the Gear Reviews category at left or in the main menu.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-arcteryx-cerium-hoody/feed/ 2 58149
Review: Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 and 45+5 SL Backpacks https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-deuter-aircontact-ultra-505-and-455-sl-backpacks/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-deuter-aircontact-ultra-505-and-455-sl-backpacks/#respond Fri, 14 Apr 2023 15:05:31 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=58101 Read on

]]>
NOTE: See my review of the updated-for-2024 versions of the Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 and 45+5 SL backpacks.

Ultralight Backpack
Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5
$250, 55L/3,356 c.i., 2 lbs. 11 oz./1.2kg
Deuter Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL
$250, 50L/3,051 c.i., 2 lbs. 11 oz./1219g
One adjustable size in both models
Aircontact Ultra 50+5: backcountry.com
Aircontact Ultra 45+5: backcountry.com

Many mid-size, lightweight and ultralight backpacking packs share more similarities than differences—because the design details they share have proven popular and work. Still, Deuter’s Aircontact Ultra 50+5 and 45+5 SL distinguish themselves from some competitors for their adjustable, comfortable fit and smart design details that make a difference in your experience carrying it, as I found using the Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL on a five-day, late-summer backpacking trip in the Wind River Range and a three-day hike on the 22-mile Boulder Mail Trail-Death Hollow Loop in the Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument in early October.

For starters, the Aircontact Ultra 50+5 is unisex and made for longer torsos, up to 21 inches (learn how to measure your torso in my “5 Expert Tips for Buying the Right Backpacking Pack”). The Ultra 45+5 SL is for men or women with slightly shorter torsos. I got the Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL on Deuter’s recommendation for my 18-inch torso length. While that pack fits me well and the hipbelt has plenty of fit range, I found the shoulder straps near their fit limit for me; anyone with a torso over 18 inches might prefer the Aircontact Ultra 50+5 (which may also have fit me just fine).


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Deuter Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL backpack.
The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL backpack in the Wind River Range.

Deuter’s three-position torso-length adjustment system, located behind the back pad, enables a better fit than non-adjustable suspension systems seen in some packs in this weight class and is one of the easiest pack-fit adjustment systems to access and change I’ve seen. With each model, it provides for about two inches of torso fit range.

I started out in the Winds with over 35 pounds in the Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL and it initially felt overloaded. I found it comfortable with a max pack weight around 35 pounds or a bit under, even on days up to over 12 miles—consistent with Deuter’s recommendation of using it for loads of up to 12 to 15 kg, or about 25 to 33 pounds. That comfort comes thanks to a spring steel perimeter wire frame and a framesheet that offers slight flex, meaning it moves a bit with your torso but, unlike lighter, essentially frameless packs, it provides some structure to help support a load. Pivoting hip fins help steady the pack while hiking.

The three-dimensional layers of perforated spacer mesh in the back panel, lumbar pad, shoulder straps, and hipbelt rebounds when not weighted, pulling air into the mesh as you move—delivering nice ventilation and cushioning. Unlike the simple, wide, entirely flexible fabric hipbelts found in some packs in this category—which essentially rely on the belt’s width to distribute pack weight over the hips—the Aircontact Ultra’shipbelt, while flexible, features a little structure to help support some of the weight that the pack frame distributes to the belt. The shoulder straps have a bit of rotation where they attach at the top of the back panel, enabling the pack to move with your torso instead of feeling like it’s tugging against you.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL harness.
The Deuter Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL harness.

The top-loading Aircontact Ultra packs have an adequately spacious main compartment for outings of three or four days if, like me, you carry one or more “luxury” items like an ultralight camp chair; or up to six or seven days if you pack highly efficiently and carry light gear, with Z-compression straps on both sides. I found myself filling the Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL with gear and food for three days.

The six external pockets include a large stretch-mesh front pocket that can swallow a wet rainfly and a jacket and stretch-mesh side pockets that hold a liter bottle but are a little difficult to reach into for me (perhaps owing to me falling at the upper limit of the Ultra 45+5 SL’s fit range).

The two half-liter, zippered hipbelt pockets will hold four or more bars or a smartphone with room to spare. If you’re really counting grams, the removable, floating lid and its straps can be left behind to shave about three ounces/85g; but that lid pocket, voluminous for a pack of this size and weight, is worth its minimal weight for the quick access and space it offers. The front features six loops for attaching gear to the outside.

The 200-denier polyamide fabric provides a durable exterior that will hold up to hard use for years; the exterior parts most vulnerable to tearing, as with many packs in this weight class, are the stretch-mesh front and side pockets. Deuter impregnates the pack fabric with water repellency rather than using chemicals known as harmful to people and the environment.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 and Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Durability

The Verdict

While among the heaviest ultralight backpacking packs, the Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 and Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL are comfortable packs with an adjustable fit, ideal for lightweight backpackers willing to accept several extra ounces for smart features and the support for up to 35 pounds.

4

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Deuter Aircontact Ultra 50+5 backpack at backcountry.com, or a Deuter Aircontact Ultra 45+5 SL backpack at backcountry.com.

See my picks for “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The Best Ultralight Backpacks,” my “5 Expert Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” and all of my reviews of backpacks, backpacking gear, ultralight backpacks, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-deuter-aircontact-ultra-505-and-455-sl-backpacks/feed/ 0 58101
Review: SlingFin Hotbox Four-Season Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-slingfin-hotbox-four-season-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-slingfin-hotbox-four-season-tent/#respond Sun, 19 Feb 2023 14:58:21 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=57304 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Alpine/Four-Season Tent
SlingFin Hotbox
$650, 3 lbs. 9 oz.
slingfin.com

Through three cold December nights camped at over 8,000 feet in Idaho’s Boulder Mountains, snow fell hard enough that I had to dig this tent out a few times. All that cold, white smoke was great for two reasons: the backcountry skiing my kids and I did—and testing the Hotbox, SlingFin’s answer to the challenge of creating a lightweight tent built for alpine climbing and other four-season adventures.

The HotBox represents SlingFin’s modern take on the classic wedge tent for alpine climbing—with some stylizing of a design that’s seen little change in recent years, designing it in ways that will appeal to other four-season backcountry travelers and backpackers who push the limits of many three-season tents.

Not surprisingly, from a brand that has been reimagining what backcountry shelters do and how they do it (see other SlingFin tent reviews at this blog), the freestanding, single-door, double-wall Hotbox is not your father’s backpacking or mountaineering/four-season tent. Three features most distinguish the Hotbox from similar tents:

  1. The WebTruss, a pair of detachable, crossing sleeves that the two poles slide into, adding little weight while substantially boosting the tent’s stability in strong wind.
  2. Gear storage on both sides of the tent, accessed from inside, rather than a vestibule outside the door.
  3. Its double-wall design, with an inner tent and a rainfly, common in three-season tents but rarely seen in lightweight, mountaineering/four-season tents designed for very small campsites high up mountains.

Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The SlingFin Hotbox side snow flap for gear storage.
The SlingFin Hotbox side snow flap for gear storage.

The HotBox’s WebTruss conveys the benefits of both the structural strength of pole sleeves plus the ease of pitching a tent with clips. The WebTruss creates a high strength-to-weight ratio by distributing wind force along the length of the tent’s two DAC NFL 9.3mm poles, to eliminate poles flexing at clip points in wind; adjustable black webbings at the four WebTruss pole openings can be tensioned for added strength (and must be loosened to pitch the tent). This design improves on traditional pole sleeves by eliminating the problem of sleeves being sewn on a diagonal to the fabric’s weave, which allows fabric to stretch and poles to flex more in wind—and potentially break.

The shortcoming of poles sleeves has always been sliding the poles through them—particularly complicated when wind keeps treating the tent like a kite. But because the WebTruss is detachable via side release buckles, you can insert the poles into it and tension the ends before attaching it to the tent, while it lacks much surface area for the wind to lift—meaning you won’t snap a pole that’s partway through a sleeve and flapping in wind. Yes, this is time-consuming, but so is pitching any tent in wind. And the last thing you need is a broken pole. The WebTruss also has O-rings on top that can be attached to toggles on the underside of the rainfly, creating an integrated setup that keeps the two attached while packed up for faster pitching in camp.

Characteristic of SlingFin tents, one set of pre-installed internal guylines and the capability of adding more also help boost structural strength.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The SlingFin Hotbox drawstring vent to access gear storage.
The SlingFin Hotbox drawstring vent to access gear storage.

The gear storage consists of protected space under full-length snow flaps on both sides of the tent, accessed via round, drawstring vents inside that open wide enough to pass a backpack through; they resemble smaller versions of vestibules on two-door tents, but with greater versatility. The flaps can be toggled up to the inside of the rainfly when not in use, pulled out and staked using the adjustable stake loop, folded under the tent, or toggled to the O-ring at the top of the tub floor sidewall (requiring no stakes) to provide a dry platform for gear.

These door-less storage areas never expose the boots, packs, and other gear inside them to the weather whenever you enter or exit the tent; and that gear isn’t an obstacle in your doorway. Those side vents can close up completely to keep insects outside in warm temps, but that’s not the use this tent is primarily made for. Most critically for climbers, this gear storage provides storage that’s generally missing from that category of shelters—and can be reeled in when a ledge or small tent site lacks space for them.

Plan your next great backpacking adventure in Yosemite and other flagship parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The SlingFin Hotbox drawstring ceiling vent.
The SlingFin Hotbox drawstring ceiling vent.

You might even cook in them—though space is limited, and with the caveat that, as when cooking in a standard vestibule in stormy weather, you must ensure there’s good ventilation to prevent the slow, undetectable killer of carbon monoxide buildup. That’s easier to do when there’s an exterior/rainfly door with a two-way zipper that can be opened slightly from the bottom. With the Hotbox, you might have to repeatedly clear fresh snowfall that could pile up around the tent’s perimeter and impede ground-level air flow.

The double-wall design unquestionably provides significantly better ventilation than single-wall tents, which chronically suffer from condensation buildup on the inside walls due to inadequate ventilation—especially in sub-freezing temperatures, the very conditions for which the Hotbox and similar tents are intended. Live in a single-wall shelter for multiple nights below freezing and it’s very hard—almost impossible—to prevent so much condensation freezing to your ceiling and walls that it begins snowing on you, your bag, and everything inside each time someone brushes a wall. With just one door on the Hotbox and other alpine wedge tents—eliminating the cross-ventilation you get in a two-door tent—the double-wall setup becomes even more critical.

Besides the benefit of double walls and the air movement enabled when the side vents accessing the gear storage are open, a drawstring ceiling vent at the foot end, which can be used with or without mesh depending on bugs, and a zippered solid panel over a mesh window (for buggy conditions) in the upper portion of the door create end-to-end air flow—thus, interior can get air flow from four directions, lending the Hotbox unusually good ventilation for a single-door tent. On three consecutive, calm nights in the single digits to teens Fahrenheit—conditions notorious for frosting a tent’s interior—negligible amounts of condensation accumulated on the Hotbox’s interior walls, not enough to start snowing on my bag or get anything inside the tent wet.

While I camped in forest rather than on a narrow ledge on a mountain ledge, it’s clear with the Hotbox pitched that it covers a relatively small footprint, with 26.8 square feet of floor space, the interior 82 inches long and a generous 52 inches wide at the head, tapering to 42 inches at the foot. While that’s snug living for two people, two standard air mattresses (20×72 inches) fit side by side with space to spare and the 41-inch peak height is good for a tent in this category and weight class. Plus, eight pockets provide abundant organization, helping to keep stuff off the limited floor and easier to find.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

 

The SlingFin Hotbox door vent.
The SlingFin Hotbox door vent.

Pitching the Hotbox isn’t very intuitive, but I found that one practice session in my back yard, using this helpful video from SlingFin, enabled me to erect it—by myself, atop deep snow in the backcountry—about as quickly as I pitch many freestanding tents. The Hotbox can be pitched in four different configurations.

  1. The standard setup of clipping the tent canopy directly to the poles, adequate in most conditions.
  2. A high-wind setup that entails running the poles through the WebTruss to boost stability and wind resistance and reduce the chance of breaking a pole while pitching the tent.
  3. An integrated setup that leaves the tent body attached to the rainfly when packing the tent away, for faster setup that also keeps the tent interior dry when pitching in inclement weather.
  4. Using the 12 DAC twist clips that come with the Hotbox instead of the WebTruss, for reducing tent weight a bit when using the Hotbox in mild weather—making it a legitimate all-season tent.

A major drawback of any alpine tent that lacks a vestibule protecting the door is that snow and rain can inevitably enter the tent when you come and go. That’s one price of a shelter that’s lightweight and fits on a very small site.

The breathable, 15-denier nylon ripstop fabric used in the tent walls blocks wind, spindrift, dust, and sand. The 20-denier, sil/sil nylon rainfly will not sag as much as sil/PU nylon, never hydrolyze, and is extremely resistant to mold and mildew while striking a balance between weight and durability. The rainfly’s 14 external guypoints—yes, 14—seem to prepare the Hotbox for a category 1 hurricane. I used fewer than half of those guypoints through the snowstorm and had no trouble with wind or snow affecting the tent. As it dumped outside, the weather was hardly noticeable in the dry interior.

Like many mountaineering/four-season tents, the Hotbox comes with DAC J-stakes (14 of them), which are strong but intended for pounding into earth, not into snow, for which they’re much too narrow; I used a few as deadmen for staking but that’s tricky and it’s easy to lose skinny little stakes in snow. For camping on snow, you’ll need true snow stakes or other things you can use as deadmen (like stuff sacks filled with snow or skis, provided you’re not basecamping and using your skis during the day).

The packed size of 6×19 inches compares with many three-season tents of similar weight but built for milder weather conditions.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

SlingFin Hotbox

Space-to-Weight Ratio
Sturdiness
Ease of Use
Ventilation
Features
Value

The Verdict

For climbers and other four-season adventurers looking for a lightweight, strong, and compact shelter versatile enough for all seasons, the SlingFin Hotbox offers a new take on a classic wedge tent, with good ventilation, gear storage, and multiple pitching configurations.

3.9

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to buy a SlingFin Hotbox at slingfin.com.

See all reviews of SlingFin shelters, “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents” and all reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside. See also “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “How to Choose the Best Ultralight Tent for You” (both of which require a paid subscription to The Big Outside to read in full).

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Use The Big Outside to plan your next adventure.
Join now and a get free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-slingfin-hotbox-four-season-tent/feed/ 0 57304
Review: Ibex Wool Aire Vest https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-ibex-wool-aire-vest/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-ibex-wool-aire-vest/#respond Fri, 03 Feb 2023 17:30:50 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=56835 Read on

]]>
Insulated Vest
Ibex Wool Aire Vest
$235, 7.5 oz./213g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
ibex.com

How useful—and valuable—is your insulation layer? Consider this: I wore the Ibex Wool Aire Vest as my only outer layer over the same two base layers (a lightweight, wicking long-sleeve and a warm fleece hoody) on days of vigorous Nordic skiing in radically different conditions in Idaho’s Boise Mountains: from sunny, calm, and mid-30s Fahrenheit to cloudy and below freezing with strong winds that made it feel much colder. And I did not overheat in the first circumstance or get cold in the second. I also stayed comfortable wearing it as my sole middle layer under a winter shell in temps from around freezing to the mid-teens, with a low overcast and frigid wind, on days of snowshoeing and backcountry skiing downhill, and as my outer layer when skinning uphill (without wind).

That degree of versatility speaks volumes about the value of any layer, especially insulation.

We know that when we’re active in cool to cold conditions—whether hiking, running, any form of skiing, or whatever your activity—the key to staying warm is maintaining core warmth. A good vest does that while also helping to prevent you from sweating too much—which in cool to cold temps leads to getting chilled through evaporative heat loss—by letting your arms release abundant excess body heat. But while vests may appear to be similarly simple, there are reasons the Ibex Wool Aire Vest performs better than many.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Ibex Wool Aire Vest
Ibex Wool Aire Vest

Its 80g Merino wool insulation delivers a significant boost in warmth for a garment that weighs under eight ounces (for the men’s medium)—which is measurably lighter than a comparable middle/outer layer insulated jacket. (The fill incorporates 20 percent polyester to hold the wool fill in place; otherwise, it would shift around inside the vest.) But it’s also better than many jackets at helping you avoid overheating. In some respects, this is a rare instance where less is more.

Just as importantly, the 20-denier shell fabric blocks wind well and sheds light precipitation—spilled water rolled right off the vest.

The fit is another key part of the performance equation that’s easy to overlook. Lacking sleeves, a loose-fitting vest becomes ineffective at trapping heat and very effective at allowing cold wind to suck heat off your body. The Wool Aire Vest’s comfortably athletic fit trapped heat in my core quite effectively—even as I skate-skied fast downhill in a cold wind with no jacket over the vest. The fit still has space for combining lightweight and warm base layers underneath without the system feeling bulky, bunching up anywhere, or inhibiting motion while moving at any pace. That also makes it easy to incorporate into a layering system that includes insulated and shell jackets as needed.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

Breathability in any vest is inherently good, although the Wool Aire shell’s wind resistance also means body heat and moisture don’t easily escape from inside to outside—but wind resistance is what you usually want in cool or cold temps, especially in a vest. I found that only the upper back of the vest got noticeably damp from sweat and, typical of wool, it doesn’t dry fast; but it also remains effective at trapping heat when damp.

The two zippered hand pockets each fit a warm winter glove with room to spare. The single zippered chest pocket is similarly spacious—almost too large, because it would be a good place for a smartphone except that a phone bounces around and tilts onto its side in that pocket, making it more of a nuisance than if the pocket was narrow enough for a phone to remain upright. I don’t see wanting to put as much stuff in a chest pocket as this one would fit.

While an insulated vest proves most useful in cool to cold temperatures—I almost never carry one, for example, on typical summer dayhikes and backpacking trips in mountains where temps may range from around 40° F to 80° F—it becomes highly versatile as an outer or middle layer on any outing where temps will range from the 50s F down to freezing and well below.

You want sleeves? Ibex also makes the men’s and women’s Wool Aire Hoodie ($285).

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

The Verdict

With its good fit, warmth for its low weight, and wind resistance, the Ibex Wool Aire Vest offers excellent versatility—even compared to other vests—as a middle or outer layer for a variety of moderate- to high-intensity activities in cool to very cold temperatures, including hiking, running, and any form of skiing.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the men’s or women’s Ibex Wool Aire Vest or Ibex Wool Aire Hoodie at ibex.com.

See all reviews of outdoor apparel that I like, including “The 10 Best Down Jackets,” “The Best Gloves for Winter,” “The Best Mittens for Winter,” The Best Clothing Layers for Winter in the Backcountry,” as well as my blog stories “How to Dress in Layers for Winter in the Backcountry,” and “12 Pro Tips for Staying Warm Outdoors in Winter.”

NOTE: I’ve been testing gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See all of my reviews by clicking on the Gear Reviews category at left or in the main menu.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-ibex-wool-aire-vest/feed/ 0 56835
Review: Hoka Anacapa Low GTX Hiking Shoes https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hoka-one-one-anacapa-lowgtx-hiking-shoes/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hoka-one-one-anacapa-lowgtx-hiking-shoes/#respond Tue, 24 Jan 2023 18:30:40 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=56775 Read on

]]>
Hoka Hiking Shoes
Hoka One One Anacapa Low GTX
$170, 1 lb. 10.5 oz. (US men’s 9)
Sizes: US men’s 7-15, women’s 5-11, all gender M3.5/W5-M14/W15.5
backcountry.com

Sometimes it’s the subtle details that make a hiking shoe stand out. From June and October days of hiking 10 or more miles with about 6,000 cumulative feet of elevation gain and loss each day in New Hampshire’s Presidential Range—including hiking up the hardest trail in the White Mountains, Huntington Ravine—with very rocky and sometimes muddy trail and wet snow; to an 18-mile, 7,300-foot, 13-hour, four-summit, partly off-trail dayhike in Utah’s Wasatch Range in early October; and hikes in my local foothills on trails consisting mostly of dry, packed dirt with occasional rocky sections, the Hoka One One Anacapa LowGTX proved to be one of the most comfortable and supportive hiking shoes I’ve come across in a while.

These shoes are so light and comfortable I’ve even worn them on trail run-hikes and for gym workouts.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Hoka One One Anacapa Low GTX hiking shoes.
Hoka One One Anacapa Low GTX hiking shoes.

Like other Hoka One One footwear, the neutral-stability, low-cut Anacapa Low GTX features Hoka’s signature oversized, lightweight, compression-molded EVA foam midsole and extended heel geometry, which delivers substantial, balanced cushioning for dayhikes of any distance as well as lightweight backpacking. Hoka’s mid-cut Anacapa Mid GTX ($185)sports the very same chassis, uppers, and materials, but with a higher cut that provides much better protection for ankles while remaining light and nimble on the trail.

The Anacapa models feature a host of design elements that contribute to their superior comfort and easy yet supportive striding on the trail: enhanced Achilles padding, a supportive heel cup, a 6mm heel-to-toe drop (from 28mm at the heel to 22mm at the forefoot) that’s neither minimalist nor excessive, substantial heel-to-toe rocker, and solid torsional rigidity. The Anacapa Low feel like a trail-running shoe when you slip them on and perform like a light, agile hiking shoe on the trail.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

 

Hoka One One Anacapa Low GTX hiking shoes.
Hoka One One Anacapa Low GTX hiking shoes.

I found that the lightweight and waterproof nubuck leather and mesh uppers, with recycled polymer in the collar, mesh, and laces, help the shoe conform to your foot, providing a comfortable, all-day fit. Overlays and a toe bumper protect the uppers—and your feet—from the usual scraping and bashing against rocks. The lacing creates a smooth and secure wrap around feet. The laces are very durable for hard use on rocky trails; but they’re also stiffer than some hiking shoelaces, causing them to loosen easily, a problem solved by simply double-knotting them.

The Gore-Tex membrane prevented water penetrating the shoes when I had to kick steps in wet snow up Mount Washington’s Huntington Ravine and walked through deep, sloppy mud on other trails in the Presidential Range. Plus, mesh in the uppers and the shoe’s low cut help ventilate heat and moisture from the shoes, keeping my feet from getting sweaty in temps in the high 70s F with high humidity.

The Vibram MegaGrip outsole with widely spaced, multi-directional, 5mm lugs and enhanced grip under the toes for smooth rock, deliver good traction on trails ranging from packed dirt and mud to rock and even scrambling up the steep slabs in Huntington Ravine—but I noticed the wide platform felt tippy at times when trying to get good purchase on the inside or outside edge of a shoe while hiking very rocky trails in the White Mountains. And their cushion, forefoot flex, and width were okay but not ideal for the sometimes steep, third- and fourth-class scrambling I did on the South Ridge of Mount Superior in the Wasatch. These shoes are better on trails of packed dirt or smaller rocks and scree than large rocks and boulders.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Hoka One One Anacapa Low GTX hiking shoes.
Hoka One One Anacapa Low GTX hiking shoes.

The Hoka Anacapa Low Verdict

With subtle but very effective design features that simply create an exceptional hiking shoe, the Hoka One One Anacapa Low GTX has great comfort, support, traction, and cushioning dayhiking and ultralight and lightweight backpacking.

BUY IT NOW 

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase any version of the Hoka One One Anacapa Low GTX or the Anacapa Mid GTX at backcountry.com.

See all my reviews of lightweight hiking shoes and backpacking boots, my “Expert Tips for Buying the Right Hiking Boots,” and “8 Pro Tips for Preventing Blisters When Hiking,” plus all reviews of hiking gear, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

You may also be interested in my picks for The Best Trekking Poles” and “The 10 Best Hiking Daypacks,” which includes my expert buying tips, and all reviews of hiking gear at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hoka-one-one-anacapa-lowgtx-hiking-shoes/feed/ 0 56775
Review: Outdoor Research Ferrosi Convertible Pants https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-ferrosi-convertible-pants/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-ferrosi-convertible-pants/#comments Wed, 11 Jan 2023 13:13:51 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=56501 Read on

]]>
Soft-Shell Hiking Pants
Outdoor Research Ferrosi Convertible Pants
$99, 11.5 oz. (men’s 30×30)
Sizes: men’s 28-42, women’s 0-18
backcountry.com

I lived in the Outdoor Research Ferrosi Convertible Pants on three multi-day hikes that put them through quite possibly the widest range of three-season weather most backcountry wanderers might ever see: trekking hut-to-hut for a week on Iceland’s Laugavegur and Fimmvörðuháls trails and several dayhikes around the country, where cold wind and periods of light rain accompanied us almost every day; on a nine-day, nearly 130-mile hike through the High Sierra in August, mostly on the John Muir Trail, in temps ranging from the 40s to high 60s Fahrenheit, strong wind at times, and one hour-long rainstorm; and on a five-day, 43-mile backpacking trip in the Wind River Range in the week before Labor Day, where we had dry, sunny days ranging from the 40s to the 60s F with moderate wind some days.

And over those two dozen or so days, these pants were the only bottom layer I needed about 98 percent of the time.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


I’ve also worn them on numerous other outings, including a four-day, roughly 60-mile backpacking trip in Utah’s High Uintas Wilderness, mostly on the Uinta Highline Trail, in the first week of October, with temps ranging from below freezing into the 50s Fahrenheit, warm sunshine at times as well as clouds, cold wind, and even some graupel and a few snowflakes falling on us; backpacking three days on southern Utah’s Owl and Fish canyons loop in early May, with temps from the low 40s to the 60s, warm sunshine, and strong wind at times; and an 18-mile, 7,300-foot, 13-hour, four-summit, partly off-trail dayhike with my 23-year-old son in Utah’s Wasatch Range in early October, with warm alpine sun, cool wind at times, and temps from the 40s to the 60s Fahrenheit.

Why choose these convertible soft-shell pants instead of some combination of hiking shorts and pants? For a very compact and lightweight system that delivers hard-to-beat versatility in a huge range of weather conditions.

The key component here is OR’s tough yet comfortable Ferrosi fabric, which shakes off light precipitation, blocks some wind, and dries quickly from body heat. Most importantly, these pants breathe supremely well, so I remained at a good body temp wearing these pants and a rain jacket while hiking for hours in intermittently windy, wet weather and moderate temperatures in Iceland, when waterproof-breathable rain pants (which aren’t nearly as breathable as soft-shell fabric) would have caused me to overheat. I only pulled rain pants over them in colder temps and wind or steady rain.

I also wore them (and a rain jacket) through more than an hour of windblown, steady rain in an August thunderstorm in the High Sierra without getting chilled; and they dried out fast after the rain stopped. Similarly, on a dayhike of the 13-mile, 3,500-foot Burgess Pass Loop in Yoho National Park in the Canadian Rockies, on an overcast, cool day in the 50s with some rain showers, the pants got soaked from wet brush overhanging the Burgess Pass Trail, then dried out from my body heat within about 20 minutes once we got above treeline.

That breathability also kept me comfortable from cool mornings to warm afternoons in the Wind River Range and throughout a nearly 10-mile, 4,700-foot dayhike up Mount Adams in New Hampshire’s northern Presidential Range on a sunny October day that started out with temps in the mid-30s and finished with the thermometer around 60 F, with cool wind at times. And only the waistband got a little damp with sweat all day.

Plus, the pants are light and cool enough to wear in moderate temps on dry days and you can zip the legs off reasonably quickly when things heat up. They lack side/ankle zippers to enable pulling them over shoes or boots; but those add weight, bulk, and zippers that could fail (especially in a high-abuse area like lower legs). Personally, I’d rather just remove shoes to pull pant legs on and off.

The fabric also has a UPF 50+ rating for sun protection and is made from 46 percent recycled material.

The legs zip off to create shorts with a nine-inch inseam—good coverage even in a light, warm mist while still creating plenty of ventilation and cooling. Like any soft-shell fabric, the Ferrosi eventually soaks through in steady rain; bring waterproof-breathable rain pants if you expect sustained rain and cool temps (as I did in Iceland).

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

At just over 11 ounces, they’re about as light as you’ll find in weather-resistant, convertible pants with the durability for hiking, and they squish down to slightly smaller than a liter bottle. Then again, you’ll never actually stick the pants into your pack—only the legs, which compress to about a half-liter in volume, tiny enough that I’d stuff them into an exterior pack pocket.

The fit is trim but neither tight, which isn’t pleasant for hiking, nor baggy, which can result in the lower pant legs picking up excessive moisture from rain or slapping against wet vegetation. The trim pant legs facilitate faster drying and the adjustable cuffs cover boot tops but also fit neatly under low gaiters. Whenever the sun came out and warmed things up in Iceland or the White Mountains—knowing the warmth might not last long—I easily rolled the pant legs up to my knees and walked rather than take the legs off and on repeatedly.

The basic feature set is all you need in hiking pants: two spacious hand pockets that lack zippers but are deep enough that nothing slips out; one zippered thigh pocket big enough for a smartphone or a pair of lightweight gloves; two back pockets, one of them with a zip; an inserted, metal shank button closure, more durable than a sewn button; and a soft, brushed tricot-lined waistband with belt loops—and an internal drawstring, so your pants won’t slip south, but also remain comfortable under a pack hipbelt.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Testing the Outdoor Research Ferrosi Convertible Pants on Iceland’s Laugavegur and Fimmvörðuháls trails.
Testing the Outdoor Research Ferrosi Convertible Pants on Iceland’s Laugavegur and Fimmvörðuháls trails.

The Verdict

For a wide range of weather conditions, from hot sun to occasional rain and cool temps, you’ll find very few pants (and shorts) with more versatility for dayhiking, backpacking, climbing, and other three-season adventures than the Outdoor Research Ferrosi Convertible Pants—especially at this price.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the men’s or women’s Outdoor Research Ferrosi Convertible Pants at backcountry.com, moosejaw.com, or outdoorresearch.com.

See all reviews of outdoor apparel, my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year, and all stories with expert backpacking tips at The Big Outside.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-ferrosi-convertible-pants/feed/ 2 56501
Review: Mammut Kento Light HS Hooded Jacket https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mammut-kento-light-hs-hooded-jacket/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mammut-kento-light-hs-hooded-jacket/#respond Wed, 04 Jan 2023 16:33:15 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=56415 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Rain Jacket
Mammut Kento Light HS Hooded Jacket
$219, 5.5 oz./156g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s S-XL
backcountry.com

When the sky darkened with foreboding, black and gray clouds that suddenly obliterated the sharply angled peaks flanking the John Muir Trail in the Evolution Basin of Kings Canyon National Park, I pulled on the ultralight Mammut Kento Light HS Hooded Jacket thinking: This thunderstorm will put it to a real test. Minutes later, the wind-whipped rain began hammering us. For an hour or more, my two companions and I continued uphill until deciding to quickly pitch our tents and hunker down until it passed. When it did, we packed up and continued over Muir Pass in cool wind before finding a campsite. Through it all, this remarkably light and packable rain shell kept me dry and comfortable.

Read more: Review: Mammut Kento Light HS Hooded Jacket

I wore the Kento Light HS Hooded Jacket at times on that nine-day hike of nearly 130 miles through the High Sierra in August, much of it on the John Muir Trail, in temps ranging from the 40s to high 60s Fahrenheit, strong wind at times, and that one intense rainstorm. I also wore it on a nearly 10-mile, 4,700-foot dayhike up 5,774-foot Mount Adams in New Hampshire’s northern Presidential Range on a sunny October day with temps ranging from the mid-30s to around 60° F with a cool breeze at times; and on a multi-hour, 29-mile mountain bike ride on Utah’s Wasatch Crest Trail, with 1,500 feet of uphill and more than 4,000 feet of downhill, on a sunny day with temps ranging from the low 40s to the high 50s.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Mammut Kento Light HS Hooded Jacket.
Testing the Mammut Kento Light HS Hooded Jacket on the John Muir Trail.

Mammut’s proprietary DRYtechnology Performance waterproof-breathable fabric kept me dry and blocked wind when I needed that much protection, including over an hour in a pounding thunderstorm. Although I wouldn’t recommend it as a rain shell wherever you might encounter hours of steady or hard rain and wind—it’s not intended to provide the coverage and full protection that a heavier, technical, waterproof-breathable rain jacket offers—it’ll do fine in light precipitation or short spells of hard rain.

Mammut Kento Light HS Hooded Jacket.
The Mammut Kento Light HS Hooded Jacket.

And while the shell’s breathability also does not match that of high-quality waterproof-breathable rain shells or the best non-waterproof, ultralight wind shells, I did not overheat while wearing it in mild temps dayhiking Mount Adams or in the Sierra.

In other words, it delivers exactly what we want from an ultralight rain shell: just enough weather protection for many of our outings. For some users, including dayhikers, climbers, trail runners, and backpackers who typically head out in good weather, the Kento may be all they need most of the time.

At just over five ounces and packing down to the size of an orange in its stuff sack (included), the Kento Light HS Hooded Jacket is a welterweight among ultralight shells but one of the very lightest waterproof-breathable jackets you’ll find. Its 15-denier fabric also offers better durability than some (mostly lighter) ultralight wind shells, which are often targeted at trail runners who wear nothing heavier than a running vest.

Lastly, in a category of jackets with very minimalist designs, it sports an adjustable hood with a flexible, reinforced visor that offers decent face protection, especially with the front zipper that covers your chin; elasticized cuffs and a hem that extends about six inches below the waist; and a concealed, zippered chest pocket. The comfortable, close fit permits full freedom of movement, with space to wear two base layers or light insulation underneath.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

Mammut Kento Light HS Hooded Jacket

Weather Protection
Breathability
Packability
Durability
Weight-to-Performance

The Verdict

Barely heavier than a pair of three-season gloves and squishing down to the size of an orange, the Mammut Kento Light HS Hooded Jacket may be the only waterproof-breathable rain jacket that many dayhikers, climbers, trail runners, and fair-weather backpackers need.

4.3

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a men’s or a women’s Mammut Kento Light HS Hooded Jacket at backcountry.com.

See my picks for “The Best Ultralight Hiking and Running Jackets” and “The 7 Best Rain Jackets for Hiking and Backpacking,” and all reviews of ultralight wind shells, ultralight rain jackets, trail-running gear, hiking apparel, and outdoor apparel at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

 

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mammut-kento-light-hs-hooded-jacket/feed/ 0 56415
Review: Gregory Baltoro 65 and Deva 60 Backpacks https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-gregory-baltoro-65-and-deva-60-backpacks/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-gregory-baltoro-65-and-deva-60-backpacks/#respond Thu, 10 Nov 2022 14:25:25 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=55444 Read on

]]>
Backpack
Gregory Baltoro 65 and Deva 60
$350, 65L/3,966 c.i., 4 lbs. 14 oz./2.2kg (men’s medium Baltoro)
Sizes: three adjustable men’s and women’s sizes
Baltoro 65: gregory.com
Deva 60: gregory.com

If you tend to fill up a backpack with lots of stuff (read: beaucoup weight) on your backpacking trips, trying to do that with a pack that’s inadequate to the task will strike you as a fool’s errand before you get far up the trail. In reality, very few packs handle heavy loads well. From the Teton Crest Trail to the Sawtooths, the men’s Gregory Baltoro 65 once again demonstrated that it belongs in that elite stable of backpacking packs.

I asked two experienced backpackers I know to test out the men’s large Baltoro 65 (the women’s model is the Deva 60) on separate trips of three days and 27 miles in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains and two days of 10 and 12 miles on the Teton Crest Trail (the latter trip cut in half by torrential rain). Both guys are around five feet 10 inches and 200 pounds.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Gregory Baltoro 65 harness and back panel.
Gregory Baltoro 65 harness and back panel.

Made with recycled fabrics—with a carbon footprint reduced by 31 percent, 25 percent less energy use, 23 percent less water pollution, and one-third less plastic than the previous generation of these packs, and a PFC-free DWR (durable, water-resistant treatment) on the pack fabric—the 2022 editions of the Baltoro 65 and Deva 60 also cost just 20 bucks more than when I reviewed these packs four years ago.

Classic fully featured, top-loaders built for hauling heavy loads into the backcountry, the Baltoro and Deva series packs have an internal alloy perimeter wire frame with a fiberglass cross stay plus an HDPE (high-density polyethylene) framesheet that give the packs abundant support and rigidity with just a bit of flex and direct most of the pack weight onto the hips as effectively as the two or three best big packs on the market.

Those critical components explain how the Deva and Baltoro carry loads of 50 pounds/22.7kg comfortably, which is Gregory’s rating for the Baltoro 65 and Deva 60, what my testers estimated, and consistent with my personal experience with a few generations of the Baltoro. Strong backpackers could handle more weight in them. Gregory rates the larger Baltoro and Deva packs for 55 to 75 pounds/25 to 34kg.

Testers reported that Gregory’s new, foamless FreeFloat suspension system with 3D mesh delivered excellent air flow across their backs. The suspension creates a wide air channel even as the AirCushion back panel wraps the torso closely, distributing the pack’s weight more evenly and eliminating pressure points.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Gregory Baltoro 65 backpack.
Gregory Baltoro 65 backpack.

The suspension-harness features a well-padded, pre-curved, dynamic hipbelt with flex panels that allow the belt to rotate side to side as you walk, and dual-density shoulder straps that auto-rotate individually at the top of each. One tester with very wide shoulders found those straps dug into his shoulders; the other tester said hipbelt rubbed his hips raw—both of which could be explained by fitting the pack poorly (read my tips on fitting a pack—just as important as with boots).

That dynamic nature to the suspension eliminates much of the side-to-side rocking a pack can do as you hike—and the cumulative body fatigue that can result. Hipbelt and shoulder straps are made with cushioned mesh that ventilates well, too. Plus, the hipbelt wings are extendable to fit larger waists and hips.

Testers also loved Gregory’s signature, supportive lumbar pad, which has a non-slip surface to prevent lower-back blisters—another feature that becomes more important in a pack built for big loads. All harness components are treated with odor-controlling polygiene to inhibit bacterial growth.

The men’s Baltoro and women’s Deva both come in three sizes, now with an expanded adjustability range of about three inches and overlap between the sizes, enabling more flexibility in fit: Even the small (fits torsos 16 to 19 inches/40.6 to 48.3cm) and large Baltoro (fits torsos 18 to 21 inches/45.7 to 53.3cm) share a one-inch overlap in fit while the women’s Deva has two inches of overlap between the XS (14 to 17 inches/35.6 to 43.2cm) and medium (16 to 19 inches/40.6 to 48.3cm).

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Gregory Baltoro 65 hipbelt.
Gregory Baltoro 65 hipbelt.

All three men’s and women’s sizes also sport 22 inches (about 56cm) of fit range in all three adjustable hipbelt sizes—which spotlights one complaint I’ve long had about these packs: The belts are much too long for many users. I don’t pretend to know what consumer sizing demand Gregory sees but it’s hard to imagine many purchasers of the men’s small Baltoro 65 requiring a belt that accommodates a 48-inch/122cm waist.

The voluminous main compartment, with a wide mouth, has abundant capacity for long, gear-intensive trips and carrying extra food and gear for companions (like young kids); it easily fits a bear canister laid in horizontally (often not possible with smaller packs). Access is matched by very few backpacking packs, beginning with the huge, U-shaped front zipper into the entire main compartment and zipper access to the sleeping bag compartment, which has a removable divider.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

Gregory Baltoro 65 with U-shaped front panel open.
Gregory Baltoro 65 with U-shaped front panel open.

Gregory kept many useful features that have long populated the Deva and Baltoro series. That includes the supreme organization created by nine external pockets:

  • A large, stretch-mesh front pocket that can swallow a wet rainfly and maybe a jacket on top of that.
  • Dual front zippered pockets with a floating divider separating them, meaning that you can overfill one because it borrows volume from the other.
  • One side stretch-mesh pocket large enough for a liter bottle, gloves, snacks, etc.
  • On the other side, a retractable bottle holder canted at an angle to easily grab or replace a bottle in it while wearing the pack.
  • Two pockets atop the floating, removable lid (and a large, zippered pocket on its underside).
  • Two oversized hipbelt pockets bigger than any I’ve seen on a backpack, holding multiple bars in addition to a smartphone. (I stuffed a pair of warm ski gloves with long gauntlets inside one of the pockets.) They are, arguably, bigger than needed. Testers said filling them up sometimes meant their hands constantly brushing against the pockets—although that was not a problem when they used trekking poles.

Other nice details on the Baltoro and Deva include:

  • Molded zipper pulls that are easy to grab with warm gloves on.
  • Top, side, and bottom compression, the side straps long enough to wrap around the pack’s front to attach large gear or maximize load compression, the bottom long enough to attach a foam pad.
  • Sunglasses stow on the left shoulder strap.
  • An accessory attachment for keeping items like Gregory’s bear spray holster (sold separately) within easy reach.
  • The internal hydration sleeve features Gregory’s SpeedClip hanger for easily and securely clipping the brand’s 3D Hydro Trek reservoir (not included, but see it in my review of top backpacking accessories); it will hold other bladders, too.
  • Adjustable straps and shock cords for ice axes and trekking poles.
  • A safety whistle in the sternum strap.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

 

Durability alone validates the price (and weight), with a combination of 210-denier and 420-denier, high-density nylon in the pack body, 40 to 45 percent of it recycled, and a dual-layer bottom panel of 630-denier, high-density nylon.

While it’s more than twice the weight of top ultralight packs, of course, the Baltoro, at four pounds, 14 ounces/2.2kg (for the medium Baltoro), and Deva weigh virtually the same as the Mystery Ranch Sphinx 60 and Osprey men’s Aether 65 and women’s Ariel 65 and just three ounces more than the men’s Osprey Atmos AG 65 and women’s Aura AG 65—packs that perhaps most closely compete with the Baltoro 65 and Deva 60 for comfort, fit, and features.

Other packs in these lines include the Gregory Baltoro 75 and Deva 70 ($380), Baltoro 85 Pro and Deva 80 Pro ($420), and Baltoro 100 Pro ($440).

Gregory Baltoro 65 and Deva 60

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Durability

The Verdict

For backpackers planning to carry loads of 40 to 50 pounds or more and like the access and organization provided by a huge zipper opening up the main compartment and numerous external pockets, the Gregory Baltoro 65 and Deva 60 rank among the two or three very best packs for that job.

4.8

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to buy a Gregory Baltoro 65 at gregory.com or rei.com; a Gregory Deva 60 at gregory.com or rei.com; or larger versions of the Baltoro at gregory.com or rei.com or the Deva at gregory.com or rei.com.

See “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The Best Ultralight Backpacks,” 5 Expert Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” and all reviews of backpacks, backpacking gear, ultralight backpacks, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

See all stories with expert backpacking tips at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-gregory-baltoro-65-and-deva-60-backpacks/feed/ 0 55444
Review: Mountainsmith Zerk 40 Ultralight Backpack https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountainsmith-zerk-40-ultralight-backpack/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountainsmith-zerk-40-ultralight-backpack/#respond Fri, 04 Nov 2022 16:29:53 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=55375 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpack
Mountainsmith Zerk 40
$225, 40 liters/2,440 c.i., 1 lb. 13 oz./822g (including removable accessories)
One unisex size, fits torsos 16-19 inches
backcountry.com

Within the rather exclusive category of ultralight backpacks weighing two pounds or less, one sees similarities, most commonly and conspicuously a frameless, roll-top design with large external pockets. The Mountainsmith Zerk 40 takes that template and juices it with some smart details and add-ons, tougher materials, and a touch of modularity while keeping it significantly under two pounds. That suited my needs quite well trekking hut to hut for six days on Iceland’s Laugavegur and Fimmvörðuháls trails—and I think much about the Zerk will also appeal to many ultralighters and thru-hikers.  

On our six-day hike on the 33-mile/54k Laugavegur and 15.5-mile/25k Fimmvörðuháls, I carried a maximum weight of around 35 pounds/15.9k, which included all of my own food (you cook your own meals in the huts), water, sleeping bag, and extra clothing, my DSLR camera and two lenses, as well as incidentals like toiletries and an iPad. It also functioned well fully compressed as a daypack on two half-day hikes of the peaks Blahnukur and Brennisteinsalda in Iceland’s Fjallabak Nature Preserve.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Mountainsmith Zerk 40 ultralight backpack.
The Mountainsmith Zerk 40 ultralight backpack.

A simple, frameless, ultralight pack, it resembles others in this category with its roll-top access to the main compartment—with a top and two side compression straps that securely compress the top of the pack, augmented by Z-compression side straps to further squeeze the pack when unfilled, helping to keep it quite stable while hiking even steep trails.

Like similar ultralight packs, it has large external pockets: nine on the Zerk—more than some other packs, though the Zerk’s include four pairs of overlapping pockets that naturally affect one another’s total capacity. The front stretch mesh pocket has substantial space: I stuffed my sandals for the huts and river crossings as well as, at times, my rain jacket and pants, warm gloves, and other small items into it without reaching its capacity. The angled side pockets—an inner and outer pocket on each side, easily reached while wearing the pack—hold a liter bottle with space to spare. I kept a liter bottle on one side, while using the other side pair of pockets to organize light gloves, low gaiters, and a beanie.

The Zerk’s distinctive, EVA foam, wide shoulder straps improve comfort by dispersing weight better than narrower straps. Taking a page from trail running-hydration vests, each has a two-compartment pocket with adequate space for a phone, flexible water bottles, and energy snacks and similarly small items. I also found those pockets useful for holding a second camera lens, to have quick access to it. (I used one of those pockets for that, with snacks in the others.)

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-books.

The Mountainsmith Zerk 40 ultralight backpack.
The Mountainsmith Zerk 40.

The pack comes with some useful features: a bungee cord that you easily install in your preferred configuration through five or all seven front gear loops, with enough stretch that, if you actually fill the front pocket, you can still tuck a jacket under the bungee; and a removable accessory webbing strap that can be run through four small gear loops for attaching a large piece of gear atop the pack, like a tent or bear canister—the latter required in some parks, including Yosemite, Grand Teton and the Teton Crest Trail, and on the John Muir Trail and PCT throughout the High Sierra.

As with any ultralight pack, the Zerk’s frameless design, removable foam back pad, 1.5-inch-wide, removable webbing belt, and lack of external load-control straps that you’d see on a heavier pack prioritizes minimizing weight over support and comfort with heavier loads. As expected, I found the Zerk comfortable carrying up to around 30 pounds (as Mountainsmith states as its max weight). When I had around 35 pounds inside, I felt the weight more heavily on my shoulders.

Still, when properly loaded and kept within its intended max weight, the Zerk 40 was comfortable hiking for hours. And the one unisex size, which fits torsos from 16 to 19 inches/40.6 to 48.3cm, suited my 18-inch torso just fine, as did the belt, with a huge fit range for waists 28 to 48 inches/71 to 122cm. That said, it’s not likely a good fit for a much bigger person (I’m 150+ pounds with a 38-inch chest and 30-inch waist) or someone with a small torso and/or narrow shoulders. The adjustable sternum strap features a safety whistle.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

The Mountainsmith Zerk 40 ultralight backpack.
The Mountainsmith Zerk 40.

The main compartment has a wide mouth and interior that makes loading and unloading an easy chore—although, as with any roll-top pack that lacks a lid, accessing the main compartment is somewhat tedious, demanding that and you keep items you’ll need to access quickly and routinely while hiking in exterior pockets. Consistent with its minimalist design, the Zerk lacks a bladder sleeve, with only a click for hanging a bladder.

The Mountainsmith Zerk 40 ultralight backpack.
The Mountainsmith Zerk 40.

At 40 liters/2,440 cubic inches with the collar fully extended—and 32 liters/1,952 cubic inches with the roll-top fully compressed, more the size of a large daypack—the main compartment is not as spacious as some packs weighing two pounds or less. On our six-day hut trek in Iceland, I filled it despite not carrying a tent, air mattress, or kitchen gear. This is an ultralight pack for a very efficient packer outfitted with ultralight, compact gear, not someone who brings many comfort items.

Still, it has the capacity for ultralight backpacking and thru-hiking up to about five days between resupplies, and the roll-top offers good extension for overfilling the Zerk—although that can compromise comfort by making it top-heavy, especially with a tent or bear canister on top, but largely only if your load exceeds about 30 pounds. Plus, it makes for an ideal hut pack or large daypack.

While not waterproof, the 210-denier Extreema recycled nylon pack fabric proved very tough while helping keep the pack’s overall weight very low, and it demonstrated good water resistance in the many rain showers we hiked through in Iceland: I packed everything in stuff sacks that are largely waterproof in rain (but not made for full immersion) and did not use a rain cover and the interior never got wet. Any roll-top closure naturally provides a high degree of water resistance in rain when hiking, anyway.

The 100-denier x Span 840-denier stretch mesh used on six of the Zerk’s exterior pockets—two on the side, four on the shoulder straps—shows impressive durability, appearing unfazed by dropping the pack against abrasive volcanic rocks on the Laugavegur and Fimmvörðuháls trails.

Lastly but most importantly: With all of this, the Zerk 40 falls on the lighter end of the weight continuum of ultralight backpacks at one pound, 13 ounces (822g) with the belt, front bungee, and accessory strap attached and two ounces lighter without them. (I weighed it at 1 lb. 12 oz./794g with the belt and bungee, not the accessory strap.)

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Mountainsmith Zerk 40

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Value

The Verdict

While it has less capacity than other ultralight packs of similar design and weight, the minimalist, featherweight Mountainsmith Zerk 40 stands out for its simple yet innovative, modular, roll-top design and abundant external pocket space, which will appeal to committed ultralighters backpacking with up to about 30 pounds.

3.7

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Mountainsmith Zerk 40 backpack at backcountry.com or rei.com.

See my picks for “The Best Ultralight Backpacks” and “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs,” “5 Expert Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” and all reviews of backpacks, backpacking gear, ultralight backpacks, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

See all stories with expert backpacking tips at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountainsmith-zerk-40-ultralight-backpack/feed/ 0 55375
Review: Scarpa Rush Mid GTX Boots https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-scarpa-rush-mid-gtx-boots/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-scarpa-rush-mid-gtx-boots/#respond Tue, 01 Nov 2022 16:22:19 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=55308 Read on

]]>
Hiking and Backpacking Boots
Scarpa Rush Mid GTX
$199, 2 lbs./907g (pair Euro men’s 42/US 9)
Sizes: men’s Euro 40-48/US 7.5-14, women’s Euro 36-42/US 4-9
backcountry.com

Having backpacked numerous times through the Wind River Range on summer’s tail—and more than once been greeted with buckets of cold rain and wind for days or finding out that over a foot of snow fell the day after we got out—for my latest trip, I wanted to stick my feet in boots that can handle any unpleasant surprises. Still, I also didn’t want to feel like I was lifting a cement block with each step or like my feet spent each day in a hot yoga studio. Our five-day hike showed me the Scarpa Rush Mid GTX were a smart choice for what we encountered as well as what we might have encountered—and an all-around superior hiking boot.

I wore these boots starting with about 35 pounds in my pack on a pair of late-summer backpacking trips: five days and 43 miles in the Wind River Range and nearly 70 miles over seven days in Glacier National Park, and found them quite comfortable hiking trails for several hours a day—comfy enough even to wear around camp (leaving the laces very loose and the tongue lifted to cool my feet, something I commonly do).


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Scarpa Rush Mid GTX boots.
Scarpa Rush Mid GTX boots.

The medium-volume, sock-fit construction—with breathable, stretch fabric in the tongue instead of traditional, bulky gussets—embraced my feet closely and comfortably, preventing any slipping or rubbing, with good space in the toe box and a heel cup that anchored and cradled my heels very stably. And the dual-density EVA midsole with a TPU heel—both somewhat common in lightweight hiking shoes and boots—plus quite substantial torsional rigidity, especially for a boot so light, provided plenty of cushion and support for hiking for hours with over 35 pounds on my back.

I stood in shallow creeks to test the boot’s waterproofness and the Gore-Tex Extended Comfort membrane allowed no water inside while proving reasonably breathable, at least for keeping my feet from getting sweaty even under an alpine sun that often felt hotter than the ambient air temperature in the 60s and as high as 70° F one afternoon. In fact, I walked across a shallow and slow section of the New Fork River in my boots, on my toes to keep the water from over-topping them, and my socks stayed dry, even as it took at least 10 strides to reach the other bank, my boots dunking to midfoot with each step.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

Scarpa Rush Mid GTX boots.
Scarpa Rush Mid GTX boots.

The synthetic uppers combine breathable mesh fabric with protective PU overlays and sidewalls and a reinforced toe, helping to prevent feet overheating while armoring the boot against rocky, rugged trail or hiking off-trail.

The Rush Mid GTX features the same Presa Freedome IDS outsole found in Scarpa’s Rush trail-running shoe, with widely spaced, moderately but not overly deep, multi-directional lugs delivering grip and traction that never slipped while I hiked trails ranging from packed dirt and mud to loose, sliding scree and large talus boulders, and the pronounced rocker facilitates a quick stride on the trail.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Scarpa Rush Mid GTX boots.
Scarpa Rush Mid GTX boots.

Besides minor abrasion to the soft midsole at the forward outer edge of each boot—outside your little toes, where hiking footwear often suffers the most wear and tear—the Rush Mid GTX seems very durable for most circumstances that most backpackers and dayhikers encounter.

Other models in Scarpa’s Rush series include the non-waterproof, low-cut Rush ($159), the low-cut Rush GTX ($189), the low-cut, suede Rush Trail GTX ($219), and the mid-cut, suede Rush TRK GTX ($239), all in men’s and women’s versions. The Verdict Remarkably comfortable, supportive, reliably waterproof, adequately breathable for all but the hottest hikes, and impressively light, the Scarpa Rush Mid GTX are all the boot many backpackers and dayhikers would need.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Verdict

Remarkably comfortable, supportive, reliably waterproof, adequately breathable for all but the hottest days, and impressively light, the Scarpa Rush Mid GTX are all the boot many backpackers and dayhikers would need.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the men’s or women’s Scarpa Rush Mid GTX boots at backcountry.com, or any other model in the Rush series at backcountry.com.

See all reviews of lightweight hiking shoes and backpacking boots, my “Expert Tips for Buying the Right Hiking Boots,” and “8 Pro Tips for Preventing Blisters When Hiking,” plus all reviews of hiking gear, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

See all stories with expert backpacking tips at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-scarpa-rush-mid-gtx-boots/feed/ 0 55308
Review: BioLite Headlamp 325 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-biolite-headlamp-325/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-biolite-headlamp-325/#respond Wed, 26 Oct 2022 13:48:28 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=55171 Read on

]]>
Rechargeable Ultralight Headlamp
BioLite Headlamp 325
$50, 1.8 oz./51g
backcountry.com

Look for an ultralight headlamp built for backcountry use that’s under two ounces and $40 or less and you’ll find very few choices—with the BioLite Headlamp 325 arguably the best among them. Then consider that it sports a basic but functional set of lighting modes, cranks out enough brightness and lasts long enough on a full charge for backpackers, dayhikers, trail runners, and other backcountry users, and this slim light will look pretty good to many people who log significant hours on the trail.

I used the Headlamp 325 on nights in camp on a five-day, late-summer backpacking trip in the Wind River Range and on back-to-back backpacking trips in the first week of April on a section of the Arizona Trail along the Gila River and in Arizona’s Aravaipa Canyon. With a 700 mAh Li-ion battery that recharges via micro USB (charging cord included), the Headlamp 325’s max brightness of 325 lumens—a more than 50 percent increase over its respectably bright predecessor, the Headlamp 200—throws a solid white beam for about 250 feet/75 meters, certainly bright enough for hiking a trail in deep darkness or even route-finding off-trail.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Biolite Headlamp 325.
The Biolite Headlamp 325.

A full charge lasts three hours at max brightness and 40 hours at low power (five lumens, adequate for camp tasks), according to BioLite. That’s good enough for the typical backpacking trip: I finished that five-day hike in the Winds with charge remaining in the 325. The reserve power mode buys you one more hour. The flood LED doubles as the charge indicator: After turning the 325 off, the flood light will flash green twice to indicate more than 50 percent of the charge remaining, red twice for under 50 percent, and red four times to indicate it requires recharging. When plugged in, the flood light slowly blinks green while charging and goes off when fully charged.

Operating the Headlamp 325 is simple and intuitive using just one power button. Click it in half-second increments to scroll through the four lighting modes, which include all that most backpackers and dayhikers need: white spot and red flood LEDs, both with dimming capability, plus white and red strobe. Its built-in “brightness memory” means the headlamps turns on in the mode and brightness level you last turned it off.

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-guides.

 

The Biolite Headlamp 325 head strap.
The Biolite Headlamp 325 head strap.

The dimming function—common in ultralight headlamps unless they have three or four brightness levels—is useful for tasks in camp and in the tent while helping to extend the battery’s charge when using it at lower levels. The intuitive lockout mode turns on and off by holding the power button depressed for eight seconds.

The four-position housing tilt covers an adequately wide range of angles for directing the light. With all of the electronics contained inside the tiny, nearly weightless front housing, which is, in turn, integrated into the slender, easily adjustable, no-bounce head strap—which is wider from the housing to the temples for better comfort—the Headlamp 325 goes almost unnoticed on your head.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The Biolite Headlamp 325 head strap and reflective strip.
The Biolite Headlamp 325 head strap and reflective strip.

The moisture-wicking stretch fabric, with a reflective strip on the back for night use, makes a very smooth contact all around your head, even at the housing, and doesn’t slip at all—making it certainly among the most comfortable ultralight headlamps to wear for any length of time. Plus, lacking a battery behind your head, it’s easier to wearing while it lying on your back.

The IPX4 waterproof rating means it withstands splashing water from any direction—it’s likely safe in rain but don’t let this headlamp fall into water.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Verdict

The BioLite Headlamp 325 combines incredibly low weight and comfort with an adequate range of modes at a bargain-basement price for a rechargeable, ultralight headlamp.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a BioLite Headlamp 325 at backcountry.com.

See my picks for “The Best Headlamps,” and all reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-biolite-headlamp-325/feed/ 0 55171
Review: SlingFin 2Lite Ultralight Backpacking Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-slingfin-2lite-ultralight-backpacking-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-slingfin-2lite-ultralight-backpacking-tent/#respond Wed, 19 Oct 2022 11:53:11 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=54988 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpacking Tent
SlingFin 2Lite
$505 (includes seam sealing; $30 less to order without seam sealing and do that yourself)
2 lbs. 10 oz. for the 2Lite, 2 lbs. 6 oz./1191g for the 2Lite Trek
SlingFin.com

Backpackers seeking an ultralight, two-person tent with decent space and solid performance in a range of backcountry circumstances actually have several good choices these days—including six of my 10 picks for the best backpacking tents. And yet, there are many reasons they should consider the 2Lite from SlingFin, as I concluded by the first night of a long hike through the High Sierra in August, when strong gusts pounded our camp at nearly 10,000 feet all night.

A partner and I slept in the 2Lite for eight nights on a hike of nearly 130 miles through the Ansel Adams and John Muir Wildernesses and Kings Canyon National Park, mostly on the John Muir Trail with some on- and off-trail variations—where this tent stood up well in strong winds.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


SlingFin 2Lite ultralight backpacking tent.
The SlingFin 2Lite ultralight backpacking tent interior.

SlingFin previously sold the 2Lite and the 2Lite Trek (which I reviewed) as separate models, with the Trek version designed for pitching with trekking poles instead of the head pole included with the 2Lite. Now SlingFin offers the optional 2Lite Trek Conversion Kit ($45) for pitching the 2Lite with trekking poles, shaving four ounces from the total weight while likely creating a structurally stronger tent. I don’t see any reason to carry superfluous pole weight—and the only downside to getting the conversion kit is added cost. (Note: I tested a pre-production sample of the 2Lite provided to me by Slingfin in August because they did not yet have a production tent available.)

The two-person, two-door, double-wall, non-freestanding 2Lite pitches quickly and intuitively in just a few minutes, although I’d recommend that anyone not familiar with this two-pole design practice setting it up in their yard the first time. Two DAC Featherlite poles (8.5mm and 9mm), a longer one for the head end and a shorter one for the foot end, with reinforcements at critical bends, arc over the head and foot ends. The all-mesh interior canopy attaches with several clips—and as with any double-wall tent with two doors and an all-mesh interior canopy, ventilation is excellent.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The SlingFin 2Lite ultralight backpacking tent.
Testing the SlingFin 2Lite at a campsite above Helen Lake on the John Muir Trail. Click photo to read about that trip.

Six stakes for the tent body and vestibules create a taut, stable structure that withstood winds over 30 mph in the High Sierra, thanks in part to smart details like back-tacked stitching on stress points and reinforced guyouts. The 2Lite also comes with extra guylines that can be installed internally or externally to boost the structural stability in strong wind—although it already has adequate stability for typical conditions backpackers will encounter (and I didn’t need to install those extra guylines during eight nights at elevation in the Sierra).

While no ultralight tent with this design can be described as palatial, the 2Lite provides good living space for a two-door tent weighing two pounds, 10 ounces—or two pounds, six ounces without the front pole, which isn’t needed when pitching with trekking poles.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The SlingFin 2Lite ultralight backpacking tent.
The SlingFin 2Lite ultralight backpacking tent interior.

The 2Lite’s 28.5 square feet of internal floor area matches that of many ultralight, two-person, two-door backpacking tents; but the pole structure lifts the side walls at the tent’s head end and the floor width tapers from 50 inches at the shoulders to 40 inches at the foot, making this shelter livable for two people who prioritize low weight over capacious accommodations. It fits two standard, 20-inch-wide air mattresses side by side, though with little room to spare.

The 41-inch peak height and 89-inch length represent some of the highest measures for those metrics among competitors of similar weight. And the two large tent doors enhance livability: You don’t have to compress your body into a ball to enter and exit this tent. Those doors roll up completely for more convenience when unpacking or packing sleeping gear in bug-free camps. Spacious interior pockets provided plenty of storage for headlamps and other items.

Plus, in its stuff sack, thanks in part to short pole sections, the packed tent measures a compact 13×5 inches, smaller than many competitors.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking trips, including on the John Muir Trail.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

The two vestibules measure 10.5 square feet each—larger than found on many tents in this weight class—creating abundant space for boots, wet layers, packs, and even cooking without impeding the entry. The vestibule doors roll up completely, letting you open up the tent in dry weather to create a nice, airy feeling, ventilate well, cool the inside, and afford you a view of the night sky. The nearly vertical side walls and doors and rainfly coverage create a good drip line, meaning that no rain falls inside when doors are open. We saw only light rain in the Sierra but this design will protect well even in hard rain.

From the sil/sil 10-denier nylon 66 ripstop rainfly—the same rainfly fabric used in SlingFin’s SplitWing and Portal tents, which have held up well in my use—to the walls and mesh of the interior tent and the PE-coated, 20-denier nylon ripstop floor, the fabrics are all ultralight and more susceptible to tearing than heavier tent fabrics, so exercise reasonable care in using them. SlingFin says they no longer use any PU fabrics in tents because they hydrolyze (get sticky and lose waterproofness) over time. They’ve switched to PE on tent floors because it’s less slippery than sil/sil and can be seam taped, and transitioned to only sil/sil flysheets because of its tear strength, durability, and excellent durable hydrophobic properties.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

 

SlingFin 2Lite

Space-to-Weight Ratio
Sturdiness
Ease of Use
Ventilation
Features
Value

The Verdict

For an ultralight, two-door, double-wall tent, the SlingFin 2Lite offers good living space and strength in strong wind, making it an excellent choice for ultralight backpacking, thru-hiking, bikepacking or touring, and multi-day sea kayaking.

4.5

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking these affiliate links to buy a SlingFin 2Lite at slingfin.com and the 2Lite Trek Conversion Kit at slingfin.com.

See “The 10 (Very) Best Backpacking Tents” and all reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside. See also “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “Ultralight Backpacking Tents: How to Choose One” (both of which require a paid subscription to The Big Outside to read in full).

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “25 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Tell me what you think.

If you found this review helpful, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom. I’d really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-slingfin-2lite-ultralight-backpacking-tent/feed/ 0 54988
Review: Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-tensor-insulated-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-tensor-insulated-air-mattress/#comments Tue, 11 Oct 2022 15:02:06 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=54923 Read on

]]>
Insulated Air Mattress
Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress
$200, 13 oz. (regular mummy, not including stuff sack or pump bag)
Sizes: four sizes from 20×72 inches to 25×76 inches
backcountry.com

The search for the right backpacking air mattress tends to boil down to two competing objectives: finding a mat with the lowest possible weight without compromising on comfort. And different people will define comfort differently—thus affecting the weight of their air mat choice. But many backpackers and other users may find Nemo’s Tensor Insulated hits a sweet balance between those competing objectives, as I did sleeping on it for eight nights on a nearly 130-mile, August hike through the High Sierra, much of it on the John Muir Trail, and for four nights in early September in the Wind River Range.

On both trips, I slept in the Sierra Designs Cloud 35 and the Therm-a-Rest Hyperion 32 bags and our coldest nights dipped into the 40s F. I also slept on the Tensor Insulated air mat under the stars very warmly zipped up inside the Sierra Designs Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C bag on a late September night in the upper 30s in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve. And my wife slept on the Tensor (and in the Mobile Mummy 15° F/-9° C) for a total of four nights on three-day hikes on both the Skyline Trail in Jasper National Park and the Nigel, Cataract, and Cline Passes Route in the White Goat Wilderness of the Canadian Rockies.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress.
Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress.

Three inches thick, the Tensor’s undulating lateral Spaceframe baffles and low-stretch, die-cut trusses to minimize springiness create a nicely cushioned bed with good stability: I flop around during the night but never bounced or rolled off the air mat. To the contrary, even though it’s not one of the thickest backpacking air mats out there, I found it quite comfortable, with hipbones and elbows never bottoming out on the hard ground.

Nemo rates the Tensor Insulated to 15 to 25 degrees Fahrenheit, thanks to its notably quiet PrimaLoft synthetic insulation and a new, continuous TPU film inside to prevent convective heat loss.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Using the Vortex pump sack to inflate the Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress.
I’m breathing air into the Vortex pump sack to partly fill it, then roll up the sack to inflate the Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress.

Those updates elevated the air mat’s R-value to 4.2, meaning it delivers significantly more insulation from a cold ground than the previous generation of the Tensor Insulated, which was rated 3.5. That means this air mat is now legitimately warm enough for shoulder-season adventures and temps around and below freezing—although you’d probably want a higher R-value air mat for temps well below freezing and sleeping on snow or frozen ground—and Nemo achieved this without the mat gaining weight. The uninsulated Tensor’s R-value also went up, from 1.6 to 2.5, making it more suitable for cool nights but not temperatures dropping near freezing.

At 13 ounces for the insulated regular mummy air mat and a pound packed (including the Vortex pump sack and staff sack), the Tensor weighs in lighter than many competitors with comparable comfort and dimensions; and it measures a compact 3×8 inches/20×7.5cm packed, slightly larger than a liter bottle, taking up noticeably less space in a backpack than heavier air mats.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress valve.
The Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress valve.

The two-piece Laylow valve, with separate valve flaps for inflating and deflating, make both chores a breeze and deflation almost instantaneous. The Vortex pump sack that comes with the Tensor lets you employ the Bernoulli effect to quickly inflate the mat by blowing a light breath into the open sack and rolling the air into the mat (several times)—much easier than making yourself dizzy blowing air directly through the valve and minimizing moisture entering the air mat. The Vortex sack adds little weight to the package and has a shape and size that makes it a bit faster inflating an air mat than other such pump sacks I’ve used.

Lastly, the updated Tensor’s 100 percent recycled and bluesign-certified, 20-denier polyester fabric on top and bottom is likely not as puncture-resistant as some air mats that use a heavier fabric, but it offers durability that compares with many ultralight models.

The Tensor series comes in four models each in both insulated and non-insulated: regular and regular mummy, both 20×72 inches, and wide (25×72) and long wide (25×76) versions.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Verdict

Comfortable, notably quiet, lightweight, and packable, the Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress will appeal to many backpackers and other backcountry travelers who want an ultralight air mat that doesn’t compromise on comfort.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase any model of the Nemo Tensor Insulated Air Mattress or the non-insulated versions at backcountry.com.

See all reviews of air mattresses, sleeping bags, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside, plus my “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all my reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-tensor-insulated-air-mattress/feed/ 2 54923
Review: Knog Bandicoot 250 Ultralight Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-knog-bandicoot-250-ultralight-headlamp/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-knog-bandicoot-250-ultralight-headlamp/#respond Thu, 29 Sep 2022 11:42:31 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=54772 Read on

]]>
Rechargeable Ultralight Headlamp
Knog Bandicoot 250
$50, 2.1 oz./59.5g
knog.com

When I reviewed this headlamp’s predecessor, the Bandicoot, I thought it was the kind of new product that had the potential to upend an entire category. After using the more powerful and comfortable Knog Bandicoot 250 on a nine-day hike of nearly 130 miles through the High Sierra in August, mostly on the John Muir Trail, I still think this technology is a game changer.

You can sum up the appeal of the Bandicoot 250 in one sentence: It’s powerful, rechargeable, lighter than most competitors, and cheaper than many. But there’s more to this story than that.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Knog Bandicoot 250 ultralight headlamp.
Knog Bandicoot 250 ultralight headlamp.

The innovative Bandicoot has been upgraded to a maximum brightness of 250 lumens with a range of over 100 feet—not cutting-edge by today’s standards (a tradeoff for its compactness and almost insignificant weight), but certainly bright enough for the needs of most backpackers and hikers, including hiking a trail at night. 

The very light and durable silicone housing now is adjustable with a toggle to fit a huge circumference range of 30-70cm, covering the biggest and smallest heads. It still seamlessly merges the strap, body, and LEDs and doesn’t bounce at all or snag in hair. It’s easy to forget you’re wearing it.

Its four LEDs—high beam, elliptical beams for broad ambient light, a red light for preserving your night vision, and downward-angled lights for reading—cover the needs of many users, including trail running and biking streets at night (and this low-profile headlamp fits more comfortably under a bike helmet than bulkier models). One nitpick: I found the reading lights angled too far downward for reading while lying on an air mattress.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

Knog Bandicoot 250 ultralight headlamp.
Knog Bandicoot 250 ultralight headlamp.

Operation is simple and intuitive: Turn it on and off by depressing the larger (right) power button for a second; that button also scrolls through the modes, while the smaller (left) button clicks through brightness levels in each mode. 

Lock and unlock it by depressing both power buttons for three seconds; the red light flashes twice if you press either power button to indicate lockout mode and a white LED flashes twice to indicate it’s unlocked. Click either button when the light is off and the reading lights function as the four-level battery indicator.

The LEDs are easily removed from the stretchy housing/strap through the opening on the back side of the thickest part of the housing; it then plugs it directly into any USB port to recharge (no cord needed) in four hours (from being fully drained). Few headlamps offer such simplicity for recharging or replacing batteries.

According to Knog, the Bandicoot 250 runs for eight hours at max brightness; 12 hours at Spot level (200 lumens); 22 hours at ambient level (50 lumens); and 25 to 32 hours in the dimmer red and reading modes. Even with normal use on a nine-day hike, I finished with plenty of charge left in this headlamp. The IP67 rating means it’s waterproof up to one meter for 30 minutes and completely protects against dust.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

The Verdict

Powerful enough, comfortable, simple, rechargeable, lighter than most competitors and cheaper than many, the Knog Bandicoot 250 represents a great all-around value for backpacking, hiking, climbing, trail running, and other outdoors activities.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Knog Bandicoot 250 at knog.com.

See “The Best Headlamps” and all reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-knog-bandicoot-250-ultralight-headlamp/feed/ 0 54772
Review: Therm-a-Rest Vesper 32 Ultralight Backpacking Quilt https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-therm-a-rest-vesper-32-ultralight-backpacking-quilt/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-therm-a-rest-vesper-32-ultralight-backpacking-quilt/#respond Wed, 21 Sep 2022 16:31:27 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=54646 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpacking Quilt
Therm-a-Rest Vesper 32 Quilt
$380, 16 oz. (regular)
Sizes: regular and long
cascadedesigns.com

For seven nights in huts on Iceland’s Laugavegur and Fimmvörðuháls trails in July—and to fit all of my clothing layers, food for a week, and other stuff inside my 40-liter pack while keeping it as light as possible—I decided to take the Therm-a-Rest Vesper 32 Quilt for its minimalist weight and excellent packability. And it turned out, that hut trek mimicked sleeping outside on mild nights, presenting ideal circumstances for weighing an ultralight backpacking quilt’s strengths and shortcomings.

I slept quite comfortably under the Vesper 32 in full hut dormitory rooms, with windows usually open for ventilation and nighttime lows outside in the 30s and 40s Fahrenheit, though it was always warmer in the hut—probably in the low 50s on the coolest nights and much warmer on other nights in crowded rooms with the heat of many bodies and little ventilation. Given that range of sleeping conditions, I was glad to have a quilt, which I could pull over me or throw off as needed, like a blanket in a bed, without fumbling with a zipper.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Therm-a-Rest Vesper 32 Quilt.
The Therm-a-Rest Vesper 32 Quilt.

Ultralight backpacking quilts are most popular among thru-hikers and weight-conscious backpackers. But many backpackers would find a quilt adequately warm for their summer trips and reap the benefits of its thermally efficient, lightweight, compact design; for some people, it feels much more comfortable than a snug sleeping bag. There are good reasons that backpackers who switch from a bag to a quilt rarely switch back.

The Vesper’s box baffle construction uses mesh walls to maximize loft and eliminate cold spots and perimeter side baffles to help trap body heat. Unlike a simple blanket, the Vesper has a knee-deep, insulated foot box with a 37-inch girth that keeps feet tucked warmly inside and helps anchor the quilt so that it doesn’t slip off while sleeping.

The 8.5 ounces of 900-fill Nikwax Hydrophobic Down makes the Vesper quite warm for its wispy weight (EN comfort rating 41° F and limit 32° F)—I could immediately feel warmth encompass me when I covered myself with the quilt—and as light and compressible as any sleeping system you’ll find, besting even the lightest bags. It packs down to 5×6 inches in its stuff sack and even smaller when using a compression sack.

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-guides.

 

The Therm-a-Rest Vesper 32 Quilt.
The Therm-a-Rest Vesper 32 Quilt.

Therm-a-Rest and Nikwax say Nikwax Hydrophobic Down absorbs 90 percent less water and dries three times faster than untreated, standard down feathers, retaining its loft much more effectively when wet than standard down. (Learn more about Nikwax Hydrophobic Down at nikwax.com/en-us/materials/nhd, where a video shows a person floating in a glacial lagoon in Iceland inside a sleeping bag stuffed with that hydrophobic down; there’s no indication of whether the bag’s shell is waterproof with taped seams.)

Like other hydrophobic down, it will lose loft when it gets quite wet. While many people using a backpacking quilt will not likely sleep in situations where it could get quite wet, that can happen in common situations like heavy condensation inside a small, ultralight, single-wall tent or an unexpectedly heavy dew when sleeping outside.

A snap at the top corners of the hoodless quilt keeps it wrapped around your shoulders and two detachable, stretch straps connecting the quilt’s sides around your torso and thighs help keep the quilt wrapped around you.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

 

The Therm-a-Rest Vesper 32 Quilt stuffed into the Sea to Summit eVent Compression Stuff Sack.
The Therm-a-Rest Vesper 32 Quilt stuffed into the Sea to Summit eVent Compression Stuff Sack. Click photo to read a review of that stuff sack.

But as with any quilt, lacking a zipper means it doesn’t seal around your body, of course, and at 58 inches wide at the shoulders and 51 inches at the hips, the Vesper just barely wraps completely around me. (I’m five feet eight inches, 150 pounds, with a 38-inch chest and 30-inch waist.) The Verper Quilt flaps don’t overlap, leaving a small gap, which I positioned beneath me (against my air mattress); but some users, especially people who shift position a lot in their sleep, might prefer a quilt that wraps more completely around their body.

Some sleeping bags have a greater circumference at the shoulders, including Therm-a-Rest’s Parsec 32, at 62 inches—but it’s a half-pound heavier than the Vesper.

The 10-denier nylon ripstop shell and liner fabric is about as light as you’ll find in any quilt or bag; it’ll last as long as you’re somewhat careful with it.

Besides those minimal features, it’s otherwise basically a high-quality blanket, best for mild to cool nights backpacking—depending on your personal cold tolerance—or summer hut trips. For some people, colder temperatures demand an enclosed sleeping bag for your body, especially backpackers (like me) who toss around in their sleep.

The Vesper line includes the Vesper 20 Quilt ($430, 1 lb. 3 oz. regular), for backpackers who need more warmth, and Vesper 45 Quilt ($350, 12 oz. regular), for backpackers seeking the lightest, most compact quilt for mild nights.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

Therm-a-Rest Vesper 32 Quilt

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

Stuffed with the highest quality, water-resistant, 900-fill down, the Therm-a-Rest Vesper 32 Quilt offers ultralighters, thru-hikers—and many backpackers—an incredibly light and packable sleeping system with all the warmth needed on many, perhaps most, trips.

4.3

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Therm-a-Rest Vesper 32Quilt at cascadedesigns.com, or another version of the Vesper Quilt at cascadedesigns.com.

See all reviews of sleeping bags and all reviews of backpacking gear at The Big Outside and “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-therm-a-rest-vesper-32-ultralight-backpacking-quilt/feed/ 0 54646
Review: Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye Ultralight Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-big-agnes-tiger-wall-ul2-solution-dye-ultralight-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-big-agnes-tiger-wall-ul2-solution-dye-ultralight-tent/#comments Tue, 20 Sep 2022 22:08:39 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=54621 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpacking Tent
Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye
$500, 2 lbs. 3 oz./992g
rei.com

If you’re shopping for an ultralight tent with two doors that doesn’t require an engineering degree to pitch, the Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 has long had much to recommend it—including a weight of 18 ounces per occupant. Now, B.A. has made the latest update of this laudable shelter even more appealing to weight-conscious backpackers, with fabric that’s highly resistant to UV degradation and comes with substantial green cred, thanks to a production process that uses radically less water, energy, and chemicals.

I shared this tent with my wife for four nights backpacking in the Wind River Range, when we had no rain but some wind. I’ve also tested and reviewed the previous generation of this tent, the Tiger Wall UL2—which, except for the fabric, is basically identical to the current model—backpacking in the Grand Canyon, on nights that lived up to the canyon’s reputation for wind that can push an ultralight shelter to its structural limits. But the Tiger Wall UL2 withstood afternoon and evening gusts of 30 to 40 mph as well as steady rain on a separate camping trip in Idaho’s (also notoriously windy) City of Rocks National Reserve.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye ultralight backpacking tent in the Wind River Range.
The Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye with a vestibule rolled back in the Wind River Range.

Big Agnes redesigned the Tiger Wall UL2—one of the very lightest two-person, two-door, semi-freestanding tents on the market—with solution-dyed fabric, which besides being extremely light, uses 80 percent less energy and chemicals and 50 percent less water in production, according to Big Agnes. That makes it better for the planet, including the places where we like to pitch tents.

At barely over two pounds, the Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye is almost in a class all its own—and beyond weight, it outclasses competitors of similar weight by many measures. The Tiger Wall UL2’s fast-fly setup—just the rainfly, poles, and a ground footprint ($80, 6 oz., sold separately here), weighs 1 lb. 11 oz. And yet it’s sturdy enough for most three-season circumstances that backpackers face, standing up to moderate winds and with a rainfly and drip line that keep rain outside the tent’s interior. While you should avoid very exposed camps with this tent and many others in its weight class, its radically low weight and bulk plus an easy setup make it ideal for backcountry travelers who prioritize weight and don’t need a shelter for extreme conditions.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

The Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye ultralight backpacking tent in the Wind River Range.
The Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye ultralight backpacking tent in the Wind River Range.

The semi-freestanding, hubbed, and color-coded DAC Featherlite pole assembles in seconds and, with just three grommets to insert pole ends into and several clips to erect the interior canopy, the tent pitches quickly and intuitively. The two corners at the foot end must be staked to make the tent taut but staking a tent is essential in the backcountry, anyway. An adequate distribution of staking points around the perimeter keep the tent stable and quiet in moderate wind—even in the exposed camps above 10,000 feet that we had in the Wind River Range.

The short, bridge section of the pole lifts the side walls of the mesh canopy outward, improving headroom and making the interior feel spacious and livable. Plus, the ends of that pole sit in tiny pockets on the rainfly, improving the tent’s structural integrity.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail,
in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-books.

The Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye tent interior.
The Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye tent interior.

As usual with ultralight backcountry shelters, living space represents the biggest tradeoff. The interior’s 28 square feet of floor space and 39-inch peak height (enough for six-footers to sit up, although some will find their head rubbing the ceiling), comparable to some two-door tents that weigh a few to several ounces more, make the Tiger Wall reasonably comfortable for two average-size people. No, it’s not spacious—two big people might find it cramped—but my wife and I (five feet 10 inches and five feet eight inches) had enough sleeping space and length. We fit two standard, 20-inch-wide air mats in there with little room to spare.

The tent features abundant interior pockets, including capacious mesh pockets overhead and at the foot end that can be used for drying damp layers.

The two vestibules, eight square feet each, have space for a midsize pack and boots and the two flaps roll and tie back, creating the options of a completely close vestibule, having it partly open, or fully tied back for maximum cooling, air flow, and stargazing. The ventilation created by having two opposing doors, two-way vestibule zippers, and an all-mesh canopy eliminates condensation as an issue in the great majority of three-season weather conditions.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye tent vestibule.
The Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye tent vestibule.

And seemingly minor design features, like the TipLok buckles, elevate the Tiger Wall’s performance and ease of use, as do the dual zippers on the two large doors that open separately and join at a bottom corner of the doorway; this allows opening just one side slightly to pass something through or to put on shoes without letting bugs inside.

The rainfly and tent floor are made of water-repellent, silicone-treated, solution-dyed nylon ripstop with a 1200mm PU coating, while the tent body is comprised of lighter solution-dyed nylon and mesh. The nine stakes that come with the tent are light and durable and hold well in ground—among the better stakes I’ve used. The packed size of 5.5×18 inches occupies proportionately less space in a pack than heavier tents; that goes far in enabling you to use a smaller, lighter backpack.

The Tiger Wall UL3 ($500, 2 lbs. 10 oz.) weighs just seven ounces more, but adds 10 square feet of interior space, making it lighter but more spacious than many two-person, two-door, double-wall tents—so it legitimately pulls double duty as a two- or three-person shelter.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye

Space-to-Weight Ratio
Sturdiness
Ease of Use
Ventilation
Features
Livability

The Verdict

While compromising somewhat on living space, the Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 Solution Dye balances reasonable livability and comfort with solid three-season stability and performance as one of the lightest, two-door, double-wall tents on the market. And with the new fabric, not only will you sleep well inside it—you won’t lose any sleep over its carbon footprint.

4.4

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Big Agnes Tiger Wall UL2 at rei.com or backcountry.com.

See “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents” and all reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside. See also “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “How to Choose the Best Ultralight Tent for You.” (Both of those stories require a paid subscription to The Big Outside to read in full.)

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-big-agnes-tiger-wall-ul2-solution-dye-ultralight-tent/feed/ 2 54621
Review: Osprey Exos 58 and Eja 58 Ultralight Backpacks https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-osprey-exos-58-and-eja-58-ultralight-backpacks/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-osprey-exos-58-and-eja-58-ultralight-backpacks/#respond Mon, 12 Sep 2022 22:24:56 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=54496 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpack
Osprey Exos 58 and Eja 58
$280, 58L/3,539 c.i., 2 lbs. 14 oz./1.3kg (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S/M and L/XL, women’s XS/X and M/L
Exos: backcountry.com
Eja: osprey.com

Osprey’s men’s Exos and women’s Eja packs would seem like shining examples of gear proven to perform so well for so long that redesigning them risks customer backlash. As a longtime fan of the packs, I was eager to take the Exos 58 on a long cruise—nine days and nearly 130 miles through the High Sierra in August, mostly on the John Muir Trail with some on- and off-trail detours. I came away from that walk convinced that, with what they changed and what they kept in the Exos/Eja, Osprey done made these packs even better.

I started the hike with 10 days of food (18 pounds, in case we went over nine days), which pushed my pack weight toward 40 pounds—which, not surprisingly, felt too heavy for the Exos 58. Still, while Osprey rates it for 30 to 35 pounds, the pack carried surprisingly well, distributing the weight evenly: It simply felt too heavy without making any specific body part, like my shoulders, bear the burden painfully. A few days into the hike, once the weight had dropped to around 35 pounds and under, it felt much better even on two consecutive 17-mile days, one of those with a cumulative 8,000 vertical feet of up and down.

I also found the Exos 58 comfortable with around 30 pounds inside backpacking 60 miles over four days in Utah’s High Uintas Wilderness in early October.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The pack’s LightWire perimeter frame carries 30 to 35 pounds comfortably by shifting a large portion of the pack weight onto your hips, while the flexible, wide, breathable, perforated-foam hipbelt and contoured shoulder straps distribute that weight nicely, without any pressure points: I carried the Exos 58 for upwards of eight hours a day—on days ranging from 9.9 to 19.5 miles, six of them with around 5,000 to over 8,600 vertical feet of elevation gain and loss—and finished every day impressed with how good the pack felt.

The Exos and Eja lines come in two torso sizes and three capacities (38L, 48L, and 58L) with adjustable suspensions in all of the packs—the most significant update for 2022. A very easy-to-use ladder of five positions for the shoulder straps allows you to quickly adjust it within the pack’s four inches of fit range for torso length. My 18-inch/46cm torso fell in the middle of the ladder on the S/M Exos—and the middle position on the torso-fit system best for me, meaning there’s room within that range for people with a torso measuring 16 to 20 inches (although 19 inches is on the cusp between S/M and L/XL and someone with a 20-inch torso is probably better off with the L/XL).

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

Although Osprey made no changes to the suspension, changing the harness from fixed to adjustable improved the fit for most people by greatly reducing the chance of your torso falling between sizes—as a result, improving comfort, which I definitely noticed. The taut, trampoline-style back panel keeps the pack off your back, allowing excellent ventilation.

I shoehorned my ultralight gear—plus a bear canister and a collapsible camp chair (see both in this review)—and food for a whopping 10 days inside the Exos 58 for our Sierra hike. With careful packing, the top-loading Exos 58 has the capacity for weeklong trips and ultralight thru-hiking. Its wide mouth eases the task of loading and unloading even a bear canister—although a large canister cannot fit horizontally inside the pack, only vertically, which definitely makes packing more complicated.

Made from 100 percent recycled materials, the Exos and Eja packs have gotten somewhat more durable. While the materials used—bluesign-approved, recycled, 100-denier, high-tenacity nylon ripstop in the pack body and bottom and 400-denier high-tenacity nylon in accents—are not themselves more durable, the packs now have stronger mesh in the back panel and other areas that increases durability in high-wear areas. One example: Osprey had observed that a particular seam failed more often than other seams in the last generation of these packs because it joined separate pieces of open mesh and was under heavy pressure. They redesigned it and that seemingly small improvement may keep a lot of packs from going in for repairs.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

Responding to popular demand, Osprey brought back the two hipbelt pockets on the Exos and Eja. Otherwise, many features from the previous version of the Exos and Eja have carried over into this 2022 update, including:

  • The extendable and removable floating lid, which you can leave home to trim the pack’s weight, replacing it with the integrated FlapJacket flap that clips over the mouth of the main compartment;
  • The zippered lid pocket and under-lid pocket both offer space consistent with competitors in this category;
  • The spacious front mesh pocket, where I stashed a wet rainfly and shell jacket, and the two dual-access side mesh pockets, which you can reach inside when wearing the pack, each of which holds a liter bottle;
  • Z-compression straps on both sides for shrinking the pack as well as tucking objects inside those straps;
  • The trekking poles attachment on the left shoulder strap;
  • The ice axe loop with a bungee tie-off;
  • And a safety whistle integrated into the sternum strap.

The Exos/Eja lines include the smaller Exos 48 and Eja 48 ($260, 48L/2,929 c.i., 2 lbs. 12 oz.) and Exos 38 and Eja 38 ($240, 38L/2,319 c.i., 2 lbs. 11 oz.).

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

Osprey Exos 58 and Eja 58

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Durability

The Verdict

While there are lighter ultralight packs, the smartly reimagined Osprey men’s Exos 58 and women’s Eja 58 remain leaders in comfort and features for ultralight backpacking and thru-hiking with 30 pounds or more inside, while still light enough to use for shorter trips.

4.2

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase any men’s Osprey Exos backpack at osprey.combackcountry.com, or rei.com, or any women’s Osprey Eja backpack at osprey.combackcountry.com, or rei.com.

See my picks for “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The Best Ultralight Backpacks,” “5 Expert Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” and all reviews of backpacks, backpacking gear, ultralight backpacks, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

Was this review helpful?
If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?
Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-osprey-exos-58-and-eja-58-ultralight-backpacks/feed/ 0 54496
Review: Black Diamond Spot 400 Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-spot-400-headlamp/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-spot-400-headlamp/#comments Fri, 09 Sep 2022 16:52:30 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=54458 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Headlamp
Black Diamond Spot 400
$55, 2.5 oz./70.9g
blackdiamondequipment.com

How do you choose a headlamp for the backcountry? If you’re looking for a range of modes that’s both basic and versatile, good brightness and dimming capability, and smart features that make it more useful while maintaining a design simplicity that doesn’t require an advanced science degree to operate it, Black Diamond’s Spot 400 is hard to beat. On evenings in camp on a five-day, late-summer hike in the Wind River Range, I found this latest update sustains and improves on the legacy of BD’s popular Spot line as an excellent value in an ultralight headlamp.

Powered by three AAA batteries, the Spot 400 boosts maximum brightness to 400 lumens, casting a beam for 100 meters; that’s bright enough for hiking off-trail or searching for a descent or ascent route in pitch darkness. BD says that at max brightness, the headlamp will burn for four hours on three fresh AAA batteries—but most users won’t need that brightness level for anywhere near that length of time on a single outing or multi-day trip.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Black Diamond Spot 400.
The Black Diamond Spot 400.

At minimum brightness level of six lumens—bright enough to find your way in and out of a tent in the middle of the night—the headlamp will run for 225 hours. At medium power, the Spot 400 projects a beam 60 meters and runs for eight hours on fresh batteries; that’s brighter than many users will need in camp or even most of the time you’re hiking a trail in complete darkness. In peripheral white light mode, the broad beam projects adequate light uniformly to organize gear or illuminate a campsite or tent interior.

Those metrics illustrate not only this lamp’s power but a key fact: Typical use will not quickly drain its batteries. After four nights of regular use at various brightness levels and modes in the Wind River Range, the headlamp still retained two-thirds of its charge—displayed by its three-level battery meter. The Spot 400 will normally make three AAA batteries last more than one typical backcountry trip or throughout a long trip.

BD made this Spot update incrementally lighter and more streamlined, with a housing that doesn’t feel like a load on your head or bounce around when you’re moving fast. The low-profile design still has two buttons and simple operation: It powers on and off and dims using the larger button, while the smaller button cycles between the three modes: direct beam, peripheral white mode, and red for night vision.

It also has dimming capability in all three modes, activated by holding down the larger button. Strobe is activated in all modes by clicking the larger power button twice rapidly.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Black Diamond Spot 400.
The Black Diamond Spot 400.

BD’s unique PowerTap technology—found in other BD headlamps—allows you to simply tap the right side of the casing (marked by a bulb icon) to cycle between max brightness and whatever dimmed level you previously set. The Spot series and other BDmodelshave brightness memory technology: They turn on in the mode and brightness level you last turned them off.

Like other BD headlamps, the Spot 400 also has a lockout mode that turns on and off by holding down both buttons for a few seconds, to ensure that the lamp isn’t inadvertently turned on and draining its batteries inside your pack or pocket.

I found the easily adjustable headband remains comfortable for hours. The IPX8 rating means the headlamp is waterproof to just over one meter for 30 minutes. The battery compartment is easilyaccessed by flipping a small lever on one side.

BD’s rechargeable 1500 mAh Li-ion battery and its charger can be purchased separately ($30) and used instead of three standard AAA batteries in the Spot. But if you’re buying a new headlamp and don’t want to constantly throw away batteries, it makes more sense to just get the Black Diamond Spot 400-R ($70, 2.6 oz.), which is rechargeable and otherwise identical to the Spot 400—and it won’t take long to cover the additional $15 cost of it through the savings on batteries.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

The Verdict

Still priced competitively among ultralight, high-performance headlamps at $50, the Black Diamond Spot 400 has the brightness, versatility, and features to make it arguably the best ultralight headlamp value for backpackers, hikers, climbers, trail runners, and other outdoors users.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Black Diamond Spot 400 at backcountry.com, rei.com or blackdiamondequipment.com, or a rechargeable Black Diamond Spot 400-R at backcountry.com, rei.com or blackdiamondequipment.com.

See “The 7 Best Headlamps” and all reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-spot-400-headlamp/feed/ 2 54458
Review: Feathered Friends Eos Down Jacket https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-feathered-friends-eos-down-jacket-2/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-feathered-friends-eos-down-jacket-2/#comments Mon, 29 Aug 2022 11:48:34 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=54315 Read on

]]>
Down Jacket
Feathered Friends Eos Down Jacket
$409, 11 oz./312g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-XXL, women’s XS-XL
featheredfriends.com

When you have something that works, the worst thing you can do is change it much. Feathered Friends stuck with a winning formula when updating its popular Eos Down Jacket, making just two minor improvements. Testing the updated Eos on adventures ranging from a windy and chilly June camping and climbing trip in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve to nine days backpacking through the High Sierra in August, I found it just as warm and comfortable as I have found the previous iteration of this poofy puffy in the backcountry of Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains, Glacier National Park, and countless other wild places.

I wore the men’s Eos Down Jacket almost every morning and evening on a nine-day hike of nearly 130 miles in August, mostly on the John Muir Trail, with lows often in the 40s Fahrenheit and strong wind and it kept me quite comfortable with just one or two base layers underneath it. Also, on four cold, very windy days of camping and rock climbing in Idaho’s City of Rocks in June, with air temps in the 40s and 50s but the wind chill considerably lower, I wore the Eos with the hood up every morning and evening in camp and even, at times, while belaying under variably sunny and cloudy skies.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Featured Friends Eos Down Jacket.
Testing the Featured Friends Eos Down Jacket on the John Muir Trail.

Made in the good ‘ole U.S. and generously stuffed with four ounces of ethically sourced, 900+-fill goose down, the Eos has proven time and again that it can handle temperatures down to the high 30s with strong wind. That’s impressive warmth for a puffy jacket that weighs 11 ounces—its warmth-to-weight ratio is matched by few competitors. (See my picks for the 10 best down jackets—of which the Eos is one.)

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-guides.

 

The Featured Friends Eos Down Jacket.
The Featured Friends Eos Down Jacket.

While the down isn’t treated for water resistance (more common in sleeping bags than jackets), it is protected inside a water-resistant, Pertex Quantum shell with a DWR (durable, water-resistant treatment) that sheds light precipitation. In reality, most users probably know better than to stand outside in a steady rain without a rain shell over a down jacket; but people expecting to wear their puffy jacket in wet conditions should look for another model (probably synthetic).

As with any lightweight or ultralight jacket, the 12-denier by 20-denier fabric is tough for its very low weight, but susceptible to tears, so be careful with it. (I’ve never torn the Eos over several years of use.) The construction is top-notch, with sewn-through baffles that prevent down from migrating. While sewn-through baffles help reduce garment weight and are common in lightweight down jackets, they can create cold spots along seams where there’s essentially no insulation. However, that was never a problem in the Eos, even in temps in the upper 30s Fahrenheit.

The two changes in this updated Eos are placing the zippered chest pocket out of sight behind a flap and making the warm hood adjustable using drawstrings that help it fit more snugly and mostly move with your turning head. The Eos still features two spacious, zippered hand pockets, elasticized cuffs, and a drawcord hem.

It packs down to fit in the included 8×5.5-inch stuff sack, a good size for a camping pillow—and compact enough to keep near the top of my backpack and pull on during snack breaks in chilly wind.

The Feathered Friends Eos collection also includes a men’s and women’s Eos Down Vest ($269, 7 oz.).

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The Featured Friends Eos Down Jacket.
The Featured Friends Eos Down Jacket.

The Verdict

At a price that competes with and even beats some high-end down jackets, the Feathered Friends Eos Down Jacket delivers exceptional quality in an insulated jacket that’s warm enough for camping in temps near freezing.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Feathered Friends Eos Down Jacket at featheredfriends.com, or a women’s Feathered Friends Eos Down Jacket at featheredfriends.com.

See my picks for “The 10 Best Down Jackets” and all of my reviews of insulated jackets and outdoor apparel that I like at The Big Outside.

See all stories with expert backpacking tips at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-feathered-friends-eos-down-jacket-2/feed/ 2 54315
Review: Black Diamond Spot 400-R Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-spot-400-r-headlamp/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-spot-400-r-headlamp/#comments Thu, 25 Aug 2022 19:08:21 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=54288 Read on

]]>
Rechargeable Ultralight Headlamp
Black Diamond Spot 400-R
$80, 2.6 oz./73.7g
blackdiamondequipment.com

Using Black Diamond’s Spot 400-R on various outings, from nights in camp in Montana’s Beartooth Mountains, southwest Colorado’s San Juan Mountains, and on a nine-day hike of nearly 130 miles through the High Sierra in August, mostly on the John Muir Trail, and pre-dawn starts on a seven-day, nearly 70-mile walk in September in Glacier National Park and a six-day hike on the Grand Canyon’s Gems Route in April, to dawn patrol backcountry skiing in Idaho’s Boulder Mountains, backpacking on a section of the Arizona Trail along the Gila River in the first days of April, and trekking hut-to-hut on New Zealand’s Routeburn and Milford tracks in late spring, I found this latest update continues the legacy of functionality and versatility that has made BD’s long-popular Spot line arguably the best value in an ultralight headlamp—while also demonstrating the strong value proposition of choosing this rechargeable model over a battery-powered headlamp.

Powered by a 1500 mAh Li-ion battery with micro-USB charging port, the Spot 400-R—the rechargeable version of BD’s outstanding Spot 400—throws a beam 100 meters at its maximum brightness of 400 lumens; that’s bright enough to hike off-trail, search for a descent or ascent route in pitch darkness, or identify the large, nocturnal animal showing an interest in your cached food. BD says a full charge lasts for four hours at max power—a brightness level most users won’t need for anywhere near that length of time on a single outing or multi-day trip.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Black Diamond Spot 400-R LEDs.
Black Diamond Spot 400-R LEDs.

At the other end of its brightness range, the headlamp will keep running for 225 hours at low power of six lumens, which is bright enough to find your way in and out of a tent in the middle of the night. At medium power, the Spot 400-R projects a beam 60 meters and lasts eight hours on a full charge; that’s brighter and farther than many users will need in camp or even most of the time you’re hiking a trail in complete darkness. In peripheral white light mode, the broad beam projects adequate light uniformly to organize gear or illuminate a campsite or tent interior, without getting blotchy or having an annoying dark spot in the center.

Those performance details illustrate both this lamp’s power and how typical use will not quickly drain its charge. After eight nights of regular use at various brightness levels and modes, I found the headlamp still retained two-thirds of its charge—displayed by its three-level battery meter—meaning the Spot 400-R can hold plenty of juice for normal use on a very long trip.

BD has again made this Spot update incrementally lighter and more streamlined, with a housing that doesn’t feel like a load on your head or bounce around when moving fast. The low-profile design still has two buttons and intuitive operation: It powers on and off and dims using the larger button, while the smaller button cycles between the three modes: the direct beam, peripheral white mode, and red for night vision.

It also has dimming capability in all three modes (by holding down the larger button) and strobe is activated in all modes by clicking the larger power button twice rapidly. The Spot series and other BDmodelshave brightness memory technology: They turn on in the mode and brightness level you last turned them off.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Black Diamond Spot 400-R buttons.
Black Diamond Spot 400-R buttons.

BD’s unique PowerTap technology—found in other BD headlamps—allows you to simply tap the right side of the casing (marked by a bulb icon) to cycle between max brightness and whatever dimmed level you previously set.

Like other BD headlamps, the Spot 400-R has a lockout mode that turns on and off by holding down both buttons for a few seconds, to ensure that the lamp isn’t inadvertently turned on and draining its charge inside your pack or pocket—a smart safety feature, even though both buttons lie flush in the housing to help prevent accidental activation.

The easily adjustable headband, made from recycled elastic, features comfortable Repreve fiber and remains comfortable for hours. The IP67 rating means it provides full protection from small, solid objects like dust and sand and is waterproof to one meter underwater for up to 30 minutes. The micro-USB charging portis accessed easilyby flipping open a small port cover.

BD’s line of headlamps includes the battery-powered but otherwise identical Spot 400 ($55, 2.5 oz.) and the rechargeable Storm 500-R ($90, 3.5 oz.), featuring 500 lumens at max power and the full suite of features found in BD’s Spot and other headlamps.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

 

The Verdict

At just 15 bucks more than the Spot 400, the rechargeable Black Diamond Spot 400-R delivers the same brightness, versatility, low weight, and value for backpacking, hiking, climbing, trail running, and other outdoors activities at a price that’s soon covered by the money saved not buying (and throwing away) batteries.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a rechargeable Black Diamond Spot 400-R at backcountry.com, rei.com or blackdiamondequipment.com, a Black Diamond Spot 400 at backcountry.com, rei.com or blackdiamondequipment.com, or the Storm 500-R or any BD headlamp at backcountry.com or blackdiamondequipment.com.

See “The 7 Best Headlamps” and all reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-spot-400-r-headlamp/feed/ 2 54288
Review: Sierra Designs Cloud 35 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sierra-designs-cloud-800-35-degree-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sierra-designs-cloud-800-35-degree-sleeping-bag/#respond Sun, 21 Aug 2022 11:29:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=45404 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Sleeping Bag
Sierra Designs Cloud 35
$300, 1 lb. 7 oz. (men’s regular)
Sizes: men’s regular and long (35- and 20-degree), women’s 20-degree (one size)
sierradesigns.com

Mummy-style sleeping bags deliver high warmth efficiency for their weight because they trap heat so well—but can sometimes feel like they’re trapping you inside, too. Backpacking quilts mimic the feeling of sleeping under a comforter at home, but may too easily let cold air underneath on chilly nights outdoors. With its zipperless design and integrated comforter in the bag’s upper half, the Sierra Designs Cloud 35 bag achieves the strengths of mummies and quilts without their weaknesses.

I slept in the ultralight men’s Cloud 35-degree for eight nights on a backpacking trip of nearly 130 miles through the High Sierra in August, mostly on the John Muir Trail, with lows often in the 40s Fahrenheit and strong wind; for four nights that ranged from the high 40s to near 60° F on a 78-mile backpacking trip on the Wonderland Trail around Mount Rainier in early September; and on five nights of camping in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve in June and early October, with lows down to the 40s—staying quite warm wrapped inside the bag in temps not far above its EN comfort rating of 36° F/2° C. The 35-degree bag has an EN limit rating of 26° F/-3° C.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Sierra Designs Cloud 800 35-Degree sleeping bag.
The Sierra Designs Cloud 800 35-Degree sleeping bag with comforter flap open.

Weighing just under 1.5 pounds, the Cloud 35 has a good warmth-to-weight ratio, thanks to being stuffed with 9.5 ounces of PFC-free, 800-fill, water-resistant Dridown down (in the regular, 10.4 ounces in the men’s long, and 20.5 ounces in the women’s 20-degree version). That high-quality down also makes the 35-degree bag very packable, stuffing to 13×7 inches or smaller.

Most unique about the Cloud bags is their zipperless, comforter-style design with a crescent-shaped flap on the upper half of the bag that you can flip to one side or wrap around your torso like a blanket. The comforter flap’s crescent shape maintains some tension on the flap to keep it from opening up while you sleep, and an insulated shoulder pocket at the flap’s upper corner helps keep it wrapped around you.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life. Click here now to learn more.

 

The Sierra Designs Cloud 800 35-Degree sleeping bag.
The Sierra Designs Cloud 800 35-Degree sleeping bag with comforter flap closed.

The design’s benefits include much easier ventilation and exiting the bag—no fumbling with a zipper in the middle of the night—and a sleeping experience more like lying in your bed than squeezed inside a zipped-up mummy bag. The single flap also reduces bag weight compared to having two overlapping flaps.

The Sierra Designs Cloud 800 35-Degree sleeping bag foot box.
The Sierra Designs Cloud 800 35-Degree sleeping bag foot box.

While not as secure as a zipper, the flap mostly stayed wrapped around me unless I turned a lot. As a side sleeper, I found the flap, not surprisingly, stayed in place over me better when I slept on the side where the flap opens, with a hand in the shoulder pocket to hold the flap in place, than when I slept on my opposite side, where the flap and shoulder pocket could slip off my elevated shoulder. On a night that I slept under the stars and the wind blew hard most of the night, it did continually blow the flap off me unless I slept on the same side, with my hand securing the flap closed.

The Cloud 35’s dimensions of 60 inches at the shoulders, 58 inches at the hips, and 40 inches at the feet (men’s regular) offer unusually spacious dimensions for moving around—again, replicating a sleeping experience closer to your bed at home than a mummy bag.

The adjustable hood snugged fairly well around my head on cooler nights. You can insert a 20-inch-wide air mattress into the half-length fitted sleeve on the bag’s bottom side to keep from sliding off the mat—although that prevents side sleepers from turning the bag (and its hood) with their body. The 15-denier shell fabric has enough durability for normal use, but avoid catching this lightweight fabric on sharp edges.

The Sierra Designs Cloud 20 ($340, 1 lb. 15 oz.) comes in both men’s and women’s versions; the women’s bag comes in one size with a length of 74 inches and differs from the men’s primarily in the amount and placement of the down fill.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

Sierra Designs Cloud 35

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

Stuffed with high-quality, 800-fill, water-resistant Dridown, the zipperless Sierra Designs Cloud 35 and Cloud 20 bags carve out a unique niche among sleeping bags for backpacking with exceptional comfort along with good warmth and packability for their weight.

4.1

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Sierra Designs Cloud 35-degree or Cloud 20-degree bag at sierradesigns.com.

Was this review helpful? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Thank you.

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip,” “10 Tricks for Making Hiking and Backpacking Easier,” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip,” the 10 tricks for making hiking and backpacking easier, and the lightweight backpacking guide without having a paid membership.

Tell me what you think.

If you enjoyed this story, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom. I’d really appreciate it.

 

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sierra-designs-cloud-800-35-degree-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 45404
Review: SlingFin SplitWing Ultralight Backpacking Shelter https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-slingfin-splitwing-ultralight-backpacking-shelter/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-slingfin-splitwing-ultralight-backpacking-shelter/#respond Fri, 24 Jun 2022 18:10:07 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=53749 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpacking Shelter
SlingFin SplitWing Shelter Bundle
$400, 1 lb. 5 oz./595g (entire bundle, including six DAC stakes weighing 2.4 oz.)
slingfin.com

Over nearly three decades of testing and reviewing backpacking gear, I’d say the category that has seen the most technological advances is backpacking tents. Still, a radically different tent comes along only rarely—and the latest is Slingfin’s SplitWing Shelter Bundle, a package of three modular ultralight shelter components that constitutes one of the lightest and most versatile, three-season backpacking shelters available today.

The SplitWing Shelter Bundle is comprised of three components that can all be purchased separately (purchasing the bundle saves $25): the floorless SplitWing UL Tarp ($180 purchased alone, 7.9 oz. not including the six included DAC stakes, which add 2.4 oz.), the SplitWing Mesh Body ($135 purchased alone, 11.2 oz.), and the SplitWing Vestibule ($55 purchased alone, 2 oz., 6.8 square feet).


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Slingfin SplitWing Tarp.
Testing the Slingfin SplitWing Tarp in the Maze District, Canyonlands National Park. Click photo to read about that trip.

I slept alone in the SplitWing UL Tarp and Mesh Body on a four-day, roughly 50-mile, late-September backpacking trip in Yosemite, when nights dipped into the 40s but we got no rain or bad weather. I also slept solo under the tarp only, sometimes with the vestibule installed, on a five-day, 46-mile, early March hike in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park, where we had some wind—including one night with gusts of 25 to 30 mph and rain showers. Although I worried about that weather while in this shelter—especially about the loose dirt holding the stakes in the ground (they never popped out)—the tarp and vestibule held up in that wind and kept me dry.

For starters, the defining fact about the SplitWing Bundle is this: You’d be hard pressed to find a lighter shelter for one to two people that includes a rainfly, mesh interior body for bug protection with a floor, and a vestibule. And when using only the SplitWing Tarp, you have a shelter with adequate space for two people and their gear at an almost absurd weight of four ounces per person. With all three components, the shelter ranks among the lightest solo backcountry shelters.

In addition, few backcountry shelters pack down smaller than the SplitWing, with all three components fitting inside one stuff sack measuring 10x5x5 inches, or slightly larger than a bread loaf. They each also come with individual sacks.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The Slingfin SplitWing Tarp and Mesh Body in Yosemite.
The Slingfin SplitWing Tarp and Mesh Body in Yosemite. Click photo to read about Yosemite’s best-kept secret backpacking trip.

Pitching with two adjustable, collapsible trekking poles for significant weight savings over a traditional tent with dedicated poles, the SplitWing Tarp accommodates one or two people, with a copious 37.8 square feet of sheltered area when combining the tarp and the removable SplitWing Vestibule (without the Mesh Body).

Using the tarp sans vestibule, sheltered area ranges from a snug (for two people) 27 square feet to a fairly roomy 32 square feet, depending on the height at which you set the tarp’s front trekking pole, which ranges from 100cm/39 inches to 130cm/51 inches, a peak height greater than many backcountry tents.

That spotlights another aspect of the SplitWing: Like some tarp shelters—but unlike many ultralight tents that pitch with trekking poles set at a specific length—the SplitWing Tarp can be pitched in various configurations, a versatility enhanced by two “wings” at the front end, allowing you to increase floor area with a low pitch or maximize headroom with a taller pitch.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The Slingfin SplitWing Tarp.
The Slingfin SplitWing Tarp with poles and guylines elevated in the Canyonlands Maze.

The wings can be guyed out at varying positions to customize the weather protection, headroom, and wind profile. Plus, the adjustable guylines permit elevating the bottom edge of the tarp off the ground for more ventilation and headroom without, up to a point, compromising protection from precipitation. The tarp has a panel at the foot end to close it off, increasing protection from wind and rain.

With any floorless tarp, of course, one drawback is the lack of a floor—an inconvenience I find most undesirable in desert environments, where you’re often camping on very fine sand, which can infiltrate your sleeping bag (especially in wind) and cling annoyingly to the exterior fabric of an air mattress. A light but durable ground cloth comes in handy in those situations.

The vestibule lacks a zipper, closing with a buckle and hook-and-loop tab. That’s arguably less convenient than a zipper but simple, quiet, and easy to grow accustomed to using—and helps create a lighter structure. The vestibule can be rolled back to leave one side open for ventilating and easier coming and going. A pole pocket eases setup integrated with the tarp.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

The Slingfin SplitWing Tarp with front pole lengthened for more headroom.
The Slingfin SplitWing Tarp with front pole lengthened for more headroom.

With no interior pole structure, the SplitWing Mesh Body attaches to the tarp via five toggle rings: three along its peak and one on each side wall. Those can be left attached when packing up the shelter for quick setup later, which also keeps the interior tent dry when pitching in rain. Its floor area of 24.8 square feet (the vestibule adds 6.8 square feet of storage space) makes for a quite cramped shelter for two people. While it’s possible to share the Mesh Body, I’d recommend that only for two (or at least one) relatively small people and trips where you can count on mostly dry weather, using the SplitWing primarily just for sleeping. Otherwise, the Mesh Body creates a spacious solo shelter.

For an airy, bugproof shelter on dry nights, the Mesh Body can be pitched alone with two trekking poles rigged in basically the same fashion as the tarp. When using the Mesh Body and/or SplitWing Vestibule, the front pole length must be set at 110 centimeters.

Shelters that pitch using trekking poles typically require a bit more setup time compared to a freestanding, double-wall tent and involve specific steps—and the SplitWing is no different. After first staking out the tarp’s two foot-end corners, you use one trekking pole fully collapsed to guy out the foot end, followed by the other pole extended with its grip secured in the tarp’s pole pocket. Stake the two front wing guylines and corners and you have a sturdy shelter. After practicing the setup in my back yard before my maiden voyage with the SplitWing, I found it simpler and faster to erect than some ultralight shelters that pitch with trekking poles.

Slingfin recommends staking the two front guy lines to the same stake in the middle at most pitch heights (including at 110cm height for the accessories). This provides a little more tension in the wings and slightly better rain coverage. Similarly, when using the vestibule, it and the guylines should go to the same stake.

For backpackers not using trekking poles, Slingfin sells Carbon Poles for the SplitWing ($71, 3.9 oz., fixed length, or $86, 4.6 oz., adjustable).

Let The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

 

I must point out two complaints about the SplitWing, both of which will affect users differently. First, a key design features that enable much of its versatility—the wings—tend to partly obstruct the shelter’s entrance. At five feet eight inches and about 150 pounds, I found myself having to duck low when entering and exiting and occasionally catching a shoulder or foot on the wings’ guylines. A bigger person may find that more annoying than I did. Even when offsetting the front pole slightly, as Slingfin recommends, that pole only further hinders easy access and egress.

Slingfin does suggest a way to alleviate some of the contortions of coming and going: With the guylines attached to wire gate clips on the wings, rather than tied in directly, you can unclip the guylines from the wings can when coming and going, allowing the guyline to remain staked. It’s easiest to do this by “back-clipping” the guyline (like you’re not supposed to do when lead climbing, for the climbers reading this) by grabbing and using the guyline itself to press against the wire gate to open it. I suppose that’s no less convenient than opening a vestibule zipper (if there was one) but it doesn’t entirely eliminate that critique.

Also, while the peak height is adjustable and can be set to provide good headroom around the front trekking pole (as well as a taller doorway), as with virtually any shelter that pitches using trekking poles fore and aft, the walls slope off that center peak, greatly limiting the area where headroom is good. You simply won’t sit up in this shelter as comfortably as in some freestanding, two-person tents that feature a “bridge” or “eyebrow” pole to elevate more of the ceiling above opposing doors—especially when sharing the SplitWing with another person.

The Slingfin SplitWing Tarp.
The Slingfin SplitWing Tarp in the Canyonlands Maze District.

While it goes without saying that any tarp provides excellent ventilation, it’s also quite good with the Mesh Body in place and obviously gets limited with the vestibule fully closed up, although air flow under the perimeter helps a lot. The SplitWing Mesh Body has a good drip line, though blowing rain can get inside without the vestibule in place.

Lastly, with any ultralight fabric, durability can be a concern. The 10-denier nylon ripstop sil/sil used in the SplitWing tarp, vestibule, and Mesh Body is very thin and light but has 20-denier, PE-coated nylon ripstop reinforcements at high-stress points—the same fabric used in the Mesh Body floor.

In addition, with tents, the usual first points of failure are the tent body floor and zippers. The entire SplitWing Bundle sports just one zipper—on the Mesh Body (none on the tarp or vestibule). That zipper is straight to ensure longer life and has pre-installed spare zipper sliders, so when the first set wears out, you don’t have to ship the mesh body to Slingfin for a zipper repaired. (Slingfin tells me it’s usually the slider that wears out, rather than the zipper chain itself, so this will dramatically increase the lifespan of the zipper.) Plus, I’ve found that reasonable care in using an ultralight shelter usually prolongs its useful life.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

 

SlingFin SplitWing Shelter Bundle

Space-to-Weight Ratio
Sturdiness
Ease of Use
Ventilation
Features
Livability

The Verdict

While it has some shortcomings—as do many tents, especially ultralight models—the modular SlingFin SplitWing Shelter Bundle has virtually no rivals for minimalist weight, packability, versatility, and affordability among ultralight backcountry shelters.

4.2

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the SlingFin SplitWing Shelter Bundle at slingfin.com or any individual components of it: the SlingFin SplitWing UL Tarp at slingfin.com, the SlingFin SplitWing Mesh Body at slingfin.com, the SlingFin SplitWing Vestibule at slingfin.com, or the SlingFin SplitWing Carbon Poles at slingfin.com.

See all reviews of SlingFin shelters, “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents” and all reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

See also my “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “How to Choose the Best Ultralight Tent for You.” 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Was this review helpful?
If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?
Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-slingfin-splitwing-ultralight-backpacking-shelter/feed/ 0 53749
Review: Oboz Sawtooth X Mid Waterproof Boots https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-oboz-sawtooth-x-mid-waterproof-boots/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-oboz-sawtooth-x-mid-waterproof-boots/#respond Tue, 07 Jun 2022 16:29:07 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=53423 Read on

]]>
Hiking and Backpacking Boots
Oboz Sawtooth X Mid Waterproof
$175, 2 lbs. 7 oz. (US men’s size 9)
Sizes: men’s 7-15, women’s 5-12
moosejaw.com

Between the days of backpacking 11 to 12 miles with up to about 7,000 feet of cumulative elevation gain and loss, the seven miles of steep and loose off-trail hiking, the need to carry eight pounds or more of water weight at times, and of course, the heat, one might speculate that our six-day backpacking trip to Utah Flats and Clear Creek in the Grand Canyon was no more than an elaborate ruse to put hiking boots to a severe test. (Some of my companions went so far as to suggest a plot to inflict physical suffering on them. Yea, whatever.) But after all was said and done, the Oboz Sawtooth X Mid Waterproof shined through all the canyon (and I) hurled at them. Here’s why.

The Sawtooth X’s strength as an all-around boot for backpackers and dayhikers begins with its support. The boot contains a rubberized, dual-density EVA midsole that delivered ample cushioning even when extra water weight pushed my pack toward 40 pounds in the canyon. And I expect many backpackers would find these boots adequately cushioned even with more weight than that on their back.

Similarly, the medium-volume fit is typical Oboz: comfortably snug from heel to midfoot, to prevent your heel from shifting and rubbing or your foot slipping forward when going downhill, with more space in the toe box than you’ll find in footwear from many other brands. No matter what your adventures, that’s the kind of fit that serves many hikers and backpackers well, especially as feet expand slightly over the course of a day on the trail.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Oboz Sawtooth X Mid Waterproof boots.
Oboz Sawtooth X Mid Waterproof boots.

The outsoles, featuring widely spaced, multi-directional lugs under most of the foot and a tread under the toes for traction when ascending steep slabs, gripped securely on packed-dirt trails; off-trail scrambling over boulders and walking over slickrock and miles of going up and down very steep and loose scree on canyon walls: I slipped and fell onto my back side just once over a few hours of descending steep scree.

The uppers combine oiled nubuck leather with Cordura fabric mesh ventilation holes and a toe bumper that extends to behind the toes on the sidewalls, ensuring very good durability with plenty of protection from hard use on rocky trails or off-trail terrain while enhancing breathability—and the breathability is pretty good for a mid-cut boot with a membrane: Even on hot afternoons in the canyon, my feet never got uncomfortably sweaty or developed hot spots catalyzed by too much dampness and rubbing. While the non-waterproof, likely more breathable Sawtooth X Mid may be better for hot desert hiking, the waterproof mid may be a better all-purpose choice for backpackers who hike in wet climates as much as dry.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Oboz Sawtooth X Mid Waterproof boots.
Oboz Sawtooth X Mid Waterproof boots.

Oboz’s proprietary B-Dry waterproof-breathable membrane kept water out of the boots even when I stood in shallow creeks, performing as it has consistency through more Oboz boot and shoe models that I’ve tested over the years than I can remember. And the brand’s proprietary O Fit insole offers better stiffness and cushioning from midfoot to heel than standard, flimsy insoles that come with most hiking boots.

The Oboz Sawtooth X series includes men’s and women’s Sawtooth X Low B-Dry ($150) and two non-waterproof models for men and women, the Sawtooth X Mid ($150) and Sawtooth X Low ($125).

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Verdict 

Comfortable, protective, and durable, with solid waterproofing and good breathability, the Oboz Sawtooth X Mid Waterproof stands out as an all-around boot for on- and off-trail backpacking and dayhiking—at a price that’s hard to beat for this level of quality.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the men’s or women’s Oboz Sawtooth X Mid Waterproof boots at moosejaw.com or backcountry.com, or any model in the Sawtooth X series at moosejaw.com or backcountry.com.

See all reviews of hiking shoes and backpacking boots, “Pro Tips For Buying the Right Boots,” and “8 Pro Tips for Preventing Blisters When Hiking,” and all reviews of hiking gear and backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

Let The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and member gear discounts!

 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

See all stories with expert backpacking tips at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-oboz-sawtooth-x-mid-waterproof-boots/feed/ 0 53423
Review: Petzl IKO Core Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-petzl-iko-core-headlamp/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-petzl-iko-core-headlamp/#respond Wed, 25 May 2022 14:02:47 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=53158 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Rechargeable Headlamp
Petzl IKO Core
$105, 2.8 oz./79.4g
backcountry.com

As we skied back to our backcountry yurt through falling snow on a dark night at the end of a full day of touring in Idaho’s Boise Mountains, my IKO Core brightly illuminated our route through meadows and conifer and aspen forest. But brightness and low weight are just two of the measurable ways in which few ultralight headlamps match Petzl’s rechargeable IKO Core, which has unique design features that would appeal to backpackers, dayhikers, climbers, trail runners, and backcountry skiers.

At the highest of its three power levels, 500 lumens, the IKO Core is exceptionally bright—especially for a headlamp weighing under three ounces, the best of which top 300 lumens and rarely exceed 400. In campsites beside wilderness lakes on rainy, dark nights during an August backpacking trip in the Wind River Range, this headlamp lit up the open forest like a klieg light, with a broad, even beam that illuminated objects clearly for at least 100 meters (as Petzl claims for the IKO Core’s range at max brightness). I also used the IKO Core on other trips, including a six-day hike in the Grand Canyon.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Petzl IKO Core rechargeable headlamp.
The Petzl IKO Core rechargeable headlamp.

That degree of brightness comes in handy when trying to identify anything at a distance in the dark, like a trail marking or your off-trail route; a campsite, shelter or yurt; food hanging from a tree branch, stored in a bear canister on the ground, or cached; or a person in need of help.

At 100 lumens, the headlamp’s middle power level projects a beam 45 meters, according to Petzl; I found it certainly bright enough to follow a trail in the dark. The max and middle levels simultaneously project both a spot beam and proximity light—more useful than separating those two lighting modes, as many headlamps do. The low setting (six lumens) throws enough light for inside the tent or close-at-hand tasks in camp but seems a bit dim to me for reading, though that may not bother everyone. The only conspicuously missing modes are red and flashing.

The headlamp housing tilts through a wide range up and down. Turn the headlamp on and insert only the lamp housing inside its white stuff sack and it doubles as a lantern.

Plan your next great backpacking adventure in Yosemite and other flagship parks using my expert e-books.

The Petzl IKO Core rechargeable headlamp battery pack.
The Petzl IKO Core rechargeable headlamp battery pack.

While a headlamp’s brightness diminishes steadily as standard batteries drain, the Core battery maintains constant brightness over the duration of a charge before power drops off abruptly; you’ll appreciate that on a long slog after dark. It recharges in three hours via a USB port and has a burn time (how long a charge lasts) of nine hours at 100 lumens.

The IKO Core’s hybrid design enables substituting standard AAA batteries after the Core battery has lost its charge. Operating on AAA batteries, the low power performance remains the same but max power drops to 350 lumens—still brighter than max power on many ultralight headlamps and plenty bright enough for most backcountry situations—with a range of 80 meters and a burn time of two hours. (Petzl cautions against mixing battery brands or new and used batteries.)

The battery pack—easily opened to recharge the battery—has a curved, rubberized cover that’s unobtrusive against the back of your head and is only a half-inch thick, so you can lie back on it without feeling like your head is resting on a block of wood.

Operation is idiot-proof: The single power button on the housing clicks through the three brightness levels; and depressing and holding that button switches the IKO Core into lockout mode, to prevent it accidentally turning on and depleting the charge while inside your pack.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

The Petzl IKO Core rechargeable headlamp in its stuff sack.
The Petzl IKO Core rechargeable headlamp in its stuff sack.

The thin, bendable, adjustable, semi-rigid headband provides a comfortable and very secure fit with minimal area of contact against your head; it also doesn’t absorb water or sweat and fits over climbing helmets. Plus, having the battery pack in the rear keeps the lamp housing very light in front, meaning no bouncing when running, hiking fast, skiing, or scrambling in the mountains. The headband must be bent and folded to stuff into its small, super light storage sack—a task that might annoy some users but I found simple and quick. Plus, the stuff sack keeps the entire unit more compact for storage in a backpack lid pocket.

The IKO Core’s IPX-4 rating means the headlamp is resistant to splashed water from any direction but not waterproof and would very likely be damaged if immersed. That’s not as high a rating as other ultralight headlamps, some of which are as high as IPX-7, protecting them from immersion up to one meter for 30 minutes.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

The Verdict

For its low weight, exceptional brightness, useful range of power levels, comfort, ease of use, and packability, the Petzl IKO Core rechargeable headlamp will appeal to many recreational users—backpackers, dayhikers, climbers, trail runners, and backcountry skiers—and perhaps especially to professionals like guides and search-and-rescue teams.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Petzl IKO Core at backcountry.com.

See “The 7 Best Headlamps” and all reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my popular reviews of “24 Essential Backpacking Gear Accessories” and “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-book versions of “How to Plan a Backpacking Trip—12 Expert Tips,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all my reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-petzl-iko-core-headlamp/feed/ 0 53158
Review: Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-therm-a-rest-parsec-32-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-therm-a-rest-parsec-32-sleeping-bag/#respond Fri, 29 Apr 2022 11:33:41 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=52606 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Sleeping Bag
Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32
$400, 1 lb. 9 oz. (regular)
Sizes: unisex small, regular, and long
moosejaw.com

It was an amazing spot to sleep under the stars for our last night on an early-April backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon: perched on a plateau high above the Inner Gorge of the Colorado River, gazing across the canyon at the Tonto Plateau and South Rim. We waited until dusk had nearly faded to darkness to lay out our sleeping bags atop our completely exposed, flat cowboy-camping ledges, hoping the relentless, strong wind would abate with evening’s arrival and not threaten to launch our bags to New Mexico—but it didn’t. So I burrowed inside my Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 for warmth—and only opened my eyes once or twice briefly during the night, enough to glimpse the brilliant glow of the Milky Way.

I stayed perfectly warm sleeping in this bag under the stars (no tent) for five nights on a six-day backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon in April, with lows in the 40s and low 50s F and strong winds some nights that made it feel chillier than the ambient air temps. That experience aligns with the Parsec 32’s EN temperature ratings of 41° F comfort, 32° F limit, and 5° F extreme.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 sleeping bag hood.
The Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 sleeping bag hood.

It’s warm enough for typical overnight temps of summer in most mid-latitude mountain ranges or spring and fall in the Southwest canyon country except for people who tend to get cold more easily.

This bag’s nearly 12 ounces of PFC-free, 800-fill down creates four inches of loft, complemented by a warm, adjustable hood that closes snugly around your head and face, plus a draft collar and zipper tube and the thermal efficiency of a mummy design. Therm-a-Rest says the water-resistant Nikwax Hydrophobic Down absorbs 90 percent less water and dries three times faster than untreated, standard down feathers.

In practice, that translates to the Parsec delivering the good warmth-to-weight ratio of high-quality down while also not losing loft (read: warmth) if exposed to moisture on, say, a rainy, multi-day trip with constantly damp air (even inside a tent).

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-guides.

 

The Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 sleeping bag foot end.
The Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 sleeping bag foot end.

The bag’s zoned insulation places more down on top than the bottom—not necessarily desirable for side sleepers, but I’m one and my back never felt cold.

The 100 percent recycled, 20-denier shell and lining offer a bit more durability than the 10- and 15-denier fabric used in many ultralight bags at only a slight weight penalty. The shell has a DWR (durable, water-repellent treatment). The two-way, anti-snag zipper, backed by thick fabric strips on both sides, never gets stuck.

At just over one-and-a-half pounds, it weighs less than many similarly rated competitors—and yet it provides a comfortably roomy sleeping experience with dimensions of 62 inches at the shoulders, 57 inches at the waist, and 46 inches at the feet plus a length of 80 inches (in the regular). I never felt constrained shifting around inside this bag.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 sleeping bag stuffed.
The Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 sleeping bag stuffed.

The sizing is unisex: Therm-a-Rest no longer makes bags in men’s and women’s models. My take on that is that sleeping bags aren’t boots or packs—gender simply doesn’t matter that much when it comes to a sleeping bag. My wife gets cold very easily and she has virtually always slept in a men’s bag over the 30 years we’ve backpacked together (because I regularly have new bags to test). Her comfort in a bag has less to do with its contours than how warm it is—period.  

Like all Therm-a-Rest sleeping bags, the Parsec comes with a compression stuff sack and easily packs inside it, squishing down to just slightly larger than a bread loaf at 6×8.5 inches.

Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

Lighter and more packable than many bags with the same temp rating, the Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 delivers good warmth and comfortable space for three-season backpacking, and offers the added value of water-resistant down, at a lower price than top-rated ultralight bags that are just ounces lighter.

4.5

For colder temps or cold sleepers, there’s also the warmer Parsec 20 ($450, 1 lb. 12 oz., regular) and Parsec 0 ($530, 2 lbs. 6 oz., regular).

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Therm-a-Rest Parsec 32 at moosejaw.com or thermarest.com, or any of the warmer bags in the Parsec series at backcountry.com, moosejaw.com, or thermarest.com.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and gear discounts!

 

Want an even lighter three-season bag? See my reviews of the Therm-a-Rest Hyperion 32F, Sierra Designs Cloud 35, and Feathered Friends men’s Hummingbird UL 30 and women’s Egret UL 30.

See all reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Was this review helpful?
If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?
Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-therm-a-rest-parsec-32-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 52606
Review: Gregory Focal 58 and Facet 55 Ultralight Backpacks https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-gregory-focal-58-and-facet-55-ultralight-backpacks/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-gregory-focal-58-and-facet-55-ultralight-backpacks/#comments Wed, 20 Apr 2022 21:22:22 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=52455 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpack
Gregory Focal 58 and Facet 55
$270, 58L/3,539 c.i., 2 lbs. 11 oz./1.22kg (men’s small)
Sizes: men’s S-L, women’s XS-M
gregorypacks.com

Starting my six-day backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon with more than the recommended max weight in my Gregory Focal 58 and planning some strenuous days of hiking up to 12 miles with over 7,000 feet of cumulative elevation gain and loss—including seven very steep off-trail miles—I knew I’d put this pack to a serious test. Not a problem for the Focal 58, though, which proved not only comfortable but has a nice feature set, too.

The Gregory Focal 58 harness.
The Gregory Focal 58 harness.

I carried the men’s Focal 58 (the women’s model is the Facet 55) for four of our six days in the canyon—we had two layover nights and dayhiked from a couple of camps—with 25 to over 35 pounds inside, including, at times, up to four liters (8.5 pounds) of water.

Replacing Gregory’s similar Optic and Octal (which were four ounces lighter) for 2022, this top-loader has an internal, tubular, perimeter wire frame—tubular to trim weight while maintaining stability—with an HDPE framesheet and a fiberglass cross-stay that prevents barreling and lends the pack substantial rigidity: The frame has very slight flex to it, resulting in better support and stability when pushing the pack’s weight capacity.

Gregory says the Focal 58 carries up to 35 pounds comfortably and I found that just about spot-on: With six days of food, almost three liters of water, camera gear and various gear I was testing, I began our Grand Canyon hike with the pack a bit north of 35 pounds and a hard first day hiking nearly 11 miles, partly off-trail, with over 7,000 feet of cumulative uphill and downhill; by day’s end, I felt those miles a bit in my shoulders, which I attributed to having overloaded the pack beyond its recommended capacity. (I sometimes do that on the first day of a trip, rather than choosing a heavier pack, knowing that by day two my pack weight may drop into the comfortable zone.)

But I noticed the pack felt considerably more comfortable once its weight dropped to around 35 pounds and under, even on two more 12-mile canyon days with significant up and down.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Gregory Focal 58 front side.
The Gregory Focal 58 front side.

Gregory’s FreeFloat suspension sports flex panels that allow some movement of the pack with your body. The tensioned, ventilated back panel enables abundant air flow across your back, which makes a difference in comfort on strenuous hikes and hot temps. But because the pack bag rides fairly close to the back panel and the frame efficiently transfers weight to the hips, I never got the feeling of the pack hanging off my shoulders—except when I exceeded its recommended weight, and even then, it wans’t bad. Even on our last day’s 4,400-foot uphill slog from the Colorado River to the South Rim, the Focal carried comfortably.

The very breathable, perforated foam in the shoulder straps, lumbar pad, and hipbelt softened the load, with the entire harness wrapping very comfortably around hips and over shoulders to distribute the weight and prevent pressure points; and it’s treated with odor-controlling Polygiene.

These fixed (non-adjustable) packs come in three men’s and women’s sizes, fitting torsos from 16 to 22 inches in the men’s Focal and 14 to 20 inches in the women’s Facet. While I’ve worn a men’s medium in other Gregory packs, the men’s small Focal fit my 18-inch torso well, even though I’m on the cusp between men’s small and medium.

A wide mouth provides easy access and when loading and unloading the spacious main compartment, which had adequate space for six days‘ worth of food, a four-liter water dromedary at times, and the usual gear plus a favorite ultralight camp chair. The pack lacks a separate zipper accessing the bottom for a sleeping bag, but I and don’t miss that zipper and rarely use it on other packs; I consider it superfluous weight.

There are six external pockets (not including the zippered pocket on the lid’s underside): two spacious zippered hipbelt pockets that each hold a large smartphone plus two or three energy bars; a zippered lid pocket with good space for packs in this category; two stretch-mesh side pockets that hold a liter bottle and are easily reached while wearing the pack; and a large, stretch-mesh front pocket that swallows a wet rainfly or jacket with room to spare.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The Gregory Focal 58 hipbelt.
The Gregory Focal 58 hipbelt.

The removable, floating lid allows you to extend the pack’s capacity or leave the lid behind if you want to shave a few ounces of pack weight, replacing it with a weather flap that comes with the pack.

The pack fabric—comprised of almost 50 percent recycled materials—is reasonably durable, high-density, 100-denier nylon with 210-denier nylon in the bottom and a PFC-free DWR—comparable to many packs in this weight class and price point. The three external mesh pockets suffered no damage from the abrasive rock in the Grand Canyon, but I was careful with it; that mesh could tear easily.

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-guides.

 

The Focal and Facet also sport some useful features found on heavier, traditional packs, including: front attachments for trekking poles or one ice axe; adjustable Z-compression straps that permit you to attach a foam sleeping pad to one side or across the lower front; top compression on the main compartment; and a whistle on the sternum strap. The internal bladder sleeve is conveniently compatible with Gregory’s nice 3D Hydro reservoir, allowing you to easily clip that bladder onto a hook that holds it in place.

The smaller versions of these packs are the men’s Focal 48 ($250, 2 lbs. 10 oz.) and women’s Facet 45 ($250, 2 lbs. 8 oz.).

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

Gregory Focal 58 and Facet 55

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Durability

The Verdict

While among the heaviest ultralight backpacks, the Gregory men’s Focal 58 and 48 and women’s Facet 55 and 45 are well-designed, comfortable packs for backpackers who are willing to accept a reasonable weight penalty for some organizational features of traditional backpacks and the support to carry up to 35 pounds.

4

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Gregory Focal 58 or Focal 48 at rei.combackcountry.com, or gregorypacks.com, or a women’s Gregory Facet 55 or Facet 45 at rei.combackcountry.com, or gregorypacks.com.

See my picks for “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The Best Ultralight Backpacks,” my “5 Expert Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” and all of my reviews of backpacks, backpacking gear, ultralight backpacks, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide and gear discounts!

 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

Was this review helpful?
If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?
Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-gregory-focal-58-and-facet-55-ultralight-backpacks/feed/ 2 52455
Review: Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30F Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-bishop-pass-30f-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-bishop-pass-30f-sleeping-bag/#respond Tue, 19 Apr 2022 19:35:25 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=52419 Read on

]]>
Sleeping Bag
Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30F/-1C
$265, 1 lb. 12 oz. (regular, 72-inch)
Sizes: men’s and women’s regular and long
backcountry.com

On the second night of a four-day, roughly 50-mile backpacking trip in Yosemite in the last week of September, when nights dipped into the 40s Fahrenheit, I laid my bag and pad out under the stars, without a tent, in one of the neatest spots I’ve ever slept outside: on a dry granite slab between two braids of a creek, lulled by a tiny cascade just a few steps from my head. And all night, a strong, cool wind blew down that creek valley, prompting me to zip deeply inside the Bishop Pass 30F/-1C. Despite that wind chill, I stayed warm and slept like a baby.

Besides that Yosemite trip, I also slept in it this bag on a calm night outside under the stars in early June in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve, with temps in the 40s.

A mummy bag packed with 12 ounces of RDS-certified, flourine-free, 650-fill down, the Bishop Pass sports a confidence-inspiring four inches of loft: It’s warm enough for typical overnight temps of summer in most mid-latitude mountain ranges or spring and fall in the Southwest canyon country except for people who tend to get cold more easily.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30 sleeping bag.
The Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30 sleeping bag.

Draft tubes around the face opening and along the zipper’s full length help trap heat, making the bag more efficient. The two-way zipper allows venting the bag from the top and bottom and is backed by strips of heavy-duty fabric that’s impossible to snag in the zipper.

The men’s regular bag measures a roomy 62 inches at the shoulders, 53 inches at the hips, and 86 inches long; although Hardwear doesn’t provide a circumference measure for the foot box, I found it has a comfortable amount of space, not feeling cramped on my lower legs. Similarly, the adjustable hood closes neatly around the face and head.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30 foot end.
The Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30 foot end.

The 10-denier shell helps minimize the bag’s weight but that’s as lig ht as bag shells get—15- or 20-denier fabric is more common—and it has a DWR to repel moisture. Exercising reasonable care not to catch it on any sharp points—like sticks or rock edges if sleeping under the stars—will prevent accidental tears. It also has convenient details like a zipper pull that glows and an internal stash pocket.

No, the Bishop Pass does not match the high warmth-to-weight ratio of bags with a higher-quality down (800-fill and higher). But at under two pounds, with a stuffed size of 7×13.5 inches/18x34cm/7.8 liters (regular, which fits people up to six feet tall), it’s still reasonably lightweight and packable for backpacking.

Plus, while bags with higher-quality, 800- to 900+-fill down offer more warmth and packability for their weight, they also often cost upwards of twice as much or more than bags in the Bishop Pass series (when comparing models at the same temp rating).

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

The Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30F/-1C sleeping bag delivers good warmth and comfort for many three-season backpackers while remaining under two pounds—and saving you $100 to $200 or more compared to high-end down bags.

3.6

For colder temps or cold sleepers, there’s also the Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 15F ($305, 2 lbs. 8 oz. regular) and Bishop Pass 0F ($355, 3 lbs. 7 oz. regular), both in men’s and women’s models, and Gore-Tex shell versions of the 15F ($385, 2 lbs. 10 oz. regular) and 0F bags ($470, 3 lbs. 9 oz. regular).

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or a women’s Mountain Hardwear Bishop Pass 30F at backcountry.com, or other versions of the men’s and women’s Bishop Pass bags at backcountry.com.

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-guides.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-bishop-pass-30f-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 52419
Review: Black Diamond Approach Down Hoody https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-approach-down-hoody/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-approach-down-hoody/#comments Thu, 14 Apr 2022 19:52:02 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=52281 Read on

]]>
Water-Resistant Down Jacket
Black Diamond Approach Down Hoody
$429, 10 oz./284g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XL, women’s XS-XL
backcountry.com

Sometimes it’s hard to anticipate how much warmth you’ll need from your insulation, especially on a multi-day backcountry trip—and you may be tempted to go with an ultralight puffy jacket and hope for the best. If your choice is BD’s Approach Down Hoody, you’ll achieve the ultralight objective with little risk of feeling under-dressed. Wearing it on cool, very windy evenings and mornings down to the 40s Fahrenheit on a six-day backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon in early April and in similar temps on a five-day, late-summer hike in the Wind River Range, I stayed both perfectly warm and happy that I’d avoided adding more ballast to a pack already encumbered with substantial food and water weight.

Stuffed with fluorocarbon-free, RDS-certified, 800-fill power, water-resistant Allied HyperDRY goose down, the Approach Down Hoody not only has high warmth for its low weight, it also won’t lose loft if it gets damp from light rain or sweat—making it useful not only as a campsite puffy for many three-season backpacking trips, but as cold-temps insulation when on the move as well. When high winds made it feel colder than the ambient air temp in the 50s and 40s in the Grand Canyon, I remained comfortable wearing this hoody over just a couple of light base layers—often without having to yank the hood up. Without wind, it’s comfortable in temps down to around 40° F.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Black Diamond Approach Down Hoody in the Grand Canyon.

In a sub-category of outdoor apparel—ultralight down jackets—where there are few ways to distinguish between products, minor details can separate the excellent from the very good. The Approach Down Hoody leaves others behind in a few notable ways.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The Black Diamond Approach Down Hoody.
The Black Diamond Approach Down Hoody in the Grand Canyon.

First of all, like other puffy jackets, the Approach’s hood adjusts with a one-hand drawcord in back; but unlike some competitors, this drawcord is very easy to find and manipulate, even when wearing gloves. And the hood not only snugs neatly and comfortably around your head and is deep enough to extend to your eyebrows, but it stays in place when turning your head side to side even if the front zipper is fully unzipped, thanks to an elasticized face opening that helps keep it on your noggin.

Second, the shell repels light precipitation thanks to its PFC-free and water-free Empel DWR (durable, water-resistant treatment) that’s not just greener but more durable than traditional DWRs. The 10-denier by 7-denier nylon woven shell fabric helps trim grams off this jacket but it’s more susceptible to tears than a heavier fabric.

Third, the two zippered hand pockets are both quite deep—a little unusual in a three-season ultralight puffy—and the zippers smartly stop before the bottom of each pocket, meaning items inside won’t likely fall out if you inadvertently leave the pocket unzipped.

The jacket easily stuffs into the left pocket, which has a carabiner clip loop, compressing to slightly larger than a liter bottle (and it doubles as a comfortable camp pillow). Plus, it has a zippered chest pocket, a welcome convenience not always seen on sub-10-ounce puffy jackets, and elasticized cuffs and an adjustable hem with an internal cordlock.

The regular fit allows for wearing light insulation or a couple of base layers underneath and a shell over it without getting tight, bulky, or inhibiting freedom of movement. The length extends to mid-butt.

At a mere 10 ounces, the Approach Down Hoody ranks among the lightest insulation pieces for three-season backpacking on nights above freezing.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

 

The Verdict

Ultralight and packable, with a high warmth-to-weight ratio and a smartly designed feature set, the Black Diamond Approach Down Hoody stands out as a great pick for three-season backpacking in moderate temperatures and activities like ski touring and climbing in temps near or below freezing.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Black Diamond Approach Down Hoody at backcountry.com or rei.com.

See “The 12 Best Down Jackets,” “How You Can Tell How Warm a Down Jacket Is,” and all reviews of insulated jackets and outdoor apparel that I like at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Tell me what you think.

If you found this review helpful, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom. I’d really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-approach-down-hoody/feed/ 2 52281
Review: Outdoor Research Helium Wind Hoodie https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-helium-wind-hoodie/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-helium-wind-hoodie/#respond Thu, 31 Mar 2022 12:19:13 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=52056 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Wind Shell
Outdoor Research Helium Wind Hoodie
$129, 5 oz./141.7g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-XXL, women’s XS-XL
backcountry.com

If, besides very low weight, versatility counts for everything in an ultralight wind shell, the variety of places, weather, and seasons I’ve worn OR’s wafer-thin Helium Wind Hoodie speaks volumes about its value. From hiking up and sometimes running down crazy-steep trails in fall and the earliest days of spring in Utah’s Wasatch, Canada’s Banff National Park, New Hampshire’s White Mountains, and Idaho’s Boise Foothills, to the breezy heights of Hawaii’s high point, 13,803-foot Mauna Kea, and the windblown depths of the Grand Canyon, this shell fended off cool wind while taking up no more space in my daypack than my long-sleeve jersey.

A midweight among ultralight wind shells at about five ounces, the highly packable Helium Wind Hoodie also falls in the middle of its field of competitors in terms of striking an appealing balance between weight, breathability, weather resistance, and durability—making it an ideal choice for dayhikers and trail runners who will work up a sweat while possibly encountering a wide range of conditions short of a full-on rainstorm.

But I also wore it in strong, cool morning wind at times on a six-day backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon, when the forecast indicated only sunny weather and I didn’t need a waterproof-breathable rain jacket (and its added weight and bulk)—only a light shell for wind.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Outdoor Research Helium Wind Hoodie with hood up.
The Outdoor Research Helium Wind Hoodie with hood up.

The bluesign-approved, wind- and water-resistant, 30-denier ripstop nylon Pertex Diamond Fuse shell fabric blocked wind very effectively in many situations, including at windy Cory Pass on the Cory Pass-Edith Pass loop in Banff, in the Canadian Rockies, where I hit the wind after sweating through a steep 3,400-foot ascent. The fabric uses yarns with diamond-shaped filaments woven together in an interlocking pattern, lending it very good durability and abrasion and snag-resistance for a fabric this light—and better than virtually all other jackets in this weight class—while its flat surface helps the fabric shed water. If you want an ultralight shell for rock climbing, while that may risk tears in really gnarly situations, it’s probably the best choice.

The Outdoor Research Helium Wind Hoodie.
The Outdoor Research Helium Wind Hoodie.

Breathability is good, enhanced a bit by laser-cut underarm perforations. I pulled it on after hard, sweaty ascents of Mount Carrigain in the White Mountains (3,000 feet in the last three miles), Cervidae Peak in the Boise Foothills (2,000 feet in 2.2 miles), and Grandeur Peak in the Wasatch foothills on the edge of Salt Lake City (3,200 feet in 2.2 miles) and the fabric allowed my body heat to push moisture out, quickly drying my wet base layer to prevent me from getting chilled in wind and temps in the 40s and 50s Fahrenheit.

The adjustable hood uses a small strap in the back and wraps snugly around your head and the low-profile brim provides better face protection than some ultralight shells. The jacket has a comfortable, close fit with space to wear two base layers or light insulation under it.

The Helium easily stuffs into its one zippered chest pocket—which is large enough for a smartphone with room to spare—squishing down to the size of an orange(and has a carabiner loop). The elasticized hem and cuffs, while not adjustable, adequately seal out drafts.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Outdoor Research Helium Wind Hoodie

Weather Protection
Breathability
Packability
Durability
Weight-to-Performance

The Verdict

Just an ounce or two heavier than the lightest wind shells and still highly packable, the Outdoor Research Helium Wind Hoodie hits a sweet spot for weight, breathability, weather protection, and durability, making it a great pick for dayhikers, trail runners, climbers, and backpackers looking at a forecast of little to no rain. And it’s one of the most affordable ultralight wind shells you’ll find.

4.5

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Outdoor Research Helium Wind Hoodie at backcountry.com or rei.com, or a women’s Outdoor Research Helium Wind Hoodie at rei.com.

Rather have a rain jacket that’s just an ounce heavier than the Helium Wind Hoodie (although less breathable)? See my review of the Outdoor Research Helium Rain Jacket.

See my picks for “The Best Ultralight Hiking and Running Jackets” and “The 7 Best Rain Jackets for Hiking and Backpacking,” and all of my reviews of ultralight wind shells, ultralight rain jackets, trail-running gear, hiking apparel, and outdoor apparel at The Big Outside.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

 

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-helium-wind-hoodie/feed/ 0 52056
Review: Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Extreme Insulated Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-ether-light-xt-extreme-insulated-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-ether-light-xt-extreme-insulated-air-mattress/#respond Thu, 10 Feb 2022 17:58:33 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=50799 Read on

]]>
Insulated Air Mattress
Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Extreme Insulated Air Mattress
$230, 1 lb. 9 oz. (unisex regular)
Sizes: four unisex and two women’s sizes
backcountry.com

On several nights in early winter, as temperatures slipped into the teens and single digits Fahrenheit outside my tent on the snow on two separate trips in Idaho’s Boise and Boulder Mountains, I zipped up snugly inside my sleeping bag and lay on this fat, well-insulated air mattress, briefly considering that I might feel cold before morning. And every morning, I awoke after sleeping longer and later than I normally do in my bed at home, feeling incredibly well rested and realizing my 0-degree bag combined with this air mat were only pushed to their limits (for me) when the temps dropped to within a few ticks of 0° F.

While the bag I used certainly gets some credit for my comfort on those frigid nights (read my review of that sleeping bag), it’s a well-known fact that, ounce-for-ounce, the air mattress underneath you delivers more insulative value than your bag—especially on snow or frozen ground, which can quickly drain your body heat.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Sea to Summit Ether Light Extreme Insulated Air Mattress.
The Sea to Summit Ether Light Extreme Insulated Air Mattress.

The outdoor industry has, since January 2020, employed a new standard test, ASTM F3340-18, to measure R-value—or how well an air mat or any kind of sleeping pad insulates against cold ground to prevent convective heat loss from your body. Only air mats with a minimum R-value of 4.5 to 5 are adequate for sleeping outside on frozen ground with below-freezing air temperatures.

The Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Extreme Insulated Air Mattress performs well in those conditions thanks to Thermolite hollow-core insulation, which lofts inside the mat, giving its four unisex versions an R-value of 6.2, warm enough for sleeping on frozen ground in temps well below freezing. The women’s-specific Ether Light XT Extreme versions have additional Thermolite insulation, giving them a 6.3 R-value. Few air mats have an R-value that high—although two Therm-a-Rest models have a 6.9 R-value, the NeoAir X-Therm (read my review) and the NeoAir X-Therm MAX. Both also cost about $30 more but are significantly lighter and more compact than the Ether Light XT Extreme—though not, I think, as comfortable.

A fat four inches/10cm thick, the Ether Light series of air mats incorporates the brand’s Air Sprung Cells, made with a matrix of interconnected air chambers that individually conform to your body. Mimicking a pocket-spring mattress in the way they distribute your body weight and prevent hipbones or shoulders from bottoming out on the hard ground, those cells create a sleeping experience that feels more like a bed than lying atop a big, flat balloon.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

Sea to Summit Airstream Pump stuff sack.
Sea to Summit Airstream Pump stuff sack.

The Air Sprung Cells also use internal TPU fabric loops to bind the top and bottom layers of shell fabric, enabling more spacing between cells and more air pockets, all of which translates to more cushioning and less weight.

At 21.7 inches/55cm wide at the shoulders and tapering to 16.5 inches/42cm at the foot, the regular Ether Light XT Extreme provides a bit more width than standard regular-size air mats—I never felt like I was on the edge, about to roll off. The six-foot/184cm length is standard for regular-size backcountry air mats. The women’s-specific Ether Light XT Extreme versions are less than an inch wider, six inches shorter, and a bit lighter in the two sizes.

The Ether Light’s two-piece valve has separate ports for inflating and deflating, and deflating takes just a few seconds and makes for a much easier and faster method of packing up the air mat.

The 30-denier and 40-denier face fabric is more durable than some air mats and features extruded lamination and an anti-microbial treatment to inhibit fungal growth inside the mat, both features helping to extend the mat’s life.

The latter is most likely to come from inflating the mat with your breath, but that can be avoided by using Sea to Summit’s Airstream Pump stuff sack (2.2 oz.), which comes with the Ether Light air mats. It allows you to efficiently inflate the mat by blowing a light breath into the open sack and rolling the air into the mat—a much easier experience than making yourself dizzy blowing air directly through the valve. S2S says you use 80 percent fewer breaths, a time and energy saver that also reduces moisture entering the mat—even more important in sub-freezing temperatures, when it will dry out less easily.

Still, I found it requires repeatedly filling and rolling the bag, which becomes a bit tedious. I have substituted the larger and much faster Exped Schnozzel PumpBag UL bag ($39, 2 oz.), which doubles as an ultralight stuff sack for clothing, too.

The Pillow Lock is a nice feature that consists of non-stick patches applied after purchase (peeling and sticking them into place where indicated on the mat) that hold a pillow in place while you’re sleeping.

For its dimensions and R-value, the Ether Light XT Extreme is relatively light and compact at barely more than 1.5 pounds (regular size) and measuring 6.9×9.4 inches/17.5x24cm packed, slightly larger than a football.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

The Verdict

Exceptionally comfortable and highly insulated while remaining reasonably lightweight and packable for a winter air mattress, the Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Extreme Insulated Air Mattress will appeal to many backpackers, climbers, backcountry skiers and other adventurers who sleep on snow or frozen ground.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a unisex or women’s Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Extreme Insulated Air Mattress at backcountry.com or seatosummit.com.

For three-season backpacking, see my review of the Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Air Mattress.

See all of my reviews of air mattresses, backpacking gear, and sleeping bags at The Big Outside, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all my reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-guides.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-ether-light-xt-extreme-insulated-air-mattress/feed/ 0 50799
Review: Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-phantom-0-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-phantom-0-sleeping-bag/#comments Sat, 05 Feb 2022 00:29:42 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=50718 Read on

]]>
Winter Sleeping Bag
Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0
$710, 2 lbs. 9 oz./1162g (regular, 72-inch)
Sizes: short, regular, long
backcountry.com

The forecast made me sit up and wonder: Will my bag be warm enough? For the three nights in late December that I planned to spend in a tent in Idaho’s Boise Mountains, lows would drop into the teens and single digits Fahrenheit—slipping below the “comfort” rating and approaching the “limit” rating of my Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0. And this on my maiden voyage with the bag; I had not used it yet. As it turned out, I had nothing to worry about with this extraordinarily warm and packable, ultralight winter sleeping bag.

I found the Phantom 0 impressively warm even on a night that plunged to 3° F—10 degrees below its EN comfort rating of 13F/-11C and near its 0F/-18C limit rating. And yet, I slumbered comfortably wearing only midweight top and bottom layers and warm socks, adding a wool hat only during the night. I have long observed, as a warm sleeper rather than a cold sleeper, that only the highest-quality down bags will keep me warm down to their temp rating. (I didn’t have nights in this bag anywhere near the Phantom 0’s bone marrow-thickening extreme rating of -38F/-39C.)

One defining metric tells much of the Phantom 0’s story: A bountiful 30 ounces of 850-fill-power goose down constitutes three-fourths of the bag’s total weight. Stuffed fat with nearly the highest-quality down on the market (there are a few bag models with down rated at 900-fill) explains this bag’s two major advantages: a sky-high warmth-to-weight ratio and excellent packability.(The down quality also partly explains the price.) Even after being compressed for hours, this fat bag lofts up quickly.

Not only does the Phantom 0 have a greater fill weight and lower total weight than many bags in this temperature-rating category, but at about 2.5 pounds, it weighs no more than many 600-fill down bags that carry an EN limit rating of 20F. Plus, it packs down to 8.25 ins./21cm x 16.5 ins./42cm. Sold with a compression stuff sack included (3.5 oz.), the Phantom 0 compresses as compactly as some 20-degree down and synthetic bags. It bears noting the obvious point that I’m drawing comparisons between the Phantom 0 and bags that are in an entirely different class for warmth.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0 sleeping bag.
Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0 sleeping bag.

As anyone who has carried a heavy and bulky bag (something I have done) knows from experience, weight and bulk are a big deal when you’re talking about a winter bag. Any attempt at keeping a multi-day pack manageably lightweight in winter goes out the window if your bag’s weight soars toward four pounds and, when stuffed, it occupies a disproportionate share of your pack’s volume.

Other features making this a very warm bag include a fat draft collar and face gasket and a draft tube inside the zipper to efficiently trap heat; a mummy cut for efficiency trapping heat; and a four-chamber hood, which keeps the insulation from migrating, creating cold spots. I found the hood adjusts easily to form a close fit around my face and can be closed up to a small breathing hole on really cold nights.

Apropos for a winter bag, this mummy has good space inside for fitting extra clothing at your feet (to boost insulation around the part of your body that can get cold quickly), with an 86-inch length—but just as important, respectable space around your torso, with a relatively roomy 58 inches of girth at the shoulders and 52 inches at the hips (all measurements for the size regular bag). I stuffed a very warm down jacket, unzipped and open, inside the bag with me and never felt too cramped—but that comfort may vary between individuals (I’m 5’8’’, 155 pounds, with a 38-inch chest and 30-inch waist).

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0 sleeping bag.
Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0 sleeping bag foot box.

The contoured footbox also has space to pack some extra layers around feet—and allows your feet to assume a natural position when sleeping. The two-way zipper enables ventilating from either end—although I’ll never have to ventilate my feet in winter, I suppose some people might—and its zipper pull glows in the dark.

The DWR-treated, 10-denier nylon Ghost ripstop shell fabric contributes to making the bag more compressible but is at the lighter end of bag fabrics, so take care not to let it contact any sharp objects. The lining is made with recycled, 20-denier nylon taffeta.

Other Phantom versions include the highly water-resistant Phantom 0 Gore-Tex Windstopper shell ($760, 3 lbs. 7 oz., regular), the Phantom 15 ($520, 2 lbs., regular), and the Phantom 30 ($510, 1 lb. 5 oz., regular).

A tip: Get the Gore-Tex shell only if you plan to sleep without a shelter and may get snowed on. A Windstopper shell will keep much of that external moisture out of the bag’s insulation; but if you’re in a tent, most of the moisture penetrating the insulation is likely to come from your body, and you’re better off with the standard ripstop shell, which will allow that body moisture to exit the bag more quickly than Windstopper.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

Among the warmest and most packable ultralight sleeping bags in its temperature rating, with comfortable space inside and a nice hood and other features, the Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0 ranks among the very best bags for winter backpackers or campers, mountaineers, and people on chilly, three-season trips who need extra warmth even on nights that won’t approach the Phantom’s comfort or limit ratings.

4

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Mountain Hardwear Phantom 0 at backcountry.com, or other versions of the Phantom at backcountry.com or rei.com.

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-guides.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mountain-hardwear-phantom-0-sleeping-bag/feed/ 2 50718
Review: Beyond Clothing Dasche L3 Jacket https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-beyond-dasche-l3-jacket/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-beyond-dasche-l3-jacket/#respond Wed, 02 Feb 2022 13:11:12 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=50664 Read on

]]>
Breathable Insulated Jacket
Beyond Clothing Dasche L3 Jacket
$190, 14 oz./397g (men’s medium regular)
Sizes: men’s XS-3XL
beyondclothing.com

Over several cold days of ski touring from Utah’s Wasatch Range to Idaho’s Boise Mountains, with temps in the single digits and teens Fahrenheit, snow falling, and a cold wind chill at times, the Dasche L3 Jacket rarely left my body, whether serving as a middle layer skiing downhill or an outer layer skiing uphill—a testament to its breathability and versatility. The fact that it comes in under a pound and under 200 bucks should make a variety of winter adventurers sit up and take notice.

On one day touring in Big Cottonwood Canyon in Utah’s Wasatch Range, with temps in the teens, dumping snow, and the wind blowing hard, the Dasche stayed on under my shell while skiing both uphill and downhill, keeping my core at just about an ideal temp, neither sweating not ever feeling chilled.

I’ve also worn the Dasche Nordic skate skiing very hilly trails in temperatures around 20° F and cold wind, for which it proved ideal, delivering enough warmth for the long, fast, chilly downhills while not causing me to overheat on the long, strenuous uphills. Whether backcountry or Nordic skiing, it breathed and moved moisture well enough that only a little dampness built up inside, even at my upper back, and my base layer dried within minutes whenever my exertion level dropped. For me, it only became too warm in sunshine, calm air, and temps around or just below freezing—when I’d go down to one or two base layers skinning uphill or choose a lighter, more breathable jacket or vest skate skiing.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Beyond Dasche L3 Jacket.
The Beyond Dasche L3 Jacket.

The Dasche employs a hybrid vest-jacket design, with mapped, water-resistant, low-bulk 80g PrimaLoft Gold Luxe synthetic insulation in the core (front and back) and shoulders and very breathable, stretchy soft-shell fabric in the sides, underarms, and lower arms.

This somewhat unique combination of materials creates a jacket that traps heat effectively where your body needs that but also releases heat and moisture—where many jackets with this type of hybrid design do either one thing or the other better.

And rather than the usual method of stitching lines into a garment to create pockets for the insulation—holding it in place—the 20-denier, Pertex Quantum soft-shell fabric (over the jacket areas with insulation) features Pertex 3D Weave, which allows tunnel-like chambers to be woven into the fabric itself, eliminating the hole-punch effect of stitching that can compromise wind resistance. Treated with a DWR for water repellency, the fabric comes from 100 percent post-consumer recycled content, Bluesign-certified textiles and is certified to standard 100 by OEKO-TEX, meaning it’s free from harmful levels of 100 substances.

The athletic but not skin-tight fit accommodates a couple of warm base layers—but unfortunately, does not come in women’s sizes, although it is available in an unusually wide range of sizes.

Be smart about winter. See “The Best Clothing Layers for Winter in the Backcountry
and “How to Dress in Layers for Winter in the Backcountry.”

 

The Beyond Dasche L3 Jacket hood.
The Beyond Dasche L3 Jacket hood.

The uninsulated, stretchy, close-fitting hood, adjustable using one rear cordlock, moves with your head, fits under any helmet, and provides excellent coverage, extending over your face almost as much as a good, technical, winter shell hood. It cuts some wind while breathing quite well—an ideal middle-layer hood that I could wear climbing uphill without overheating. Its unique stow design, zipping inside the collar and securing with a hook-and-loop patch, is smart and simple—except that the tiny zipper pull tab and location of the patch behind your head make it tricky to deploy or stow the hood while wearing the jacket and gloves. Still, when stowed it’s virtually unnoticeable inside the collar.

Two inside, mesh drop pockets provide space close to your body for items you want to warm up or dry: One is smaller, for a spare hat or map, while the other could hold a pair of warm gloves or a single climbing skin.

On the exterior, the two zippered hand pockets are quite deep—certainly large enough for very warm winter gloves or mittens—and fronted by insulation for heating up cold hands. The left pocket has a second zippered pocket inside it, added security for anything valuable, and the jacket stuffs easily into that inner pocket.

At 14 ounces, it falls in the mid-range of insulation layers for wintry temps, and it packs down to slightly larger than a liter bottle (and compresses even smaller inside a pack).

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The Verdict

Backcountry skiers and riders, climbers, snowshoers, hikers, and others looking for a versatile, breathable, outer and middle insulation layer for working hard in sub-freezing temperatures may not find a better value than the Beyond Clothing Dasche L3 Jacket.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Beyond Clothing Dasche L3 Jacket at beyondclothing.com.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

See all of my reviews of breathable insulated jackets and outdoor apparel that I like, including “The 10 Best Down Jackets,” “The Best Gloves for Winter,” “The Best Mittens for Winter,” The Best Clothing Layers for Winter in the Backcountry,” and “12 Pro Tips for Staying Warm Outdoors in Winter.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Tell me what you think.

If you found this review helpful, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom. I’d really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-beyond-dasche-l3-jacket/feed/ 0 50664
Review: Black Diamond Vision Down Parka https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-vision-down-parka/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-vision-down-parka/#respond Sun, 14 Nov 2021 17:36:42 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=48887 Read on

]]>
Down Jacket
Black Diamond Vision Down Parka
$465, 1 lb. 4.5 oz./581g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XL, women’s XS-XL
blackdiamondequipment.com

On a morning in the first week of March, with the temperature a blood-thickening 17° F at a campsite on the edge of The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park, this fat down parka felt like my best friend. That followed a night in the teens spent inside a sleeping bag not rated for temps that low, when I spread the parka over my torso and hips inside my bag and felt an immediate infusion of warmth that enabled me to enjoy a comfortable night of sleep.

I also pulled on this parka on a windy summit during a break on a late-winter hike in Idaho’s Boise Mountains, when it instantly warmed me up after the ambient temp and wind had caused me to cool down quickly. Those experiences made me a fan of Black Diamond’s warmest insulated jacket, but there’s a back story that explains its superior performance.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Black Diamond Vision Down Parka.
The Black Diamond Vision Down Parka.

Stuffed with 800-fill power, RDS-certified, Allied HyperDRY-treated goose down insulation, the Vision Down Parka resists moisture buildup, has a warmth-to-weight ratio that ranks among the best down jackets, and offers a level of warmth that seriously compares with the upper half of many three-season sleeping bags (the parka obviously only insulates your torso). Its water-resistant down carries added importance in sub-freezing temps—the very temps for which this jacket is designed—because moisture released in sweat and when you exhale can accumulate in insulation and compromise the warmth of standard down, which loses loft and its insulating ability the wetter it gets.

The sewn-through construction, which stitches the outer, shell fabric to the inner, liner fabric—common in insulated jackets as a means of reducing weight—creates separate pockets of down that prevent feathers from migrating but also creates the potential for cold spots at seams between them. But I found the Vision Parka seriously warm even on very cold mornings in camp.

The fit accommodates a couple of base layers and a lighter insulation piece underneath without feeling overly bulky. The length extends below the waist, boosting its warmth. Underarm gussets make it easy to reach overhead and have a natural range of motion while wearing this poofy puffy.

Three zippered, oversized hand and chest pockets and two internal drop pockets easily accommodate extra gloves, water bottles, and other items you want to keep within reach. The jacket stuffs into an inside pocket, packing down to the size of a football.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The Black Diamond Vision Down Parka.
The Black Diamond Vision Down Parka’s hood.

Features on the Vision Parka clearly have climbers in mind. The unusually well-insulated hood adjusts with a single-pull cord in back that can be manipulated while wearing a winter glove, expanding enough to fit over a climbing or skiing helmet and sealing closely around your face even sans helmet. Stretch cuffs fit over light gloves or under heavier gloves with an extended gauntlet and are elasticized within the sleeve, to prevent moisture wicking to the inside.

The two-way, water-resistant front zipper zips up well above your chin and opens from the top or bottom, the latter letting you access a belay device on a climbing harness; I found the zip on my jacket was a bit sticky opening from the bottom, but it does work.

The ultralight Vision LCP shell fabric is made with the same highly tear-resistant, liquid-crystal polymer ripstop used in Black Diamond’s Vision Harness—an obvious asset for abusive activities like ice climbing and alpinism.

At a handful of feathers over 20 ounces, the Vision Parka is made strictly for extreme conditions and, admittedly, it’s overkill for most three-season backpackers. Think winter camping, ice climbing, working outside in deep cold, or extra-warm insulation for someone who gets cold easily camping in temps around or below freezing.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The Verdict

With a rare degree of warmth and features designed for extreme conditions, the Black Diamond Vision Down Parka has few competitors among the warmest down jackets for winter climbing, backpacking and camping in temperatures well below freezing.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Black Diamond Vision Down Parka at backcountry.com or blackdiamondequipment.com.

See “The 10 Best Down Jackets,” “How You Can Tell How Warm a Down Jacket Is,” “The Best Gloves for Winter,” “The Best Clothing Layers for Winter in the Backcountry,” “How to Dress in Layers for Winter in the Backcountry,” and all of my reviews of insulated jackets and outdoor apparel that I like at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and a get free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-vision-down-parka/feed/ 0 48887
Review: Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 Ultralight Pyramid Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hyperlite-mountain-gear-ultamid-2-ultralight-pyramid-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hyperlite-mountain-gear-ultamid-2-ultralight-pyramid-tent/#comments Sun, 14 Nov 2021 17:15:10 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=48938 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpacking Tent
Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2
$730, 1 lb. 2 oz./510g
hyperlitemountaingear.com

Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 Insert with DCF11 Floor
$420, 1 lb. 4.5 oz./581g
hyperlitemountaingear.com

I’ve encountered every form of mountain weather over more than three decades of backpacking, but rarely conditions like my son and I faced over three days in August in the Wind River Range: hours of daytime hiking through cold rain and wind and long nights of sheltering from that weather. Besides our invaluable time together in the wilderness—and even occasional glimpses of the mountains through a veil of air impersonating gumbo—the trip provided the redeeming benefit of seeing how impressively the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 performed, keeping us comfortable and dry.

A two-person, single-door, non-freestanding, single-wall, floor-less, pyramid-style shelter, the Ultamid 2 employs a design that has withstood the test of time, enduring because of the pyramid tent’s exceptional space-to-weight efficiency, stability in harsh weather, and reasonable ease of use.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 ultralight pyramid tent in the Wind River Range.

The Ultamid 2 pitches using two trekking poles lashed together with HMG’s sturdy Ultamid Pole Straps ($19, sold separately) and positioned at the tent’s center—which creates sloping walls—and staking the shelter’s eight stake guylines around its perimeter. It can also be suspended from a peak point, like a tree branch that’s at an appropriate height off the ground.

It can be pitched alone, as a floor-less pyramid-style tarp shelter, or with any of a variety of inserts or a ground cloth available from HMG. We used it with HMG’s Ultamid 2 Insert with DCF11 Floor—creating a bug-proof, waterproof, very stable and spacious ultralight shelter with mesh interior walls and a floor—and we tested it using two different models of adjustable, collapsible trekking poles.

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-guides.

 

Pitching the Ultamid 2 takes several minutes, even after you’re practiced at it, partly because it requires adjusting and balancing the tension and length on the eight reinforced, three-foot, 2.8mm stake guylines around the tent perimeter—but one person can pitch it. How you position the stakes and set the length of their guylines determines how high the bottom edge of the rainfly/tarp rises off the ground—the higher it rises, the greater the air flow from the floor to the two vents at the tent’s peak, helping to minimize condensation.

Using only the eight stake guylines around the perimeter, we found the Ultamid 2 more than equal to the steady wind blowing throughout two nights camped in thinly forested terrain by lakes in the Winds: The walls hardly moved. But the Ultamid 2 also has four center panel tie-outs on the walls and one tie-out on the cone for suspending the shelter under a tree; it also comes with an additional 100 feet of 2.8mm guyline. The cone’s design prevents deformation when using oddly shaped poles, paddles, sticks, or skis.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The interior of the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 ultralight pyramid tent with Ultamid 2 Insert.
The interior of the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 ultralight pyramid tent with Ultamid 2 Insert.

The Ultamid 2 area measures a cavernous 63 square feet (six feet, 11 inches by eight feet, 11 inches)—more than twice the floor area of many heavier, two-person, freestanding tents, abundant space for two people plus all gear with room to spare. Both the Ultamid 2 and the Insert reach a peak height of five feet four inches. Even with the sloping walls, that provides plenty of headroom to sit upright around the shelter’s center pole. In a pinch, you could sleep four people under the Ultamid 2 (or inside the Ultamid 2 Insert), although that would be tight, leave no space for gear, and require climbing over one another to go in and out.

Erected underneath the Ultamid 2, the optional Ultamid 2 Insert’s area measures slightly smaller than the Ultamid 2 at six feet, four inches by seven feet, 12 inches, maintaining space between the mesh and exterior walls while still creating a spacious shelter for two people and their gear.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 peak vent.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 peak vent.

With fully taped, waterproof and durable, DCF8 Dyneema composite fabric walls, the Ultamid 2 is a legitimate four-season, ultralight shelter. The tough fabric is highly resistant to tearing—although I did puncture a small hole in the top due entirely to operator error (accidentally punching the tip of one trekking pole through the fabric while erecting it, after the tent’s corners were staked, putting tension on the fabric). The hole never expanded, a credit to the fabric, and post-trip, I easily patched it using Gear Aid Tenacious Tape; HMG also sells a Dyneema Repair Kit ($19). The Insert’s tough, waterproof DCF11 floor has a deep bathtub well that protected us from rain-splashed mud getting inside.

The Ultamid, like any pyramid-style tent, does not have a good drip line: Rain will directly enter the front side of the tent when the door is open. But there’s significant spacing between the outer, waterproof walls and the interior, mesh walls of the Ultamid 2 Insert, so we rarely brushed against damp ceiling and had only minor condensation buildup on a night of hard rain in the Winds, when we had to close the door to keep rain out.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

 

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 ultralight pyramid tent with Ultamid 2 Insert.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 ultralight pyramid tent with Ultamid 2 Insert.

While condensation has classically proved the bane of single-wall, waterproof tents, the Ultamid design achieves good high-low ventilation thanks to dual peak vents with no-see-um mesh and ground-level air circulation under the elevated edges of the rainfly’s entire perimeter. The door’s two-way zipper also allows opening it slightly from the bottom to boost ventilation in rain.

Over three late-December nights of camping in Idaho’s Boise Mountains, with lows ranging from the single digits to the mid-teens Fahrenheit, my son and I slept inside only the Ultamid 2, using a standard tarp as a floor. We also threw snow around much of the tent’s perimeter, except the door area, limiting floor-level ventilation. Predictably, given that, the low temps, and snow falling each night, a thick layer of frost formed on the inside walls of the Ultamid 2; and although it flurried onto us when we brushed the walls, it was never warm enough to melt and drip, so it wasn’t much of a problem. When we packed up the Ultamid on our final morning, that frost fell off almost completely by simply shaking the shelter—the Dyneema fabric easily sheds frost.

Backpackers camped by Thousand Island Lake along the John Muir Trail in the Ansel Adams Wilderness, High Sierra.
Backpackers with the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 camped by Thousand Island Lake along the John Muir Trail in the Ansel Adams Wilderness, High Sierra.

There’s no vestibule, but we could tuck our boots under the lower edge of the tent outside the door to keep them dry; we could even lengthen the stake guylines to elevate the door side of the Ultamid higher off the ground and away from the tent interior enough to cook under it in the rain (leaving the bottom of the door partly unzipped to help ventilate and avoid carbon dioxide buildup inside from the stove).

Relative to its living space when pitched, the Ultamid 2 packs down to a very compact package measuring 8.5x6x5.5 inches.

There’s also the larger Ultamid 4 ($880, 1.4 lbs.).

Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2

Space-to-Weight Ratio
Sturdiness
Ease of Use
Ventilation
Features
Livability

The Verdict

While it’s quite expensive and has shortcomings, you’d be hard-pressed to find a backpacking shelter that compares with the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 for living space, space-to-weight ratio, stability, durability, and protection in almost any weather and any season.

4.3

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 at hyperlitemountaingear.com, the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid 2 Insert at hyperlitemountaingear.com, any of the various insert or floor options for the Ultamid 2 at hyperlitemountaingear.com, the Ultamid 4 at hyperlitemountaingear.com, and the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Ultamid Voile Straps at hyperlitemountaingear.com.

See “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents” and all of my reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

See also my “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “How to Choose the Best Ultralight Tent for You.” 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Was this review helpful?
If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?
Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hyperlite-mountain-gear-ultamid-2-ultralight-pyramid-tent/feed/ 6 48938
Review: Hoka One One TenNine Hike Gore-Tex Boots https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hoka-one-one-tennine-hike-gore-tex-boots/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hoka-one-one-tennine-hike-gore-tex-boots/#comments Tue, 02 Nov 2021 17:25:56 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=48690 Read on

]]>
Hiking and Backpacking Boots
Hoka One One TenNine Hike Gore-Tex
$275, 2 lbs. 2 oz. (US men’s 9)
Sizes: US men’s 7-14, women’s 5-11, standard and wide sizes
backcountry.com

Lacing up the Hoka One One TenNine Hike Gore-Tex boots for the first time felt a little like suiting up for a moon walk—if moon boots feel exceptionally cushy, light, supportive, and surprisingly stable, given their oversized platform. Although I’ll probably never walk on the moon, after wearing these boots on a four-day, 45-mile backpacking trip in Yosemite, I’ll definitely hike many more miles of trails in them.

Most distinctively, the TenNine Hike sports a conspicuously extended heel geometry—a broad, compression-molded, EVA foam midsole platform projecting farther outward behind and to each side of the heel than has yet (to my knowledge) been used in any hiking footwear—even more so than Hoka’s signature oversized, lightweight foam midsole, used in the brand’s other models. Hoka says the extended heel creates a more efficient heel-to-toe transition.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Hoka One One TenNine Hike Gore-Tex boots.
Hoka One One TenNine Hike Gore-Tex boots.

Carrying 25 to 35 pounds in a backpack for four days in Yosemite—and briefly around 45 pounds, including some 12 pounds of water, for a bit over a mile uphill to a waterless campsite—I immediately noticed the enhanced softness of each step taken in these boots, an effect that persisted even through days hiking up to 14 miles and over multiple days of backpacking.

Hoka One One TenNine Hike Gore-Tex boots.
Hoka One One TenNine Hike Gore-Tex boots.

Hiking in them also quickly disabused me of my primary concern before trying them out: That the elevated platform would feel unsteady or awkward. That wasn’t the case. While I wouldn’t use or recommend these boots for scrambling or hiking very rugged off-trail terrain—both because of the wide platform and because, like other lightweight shoes, they’re not really built for that level of hard use—walking a trail in the neutral-stability TenNine Hike feels largely no less steady than traditional, narrower-platform hiking shoes.

Even with its higher bed of cushion, the TenNine Hike has a mere 4mm heel-to-toe drop, the same as found in Hoka’s Speedgoat 4 and Speedgoat Mid 2 GTX and other models. That’s somewhat minimal but has always felt good for me, as a hiker and runner who has never found that zero-drop active footwear suit my feet.

Like other Hoka shoes I’ve worn and liked, the TenNine Hike’s medium-volume, over-the-ankle fit feels comfortably snug in the heel and midfoot and provides decent room for the toes; the boots also come in wide sizes for men and women. Three pairs of lace hooks on each boot help prevent them loosening up over miles of hiking.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Hoka One One TenNine Hike Gore-Tex boots.
Hoka One One TenNine Hike Gore-Tex boots.

The Gore-Tex membrane keeps feet dry in rain showers and when splashing through puddles, but it’s my experience with lightweight footwear that the membrane can get overwhelmed by hiking long distances through wet snow, a sustained downpour, or constantly brushing against dripping vegetation overhanging a trail.

Like other boots in this weight class, the TenNine breathes reasonably well, aided by the mesh tongue and perforated patches on either side of the ankle: In temps that ranged from the 40s into the 70s Fahrenheit under a hot alpine afternoon sun, my feet stayed mostly dry and comfortable, although they got sweaty enough one afternoon that I developed a minor hot spot (which I taped immediately to prevent it developing into a blister; see my “8 Pro Tips for Preventing Blisters When Hiking”). The Gore-Tex fabric is also made with recycled ripstop textile and recycled polyester throughout the collar, laces, heel pull tab, and vamp webbing. 

I found the Vibram Megagrip outsole with 5mm lugs and a Litebase compound—which Hoka says reduces weight without compromising durability—delivered very good traction on dry trails that ranged from loose gravel and rocks to solid granite slabs and packed dirt.

The ripstop textile uppers, metal lacing hardware, and rubber toecap provide good durability for on-trail use. The weakness in the TenNine—as is common in lightweight shoes—lies where the midsole foam projects over the outsole on the lateral, forward side of each boot, subjecting it to more abrasion than other areas of the boot. Still, I’d expect these to have a similar life as other hiking footwear in its weight class, upwards of 400 miles, varying depending on the rockiness of trails you usually hike, how wet and muddy they get, and whether you clean muck off them after each hike.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The Verdict

For dayhikers and backpackers who carry moderate or light loads, stick to trails, and prefer lightweight hiking footwear, the Hoka One One TenNine Hike boots deliver one-of-a-kind cushion and comfort.

BUY IT NOW 

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase the men’s or women’s Hoka One One TenNine Hike Gore-Tex boots at backcountry.com.

See all my reviews of lightweight hiking shoes and backpacking boots, my “Expert Tips for Buying the Right Hiking Boots,” and “8 Pro Tips for Preventing Blisters When Hiking.”

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

 

You may also be interested in my picks for The Best Trekking Poles” and “The 10 Best Hiking Daypacks,” which includes my expert buying tips, and all of my reviews of hiking gear and backpacking gear.

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Tell me what you think.

If you found this review helpful, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom. I’d really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hoka-one-one-tennine-hike-gore-tex-boots/feed/ 8 48690
Review: Granite Gear Perimeter 50 Backpack https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-granite-gear-perimeter-50-backpack/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-granite-gear-perimeter-50-backpack/#comments Sat, 30 Oct 2021 11:51:33 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=48587 Read on

]]>
Backpack
Granite Gear Perimeter 50
$250, 50L/3,050 c.i., 3 lbs. 3 oz./1.4kg (women’s regular with standard hipbelt)
Sizes: unisex regular and long, women’s short and regular
backcountry.com

I already had close to 35 pounds loaded in the Perimeter 50 on the first day of a four-day, 45-mile, late-September backpacking trip in Yosemite, when I added about 12 pounds of water and carried it over a mile uphill to a waterless campsite—and was pleasantly surprised at how comfortably it hauled weight that exceeded what Granite Gear rates the pack to handle. While we all have a different measure of max weight and comfort, much about the Perimeter 50 will appeal to backpackers who haul light to moderate loads and appreciate a backpack with an adjustable fit and highly functional features.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Granite Gear Perimeter 50 harness.
Granite Gear Perimeter 50 harness.

Long known for its attention to backpack fit and design details, Granite Gear introduced its Perimeter series packs with adjustability for both torso length and shoulder width, accomplished by easily resetting the position of a clip behind each shoulder strap between regular and wide settings along a vertical daisy-chain. The two women’s sizes fit torsos ranging from 15 to 21 inches, and the two unisex sizes torsos 18 to 24 inches.

Interestingly, while I was inadvertently shipped a women’s regular (I asked for unisex regular), it did fit me quite well—because I could adjust the shoulder straps to the wider position and the correct length for me. This tells me that the pack’s fit range would accommodate just about anyone. The unisex regular fits the same as the women’s regular for torso length but they have different width measures and hipbelt sizes (two hipbelt options for unisex and women’s).

With a spring steel rod to give the pack an ergonomic shape plus rigidity along the vertical axis and some horizontal flex, and a PE board cone to disperse weight and provide structure for anchoring the shoulder straps, the Perimeter suspension system is rated to carry 40 pounds, according to Granite Gear. As mentioned above, I found it carried 45 pounds or more well—though not very far—and was quite comfortable hiking 11- to 14-mile days with 30 to 35 pounds inside.

That’s a good weight capacity for a 50-liter pack that weighs just a few ounces over three pounds empty. I’ve seen few backpacks that compare with that over the past three decades of testing gear.

The pack’s padded and widely adjustable Re-Fit hipbelt proved soft enough to embrace the contours of my hips while sporting enough structure to not collapse under loads at the upper end of its capacity. It’s available in two size options in both the unisex and women’s models. The dual-density foam shoulder straps contour nicely, differing in that regard between the unisex and women’s harnesses, and have a quickly removable sternum strap.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

 

A top-loader, it has a removable, floating lid pocket with a DWR-treated (durable, water-resistant) zipper and a cinch-and-roll closure with crossing compression straps, and a wide mouth that opens to a spacious, bright main compartment. The Perimeter 50 has good space for at least five days of food and three-season, lightweight gear, including a full-size bear canister (which I carried in Yosemite, inserting it upright; my Bear Vault BV500 does not fit horizontally in the Perimeter 50). On our four-day hike in Yosemite, I brought my favorite luxury gear item—a one-pound camp chair (scroll down in this review to see it)—plus some superfluous gear I was field-testing. It filled the Perimeter 50 but I didn’t have to greatly extend the lid.

The eight external pockets include two spacious hipbelt pockets with DWR-treated zippers and room for a smartphone and at least a couple of energy bars. A bottom flap has a zippered pocket for storing a rainfly or shell jacket and clips to the front side of the pack body—a handy way to carry a sleeping pad, although doing that effectively depletes the space in the flap’s pocket. Two stretch-woven side pockets and front pockets add abundant capacity and are more durable than similar pockets on many backpacking packs. The 100-denier and custom 210-denier, Robic high-tenacity nylon fabric is as durable as you’ll find on most backpacking packs.

The series also includes the unisex and women’s Perimeter 35 ($230, 3 lbs.).

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

Granite Gear Perimeter 50

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Durability

The Verdict

For backpackers who carry light to moderate loads and appreciate a customizable fit and highly functional features in a backpack, the Granite Gear Perimeter 50 represents a great choice at a modest weight and price.

4.3

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a unisex or women’s Perimeter 50 at backcountry.com or a unisex or women’s Perimeter 35 at backcountry.com.

See my picks for “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The Best Ultralight Backpacks,” my “5 Expert Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” and all of my reviews of backpacks, backpacking gear, ultralight backpacks, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

Was this review helpful?
If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?
Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-granite-gear-perimeter-50-backpack/feed/ 2 48587
Review: Nemo Riff 30 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-riff-30-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-riff-30-sleeping-bag/#respond Wed, 20 Oct 2021 14:31:21 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=48525 Read on

]]>
Sleeping Bag
Nemo Riff 30
$360, 2 lbs. 1 oz. (men’s regular)
Sizes: men’s and women’s regular and long
backcountry.com

Let’s face it: Sleeping in a lightweight or ultralight mummy bag isn’t so deliciously comfy that you’d do it on your bed at home—we generally reserve that elusive pleasure for the more obvious rewards of backpacking through wilderness. But the space and features of Nemo’s Riff, available in models rated to 30 and 15 degrees, just might brighten your opinion of the comfort of bags designed for the backcountry.

I slept in the men’s Riff 30 (inside a tent) for two rainy, raw, and windy August nights around 40° F backpacking in Wyoming’s Wind River Range, staying perfectly warm without ever having to completely mummy myself inside the bag; and in the same temps for four nights backpacking through Washington’s Pasayten Wilderness in September and on two cold, very windy nights in a tent in June in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Nemo Riff 30 Thermo Gills.
Nemo Riff 30 Thermo Gills.

The Riff’s unique, spoon-shaped cut translates to thermal and weight efficiency while creating extra space at the elbows and knees—particularly nice for side sleepers (like me). The girth in the men’s regular length measures a generous 62 inches at the shoulders, tapers to 54 inches at the hips, and expands to 59 inches at the feet, creating a comfortably roomy sleeping environment compared to other ultralight bags. The women’s regular also sports spacious dimensions of 60, 53, and 57 inches at the shoulders, hips, and feet.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Nemo Riff 30 sleeping bag.
Nemo Riff 30 sleeping bag.

Besides its spacious fit, the Riff sports other features designed to enhance comfort, beginning with the brand’s signature Thermo Gills, parallel zippers over your torso that open to uninsulated fabric, allow venting without letting cold air inside. The insulated Blanket Fold flap at the chin provides extra cover when you open the top of the bag and a fat piece of extra insulation when you zip it up tight, augmenting the full-length draft tube inside the zipper. An integrated pillow pocket can be stuffed with clothing or a Nemo Fillo pillow.

Weighing just a tick over two pounds (men’s regular) and stuffed with 10 ounces of PFC-free, RDS-certified, 800-fill down, the Riff has very good warmth for its weight and a packed size of 11.5×7.5 inches in its stuff sack, comparable to other 800-fill bags. The bag’s hydrophobic down also repels moisture, meaning it still traps heat efficiently when wet—the traditional weakness of standard down—and dries faster. The adjustable hood closes comfortably around my head, boosting warmth on colder nights.

The 40-denier nylon ripstop shell fabric throughout the bag adds a little weight but significantly more durability than the 15- or 20-denier fabric used in many backpacking bags, and the footbox has a DWR (durable, water-repellent treatment) to prevent condensation on the tent wall from dampening that end of the bag. The beefy no. 5 YKK zipper moves smoothly and won’t stick or fail as easily as lighter zippers. The left zipper in men’s bags and right zipper in women’s bags allow zipping two bags together.

The Nemo Riff 15 ($400, 2 lbs. 6 oz. regular), in men’s and women’s models, provides added warmth for shoulder seasons or people who tend to sleep cold.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Nemo Riff 30 foot box.
Nemo Riff 30 foot box.

Nemo Riff 30

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

Granted, you may not start sleeping in the Riff on your bed at home. But for backcountry nights, the Nemo Riff 30 and Riff 15 both provide a level of comfort that rises above many competitors in its weight class, while remaining lightweight and packable.

4.3

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Nemo Riff 30 or Riff 15 at moosejaw.com or backcountry.com, a men’s Nemo Riff 30 or Riff 15 at nemoequipment.com, or a women’s Nemo Riff 30 or Riff 15 at nemoequipment.com.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

 

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Was this review helpful?
If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?
Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-riff-30-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 48525
Review: Gossamer Gear Mariposa 60 Ultralight Backpack https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-gossamer-gear-mariposa-60-ultralight-backpack/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-gossamer-gear-mariposa-60-ultralight-backpack/#comments Thu, 14 Oct 2021 20:30:32 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=48359 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpack
Gossamer Gear Mariposa 60
$315, 60L/3,661 c.i., 1 lb. 14 oz./850.5g (medium pack with small hipbelt)
Sizes: unisex S-L for both pack and hipbelt
gossamergear.com

Certain items of gear rise to the status of “classic” based on their enduring popularity—especially with ultralight backpacking gear—and that rings true for the Mariposa 60. After hauling it on late-summer, multi-day hikes in Wyoming’s Wind River Range and Washington’s Pasayten Wilderness, I’ve come to understand why I’ve seen this pack on the backs of so many ultralighters: It sports much of what you’d want in an ultralight backpack with hardly a flaw.

Central to this pack’s appeal is its weight: Few backpacking packs weigh under two pounds—in fact, even many of today’s best daypacks weigh more. For backpackers whose top priority is low weight, the Mariposa 60 automatically vaults ahead of many of its best competitors on the short list of these backpackers.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


I found the Mariposa 60 carried quite comfortably with about 25 pounds inside on a three-day, 22-mile, August backpacking trip in the Wind River Range (that was cut short by terrible weather). Wearing it backpacking about 45 miles over five days through Washington’s Pasayten Wilderness in September, I began with just over 30 pounds, which seemed to push the pack’s comfort—and more specifically, to overwhelm the hipbelt. But it felt better after I ate some food ballast, reducing the total weight closer to 25 pounds.

The pack’s suspension system is comprised of a unisex harness with light, flexible, ergonomic shoulder straps and hipbelt that are perforated for ventilation and lack any kind of rigid structure. There’s also a removable back/sit pad, with the option of upgrading to the more deluxe air flow sit pad or a thinner and lighter pad or forgoing the pad completely (which compromises comfort and requires loading the pack carefully to avoid objects jabbing into your back).

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my expert e-books.

The Mariposa achieves some transfer of load weight from shoulders to hips with a lightweight, U-shaped, internal stay—a common feature of packs in this category. That’s a minimalist design that keeps pack weight low but obviously cannot deliver the amount of support and rigidity typical of heavier packs with more substantial internal suspension systems. (On the flip side, ultralight packs that are even lighter than the Mariposa 60 may have no support structure like an internal stay.)

Gossamer Gear describes the pack’s max carrying capacity as “best with loads under 30 pounds but will handle up to 35 just fine.” I found the first part of that sentence more accurate, although I expect the second part may prove true for some backpackers for whom 35 pounds is nothing. But for many people—including me, and I’ve carried far more than 35 pounds over innumerable days and miles in a variety of backpacks over the past three decades of testing gear—the Mariposa harness doesn’t really provide the support for that much weight, instead shifting that weight onto the only backup support system: your torso. However, it comes close.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

Gossamer Gear Mariposa 60 hipbelt pocket.
Gossamer Gear Mariposa 60 hipbelt pocket.

The pack comes in three unisex sizes with an interchangeable hipbelt in three sizes, allowing for fit customization that compares with what’s offered by some of the most-respected brands in much larger packs: Most backpackers will find a Mariposa size that fits them well. I fall in the middle of the sizing range for the medium pack and, as expected, it fit me quite well. But my 30-inch waist falls within the wide sizing range of both the small and medium hipbelts, so I tried both and found the small better for me. In fact, I swapped out the belt myself and that process took at most 15 minutes the first time—you have to line up the two ends of the removable, U-shaped stay with their slots on the back of the hipbelt—but was simple enough.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

Gossamer Gear Mariposa 60 two side pockets.
Gossamer Gear Mariposa 60 two side pockets.

A top-loader with a roll-top closure that clips with two straps to the pack’s front side, the Mariposa’s 36-liter main compartment has abundant space for five to seven days—and conceivably more—of food and three-season, lightweight gear, including a full-size bear canister (inserted upright; it will not fit horizontally). On our five-day hike in the Pasayten, I even brought my favorite luxury gear item—a one-pound camp chair (scroll down in this review to see it)—plus some superfluous gear I was testing; and while I filled the Mariposa up, it fit everything well. Dedicated ultralighters will find this pack’s capacity often more than enough.

One common drawback of ultralight backpacks is their minimalist organization, especially skimping on external pockets. The Mariposa 60 eliminates that concern with seven external pockets that add a combined 24 liters of capacity. The voluminous stretch-mesh front stuff pocket will swallow a wet rainfly and shell. The deep pocket on one side accommodates an ultralight shelter, air mattress, or both folding trekking poles and an umbrella. Gossamer Gear also sells separately its Lightrek Pack Bungee Attachment ($5) for attaching poles or other items to the Mariposa using its external gear loops and two plastic attachments for seating pole ends.

Two smaller pockets on the other side hold a liter bottle—I could reach into the lower pocket to grab and reinsert a bottle while wearing the pack—and plenty of small items like a map, gloves, and snacks. The two zippered hipbelt pockets each easily accepts a smartphone with room for a couple of energy bars as well. The zippered lid pocket, positioned on the main compartment’s extendable collar fabric (because the Mariposa does not have a traditional lid) is convenient for small items; but filling the pack cuts into that pocket’s volume.

Other nice touches include a safety whistle on the sternum strap, one axe loop, and six D-rings on the shoulder straps. Lastly, the 100-denier and 200-denier Robic nylon pack fabric will survive serious abuse; the only true durability weakness is the stretch-mesh front pocket.

Gossamer Gear Mariposa 60

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Durability

The Verdict

For ultralight and lightweight backpackers who commonly carry no more than about 30 pounds—with deliberate emphasis on that caveat—the Gossamer Gear Mariposa 60’s sub-two-pound weight, custom-fit comfort, and features make it a top performer in this category.

3.9

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Gossamer Gear Mariposa 60 at gossamergear.com.

See my picks for “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The Best Ultralight Backpacks,” my “5 Expert Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” and all of my reviews of backpacks, backpacking gear, ultralight backpacks, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-gossamer-gear-mariposa-60-ultralight-backpack/feed/ 2 48359
Review: Rab Microlight Alpine Down Jacket https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-rab-microlight-alpine-down-jacket/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-rab-microlight-alpine-down-jacket/#comments Tue, 12 Oct 2021 11:24:40 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=48331 Read on

]]>
Water-Resistant Down Jacket
Rab Microlight Alpine Down Jacket
$295, 15 oz./425g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XXS-XXL, women’s XS-XXL
backcountry.com

Although it wasn’t the weather we’d hoped for in the Wind River Range, the rain and chilly wind whipping through our campsites seemed like the perfect testing conditions for Rab’s Microlight Alpine Down Jacket. And it passed the test, thanks to features designed to fend off wet and raw conditions—giving this puffy jacket strong appeal to backpackers, climbers, and others with a knack for getting themselves into that kind of weather in any season.

I found the Microlight Alpine Jacket abundantly warm enough on cool, wet, and windy evenings and mornings around 40° F in camps on an August backpacking trip in Wyoming’s Wind River Range, and in the same temps on a dry, four-day, late-September backpacking trip in Yosemite.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Rab Microlight Alpine Down Jacket.
Rab Microlight Alpine Down Jacket.

This fat puffy is stuffed with five ounces of GRS-certified, recycled, 700-fill goose down that’s hydrophobic—meaning it retains its loft and ability to trap heat even when damp and dries faster than standard down. The micro and nano stitch-through baffle construction, which stitches the outer, shell fabric to the inner, liner fabric—commonly used to reduce a jacket’s weight and often the cost—does create visible boxes of down with potential cold spots at seams separating them. But I noticed no compromise in warmth even on damp, windy evenings and mornings in camp.

The recycled, 30-denier Pertex Quantum ripstop nylon shell doesn’t leak feathers and provides a medium level of durability that’s better than many lighter puffy jackets. Plus, it has an excellent DWR (durable, water-repellent treatment) that sheds light precipitation and, paired with the hydrophobic down, makes this a better (read: warmer) choice for wet weather than many down jackets—as it demonstrated in the Wind River Range.

In fact, the Microlight Alpine Jacket has a fully recycled shell, insulation, and lining.

The adjustable hood has a stiffened brim and, with a single drawcord in the back, it wraps snugly around your head and delivers a substantial boost in warmth. The front zipper extends up over your chin, sealing in warmth effectively, as do the elasticized cuffs and adjustable hem.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Two zippered pockets positioned above a backpack or climbing harness belt provide warmth for hands, while a zippered chest pocket has space for small items plus the included stuff sack.

At 15 ounces, for someone (like me) who doesn’t get cold too easily, this puffy jacket delivers enough warmth (over one or two base layers) for temps below freezing; people who do get chilled easily may find it warm enough for the 30s Fahrenheit. The slim fit allows wearing a couple of light layers underneath and the Microlight comes in a broader range of sizes for men and women than a lot of outerwear. It’s moderately packable and warm for its weight but not as much as puffy jackets with higher down-fill ratings.

Planning your next big adventure? See “America’s Top 10 Best Backpacking Trips
and “Tent Flap With a View: 25 Favorite Backcountry Campsites.”

 

The Verdict

With water-resistant down and shell fabric—all fully recycled—and abundant warmth, the Rab Microlight Alpine Down Jacket offers better versatility than many competitors, for year-round use in temps down to below freezing.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Rab Microlight Alpine Down Jacket at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-book!

See “The 12 Best Down Jackets,” and all reviews of insulated jackets and outdoor apparel at The Big Outside. And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-rab-microlight-alpine-down-jacket/feed/ 4 48331
Review: Outdoor Research Helium Insulated Hoodie https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-helium-insulated-hoodie/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-helium-insulated-hoodie/#respond Thu, 30 Sep 2021 14:40:03 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=48119 Read on

]]>
Breathable Insulated Jacket
Outdoor Research Helium Insulated Hoodie
$199, 11 oz./312g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
backcountry.com

On a late-September backpacking trip in Yosemite, this lightweight and packable puffy jacket kept me warm on evenings and mornings in the 40s Fahrenheit—including one morning when a steady, chilly breeze blew through our camp beside Yosemite Creek, even though I wore it over just one midweight, long-sleeve base layer. But the story only begins there. The Helium’s breathable synthetic insulation greatly expands its versatility to four seasons, wet weather, and wearing it while hiking, climbing, or pursuing backcountry snow sports in cool to cold temps. And it’s made from partly recycled materials.

While backcountry skiing in low 20s temps in December in Idaho’s Boise Mountains, it provided a perfect amount of insulation for skiing downhill and similarly for a cold skin track on the climb up.

Considering its low weight and bulk, I was surprised by the Helium’s warmth. Its breathable and stretchy, 60g VerticalX ECO SR insulation delivers not only a high warmth-to-weight ratio and the usual benefit of synthetic insulation—trapping heat even when wet—but it derives from Repreve recycled polyester and 37 percent plant-based Sorona textile. Beyond its green creds, the combination of these materials produces an insulation that lofts more than some synthetics and 20 percent more than OR’s previous VerticalX iteration. It even gives the jacket an almost down-like appearance.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Outdoor Research Helium Insulated Hoodie in Yosemite National Park.
Testing the Outdoor Research Helium Insulated Hoodie in Yosemite National Park.

A hood always boosts an insulated jacket’s warmth proportionately greater than the additional weight and bulk it brings and the Helium’s adjustable, helmet-compatible hood seals neatly around your head and face to help keep warmth inside.

Likewise, the wind- and water-resistant, 15- by 30-denier Pertex Quantum shell fabric is made from 41 percent recycled materials. And Diamond Fuse technology, consisting of yarns with interlocking, diamond-shaped filaments that resist snagging, reinforces the shell’s strength: OR says it is twice as durable as fabrics commonly used in this category of insulated jackets, without increasing its weight.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life.
Click here now to learn more.

 

The standard fit leaves space for a couple of base layers and a light, insulated vest while remaining low-bulk—it’s very comfortable to wear on the move. The length extends to mid-butt. The two very spacious, zippered hand pockets hold winter-weight gloves and smaller items and are positioned above a backpack’s hipbelt or a climbing harness belt. Smart design details include an adjustable hem and low-profile stretch cuffs, which pull over light gloves or mittens or fit easily underneath the gauntlet of heavier handwear.

Weighing just 11 ounces (men’s medium), the jacket stuffs into its left pocket, packing down to slightly larger than a liter bottle—a valuable quality in any season.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The Verdict

The lightest, most packable insulated jacket in OR’s collection, the Helium Insulated Hoodie could become the most versatile piece in your layering system, useful for wearing in camp on three-season backpacking trips as well as when exerting in cold-weather activities like hiking, climbing, and snow sports.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or a women’s Outdoor Research Helium Insulated Hoodie at backcountry.com.

See my other reviews of breathable insulated jackets, my picks for “The 10 Best Down Jackets,” and all of my reviews of outdoor apparel that I like.

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Tell me what you think.

If you found this review helpful, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom. I’d really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-helium-insulated-hoodie/feed/ 0 48119
Review: Sea to Summit Alto TR2 Ultralight Backpacking Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-alto-tr2-ultralight-backpacking-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-alto-tr2-ultralight-backpacking-tent/#respond Thu, 16 Sep 2021 22:11:22 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=47962 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpacking Tent
Sea to Summit Alto TR2
$449, 2 lbs. 9 oz./1162g (rainfly, tent, and poles)
rei.com

Backpacking five days in September through some of the northernmost mountains in the Lower 48 in Washington’s Pasayten Wilderness—sharing the trails with Pacific Crest Trail thru-hikers finishing up their 2,650-mile walk as well as backpackers on shorter journeys—we wanted a shelter that could protect us from the wildest, late-season weather possible. It would also be nice if it wasn’t too heavy, given the rugged terrain there. Sea to Summit’s Alto TR2 fit the bill and demonstrated its cred as an outstanding ultralight tent.

A two-person, two-door, semi-freestanding, double-wall tent, the Alto TR2 kept my wife and me dry inside during a couple hours of early-morning rain, and it held up quite well in moderate winds on some nights, including at one campsite in a meadow just above Rock Pass on the PCT.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Sea to Summit Alto TR2 ultralight backpacking tent.
Sea to Summit Alto TR2 ultralight backpacking tent.

“Semi-freestanding” may sound like an oxymoron, but it simply means that the tent’s pole structure gives it shape but pitching the tent properly nonetheless requires staking it out. In practice, even freestanding tents require staking for optimal performance, so semi-freestanding confers the advantage of reduced overall tent weight without compromising stability. Conveniently, you can also still flip the tent upside-down and shake dirt and debris out before removing the poles when packing it up—something that’s hard to do with a fully non-freestanding tent.

The Alto TR2 is fairly easy to pitch once you get the hang of the proper sequence—which I practiced in my yard pre-trip—but still took me several minutes in the backcountry. The hubbed pole system is shaped like a wishbone with one long ridgeline pole running the tent’s length, spliced into two short poles at the foot end, and a “tension ridge” bridge pole crossing over the high point to hold up both tent doors. Two adjustable guylines smartly connect very easily via toggles through loops at the tent ends to increase stability in wind.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Sea to Summit Alto TR2 ultralight backpacking tent interior.
Sea to Summit Alto TR2 ultralight backpacking tent interior.

By staking out the center of the head end and the two corners at the foot end first, then erecting the poles and clipping up the tent’s mesh canopy before staking out the rest of the tent’s perimeter, and finally adjusting the tension on the seven stake points (including the two vestibules), it’s simple to achieve a balanced tension that keeps the floor and walls taunt. The pole and tent grommets are color-coded where the pole’s three endpoints are inserted into two grommets at the foot end and one at the head end. The two pockets on the underside of the rainfly are also color-coded to match the two ends of the tension ridge pole, allowing you to quickly align the rainfly.

But most uniquely, the upward tilt of the arms of the tension ridge that extends over both doors magnifies the living space—especially headroom—compared to many two-person tents in this weight class. It feels larger inside than the 27 square feet of floor space implies, while the 42.5-inch peak height exceeds what you’ll find even in many heavier backpacking tents. Overall interior space is modest but comfortable for two people—wide enough for two standard air mattresses (53 inches at its widest, 38 inches at the foot end) and 84 inches long, fitting even very tall people.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Sea to Summit Alto TR2 ultralight backpacking tent.
Sea to Summit Alto TR2 ultralight backpacking tent.

The interior tent doors have two-way zippers and are tall and broad, making entry and egress very easy. The vertical walls create a drip line that keeps rain out of the tent interior in a light shower but wind can easily blow rain inside unless you close the vestibule doors at least partly.

The all-mesh interior provides excellent ventilation; we saw no condensation on cool, rainy mornings or cool, calm nights. Plus, the Alto TR2 creates very good high-low air movement from the multi-directional, covered apex vents at the rainfly’s very highest point—uniquely enabled by the tension ridge—and the baseline venting at the bottom enabled by two-way zippers on the vestibule doors that allow you to vent from the bottom without letting rain inside the interior shelter. A large, zippered panel directly below the apex vent, accessed from inside the tent, allows the free flow of air through that vent—and differs from high vents in other three-season tents in its position at the very top of the rainfly as well as in not having a mesh panel that inhibits air movement more significantly than you’d assume mesh would. (Want to learn more about the new S2S ultralight tents? Watch this lengthy but informative video.)

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

Sea to Summit Alto TR2 ultralight backpacking tent door pull tabs.
Sea to Summit Alto TR2 ultralight backpacking tent door pull tabs.

The combined 18 square feet of storage area in the two vestibules compares with other tents in this weight class—adequate for storing boots and a midsize backpack. The tent doors can be rolled back completely on dry, mild nights for better air movement and stargazing.

The rainfly, tent floor, and mesh interior canopy are all made with 15-denier fabric—very lightweight but also more susceptible to tears than heavier fabric, so it warrants being careful in where you set it up and when packing it up. The deep bathtub floor keeps mud from splashing inside in a hard rain.

I like the little details like the upper pull tab on the two-way tent door zippers being shorter than the lower zipper tab, to differentiate between them in the dark; the horseshoe shape of the tiny rainfly clips that attach to the tent stake loops at three points, allowing you to easily connect and disconnect them with a quick 90-degree rotation; the adjustable lines that attach rainfly corners to the tent’s staked corners and the vestibule doors; and the separate stuff sacks for the rainfly and tent body (as well as the stakes and poles, as with most tents), more convenient for splitting up the tent’s components with a partner.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

 

Sea to Summit Alto TR2 tent rainfly vent.
Sea to Summit Alto TR2 tent rainfly vent.

The Alto TR2 Lightfoot footprint ($50, 8.4 oz., sold separately), allows you to leave the interior tent home and pitch the tent in bug-free weather with just poles, rainfly, and a waterproof floor made of more-durable, 68-denier polyester—a setup that shaves seven ounces from the shelter’s weight. The downside in a tent this small is that items you bring inside may more easily get pushed out from under the rainfly.

Other versions include the Alto TR1 solo tent ($499, 2 lbs. 1 oz.) and the Alto TR2 Plus ($449, 2 lbs. 13 oz.), constructed with fabric interior walls and a higher-specification waterproof floor for shoulder-season use in colder, wetter weather. And backpackers who prioritize space over low weight may prefer the Sea to Summit Telos TR2 ($599, 3 lbs. 4 oz.).

Sea to Summit Alto TR2

Space-to-Weight Ratio
Sturdiness
Ease of Use
Ventilation
Features
Value

The Verdict

At just an ounce over two-and-a-half pounds, the Sea to Summit Alto TR2 delivers surprising livability for an ultralight tent, along with good stability and ventilation, making it a great choice for ultralighters, thru-hikers, or anyone who prefers a lighter backpack without compromising on their shelter.

4.5

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the Sea to Summit Alto TR2 at backcountry.com or seatosummit.com, or another version of the Sea to Summit Alto tent at backcountry.com or seatosummit.com.

Looking for a three-person tent? Take a look at the Sea to Summit Telos TR3 ($599, 4 lbs. 4 oz., fly and footprint pitch 3 lbs. 6 oz., at backcountry.com), which has a floor area of 39.5 square feet and a cavernous peak height of over 52 inches; or the Sea to Summit Telos TR3 Plus ($649, 4 lbs. 9 oz., fly and footprint pitch 3 lbs. 6 oz., at backcountry.com or seatosummitusa.com), built for pushing your adventures into wintry conditions.

See “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents” and all of my reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

See also my “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “How to Choose the Best Ultralight Tent for You.” 

And don’t miss my picks for “The Best Backpacking Gear” of the year.

Was this review helpful?
If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?
Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and a get free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-alto-tr2-ultralight-backpacking-tent/feed/ 0 47962
Review: Mammut Meron IN Hooded Down Jacket https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mammut-meron-in-hooded-down-jacket/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mammut-meron-in-hooded-down-jacket/#comments Tue, 14 Sep 2021 16:56:42 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=47941 Read on

]]>
Down Jacket
Mammut Meron IN Hooded Down Jacket
$479, 14 oz.397g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
backcountry.com

As gray clouds hovered low overhead, the air still carried the dampness of the day’s rain, and a chilly wind whipped through our campsite by a lake in the Wind River Range, I zipped inside the Mammut Meron IN Hooded Down Jacket, pulled the hood up—and felt warmth immediately surround me. Fat but exceptionally light and packable, this puffy vaulted to the top of my list of insulated jackets. Here’s why.

I found the Meron more than warm enough on cool, wet, and windy evenings and mornings around 40° F in camps on an August backpacking trip in Wyoming’s Wind River Range. I also wore the Meron IN Hooded Down Jacket in similar temps backpacking five days through Washington’s Pasayten Wilderness in September, with mostly dry weather but one cool, damp morning of light rain, and found I didn’t always even pull the hood over my head (I also wore a wool hat).


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Mammut Meron IN Hooded Down Jacket.
Testing the Mammut Meron IN Hooded Down Jacket in the Pasayten Wilderness.

At 14 ounces, for someone who doesn’t get cold too easily, this puffy jacket would deliver enough warmth (over one or two base layers) for temps around freezing; people who do get chilled easily may find it warm enough for 40° F and good over a lighter insulation layer in freezing temps.

Stuffed with RDS (Responsible Down Standard)-certified, 95 percent 900-fill-power goose down and five percent goose feather filling, the Meron boasts a warmth-to-weight ratio matched by very few down jackets. The sewnthrough construction, which stitches the outer, shell fabric to the inner, liner fabric—common in ultralight jackets made for three-season temperatures to reduce a jacket’s weight—creates visible boxes of down with potential cold spots at seams between them. But I noticed no compromise in warmth even on damp, windy evenings and mornings in camp.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The helmet-compatible hood adjusts with a single drawcord in the back and wraps completely around your face, shielding it from wind; and with the zipper extending up over your chin, it seals in warmth very effectively, as do the elasticized cuffs and adjustable hem.

The fit leaves room for a couple of base layers and/or a light insulation piece underneath, yet never feels bulky. The length extends slightly below the waist, providing adequate coverage while helping to minimize weight. Two warm, zippered hand pockets are positioned higher than a backpack or climbing harness belt and are quite spacious: Each can fit a climbing skin (for backcountry skiing) plus a warm glove. The jacket stuffs into a zippered inside pocket, packing down to the size of a small bread loaf.

The lightweight, polyamide ripstop shell has a PFC-free DWR (durable, water-repellent treatment) that repelled a light rain in camp and sports durability comparable to the fabric on many lightweight down jackets. Plus, the jacket carries a Bluesign rating, indicating that at least 90 percent of the materials used in making it meet Bluesign standards.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

The Verdict

With exceptional warmth per ounce and packability and a total weight of just 14 ounces, the Mammut Meron IN Hooded DownJacket ranks among the very best down jackets for three-season backpacking and front-country camping in temperatures plunging to freezing.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Mammut Meron IN Hooded Down Jacket at backcountry.com, rei.com, or mammut.com.

See “The 12 Best Down Jackets,” and all of my reviews of insulated jackets and outdoor apparel that I like at The Big Outside.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Was this review helpful?
If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?
Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mammut-meron-in-hooded-down-jacket/feed/ 4 47941
Review: Six Moon Designs Lunar Solo Ultralight Backpacking Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-six-moon-designs-lunar-solo-ultralight-backpacking-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-six-moon-designs-lunar-solo-ultralight-backpacking-tent/#comments Thu, 29 Jul 2021 17:10:40 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=47317 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpacking Tent
Six Moon Designs Lunar Solo
$250 ($35 extra for seam sealing), 1 lb. 9 oz. (without the optional, 2-oz. carbon pole)
Sizes: men’s S-XL, women’s XS-XL
sixmoondesigns.com

At around 7,000 feet in Yellowstone in September, the season can turn on a dime—and the last 24 hours of an otherwise beautiful, five-day backpacking trip on Yellowstone’s Bechler River Trail demonstrated that, delivering steady rain and wind all night and on our last day of hiking (which featured a bone-chilling river ford). The trip’s range of weather put a spotlight on the strengths of the classic, ultralight Six Moon Designs Lunar Solo tent, as well as its one major weakness.

A single-wall, one-person, hexagonal tent with a floating floor, the Lunar Solo pitches using one trekking pole set to a 49-inch/124.5cm peak height and tilted slightly outward, requiring a pole that extends to at least 125cm. Six Moon Designs also sells a two-ounce carbon pole that can be used instead, but most backpackers buy a tent like this in order to drop the weight of a tent pole from their pack and a trekking pole is stronger than the optional carbon pole.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Six Moon Designs Lunar Solo ultralight backpacking tent in Bechler Canyon, Yellowstone National Park.
The Six Moon Designs Lunar Solo ultralight backpacking tent in Bechler Canyon, Yellowstone National Park.

Pitching it properly requires placing the six stakes in a specific sequence: the front (door side) corners first, followed by the vestibule and the middle rear corner, then the two other rear corners and finally the front center. I spent about 30 minutes pitching it the first time in my back yard, figuring out the correct tension between the guyline that extends from the tent’s apex under the vestibule door and the position of the tent corners to have it all look good. (Six Moon designs provides instructions on pitching the Lunar Solo here.)

Once you’ve dialed in the procedure, it goes up within maybe five minutes—not quite as easily as a freestanding tent, but that’s one of the tradeoffs for the weight savings. When staked out properly, the tent has a taut pitch that stands up well to moderate winds.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The Six Moon Designs Lunar Solo tent interior.
The Six Moon Designs Lunar Solo tent interior.

The hexagonal, 26 square feet of interior space and 49-inch peak height exceed those measures in some solo shelters. But because it pitches using a single pole, the walls all slope downward from the peak, limiting headroom and living space inside. By comparison, the Gossamer Gear The One ultralight solo tent pitches with two trekking poles, creating more headroom and nice livability, even though its actual dimensions and peak height are less than the Lunar Solo’s.

The 20-denier, silicone-coated polyester fabric in the walls and 40-denier, six-inch-deep bathtub floor—which prevents rain splashing inside—provide durability comparable to many ultralight shelters and stretches little when wet. Six Moon Designs offers seam-sealing for a $35 fee.  

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

The Six Moon Designs Lunar Solo tent rainfly.
The Six Moon Designs Lunar Solo tent rainfly.

The 8.5-square-foot vestibule has adequate space for storing a lightweight backpack and boots while allowing you to come and go, and the vestibule door rolls back to boost ventilation and give you a view of the night sky. I could tie back or close the vestibule door while lying flat in my bag—it was entirely within reach. The vestibule does not quite reach the ground when staked out, which improves air circulation in order to help control condensation inside (more on that below) without getting anything inside the vestibule wet, except possibly anything near the vestibule’s edge getting splashed in heavy rain.

The tent door’s drip line permitted me to keep the vestibule wide open for ventilation when the rain fell lightly, although I had to close it during spells of hard rain.

That points to my major complaint about the Lunar Solo: It suffers from the typical bane of single-wall tents: condensation created by warmer air and the moisture you exhale inside the tent and colder air outside the tent’s thin wall. To minimize that problem, the Lunar Solo features an all-mesh wall on the door side and a six-inch band of mesh around the perimeter just above the bathtub floor—protected from rain by a low, external awning extending over the mesh. But those design elements only help when there’s air movement.

On a dead-calm night that dropped to around 40° F at over 7,000 feet in Yellowstone, I slept in the Lunar Solo beside a cold creek—which undoubtedly exacerbated the condensation that collected inside by morning. Still, even when properly pitched, in those conditions, the tent doesn’t ventilate well enough to prevent the heavy condensation that dripped onto my bag whenever I brushed the tent walls. Condensation also built up inside the tent on our rainy last night in lower Bechler Canyon, when I had to close up the vestibule at times.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

The Six Moon Designs Lunar Solo tent interior.
The Six Moon Designs Lunar Solo tent interior.

The condensation and sloping walls meant that I, at five feet, eight inches, couldn’t sit up anywhere but directly below the tent’s peak without brushing my head against a wet ceiling, or move around much without brushing my bag’s foot against a wet wall. Frankly, it’s not easy living in the Lunar Solo in wet conditions.

Six Moon recommends keeping the door open whenever possible and trying to avoid conditions that promote condensation buildup, such as prolonged rain or camping by water or at the bottom of a valley. But that’s not always possible: In Yellowstone, our designated campsites where always near the Bechler River or a tributary creek.

Six Moon Designs also sells the Lunar Duo ($375, 2 lbs. 13 oz.), which pitches with two trekking poles and has two doors and vestibules, thus minimizing the headroom and ventilation issues of the Lunar Solo.

Six Moon Designs Lunar Solo

Space-to-Weight Ratio
Sturdiness
Ease of Use
Ventilation
Features
Value

The Verdict

At barely more than 1.5 pounds, pitching with a trekking pole, the Six Moon Designs Lunar Solo provides impressively lightweight, sturdy shelter at a good price. But its condensation problem makes it best suited to drier climates.

3.7

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase the Six Moon Designs Lunar Solo at sixmoondesigns.com or the Six Moon Designs Lunar Duo at sixmoondesigns.com.

See “The 7 (Very) Best Backpacking Tents” and all of my reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

Was this review helpful?

If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

 

See also my “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “How to Choose the Best Ultralight Tent for You.” 

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-six-moon-designs-lunar-solo-ultralight-backpacking-tent/feed/ 2 47317
Review: Danner Trail 2650 Hiking Shoes https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-danner-trail-2650-hiking-shoes/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-danner-trail-2650-hiking-shoes/#respond Fri, 09 Jul 2021 15:42:27 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=46915 Read on

]]>
Hiking Shoes
Danner Trail 2650 Mesh
$190, 1 lb. 7.5 oz. (US men’s 9)
Sizes: men’s S-XL, women’s XS-XL
backcountry.com

Want one pair of hiking shoes that do it all? Join the club. And maybe also check out Danner’s Trail 2650. Having knocked off some trail miles in the mesh version of these very light hikers, from brutal desert heat (which can do terrible things to feet) to a trail strewn with wet, slippery, large rocks (which can demand terrible things of shoes), I’m convinced that many dayhikers and lightweight backpackers would find quite a lot to admire about these shoes.

I tested the Trail 2650 carrying a daypack weighing 10 to 12 pounds on a 10-mile, 3,600-vertical-foot October dayhike of 4,700-foot Mount Carrigain in New Hampshire’s White Mountains, on a trail strewn with wet, slippery rocks and occasional mud. I also wore them on summer hikes of up to 10 miles in my local foothills—including two laps up and down one very steep trail that rises more than 2,000 vertical feet in just 2.2 miles—and on hikes during a six-day, June rafting and kayaking trip on the Green River in southern Utah, on trails varying from packed dirt to rocky and sandy, in temps ranging from the 50s to 90s Fahrenheit.

Named for the length of the 2,650-mile Pacific Crest Trail, the shoe represents Danner’s bid to create light, comfortable footwear that spans the performance spectrum from dayhiking to lightweight and long-distance backpacking.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Danner Trail 2650 Mesh hiking shoes.
Danner Trail 2650 Mesh hiking shoes.

While Danner offers the Trail 2650 in several versions, including waterproof-breathable and mid-cut, I deliberately chose the low-cut, more-breathable Trail 2650 Mesh for three-season dayhikes and multi-day trips in the dry climate of the West, where I do most of my hiking and where breathability often takes priority over waterproofing. Whether we’re talking about PCT thru-hikers or the many backpackers and dayhikers who generally hit the trail in dry conditions, the major source of wet feet (and blisters) is not rain but sweat. Plus, in the event of rain or a wet trail, the airy uppers allow the shoes to dry out very quickly.

These shoes passed that performance test. With mesh throughout the perforated uppers, lining, and tongue, they ventilated quite well and kept my feet dry even in the searing heat of June in the Southwest desert. Granted, all of those tiny holes in the uppers allow more dust inside than a model with textile or leather uppers would. But it’s not as bad as some shoes I’ve used and a small tradeoff for the amplified breathability.

The comfortably snug medium-volume fit kept my heel and midfoot from slipping, even on steeper ascents and descents, while providing a roomy toe box. The 2650 have a cushioning EVA midsole, a moderate 8mm toe-to-heel drop, and the forefoot flex of trail-running shoes combined with the lateral stability and torsional rigidity of high-quality hiking shoes, thanks in part to a TPU mid-foot shank.

Danner’s unique EXO heel counter moves the rigid heel piece that’s traditionally built inside the shoe’s upper to the shoe’s exterior, maintaining the protection and locked-in stability of a heel counter while softening the contact between heel and shoe.

I’m fully confident that I could carry a multi-day backpack weighing 30 pounds or more hiking in these shoes without a problem.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Danner Trail 2650 Mesh hiking shoes.
Danner Trail 2650 Mesh hiking shoes.

The 2650’s Vibram 460 outsole with Megagrip compound and multi-directional lugs gripped well on dirt, sand, and rock, performing as well as the many low-cut, lightweight shoes that have a very similar outsole design.

An ample rubber bumper wraps around the shoe’s toe. The durability of the mesh won’t match that of leather or textile uppers; but on PCT-like trails where you generally encounter packed dirt more than a rocky treadway, the midsole and outsole will probably wear out before the uppers suffer terminal damage. Choose the leather-textile of the standard Trail 2650 or the Trail 2650 Full Grain model if you frequent rocky trails; but in all likelihood, as with many low-cut, lightweight hiking shoes, you’ll probably get 300 to 500 miles in the Trail 2650 before needing to replace them.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

As with many shoes in this category, the major weak point is likely the exposed strip of soft midsole foam on the sidewalls from the midfoot to the heel, which tends to get chewed up more easily on rocky trails. But on these shoes, the outsole platform projects outward very slightly wider than the midsole on each side, potentially offering that soft layer a bit more protection.

Besides the Trail 2650 Mesh, Danner offers the standard Trail 2650 with leather and textile uppers ($190), the Trail 2650 Campo for warm temps ($170), the Trail 2650 Campo GTX ($200), and the waterproof-breathable Trail 2650 GTX low-cut ($190) and Trail 2650 GTX Mid ($210).

The Verdict

At just a pound-and-a-half per pair (US men’s 9), the Danner Trail 2650 Mesh shoes keep feet cool and, like all versions of the Trail 2650, deliver very good comfort, support and traction for dayhikers and ultralight and lightweight backpackers—or thru-hikers.

BUY IT NOW 

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase any version of the men’s or women’s Danner 2650 hiking shoes at backcountry.com.

See all my reviews of lightweight hiking shoes and backpacking boots, my “Expert Tips for Buying the Right Hiking Boots,” and “8 Pro Tips for Preventing Blisters When Hiking.”

You may also be interested in my picks for The Best Trekking Poles” and “The 10 Best Hiking Daypacks,” which includes my expert buying tips, and all of my reviews of hiking gear.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-danner-trail-2650-hiking-shoes/feed/ 0 46915
Review: Princeton Tec Vizz Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-princeton-tec-vizz-headlamp/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-princeton-tec-vizz-headlamp/#respond Fri, 02 Jul 2021 13:13:58 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=46788 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Headlamp
Princeton Tec Vizz
$50, 3.2 oz./90.7g (with three AAA batteries, included)
outdoorplay.com

As headlamps for the backcountry have continuously improved in terms of brightness, versatility, and low weight, some have acquired a level of complexity that demands spending a little time learning how to use it. Not so with the latest version of this longtime top-performer. Still among the brightest ultralight headlamps, Princeton Tec’s Vizz 420 stands out for many reasons that others do—plus simplicity: You don’t need a degree in electrical engineering to operate it—almost anyone who’s ever used a headlamp will intuitively understand how to use it. But many will most appreciate not having to study a user manual.

I’ve used generations of Vizz headlamps on countless backpacking trips over the years and the Vizz 420 most recently in camp on a five-day September backpacking trip in the Pasayten Wilderness and a six-day rafting and kayaking trip through Desolation and Gray canyons in southern Utah.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Princeton Tec Vizz headlamp
Princeton Tec Vizz headlamp.

With quick, one-button operation, you can click the power button to cycle through the two white modes and one red mode and depress and hold the button to control the dimming function in all three modes. Holding the power button for several seconds turns the lockout mode on and off.

At max power, the 420-lumen spot LED projects a beam 79 meters (over 250 feet), according to Princeton Tec. In my experience with it on dark nights in the backcountry, at max power, the beam illuminates at a distance well over 200 feet (60 meters). But most of us will more commonly use any headlamp at medium power, which is 90 lumens in the Vizz 420. That’s bright enough to light your foreground for 25 meters (65 feet)—certainly adequate for hiking a dark trail—and the Vizz 420 can provide that level of light for over 50 hours on three fresh AAA batteries, longer than most backpackers need on typical trips.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Princeton Tec Vizz headlamp power button.
Princeton Tec Vizz headlamp power button.

Two white LED bulbs cast a broad flood light with a range that PTec puts at 24 meters (almost 80 feet), for up to 90 hours. The red mode formaintaining night vision has a max brightness of 16 lumens, fine for walking around camp in the dark, and will last 135 hours, but lacks a strobe option. Plus, the headlamp’s regulated circuitry delivers consistent light output even as the batteries run down.

Like many leading ultralight headlamps, the Vizz is rated waterproof down to a meter for up to 30 minutes (IPX7).

While not rechargeable, the Vizz’s battery compartment is accessed by simply turning a small screw, easily done with your fingers. Lastly, the head strap is comfortable whether on the move or lying on your back.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The Verdict

Still among the brightest ultralight headlamps for dayhikers, backpackers, climbers, trail runners, and backcountry skiers, the Princeton Tec Vizz 420 shines for its versatility and simplicity.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the updated Princeton Tec Vizz 420 at outdoorplay.com or ems.com.

See “The 7 Best Headlamps” and all reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

Was this review helpful?

If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

 

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all my reviews and expert buying tips.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read those stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip” and the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-princeton-tec-vizz-headlamp/feed/ 0 46788
Review: Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-ether-light-xt-insulated-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-ether-light-xt-insulated-air-mattress/#respond Wed, 30 Jun 2021 11:36:10 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=46681 Read on

]]>
Insulated Air Mattress
Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress
$199, 17.3 oz. (regular)
Sizes: five unisex and two women’s-specific sizes
backcountry.com

What makes us sleep so well in the backcountry? I contemplated that question after numerous, very peaceful nights of deep slumber on a river trip and three backpacking trips. Certainly, the deep quiet and being outdoors matter. But I must give a nod to the comfort of Sea to Summit’s Ether Light XT, my bed for all those nights—an air mat with an interesting back story of the technology behind my blissful nights on the ground.

I tested the regular Ether Light XT while backpacking four nights in the Pasayten Wilderness in September, two nights in the Wind River Range in August, four nights in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park in March, two nights on southern Utah’s Owl and Fish canyons loop in early May, three nights in southwest Colorado’s San Juan Mountains in August, and on five nights beside the gently whispering Green River on a rafting and kayaking trip through Desolation and Gray canyons in June.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress
Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress

A fat four inches/10cm thick, the Ether Light series of air mats incorporates the brand’s Air Sprung Cells, made with a matrix of interconnected air chambers that individually conform to your body. Mimicking a pocket-spring mattress in the way they distribute your body weight and prevent hipbones or shoulders from bottoming out on the hard ground, those cells create a sleeping experience that feels more like a bed than lying atop a big, flat balloon.

The Air Sprung Cells also use internal TPU fabric loops to bind the top and bottom layers of shell fabric, enabling more spacing between cells and more air pockets, all of which translates to more cushioning and less weight. At 21.5 inches/55cm wide at the shoulders and 16.5 inches/42cm at the foot, the regular Ether Light XT provides a bit more width than standard regular-size air mats—I never felt like I was on the edge, about to roll off. The six-foot/184cm length is standard for regular-size backcountry air mats.

Considering its dimensions, the Ether Light XT is relatively light at barely more than a pound in the regular and measures 4.5×9.5 inches/11x24cm packed, slightly larger than a liter bottle.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress
Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress

The mat features two types of insulation: Exkin Platinum, a quiet, non-woven fabric with a metalized layer that reflects the body’s radiant heat; and Thermolite, a hollow-core insulation that lofts inside the mat to prevent convective heat loss, giving the Ether Light XT’s five unisex sizes an R-value of 3.2, warm enough for three-season trips in the mountains. The two women’s-specific sizes are slightly wider and have additional Thermolite insulation, giving them a 3.5 R-value.

In The Maze District in the first week of March, three of our nights had lows ranging from the high teens to the mid-20s Fahrenheit and I remained entirely warm and comfortable—even sleeping in a 30-degree bag (the freakishly warm and ultralight Feathered Friends Hummingbird)—clearly at least in part because the Ether Light XT provided solid insulation from a cold (though not frozen) ground.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress Airstream Pump stuff sack.
Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress Airstream Pump stuff sack.

The two-piece valve has separate ports for inflating and deflating, and deflating takes literally a few seconds and makes for a much easier and faster method of packing up the air mat.

Sea to Summit’s Airstream Pump stuff sack employs the Bernoulli effect to efficiently inflate the mat by blowing a light breath into the open sack and rolling the air into the mat—a much easier experience than making yourself dizzy blowing air directly through the valve. S2S says you use 80 percent less breaths, a time and energy saver that also minimizes the amount of breath moisture entering the mat. I’ve always found air mats vastly easier to inflate using a stuff sack in this way. The Airstream stuff sack opens at both ends—one for the bag for inflating, the other end for the mat itself.

I found it requires filling and rolling the Airstream Pump stuff sack eight or nine times to inflate the Ether Light XT fully—which can feel a little tedious. I substituted the larger and faster Exped Schnozzel PumpBag UL bag ($39, 2 oz.) and only had to fill and roll it three times. The Schnozzel can double as an ultralight stuff sack for clothing, too.

The 30-denier and 40-denier face fabric is more durable than some air mats and features extruded lamination and an anti-microbial treatment to inhibit fungal growth inside the mat, both features helping to extend the mat’s life. The Pillow Lock consists of non-stick patches applied after purchase (peeling and sticking them into place where indicated on the mat) that hold a pillow in place while you’re sleeping.

Sea to Summit’s Ether Light XT Extreme insulated air mat ($200, 1 lb. 9 oz.) has more insulation, boosting the R-value to 6.2, for use in sub-freezing temps.

I’ve helped many readers plan unforgettable backpacking and hiking trips.
Want my help with yours? Click here now.

 

Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress

Comfort
Weight-to-Performance Ratio
Packability
Durability

The Verdict

Extraordinarily comfortable and still fairly lightweight and packable, the Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress will appeal to many backpackers and other backcountry travelers who like their wilderness with a chaser of solid sleep.

4.4

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase any model of the Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Insulated Air Mattress or the Sea to Summit Ether Light XT Extreme Insulated Air Mattress at backcountry.com or seatosummit.com.

See all of my reviews of air mattresses, backpacking gear, and sleeping bags at The Big Outside, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Was this review helpful?

If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all my reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sea-to-summit-ether-light-xt-insulated-air-mattress/feed/ 0 46681
Review: Black Diamond Spot350 Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-spot350-headlamp/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-spot350-headlamp/#respond Tue, 22 Jun 2021 16:13:32 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=46452 Read on

]]>
Headlamp
Black Diamond Spot350
$40, 3 oz. (with three AAA batteries, included)
backcountry.com

BD’s latest update to its Spot line of headlamps, while incremental, maintains this light’s high functionality for backpackers, climbers, trail runners, backcountry skiers, and other users. The Spot350 illuminated moonless nights for me on a six-day rafting and kayaking trip down the Green River through Desolation and Gray canyons, demonstrating the reliability and versatility that its lineage has on many past adventures, such as rising before dawn to beat the heat on a 74-mile backpacking trip through the Grand Canyon in May and predawn mornings and dark evenings on a 94-mile traverse of the CDT in Glacier National Park and a 45-mile hike in the Pasayten Wilderness, both in September.

The primary upgrade is a boost in max brightness to 350 lumens, projecting a beam for nearly 300 feet (BD claims 86 meters, or 282 feet)—bright enough for climbers searching for a descent route in the dark, trail runners and backcountry skiers on predawn missions, and certainly for hiking a dark trail. The Spot350 will burn for almost four hours at max power on three AAA batteries.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Black Diamond Spot350 headlamp
Black Diamond Spot350

As before, the low-profile design—featuring two buttons that simplify mode selection—uses the larger button to power on and off and for dimming function (in all modes), while the smaller button cycles between the three modes: white beam, peripheral white mode, and red for night vision. The strobe function activates when double clicking the large button in all three modes.

BD’s PowerTap technology—found in other BD headlamps—allows you to simply tap the right side of the casing to cycle between max brightness and whatever dimmed level you previously set. The brightness memory technology means the Spot350 turns on in the mode and brightness level you last turned it off.

In peripheral lighting mode, the broad beam projects light uniformly at medium brightness to organize gear or illuminate a campsite or tent interior, without getting blotchy or having an annoying dark spot in the center. At low power, six lumens, the beam carries eight meters and BD says lasts 200 hours on three AAA batteries. I’ve taken numerous multi-day trips with all Spot models—including time hiking in the dark as well as normal campsite usage—without the batteries dying.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

Black Diamond Spot350 headlamp
Black Diamond Spot350

The easy and infallible lockout function turns on and off by depressing both buttons for a few seconds. The IPX8 rating means it’s waterproof to a little over one meter for 30 minutes.

The slender headband is wide enough to remain comfortable for hours, and the battery compartment opens easily with the flip of a small lever, requiring no tools.

BD’s Spot325 differs largely in that it has minimally less brightness at max power—it’s essentially unnoticeable—and you can grab one at 25 percent off until stocks are sold out at blackdiamondequipment.com.

I can help you plan this or any trip you read about at my blog. Find out more here.

 

The Verdict

The Black Diamond Spot350 isn’t rechargeable, but for brightness, versatility, features, weight, and price, it’s still a top value in an ultralight headlamp for backpackers, dayhikers, climbers, trail runners, backcountry skiers, and other users.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Black Diamond Spot350 at backcountry.com, moosejaw.com, or blackdiamond.com.

See “The 5 Best Headlamps” and all of my reviews of hiking gear, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

Was this review helpful?

If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

 

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of all my reviews and expert buying tips.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

—Michael Lanza

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and a get free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-spot350-headlamp/feed/ 0 46452
Review: Leki MC 12 Vario Trekking and Running Poles https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-leki-mc-12-vario-trekking-and-running-poles/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-leki-mc-12-vario-trekking-and-running-poles/#respond Fri, 28 May 2021 13:35:27 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=46175 Read on

]]>
Trekking and Running Poles
Leki MC 12 Vario
$250, 15 oz./pair (men’s 110-130cm pair, without stuff sack)
Sizes: men’s 110-130cm, women’s 100-120cm
moosejaw.com

If you think that nerding out on the “performance” aspect of trekking and trail-running poles just goes too over the top for you, don’t bother reading any further. But if you’re a serious hiker, trail runner, or backpacker who likes the idea of light, strong, adjustable, and very packable poles designed to help you conserve energy and possibly even move faster and go farther, you need to know about Leki’s innovative MC 12 Vario.

Folding, four-section, adjustable poles—a category with only a few competitors—the MC 12 Vario and all of Leki’s Cross Trail series poles share the unique feature of the Cross Shark strap and grip. Based on the quick-release trigger shark grip developed for Nordic ski poles, the hook-and-loop strap wraps and seals around the hand, while a button on top of the grip, easily depressed with your thumb, releases the strap to free your hand from the pole without constantly having to rip the strap off and on. Depressing that button lets you slide the strap back into place for using the poles.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Leki MC 12 Vario poles grip.
Leki MC 12 Vario poles grip.

Plus, the enhanced width of the MC 12 Vario strap—adjustable for different hand sizes or wearing lightweight gloves, while its perforated mesh releases perspiration—and the ergonomic shape of the grips feel more supportive and comfortable.

As I found on multi-hour outings on my local trails—including hiking a very steep trail that rises 2,000 vertical feet in just 2.2 miles, when I certainly adjusted the poles’ length differently for going up versus down—the design elevates your control of these sticks when hiking or running, enabling a quick swing, plant, and push-off that’s faster and more energy efficient then standard, simple pole straps. It also creates less hand fatigue because you hardly have to grip the poles. The sub-one-pound weight of the poles enhances the ease of swinging the poles.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

Leki MC 12 Vario poles strap.
Leki MC 12 Vario poles strap.

This design will appeal most to ultra-hikers, runners, and racers on mountain trails as well as dayhikers and backpackers who value light and highly functional trekking poles. But thanks to the quick-release shark mechanism, even hikers and backpackers who prefer pole straps they can easily slide their hands in and out of without having to open and close a hook-and-loop strap each time get the added performance without sacrificing convenience. These poles let you have your cake and eat it, too.

The 100 percent highly modular (HM) carbon construction makes the poles light and strong (although carbon can sheer under rare stresses). The extended open-pore, sweat-absorbing foam grips with a cork appearance let you hold the poles below the straps, useful in steep terrain or when briefly carrying the poles by your side. A grid surface on the lower grips keeps sweaty hands or gloves from slipping,

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

 

Using the poles once or twice quickly familiarizes you with the simple, somewhat unique method for engaging and folding them. The Core Locking Device (CLD) provides secure locking and quick length adjustability. To engage the poles, open the locking lever and pull the second shaft section out of the upper section as far as it extends, locking the lower shaft sections in place; a click and red “lock” line on the second section indicate the maximum extension. Then set to the desired length and close the lever.

To fold the poles for storage, open the lever, extend the second section to the red “lock” line until it clicks, then slide the second section completely into the upper one, fold the two lower sections and close the lever.

Get my expert help planning your next trip. Click here now!

 

Leki MC 12 Vario poles Core Locking Device (CLD).
Leki MC 12 Vario poles Core Locking Device (CLD).

A small dial on the CLD lever adjusts its tension—easily done with your fingers, requiring no tool. The poles lack a mechanism for locking them in the folded position, making the included stuff sack—which weighs barely more than an ounce—the only means of containing them.

The pole’s length range is 110cm to 130cm in the men’s and 110cm to 120cm in the women’s (which otherwise differ little, women and men can probably use either model). While comparable to other folding, adjustable poles, that’s not as broad an adjustability range as many collapsible (or telescoping) poles have and not long enough to use with some ultralight tents that pitch with trekking poles, but similar to the range of many models. However, that adjustability range will suit most hikers, backpackers, and runners, while the poles weigh less and are more compact when folded than other highly durable models. 

Leki MC 12 Vario poles folded.
Leki MC 12 Vario poles folded.

The folded length of 42cm/16.5 inches, while not quite as short as other folding pole models, allows these poles to attach unobtrusively to the outside of a running vest or small daypack and fit inside just about any luggage, even many carry-ons.

If you want all the performance of the MC 12 Vario poles without the Cross Shark strap and grip, see my review of the very similar Leki Micro Vario Carbon Black Series poles.

Plan your next great backpacking adventure in Yosemite and other flagship parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Leki MC 12 Vario poles grips and straps.
Leki MC 12 Vario poles grips and straps.

Leki MC 12 Vario Poles

Adjustability/Sizes
Packability
Versatility
Weight
Durability

The Verdict

For many hikers, mountain runners, backpackers, and climbers who like the idea of poles that combine low weight, strength, packability, and exceptional performance—especially (though not only) for speed and long distances—the Leki MC 12 Vario poles have one-of-a-kind functionality.

4.2

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the men’s or the women’s Leki MC 12 Vario poles at backcountry.com or Moosejaw.com.

See my picks for “The Best Trekking Poles” and my stories “How to Choose Trekking Poles” and “10 Best Expert Tips for Hiking With Trekking Poles,” and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, ultralight backpacking gear, and hiking gear.

Was this review helpful?

If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

 

See also why I almost never hike without poles in my “10 Tricks For Making Hiking and Backpacking Easier,” and my “8 Pro Tips for Preventing Blisters When Hiking.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there.
Join now to read ALL stories and a get free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-leki-mc-12-vario-trekking-and-running-poles/feed/ 0 46175
Review: MSR Windburner Group Stove System https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-msr-windburner-group-stove-system/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-msr-windburner-group-stove-system/#respond Fri, 21 May 2021 13:28:24 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=45960 Read on

]]>
Backpacking Stove
MSR WindBurner Group Stove System
$260, 1 lb. 5 oz.
backcountry.com

When cooking for more than two hungry people in the backcountry—especially if that includes kids—having a large pot and powerful stove keeps the team from waiting so long that they threaten revolt. But the stove’s performance in wind matters, too. On family backpacking trips of three days in Hells Canyon and the Canadian Rockies, four days on Nevada’s Ruby Crest Trail, and six days in Utah’s High Uintas Wilderness, plus a five-day hike with three friends in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park, MSR’s WindBurner Group Stove System not only staved off rebellion, it boiled and cooked quickly in a range of temps and even surprised with its fuel efficiency.

Internally pressure-regulated to produce consistent heat output, with an enclosed burner that blocks wind, as well as flame control that goes from boiling fast to a low simmer, the WindBurner Group System boils a liter of water in about three minutes (in a lab setting at room temperature). It puts out 7,000 BTUs—but more importantly, the protected burner means wind doesn’t blow heat away and more of those BTUs actually reach the pot.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The MSR WindBurner Group Stove System.
The MSR WindBurner Group Stove System.

Compared to simpler (and admittedly lighter) stoves that lack wind protection, the WindBurner—true to its name—shines in campsites where there’s no avoiding wind. According to MSR, the WindBurner stoves achieve fuel efficiency of 60 percent to 75 percent, depending on the cookware used—as do MSR’s Reactor stoves—compared to about 50 percent fuel efficiency for the brand’s PocketRocket (and other, simple canister stoves like it).

However, an 8 mph breeze will slash the fuel efficiency of simple burners like the PocketRocket roughly in half, to 25 to 35 percent, according to MSR’s research. But a stove operating off of 100 percent primary air—like the WindBurner or Reactor—that’s much less affected by wind, sees its fuel efficiency drop off by only about two percent. It basically performs in wind as if there was no wind.

MSR says the stove’s efficiency makes an eight-ounce fuel canister last 95 minutes. In the High Uintas, cooking at elevations up to 11,000 feet with wind at times and mornings down to around 40° F, four of us used less than two full, 16-oz. MSR IsoPro fuel canisters in six days (five breakfasts and dinners). The only time I saw diminished performance was in early March in The Maze District of Canyonlands, when we had mornings in the 20s Fahrenheit, which slowed the stove’s fuel vaporization.

The Windburner Group Stove System comes with just the stove, pot, and lid. Nearly eight inches wide and six inches deep, the 2.5-liter, ceramic-coasted, aluminum non-stick pot has the capacity to feed four people—although with two older teenagers, that often required a couple of rounds of boiling water. A ring on the pot’s bottom fits over the burner ring, centering and stabilizing the pot while trapping heat—just be careful to set the pot on the burner properly (it should lie flat, not tipped at an angle).

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

It has a strainer lid with locking latch—meaning you don’t have to risk first-degree burns from steam when draining boiling water out after cooking pasta—and a folding Talon handle. As with any canister stove, setup is remarkably easy and it may never require maintenance or cleaning (short of spilling food onto the stove). Plus, the stove unit or an 8-ounce fuel canister (but not both) fits easily inside the pot, with room to fit small items like lighters or a little food. (Use a soft cleaning cloth under the stove or fuel canister to avoid scratching the non-stick surface.)

Other WindBurner products include the WindBurner Personal Stove System ($200, 15.3 oz.), WindBurner Duo Stove System ($230, 1 lb. 5 oz.), and WindBurner Ceramic Skillet ($93, 7.6 oz.).

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

The Verdict

With high fuel efficiency, an easy setup, excellent flame control, and user-friendly features in a system weighing just a few ounces north of a pound, the MSR WindBurner Group Stove System ranks among the very best backcountry stoves for cooking for up to four people, especially when you want do more than just boil water.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the MSR WindBurner Group Stove System at backcountry.com or cascadedesigns.com, or other WindBurner stoves and products at backcountry.com or cascadedesigns.com.

Was this review helpful?

If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-msr-windburner-group-stove-system/feed/ 0 45960
Review: Hoka One One Speedgoat 4 and Speedgoat Mid 2 GTX https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hoka-one-one-speedgoat-4-and-speedgoat-mid-2-gtx/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hoka-one-one-speedgoat-4-and-speedgoat-mid-2-gtx/#comments Thu, 06 May 2021 16:42:41 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=45638 Read on

]]>
Trail Running/Hiking Shoes
Hoka One One Speedgoat 4
$145, 1 lb. 4 oz. (US men’s 9)
Sizes: US men’s 7-15, women’s 5-11
backcountry.com

Hoka One One Speedgoat Mid 2 GTX
$170, 1 lb. 10 oz. (US men’s 9)
Sizes: US men’s 7-15, women’s 5-11
backcountry.com

Comfort can prove an elusive quarry with footwear, especially for dayhikers and trail runners who pile on the miles and backpackers seeking the conflicting qualities of support and low weight in boots. After numerous trail runs, dayhikes, and backpacking trips in these two shoe models, I’ve reached a point where I’m usually reaching for either my Hoka One One Speedgoat 4 or my Speedgoat Mid 2 GTX when hitting the trails.

The Hoka One One Speedgoat 4 shoes.
The Hoka One One Speedgoat 4 shoes.

I’ve worn the Speedgoat 4 on numerous trail runs of up to 10 miles in my local foothills, on trails generally of packed dirt with occasional rocks, including a local peak where the trail ascends a steep 2,000 vertical feet in just over two miles.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Hoka One One Speedgoat Mid 2 GTX shoes.
The Hoka One One Speedgoat Mid 2 GTX shoes.

Similarly, I’ve found the Speedgoat Mid 2 GTX comfortable and supportive hiking and running local trails in a variety of conditions, as well as on a three-day, 19-mile backpacking trip on the Idaho Snake River National Recreation Trail in Hells Canyon, carrying up to 25 pounds while backpacking three days in the Wind River Range, and with up to 35 pounds on my back on a five-day, 78-mile backpacking trip on the Wonderland Trail around Mount Rainier. I also wore them on a late-October dayhike of Grandeur Peak in Utah’s Wasatch Mountains, on a trail that climbs 3,300 feet in 2.2 miles, with muddy trail and some wet snow on the upper section of the trail. My feet stayed dry and felt very good on the hard, pounding descent, my toes never getting jammed at the front of the boots.

Like other Hoka One One footwear, the neutral-stability, low-cut Speedgoat 4 and mid-cut Speedgoat Mid 2 GTX both feature Hoka’s signature oversized, lightweight foam midsole, which delivers balanced cushioning for trail runs or lightweight hiking for any distance.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life. Click here now to learn more.

 

The Hoka One One Speedgoat 4 shoes.
The Hoka One One Speedgoat 4 shoes.

With both shoes, the wide midsole and forefoot kept my feet comfortable even on longer runs, when feet can swell slightly, while the fit was running-shoe-snug in the heel and midfoot: My feet never slipped in these shoes. And the wide platform and good torsional rigidity give both shoes exceptional stability for footwear this light.

The minimal, 4mm drop of both shoes works great for me. The stack height, or thickness of the midsole and outsole (i.e., the distance between the soles of your feet and the ground), goes from 33mm at the heel to 29mm at the forefoot. That thick cushion and the supportive heel cup also improve comfort.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The Hoka One One Speedgoat Mid 2 GTX shoes.
The Hoka One One Speedgoat Mid 2 GTX shoes.

The 3D printed overlays on the uppers of the Speedgoat 4 and Speedboat Mid 2 GTXstabilize and lock down the midfoot, similar to the support and protection found in many hiking shoes that are several ounces heavier. The Speedgoat 4’s mesh uppers, updated over the Speedgoat 3, breathe supremely well, while cutouts in the gusseted tongue help the shoe ventilate—my feet never got sweaty, even on trail runs in temps pushing 80° F under a hot sun.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

The Hoka One One Speedgoat 4 shoes.
The Hoka One One Speedgoat 4 shoes.

A small rubber toe bumper in both shoes offers some protection, as do the 3D overlays on the mesh uppers, lending them good durability for trail-running shoes in this weight class. But neither model has the durability of beefier—and heavier—hiking shoes, if you use them for hiking or ultralight backpacking. The biggest weak point—as with many shoes in this category—is likely the exposed soft foam of the midsole outside the little toe; that spot will get chewed up more easily on rocky trails.

In both shoes, the Vibram MegaGrip outsole with multi-directional 5mm lugs and zonal rubber placements provide excellent traction and stability on trails ranging from packed dirt to solid rock. Even going down very steeply on loose dirt and pea gravel, the outsoles never slipped once.

Hiking in the Speedgoat Mid 2 GTX in steady rain, through shallow puddles, and even through heavily falling, wet snow that was several inches deep on the trail (I wore soft-shell low gaiters), the Gore-Tex membrane kept my feet dry. But on a day backpacking nine miles in steady, wind-driven rain in the Winds, these light shoes were overwhelmed and my feet got a bit damp.

 

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now for full access to ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

The Hoka One One Speedgoat Mid 2 GTX shoes.
The Hoka One One Speedgoat Mid 2 GTX shoes.

The Speedgoat 4 shoes are not waterproof, but dry out quickly because of the airy uppers, so they would be good shoes for typically dry dayhiking and ultralight backpacking on trails that are generally well-constructed and not littered with big rocks. There’s also a waterproof-breathable version, the Speedgoat 4 GTX ($160).

I’ve been very impressed with the Speedgoat line. As I wrote in my review of the Speedgoat 3, wearing them running rim-to-rim-to-rim across the Grand Canyon in a day—42 miles and over 21,000 vertical feet, which I’d done a couple of times before, in different shoes each time—I fully expected to beat up my feet again. But in those shoes, my feet actually felt good (just very fatigued) at the end of that long day.

The Verdict

The impressive comfort and support for their low weight, very good traction, and unparalleled cushion of the Hoka One One Speedgoat 4 and Speedgoat Mid 2 GTX—which adds ankle support and Gore-Tex waterproof-breathable protection—arguably make them the best shoes out there for hikers, trail runners, and ultralight and lightweight backpackers who prefer the lightest footwear.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the men’s or women’s Hoka One One Speedgoat 5 or Speedgoat Mid 5 GTX at backcountry.com.

Was this review helpful?

If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

 

See all my reviews of lightweight hiking shoes and backpacking boots, my “Expert Tips for Buying the Right Hiking Boots,” and “8 Pro Tips for Preventing Blisters When Hiking.”

You may also be interested in my picks for “The Best Running Hydration Vests,” “The Best Ultralight Hiking and Running Jackets,” The Best Trekking Poles,” and “The 10 Best Hiking Daypacks,” which includes my expert buying tips, and all of my reviews of hiking gear.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hoka-one-one-speedgoat-4-and-speedgoat-mid-2-gtx/feed/ 6 45638
Review: Osprey Atmos AG 65 and Aura AG 65 Backpacks https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-osprey-atmos-ag-65-and-aura-ag-65-backpacks/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-osprey-atmos-ag-65-and-aura-ag-65-backpacks/#comments Wed, 10 Mar 2021 11:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=11775 Read on

]]>
Backpack
Osprey Atmos AG 65 and Aura AG 65
$370, 65L/3,967 c.i., 4 lbs. 11 oz./2.1kg (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-L, women’s XS-M
Atmos AG 65: ospreypacks.com
Aura AG 65: ospreypacks.com

A backpack is a little like a relationship: It’s hard to tell what it’s going to be like when you first meet, and then you get to know each other much better over time. But in that sense, the Atmos 65 is different from most packs I’ve tested over the past 20 years: It felt very different, in a good way, the first time I put it on, and that positive first impression bore out while carrying it on multi-day hikes in Canyonlands National Park, the Canadian Rockies, and New Zealand’s Fiordland National Park and a ski trip to a backcountry yurt in Idaho’s Boise Mountains.

I found the suspension comfortable for hours a day with 45 to 50 pounds inside it on a five-day hike in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park, when I was often carrying 8.5 to 14.5 pounds (four to seven liters) of water, and on a four-day family hike (bearing some of my family’s gear and food weight) on the Rockwall Trail in Canada’s Kootenay National Park (though certainly not all backpackers would find that much weight comfortable). I had 35 pounds in it on a family ski trip to a backcountry yurt in Idaho and 25 pounds on two hut treks in New Zealand’s Fiordland, the Kepler Track and Dusky Track. Plus, my wife has used the Aura AG 65 on countless backpacking trips from the Wind River Range to the High Uintas, Ruby Crest Trail, and Iceland’s Laugavegur Trail.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Osprey Atmos AG 65 suspension.
The Osprey Atmos AG 65 suspension.

Osprey’s innovative Anti-Gravity suspension in the Atmos AG and women’s Aura AG feels more like putting on a jacket than a backpack. It consists of a panel of lightweight, tensioned mesh extending from the top of the back panel to the hipbelt, fully wrapping around your back and hips while delivering ample air movement across your back, thanks to the trampoline-style mesh panel.

It never shifted or threw me off balance, even when scrambling and clambering through thousands of vertical feet of tree roots, blowdowns, and very steep, muddy, and rain-slicked trail on the Dusky Track, or skiing downhill through heavy, mashed-potato snow.

The men’s Atmos AG and women’s Aura AG each come in three sizes fitting a wide range of torso lengths: men 16-23 inches (40-58cm) and women 14-21 inches (35-53cm).

They also have an easily adjustable harness with perforated foam shoulder straps and a Fit-on-the-Fly hipbelt that can be adjusted (with a range of five inches/15cm) to dial in a customized fit. The Aura’s hipbelt, shoulder straps, and pack shape are all designed to fit a woman’s body and shift the pack’s weight lower, closer to her center of balance.

My wife used her Aura AG 65 for the first time on the Rockwall Trail, carrying up to 40 pounds, and told me simply: “This pack feels awesome.”

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The Osprey Aura AG 65 in Canada's Kootenay National Park.
Testing the Osprey Aura AG 65 in Canada’s Kootenay National Park.

With an 18-inch torso, I’ve always fit medium Osprey packs in the past, and I used a medium Atmos AG 65 on my first three trips with it (the yurt trip and trekking the Kepler and Dusky). But then I tried on a small and it fit me better. Osprey tells me the AG suspension may fit differently than other Osprey models, so measure your torso length. My wife has a 17-inch torso and the XS Aura fit her well, at the upper end of its fit range.

The Atmos and Aura sport a couple of features I think should be standard on all packs made primarily for backpacking: hipbelt pockets (each big enough for three energy bars) and a stow-on-the-go attachment for trekking poles on the left shoulder strap. As a photographer, I like being to able clip my poles to my pack and quickly pull out my camera while hiking, but that attachment frees your hands for myriad purposes like grabbing a snack or water bottle.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

Osprey Atmos AG 65 inside cover (lid off) and front pocket.
Osprey Atmos AG 65 inside cover (lid off) and front pocket.

Stretch side pockets each hold a liter bottle, and a bladder sleeve inside. There’s a front, stuff-it pocket that can swallow a wet rainfly, and behind it, two voluminous, zippered pockets big enough for a rain cover, jacket, gaiters, and extra layers or snacks.

The lid has two pockets spacious enough for all your small stuff like headlamp, hats, gloves, etc., and is removable by threading two straps, shaving seven ounces. With the lid off, an integrated cover panel clips into the lid straps to shield the pack’s top opening.

Side compression straps snug down partial loads and let you carry items on the outside. External sleeping pad straps are removable. The sleeping bag compartment panel can be dropped out of the way but not removed. The pack fabric promises durability, with 420-denier nylon pack cloth on the bottom, and high-tenacity nylon elsewhere.

The packs also come in smaller versions, the men’s Atmos AG 50 ($340, 4 lbs. medium) and women’s Aura AG 50 ($340, 3 lbs. 12 oz. medium). Osprey also offers lighter, more streamlined versions of these packs, with the same design but intended for slightly lighter loads, in the Atmos AG 65 LT ($320, 4.1 lbs.), Atmos AG 50 LT ($290, 4 lbs.), Aura AG 65 LT ($320, 3.8 lbs.), and Aura AG 50 LT ($290, 3.8 lbs.).

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life. Click here now to learn more.

 

Osprey Atmos AG 65 and Aura AG 65

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Durability

The Verdict

With their unique, super comfortable harness and suspension, comfort with 45 pounds or more, and numerous backpacker-friendly features, the Osprey men’s Atmos AG 65 and women’s Aura AG 65 rank among the very best packs out there today for moderate to big loads. Call it love at first click (of buckles) or whatever you like, but I am confident of enjoying a long and harmonious relationship with my Atmos AG 65.

4.8

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to buy any model of the men’s Osprey Atmos AG at ospreypacks.com or rei.com, or any model of the women’s Aura AG at ospreypacks.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com.

Was this review helpful?

If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

 

See my picks for “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The Best Ultralight Backpacks,” my “5 Expert Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” and all of my reviews of backpacks and backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-osprey-atmos-ag-65-and-aura-ag-65-backpacks/feed/ 31 11775
Review: Arc’teryx Atom LT Hoody https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-arcteryx-atom-lt-hoody/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-arcteryx-atom-lt-hoody/#respond Wed, 03 Feb 2021 13:52:08 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=43691 Read on

]]>
Breathable Insulated Jacket
Arc’teryx Atom LT Hoody
$259, 12 oz./340g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-XXXL, women’s XS-XXL
arcteryx.com

From days of backcountry skiing and winter hikes in my local foothills to biking around town on cold days, the Arc’teryx Atom LT Hoody has spent almost as much time on me as it does in my closet. In a category of breathable insulated jackets designed for being active in cool to cold temps—like backcountry snow sports, hiking, and climbing—the Atom LT Hoody’s weight and features make it uniquely versatile for a wide range of activities and users.

On a morning when the trailhead temp sat at 20° F as a friend and I set out for a half-day of backcountry skiing, I pulled the hood up and this puffy kept me warm over two light base layers while skinning uphill in cold shade. But even more impressively, once my body was churning out heat, the wide, stretch side and underarm panels dumped that heat and moisture so well that I didn’t have to take it off until we entered direct sunshine near the top of our ascent.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Arc’teryx Atom LT Hoody.
The Arc’teryx Atom LT Hoody.

The Coreloft Compact synthetic insulation delivered all the warmth I needed while standing in a snow pit evaluating avalanche hazard. It also lost none of its insulative properties when I did build up some moisture inside while skiing downhill in warm sunshine. In fact, I was surprised to notice that it was damp at all at the end of a day of skiing, because I hadn’t felt any cooling effects from that wetness. Wearing it as an outer layer on the downhill conclusion of another ski tour under overcast skies, with the temp just below freezing and a light snow falling, I remained perfectly warm.

The close-fitting, insulated StormHood, adjustable with a single drawcord in the back, boosts warmth significantly and fits under a helmet. The athletic fit—in an unusual six women’s sizes and seven men’s sizes—leaves space for a couple of warm base layers and allows excellent freedom to move, enhanced by stretch throughout, but especially by the huge stretch in the side panels. Design details right down to the adjustable hem, sleeve length, and low-profile, stretch cuffs—which pull over light gloves or mittens or fit easily underneath the gauntlet of heavier handwear—make this hoody supremely comfortable to wear and slip on or off.

The tough, water-resistant, breathable Tyono 20 shell fabric blocks wind well and shed steadily falling snow when I ski toured without a shell over it. Bonus green cred: The color is added at the polymer level, which Arc’teryx reports saves water, reduces CO2 emissions, and increases fabric colourfastness.

At 12 ounces, the midweight Atom LT Hoody is very packable, compressing about as well as a 700-fill down jacket of the same weight. The two zippered hand pockets are each roomy enough for one big ski glove or mitten and the one zippered inside pocket is more than large enough for a smartphone.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The Arc’teryx Atom LT Hoody.
The Arc’teryx Atom LT Hoody.

The Verdict

An incredibly versatile insulation piece that functions as an outer or middle layer, with good warmth for its weight and impressive breathability, the Arc’teryx Atom LT readily rises to as many uses as you can conceive, from hiking, backcountry skiing, and climbing to bike commuting and serving as a campsite puffy in temps down to around 40° F in summer in the mountains.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a men’s or women’s Arc’teryx Atom LT Hoody at arcteryx.com.

Was this review helpful?

If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

 

See my other reviews of breathable insulated jackets, my picks for “The 10 Best Down Jackets,” and all of my reviews of outdoor apparel that I like.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-arcteryx-atom-lt-hoody/feed/ 0 43691
Review: The North Face Summit L3 Ventrix Hoodie https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-north-face-summit-l3-ventrix-hoodie/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-north-face-summit-l3-ventrix-hoodie/#respond Wed, 27 Jan 2021 13:38:32 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=43553 Read on

]]>
Breathable Insulated Jacket
The North Face Summit L3 Ventrix Hoodie
$300, 15 oz./425g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s and women’s XS-XL
moosejaw.com

From cool summer evenings and mornings in camp on a six-day backpacking trip in Utah’s High Uintas Wilderness to days of backcountry skiing in a full range of winter weather, The North Face Summit L3 Ventrix Hoodie demonstrated a versatility seen in only the best synthetic insulated jackets—light, warm, and breathable enough to function as the only puffy jacket you need year-round.

Most insulated jackets occupy a narrow range in the spectrum of backcountry uses. Some—typically high-quality down jackets—are exceptionally warm for their weight, ideal for chilly campsites. Others—usually with synthetic insulation—aren’t ounce-for-ounce as warm as 800-fill (or better) down but often tackle a wider range of weather conditions better, and a few of those offer the advantages of breathability.

Very few occupy both of those worlds like The North Face Summit L3 Ventrix Hoodie.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The North Face Summit L3 Ventrix Hoodie.
The North Face Summit L3 Ventrix Hoodie.

It was more than warm enough over a T-shirt and midweight long-sleeve top in temps in the 40s Fahrenheit at camps as high as 11,000 feet in the Uintas. Wearing it under a waterproof-breathable jacket while ski touring along a ridge with up-and-down terrain and then finishing with a long downhill in the Boise Mountains, I stayed warm while fully exposed to cold wind and blowing snow the entire time and didn’t overheat—and my base layer, which had been damp, dried out as I cruised downhill, when my exertion level dropped but I felt no need to add a layer.

I’ve been impressed with how much it stayed on my body—a testament to its versatility, whether alone or under a soft shell or a hard shell—through days of backcountry skiing in weather that shifted from overcast with a cold wind to a thunderstorm and snow squalls to warm sunshine. I also stayed perfectly warm wearing it sandwiched between a midweight long-sleeve top and a winter soft-shell jacket while resort skiing in very cold conditions—and it dumped heat and moisture when I skied aggressively downhill.

In terms of warmth-per-ounce, TNF’s 60g Ventrix polyester stretch synthetic insulation probably compares with 700-fill down—but also has reasonably good breathability: I heat up when active, so I had to remove it while skinning uphill in warm sunshine on a day in the backcountry with temps that stayed buried in the teens; but as soon as my exertion level dropped and I pulled it back on, it allowed my damp base layer to dry out. TNF says the “dynamic” insulation has perforated micro vents that open to release body heat with a wearer’s movement and close with decreased activity. Like other synthetic insulation, it also continues to trap body heat even when wet.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

The North Face Summit L3 Ventrix Hoodie.
The North Face Summit L3 Ventrix Hoodie.

The athletic fit allows for a couple of warm base layers underneath and excellent freedom of movement and comfort with underarm gussets and no shoulder seams under pack straps. The close-fitting, stretchy, adjustable hood fits under a helmet, extends slightly out over sunglasses or goggles, and the front zips up over your chin; my only complaint is that the hood does not cover the sides of my face as well as some other insulated hoods. The jacket has four zippered chest and hand pockets with the usual space for extra gloves, phone, map, etc.

The Ventrix Hoodie doesn’t stuff inside a pocket but packs down to roughly the dimensions of a football. The 40-denier by 30-denier nylon fabric used in the upper torso and top side of the sleeves can handle some abuse and has a durable, water-resistant treatment (DWR) that easily shed lightly falling snow, while a lighter, 20-denier fabric used in the lower torso, hood, and underside of sleeves breathes a little better.

The Verdict

A midweight, breathable, synthetic insulated jacket that will release moisture when you’re active in the cold while delivering enough warmth for sitting around camp in temps in the 30s Fahrenheit, The North Face Summit L3 Ventrix Hoodie has four-season versatility.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a men’s or women’s The North Face Summit L3 Ventrix Hoodie at moosejaw.com.

See my other reviews of breathable insulated jackets, my picks for “The 10 Best Down Jackets,” and all of my reviews of outdoor apparel that I like.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Tell me what you think.

If you enjoyed this story, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom. I’d really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-north-face-summit-l3-ventrix-hoodie/feed/ 0 43553
Review: Osprey Archeon 70 and Archeon 65 Backpacks https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-osprey-archeon-70-and-archeon-65-backpacks/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-osprey-archeon-70-and-archeon-65-backpacks/#comments Thu, 05 Nov 2020 14:36:37 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=41731 Read on

]]>
Backpack
Osprey Archeon 70 and Archeon 65
$340, 68L/4,150 c.i., 5 lbs. 8 oz. (men’s S/M)
Sizes: men’s S/M and L/XL, women’s XS/S and M/L
backcountry.com

Large backpacks may seem to some backpackers like the outdoor industry’s Ford Edsel—reflecting a style from a bygone era—and the clean, old-school, utilitarian look of Osprey’s Archeon series perhaps engenders that reaction. But don’t judge it prematurely. Packs for big loads have a place, and the Archeon 70 won me over on numerous trips for its very modern comfort and functionality—not to mention that it’s made with recycled materials. 

Osprey Archeon 70 harness.
Osprey Archeon 70 harness.

I carried the men’s Archeon 70 (the women’s model is the Archeon 65) on six trips this summer: two overnights with tons of gear; a five-day, 40-mile hike through Idaho’s Seven Devils Mountains in early summer, frequently laboring over treefall, soft snow, and rocky scrambles; a 35-mile, off-trail fishing trip in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains; five long hiking days over three passes in Oregon’s Eagle Cap Wilderness; and a rigorous, five-day, 77-mile circumnavigation of most of the Wonderland Trail around Mount Rainier.

On each and every one of those very different trips, the Archeon 70 performed beyond expectations.

With a suspension featuring an HDPE framesheet and aluminum alloy stays, the Archeon carries up to about 45 pounds comfortably and stably. The easily adjustable harness—with about four inches of adjustability in each pack size—wraps seamlessly from the ample lumbar pad to the hipbelt, eliminating the hip discomfort and shoulder and upper-back fatigue that I’ve had with other packs.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


 

Osprey Archeon 70 front.
Osprey Archeon 70 front.

That design helped me—someone with both a short torso and a barrel chest—remain comfortable even carrying substantial weight off-trail and scree running down a mountainside in the Sawtooths, and on 17-mile, 8,000-vertical-foot days on the Wonderland Trail.

The edgeless, breathable foam padding in the hipbelt and shoulder straps and Osprey’s Airscape back panel improve ventilation and comfort, although the pack necessarily carries close to the body, and with any heavy pack, you’re going to sweat.

I’ve used and owned packs with greater volume that weighed considerably less, including, for many years, an older Osprey Aether with great satisfaction. But none of them were nearly this comfortable; I consider the Archeon far superior for the backpacking I do. (I tend to carry some camp luxuries, like a packable chair and cot.) To me, a pound more in pack weight seems a small price to pay for much better comfort and performance.

The Archeon packs demonstrate Osprey’s usual craftsmanship and attention to detail—which arguably become even more important in a pack for big loads than in an ultralight pack.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

Osprey Archeon 70 zippered front panel.
Osprey Archeon 70 zippered front panel.

A top-loader with a floating lid, it has excellent access, mostly notably a dual-zipper front panel that opens up the main compartment—a feature I regularly used to quickly grab clothing, food, or my tent, and easily load a Bear Vault BV 500 bear canister horizontally into the main compartment. Another external zipper accesses the sleeping bag compartment, which has a floatingdivider. The bag has plenty of space for extra gear like fishing rods and tackle, plus side compression straps and multiple webbing lash points to secure gear to the outside. The top and side compression help stabilize the pack when it’s underfilled.

The Archeon features two stretch side pockets that hold a liter bottle and open at the top and the back side, allowing you to reach into them while wearing the pack, as well as a spacious lid pocket and zippered hipbelt pockets. I used the lid pocket for my gravity filter, headlamp, knife, and snacks, and the zippered mesh pocket on the lid’s underside for sunscreen and other small items—the mesh letting me see what I was looking for. The Archeon comes with a fitted rain cover that stores in its own pocket and dual loops for ice axes or trekking poles.

One common drawback of lightweight and ultralight packs is less durability—not a shortcoming of the Archeon. Its 100 percent recycled, 1880-denier nylon canvas fabric can endure everything from off-trail bushwhacking to scraping through tight, coarse slot canyons and virtually any other forms of abuse that shred lesser packs. Indestructible metal hook-style clips replace buckles.

Plan your next great backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, Wonderland Trail, in Yosemite or other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Osprey Archeon 70 hipbelt.
Osprey Archeon 70 hipbelt.

A PFC-free DWR (durable, water-resistant) coating enhances the pack’s sustainability story—but nothing is more sustainable than a pack will endure hard use for many years, as the Archeon will. 

At 5.5 pounds to just over six pounds (depending on size), the Archeon 70 and 65 compare with leading large packs like the Arc’teryx Bora AR 63 and the Gregory men’s Baltoro 75 and women’s Deva 70—which all weigh two to three times as much as the best ultralight packs, spotlighting the truth that the largest Archeon models are designed for backpackers who carry a lot of stuff, like parents backpacking with young kids and anyone on gear-intensive adventures.

Backpackers who do not routinely carry 40 pounds or more can find better packs that are half the weight of the Archeon 70 and 65. But for the gear-intensive overnights and weeklong trips I took, I found the Archeon 70 perfect.

Smaller versions include the men’s and women’s Archeon 25, Archeon 30, and Archeon 45.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life. Click here now to learn more.

 

The Verdict

This is not a pack for anyone wanting to travel light. But if your backpacking style involves loads of 40 pounds or more, and you’re seeking superior comfort, access, and durability, Osprey’s men’s Archeon 70 or women’s Archeon 65 is a good pack for you.

—Jeffrey D. Wilhelm

Note from Michael Lanza of The Big Outside: Jeffrey D. Wilhelm is an experienced backpacker and hiker, a university professor of English, and a friend with whom I’ve backpacked for years.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to buy a men’s Osprey Archeon 70 at backcountry.com, moosejaw.com, or ospreypacks.com, or women’s Osprey Archeon 65 at backcountry.com, moosejaw.com, or ospreypacks.com, or any Archeon model at backcountry.com, moosejaw.com, or ospreypacks.com.

Was this review helpful?

If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom.

Thank you, I really appreciate it.

 

See my picks for “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The Best Ultralight Backpacks,” my “5 Expert Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” and all of my reviews of backpacks and backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

 

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. Join now to get full access to ALL stories, plus a FREE e-guide!

OSPREY MEN’S ARCHEON 70 AND WOMEN’S ARCHEON 65

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Value

Summary

If your backpacking style involves loads of 40 pounds or more, and you’re seeking superior comfort, access, and durability, Osprey’s men’s Archeon 70 or women’s Archeon 65 is a good pack for you.

4.5
]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-osprey-archeon-70-and-archeon-65-backpacks/feed/ 4 41731
Review: Outdoor Research Helium Rain Jacket https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-helium-ii-jacket/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-helium-ii-jacket/#comments Wed, 14 Oct 2020 17:40:59 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=41465 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Rain Jacket
Outdoor Research Helium Rain Jacket
$170, 6 oz./170.1g (men’s medium), $180, 6 oz. (women’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-XXL, women’s XS-XL
backcountry.com

Whether hiking through heavy, cool mist while backpacking the Wonderland Trail in Mount Rainier National Park, pulling this shell on frequently to fend off cold wind and rain showers during a five-day backpacking trip in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park in early March, or wearing it on local trail runs in mixed weather—including heavily falling, wet snow for over two hours—the featherweight Helium Rain Jacket demonstrated its value as one of today’s best ultralight, waterproof-breathable rain jackets.

The Outdoor Research Helium Rain Jacket.
The Outdoor Research Helium Rain Jacket.

That backpacking trips on the Wonderland Trail and in Canyonlands’ Maze illustrate a major advantage of the Helium: It’s one of the lightest and most packable waterproof, fully seam-taped, and breathable rain jackets out there today. With a forecast was for mostly dry weather, I could forego carrying a heavier and bulkier rain jacket—and mostly carrying it rather than wearing it—knowing the Helium would give me all the protection I needed at about half the weight, bulk, and cost of a high-quality, technical rain shell.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Outdoor Research Helium Rain Jacket.
The Outdoor Research Helium Rain Jacket.

Constructed from 30-denier ripstop nylon, waterproof-breathable Pertex Shield, it fought off dumping wet snow while I ran and hiked. The jacket employs Diamond Fuse technology, which uses yarns with diamond-shaped filaments that lock together, lending it relatively good durability and snag-resistance for a fabric this light and improving its water-beading properties. Still, this fabric is ultralight: It will stand up to wearing a backpack over it, but likely tear too easily for hiking off-trail in forest or rock climbing.

Breathability is just okay. When hiking uphill on the Wonderland Trail, carrying a full pack, the Helium got a little clammy inside but was tolerable. On autumn trail runs of up to two hours in my local foothills, I could keep the hood up in strong, cold wind without building up much moisture inside—mostly because I wasn’t overheating. In other words, while it doesn’t breathe as well as the best ultralight, non-waterproof wind shells, it performs as well as needed in most hiking and trail-running circumstances in which I’d wear it—and offers the reassurance of waterproof protection.

The jacket feels very comfortable as soon as you put it on, with a close fit that has space to layer midweight insulation under it. The adjustable hood uses a single drawcord in the back and wraps snugly around your head, although the small brim offers negligible face protection.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The shell stuffs into its one zippered chest pocket—which is large enough for a smartphone—packing down to the size of a large coffee mug (and has a carabiner loop). The waterproof front zipper, like all such zippers, moves a little more slowly than standard zips. The elasticized hem and cuffs, while not adjustable, adequately seal out drafts.

With mediocre breathability and durability and a minimalist hood, the Helium certainly isn’t as versatile as a fully technical, all-conditions rain shell. (See my picks for “The 5 Best Rain Jackets for Hiking and Backpacking.”) But it is about half the weight and bulk of most high-quality rain shells.

The Outdoor Research Helium Pants ($119, 5.4 oz.), made with the same 30-denier ripstop nylon Pertex Shield, have elasticized waist and cuffs with 12-inch zippers for pulling them over boots, and stuff into the zippered rear pocket.

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my downloadable, expert e-guides.

 

The Outdoor Research Helium II Jacket stuffed.
The Outdoor Research Helium Rain Jacket stuffed.

OUTDOOR RESEARCH HELIUM RAIN JACKET

Weather Protection
Breathability
Packability
Durability
Weight-to-Performance

The Verdict

For lightweight backpackers, dayhikers, and trail runners who need a just-in-case ultralight shell for wind and rain, the Outdoor Research Helium Rain Jacket delivers waterproof protection and okay breathability in a compact package that’s a good value for this degree of performance and low weight.

4.4

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s Helium Jacket at backcountry.com or rei.com, or a women’s Helium Rain Jacket at backcountry.com or rei.com.

See my review of “The Best Ultralight Hiking and Running Jackets” and all reviews of ultralight wind shells, ultralight rain jackets, and outdoor apparel at The Big Outside.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures.
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-helium-ii-jacket/feed/ 6 41465
Review: Sierra Designs Nitro Ultralight Backpacking Quilt https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sierra-designs-nitro-ultralight-backpacking-quilt/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sierra-designs-nitro-ultralight-backpacking-quilt/#comments Wed, 30 Sep 2020 14:20:44 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=41346 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpacking Quilt
Sierra Designs Nitro Quilt 35/20
35-degree: $250, 1 lb. 5 oz.
20-degree: $280, 1 lb. 11 oz.
Women’s 20-degree: $340, 1 lb. 11 oz.
One size in each model
sierradesigns.com

For some backpackers, taking a quilt instead of a sleeping bag for multiple nights in the backcountry may seem risky—what if it’s not warm enough? In reality, many backpackers who switch from a bag to a quilt for its lower weight find it not only adequately warm but more comfortable than traditional mummy bags—and rarely switch back. Sleeping in the 35-degree Sierra Designs Nitro Quilt on several nights from Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains, Hells Canyon, and City of Rocks to the Cascades showed me that it has the warmth and low weight and bulk of the best quilts and some features that set it apart.

The Nitro Quilt comes in both 35-degree and 20-degree versions, and both pack plenty of warmth for summer in many mountain ranges or spring and fall temperatures in the desert Southwest destinations like the Grand Canyon and the parks of southern Utah. Stuffed with 10.2 ounces of 800-fill, water-resistant DriDown feathers, the 35-degree quilt has an EN limit rating of 27° F and a comfort rating of 37° F. The 20-degree Nitro Quilt has 14.8 ounces of 800-fill, water-resistant DriDown and an EN limit rating of 21° F and a comfort rating of 32° F.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


 

The Sierra Designs Nitro Quilt open.
The Sierra Designs Nitro Quilt open.

While I didn’t experience any nights that challenged those ratings, I suspect they are pretty realistic: As someone who doesn’t get cold very easily, I believe the 35-degree quilt would keep me warm enough (wearing one set of base layers) down to the low 40s; and true to the meaning of the limit rating, I’d survive under the quilt if the temp plunged into the 20s.

I slept very comfortably under the 35-degree quilt on several nights with lows around or above 50° F on backpacking trips in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains and Hells Canyon; camping in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve with nights around 50; on a six-day rafting and kayaking trip through Desolation and Gray canyons in southern Utah, with lows in the 50s and 60s; camping in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve, and on a mild night in a campground on the outskirts of Mount Rainier National Park prior to a five-day backpacking trip on the Wonderland Trail.

Not once did I feel like the quilt’s comfort range was challenged. In fact, although I took a 30-degree mummy bag on the Wonderland, expecting cooler overnight temps than we experienced, the quilt would have been more than warm enough for the coolest nights on that trip, which hovered in the upper 40s Fahrenheit.

At a few ounces under (for the 35-degree Nitro Quilt) or a few ounces over 1.5 pounds (for the 20-degree), the quilt boasts a high warmth-to-weight ratio. The stuff sack for both Nitro quilts measures 13×7 inches, but both can be squished down smaller in a compression sack—the 35-degree to about the size of a football. In fact, there simply are not many lighter and more packable sleeping systems for the backcountry.

To compare it with some better sleeping bags, the Feathered Friends men’s Hummingbird UL 30-degree bag (the women’s model is the Egret UL 30) weighs just an ounce more than the Nitro Quilt 35 and is unquestionably warmer, but is also, of course, more bulky, and costs $180 more. The Therm-a-Rest Hyperion 32, four ounces lighter and a bit warmer, costs $110 more.

Don’t discount the value of the comfort of using a quilt—it’s more akin to sleeping in your bed, with the ability to pull it over you or shuck it partly off as needed, and to sleep in any position. Truth is, many of us use a sleeping bag unzipped, draped over us like a quilt or blanket on mild nights in the backcountry, when it’s too warm to crawl fully inside the bag.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life. Click here now to learn more.

 

The Sierra Designs Nitro Quilt integrated hood.
The Sierra Designs Nitro Quilt’s integrated hood.

When wrapping the quilt around yourself, the V-shaped, oversized design has a circumference of 56 inches at both the shoulders and hips, which feels as roomy as sleeping under a blanket instead of inside a mummy bag. Sticking your hands into the insulated hand pockets lets you wrap the quilt around you for sleeping on your side or stomach. Its enclosed foot box with a spacious 40-inch circumference keeps feet from slipping out, and an integrated hideaway hood effectively functions like a hat if the temperatures drop low enough to need it. The 75-inch length fits people up to six feet three inches.

With a shell and lining both constructed of 15-denier nylon ripstop, as with a lot of ultralight gear, the Nitro Quilt will endure normal use, but avoid exposing it to sharp edges.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

SIERRA DESIGNS NITRO QUILT

Warm for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

If you get cold easily and happily use a 20-degree sleeping bag even on nights pushing 50, a backpacking quilt may not be for you (except on nights well above 50° F). But for many backpackers, the Sierra Designs Nitro Quilt 35 or 20, stuffed with high-quality, water-resistant, 800-fill down, will deliver all the warmth needed on many trips—perhaps most trips—and offers a comfortable sleeping experience. It may even relegate your traditional mummy bag to “backup” status in your kit.

4.1

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase the 35-degree or 20-degree Sierra Designs Nitro Quilt at sierradesigns.com.

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-sierra-designs-nitro-ultralight-backpacking-quilt/feed/ 6 41346
Review: The BioLite Headlamp 330 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-biolite-headlamp-330/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-biolite-headlamp-330/#respond Wed, 16 Sep 2020 17:08:16 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=41116 Read on

]]>
Rechargeable Headlamp
BioLite Headlamp 330
$60, 2.4 oz.
moosejaw.com

Few headlamps combine the attributes of being super ultralight, rechargeable, very bright, and having a long enough burn time (or charge duration) for a multi-day backcountry trip, but that’s exactly what you get with the BioLite Headlamp 330. For multiple backpacking trips this summer—including four days on Nevada’s Ruby Crest Trail, five days hiking the Wonderland Trail around Mount Rainier, six days in Utah’s High Uintas Wilderness, and seven days on the Wind River High Route—this torch lit up the darkness quite well and never lost its charge.

Over six days in the High Uintas in July (when, granted, we had long days), a full charge lasted until the headlamp died late on our last night—it was good for five nights of normal summer use. And my Wonderland Trail hike was in the first week of September, when days were short enough that I used the headlamp on each of our four evenings and some mornings without it losing its charge. BioLite says the rechargeable 330 runs for 3.5 hours at max brightness—which is rarely needed, so it’s easy to prolong its charge—on its 900 mAh USB rechargeable li-ion battery and for 40 hours at its minimum brightness level of five lumens, which is dim but good enough to read by.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


 

The BioLite Headlamp 330 tilted.
The BioLite Headlamp 330 tilted.

While there are brighter headlamps out there, this one’s max brightness of 330 lumens is more than powerful enough for backpackers, dayhikers, ultra-hikers and ultra-runners, climbers, and backcountry skiers getting after it before dawn or past dusk. In one camp on the Wonderland Trail, I put the Headlamp 330 at maximum brightness in dark forest and could see trees and other objects clearly at a distance of approximately 200 feet.

The Headlamp 330 has an ultrathin, low-profile, molded front casing with a slightly curved shape that rests flush against your forehead, not bouncing at all, and a battery mounted on the back side of the slender, adjustable head strap. The light casing does have tilt capacity, although it’s so small that it’s not easy to manipulate with light gloves on.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The tiny power button controls on and off, the lockout mode (holding it for eight seconds), and clicks through the five white and red modes in sequential order: red flood, white spot, white flood, white spot and flood combined (maximum brightness), and white spot strobe. The white spot and flood have dimming capacity, the headlamp turns on in the mode it was last turned off, and it has a battery indicator (four LED lights).

The IPX 4 rating means it’s fine in rain or getting wet from perspiration but is not designed for immersion in water.

Any headlamp with a battery pack positioned at the back of your head creates minor discomfort if you’re wearing it while lying down (for, say, reading). But it’s easy enough to slide that pack higher on your head without the headlamp slipping off, and it’s a small inconvenience for this level of performance.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life. Click here now to learn more.

 

The BioLite Headlamp 330 battery pack.
The BioLite Headlamp 330 battery pack.

The Verdict

While its charge does not last as long as some rechargeable headlamps or most that run on batteries, the BioLite Headlamp 330 sports the advantages of being rechargeable, super light, powerful, and holding a charge long enough for most backpackers, especially in summer.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking either of these links to purchase a BioLite Headlamp 330 a BioLite Headlamp 330 at moosejaw.com or bioliteenergy.com, or the BioLite Headlamp 425 at backcountry.com, moosejaw.com, or bioliteenergy.com.

Was this review helpful? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Thank you.

 

See my review of “The 8 Best Headlamps,” and all of my reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, and backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “10 Tricks for Making Hiking and Backpacking Easier.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight backpacking guide, and the 10 tricks for making hiking and backpacking easier without having a paid membership.

Tell me what you think.

If you enjoyed this story, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom. I’d really appreciate it.

 

You may also be interested in my story “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be,” which you can read in its entirety as a subscriber or click here to purchase separately.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

 

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-biolite-headlamp-330/feed/ 0 41116
Review: Hyperlite Mountain Gear Dirigo 2 Backpacking Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hyperlite-mountain-gear-dirigo-2-backpacking-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hyperlite-mountain-gear-dirigo-2-backpacking-tent/#comments Sat, 29 Aug 2020 13:36:28 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=40873 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpacking Tent
Hyperlite Mountain Gear Dirigo 2
$900, 1 lb. 12 oz.
hyperlitemountaingear.com

For six nights on a 96-mile traverse of the Wind River High Route—two-thirds of it off-trail and camping in the alpine zone between 10,000 and 12,000 feet—the Dirigo 2 endured rain and strong winds. But our last night had me worried. Camped in a completely exposed meadow at nearly 12,000 feet, the Dirigo was hammered all night by steady winds of 40 to 50 mph—but it never even bent under an onslaught that would have flattened many backpacking tents. That performance closed the deal for me on the value of this incredibly sturdy and durable, two-door, two-person ultralight shelter.

The wind we faced throughout that August night camped above Baker and Iceberg lakes (watch the video below) and other nights at exposed campsites in the Winds, and hours of steady overnight rain, proved the Dirigo’s hardiness in the most trying three-season weather: At well under two pounds (14 ounces per person), it offers better protection against the elements than some tents twice its weight, and withstands moderate winds without even making much noise.

 

“Dirigo”—Latin for “I direct” or “I lead,” and the state motto for Maine, where HMG makes its gear—seems an appropriate moniker for this sturdy shelter, which I also tested on a five-day, 78-mile backpacking trip on the Wonderland Trail around Mount Rainier.

Like other ultralight tents, the non-freestanding Dirigo pitches with trekking poles and eight stakes—and, importantly, you need poles that extend to 125cm (not all poles do). To achieve an even and taut pitch, you first lay the tent out flat and stake the four corners, initially without pulling the corner guylines tight. Insert the trekking pole handles into the reinforced grommets at either end of the short, carbon fiber Ridge Bar at the tent’s peak—which lends stability to the setup—and extend the poles to 125cm. Then stake out the vestibules and end guylines, and lastly, use the ample adjustment range on each stake loop and guyline to get a taut, balanced pitch.

It’s fairly easy and quick once you’ve tried it once or twice, but of course, not as simple or fast as with a freestanding tent.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Dirigo 2 ultralight backpacking tent in the Wind River Range.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Dirigo 2 ultralight backpacking tent in the Wind River Range.

While quite stable when fully staked out, the trekking poles tilt slightly inward, which means you occasionally bump those poles when moving around inside the tent—and the drip line allows rain into the tent with either vestibule fully open (to maximize ventilation). To keep rain out and still allow some cross-ventilation, I left the bottom of each vestibule partly unzipped—the one-way zippers open from the bottom—and that kept everything inside dry.

Besides pitching with trekking poles, the Dirigo’s most conspicuous feature—which largely explains its price—is its fabric. A three-season, single-wall tent with an integrated, internal no-see-um bug mesh with zippered doors, its walls and floor are constructed of five different types of waterproof, ultralight, highly durable Dyneema Composite Fabrics, the same stuff used in HMG’s packs (like the 3400 Windrider) and its tough, waterproof stuff sacks and gear pods. The tent also comes fully seam-sealed.

Other tents will wear out, suffering tears or zipper failures, but you’ll be challenged to wear out the Dirigo.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Dirigo 2 ultralight backpacking tent in the Wind River Range.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Dirigo 2 ultralight backpacking tent with vestibules fully open.

Livability is quite good for a shelter in this weight class: The 32.5 square feet of interior space (52×90 inches) and peak height of 45 inches outdo most double-wall tents that range from two to three pounds. With adequate sleeping space for two, ultralight backpackers who prioritize low weight over capacious living quarters will find it comfortable enough.

Impressively for a tent this light, the Dirigo has two doors and vestibules that, while smaller (6.25 square feet each) than found on some ultralight tents, are just large enough for storing boots and mid-size backpacks while allowing room to come and go. The vestibules can be opened partly or completely, with one or both flaps rolled up, leaving the tent open on one or both sides for stargazing or maximum ventilation.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Dirigo 2 ultralight backpacking tent in the Wind River Range.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Dirigo 2 ultralight backpacking tent interior.

The bane of single-wall tents is condensation, and the Dirigo is no different—but performs better than some competitors. As with any tent, ventilation is best achieved by leaving vestibule doors at least partly open. But breathable fabric panels at both ends of the Dirigo help facilitate ventilation. On one calm night in the Winds, I awoke to find significant condensation on the inside of the tent walls, even though I’d left both vestibules partly open; but my companions using other single-wall tents had the same experience.

I otherwise had no condensation all week—even on that rainy night when I left the bottom of each vestibule partly unzipped—but I never completely closed the vestibules. After that rainy night, I was impressed to find no condensation in the morning—zero—but it had also been steadily windy all night. The Dirigo lacks anything like mesh panels at the bottom of each end of the tent, which might help it ventilate better and create a way for condensation running down the inside of the walls to drain outside.

With a packed size of 12x8x6 inches—it comes with what may be the beefiest tent stuff sack on the market, an HMG drawstring stuff sack made of DCF—the Dirigo 2’s bulk compares with other double-wall ultralight tents, most of which are heavier. DCF fabric is light but does have some bulk to it.

Get my expert help planning your next trip. Click here now!

 

Hyperlite Mountain Gear Dirigo 2

Space-to-Weight Ratio
Sturdiness
Ease of Use
Ventilation
Features
Value

The Verdict

Yup—this is a really expensive tent. But for backpackers, climbers, and others seeking the ultimate, ultralight, sturdy, livable, two-door, waterproof, and extraordinarily durable two-person shelter, the Hyperlite Mountain Gear Dirigo 2 will pay for itself many times over in backcountry nights.

4

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Hyperlite Mountain Gear Dirigo 2 at hyperlitemountaingear.com.

Was this review helpful? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Thank you.

See my review of “The 8 (Very) Best Backpacking Tents” and all of my reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear that I like.

See also my “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “How to Choose the Best Ultralight Tent for You.” (Both of those stories require a paid subscription to The Big Outside to read, which costs as little as five bucks, or just pennies over $4 per month for an entire year.)

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of both stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip” and the lightweight backpacking guide without having a paid membership.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

 

Tell me what you think.

If you enjoyed this review, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom. I’d really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-hyperlite-mountain-gear-dirigo-2-backpacking-tent/feed/ 6 40873
Review: Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider Ultralight Backpack https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-hyperlite-mountain-gear-3400-windrider-ultralight-backpack/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-hyperlite-mountain-gear-3400-windrider-ultralight-backpack/#comments Sun, 16 Aug 2020 09:00:55 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=25085 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpack
Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider
$395, 55L/3,400 c.i., 1 lb. 15 oz./879g (medium)
Sizes: S (fits torsos 15-17 ins.), M (17-19 ins.), L (19-21 ins.), Tall (21+ ins.)
hyperlitemountaingear.com

When the Windrider was delivered to my house, the box looked much too small to contain a backpack—if I’d had no idea, I might have guessed it contained a small tent. It’s not often that a backpack, or any piece of gear, leaves an impression on me before I even remove it from its packaging. Intrigued by its incredibly low weight—it’s one of the lightest packs made for lightweight backpacking and thru-hiking—I have loaded it up with about 30 to 35 pounds of gear, clothing, and food and taken it out on a three-day, 39-mile backpacking trip in Wyoming’s Wind River Range, a seven-day, 96-mile (two-thirds off-trail) traverse of the rugged Wind River High Route, and a five-day hike in Montana’s Beartooth Mountains, and other trips. Having used other ultralight packs that simply did not have the support for more than 20 to 25 pounds, I entered this experiment with healthy skepticism. But the Windrider made me a believer. Here’s why.

Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider front.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider.

At under two pounds, it’s a half-pound to nearly a pound lighter than other ultralight packs I’ve reviewed, and compares in weight with competitors from other specialty pack manufacturers. Given its place among the lightest backpacks on the market, key questions are how well it compares in terms of carrying capacity and comfort and durability. In these areas, it excels.

Beyond its low weight, the most obvious unique quality of the 3400 Windrider is its fabric: fully waterproof and seam-sealed Dyneema Composite Fabrics (previously called Cuben Fiber), a non-woven, ripstop composite laminate originally designed for sails built for world-class sailboats. HMG describes it as 50 to 70 percent lighter than Kevlar, but four times stronger, saying it flexes without losing strength, floats, and is highly resistant to chemicals and even ultraviolet (UV) light from the sun.

We hiked through waves of thunderstorms on both trips in the Winds, with heavy rain and hail, and the pack kept everything inside absolutely dry. I doubt it’s built to remain waterproof with long-term, full immersion—but given that it floats (which I don’t doubt because it’s largely airtight when closed tightly), that wouldn’t become an issue for backpackers. The pack fabric is so structurally strong, in fact, and the hipbelt so supportive, that the pack stands up on its own even when empty. I don’t know of a more durable pack in this weight class.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-books to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider harness.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider harness.

The fixed suspension comes in four sizes—even most high-end pack makers offer only three sizes—each with a fit range of two inches, assuring that many people will find a size that feels good. However, HMG does not offer women-specific sizing. With two removable, contoured aluminum stays and an internal plastic framesheet, the pack carried 30 to 35 pounds with remarkable comfort for hours a day, directing most of the weight onto my hips.

But at 35 pounds, with the pack filled nearly to capacity, I felt a little tugging on my shoulders. HMG says the pack can carry up to 40 pounds comfortably, but as with virtually any backpack, the comfort limit depends on the user.

There isn’t a whole lot to the harness, but it works. The lightly padded Dyneema Hardline dual-density hipbelt, with one-eighth-inch closed-cell rigid foam, quarter-inch closed-cell foam, and spacer mesh closed-cell foam, distributes weight evenly and didn’t buckle at all under the max weight I put in the pack. The Dyneema Hardline shoulder straps with three-eighths-inch closed-cell foam padding and spacer mesh, and a quarter-inch-thick foam back pad appear thin, but were entirely adequate for the moderate load I carried. The frame allowed some air movement to ventilate my back, although not as much as packs with trampoline-style harnesses that hold the pack bag off your back.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider hipbelt.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider hipbelt.

A top-loader with a roll-top closure and five external pockets, the Windrider is noticeably bereft of features found on many other packs, like a lid pocket, zippered external pockets on the pack body, or a panel zipper accessing the main compartment—all of which would add weight and/or prevent the pack from being waterproof. HMG describes the internal capacity as 55 liters when filled to its maximum while still being able to securely roll up the top closure (at least three twists when rolling it). With lightweight gear and efficient packing and food planning, that’s enough space for going several days between resupplies—making the Windrider unique in how long a trip (in days) it can handle relative to the pack’s weight (empty). The roll-top design essentially acts as compression and has some “slack” capacity to expand the pack upward. Two straps on each side deliver ample compression, and the Y-shaped top compression strap really cinches the load down.

Get my expert help planning your next trip. Click here now!

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider compression.
The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider compression.

The three external mesh pockets add nearly 10 liters (600 cubic inches) of capacity between the larger front one—which easily swallows a rainfly and held my camp shoes, a jacket, and various small items—and the two on the sides, which each have space for a liter bottle and then some.

The durable, tearproof mesh used in those pockets will clearly survive hard use much better than the stretch-mesh used on exterior pockets of many lightweight packs—I tossed the full 3400 Windrider onto rocky ground and up against abrasive granite and it shows no damage.

The Dyneema Hardline zippered hipbelt pockets hold a large phone and a bar or two There’s nothing else in the way of features except an ice-axe loop and a single daisy loop on the front, an internal sleeve for a hydration bladder, and four external triglide buckles for attaching optional accessory straps.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

I got a little tired of having to open three clips and unroll the top every time I wanted to get something from inside the pack; and while the outside pockets have plenty of space, I wouldn’t want to keep some items there in the rain, like a long-sleeve top that I wanted handy. With no secure, zippered pockets (beyond the hipbelt) for small items like a map, lighter, and knife, I used a tiny stuff sack for them; but digging out that sack from the main compartment obviously lacks the convenience of a zippered external or internal pocket for them.

The Hyperlite Mountain Gear Southwest ($395,55L/3,400 c.i., 2 lbs., four sizes) is virtually identical to the Windrider except that it replaces the durable, tearproof mesh used in the external pockets with a more durable, Dyneema Hardline fabric—same as used in the zippered hipbelt pockets on both packs.

Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Durability

The Verdict

HMG’s slogan is: “Precisely what’s needed and nothing more,” and that philosophy shows in its products. While its fabric jacks up the price compared to competitors, the Windrider stands out as a waterproof (and bombproof) pack with exceptional capacity and comfort for its impressively low weight—a strong choice for thru-hiking or lightweight backpacking, as long as you’re happy with minimalist organization.

4.3

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase a Hyperlite Mountain Gear Windrider backpack at hyperlitemountaingear.com or a Hyperlite Mountain Gear Southwest backpack at hyperlitemountaingear.com.

See “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The Best Ultralight Backpacks” and all reviews of backpacks and ultralight backpacks, ultralight backpacking gear, and backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-hyperlite-mountain-gear-3400-windrider-ultralight-backpack/feed/ 4 25085
Review: Feathered Friends Hummingbird and Egret UL Sleeping Bags https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-feathered-friends-hummingbird-and-egret-ul-sleeping-bags/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-feathered-friends-hummingbird-and-egret-ul-sleeping-bags/#respond Wed, 29 Jul 2020 13:49:21 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=40489 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Sleeping Bags
Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL and Egret UL 30/20
$609, 1 lb. 5 oz. (men’s regular 30-degree)
Sizes: men’s regular and long, women’s small and medium
featheredfriends.com

Sleeping bags often look very much alike—until you spend a night inside one and carry it in a backpack. That’s when the differences emerge, and besides price, those differences generally fall somewhere along a continuum where a bag’s warmth and comfort go up or down in proportion to its weight and packed size—and balancing those competing metrics gets tricky. But for many backpackers seeking the most warmth and comfort with the least weight and bulk, the Feathered Friends men’s Hummingbird UL and women’s Egret UL, both available in 30- and 20-degree versions, strike a near perfect balance for three-season adventures.

I slept in the men’s Hummingbird UL 30 on a six-day backpacking trip in Utah’s High Uintas Wilderness and a four-day hike on Nevada’s Ruby Crest Trail, both in July; on a seven-day, 96-mile hike of Wyoming’s Wind River High Route, where I stayed warm zipped up inside the bag on two nights near freezing—testing the bag’s rating—with the hood up and wearing just underwear and a long-sleeve top; and one early-summer night at 8,200 feet under the stars in Idaho’s Sawtooth National Forest, with the low temperatures around 40° F on several nights.

I also used it on a five-day backpacking trip in the first week of March in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park, where we had a few nights in the mid-20s Fahrenheit—and while some people would get cold pushing a bag below its temp rating limit, the fact that I remained comfortable in the Hummingbird UL 30 while wearing two warm top layers and long underwear is a testament to this bag’s beaucoup insulation and adequate warmth right down to its temp rating for many people.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30.
Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30.

Weighing in under 1.5 pounds, the Hummingbird UL 30’s very high warmth-to-weight ratio is attributable to it being generously stuffed with 11.5 ounces of 950+-fill down (in the regular, 12 ounces in the long)—the highest-quality down available. Those very light feathers mean the bag lofts up fat when laid out—fatter than some bags rated for even colder temps—and packs down to a relatively small eight liters in its stuff sack and could probably get even tighter in a compression sack.

While the Hummingbird and Egret do not use water-resistant down, as is found in some high-end bags today, consider this: Water-resistant down increases the cost of any bag, and unless you’re taking extended trips in chronically wet environments—or you worry that somehow your tent may fail, or you’re not sleeping in a tent—you probably don’t need it. (My high overall score for the Hummingbird and Egret, below, is made lower by the fact that the bag will not keep you warm if it gets very wet—the typical performance of standard down. If that doesn’t matter to you, your evaluation of the bag’s overall performance will likely be higher.)

The warmth is bolstered by a fully and easily adjustable hood that closed comfortably around my head on colder nights, plus draft tubes at the zipper and collar. A full-length, two-way zipper with locking sliders on the Hummingbird (and Egret UL) not only permits controlled ventilation of the bag, it allowed me to open it up completely and use it like a quilt, with my feet tucked warmly into the foot box and the bag lying open atop me. The zipper doesn’t move quite as smoothly as some lighter zippers, but that’s a reasonable tradeoff for better durability and the locking mechanism.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life. Click here now to learn more.

 

Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30 hood.
Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30 hood.

Some ultralight bags shave grams through trimming the bag’s dimensions, making it feel like being shrink-wrapped. Not so with the Hummingbird: Its dimensions of 58 inches at the shoulders, 52 inches at the hips, and a more snug 38 inches at the feet let me move around, partly extend my arms when sleeping on my side, and bring my knees up to my chest (useful for dressing inside a bag on a cold morning and just a very visual measure of a bag’s spaciousness). Similarly, the women’s Egret UL measures 54 inches at the shoulders, 56 inches at the hips, and 38 inches at the feet.

The 15-denier Pertex Endurance shell fabric on the Hummingbird and Egret sheds light moisture—such as condensation dripping inside a tent, or a short period of light rain if you’re sleeping outside—and has enough durability for normal use, but be careful not to catch this lightweight fabric on sharp edges.

The Hummingbird UL 20 is negligibly heavier and bulkier ($569, 1 lb. 8 oz. for the regular; $589, 1 lb. 9 oz. for the long). The same goes for the women’s Egret UL 20 ($549, 1 lb. 10 oz. for the small; $569, 1 lb. 11 oz. for the medium) compared to the Egret UL 30 ($489, 1 lb. 8 oz. for the small; $509, 1 lb. 9 oz. for the medium).

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30 draft tube.
Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30 draft tube.

Wondering whether to get the 30-degree or 20-degree bag? These bags have enough down to match their temp ratings, but if you usually sleep relatively warm (as I do), I think you’ll find the UL 30 bags adequately warm for three-season trips where the low temps don’t drop below freezing. If you tend to get cold easily, get a 20-degree bag. See more tips on that in my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Would you prefer an extra-roomy, high-end down bag? The men’s Feathered Friends Swallow UL 30 ($479, 1 lb. 9 oz., regular) has dimensions of 60-56-38 inches and is otherwise identical to the Hummingbird UL, with 950+-fill down and a 15-denier Pertex Endurance ripstop nylon shell, and there’s also a Feathered Friends Swallow UL 20 ($559, 1 lb. 11 oz., regular).

Click here now to plan your next great backpacking adventure using my downloadable, expert e-guides.

 

FEATHERED FRIENDS HUMMINGBIRD AND EGRET UL SLEEPING BAGS

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

Generously stuffed with the highest-quality, 950+-fill down, the Feathered Friends men’s Hummingbird UL 30/20 and women’s Egret UL 30/20 sleeping bags deliver superior warmth for their weight, making them among the best three-season down bags on the market.

4.2

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these links to purchase a Feathered Friends Hummingbird UL 30 or 20 at featheredfriends.com, a women’s Egret UL 30 or 20 at featheredfriends.com, or a men’s Swallow UL 30 or 20 at featheredfriends.com.

Was this review helpful? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Thank you.

 

See all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, and my articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip,” “10 Tricks for Making Hiking and Backpacking Easier,” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip,” the 10 tricks for making hiking and backpacking easier, and the lightweight backpacking guide without having a paid membership.

Tell me what you think.

If you enjoyed this story, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom. I’d really appreciate it.

 

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-feathered-friends-hummingbird-and-egret-ul-sleeping-bags/feed/ 0 40489
Review: Mystery Ranch Sphinx 60 Backpack https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mystery-ranch-sphinx-60-backpack/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mystery-ranch-sphinx-60-backpack/#respond Fri, 19 Jun 2020 13:04:14 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=40061 Read on

]]>
Backpack
Mystery Ranch Sphinx 60
$269, 60L/3,662 c.i., 4 lbs. 14 oz. (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XL, women’s XS-L
backcountry.com

Anyone shopping for a backpack designed for carrying loads of 40 pounds or more should be looking at a few specific qualities: an abundance of external pockets that provide a variety of organizational options; superior durability; and most of all, outstanding comfort and fit rooted in a sturdy frame, cushy padding, and a range of sizes. The Mystery Ranch Sphinx 60, which comes in men’s and women’s models, fills all those buckets, distinguishing itself as one of the very best big-load packs out there today.

Carrying about 45 pounds for the first couple of days of a six-day, roughly 58-mile hike through northeastern Utah’s High Uintas Wilderness felt right around the comfort limit of the Sphinx 60 (at least for me—that may vary between individuals). On a three-day hike on the Snake River National Recreation Trail no. 102, on the Idaho side of Hells Canyon, I carried about 35 pounds very comfortably in the Sphinx 60, and it was clearly well below its maximum comfort limit. I also carried over 40 pounds of climbing gear inside the pack for several miles of hiking around Idaho’s Castle Rocks State Park on a weekend of cragging. I’d peg its comfortable carrying limit at 45 pounds for many backpackers, although I think stronger people accustomed to hauling heavier loads will find the Sphinx 60 suited to carrying over 50 pounds.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Mystery Ranch Sphinx 60L backpack.
The Mystery Ranch Sphinx 60L backpack.

The comfort and performance are rooted in Mystery Ranch’s Adventure Frame, comprised of two vertical composite rods, an upper horizontal composite bar, and an aluminum lumbar stay. The design allows some dynamic flex, enabling the pack to move in sync with your body, while an HDPE frame sheet delivers structure and stability—all of which effectively transfers much of the load weight onto the frame’s wings and ultimately your hips, performing exactly as a pack built for heavy loads should.

The easily removable, double-wrap, Redirect hipbelt has enough structure to support 40 to 50 pounds without collapsing, and the plush, breathable, perforated foam in the belt, nicely contoured shoulder straps, and back padding creates a level of comfort that eases the burden of a heavy pack on your torso.

It’s hard to imagine anyone not getting a good fit in the Sphinx 60, with an unusual four pack sizes in both the men’s and women’s models, fitting men with torsos ranging from 15 to 24 inches and waists 26 to over 40 inches, and women with torsos from 13 to 22 inches and waists 26 to over 39 inches.

On top of that, the Futura Yoke sports several inches of adjustability. (Tip: I found it much easier to adjust the yoke up and down by removing the HDPE frame sheet—which pops out of a sleeve behind the back panel—and reinserting the frame sheet once I’m done adjusting the length.) Although I typically wear a men’s medium pack from many brands, my 18-inch torso and 30-inch waist fell on the cusp between medium and small, and Mystery Ranch recommends sizing down in that situation; and the small fits me well.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

Access is excellent in the top-loading Sphinx 60, primarily thanks to a full-length center zipper that completely fillets the pack bag open. The spacious main compartment has an enormous mouth for visibility into the pack and easy loading and unloading. I fit a large portion of my family’s food, my clothing and share of team gear, personal gear that included a camp chair, and more than two liters of water in a bladder inside the Sphinx 60 without coming close to reaching its capacity. With the skirt extended, the pack looks like its capacity significantly exceeds 60 liters.

The seven external pockets provide a level of organization rivaled only by a few top-quality backpacking packs, including:

  • A very spacious, removable, floating lid (there’s also an eighth, smaller zippered pocket on the lid’s underside);
  • Two stretch-mesh side pockets large enough for a liter bottle, reinforced at their bottoms with more durable fabric;
  • Two hipbelt pockets made with more-durable fabric than used in these pockets on other packs, each fitting a large smartphone with room to spare for bars;
  • And one of the pack’s finest features: two deep, large front pockets with two-way zippers, each capable of swallowing a rainfly with room to spare—enormous, readily accessible capacity for items like a shell, water filter, trail food, etc.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The pack’s excellent compression resizes it for smaller loads, with top, side, and bottom compression straps that will secure a sleeping pad or simply scrunch down the pack volume. Dual side compression straps can mate with buckles on the opposite side, wrapping completely around the pack for full compression or lashing large gear like snowshoes. There are also attachments for a single ice axe.

This is one of the toughest packs made primarily for backpacking, with 210-denier Robic fabric throughout much of the pack body (the shinier fabric) and 330-denier Robic fabric in high-abrasion areas like the pack bottom and front pockets. The YKK zippers are urethane coated and the buckles are sturdy Duraflex.

It’s honestly hard to find fault with the Sphinx 60. In every area, from price and weight to comfort and features, the Sphinx 60 compares favorably with two of the best big-load packs on the market: the Osprey Atmos/Aura AG 65 and the Gregory Baltoro 65 and Deva 60—and the Sphinx 60’s design details distinguishes it from those packs.

Want to hike the Teton Crest Trail, John Muir Trail, or another trip? Click here for expert advice you won’t get elsewhere.

 

Mystery Ranch Sphinx 60L backpack.
Testing the Mystery Ranch Sphinx 60L backpack in the High Uintas Wilderness.

Mystery Ranch Sphinx 60

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Durability

The Verdict

For any backpacker on an extended wilderness hike requiring a week or more of food, parents carrying extra food and gear for young kids, trip leaders—or anyone who simply carries more gear and typically shoulders a pack weighing 40 pounds or more—the Mystery Ranch Sphinx 60 stands out as one of the very best packs for comfort, access, and features.

4.8

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Mystery Ranch Sphinx 60 at backcountry.com or moosejaw.com.

Was this review helpful?

If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

 

See my picks for “The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The Best Ultralight Backpacks,” my “Top 5 Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” and all of my reviews of backpacks and backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of both stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip” and the lightweight backpacking guide without having a paid membership.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-mystery-ranch-sphinx-60-backpack/feed/ 0 40061
Review: Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 Backpacking Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-big-agnes-copper-spur-hv-ul2-backpacking-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-big-agnes-copper-spur-hv-ul2-backpacking-tent/#comments Wed, 10 Jun 2020 13:55:55 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=39942 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpacking Tent
Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2
$600, 2 lbs. 11 oz./1219g
backcountry.com

As the wind gusted over 30 mph and at times 40 mph at our unprotected campsite in a big meadow beside the Snake River, on the Idaho side of Hells Canyon while backpacking in early June, I kept throwing nervous glances at our tents. But while three of them whipped and bent under the onslaught of air, the Copper Spur HV UL2 barely trembled—not what you’d necessarily expect from an ultralight backpacking tent. But that’s just one way this shelter defies expectations.

Long a fan of Big Agnes’s Copper Spur series and the previous iteration of the Copper Spur HV UL2, I took this new version, updated for 2020, backpacking for two nights in Hells Canyon, five nights in Utah’s High Uintas Wilderness, and three nights on Nevada’s Ruby Crest Trail to see how its design changes measure up. I found that this tent retains its strengths while gaining some nice features—keeping it among my picks for today’s best backpacking tents (and I’ve tested a lot of tents over the past two decades as a longtime lead gear reviewer for Backpacker magazine and running this blog).


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 poles.
Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 poles.

For starters, there aren’t many freestanding, two-door tents that weigh under three pounds, so if that’s what you’re shopping for, you already have a short list. For backpackers who want a very light shelter that doesn’t compromise on performance or livability, the Copper Spur HV UL2 strikes a unique balance of attributes in a crowded field of mostly inferior competitors.

The DAC Featherlite NFL and NSL pole architecture creates a sturdy structure that performed well in winds stronger than most backpackers would encounter in more-protected campsites—and the tent withstood those winds without me guying it out or using the hook-and-loop tabs to attach the rainfly to the poles. The poles also steepen the walls and lift the canopy above the doors, making the tent feel roomier than its 29 square feet of floor area, 40-inch peak height,and 88-inch length (all common dimensions for tents in this category). My wife (five feet, 10 inches) and I (five feet, eight inches) found the interior—wide enough for two standard (20-inch-wide) air mattresses laid side-by-side—while not capacious, still more than adequate for comfortable living and sleeping.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 ultralight backpacking tent.
The Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 ultralight backpacking tent in Hells Canyon.

New to the 2020 Copper Spur HV UL2 are two awning-style doors on both sides of the rainfly, which can be rolled up completely for maximum ventilation and stargazing, or extended as awnings using trekking poles to provide shade or rain protection without compromising ventilation (as happens when rainfly doors are zipped shut). Trekking poles supporting the awnings can be stood either upright, with the poles’ carbide tips planted in soft earth, or inverted with the grips down for better purchase on hard or rocky ground.

The two opposing doors and a single high rainfly vent also facilitate excellent ventilation. In my long experience with the Copper Spur series, condensation is negligible.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 interior.
Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 interior.

The tent is quick and intuitive to pitch the first time, and the proprietary Big Agnes TipLok buckles at the four corners combine three functions in one tiny part: attaching the rainfly, securing the pole ends so that they don’t pop out while pitching (even when erecting the tent alone), and staking the shelter.

The tent doors have dual zippers that move smoothly, and smartly open from a bottom corner, allowing you to crack the door slightly to slide boots on outside without letting a squadron of mosquitoes inside. The doors stash conveniently into small pockets when fully opened. Spacious interior mesh and media pockets provide abundant storage and are positioned so as not to intrude on your living space when they are filled.

Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 vestibule.
Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2 vestibule.

With nine square feet of space, each vestibule stores a mid-size pack and boots to one side without impeding entry and egress. Even with its awning doors rolled up, the rainfly overhangs the interior tent doors, so no rain enters when coming and going. In fact, I left a rainfly door rolled up throughout a mild night of light rain (and no wind) and the mesh door on the interior tent never got damp.

The rainfly and floor are made of silicone-treated, double ripstop nylon fabric, and the interior canopy of nylon and polyester mesh. A footprint (sold separately, $70) allows pitching it rainfly-only, without the interior tent, reducing the shelter’s weight to 2 lbs. 2 oz.

Want to hike the Teton Crest Trail, John Muir Trail, or another trip? Click here for expert advice you won’t get elsewhere.

 

Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2

Space-to-Weight Ratio
Sturdiness
Ease of Use
Ventilation
Features
Livability

The Verdict

Updated for 2020 with multiple new features—including two awning-style doors, better buckles, and abundant interior pockets—the Copper Spur HV UL2 remains one of the lightest and best choices for backpackers seeking a freestanding, ultralight tent that doesn’t compromise on sturdiness or livability. And with the new features, Big Agnes even knocked an ounce off its weight.

4.7

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Big Agnes Copper Spur UL2 at backcountry.com or rei.com or another version of the Big Agnes Copper Spur UL series at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Was this review helpful? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Thank you.

See my review of “The 10 Best Backpacking Tents” and all of my reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear that I like.

See also my “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “How to Choose the Best Ultralight Tent for You.” (Both of those stories require a paid subscription to The Big Outside to read, which costs as little as five bucks, or just pennies over $4 per month for an entire year.)

Tell me what you think.

If you found this review helpful, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom. I’d really appreciate it.

 

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of both stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Wilderness Backpacking Trip” and the lightweight backpacking guide without having a paid membership.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-big-agnes-copper-spur-hv-ul2-backpacking-tent/feed/ 7 39942
Review: REI Flash Folding Trekking Poles https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-rei-flash-folding-trekking-poles/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-rei-flash-folding-trekking-poles/#respond Tue, 28 Apr 2020 16:43:42 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=39253 Read on

]]>
Trekking and Running Poles
REI Flash Folding Trekking Poles
$149, 14 oz. (115cm)
Sizes: 105, 115, 125, and 135cm
rei.com

When I brought these poles and another pair that are collapsible (not folding)—and virtually the same weight—on a 12-mile trail run-hike in the Foothills, swapping poles with a partner, it quickly became clear that we both preferred these poles. A middleweight in this category, the REI Flash Foldingpoles fill a desirable niche as the most affordable among the handful of the most packable, folding models. Beyond a good price, though, they bring other strengths that prove them very functional on the trail.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


REI Flash Folding Trekking Poles.
REI Flash Folding Trekking Poles.

Using these three-section, non-adjustable, folding poles on dayhikes and runs on local trails, I liked how light they felt whether swinging them while hiking up or downhill, or holding them mid-shaft while running short sections of flatter trail. Plus, the shafts have a visibly wider diameter than the Black Diamond Distance Carbon Z or Distance Carbon FLZ poles, conceivably making them more durable, although carbon poles only snap or shear under unusual stresses.

At 14 ounces per pair, thanks to the 100 percent carbon shafts, they aren’t quite ultralight—although that depends on where you draw the line for ultralight poles, they are four ounces heavier than the Black Diamond Distance Carbon Z and the Gossamer Gear LT5. Still, they fall on the lighter of the scale among poles I consider “lightweight” (weighing 14 to 16 ounces per pair).

They deploy quickly with a depressible pin that locks the shaft sections into place with a solid, secure sound, and they remain quite rigid in use, enough for carrying a full backpack. Packing down to 37-46cm/14.5-18 ins. when folded (varying with size; the 115cm poles measure 39.4cm/15.5 inches folded), they are not quite as compact as four other folding models among my picks for the best trekking poles. Still, they are far more packable than any collapsible poles and attach easily and unobtrusively to the outside of a small daypack or a running vest.

The ergonomic, extended, EVA foam grips and the adjustable wrist straps are slightly wider than found on the Black Diamond Distance Carbon Z, and the grips extend farther down the shaft. But the REI Flash are also four ounces heavier than the Distance Carbon Z.

Get my expert help planning your next trip. Click here now!

 

REI Flash Folding Trekking Poles folded.
REI Flash Folding Trekking Poles folded.

Tungsten carbide tips bite into packed-dirt and similarly loose trail surfaces, but like any carbide tip, can skitter a bit on rock such as Southwest slickrock or the rocky trails of the Northeast. Unlike the BD Distance Carbon series poles, the Flash do not come with an interchangeable tip that grips better on rock; the soft caps that come with these poles are intended only for storage and travel and would likely get chewed up quickly (or pop off and get lost) if used on rocky trails.

The very low-profile trekking baskets minimize weight but still provide functionality, keeping the poles on top of mud.

As with carbon poles of comparable weight, these poles will be less durable than heavier models. Nonetheless, they are tough enough for lightweight or ultralight backpacking and strenuous dayhikes on rocky trails. (If you’re carrying more than 35 to 40 pounds, you might as well get sturdier, heavier poles. See other models in my review of “The Best Trekking Poles.”)

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

REI Flash Folding Trekking Poles

Adjustability/Sizes
Packability
Versatility
Weight
Durability

The Verdict

The REI Flash Folding trekking and running poles are the most affordable lightweight, folding, highly packable poles out there, making them an appealing choice for lightweight and ultralight backpackers, dayhikers, and trail runners.

3.6

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase the REI Flash Folding trekking and running poles at rei.com.

Was this review helpful?

If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

 

Want an even more-affordable pair of carbon poles that weigh only an ounce more, but are not nearly as packable as the REI Flash Folding poles? See the collapsible REI Flash Carbon Trekking Poles ($139, 15 oz.).

See my picks for “The Best Trekking Poles” and my stories “How to Choose Trekking Poles” and “10 Best Expert Tips for Hiking With Trekking Poles,” and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, ultralight backpacking gear, and hiking gear.

See also why I almost never hike without poles in my “10 Tricks For Making Hiking and Backpacking Easier,” and my “8 Pro Tips for Preventing Blisters When Hiking.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-rei-flash-folding-trekking-poles/feed/ 0 39253
Review: Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ Trekking Poles https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-distance-carbon-flz-trekking-poles/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-distance-carbon-flz-trekking-poles/#comments Sat, 18 Apr 2020 17:29:19 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=38660 Read on

]]>
Trekking and Running Poles
Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ Poles
$240, 12.7 oz./360g (per pair 105-125cm, with trekking baskets)
Five adjustable sizes: men’s and women’s 95-110cm/37-43.3 ins. and 110-125cm/43.3-49 ins., men’s 125-140cm/49-55.1 ins.
blackdiamondequipment.com

Trekking poles vary widely in weight, packability, adjustability, and durability—and the balance between those competing attributes determines their recommended uses and versatility across activities. Then there’s Black Diamond’s Distance Carbon FLZ poles, which I’ve used for everything from dayhikes and trail runs of up to 15 miles in Idaho’s Boulder and Pioneer Mountains and Boise Foothills; dayhiking the Cory Pass-Edith Pass loop in Banff National Park, about nine miles with a steep 3,400 feet of up and down; and a 10-mile, 3,600-vertical-foot October dayhike on a trail strewn with wet, slippery rocks and mud in New Hampshire’s White Mountains; to five-day backpacking trips of 77 miles on the Wonderland Trail around Mount Rainier and 47 miles in The Maze District of Canyonlands National Park, and in the Wind River Range. Their unique design hits a sweet spot for dayhikers, lightweight backpackers, and distance trail runners. Here’s why.

For starters, ranging in weight from 11 to 13 ounces per pair between the five men’s/unisex and women’s sizes, the three-section, folding, adjustable Carbon FLZ rank among the lightest poles available today, largely due to the 100 percent carbon fiber construction. On hikes and runs—including a 12-mile, more than 2,000-vertical-foot run-hike in the Pioneers and a steep run-hike with 4,000 feet of up and down in the Boulders—I found they carry and swing very much like BD’s lightest model, the 10-ounce Distance Carbon Z—you don’t readily notice that the Distance Carbon FLZ weigh two to three ounces more.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ Poles folded.
Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ Poles folded.

They’re also among the most packable poles out there, measuring just 34cm to 40cm in folded length (depending on the size), short enough to carry unobtrusively when I attached them to the outside of a daypack or running vest.

The poles go from folded to deployed in a few seconds: Just hold the foam grip and the uppermost shaft and pull them apart. An internal Kevlar cord that’s protected within a flexible tube and a tiny pin in the upper shaft instantly lock the three sections into place. When deployed, the pole shafts demonstrate solid rigidity, without any looseness at the section joints. Depressing the pin releases the three sections for quick folding, and a small hook-and-loop strap secures them in the folded storage position.

The Distance Carbon FLZ FlickLock levers—while not quite as burly as the version found on heavier BD poles like the Alpine Carbon Cork and Trail Ergo Cork—never slipped on my hikes and trail runs with the poles. The 15 to 20cm of adjustable range in the three sizes of these poles comes in handy going up and down steep trails, and I found on one local peak with an overall gradient of nearly 1,000 feet per mile, and even steeper sections with pea gravel. The tension on the levers easily adjusts using a Phillips screwdriver, found on many multi-tools and Swiss Army knives.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ Poles FlickLock levers.
Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ Poles FlickLock levers.

The EVA foam grips extend down the shaft by a hand’s width, while the easily adjustable, partly mesh nylon wrist straps sport enough width to remain comfortable over hours of use. For brief periods on a hike or run when you don’t feel a need to use the poles but don’t want to stop to fold and store them on your pack, a bar on the upper shaft marks a grip point for holding them balanced evenly in your forefinger and thumb. But the poles are also light enough to run or hike with your hands on the grips and in the straps, without poling, for short distances, too.

The poles come with plastic tips installed, which grip better on rocky trails or Southwest slickrock but skitter on trails of packed dirt, as well as interchangeable carbide tech tips, preferable on dirt trails but which can skitter on rock. Pliars are needed to loosen either tips to unscrew and change them.

The tradeoffs of the Distance Carbon FLZ’s low weight are clear: The lighter materials and construction render these poles less durable than heavier models, from the thinner shafts to the nylon cord attaching the wrist straps to the grips. Plus, under rare stresses, carbon will sheer or snap—I saw one of a friend’s Distance Carbon FLZ poles sheer while backpacking a rocky trail in the Minarets in the High Sierra, without him putting much weight on it. Still, these sticks are tough enough for lightweight or ultralight backpacking and strenuous dayhikes on rocky trails. (If you’re carrying more than 35 to 40 pounds, you might as well get sturdier, heavier poles. See other models in my review of “The Best Trekking Poles.”)

The more-affordable and durable aluminum version is the Black Diamond Distance FLZ Trekking Poles ($170, 15.7 oz.).

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life. Click here now to learn more.

 

Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ

Adjustability/Sizes
Packability
Versatility
Weight
Durability

The Verdict

The Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ trekking and running poles fall on the cusp between the most ultralight and packable poles and models that are marginally heavier and less packable—a nominal tradeoff for the versatility gained through their adjustability. That’s why I rate them higher than any other poles I’ve reviewed. For backpackers, dayhikers, and trail runners who want it all—low weight, packability and adjustability—these poles are a clear top choice.

4.4

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to buy the Black Diamond Distance Carbon FLZ poles at blackdiamondequipment.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com.

Was this review helpful?

If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

 

See my picks for “The Best Trekking Poles” and my stories “How to Choose Trekking Poles” and “10 Best Expert Tips for Hiking With Trekking Poles,” and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, ultralight backpacking gear, and hiking gear.

See also why I almost never hike without poles in my “10 Tricks For Making Hiking and Backpacking Easier,” and my “8 Pro Tips for Preventing Blisters When Hiking.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-distance-carbon-flz-trekking-poles/feed/ 6 38660
Review: Black Diamond Distance Carbon Z Poles https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-distance-carbon-z-poles/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-distance-carbon-z-poles/#comments Fri, 13 Mar 2020 10:00:33 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=15526 Read on

]]>
Trekking Poles
Black Diamond Distance Carbon Z Poles
$200, 10 oz./264g (per pair 110cm, with trekking baskets)
Five sizes, non-adjustable: 110cm/43.3 ins., 115cm/45.3 ins., 120cm/47.2 ins., 125cm/49 ins., and 130cm/51 ins.
blackdiamondequipment.com

With gear, exceptionally low weight often means compromising functionality, durability, or both. With Black Diamond’s Distance Carbon Z Poles, though, there’s little compromise. On a mostly off-trail, two-day backpacking trip to Quiet Lake in Idaho’s White Cloud Mountains; another mostly off-trail, roughly 14-mile and 5,000-foot dayhike of 10,470-foot Horstman Peak and traverse of the Monolith Valley in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains; and a 6.4-mile, 1,400-foot, on-trail hike up 10,243-foot Mount Washburn in Yellowstone National Park, I found the strengths of these poles far outweighed the one shortcoming that helps make them so light.

Every hiker, backpacker, and climber should use trekking poles—in most circumstances, there’s no good reason to not use them—and lighter poles are easier on your wrists and arms over the course of many miles. One of the two lightest models of trekking poles I’ve reviewed at this blog, the Distance Carbon Z’s low weight is attributable to the 100 percent carbon fiber construction, the EVA foam grips, and the thin but strong, partly mesh nylon wrist straps, adjustable with a hook-and-loop strip. Despite each pole weighing barely more than a quarter-pound, they withstood much hard use ascending and descending a lot of wet, slick talus and loose scree in the White Clouds and Sawtooths.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


Black Diamond Distance Carbon Z Poles
Black Diamond Distance Carbon Z Poles

The three-section, foldable poles have an inner Kevlar cord, and deploy easily, in a few seconds, by simply pulling the first shaft section out of the grip until a pin pops out to lock the three sections in the assembled position (like assembling tent poles). Collapse the poles by depressing that pin and folding the sections together. The poles’ collapsed length varies depending on size from 33 cm/13 inches to 43 cm/17 inches, short enough to tuck into a daypack’s side pocket and/or compression straps without them protruding above or below the pack.

The extended grips let me hold the shafts lower when climbing steeply uphill, off-trail—which helps offset the one shortcoming of these poles, that they’re not adjustable. The poles come with interchangeable, non-scarring, rubber Tech Tips and carbide tips, and a smart notch in the basket to lock pole shafts together when folded. A hiking, climbing, and trail running partner of mine has gotten many miles out of his Carbon Z Poles for three years without any problems.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up for my FREE email newsletter now.

The only ding against BD’s Z Poles is that they’re not adjustable; instead, they come in five lengths. But that’s a minor tradeoff, and really only a factor on steep descents (since the extended grip helps ease steep ascents). Plus, users like ultra-hikers, ultralight backpackers, and climbers attracted to the low weight and design of the Z Poles are least likely to be bothered by the lack of adjustability.

Black Diamond Distance Carbon Z

Adjustability/Sizes
Packability
Versatility
Weight
Durability

The Verdict

For dayhikers and ultra-hikers wanting to travel really light, backpackers and ultralight fastpackers, adventure athletes and endurance runners, BD’s Distance Carbon Z Poles set the gold standard for low weight, portability, and functionality.

4.3

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to buy the Black Diamond Distance Carbon Z poles at blackdiamondequipment.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com.

Was this review helpful?

If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

See my picks for “The Best Trekking Poles” and my stories “How to Choose Trekking Poles” and “10 Best Expert Tips for Hiking With Trekking Poles,” and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, ultralight backpacking gear, and hiking gear.

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-black-diamond-distance-carbon-z-poles/feed/ 2 15526
Review: Outdoor Research Refuge Air Hooded Jacket https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-refuge-air-hooded-jacket/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-refuge-air-hooded-jacket/#respond Wed, 04 Mar 2020 15:23:18 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=38371 Read on

]]>
Breathable Insulated Jacket
Outdoor Research Refuge Air Hooded Jacket
$229, 15 oz. (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s S-XXL, women’s XS-XL
backcountry.com

On a ski tour in blowing snow in Idaho’s Boise Mountains, I wore this breathable, insulated jacket climbing uphill for the first hour without overheating. Then, while ski touring along a windy ridge with up-and-down terrain, I stayed warm without making a layering change as my exertion level decreased. In fact, I stayed warm in the cold wind and blowing snow even though the shell fabric got quite damp—I was surprised at how damp it was when I got back to my car, precisely because I had not noticed it was wet while wearing it. And that story only begins to describe the versatility of OR’s Refuge Air Hooded Jacket.

Call me Goldilocks: As a fan of breathable insulated jackets for their year-round functionality whether you’re active or sitting in a campsite—and thus, their potential for being a quiver-of-one puffy jacket—I was eager to try out the Refuge Air because of its welterweight size, to assess whether it can strike a delicate balance between not too warm for moderate exertion in winter and adequate warmth for three-season camping in the mountains. Besides ski touring, I wore it under a shell on days of resort skiing in weather that ran the gamut from overcast with cold wind and temps in the teens and 20s, to sunshine and temps in the high 30s and low 40s.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


 

Similar to two other favorites of mine from OR, the Ascendant Hoody and the Refuge Air’s bigger cousin, OR’s Refuge Hooded Jacket, the Refuge Air Hooded Jacket is designed for wearing while active in cold conditions, because it moves moisture effectively. But it’s warmer and three ounces heavier than the Ascendant, and less warm and three ounces lighter than the Refuge—allowing it to better cross over from ski touring, climbing, or snowshoeing in winter conditions to three-season backpacking because it’s warm enough for sitting around a campsite in temps from the 30s to 50s Fahrenheit.

The versatility originates in OR’s proprietary VerticalX Air synthetic insulation, which combines a good warmth-to-weight ratio with breathability and loft retention over time. In the Refuge Air, it’s paired with ActiveTemp, a thermo-regulating treatment on the interior lining that OR says helps keep the wearer warm at rest and comfortable on the move—a performance quality that I noticed. The jacket’s breathability isn’t such that you can move at a highly aerobic pace without overheating. But while maintaining moderate exertion, even sweating, I remained comfortable; and my base layer always dried out within a reasonable time, thanks to the breathability of this jacket.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The fit is relaxed athletic—not too bulky or poofy, but with enough room to fit a couple of base layers underneath. Like many OR insulated jackets, it’s quite comfortable and allows for unhindered mobility.

On the exterior, Pertex Quantum Air fabric provides the weather protection of a soft shell, with better breathability than I’ve found in other synthetic-insulation jackets of a similar weight: Biking through the city in winter, I could feel the cold air slightly penetrating the sleeves and front of the jacket—not so much that it made me cold, but signaling that the fabric does breathe.

At just under a pound, the jacket’s warm-to-weight compares with other synthetic jackets and with 700-fill down. If your goal is simply to find the best warmth per ounce for backcountry camping from spring through fall, you should look at down jackets with 800-fill or higher down—but you’ll pay a lot more for that. It stuffs into its own pocket, packing down to slightly larger than a liter bottle, with a small clip and carabiner loop for attaching to a climbing harness.

The non-adjustable hood has some stretch and fits closely enough to stay put in wind and when you turn your head, and to wear a climbing helmet over it. The two zippered hand pockets are large enough to warm up or dry out a pair of winter gloves, while the zippered chest pocket easily fits a large smartphone. The low-profile cuffs slide easily inside a gauntlet of over-the-cuff winter gloves or mitten, or fit snugly over a lighter, under-the-cuff glove, and the sleeves have a thin, internal thumb loop. The elasticized drawcord hem seals out cold air well.

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there. Join now and a get free e-guide!

 

The Verdict

With good breathability for an insulated jacket, very good heat retention when wet, and enough warmth for camping in temps above freezing, the Outdoor Research Refuge Air Hooded Jacket delivers rare versatility as a legit, four-season insulated jacket that you can wear while active or inactive—making it conceivably the only insulated jacket you need, at a good price.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s or women’s Outdoor Research Refuge Air Hooded Jacket at backcountry.com, moosejaw.com, or outdoorresearch.com.

Was this review helpful? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Thank you.

 

See my other reviews of breathable insulated jackets, my picks for “The 10 Best Down Jackets,” and all of my reviews of outdoor apparel that I like.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-outdoor-research-refuge-air-hooded-jacket/feed/ 0 38371
Review: Scarpa Mescalito Hiking Shoes https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-scarpa-mescalito-hiking-shoes/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-scarpa-mescalito-hiking-shoes/#respond Fri, 07 Feb 2020 17:10:27 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=38017 Read on

]]>
Hiking/Approach Shoes
Scarpa Mescalito
$169, 1 lb. 13 oz. (men’s US 9/Euro 42)
Sizes: men’s US 7-14/Euro 40-48, women’s US 5-10/Euro 36-42
rei.com

Sometimes a piece of gear seems better every time you use it. That’s what happened to me with these low-cut hiking shoes. From dayhikes on the slickrock and sandy trails of Zion to the packed dirt and scree of Glacier and the wet, slippery, rocky trails of New Hampshire’s White Mountains, to hiking and scrambling in Idaho’s Castle Rocks State Park on days of rock climbing, the Mescalito shone for exceptional traction, support, and protection.

Perhaps most impressively, the Mescalito excels at gripping all kinds of dry and wet ground. The outsoles never once slipped on a dayhike of nearly nine miles and 4,000-plus vertical feet on wet, rock-strewn trails on Franconia Ridge in the White Mountains, or on the scree of the Scenic Point Trail in Glacier National Park. On the descent off Cervidae Peak in the Boise Foothills, I noted just one slip while coming down 1,800 vertical feet of often-steep, sandy, pebbly trail. The shoes owe this traction to the high-friction Vibram Megagrip outsole with moderately shallow, widely space lugs and a patch of smooth rubber under the toes.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


 

Scarpa Mescalito hiking shoes.
Scarpa Mescalito hiking shoes.

On days of hiking and scrambling in Idaho’s Castle Rocks State Park while rock climbing, I wore them climbing an easy route, and found the shoes grip large footholds well, but don’t have the stickiness and sensitivity for more-delicate easy moves on steeper slabs—in short, they’re a very good hiking shoe, but not so much a climbing shoe.

There are lighter low-cut shoes in this approach-hiking category, but that’s because the Mescalito is armored for hard use. Weighing a few ounces shy of two pounds for a pair (US men’s 9/Euro 42), the Mescalito features suede uppers and a full perimeter rand with rubber in front and polyurethane wrapping around the sides and back—providing superior protection and durability. I bashed these shoes numerous times on rocky trails without any repercussions for my feet—although the low cut obviously leaves ankles unprotected—and the uppers show no wear beyond some scuffing on the rand. Vibram LightBase technology also makes the outsole base thinner and relatively lighter.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Scarpa Mescalito hiking shoes.
Scarpa Mescalito hiking shoes.

The fit feels comfortably snug from the heel through the midfoot and toe box for my medium-volume feet, and has good support for my slightly high arches: I felt no slipping inside the shoes even on the steepest trails. That close fit is thanks partly to lacing that extends to the toes. Although the shoes felt good out of the box, and the uppers and forefoot flex do loosen up after a few days wearing them, they may not be the best choice for people with wide feet.

The EVA midsole has good cushion and the kind of torsional rigidity you’d find in a midweight boot—you can’t easily twist or wring these shoes (like a towel), making them very stable and supportive on rocky trails and difficult off-trail terrain.

 

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Scarpa Mescalito hiking shoes.
Scarpa Mescalito hiking shoes.

Breathability is predictably fine but not outstanding, given the full leather uppers and wrap-around rand; but the lack of a waterproof membrane helps with breathability. In hot sunshine but comfortable temps on an October dayhike of the Observation Point Trail in Zion National Park, my feet got a bit warm, as they did on a warm, early September, steep hike up and down Cervidae Peak in the Boise Foothills. But on both days, my socks never even got very damp. For hiking in generally warmer temps, another favorite shoe in this category, the La Sportiva TX3, is more breathable than the Mescalito, but not as protective or durable.

While the suede uppers shed light moisture, these shoes are not waterproof, making them better suited to one-day outings than backpacking. Scarpa also a mid-cut, waterproof-breathable version, the Mescalito Mid GTX in men’s and women’s sizes ($199, 2 lbs. 4 oz.), for single- or multi-day adventures in rugged terrain.

The Verdict

For hiking on rocky, rugged trails or off-trail scrambling and mountain climbing, when you need superior traction, support, and protection for your feet, the Scarpa Mescalito excels, and its top-quality construction and materials assure hundreds of miles of hard use.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking either of these links to purchase the men’s or women’s Scarpa Mescalito or Mescalito Mid GTX at rei.com, backcountry.com, or Moosejaw.com.

Was this story helpful? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Thank you.

 

See all of my reviews of hiking shoes and backpacking boots that I like and my “Pro Tips For Buying the Right Boots.”

See also my “8 Pro Tips for Preventing Blisters When Hiking,” my reviews of trekking poles and “The 8 Best Hiking Daypacks,” which includes my expert buying tips, and all of my reviews of hiking gear.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

 

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-scarpa-mescalito-hiking-shoes/feed/ 0 38017
Review: Black Diamond Trail Blitz 12 and REI Flash 18 Daypacks https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-trail-blitz-12-and-rei-flash-18-daypacks/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-trail-blitz-12-and-rei-flash-18-daypacks/#comments Wed, 22 Jan 2020 10:42:40 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=37675 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Daypacks
Black Diamond Trail Blitz 12
$50, 12L/732 c.i., 6.5 oz.
One size
backcountry.com

REI Flash 18
$40, 18L/1,100 c.i., 9 oz.
One size
rei.com

When considering whether to carry a light daypack or summit pack for side hikes or peakbagging on a backpacking trip, I’d normally weigh the length of the side hikes—i.e., how far I’d have to carry my backpack as an oversized daypack—versus the weight the daypack adds to my backpack. But with these two frameless, ultralight packs, each weighing no more than about three fingers of water in a liter bottle and packing away as small as an ultralight rain shell, that’s an easy decision: I take one of them.

I carried the Black Diamond Trail Blitz 12 with about eight pounds of layers, snacks, and water inside on a 13-mile dayhike from a campsite above Bechler Canyon to the Shoshone geyser basin during a five-day, 56-mile backpacking trip in Yellowstone National Park.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


 

Black Diamond Trail Blitz 12 daypack.
Black Diamond Trail Blitz 12 daypack.

A top-loading pack without a lid, the Trail Blitz 12 has a simple, adjustable strap with a hook that attaches to a fabric loop on the front to quickly access and seal up the main compartment. With no frame, padding, or even a waist belt, the pack can carry essentially as much weight as you’re willing to bear on your shoulders and back—which for most people will be 10 pounds or less. The shoulder and sternum straps keep it fairly stable on your torso when hiking and scrambling (but it’s definitely not made for running—the Black Diamond Distance 15 is much better suited to that).

At 12 liters/732 cubic inches, it has the capacity for a few extra layers and some food and a water bottle or two—what you’d carry on a side hike or an ultralight dayhike or scramble. I found it perfectly comfortable with about eight pounds inside, including water, food, layers, and a DSLR camera, on a roughly six-hour, 13-mile dayhike while backpacking in Yellowstone. One zippered internal pocket holds small valuables like keys, sunglasses, etc.

Side sleeves on the Trail Blitz each hold one compact trekking pole like the various models of Black Diamond Distance Z poles. But poles that aren’t as compact when collapsed or folded will stick out too far above these side sleeves, potentially falling out easily. Four small loops on the back panel allow for attacking it to larger packs—but the Trail Blitz also simply rolls up so small that it’s easier to just jam it inside a backpack’s main compartment or an external pocket.

It turns inside-out to store in its internal pocket—which is remarkably easy to do, and reduces its bulk as well as getting its pack straps out of the way when storing it inside a larger pack. The very light N210-denier mini-ripstop pack fabric still looks new after hard abuse and will last for years—in fact, with essentially no vulnerable parts except one zipper that’s internal and not used frequently, it’s hard to imagine this pack not lasting longer than most of your gear.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The REI Flash 18 ultralight daypack.
The REI Flash 18 ultralight daypack.

I carried the REI Flash 18 on an 18-mile, out-and-back dayhike on the Beamer Trail during a six-day, 74-mile backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon. A friend carried it on the previously mentioned 13-mile dayhike while backpacking in Yellowstone, and found it adequately comfortable with about five pounds of layers, snacks, and water inside.

With more space at 18 liters/1,100 cubic inches (and weighing a few ounces more) than the Trail Blitz 12, the top-loading Flash 18 can fit everything one person would need on an all-day hike even in cold weather, or probably fit everything that two people would need on a side hike during a backpacking trip—limited only by how much weight, especially in food and water, that the person carrying it is willing to haul with a minimalist daypack.

The REI Flash 18 ultralight daypack.
The REI Flash 18 ultralight daypack.

That said, the Flash 18 design, while still minimalist, also offers slightly more comfort than the ultra-minimalist Trail Blitz, with a thin, flexible, removable foam back pad, stretch-mesh shoulder straps that are more shaped and wider than those on the Trail Blitz, and a removable webbing waist belt (the sternum strap is also removable).

While it lacks the Trail Blitz’s side sleeves, the Flash 18 has a zippered front pocket with space for small items like map, gloves, hat, headlamp, and map—although that pocket has no bellows to it, reducing its space when the main compartment is stuffed to capacity. Without a lid, the Flash 18 has a drawcord top closure with a small nylon flap to keep light precipitation out of the interior. A daisy chain strip on the front facilitates lowering the pack (off a short cliff when scrambling, for instance) or attaching items to the outside, and there’s an ice axe loop, though you’ll need to add at least one strap for those purposes.

Turn it inside-out—easily done, even with the back pad inside—and it converts to a stuff sack large enough for a three-season sleeping bag. There’s an internal bladder sleeve and a port, both lacking in the Trail Blitz.

Given its larger capacity and nominally more “featured” design, the Flash 18 also occupies about twice the space inside a backpack as the smaller Trail Blitz 12—its weight and bulk compare to an ultralight rain shell. The ripstop nylon fabric is tough, and with one lightly used zipper, you can also expect the Flash 18 to endure many years of hard use.

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there. Join now and a get free e-guide!

 

The REI Flash 18 ultralight daypack.
The REI Flash 18 ultralight daypack.

Both packs come in one size that fits my 18-inch torso fine; given that they’re intended for light loads, and have no suspension or padding, they’ll “fit” torsos roughly 16 to 20 inches, or all but very short or very tall hikers.

By the way, both of these packs fit a 15-inch laptop and function well as a convenient, packable, light carry-on for flying—albeit lacking the features, like external pockets and other organization, of many carry-ons.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The Verdict

There’s nothing fancy about these ultralight daypacks—and that’s precisely their appeal. The Black Diamond Trail Blitz 12 and REI Flash 18 are simply two no-frills, minimalist, inexpensive, ultralight daypacks that can carry several pounds and are light and packable enough to take anywhere, from backpacking trips where you plan to take side hikes to bike commuting and as a flight carry-on.

They differ only in capacity and slightly in features. For just an extra 2.5 ounces and noticeably more bulk, the Flash 18 offers measurably more capacity and a bit more comfort than the Trail Blitz 12—a reasonable tradeoff, unless you simply want the lightest and most compact ultralight daypack.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking any of these links to purchase a Black Diamond Trail Blitz 12 at backcountry.com, moosejaw.com, or blackdiamondequipment.com, or an REI Flash 18 at rei.com.

Has my blog helped you? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Thank you.

 

See “The 10 Best Hiking Daypacks,” which includes my expert buying tips, and all of my reviews of hiking gear.

See also my “8 Pro Tips for Preventing Blisters When Hiking.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

 

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-trail-blitz-12-and-rei-flash-18-daypacks/feed/ 5 37675
Review: Oboz Bridger Mid and Low Waterproof Boots and Shoes https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-oboz-bridger-mid-and-low-waterproof-boots-and-shoes/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-oboz-bridger-mid-and-low-waterproof-boots-and-shoes/#comments Wed, 15 Jan 2020 13:11:56 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=37605 Read on

]]>
Hiking and Backpacking Boots
Oboz Bridger Mid Waterproof
$180, 2 lbs. 6 oz. (men’s size 9)
Sizes: men’s 7-15, women’s 6-11
backcountry.com

Hiking and Backpacking Shoes
Oboz Bridger Low Waterproof
$140, 2 lbs. 3 oz. (men’s size 9)
Sizes: men’s 8-14, women’s 6-11
backcountry.com

As someone who makes his living walking on- and off-trail a lot, I’m very selective about my footwear. I manage the 200-mile Ridge to Rivers trail system in Boise, Idaho—and on any given day I might put in anywhere from three to 10 miles of hiking. I need boots that provide lateral support and comfort and stand up to hard use. After testing both of these models extensively, I can’t speak highly enough about how well the Oboz Bridger Mid and Low Waterproof boots and shoes performed.

Wearing the Bridger Mid on a three-mile, trail-building project in the rugged hills above Boise, I was walking on rocky hillsides with consistent 60 to 70 percent side slopes up to six hours a day for a week—while always carrying a pack weighing at least 25 pounds—and support was exceptional in those challenging off-trail situations, thanks to solid torsional rigidity, stability, and cushioning from the single-density EVA midsole with a TPU forefoot plate that also provides protection underfoot.  

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for The Big Outside’s FREE email newsletter!

 

Oboz Bridger Mid Waterproof boots
Oboz Bridger Mid Waterproof boots

Oboz’s proprietary outsole, with its deep, widely spaced, multi-directional lugs, gave provided reassuring traction on rocky, loose, slippery slopes while hiking off-trail, as well as on trails of all kinds: packed and loose dirt, rocks, and scree.

The Bridger Mid fit like a perfect pair of gloves, wrapping my feet securely with absolutely no slipping: no blisters, no hot spots, no sore feet, no sore ankles—and perhaps best of all, no break-in time. I literally pulled these boots out of the box and headed into the Foothills. At the suggestion of a fitter at a local gear shop, I got boots a half-size larger than my usual size 10 and was glad that I did as the length was perfect: no sore big toes on long downhills. My feet are slightly wide (probably the result of running around barefoot on the soft sand beaches of Hawaii for 20 years—a duck could paddle with these feet), so the wide toe box characteristic of Obox footwear really enhances comfort, while the form-fitting heel cup and midfoot hold feet in place even for hikers who don’t have wide feet.

In fact, their form-fitting design leads to my one minor complaint: The Bridger Mid require some effort to get on and off, due to the high, snug cuff and the consequent need to really loosen the laces. But the effort pays off in the fit and comfort achieved.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


 

Oboz Bridger Mid Waterproof boots
Oboz Bridger Mid Waterproof boots

The brand’s O Fit insole, used in all Oboz footwear, offers far more support and cushion than standard, flimsy insoles in most hiking shoes and backpacking boots. 

The Bridger Mid also scored high on durability. After a weeklong trail-building project, a 15-mile backpacking trip in Idaho’s Sawtooth Mountains, and numerous days off-trail chasing deer with a heavy hunting pack, these boots have yet to show any signs of wear, and the soles are dirty but unscathed. Credit the tough, fully nubuck leather uppers and rubber toe bumper,which isn’t as bulky as found on boots from some brands.

Oboz’s proprietary B-Dry waterproof-breathable membrane kept my feet dry through numerous hours over multiple days of walking through wet snow on trails. Plus, having shied away from waterproof boots in recent years because I’ve found few that breathe adequately to avoid uncomfortably sweaty feet, I was pleased that the B-Dry membrane did not leave my feet uncomfortably hot and damp with sweat.

[NOTE: The Big Outside has reviewed numerous Oboz shoes and boots, most recently the Sawtooth II Low Waterproof shoes trekking through fresh snow in Spain’s Picos de Europa Mountains, and consistently found the B-Dry membrane to be reliably waterproof. The B-Dry also consistently breathes reasonably well, although breathability is also affected, in any footwear, by the material used in the uppers; and the Sawtooth II Low Waterproof have mesh vents in the leather uppers and a breathable mesh tongue, which enable the shoes to release moisture effectively and dry quickly.]

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

Oboz Bridger Low Waterproof
Oboz Bridger Low Waterproof

I used the Bridger Low Waterproof almost daily for several weeks in fall and winter while hiking the trails of the Boise Foothills for work and pleasure, almost always carrying a 10- to 15-pound daypack, and routinely putting in five to eight miles per day. The Bridger Low excels on trail, delivering a high degree of comfort on both smooth and rocky trails, and a surprising degree of foot protection due, as with the Mid, to the leather uppers and single-density EVA midsole with a partial TPU plate. (I did not hike off-trail in these shoes because they lack the lateral stability of the higher-cut Bridger Mid.)  

As with the Bridger Mid, too, I ordered a half-size up in the Bridger Low—a 10.5 instead of my usual size 10—and achieved a great fit both in length and width. Not surprisingly, the Low do not present the same challenge getting on and off as the Mid: They slip on and off quite easily.

Oboz Bridger Low Waterproof
Oboz Bridger Low Waterproof

Like the Mid, the Bridger Low demonstrate very good durability: After six weeks of daily use, the leather still looks almost as it did when I pulled them out of the box, and the outsoles show almost no sign of use.

Overall the Bridger Low is what one would expect: a scaled-down version of the Mid that’s not quite as terrain-versatile, but an excellent on-trail shoe for carrying moderate loads.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life. Click here now to learn more.

 

Oboz Bridger Low Waterproof
Oboz Bridger Low Waterproof

The Verdict 

Well-constructed, very comfortable, and fairly priced, the Oboz Bridger Mid Waterproof is an all-around solid boot for on- and off-trail backpacking and dayhiking, and the Oboz Bridger Low Waterproof is ideal for on-trail dayhiking or lightweight or ultralight backpacking. Just choose a color you like—you’re going to have them for a long time.

—David Gordon

Note from Michael Lanza of The Big Outside: David Gordon is the manager of the 200-mile Ridge to Rivers trail system in Boise, Idaho, an experienced backpacker and hiker, and a friend with whom I’ve backpacked, backcountry skied, and mountain biked for years.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking any of these links to purchase the men’s or women’s Oboz Bridger Mid Waterproof boots at backcountry.com or Moosejaw.com, or the men’s or women’s Oboz Bridger Low Waterproof shoes at backcountry.com or Moosejaw.com.

Was this review helpful? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Thank you.

 

See all of my reviews of hiking shoes and backpacking boots that I like, my reviews of hiking gear and backpacking gear, my “Pro Tips For Buying the Right Boots,” and my “8 Pro Tips for Preventing Blisters When Hiking.”

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

 

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

OBOZ BRIDGER MID WATERPROOF

Comfort/Support
Fit
Waterproofing
Breathability
Traction
Value

Summary

Well-constructed, very comfortable, and fairly priced, the Oboz Bridger Mid Waterproof is an all-around solid boot for on- and off-trail backpacking and dayhiking.

4.3
]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-oboz-bridger-mid-and-low-waterproof-boots-and-shoes/feed/ 2 37605
Review: Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Jacket https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-feathered-friends-helios-hooded-jacket/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-feathered-friends-helios-hooded-jacket/#comments Thu, 09 Jan 2020 10:00:18 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=37477 Read on

]]>
Down Jacket
Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Jacket
$489, 1 lb. 1 oz./482g (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-XXL
featheredfriends.com

As I stood outside yurts on December evenings on separate trips in the backcountry of Idaho’s Boise Mountains and Boulder Mountains, enjoying an inky-black sky riddled with stars as the temperature plunged into the low teens and single digits Fahrenheit, this fat down jacket felt like an impenetrable force field keeping all of my body’s warmth inside and the frigid cold outside. My companions who tried it out agreed: The Helios Hooded Jacket is just crazy warm—especially for its weight and packability. Those qualities define it as one of the best high-quality down jackets for winter that you’ll find today, but also a puffy jacket that’s light and packable enough for cooler, three-season trips.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Down Jacket.
The Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Down Jacket.

I tested this puffy on that yurt trip, in temps ranging from the single digits to the teens, and on raw, wet, very windy evenings and mornings camping in May at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve, with lows in the 40s and high 30s—and was happy for its abundant warmth every time.

The Helios is stuffed generously with nearly eight ounces of 900+-fill down (in the medium), the highest quality of down produced, which explains the jacket’s stratospheric warmth-to-weight ratio. The sewn-through construction technology—used when the goal is to minimize the jacket’s weight—creates baffles that do not overlap or allow feathers to migrate, which means potential for drafts along seams (which is why that construction method is more common with lighter, three-season down jackets designed for moderate rather than sub-freezing temperatures). However, in this case, sewn-through construction does not hinder this jacket’s superior warmth.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Down Jacket.
The Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Down Jacket.

The adjustable hood, also generously stuffed with feathers, seals nicely around the face to trap heat and block drafts and fits over a climbing helmet. The front zipper is sturdier than found on many lightweight jackets and has a wide draft tube.

Strikingly warm for 17 ounces, it’s also remarkably compact. The first time I stuffed it inside the sack that comes with the jacket, I thought: Will this jacket actually fit inside this sack? It did—with space to spare, in fact. In its sack, it’s slightly bulkier than a loaf of bread, but you could easily fit it into a smaller sack. For just a few ounces more weight and a bit more bulk than some of the best three-season down jackets, the Helios delivers noticeably more warmth for chillier backpacking or climbing trips, or simply for people who need a warmer puffy jacket.

The fit is athletic, close but not confining, with room for a midweight layer underneath. The length extends to a couple of inches below the waist, which helps minimize weight. The two hand pockets, with overlapping stretch flaps, eliminate the weight of zippers and warm cold fingers instantly, and I never noticed any tendency for items, like gloves, to fall out of the pockets for the lack of a zipper. The hem similarly has stretch fabric rather than an adjustable drawcord and closes snugly around your hips.

The water-resistant, 20-denier Pertex Endurance LT shell fabric repelled drizzle and light rain when I spent evenings and mornings outside at our campsite in the City of Rocks, but it is neither waterproof nor breathable; it’s reasonably durable, but avoid sharp points or edges. The zippered inside pocket is only large enough for the jacket’s stuff sack, a standard smartphone, and small valuables like a key and map.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

Demerit: There are no women’s sizes, but Feathered Friends says women buy this jacket, and the sizing does cover a wide range of people. As with many jackets sized primarily for men, the Helios likely would not fit women who are relatively thin for their torso and arm lengths; it may be so overly bulky on those women that its thermal efficiency is compromised. But given that its main use involves sitting or standing around, and the stretch hem seals snugly, a slightly large fit wouldn’t be much of a detriment to performance and would allow you to layer underneath it.

The Verdict

With exceptional warmth per ounce and packability, the Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Jacket is one of the best high-quality down jackets for temps well below freezing, but also light enough for chilly three-season trips.

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Feathered Friends Helios Hooded Down Jacket at featheredfriends.com or other Helios apparel at featheredfriends.com.

Was this review helpful? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside? Thank you.

 

See my review of an outstanding lighter down jacket for three-season use, the Feathered Friends Eos, my “Review: The 10 Best Down Jackets,” and all of my reviews of insulated jackets and outdoor apparel that I like at The Big Outside.

Want to make your pack lighter and all of your backpacking trips more enjoyable? See my “10 Tricks for Making Hiking and Backpacking Easier” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” If you don’t have a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read part of both stories for free, or download the e-guide versions of the 10 tricks here and the lightweight backpacking guide here without having a paid membership.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

 

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-feathered-friends-helios-hooded-jacket/feed/ 3 37477
Review: Feathered Friends Snowbunting EX 0 Sleeping Bag https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-feathered-friends-snowbunting-ex-0-sleeping-bag/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-feathered-friends-snowbunting-ex-0-sleeping-bag/#respond Tue, 31 Dec 2019 11:00:00 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=21384 Read on

]]>
Winter Sleeping Bag
Feathered Friends Snowbunting EX 0
$789, 2 lbs. 12 oz. (regular)
Sizes: regular and long ($644)
featheredfriends.com

On chilly nights of camping, nothing’s more popular than a fat sleeping bag. When sleeping outside in winter—or wintry temperatures—the Snowbunting EX 0 has become my bag of choice. Most recently, I slumbered peacefully and quite comfortably through three December nights without a tent outside a backcountry yurt in Idaho’s Boise Mountains—one of those nights dropping into the single digits Fahrenheit, and another featuring several hours of snow falling intermittently directly onto my bag, inside which I remained quite warm and dry. Super warm and well built, at a moderate weight, this bag functions well, depending on the user, for trips in temps from around its 0-degree rating to around freezing.

When my 15-year-old son and I took turns testing out this bag and another winter bag for three nights on a climb of the Mountaineers Route on California’s 14,505-foot Mount Whitney in mid-April, and for three nights in February sleeping under the stars in Idaho’s Boise Mountains, he was always eager to relieve me of the Snowbunting EX 0. Little wonder, given how warm it is. Another tester also found it warm enough for single-digit temperatures on December nights in Idaho’s Boulder Mountains.

With a low in the single digits—just barely above the Snowbunting’s rating—and no tent under a clear, starry sky, I was toasty cocooned inside this bag, wearing just one base layer top and bottoms. On nights with temps as low as the teens on Mount Whitney, this bag was more than warm enough for me; I left the hood mostly open and sometimes opened the top of the zipper a bit. I sleep warm, so it was too warm for me in temps around freezing. But my wife, who gets cold very easily, found this bag’s warmth just right on a backpacking and car camping trip in March in southeastern Utah, with lows from the 40s to below freezing.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


 

Feathered Friends Snowbunting EX 0 sleeping bag.
Feathered Friends Snowbunting EX 0 sleeping bag.

The Snowbunting EX 0 is stuffed generously with 25 ounces of 900-fill down (in the regular), the highest quality of down produced, which explains the bag’s high warmth-to-weight ratio. Continuous horizontal baffles enwrapping the bag allow you to shift down to where you need it (although I don’t because I roll side to side, with the bag, during the night), while preventing down from migrating vertically (lengthwise) in the bag and potentially creating cold spots.

The well-insulated hood is plush and adjusts from wide open to blowhole-tight, while a fat collar and draft tube along the beefy zipper shut out drafts. (I’ve read other reviews that criticized the hood as a bit shallow, but I found it deep and spacious enough, even to wear a warm hat comfortably—as long as I wasn’t positioned too high in the bag.) The snap at the top of the zipper is more secure and possibly more durable than a hook-and-loop strip, and a second snap conveniently joins the collar draft tube ends at the top of the zipper.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

High camp at 12,000 feet below Mount Whitney.
Our high camp at 12,000 feet below Mount Whitney. Click on photo to read the story.

This is a true mummy bag, with a trim fit: The circumference is 60 inches at the shoulders, 56 inches at the waist, and 38 inches at the feet. That makes it more thermally efficient—it’s so warm in part because there’s less space to heat up than in a roomier bag. Still, at five feet, eight inches, and 160 pounds, I found the regular actually not as confining as some ultralight bags I’ve used: I sleep on my side and could extend my arms almost completely. I wore one base layer top and bottoms, but also experimented and found I could wear a midsize puffy jacket inside the bag without it feeling cramped.

The waterproof-breathable Pertex Shield EX laminate shell fabric with a DWR (durable, water-repellent treatment) kept me dry inside through hours of intermittently falling snow that accumulated atop the bag while I slept. The shell shakes off dripping condensation inside a tent while also breathing well enough that the bag never got clammy on “milder” nights around freezing. That breathability is especially important for preventing moisture from your body building up inside a bag on longer, sub-freezing trips, which would slowly make the bag heavier and compromise the down’s warmth. The 15-denier shell fabric is common in lightweight bags, but be careful to avoid sharp edges or points.

Does the environment matter to you? Read the sustainability story behind the down used by Feathered Friends at featheredfriends.com/down-tracker.

Feathered Friends Snowbunting EX 0

Warmth for its Weight
Warmth When Wet
Space
Packability
Features

The Verdict

You’ll be hard-pressed to find a 0-degree bag under three pounds at a better price or warmer than this one. And with a weight and stuffed dimensions (7.5×14 inches) that compare with many bags rated around 20 degrees, the Snowbunting EX 0 is versatile enough for winter camping and expeditions to big mountains, as well as chilly three-season backpacking trips for someone who needs extra warmth without extra weight or bulk.

4

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a Feathered Friends Snowbunting EX 0 at featheredfriends.com.

Was this review helpful? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Thank you.

 

See all of my reviews of winter sleeping bags and all of my reviews of sleeping bags that I like, and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, plus my articles “Pro Tips: How to Choose a Sleeping Bag” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

See also my “12 Pro Tips For Staying Warm Outdoors in Winter.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

 

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-feathered-friends-snowbunting-ex-0-sleeping-bag/feed/ 0 21384
Review: Leki Micro Vario Carbon Black Series Trekking Poles https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-leki-micro-vario-carbon-black-series-trekking-poles/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-leki-micro-vario-carbon-black-series-trekking-poles/#respond Wed, 18 Dec 2019 13:02:08 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=37066 Read on

]]>
Trekking Poles
Leki Micro Vario Carbon Black Series
$250, 15 oz./pair (with trekking baskets)
One unisex size, adjustable
backcountry.com

List all the qualities you’d want in the perfect trekking poles and you may find yourself describing the Leki Micro Vario Carbon Black Series. From a three-day, 36-mile backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail to a steep, eight-mile, 5,200-vertical-foot dayhike of Idaho’s 12,662-foot Borah Peak and dayhikes of up to about nine miles along Idaho’s Middle Fork of the Salmon River during a six-day rafting and kayaking trip, these folding, adjustable, entirely carbon poles quickly became my go-to sticks for their versatility, stability, and packability, all while weighing per pair about as much as your rain jacket.

The Micro Vario Carbon Black is 100 percent carbon—not just partial-carbon construction—conferring that material’s advantage of high strength and low weight. Hiking with them in any terrain, whether with a daypack or full backpack, the poles have a comfortable grip and an easy swing and stand up to abuse, such as when I leaned hard on them on the steep, somewhat loose descent from Paintbrush Divide at nearly 11,000 feet in the Tetons, and bashed them on rocks scrambling the third-class Chickenout Ridge section of Borah Peak.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


The pole’s useable length range is 110cm to 130cm—not as wide-ranging as some poles and not long enough to use with some ultralight tents that pitch with trekking poles, but similar to the range of many models. But more importantly, that adjustability range will suit most hikers, backpackers, and climbers, while weighing less than other highly durable poles that are not as compact when collapsed. 

The method of adjusting the length may not be intuitive for everyone, but it’s easy once you learn it. To assemble the four-section pole and set the length, open the locking lever, extend the three lower sections fully until you hear the internal locking device click into place, set the desired length, and close the lever. If the adjustable top section slips at all, just spin the small dial on the lever—easily done with your fingers, requiring no tool—to tighten the lever’s tension. 

To fold them, release the locking lever and fully extend the top section until you hear the locking mechanism click again, releasing the tension on the internal cable and allowing you to fold the poles to a length of 40cm/16 inches—fitting in just about any luggage, even many carry-ons. Being an internal mechanism, the CLD (Core Locking Device) eliminates the potential for damage when locking mechanisms are located externally on a pole.

The anatomical Aergon Thermo Long Grips are easy to hold in the hand for many hours and extend down the shaft, and the lightweight but wide wrist straps also remain comfortable for hours and adjust intuitively in seconds.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

Leki Micro Vario Carbon Black Series Poles

Adjustability/Sizes
Packability
Versatility
Weight
Durability

The Verdict

For backpackers, hikers, climbers, mountain runners and others who want top-performing poles, the Leki Micro Vario Carbon Black Series poles strike a rare combination of low weight, durability, packability, and ease of use when on the trail.

4

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking either of these affiliate links to purchase the Leki Micro Vario Carbon Black Series trekking poles at backcountry.com or Moosejaw.com.

Let The Big Outside help you find the best adventures. 
Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

 

See my picks for “The Best Trekking Poles” and my stories “How to Choose Trekking Poles” and “10 Best Expert Tips for Hiking With Trekking Poles,” and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, ultralight backpacking gear, and hiking gear.

I almost never hike without poles. Read why in my “10 Tricks For Making Hiking and Backpacking Easier.”

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life. Click here now to learn more.

 

Want to make your pack lighter and all of your backpacking trips more enjoyable? See my “10 Tricks for Making Hiking and Backpacking Easier” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” If you don’t have a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read part of both stories for free, or download the e-guide versions of the 10 tricks here and the lightweight backpacking guide here without having a paid membership.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

Was this review helpful?

If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Please also consider sharing it using one of the buttons at right and leaving a comment or question at the bottom. Thank you, I really appreciate it.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-leki-micro-vario-carbon-black-series-trekking-poles/feed/ 0 37066
Review: Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork Trekking Poles https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-alpine-carbon-cork-trekking-poles/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-alpine-carbon-cork-trekking-poles/#comments Tue, 10 Dec 2019 11:39:57 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=37071 Read on

]]>
All-Season Trekking Poles
Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork Poles
$230, 1 lb. 1.5 oz./496.1g (per pair, with trekking baskets)
Two sizes, adjustable: men’s 100-130cm/39-51 ins., women’s 95-125cm/37-49 ins.
blackdiamondequipment.com

For backcountry users who need poles that can handle hard use and any and all activities around the calendar, from backpacking on good trails to scrambling off-trail up mountains and backcountry skiing, Black Diamond’s Alpine Carbon Cork poles have been a tried-and-true performer at the high end of this category for years. So I tested the newly updated 2019 version of these poles on backpacking trips that would put them to the test: a 94-mile traverse of Glacier National Park on the Continental Divide Trail, and a rugged, 74-mile hike in the Grand Canyon, plus some days of local backcountry skiing, and discovered that this latest generation stays true to its lineage.

The Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork shafts are 100 percent carbon—imbuing them with high strength and relatively low weight for poles designed for any use and season. For poles that are also not ultralight, at just over a pound, they have a nice, light swing when walking, and yet feel very sturdy when leaning hard on them, or when sliding your hands down the extended grips on the upper shafts when reaching and planting a pole above you, whether scrambling steep talus, as we did on the Grand Canyon’s Escalante Route, or skinning uphill on skis in deep snow.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork four-season trekking poles.
Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork four-season trekking poles.

The pole’s adjustable length range is 110cm to 130cm as marked on the shafts, but effectively can be used at a length nearly down to its completely collapsed length of 61cm (24 inches)—that’s a wider range of use than most poles, and functional for all but very tall hikers, backpackers, and climbers. That 61cm collapsed length makes them as packable as many telescoping, or collapsible poles, though not nearly as compact as the MSR Dynalock Ascent poles, which weigh the same but are $30 less.

The poles feature the new FlickLock Pro locking levers (made of aluminum), which never slipped (once I set the tension on them), however hard I leaned or fell onto them. The one serious complaint I have about the Alpine Carbon Cork poles is that adjusting the tension—which may be necessary when they’re new, or at some point during your ownership of them—requires a tiny Allen wrench, rather than using your fingers or a screwdriver head that would be found on many multi-tools or knives that people actually carry into the backcountry. Fortunately, in my experience, the tension on the FlickLock Pro levers does not slowly slip over time, so you can set it at home and will rarely need to reset it.

Tip: Adjust the tension on all four (per pair of poles) FlickLock Pro levers before you first use them. Note that you must set the tension for the upper and lower levers where each shaft is widest—otherwise, you may find it impossible to open or close the lever manually—and then check that the tension isn’t too soft for where each shaft is narrowest. And the widest spot differs for each shaft: Set the tension for the upper FlickLock Pro with the shaft in the collapsed position (below 100cm), and for the lower FlickLock Pro lever in the fully extended position (130cm).

The cork grips offer top comfort for bare hands, and the wrist straps adjust easily and tear a page from BD’s climbing harness technology in terms of ergonomic fit and comfort on long days. The poles come with interchangeable carbide and rubber tips and trekking and snow baskets.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork

Michael Lanza

Adjustability/Sizes
Packability
Versatility
Weight
Durability

The Verdict

For backpackers, hikers, climbers, backcountry skiers, snowshoers, and others who want strong, four-season poles at a reasonable weight, the Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork poles will stand up to hard use from rugged trails to mountain slopes and backcountry pow stashes—and at a competitive price for this quality.

4.1

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the men’s or women’s Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork trekking poles at blackdiamondequipment.com, backcountry.com, or rei.com.

See my picks for “The Best Trekking Poles” and my stories “How to Choose Trekking Poles” and “10 Best Expert Tips for Hiking With Trekking Poles,” and all of my reviews of backpacking gear, ultralight backpacking gear, and hiking gear.

I almost never hike without poles. Read why in my “10 Tricks For Making Hiking and Backpacking Easier.”

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-book!

Want to make your pack lighter and all of your backpacking trips more enjoyable? See my “10 Tricks for Making Hiking and Backpacking Easier” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” If you don’t have a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read part of both stories for free, or download the e-guide versions of the 10 tricks here and the lightweight backpacking guide here without having a paid membership.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

Want to hike the Teton Crest Trail, John Muir Trail, or another trip? Click here for expert advice you won’t get elsewhere.

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-black-diamond-alpine-carbon-cork-trekking-poles/feed/ 2 37071
Review: Nemo Dragonfly 2P Ultralight Backpacking Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-dragonfly-2p-ultralight-backpacking-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-dragonfly-2p-ultralight-backpacking-tent/#comments Wed, 16 Oct 2019 13:05:28 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=35801 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpacking Tent
Nemo Dragonfly 2P
$550, 2 lbs. 10 oz./1191g
nemoequipment.com

From clear, cool, late-August nights on the Teton Crest Trail, to mixed weather that included rain and wind on a five-day hike in Yellowstone’s Bechler Canyon area in September, the Nemo Dragonfly 2P displayed the weather protection and exceptional livability that distinguishes it as one of the very best two-person, three-season ultralight backpacking tents on the market today—at a very good price for this level of quality. Here’s why.

Most unique about the freestanding, two-door, double-wall Dragonfly 2P is its outstanding balance of low weight and livability: It represents quite possibly the top competitor to a tent I’ve long considered arguably the best in this category, the Big Agnes Copper Spur HV UL2. And it’s cheaper. The Dragonfly’s floor area of 29 square feet matches that of the Copper Spur HV UL2, as does the 88-inch length, while the width of 50 inches tapering to 45 inches from head to foot ends creates a near match. Many backpackers will find the living quarters close but comfortable for two people to share and sleep in. And it’s two ounces lighter, at just over two-and-a-half pounds.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Nemo Dragonfly 2P interior.
My friend, Todd, who’s over six feet, demonstrating the Nemo Dragonfly 2P interior space.

The Dragonfly employs a frame similar to the Copper Spur HV UL2, consisting of one pre-bent, DAC Featherlite NFL 8.7mm hubbed aluminum pole that arches high, creating a 41-inch peak height that’s impressive in this weight category, and a second, short bridge pole over the top that expands the area of generous headroom in the center of the tent—tall people can sit up in the Dragonfly with room to spare. The materials and geometry of the Dragonfly lend it a degree of sturdiness comparable to the Copper Spur HV UL2 and other tents of similar weight. In Yellowstone, it withstood moderate winds without so much as bending.

With mostly mesh ceiling and walls, plus the traditional double-wall design and two doors creating cross-ventilation, condensation was never a problem, and the tent interior stays cooler on warm nights. The tent uses two different types of mesh: white around the sides, which offers a bit more privacy, and black mesh overhead, which blends into the sky to offer undiluted stargazing with the rainfly off at night.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

A Nemo Dragonfly 2P vestibule.
A Nemo Dragonfly 2P vestibule.

The trapezoidal vestibules provide a generous combined storage area of 20 square feet, with two stakeout points instead of the usual one for each, expanding their useable area. When unzipped, each vestibule’s two door panels can both be rolled back, creating multiple possible configurations, including leaving one panel in place as a wind shield, or rolling back both (on one or both sides of the tent) for better ventilation and sky viewing, while maintaining rain protection overhead because the drip line prevents water rolling off the rainfly into the tent interior. Strut vents at the top of each two-way vestibule door zipper pop easily into place, creating a gap that maintains some cross-ventilation even when you need both vestibules closed up in windblown rain or cold temperatures.

At one end of the tent, the rainfly reaches about midway down the interior wall, rather than nearly to the ground—adequate for keeping out rain while enhancing ventilation, but also making it easier for dust to blow up inside.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The Dragonfly includes excellent, small details that really make the user experience much better, like color-coded poles that simplify and speed up pitching; two large mesh interior pockets; and ceiling pockets for a light. As with any ultralight shelter, the fabric is reasonably durable, but certainly not compared to heavier tents: 15-denier sil-PeU nylon ripstop rated to 1200mm for waterproofing in the rainfly, and 20-denier sil-PU nylon ripstop also rated to 1200mm in the bathtub floor. The packed size of 19.5×4.5 inches is as expected for a tent of this size and weight.

Nemo has updated the Dragonfly for 2023 with the Dragonfly Osmo in one-, two-, and three-person models. It’s virtually identical to the model reviewed here but now made with 100 percent recycled Osmo fabric.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life. Click here now to learn more.

 

Nemo Dragonfly 2p

Space-to-Weight Ratio
Sturdiness
Ease of Use
Ventilation
Features
Livability

The Verdict

Arguably one of the two best, most comfortable, two-person, freestanding, ultralight backpacking tents on the market—and the cheaper of the two—the Nemo Dragonfly 2P’s excellent weight-to-space ratio strikes an ideal balance between livability, low weight, and protection from the elements, with impressive attention to details.

4.7

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog , at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Nemo Dragonfly Osmo 2P at backcountry.com or nemoequipment.com, or another version of the Dragonfly Osmo at backcountry.com or nemoequipment.com.

See my “Review: The 10 Best Backpacking Tents” and all of my reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear that I like.

See also my “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “How to Choose the Best Ultralight Tent for You.”

Whether you’re a beginner or seasoned backpacker, you’ll learn new tricks for making all of your trips go better in my “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking,” and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.” With a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read all of those three stories for free; if you don’t have a subscription, you can download the e-guide versions of “12 Expert Tips for Planning a Backpacking Trip,” the lightweight and ultralight backpacking guide, and “How to Know How Hard a Hike Will Be.”

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See The Big Outside’s Gear Reviews page for categorized menus of gear reviews and expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-nemo-dragonfly-2p-ultralight-backpacking-tent/feed/ 10 35801
Review: The Knog Bandicoot Headlamp https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-knog-bandicoot-headlamp/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-knog-bandicoot-headlamp/#comments Thu, 10 Oct 2019 12:29:19 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=35693 Read on

]]>
Rechargeable Headlamp
Knog Bandicoot
$35, 2 oz.
Eartheasy.com

My first reaction to the Knog Bandicoot was: a rechargeable headlamp that weighs and costs less than headlamps that require batteries?! My second thought was: Hey, this thing looks kind of… cool. After using it on late-summer (think: it’s dark by early evening) backpacking trips on the Teton Crest Trail and in Yellowstone National Park, and camping in September at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve, I see its minor shortcomings, but I also think the Bandicoot is the kind of new product that has the potential to upend an entire category. Here’s why.

For starters, it looks very different. The Bandicoot’s unique, very light and durable silicone housing seamlessly merges the strap, body, and LEDs, stretches to fit anyone’s noggin, and doesn’t grab, cling to, or snag in hair—it’s quite comfortable on your bare head, so much that you may forget you’re wearing it, especially over a hat. Weighing just two ounces (60g), it can do the job whether you’re hiking, backpacking, climbing, car camping, trail running—you name it.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


 

The Knog Bandicoot headlamp.
The Knog Bandicoot headlamp.

The four sets of LEDs include a high-power beam, elliptical beams for proximity lighting, a red LED for night vision, and LED’s angled downward for reading. A fifth mode combines the high-power and proximity LEDs for maximum brightness—which I used at times while hiking in the dark, although the high-power beam alone was bright enough for that, too. In fact, the combo and high-power modes are bright enough for trail running and biking city streets after dark (and this low-profile headlamp fits more comfortably under a bike helmet than bulkier models).

The large button controls on and off (holding it down) and cycles through the five modes (clicking the button). The small button cycles through an unusual four brightness settings in each mode. At 100 lumens at max brightness in combo mode, it’s bright enough to hike a dark, wooded trail at night—although not nearly as bright as the best ultralight headlamps (which are only about an ounce heavier)—and the four brightness levels offer more convenience and utility than some headlamps. I found the reading mode (six lumens) barely enough to read by, even at its brightest level, but that may not bother everyone.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The Knog Bandicoot headlamp.
The Knog Bandicoot headlamp.

Holding both buttons for three seconds activates and deactivates the lockout mode, to prevent accidental turning on and draining the charge inside a pack; the red LED blinks twice to indicate locked, and the white LED blinks twice when unlocked. Pressing the button on the back of the left side of the housing opens it up for plugging it directly into any USB port to recharge (no cord needed). The row of four small reading LEDs act as a charge indicator when the headlamp is off and you click the smaller button, and each light represents a 25 percent charge.

According to Knog, a full charge will last for two to 13 hours in the combo (brightest) mode, and up to 80 hours in reading mode. Starting a couple of late-summer backpacking trips (with early sunsets and some pre-dawn starts) with a full charge in the Bandicoot, it was down to about a half charge after a two-night hike on the Teton Crest Trail; and it did not lose power, but was down to 25 percent or less, on a four-night hike in Yellowstone, which included us rising more than two hours before first light on our final morning to get an early start hiking. In other words, this rechargeable has the life for backpacking without necessarily having to recharge it mid-trip.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The Verdict

While not as bright or as versatile as some ultralight models, the Knog Bandicoot is a rechargeable headlamp that’s very functional for backpacking, hiking, climbing, trail running, and other outdoors activities, and actually weighs and costs less than headlamps that use batteries. That’s darn impressive.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking either of these links to purchase a Knog Bandicoot at Eartheasy.com.

Was this review helpful? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Thank you.

 

See my review of “The 5 Best Headlamps,” and all of my reviews of headlamps, hiking gear, and backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

Want to make your pack lighter and all of your backpacking trips more enjoyable? See my “10 Tricks for Making Hiking and Backpacking Easier” and “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” If you don’t have a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read part of both stories for free, or download the e-guide versions of the 10 tricks here and the lightweight backpacking guide here without having a paid membership.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

 

Get full access to ALL stories at The Big Outside. Join now and a get free e-guide!

KNOG BANDICOOT HEADLAMP

Brightness
Features
Value
Versatility

Summary

While not as bright or as versatile as some ultralight models, the Knog Bandicoot is a rechargeable headlamp that’s very functional for backpacking, hiking, climbing, trail running, and other outdoors activities, and weighs and costs less than headlamps that use batteries.

4.5
]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-knog-bandicoot-headlamp/feed/ 2 35693
Review: The North Face Banchee 50 Backpack https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-the-north-face-banchee-50-backpack/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-the-north-face-banchee-50-backpack/#comments Tue, 08 Oct 2019 09:00:50 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=35620 Read on

]]>
Backpack
The North Face Banchee 50
$230, 50L/3,051 c.i., 3 lbs. 1 oz./1.4kg (S/M)
Sizes: men’s S/M and L/XL, women’s XS/S and M/L
moosejaw.com

In the competitive arena of backpacking packs, there’s an increasingly crowded field of ultralight models, as well as an array of choices in heavier, more tricked-out packs built for moderate to stout loads. Then there’s an interesting niche of packs that are, you could say, “almost ultralight.” Like the Banchee 50, which edges just over the unofficial ceiling weight for ultralight packs—three pounds—by the equivalent of the weight of a sip of water. Having reviewed and really liked the previous generation of the Banchee 65, I took the updated-for-2019 Banchee 50—loaded with more weight than I’d care to stuff into an ultralight pack—out for a five-day hike into Yellowstone, and discovered a solid and versatile backpack with only minor shortcomings.

I carried this pack with over 40 pounds in it at times on a five-day, 56-mile, September backpacking trip in the Bechler Canyon area of Yellowstone National Park. It was an atypically heavy load for my backpacking trips, due to me bringing more photography equipment than usual, sandals for river crossings, and a tent for myself that was a bit larger than many solo shelters. But those circumstances made the trip a good test for the Banchee 50.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


The North Face Banchee 50 suspension.
The North Face Banchee 50 suspension.

For 2019, The North Face introduced its new Dyno Lite suspension system in the updated Banchee 50 and Banchee 65, which come in men’s and women’s models.

In the Banchee 50 and 65, the Dyno Lite suspension has two unique features:

  1. An on-the-fly torso adjustment, which allows you to pull a strap or a tab beside the strap at the bottom right-hand corner of the pack to make micro adjustments to the pack’s torso fit, within about a three-inch range.
  2. A single-cord, self-equalizing load-lifter strap, that absorbs some of the natural motion of your torso when walking, thus helping to reduce the rhythmic pack shifting that can exert a cumulative fatiguing effect on your shoulders.

Simply put, the on-the-fly adjustment works well—and it’s convenient to be able to adjust the torso fit while wearing the loaded pack on the trail, when you most notice the fit. The strap adjustment shortens the torso length and locks the fit into place, and the pull tab releases the suspension to its maximum length—so you can quickly reset the fit with the pack on if you’ve made it too short. Both the strap and the pull tab sit within easy reach while wearing the pack, and differ enough to distinguish them by touch, without having to see them.

The North Face Banchee 50.
The North Face Banchee 50 front.

That on-the-fly adjustability let me dial in a good fit, roughly within the middle of the fit range in the men’s S/M, for my nearly 18-inch torso.

[Note: The North Face’s new-for-2019 men’s and women’s Griffin 65 ($300) and Griffin 75 ($320) sport TNF’s new and more elaborate DynoCarry suspension, which features a pivoting hipbelt in addition to the on-the-fly torso adjustment and self-equalizing load lifters found in the Banchee series packs.]

The Banchee 50’s wire perimeter frame with a cross stay, made of strong but lightweight T6 aluminum, flexes very little, lending the pack solid rigidity and impressive weight capacity for a three-pound sack. Its carrying capacity seemed to be around 40 pounds—with more than that, the shoulder straps started tugging uncomfortably against my shoulders, but with slightly less than 40 pounds, the weight sat more comfortably on my hips. Of course, any pack’s weight-carrying capacity differs between individual backpackers.

The trampoline-style back panel, consisting of breathable, quick-drying FlashDry fabric, let air circulate through the gap between the pack and my back, while moisture never built up under the breathable, perforated-foam shoulder straps and hipbelt.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The North Face Banchee 50 front pocket.
The North Face Banchee 50 front pocket.

Having reviewed the previous generation of TNF’s Banchee 65, I wondered whether the new Banchee 50 would have the capacity for a five-day hike. That was not a problem (and not just because I had a compact, ultralight sleeping bag and air mattress). With its spacious main compartment, a large, top-loading mouth for access, and especially the two large, zippered front pockets greatly augmenting the pack’s capacity, the Banchee 50 had space to spare for all the gear I brought plus five days’ of food. In fact, it seemed more spacious than other 50-liter packs I’ve reviewed.

Organization is excellent—especially for a pack weighing just north of three pounds—with eight external pockets and a ninth zippered pocket under the lid. Besides the aforementioned two large front pockets, there’s a deep, front stuff pocket spacious enough for a wet rainfly, with its volume controlled by the side compression straps. The zippered hipbelt pockets are big enough for a large smartphone and a bar or two each. Two stretch-mesh side pockets swallow much more than a liter bottle, and are angled to make it easy to retrieve and replace a bottle with the pack on. The lid pocket is also large for a 50-liter pack.

 

Want my help planning any trip you read about at my blog? Click here for expert advice you won’t get anywhere else.

 

The North Face Banchee 50 hipbelt.
The North Face Banchee 50 hipbelt.

It has nice little features like a whistle buckle on sternum strap and tool attachments. The Banchee appears about as durable as many competitors, with fabric common in many packs: 70-denier nylon in the body and tougher, 210-denier nylon in the bottom.

I don’t typically use a sleeping-bag compartment zipper, because dividing the main compartment prevents you from using its space to maximum efficiency, and this one is almost hidden behind the bottom compression straps—which I also rarely use because I won’t attach anything to the bottom of the pack that would prevent it from standing up, and there’s rarely a need to compress the bottom. So I consider these features superfluous weight; but they are also not uncommon in this category of backpack, and do get used by some backpackers. (The Banchee’s sleeping bag compartment flap can be detached and tucked out of the way, but not removed.)

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The North Face Banchee 50

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Durability

The Verdict

Sporting numerous features and a bit more space and weight-carrying capacity than many competitors at this size, while weighing barely over three pounds, The North Face Banchee 50 and Banchee 65 are outstanding, comfortable, and versatile, quiver-of-one packs for backpackers who may variously carry loads ranging from lightweight to moderate weight.

4.3

BUY IT NOW

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase the men’s or women’s The North Face Banchee 50 or Banchee 65 at backcountry.com or Moosejaw.com, or The North Face men’s or women’s Griffin 65 or Griffin 75 at backcountry.com or Moosejaw.com.

Was this review helpful? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Thank you.

 

See “Gear Review: The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The Best Ultralight Backpacks,” my review of another excellent pack at the similar weight as the Banchee 50, the Granite Gear Blaze 60, my “Top 5 Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” and all of my reviews of backpacks and backpacking gear.

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

Want to make your pack lighter and all of your backpacking trips more enjoyable? See my story “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” If you don’t have a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read part of that story for free, or click here to download that full story without having a paid membership.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

 

You live for the outdoors. The Big Outside helps you get out there. Join now and a get free e-guide!

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-the-north-face-banchee-50-backpack/feed/ 16 35620
Gear Review: Gregory Zulu 55 and Jade 53 Backpacks https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-gregory-zulu-55-and-jade-53-backpacks/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-gregory-zulu-55-and-jade-53-backpacks/#comments Tue, 10 Sep 2019 09:00:54 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=35257 Read on

]]>
Backpack
Gregory Zulu 55 and Jade 53
$220, 55L/3,356 c.i., 3 lbs. 13 oz. (men’s S/M)
Sizes: men’s Zulu S/M and M/L, women’s Jade XS/S and S/M
moosejaw.com

Our first day backpacking the Teton Crest Trail in late August was a fairly big one: about 11 miles and more than 3,000 vertical feet uphill. Farther than I prefer to carry an uncomfortable pack (and I’ve carried many over more than two decades testing gear). Fortunately, I didn’t. In fact, throughout that 36-mile, three-day, absolutely glorious traverse of the Teton Range (one of America’s 10 best backpacking trips), the newly redesigned Gregory Zulu 55 proved to be a comfortable and user-friendly backpack, and my complaints about it were minor.

Gregory’s men’s Zulu series and women’s Jade series packs are completely overhauled for 2019, with extensive improvements that have made what were good packs even more comfortable and nicely featured—and still at a good price. The redesigned Zulu and Jade feature a perimeter frame with a fiberglass cross-stay to improve stability and prevent barreling; and the FreeFloat Suspension System, with flex panels—located on the lower back panel, adjacent to the waist belt—that allow the hipbelt to pivot and flex with the natural movement of your body.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Gregory Zulu 55 suspension.
The Gregory Zulu 55 suspension.

I found the pivoting hipbelt reasonably effective at minimizing the side-to-side rocking that a pack makes when you’re hiking—although not as effective as the actual mechanical devices used in the rotating hipbelts of high-end packs from some brands (which are also more expensive and sometimes heavier in a comparable pack capacity; one example is the Arc’teryx Bora AR 50). I found the Zulu 55 carried up to about 30 pounds very well on days of 12 or more miles on the Teton Crest Trail, and was comfortable with nearly its recommended maximum weight—40 pounds—when I filled it with rock-climbing gear for hiking to crags in northern Spain.

The men’s and women’s packs each come in two sizes, with an adjustable suspension that has four inches of range for dialing in the fit. With a torso that falls in the upper half of the fit range of the S/M Zulu 55 (15 to 19 inches), I easily achieved a good fit. Gregory’s size charts indicate that the men’s S/M and M/L overlap for torsos measuring 18 to 19 inches, and the women’s XS/S and S/M overlap for torsos measuring 16 to 17 inches—a broad overlap, due to the torso adjustability, enabling options if you fall between sizes.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The Gregory Zulu 55 hipbelt.
The Gregory Zulu 55 hipbelt.

The pack’s trampoline-style, ventilated back panel allowed nice air flow across my back on hot afternoons. The pre-shaped 3D Comfort Cradle EVA foam hipbelt wrapped smoothly around my hips, creating no pressure points, and the Zulu and Jade also sport the EVA foam shoulder-strap padding and generous foam lumbar padding seen in higher-end Gregory backpacks.

These top-loading packs have a huge mouth for easy loading and retrieval of contents, and a U-shaped front zipper that provides instant access to most of the main compartment—a feature I use a lot. Top and side compression straps compress the pack when it’s not full.

The Gregory Zulu 55 front.
The Gregory Zulu 55 front.

The packs have six external pockets (not including the one under the lid), including capacious zippered hipbelt pockets that can fit a large smartphone and an energy bar or two each; a spacious zippered pocket on the floating lid, and a stretch-mesh front stuff pocket that can easily fit a rain jacket.

The two stretch-mesh side pockets are large enough to swallow a liter bottle, and open on the top and side so you can reach into them while wearing the pack. But I found that when the pack is stuffed full, I couldn’t jam a wide-mouth liter bottle into those side pockets with the pack on (although a companion could easily stick that bottle into a side pocket for me).

Typical of Gregory, the packs appear to be built for durability, with a combination of 210-denier nylon and 210-denier high-tenacity nylon, a double-layer bottom of high-density, 630-denier nylon and 135-denier polyester, and reinforced fabric at the frame’s bottom corners.

Plan your next great backpacking trip in Yosemite, Grand Teton, and other parks using my expert e-guides.

 

The Gregory Zulu 55 main compartment zipper.
The Gregory Zulu 55 main compartment zipper.

The Zulu and Jade come with multiple nice features:

  • The left shoulder strap has a loop for attaching sunglasses and a small bungee for temporarily storing trekking poles—and the pack’s front side has attachments that securely hold collapsed trekking poles for longer-term storage while hiking.
  • The sternum strap has a safety whistle.
  • A zipper accesses the segmented sleeping bag compartment.
  • The fitted rain cover, which comes with the pack and stores in the zippered pocket on the lid’s underside, has enough elasticity to stay on in fairly strong winds; but if yanked off by the wind, it also has a short lanyard-type clip to secure it to the pack, so that it doesn’t end up in the next mountain range.

At nearly four pounds, the Zulu 55 and women’s Jade 53 are not lightweights—you can find packs with more capacity that are lighter and may even be as least as comfortable. But many lighter packs will not have the adjustable fit, numerous features, and the durability of the Zulu and Jade.

The Verdict

While the Gregory men’s Zulu and women’s Jade are not the lightest or the most deluxe packs for their capacity, if you consider an extra pound or more of pack weight a smart tradeoff for an extensive feature set, good fit, and durability, these packs deliver the goods for weekend outings and trips up to about five days—at a competitive price for their quality.

The two series include models ranging in capacity from large daypacks, the Zulu 30 and Jade 28 ($160), to large backpacks, the Zulu 65 and Jade 63 ($250).

BUY IT NOW

You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a Gregory men’s Zulu 55 at backcountry.com or mooseja, w.com, or a women’s Jade 53 at backcountry.com or moosejaw.com, or any model of the men’s Zulu at moosejaw.com, backcountry.com, or gregorypacks.com, or the women’s Jade at moosejaw.com, backcountry.com, or gregorypacks.com.

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

See all of my reviews of backpacks, ultralight backpacks, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear at The Big Outside.

See also my “Top 5 Tips For Buying the Right Backpacking Pack,” and my stories “Gear Review: The 10 Best Backpacking Packs” and “The Best Ultralight Backpacks.”

Want to make your pack lighter and all of your backpacking trips more enjoyable? See my story “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” If you don’t have a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read part of that story for free, or click here to download that full story without having a paid membership.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

GREGORY ZULU 55 AND JADE 53

Comfort/Support
Fit
Access
Features
Weight-to-Performance
Value

Summary

While the Gregory men’s Zulu and women’s Jade are not the lightest or the most deluxe packs for their capacity, if you consider an extra pound or more of pack weight a smart tradeoff for an extensive feature set, good fit, and durability, these packs deliver the goods for trips up to about five days—at a competitive price for their quality.

4.6
]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-gregory-zulu-55-and-jade-53-backpacks/feed/ 3 35257
Review: The North Face Morph Down Jacket https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-north-face-morph-down-jacket/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-north-face-morph-down-jacket/#respond Tue, 03 Sep 2019 13:00:37 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=35168 Read on

]]>
Down Jacket
The North Face Morph Jacket
$249, 12.5 oz. (men’s medium)
Sizes: men’s XS-XXL, women’s XS-XL
ems.com

While today’s insulated jackets come in a greater variety, with different strengths and weaknesses, it can seem confusing to differentiate between them. One easy metric relevant to any consumer is warmth per dollar—and that’s where The North Face Morph Jacket shines. Stuffed with high-quality down feathers that are not water resistant, it delivers warmth that competes with the best down jackets of the same weight, and performance ideal for many backpackers, climbers, and others, at a price about 100 bucks lower than top competitors.

The Morph Jacket kept me warm over a midweight base layer on cool mornings and evenings in camp—with the low one morning around 40° F—on a three-day, late-August backpacking trip on the Teton Crest Trail, and I rarely had to zip it up on mornings in the low 50s on a six-day, early May backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon, and in similar temps camping in June at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve; and my 18-year-old son found it warm enough over a midweight base layer on raw, wet, chilly May evenings in the 40s and high 30s at the City of Rocks.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


High-quality, 800-fill, RDS (Responsible Down Standard) down makes the jacket quite warm for its weight compared to down with lower fill ratings or most synthetic insulated jackets. The jacket also stuffs easily into its left hand pocket—one of three zippered pockets (the third is on the chest)—and packs down to a little larger than two liter bottles, a nice size for a backpacking pillow.

One reason the Morph isn’t more expensive is that it uses standard down feathers—not water-resistant down found in other, usually pricier high-end puffy jackets. For users who generally don’t get their insulated jacket wet—or routinely go out for days in very wet conditions, when moisture can slowly build up in insulation—the Morph offers warmth comparable to much pricier jackets, and only sacrifices water resistance that many users largely don’t need. The Morph’s shell also has a DWR (durable, water-resistant treatment) to repel the kind of light precipitation that comprises the worst weather to which many users will expose a down jacket, anyway.

The slim fit allows space for a warm base layer underneath, and the relatively short, just-below-the-waist, adjustable hem, designed for wearing with a climbing harness, is long enough for three-season backcountry nights and mornings, and reduces unneeded length in favor of placing all of its warmth-per-ounce in your body’s core. The collar reaches to the chin, and the fit is slightly loose around the neck; you may want a base layer with a high collar in chillier temps.

The unique internal, elasticized cuffs seal around the wrist while giving the sleeve about three inches of additional length that extends to the knuckles—ideal for climbers reaching overhead and for helping keep hands warm in camp. The 20-denier shell fabric is common in down jackets, especially lighter models, and it’s reasonably durable, as long as you don’t catch it on sharp points or edges.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The Morph Jacket lacks a hood, and while I almost always prefer (and recommend) a puffy jacket with a hood for cold temps, if you’re carrying a wool hat, anyway, and not likely to encounter temps around or below freezing, the hood becomes superfluous. But for hood fans, there is a men’s Morph Hoodie ($279). There’s also a men’s Morph Vest ($150).

The Verdict

If a basic but warm, high-quality down jacket is what you’re after, The North Face Morph Jacket offers the quality, warmth, and packability of many pricier down jackets.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking any of these affiliate links to purchase a men’s The North Face Morph Jacket at Moosejaw.com or ems.com, a women’s The North Face Morph Jacket at Moosejaw.com, a men’s Morph Hoodie at Moosejaw.com, a men’s Morph Vest at Moosejaw.com, or a women’s Morph Vest at Moosejaw.com.

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

See all of my reviews of insulated jackets and outdoor apparel that I like at The Big Outside, and my “Review: The 10 Best Down Jackets.”

Want to make your pack lighter and all of your backpacking trips more enjoyable? See my story “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” If you don’t have a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read part of that story for free, or click here to download that full story without having a paid membership.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

 

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

THE NORTH FACE MORPH JACKET

Warmth-to-Weight
Warmth When Wet (Not Designed for This)
Packability
Fit
Value

Summary

If a basic but warm, high-quality down jacket is what you’re after, The North Face Morph Jacket offers the quality, warmth, and packability of many pricier down jackets.

4.2
]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/review-the-north-face-morph-down-jacket/feed/ 0 35168
Gear Review: Tecnica Plasma S Hiking Shoes https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-tecnica-plasma-s-hiking-shoes/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-tecnica-plasma-s-hiking-shoes/#comments Tue, 20 Aug 2019 09:00:07 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=34969 Read on

]]>
Hiking Shoes
Tecnica Plasma S
$150, 1 lb. 14 oz. (US men’s 9)
Sizes: men’s 7-14.5, women’s 5.5-10.5
rei.com

The notion of a hiking shoe that can be heat-molded to your feet like the liners of ski boots seemed too good to pass up. So I took the Tecnica Plasma S shoes on what struck me as two perfect tests: dayhiking 12,662-foot Borah Peak, highest in Idaho, which entails an almost relentlessly steep, 5,200 vertical feet of ascent and descent in seven miles round-trip, mostly on trail, but also includes a few hundred feet of third-class scrambling; plus backpacking the Teton Crest Trail. The Plasma S delivered on the promise of a customized fit—but it’s important to understand the limits of this technology. Read on.

I also wore these shoes on several dayhikes of up to nine miles along the Middle Fork of the Salmon River during a six-day rafting and kayaking trip in mid-July, where I had more moderate hiking and hotter temps than on Borah.

The Tecnica Plasma S heel.
The Tecnica Plasma S heel.

The non-waterproof Plasma S (there’s also a Gore-Tex version, see below) uses the same technology as the brand’s Forge GTX boots. The shoe’s removable footbed—which by design is noticeably more supportive than the flimsy footbeds that come with many low-cut hiking shoes—and part of its upper can be custom heat-molded to your feet using a special machine, similar to heat-molding a ski boot liner, although the two processes differ significantly. 

I got the shoes heat-molded at a local retailer that carries the Plasma S, a free service provided to anyone buying the shoes and which takes 20 to 30 minutes. The two-step molding process basically shapes the heel, insole, and to some extent the arch area to those parts of your foot. It affects only the area of the shoe demarcated by the orange spotted pattern on the upper, so it isn’t identical to heat-molding a ski boot liner, which wraps completely around and conforms to your entire foot.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside, which has made several top outdoors blog lists. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip. Please follow my adventures on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and Youtube.


 

The Tecnica Plasma S shoes getting heat-molded.
The Tecnica Plasma S shoes getting heat-molded.

I’m told by employees who do the custom molding that it gives satisfactory results for most purchasers of the shoes—but it will not correct a fit that was poor prior to the molding. In my case, these medium-volume shoes fit pretty well before the custom molding, but afterward, the fit was as good as I’ve ever found in low-cut hiking shoes—a performance aspect particularly noticeable on the steep descent of more than 5,000 vertical feet in 3.5 miles off Borah, when my feet might have taken a beating in shoes with a less-than-perfect fit. In the Plasma S, my feet never slipped or developed any hot or sore spots; and after I removed the shoes at my car, my feet genuinely felt like I’d done a much shorter hike.

The shoe’s locking laces and overlap tongue design helped secure the fit and allowed virtually no small stones or dirt inside the shoes.

Like what you’re reading? Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter!

 

The Tecnica Plasma S toe and heel.
The Tecnica Plasma S toe and heel.

A dual-density EVA midsole with a small TPU shank at the arch provide good stability and protection underfoot, even when carrying up to about 35 pounds on the Teton Crest Trail. Weighing a couple of ounces shy of two pounds for a pair (US men’s 9), the Plasma S deliver solid support and torsional rigidity for a shoe that light; there are competitors that are lighter still, and some are as well armored against trail abuse as the Plasma S, but their fit varies and isn’t customizable as with these shoes. Although primarily for dayhiking, these shoes have adequate support for lightweight or ultralight backpacking.

The uppers are made of a synthetic polyamide fabric with TPU laminated reinforcements to guard them against bashing against rocks and other abuse. Combined with a mesh lining, the shoes proved reasonably breathable—my feet got a little sweaty on hot and dry July hikes along the Middle Fork of the Salmon, but remained comfortably dry even under the hot afternoon sun while descending the lower stretch of the Borah Peak Trail. (A side note: Offering shoes that are non-waterproof, and designed for good breathability, in black doesn’t make a whole lot of sense; but color is driven by consumer demand, of course.)

The Tecnica Plasma S uppers.
The Tecnica Plasma S uppers.

The Vibram Plasma Megagrip outsole design is aggressive for a shoe in this category, with relatively deep and widely space lugs (compared to other low-cut hiking shoes, not with backpacking boots) that bit securely into Borah’s steep, sandy trail and loose, small scree. A patch of smoother outsole under the toes gave me confident purchase when smearing and scrambling the exposed, third-class sections of Borah’s infamous Chickenout Ridge. But oddly, the lugs at the forward edge of the outsole’s in-cut heel—which provide the braking power going downhill—are so pronounced that a few times I caught them on a rock or even on my lower pant leg and nearly tripped.

There’s also a waterproof-breathable version which can be heat-molded, the Plasma S GTX ($180).

The Verdict 

The unique heat-molding available with the Tecnica Plasma S noticeably improves the fit of this low-cut shoe, which also provides good support and grip for dayhiking and lightweight or ultralight backpacking.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking this link to purchase the men’s or women’s Tecnica Plasma S or Plasma S GTX at rei.com.

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

See all of my reviews of hiking shoes and backpacking boots that I like, my reviews of hiking gear and backpacking gear, and my “Pro Tips For Buying the Right Boots.”

Want to make your pack lighter and all of your backpacking trips more enjoyable? See my story “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” If you don’t have a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read part of that story for free, or click here to download that full story without having a paid membership.

Was this review helpful? Get full access to ALL stories at The Big Outside. Join now and a get free e-guide!

 

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-tecnica-plasma-s-hiking-shoes/feed/ 2 34969
Review: SlingFin Portal 2 Backpacking Tent https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-slingfin-portal-2-backpacking-tent/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-slingfin-portal-2-backpacking-tent/#comments Wed, 07 Aug 2019 09:00:10 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=34805 Read on

]]>
Ultralight Backpacking Tent
SlingFin Portal 2
$485, 2 lbs. 14 oz.
slingfin.com

Everyone wants a super lightweight tent—which makes sense: Give that your tent is one of the heaviest pieces of gear you carry, it offers great potential for weight savings. But not everyone wants the drawbacks of an ultralight tent, which can include tight living quarters and, in particular, so-so stability in strong wind. Enter the SlingFin Portal 2, one of the sturdiest sub-three-pound tents out there, as I discovered on a six-day, 74-mile backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon and stormy nights camping at Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve.

In the Grand Canyon in mid-spring, the Portal 2 stood up to winds frequently gusting to 30 mph or more. And while camping at the City of Rocks in May, it also withstood similar winds—and survived a night of crazy wind events: The tent suffered no damage despite being lifted in the air by the wind—due entirely to the sandy soil not holding stakes well—and sent tumbling into sagebrush. But when the wind started blowing at least 50 mph one evening, I had to take the tent down because I was afraid poles would get snapped; I pitched it again later, after the windstorm passed.

Slingfin Portal 2 with a trekking pole inserted for added stability.
Slingfin Portal 2 with a trekking pole inserted for added stability.

Those were unusual conditions that would trash many three-season backpacking tents, but also a reminder that even the strongest ultralight tents have limits—don’t expect performance approaching the stoutest (and much heavier) three-season or mountaineering tents.

SlingFin carried some technologies from mountaineering tents over to the Portal, to improve stability and weather resistance while keeping it under three pounds. It pitches using two DAC Featherlite NFL 8.7mm poles and one NFL 9mm pole. A trekking pole can optionally be used to prop up the rainfly at the peak of each vestibule, bolstering the tent’s wind resistance and strength under snow loads. Pre-installed internal guylines (similar to Slingfin’s 2Lite Trek) can be tensioned from inside to increase lateral stability when the wind’s blowing—and they add virtually no weight to the tent. (See instructions on installing a second set of internal guylines at slingfin.com.)

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

 

Slingfin Portal 2 with rainfly doors rolled back.
Slingfin Portal 2 with rainfly doors rolled back.

Ten external guy points are matched to toggles to attach the fly to the poles for added structural strength in multi-directional wind. The toggles also allow rolling the fly up halfway over the tent—opening up night sky views while facilitating a quick switch to full rain protection during the night, if necessary, a very nice feature.

In short, the design gives the sub-three-pound Portal 2 the wind resistance you’d find in tents weighing at least a pound more.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


The Portal 2’s livability compares favorably with leading competitors in this weight class (like the Big Agnes HV UL2), with two doors and vestibules, a snug but tolerable 27.5 square feet of floor area, good length (85 inches) and width at the head (51 inches) and foot (42 inches), and a generous peak height (44 inches). The pole architecture boosts headroom without the hubs found on tents from other brands; Slingfin told me they consider hubs a “weakness.” There are seven internal pockets: two each on the ceiling, at the head, and on the sides and one at the foot.

All of the above attributes are noteworthy in a tent that’s under three pounds, although the packed size of 14×5 inches is typical for a tent in this category.

The offset vestibules each have 8.4 square feet of storage area, similar to many lightweight two-person tents.

Ventilation is good, thanks to the mesh interior canopy, vents high on both vestibule doors that can be propped open with struts that still provide full rain protection even when open. Having two doors, of course, greatly improves any tent’s ventilation. Both vestibule doors roll back to create openings nearly the size of the tent’s side walls—which, combined with the ease of rolling back the rainfly, gives the tent a wonderful, open-air feeling on clear nights—and can be kept open in light rain because the drip line doesn’t allow rain inside the tent.

It’s not the fastest three-season tent to pitch; trekking poles aren’t required (and unnecessary in calm weather) but do improve stability, and add time to the job. But it’s easy and faster after you’ve done it once or twice. Matching reflective tabs on the rainfly and tent body make pitching easier.

I can help you plan the best backpacking, hiking, or family adventure of your life. Click here now to learn more.

 

The Portal 2 is built with more durability than many ultralight tents. It uses 20-denier nylon ripstop in the floor, 15-denier nylon no-see-um mesh in the tent body, and an 1800mm, 10-denier nylon 66 ripstop silicone rainfly that, unlike PU coatings, doesn’t absorb water, meaning it won’t stretch and sag when wet. Slingfin employs fabrics with good UV and mildew resistance to extend their life, adds extra zipper sliders to double the lifespan of the zippers, and foregoes PU coatings that deteriorate over time. All stress-point seams are reinforced.

A footprint (sold separately, $67, 5 oz.) protects the tent floor and allows pitching the Portal 2 with only the rainfly, slashing the shelter’s total weight to two pounds two ounces. Alternatively, Slingfin also sells separately a Portal Tub Floor ($106, 7.5 oz.) that has sidewalls to keep water from splashing in when pitching it only with the rainfly, a setup that also weighs just two pounds two ounces.

The Slingfin Portal 2 ultralight backpacking tent in the Grand Canyon.
The Slingfin Portal 2 ultralight backpacking tent in the Grand Canyon.

The Verdict

While barely making the (arbitrary) weight limit for an ultralight tent, the Slingfin Portal 2 carves out a unique space in this category by striking a keen balance between solid stability and livability while weighing under three pounds, making it a good choice for any backpacker who wants to reduce pack weight while getting the wind resistance of a heavier tent.

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog, at no cost to you, by clicking this affiliate link to purchase a SlingFin Portal 2 at slingfin.com.

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

See my “Review: The 10 Best Backpacking Tents” and all of my reviews of backpacking tents, ultralight backpacking tents, backpacking gear, and ultralight backpacking gear that I like.

See also my “5 Tips For Buying a Backpacking Tent” and “How to Choose the Best Ultralight Tent for You.”

Want to make your pack lighter and all of your backpacking trips more enjoyable? See my story “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” If you don’t have a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read part of that story for free, or click here to download that full story without having a paid membership.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See categorized menus of all of my gear reviews at The Big Outside.

—Michael Lanza

 

Was this review helpful? Get full access to ALL stories at The Big Outside. Join now and a get free e-guide!

SLINGFIN PORTAL 2

Space-to-Weight Ratio
Sturdiness
Ease of Use
Ventilation
Features
Value

Summary

The Slingfin Portal 2 strikes a keen balance between solid stability and livability while weighing under three pounds, making it a good choice for any backpacker who wants to reduce pack weight while getting the wind resistance of a heavier tent.

4.5
]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-slingfin-portal-2-backpacking-tent/feed/ 18 34805
Review: Therm-a-Rest NeoAir UberLite Air Mattress https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-therm-a-rest-neoair-uberlite-air-mattress/ https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-therm-a-rest-neoair-uberlite-air-mattress/#comments Tue, 30 Jul 2019 09:00:07 +0000 https://thebigoutsideblog.com/?p=34708 Read on

]]>
Insulated Air Mattress
Therm-a-Rest NeoAir UberLite
$230, 9 oz. (regular, 20×72 inches, in its stuff sack)
Sizes: small (20×47 ins., $140), regular (20×72 ins.), regular wide (25×72 ins.), large (25×77 ins., $210)
backcountry.com

As I was loading my backpack at the start of a six-day, 74-mile backpacking trip in the Grand Canyon, I smiled as I held the stuffed Therm-a-Rest NeoAir UberLite air mattress in my hand; call me a gear geek, but unusually small ultralight backpacking gear just has that effect on me. One of my hiking mates glanced over and said, “Is that your air mattress?!” Yea, it’s that tiny. And if you’re serious about reducing your pack weight—as any backpacker should be—you should be taking a serious look at the NeoAir Uberlite. Here’s why.

I used the NeoAir UberLite on that Grand Canyon backpacking trip, when the coolest nights dropped to only around 50° F, and on nights that dipped into the high 30s both on a three-day hike on the Teton Crest Trail in August and while camping in Idaho’s City of Rocks National Reserve in May; on the latter two trips, I was warm enough pairing this air mat with a 32-degree bag (the Therm-a-Rest Hyperion 32). I also used the Uberlite on subsequent trips, including another six-day, mid-April hike on the Grand Canyon’s Gems Route.


Hi, I’m Michael Lanza, creator of The Big Outside. Click here to sign up for my FREE email newsletter. Join The Big Outside to get full access to all of my blog’s stories. Click here for my e-guides to classic backpacking trips. Click here to learn how I can help you plan your next trip.


With 2.5 inches of thickness, it delivers comfort comparable to many of the best backcountry air mats. I’ve found it comfortable either inflated to its maximum or to within one or two breaths of maximum inflation. In fact, on some nights when it lost a little inflation overnight—I suspect due to the air inside it cooling down, because there was no leak from the air mat—I didn’t notice it because my hipbones still didn’t hit hard ground when sleeping on my side.

Therm-a-Rest NeoAir UberLite air mattress.
Therm-a-Rest NeoAir UberLite air mattress.

At 8.8 oz. (without its included stuff sack), weighing 3.2 ounces less than the previous ultralight standard-bearer, Therm-a-Rest’s NeoAir XLite, it sets a new ultralight standard for air mattresses with enough insulation for camping in usual summer temperatures in the mountains (at mid-latitudes such as the U.S., most of Canada, and Europe), and it packs down smaller than a liter bottle at 6×3.5 ins./15x9cm.

Therm-a-Rest NeoAir UberLite air mattress stuffed.
Therm-a-Rest NeoAir UberLite air mattress stuffed.

With an R-value of 2.0, the UberLite won’t be quite as warm as the XLite (which has an R-value of 3.2), but it may be a little quieter.

One caveat: While all air mats are susceptible to suffering pinhole leaks that can be hard to find and patch in the field, the NeoAir Uberlite’s 15-denier nylon fabric is lighter than you’ll find in most air mats (including the 12-ounce Therm-a-Rest NeoAir XLite, which uses 30-denier fabric), so be careful with it. That said, over the course of five nights in the Grand Canyon—an environment notorious for needle-bearing vegetation and sharp rocks—the NeoAir Uberlite sprung no leaks.

Find your next adventure in your Inbox. Sign up now for my FREE email newsletter.

THERM-A-REST NEOAIR UBERLITE AIR MATTRESS

Comfort
Weight-to-Performance Ratio
Packability
Durability

The Verdict

With the Therm-a-Rest NeoAir Uberlite, you get the lightest insulated air mattress without compromising at all on comfort—although perhaps on durability.

4.4

BUY IT NOW You can support my work on this blog by clicking any of these links to purchase a Therm-a-Rest NeoAir UberLite air mattress at backcountry.com or rei.com.

Was this review helpful? If so, would you like to support my work by clicking here to leave a tip for The Big Outside?

Thank you.

 

See all of my reviews of air mattresses and backpacking gear at The Big Outside, including the ultralight Therm-a-Rest Hyperion 32 sleeping bag and the Therm-a-Rest Air Head Lite inflatable pillow. See also my related articles “Pro Tips for Buying Sleeping Bags” and “10 Pro Tips: Staying Warm in a Sleeping Bag.”

Tell me what you think.

I spent a lot of time writing this story, so if you enjoyed it, please consider giving it a share using one of the buttons at right, and leave a comment or question at the bottom of this story. I’d really appreciate it.

 

Want to make your pack lighter and all of your backpacking trips more enjoyable? See my story “A Practical Guide to Lightweight and Ultralight Backpacking.” If you don’t have a paid subscription to The Big Outside, you can read part of that story for free, or click here to download that full story without having a paid membership.

NOTE: I tested gear for Backpacker Magazine for 20 years. At The Big Outside, I review only what I consider the best outdoor gear and apparel. See my Gear Reviews page at The Big Outside for categorized menus of all of my reviews and my expert buying tips.

—Michael Lanza

The Big Outside helps you find the best adventures. Join now to read ALL stories and get a free e-guide!

 

]]>
https://thebigoutsideblog.com/gear-review-therm-a-rest-neoair-uberlite-air-mattress/feed/ 1 34708